/
 
 JAVA: PAST &f PRESENT 
 
 A DESCRIPTION OF THE MOST BEAUTIFUL COUN- 
 TRY IN THE WORLD, ITS ANCIENT HISTORY, 
 PEOPLE, ANTIQUITIES, AND PRODUCTS ^ ^ BY 
 
 DONALD MACLAINE CAMPBELL 
 
 LATE BRITISH VICE-CONSUL OF THAT ISLAND ; MEMBER OF THE DUTCH 
 COUNCIL OF SAMARANG (gEWESTELYKE RAAd) ; MEMBER OF THE CHAMBER 
 OF COMMERCE OF SAMARANG M X X M M 
 
 WITH A MAP AND MANY ILLUSTRATIONS 
 
 IN TWO VOLUxMES 
 VOLUME I 
 
 LONDON WILLIAM HEINEMANN
 
 London : William Heinemann, iQiJ-
 
 US 
 
 J 
 
 INTRODUCTORY NOTE 
 
 My husband lived in Java for twenty-three years. In the 
 course of that time, both through his business connections 
 and by virtue of his official position, he had unusual oppor- 
 tunities to become famihar with the country and all classes 
 of its people. For the last five or six years of his residence 
 there this book was something more than the occupation 
 of his leisure hours. He gave a great portion of his time to 
 it, and spared neither labour nor expense in the search for 
 original authorities for the verification of his facts. It had 
 been his intention to divide the book into two parts, the 
 first consisting of a general history and description of Java, 
 and the second devoted to the story of the commerce and 
 industries of the island. 
 
 After his return to England in 1912 he set to work with 
 enthusiasm to finish his task. At the time of his death, on 
 2 June 1, 1913, the first part of the book was written and 
 *j the revision for the press had been commenced. That is 
 the portion presented in these two volumes. Whether the 
 material which he left for the second part — the commercial 
 section — will be published later in a third volume has yet 
 to be decided. These two volumes make, as will be seen, a 
 complete unit in themselves, and, with some editorial 
 revision, are published as he wrote them. The work of 
 preparing the matter for the press has been done by Mr. G. C. 
 Wheeler. 
 
 M. CAMPBELL. 
 
 303663
 
 My Father 
 
 COLONEL FREDERICK CAMPBELI>, 
 C.B., V.D. (late R.A.) 
 
 THE FRIEND OF MANY HAPPY MOMENTS, 
 AS A MARK OF MY HIGH ESTEEM
 
 PREFACE 
 
 Having decided to write a History of Java, my first task 
 wag not only to read all I could, but to collect as large a 
 library of reference books, manuscripts, and papers as was 
 possible. In this I was very successful owing to the inde- 
 fatigable and generous energy and assistance given me by 
 Mr. J. H. Fricker, of Upper Norwood, an old Dulwich 
 College boy, who somehow or other managed to hunt up 
 and secure a copy of practically every publication I wanted 
 on the subject of Java from the sixteenth up to the nine- 
 teenth century. 
 
 The chief works, to which very grateful recognition is 
 due, are : — 
 
 Sir Stamford EafQes's " History of Java," printed in 
 1817 ; "'Memoirs of Sir Stamford Raffles," by his wife, 
 printed in 1830 ; D'Almeida's " Life in Java " ; " The 
 Indian Archipelago," by Resident John Crawfurd, F.R.S., 
 printed in 1823 ; Major Thorn's " Expedition to Java," 
 printed in 1817 ; Dr. de Haan's " Priangan," four vols., 
 pubhshed by G. Kolff & Co., Batavia ; " Munten van 
 Nederlandsch Indie," by Netscher and van der Chys ; 
 " Researches on Ptolemj^'s Geography," by Colonel G. E. 
 Gerini, M.R.A.S. ; " Encyclopaedia of Netherlands India " ; 
 " Ledger and Sword," by Beckles Willson (a very excellent 
 book) ; " The Journal of the Indian Archipelago " ; Harris's 
 " Voyages," printed 1744 ; " Java," by Professor Veth ; 
 Java Government Gazette ; " Twentieth Century Impres- 
 sions of Netherlands India " ; " Report on the Records 
 of the India Office," by Sir George Bird wood ; " The 
 Malay Archipelago," by Professor Alfred Russel Wallace ; 
 "Further India," by Sir Hugh Clifford; " Marsden's 
 History of Sumatra," printed 1811 ; " Messiah : the 
 Ancestral Hope of the Ages," by E. A. Gordon ; " Lord
 
 X PREFACE 
 
 Minto in India," 1807—1814 ; " History of Nepaul," by 
 D. Wright ; Kaempfer's " History of Japan " ; *' Notes on 
 the Malay Archipelago," by Groeneveldt, and numerous 
 manuscripts written by the late Dr. Brandes, Mr. van der 
 Chys, and C. M. Pleyte, of Batavia. 
 
 Of these and many others of perhaps lesser importance I 
 have made use and now and again drawn freely upon them. 
 Otherwise the history is the result of personal study. 
 
 The study of Eastern peoples during my twenty-five 
 years' sojourn in the Far East has alwaj^s been a peculiarly 
 dehghtful subject to me, but no Eastern folk have interested 
 and fascinated me more than the Javans of the Dutch East 
 Indies. Their daily tasks, their religion, their amusements, 
 their customs, their feasts, their life, I have quite entered 
 into and lived in thought as one of them. Sorrows they 
 have none, at least not as we know them. The more I knew 
 of them the more excitement was engendered to learn and 
 study them further. 
 
 There are a few men in the East who have experienced 
 my feelings, but they have had an advantage which I have 
 not had, namely, that of being able to transcribe to paper, 
 with a full-flowing and vivid pen, the thrilling colour of 
 their Oriental experiences. Take for instance Sir Hugh 
 Clifford : what books of Eastern life are more fascinating 
 than his ? I, on the contrary, have unfortunately lacked 
 this quality. 
 
 In presenting, therefore, these humble unpretentious 
 volumes to the public I beg to assert that I in no way lay 
 even the smallest claim for any great originality, literary 
 abihty, or high standard. On the contrary, I am aware 
 that my collection of notes, pamphlets, and memoranda 
 originally transcribed to paper to give myself a more 
 succinct and more intelligent understanding of the history 
 of Java — but now clubbed together, and dubbed a history, 
 for the English public in Java— are full of shortcomings.
 
 : PAST & PRESENT
 
 X PREFACE 
 
 Minto in India," 1807—1814 ; " History 
 D. Wright ; Kaempfer's *' History of Japa 
 the Malay Archipelago," by Groene veldt 
 manuscripts written by the late Dr. Branc 
 Chys, and C. M. Pleyte, of Batavia. 
 
 Of these and many others of perhaps lesf 
 have made use and now and again drawn fi 
 Otherwise the history is the result of person 
 
 The study of Eastern peoples during 
 years' sojourn in the Far East has always I 
 delightful subject to me, but no Eastern foil 
 and fascinated me more than the Javans of 
 Indies. Their daily tasks, their rehgion, th 
 their customs, their feasts, their life, I ha^ 
 into and lived in thought as one of them 
 have none, at least not as w^e know them. *] 
 of them the more excitement was engendei 
 study them further. 
 
 There are a few men in the East who h 
 my feelings, but they have had an advanta 
 not had, namely, that of being able to trari 
 with a full- flowing and vivid pen, the th: 
 their Oriental experiences. Take for insi 
 Chfford : what books of Eastern life are r 
 than his ? I, on the contrary, have unfor 
 this quality. 
 
 In presenting, therefore, these humbk 
 volumes to the pubHc I beg to assert that 
 even the smallest claim for any great orig 
 ability, or high standard. On the contrai 
 that my collection of notes, pamphlets, a 
 originally transcribed to paper to give 
 succinct and more intelhgent understanding 
 of Java — but now clubbed together, and di 
 for the English public in Java — are full of si
 
 / A 
 
 JAVA: PAST & PRESENT
 
 A WOMAN IN THE SAHARA. 
 
 By Helen C. Gordon. 
 One Volume, crown Svo, illustrated, 65. net. 
 
 London : William Heinemann.
 
 "'•■'• ff'ri'ji'l] [Upper Norwood. 
 
 THE AUTHOR, DONALD MACLAINE CAMPBELL.
 
 MRS. DONALD MACLAINE CAMPBELL.
 
 PREFACE xi 
 
 There is still one point I desire to touch on, and that is, 
 that after my long career in the cosmopolitan East, of which 
 I am happy to say the greater portion has been spent in 
 the Dutch East Indies, there is no foreign (to me it is not 
 foreign) nation in the world for which I have a higher and 
 deeper respect, and a greater and profounder admiration 
 and regard, than the Dutch. 
 
 I am entitled to speak as having been privileged, I am 
 proud to say, to enjoy an intercourse with merchants, 
 civiHans, judges. Army and Navy men, and Government 
 of&cials from His Excellency the Governor-General down- 
 wards.^ 
 
 The Dutch have of course their nationaL characteristics, 
 as we have ours, but in honourable methods, always taking 
 into consideration their desire for sureness, even if it 
 necessitates slowness, they have nothing to learn from any 
 nation, and would be able to give, perhaps, a good many 
 points to some. They are a people of very high integrity. 
 
 In the past, several hundred years ago, the tyranny and 
 rapacity of some of their colonial officers, it is true, created 
 a widespread feeling of distrust against the nation, but when 
 we take into consideration the wild and rough period in 
 which they lived, the difficulty in dealing with native races 
 they did not understand, and the half-superstitious rehgions 
 with which their minds were dominated, is it surprising that 
 they dealt with the semi-civilised inhabitants of those 
 Eastern countries, where they were endeavouring to gain a 
 foothold, with severity? 
 
 The question is, however, were our records at this period 
 very much better ? and were our methods of a nature less 
 repugnant, less reprehensible, and less repressive to the 
 princes and people with whom we dealt ? I do not think so. 
 
 1 I have known five C4overnor-General8, two very closely. From the 
 last, His Excellency Governor-General Idenburg, 1 held two special 
 appointments.
 
 xii PREFACE 
 
 Sir Stamford Raffles was Lieutenant-Governor of Java 
 from 1811 to 1816, and placed strictm-es upon the Dutch 
 which were in many instances severe ; he was undoubtedly 
 one of the most enlightened statesmen England ever sent 
 to the East, and his knowledge of the Dutch Indies at that 
 period was second to none ; he, however, made it distinctly 
 understood that his observations were intended to apply 
 exclusively to the Dutch Colonial Government and its 
 officers, and not to the Dutch Government in Holland, 
 whose instructions to the authorities at Batavia always 
 breathed a spirit of liberality and benevolence ; and it is a 
 fact that the tyranny of certain officers invariably brought 
 down the indignation of the people in Holland. 
 
 It was on this past and on what happened in the colonisa- 
 tion period that the Dutch nation has been sometimes 
 judged by those people who have not been in a position to 
 give a fair opinion, and no allowance whatever has ever 
 been made for the distrust and jealousy which existed 
 between the Portuguese, English, and Dutch, especially the 
 two latter, in the East when the great struggle was taking 
 place as to w^ho should become the predominant factor. 
 
 The final and significant success with which the Dutch 
 have managed and administered the colonies which fell to 
 them is, however, to the credit of that great nation, with 
 its glorious past in Europe. 
 
 Lastly, I beg to thank my accomphshed and talented wife, 
 the friend who has given me loyal and valuable support in 
 carrying out a strenuous and difficult task in my position 
 in Java, Mejonkvrouwe Mathilde Marie Isabelle Smissaert, 
 a Dutch lady of high and distinguished family. 
 
 I must also acknowledge my grateful thanks for assistance 
 in various ways from Colonel Leith, Mr. John Bonhote, 
 and Mr. Hubert Duck. 
 
 I have still only to add that this history has been mainly 
 brought out with the special object of supplying a long-felt
 
 PREFACE xiii 
 
 want among my countrymen in Java and Sumatra, who 
 desire some record of what the Enghsh have done in these 
 Islands ; and in giving them an account with numerous 
 statements containing what I can find regarding the various 
 Enghshmen who were in Java up to the first quarter of the 
 nineteenth century, together with the reports some of them 
 have left behind, I trust I am conveying something, if not 
 altogether ornamental, in any case useful. 
 
 Java has had a great past, but it has a still greater future, 
 and before many years have passed will probably be promi- 
 nently brought forward in the world, in a manner which, 
 when the time comes, must not be looked upon as unexpected. 
 
 I have to draw attention to the perfect photographs of 
 
 the Eoyal Families of the Susuhunan of Surakerta (the 
 
 rightful Emperor of Java) and of the Sultan of Djockjakerta, 
 
 etc. ; these are in so far unique that they have never been 
 
 made public before, and few excepting the special friends 
 
 of the Emperor and the Sultan have ever been privileged 
 
 to see them. 
 
 Orthography. 
 
 With regard to the spelling of places in this volume, it 
 must be observed in Netherlands India, as in other Eastern 
 countries, that there is a strange diversity in their rendering, 
 and even official documents are not always consistent. 
 There is the old and ancient spelling, the gwasz-Dutch 
 rendering, and the full Dutch designation. 
 
 With perhaps small divergencies my endeavour has been 
 to spell all names of places in this history as they were spelt 
 at the time of which the particular accomit is being given. 
 Thus in the ancient portion the names are spelt as they 
 were known at that period, and as rendered in old Hindu- 
 Javan documents, and so on. 
 
 Donald Maclaine Campbell. 
 
 Gle.vdo.v, Kingswood Road, 
 Upper Norwood, S.E.
 
 CONTENTS OF VOLUME I 
 
 PAOE 
 
 Introductory Note v- 
 
 Preface ix 
 
 First Period. 
 Before the Arrival of the Mahometans. 
 
 CHAPTER 
 
 I. Part I. — The Ancient History of Java 3 
 
 „ II. — The Hindu Period 27 
 
 „ III. — The Hindu -Javanese Period 52 
 
 Second Period. 
 Before the Arrival of the Europeans. 
 II. Arabian Intercourse with Java 85 
 
 III. Chinese Intercourse v\^ith Java 132 
 
 Third Period. 
 The Arrp/al of the Europeans. 
 
 IV. Java's First European Visitors 145 
 
 The Dutch Period to 1811. 
 V. The Rise of the Dutch Power in the East 199 
 VI. The Dutch in Java, 1623 to 1811 230 
 
 The British Period. 
 VII. Life of Sir Thomas Stamford Raffles 287 
 
 VIII. The British Expedition to Java, 1811 325
 
 xvi CONTENTS OF VOLUME I 
 
 CHAPTEU PAGE 
 
 IX. The British Occupation of Java akd its 
 
 Dependencies, 1811 to 1816 350 
 
 X. Java once more under Dutch Rule, 1816 to 
 
 THE Present Day 408 
 
 XI. The Towns in Java and the Neighbouring 
 
 Lands 451
 
 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS 
 Vol. I. 
 
 TO FACE PAGE 
 
 The Author, Donald Maclaine Campbell . Frontispiece 
 
 Mrs. Donald Maclaine Campbell ...... x 
 
 The Royal Waringin Trees in the Aloon Aloon at Jockjakarta 4 
 
 Ruins of the Water-Castle, Jockjakarta .... 18 
 
 Dwarfs of Djockja ........ 28 
 
 The Pile-village of Moetean in the Java Inland Sea . . 40 
 
 The Susuhunan of Solo 50 
 
 The Susuhunan of Surakerta, or Emperor of Java . . 68 
 Kandjeng Pangaran Adipati Hamangkoe Negoro (Eldest 
 
 Son of the Sultan ; Crown Prince) 71 
 
 Kandjeng Sultan VII., Hamangkoe Boewono Senopati Hinga- 
 KALOGO Sahidin Panoto Gomo Kalif Patolah, Sultan op 
 
 Jockjakarta ......... 80 
 
 Javan Dignitary ......... 86 
 
 View of the Volcano of Oenarang, from the Weir, Samarang 92 
 Group taken on the Top of the Temple, Boro Budur. The 
 Javans are the Regent-Dalem of the Craton of Sura- 
 kerta (" Djojonegoro," the Regent's Son-in-Law), and 
 
 Servants of the Emperor ...... 104 
 
 The Great Buddha in the Chandi Mendut .... 114 
 
 The Kanarie Lane, Samarang. . . . . . .114 
 
 The Pangeran Poerbonegoro, with his AVife and Daughter . 122 
 
 Wayang Tjina, or Chinese Play 132 
 
 Opium Smoker .......... 138 
 
 Chinese Roadside Temple, Samarang District . . . 140 
 
 Macao, 1G55 148 
 
 Sir Francis Drake. (The First Englishman to visit Java) . 156 
 
 The Ceremony of Ducking under the Tropics . . . 164 
 
 Kanton, 1655 172 
 
 The Volcano of Bromo ........ 182 
 
 Kandjeng Pangeran Ario Tjokro Nagero (Lieutenant-Colonel 
 
 IN THE Cavalry ; Officer in the Orange Nassau Order) . 192 
 
 The Roads and Town op Batavia, 1655 200 
 
 Road to Tjipanas Garoet 206 
 
 The Volcano of Salak. (From the Hotel " Belle Vue," 
 
 Buitenzorg) 206
 
 xviii LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS 
 
 TO FACE PAGE 
 
 Sanatorium at Lendanglaya . . . . . , .210 
 
 Javan Lady .......... 220 
 
 The Torments inflicted by the Dutch on the English in 
 
 Amboyna .......... 230 
 
 The Condition of the English in the Dungeon and their 
 
 Execution (Amboyna) ....... 230 
 
 (/ A View of the City of Batavia, 1650 238 
 
 Old Private Burial Ground at Gergadju Hill, Samarang . 246 
 The Old Town Hall, Batavia. (It is not much changed since 
 
 its Erection in the Seventeenth Century) . . . 254 
 River and Storehouses at Pekalongan ..... 254 
 
 View of the Salak ......... 262 
 
 Tjipanas Garoet ......... 262 
 
 Four Portraits : Kandjeng Pangaran Ario Joedo Negoro 
 (Adopted Son of the Sultan) ; Kandjeng Pangaran Ario 
 Adi Negoro (Son of the Sultan by a Secondary V/ife) ; 
 Goesti Pangaran Ario Boemi Noto (Brother to the 
 Sultan) ; Goesti Pangaran Adipati Manghoe Boemi 
 (Brother to the Sultan ; Colonel-Adjutant to the 
 
 Governor-General) . 268 
 
 288 
 292 
 292 
 296 
 306 
 306 
 312 
 312 
 
 Sir Thomas Stamford Raffles ..... 
 
 Fort Taggal (Tegal), 1811. (British Flag is flying) . 
 
 Fort Cheribon, 1811 
 
 Javan Coins under the British Occupation (1811—1816) 
 
 The Cantonments, Tangsi 
 
 Plassen Passar, or Market, at Tjilatjap 
 
 The River Osso 
 
 Officers' Quarters 
 
 Graves of Lady Raffles and Madame Rochussen in the Bamboo 
 
 Wood of the Governor-General's Park at Buitenzorg . 318 
 Bridge over the River Tjilewong at Batavia between Pegan- 
 
 SAAN AND MeESTER CoRNELIS, WHERE THE GrEAT BaTTLE WAS 
 
 fought between English, French and Dutch Troops on 
 
 August 26th, 1811 326 
 
 The Sources of the Tjilewong River 326 
 
 Tjibodas, with the Gedeh and Pangerango Volcanoes in the 
 
 Distance .......... 328 
 
 Maclean's Grave 3S0 
 
 Departure of the British Expedition from the High Islands, 
 
 July, 1811 . . . 334 
 
 Old Dutch Church, Samarang 338 
 
 GuNONG Salak, near Buitenzorg, and the River Chidami, 
 
 1811 342
 
 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS xix 
 
 TO FACE PAGE 
 
 The Resident's House, Pasoeroean ..... 348 
 
 The Kaxarie Lane at Tjilatjap ...... 348 
 
 Fort Japara, 1811. (British Flag is flying). . . . 352 
 
 Fort Salatiga, 1811 352 
 
 The Resident's Office at Tawang, Samarang, during the 
 
 English Period. (Built about 1775) . . . . 360 
 British Officers' Quarters, Samarang (in District of Tawang), 
 
 1811 — 1816. (These Quarters were built about 1775) . 360 
 Samarang from the Land Side. (The British Flag is flying) 370 
 Graves of the British killed after the Riot at Probolingo, 
 
 June 18th, 1813 380 
 
 Fort Joana, 1811 386 
 
 Fort Damack (Demak), 1811. (The British Flag is flying) . 386 
 
 Grejsie 392 
 
 Fort Rambang, 1811 392 
 
 The Sultan of Jockjakarta going in Procession from the 
 
 Craton to Siti Inggil at the Garebeg Festival . . 410 
 The Resident's House at .Jockjakarta ..... 410 
 Palace of the Governor-General at Buitenzorg . . . 414 
 Governor-General's Palace, Ryswyk, Batavia . . . 414 
 Umbrella, Lance-carriers and Servants of the Emperor of 
 
 Java . . . 420 
 
 Pangeran Praboenengrat (Surakarta), Brother to the 
 
 Susuhunan ......... 424 
 
 His Highness the Prince IWangkoe Negero VL . . . 430 
 Raden Ajoi Adipati Hajlangkoe Negoro, Wife of the Crown 
 
 Prince 436 
 
 Toewan Ratoe Kentjono, Wife of the Sultan . . . 440 
 Pangeran Hario Poersanagoro (Colonel-Commandant of 
 
 THE Army of the Susuhunan of Solo) .... 444 
 Pangeran Adipati Soeriodilogo Prins Pakoe-Alim VIL . . 452 
 Four Portraits : Goesti Pangaran Hario Poerbojo (Son of 
 the Sultan ; Youngest Brother of the Crown Prince) ; 
 Kandjeng Pangaran Adipati Hanga Bey (The Sultan's 
 Eldest Son) ; Goesti Pangaran Ario Soerio Poetro 
 (Brother to the Sultan) ; Kandjeng Raden Adipati 
 
 Danoeredjo (Ruler of Djoejn) 466 
 
 Four Portraits : Kandjeng Pangaran Hario Adi Soerio 
 (Son of the Sultan by a Secondary VriFE) ; Goesti 
 Pangaran Hario Ted jo Koesoemo (Son of the Sultan 
 AND the Ratu) ; Kandjeng Pangaran Ario Soerio Di 
 NiGRAT (Son of the Sultan) ; Kandjeng Pangaran 
 Pahoe Ningrat (Son of the Sultan by a Secondary Wife) 484
 
 XX LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS 
 
 TO FACE PAGE 
 
 Four Portraits : Kandjeng Pangaran Hario Soerio Widjojo 
 (Son of the Sultan by a Secondary Wife) ; Kandjeng 
 Pangaran Hario Soerio Bronto (Son of the Sultan 
 BY A Secondary Wife) ; Goesti Pangaran Ario Poeger 
 (Brother to the Sultan ; Major on the General Staff) ; 
 Goesti Pangaran Ario Mangkoe Koesomo (Son of the 
 
 Sultan) 498 
 
 Post Office, Samarang ........ 520 
 
 Harbour of Tegal, 1911 540 
 
 Looking down Bodjong Road, Samarang, from Resident's 
 
 Offices (on left) ........ 558 
 
 Resident's Offices, Samarang 580 
 
 View of Gunong Gidi and the River Chiliwang from the 
 
 Garden at Buitenzorg, 1811 590 
 
 Javan Lady from Jockjakarta 600 
 
 Market at Tjilatjah 620 
 
 Street in Samarang, showing Church ..... 620 
 Pendrian, Samarang ........ 628 
 
 Roman Catholic Church, Pasoeroean 646 
 
 Protestant Church, Pasoeroean ...... 646 
 
 Part of Samarang, 1900 652
 
 FIRST PERIOD 
 
 Before the Arrival of the Mahometans 
 
 J. — VOL I B
 
 CHAPTER I 
 
 Part I 
 
 The Ancient History of Java 
 
 from the earliest traditions to the commencement 
 
 OF THE HINDU PERIOD, ANNO JAVAN 1 (a.D. 75). 
 
 Introduction. — Although not a few of us in these islands 
 have probably heard at some time or other that there is 
 such a place as Java, how many of us have any knowledge 
 of its exact, or even approximate, geographical position, 
 or of its extent, importance, and population ? I am pre- 
 pared to say there are not many. It is true nevertheless 
 that Java is the most important island, not only in the 
 East Indian Archipelago, but in the world. 
 
 The Paradise of the World.- — Its climate, too, away from 
 the sultry ports, and from a height of 1,500 feet upwards, 
 is quite incomparable ; and this, taken with the fascination 
 of its charming folk, has caused many to designate it as 
 the Paradise of the Earth. Certainly, if ever there was a 
 Garden of Dehght, the region of Java, in regard to its 
 beauty and climate, may, I think, lay a very good claim to 
 be such a place. The climate is one of perpetual and 
 unending summer, where the wants of man are liberally 
 supplied without stint by an ever bounteous Nature, and 
 where neither covering nor house is required. It strikes 
 the stranger or traveller as a gorgeous and magnificent 
 garden of superlative and miparalleled luxuriance, sur- 
 passing Brazil, Jamaica, Formosa, Borneo, or New Zealand. 
 or even, as some say, the whole of these combined. 
 
 It is certainly a land in which the forests are adorned 
 with an everlasting green, a land of thousands of lovely 
 
 B 2
 
 4 JAVA 
 
 variegated birds, and one whose numberless thousands of 
 bright and strikingly coloured flowers lend to it an over- 
 powering and undying sweetness and perfume. 
 
 It is, moreover, a land where the student of Nature can 
 live amidst all that is dear to him. Alone on the mountain- 
 sides, under a clear blue sky, he finds his imagination 
 running riot ; he hears the sea wind, gentle but penetratmg, 
 rushing through the banana trees and the tops of the lofty 
 palms, and he can hear the thundering and deeply echoing 
 roar of the numberless waterfalls which rush down the great 
 mountains in the interior of the island. 
 
 Java, to use a well-worn phrase, is without a doubt the 
 peerless gem in that magnificent empire of Insulindia 
 which twists and winds about the Equator like a chaplet 
 of emeralds. 
 
 Many say that it is the ideal of all tropical lands, and that 
 it is the greenest, the most beautiful, the sweetest, and the 
 most exquisite spot to be found anywhere. It is, therefore, 
 no matter for surprise to hear it described as " The Wonder- 
 land," " The Fairy Land," " The Paradise of the World." ^ 
 
 Java's resources in objects of interest are manifold, and 
 I do not think it would be possible to find the man who 
 cannot come upon something here to his taste or liking. 
 Should he be an admirer or a student of art, delighting in 
 Eastern peoples or ancient civilisations, he can spend months, 
 even years, in exploring the world-famed ruined Hindu 
 temples of Boro Budur,^ Prambanau, Tjandi Sewu, and 
 the remains of the ancient holy city in the Dieng mountains. 
 Should he take an interest in the social conditions and 
 
 1 Dr. H. C. Bryant, the Secretary of the American Alpine Club, when 
 speaking of his experiences in Java at a meeting of the Appalachian 
 Mountain Club, said : " It is from the popular point of view a terra incognita, 
 but if anyone should ask me as to the most beautiful place in the world I 
 8aw in my trip round the earth, I should unhesitatingly name this island." 
 All writers say the same. I have never seen any opinion otlier tlian thi?. 
 
 * Bara Budur.
 
 THE ANCIENT HISTORY OF JAVA 5 
 
 customs of primitive peoples, he will find in Java an almost 
 inexhaustible mine : there are the Javan villages of Mid- Java, 
 the Sunda and Malay campongs of West Java, the Hindu 
 settlement 6,500 feet in the mountains at Tosari, the 
 Arabian villages near Pasoeroean, to say nothing of the 
 numerous and widely spread Chinese communities in every 
 httle town and village. Should he desire to study the poli- 
 tical problems that invariably result from colonial posses- 
 sions, he will find in Java in full working perhaps the most 
 wonderful and successful system that human ingenuity 
 has devised, a system invented by the Hindus, whereby 
 the Dutch with their intelligent and tactful Residents 
 govern a subject race of close on thirty-five millions, through 
 the instrumentality of their o\\ti Rajahs (called Bopatis or 
 Regents), with seldom a hitch occurring of any kind. 
 Should he be a sportsman, he can have excellent big game 
 shooting, tigers being plentiful in East Java ; whilst wild 
 buffaloes (banteng) are to be found in West and South 
 Java. Should he prefer lighter sport, wild deer, wild boar, 
 and other small game are innumerable everywhere. Should 
 he be a geologist, he will at once become enthusiastic over 
 the majestic chain of volcanoes which stretches like a mon- 
 strous backbone through the centre of the island from 
 east to west, providing an unrivalled number of craters 
 for the investigation of the scientist. Should he be a 
 botanist, here he has at his feet when he arrives the largest 
 and the most famous botanical garden in the world at 
 Buitenzorg, containing thousands of species of plants and 
 trees of all descriptions. Should he be a lover of Nature, 
 everywhere where he goes in Java he has scenery so grand 
 and of such unsurpassable beauty that no pen can describe 
 it. Finalty, the traveller will find in Java a civilised land 
 with considerable luxury, with splendid hotels, excellent 
 railways and tramways, and fine motoring roads throughout 
 the island.
 
 6 JAVA 
 
 The Island of Java. — The island of Java, which may with 
 justice be considered as the most precious jewel in the 
 diadem of the Dutch, is — with the exception of Sumatra 
 and Borneo — the largest island in the East Indian Archi- 
 pelago. It is 668 miles long, with an area of 50,798 square 
 miles, and a population of 31,000,000, or 595 inhabitants 
 per square mile.^ It has a greatest breadth of 124 miles, 
 which diminishes to 37 miles at its narrowest. 
 
 Situation. — Java is situated between 6° north and 11° 
 south latitude, and 95° and 141° east longitude. On the 
 south and west its shores are washed by the balmy southern 
 Indian Ocean ; to the north-west lies the island of Sumatra ; 
 slightly east of north is Borneo ; to the north-east lies the 
 island of Celebes, and to the east the island of Bah, from 
 which it is separated by a narrow passage called the Straits 
 of Bali. 
 
 Java constitutes with Sumatra, Borneo, and Celebes, 
 what is generally called the Sunda group of islands, which 
 are richer in gold, silver, diamonds, and other precious 
 metals than either Mexico or Peru, and are without doubt 
 the " Taprobana " of the ancients, the " Soles of the Gen- 
 tiles," and the " Sacred Islands of the Hindus." 
 
 The numerous islands south of the Philippines all belong 
 to the Dutch, forming an estate twelve times the size of 
 England. The inhabitants, the languages, the flora, the 
 fauna, and the geological formation all point to one con- 
 clusion, namely, that they are the remaining highlands 
 of a vast and extensive continent uniting x\ustralia to 
 Asia. 
 
 It must be concluded that the Australian continent 
 separated long before the islands were formed and separated 
 from the Asiatic portion. This is concluded from the fact 
 that the sea about Sumatra, Java, Borneo, and the Malay 
 
 ' The whole of Netherlands East India covers an area of 587,370 
 square miles, and has a population of 40,500,000.
 
 THE ANCIENT HISTORY OF JAVA 7 
 
 Peninsula, and that between Australia and New Guinea 
 and the other islands to the north-east, are not nearly so 
 deep as the channel which divides these two groups and the 
 sea to the east of the Phihppines, Celebes, and Sumbawa. 
 The difference ranges from 50 to 1,000 fathoms, and this 
 may be taken as conclusive enough for the argument ; if, 
 however, fm-ther evidence is required, this is immediately 
 given us by the difference existing between the inhabitants 
 of the two divisions, those in the west being Malayan and 
 the others Papuan/ 
 
 The Origin of the Ancient Inhabitants. — A subject that 
 has engaged the attention of many wi'iters and numerous 
 Dutch scholars is the question of the origin of the ancient 
 inhabitants of Java. Some writers have, of course, 
 attempted a solution by studying the Javans of the present 
 day, and conclude from their appearance that they have 
 come from one or another great stock. These conclusions, 
 although they may be right so far as the present Javans 
 are concerned, have nothing to do with the question of the 
 original inhabitants of Java, and are irrelevant to it. 
 Others again with a deeper knowledge have endeavoured 
 to reach a conclusion by inferences dra'svn from the language, 
 from the customs, and from the facial and general physical 
 characters of the Javan people. These also are beside 
 the point. Sir Stamford Raffles, for instance, a great 
 authority, writes in his " History of Java " : " The inhabi- 
 tants of Java seem to owe their origin to the same stock 
 from which most of the islands lying to the south of the 
 eastern peninsula of Asia appear to have been first peopled. 
 This stock is evidently Tartar." Sir Stamford refers here, 
 of course, to the Javan folk of his day, not to the original 
 inhabitants, and since then much has been discovered. 
 
 1 Edward Clodd writes in " The Story of Creation " : " Australia 
 contains only the lowest mammals, a duckbill and kangaroos, witnessing 
 to its severance from Asia duriag the secondary epoch."
 
 8 JAVA 
 
 Prehistoric stone implements, hatchets, and spear heads 
 have been from time to time discovered several feet below 
 the sm'face in the Preanger and other districts in Java, 
 and in the smTomiding islands. This indicates a stone age 
 of great antiquity. Then there has been found among 
 fossil remains near Madiven the celebrated " human 
 monkey " or " fossil man," Pithecanthropus erectus, said 
 by German anthropologists to be human, or at least the 
 " missing link." This was discovered at a considerable 
 depth, and the age assigned to the remains carries us back 
 to the Pliocene, or at least to the early Pleistocene period. 
 As this being when erect stood, according to Mr. Beddard, 
 5 feet 6 inches high, and the contents of its cranium were 
 1,000 cm., that is 400 cm. more than the cranial capacity 
 of anj^ anthropoid ape, and fully as great as or even a trifle 
 greater than the cranial capacity of some female Australians, 
 Veddahs, and Semangs, it may well be, if not, as Professor 
 Haeckel insists on calling it, '* the commencement of 
 humanity," in any case the progenitor of the original 
 inhabitants of Java, who would be a lov/ race of men 
 materially and far more primitive than any race that 
 exists to-day. 
 
 The original inhabitants may, therefore, have been 
 autochthonous in the East Indies. If the conclusions of 
 Professor Haeckel and the other distinguished men who 
 examined the remains, as set forth in the note at the end 
 of this chapter, are correct, they seem to point to the fact 
 that these autochthonous inhabitants of Java were already 
 in the land when the physical geography of the Australian 
 and Asiatic continents must have been very different from 
 what it is now. 
 
 The Aborigines. — From this autochthonous race may, 
 therefore, have descended the people of Java known as 
 Kalang (Avild devils), called by the first Hindu invaders 
 Bdsaka. In several parts of India, on the borders of the
 
 THE ANCIENT HISTORY OF JAVA 9 
 
 forests, the natives of the present day still believe in the 
 power and might of a demon knoTVTi as the RaksJia and fear 
 him accordingly ; doubtless this name for the Kalang thus 
 originated/ 
 
 These Kalang did not become extinct in Java mitil well 
 into the Hindu period.^ They were, of course, as Adolf 
 Bernhard Meyer in " Die Kalangs auf Java" shows, negritos, 
 and, like the rest of these scattered oceanic negiitos, the 
 mere sm'vivors of a former widespread autochthonous race, 
 which had lived in inaccessible parts, like the present-day 
 negritos of the Philippines, Borneo, New Guinea, and 
 Tasmania (till lately),^ the beddahs of Ceylon, the Andaman 
 
 * The Eaksha has been described as a terrible creature with eyes set 
 obliquely in the head, ugly, broad, bulky, misshapen, and with ten-ible 
 teeth. It haunts only the forests and the tops of hills, and was said to be 
 given to decoying children and solitary women. It had also a teirible 
 cry, which is notewoithy as corresponding with the cry of the ancient 
 Javan, who had a mustering call or shriek in the dense forests of Java. 
 Miss Mary Frere in her book "Old Deccan Days in Hindu Fairy Tales"* 
 mentions this superstition as still existing in Scinde, where, however, the 
 demon is not known as Raksha, but Djinn. We learn from Parker's valuable 
 book on " Ancient Ceylon " that when the first Aryan invaders entered 
 India they brought with them an exaggerated belief in the existence of 
 various classes of evil beings, among whom those termed BaJcshasa occupied 
 the leading place. ^Mien the Indian epic poem the Eamayana was com- 
 posed, the EaJcshasa had developed into beings who constantly made theii* 
 appearance before men. They were first described as wandering malignant 
 demons of the great Vindhya forest, which extended far to the south of 
 India, and in the later portions of that work they were represented a-s 
 occupying Ceylon. It is clear from all this, therefore, that they were 
 wild men — so wild, that by those others of the human race who had become 
 more civilised they were looked upon as demons, or semi-demons, who 
 only came out by night ; for, as Parker tells us, " these demons were thought 
 to be specially active and powerful during the darkness of the night." 
 The ordinances of Manu confirm the statement that the Eakshasa were 
 flesh-eating demons and that night was the special time for their activity. 
 If this wild autochthonous race did not arise in India, it is certain it did 
 so in the East Indies, and the greater probability lies Tvith the latter 
 alternative. Apparently they were originally more monkey than man. 
 
 * A few of the Kalang existed even later. 
 
 ' C. R. Enock, F.R.C.S., says : " The black woolly-haired races were the 
 first inhabitants of the Malay Archipelago, which doubtless has been divided 
 into islands during the human period." The recently extinct Tasmanians
 
 10 JAVA 
 
 Islanders, and the Semangs of the Malay Peninsula/ Their 
 preservation in all these islands is due entirely to their 
 isolation, caused by a subsidence of parts of a former 
 continent ; whilst the extinction of this race in Java was 
 due to its early discovery and colonisation by other races 
 who brought a higher culture with them. 
 
 The question that now arises is. To which of the great 
 divisions of the human family must this older stock be 
 assigned ? This is a difficult problem, but this much may 
 ^vith safety, even with certainty, be asserted : it was not 
 Mongolian or Ethiopic ; therefore it must have been Cau- 
 casian. 
 
 In features they were probably bullet-headed with square 
 faces and exceedingly heavy jaws ; the ancestor was pro- 
 bably a man of very low stature with beetling brows. 
 Their nose w^as very broad at the nostrils, and they had 
 frizzled woolly hair. Their food consisted of wild natural 
 products, that is, fruits and roots of plants, and wild 
 animals of all kinds. They w^ere apparently all fishers and 
 hunters, but they were ignorant of agriculture and cattle- 
 breeding. Their implements and weapons were of stone, 
 and they lived isolated, rude lives, scattered in small groups 
 of probably ten to forty persons. They had no fixed home, 
 but lived in the forests and caverns, wandering about naked 
 from one place to another. There was, of course, no 
 restraint among them or established order, although a 
 certain respect for age took the place of civil obedience. 
 AVhen the crop of wild millet was gathered, the elder decided 
 when and where the horde should next move. Before 
 departing they feasted and offered sacrifices in an open 
 
 were of tlxis race — people wlio, according to Haddon in ".The Wanderings 
 of Peoples," " walked from New Guinea to Tasmania." 
 
 ^ The Malay Peninsula, i.e., the lower part of it, has been held by many 
 to have once been an island. This would be a reaso i why the Semang, 
 or brothers of the Javan Kalang, have been preserved down to the jjresent 
 day.
 
 THE ANCIENT HISTORY OF JAVA 11 
 
 plain, attracting to the remains of their repast the bird 
 called ulung-gdga,^ and the yoimg men would shake a 
 rude musical instrument (still to be heard in the Sunda 
 district and at Garoet, in the Preanger) called the dngklung, 
 shouting and dancing to its accompaniment in a wild, 
 ludicrous, and aimless fashion, and becoming at last mad 
 with its sounds.^ When the bird would not eat of the meal 
 offered, their departure was delayed and their sacrifices 
 and prayers renewed, but if the bird ate and flew in the 
 direction of their intended journey, a lamb or kid was 
 slain and burnt as a thank-offering to the deity .^ In case 
 of favourable omen * another feast was partaken of, which 
 ended in further violent exhibitions or demonstrations of 
 joy, in which the dngklung played a prominent part. When 
 all was ready for the journey, the oldest man of the horde 
 with his wife and children either was placed upon an elephant 
 or was carried in a rough litter, and began to move in the 
 direction he had indicated ; the rest moved on foot behind 
 him. Preceding the horde were the young men and boys 
 shaking the dngklung and shouting aloud, for the twofold 
 purpose of rendering the necessary homage to their chief 
 
 ^ Supposed to have been a crow or raven. 
 
 2 The manner in which the mountaineers of the Sunda districts still 
 spring and shout to the sovm.d of the dngklung corresponds with the above 
 account. On occasions of pubUc rejoicings in the eastern extremities of 
 the island a party of wild men was fiequeutly introduced, who with 
 dishevelled hair and covered with leaves, while shaking the dngklung, 
 shouted, sprang, and distorted their limbs in the rudest manner, the object 
 being to exhibit the original inhabitants, in contrast with what they 
 have become through civilisation. 
 
 '^ The same as the peace offerings of Egypt. 
 
 * The Dayaks of Borneo still hold particular kinds of biids holy, and 
 draw omens from their flight. Before they enter on a journey or engage 
 in war, they invite the approach of these birds by screaming songs and 
 scattering rice. If these birds take their flight in the direction they wish 
 to go, it is regarded as a favourable omen, but if they take another direction, 
 they consider it as unfavourable and delay the business until the omens 
 are more suitable to their wishes. — '• Transactions of the Batavia Society 
 of Arts and Sciences," Vol. VII.
 
 12 JAVA 
 
 and of frightening away the wild beasts which abounded 
 all over the island in countless multitudes at that period.^ 
 
 Their various modes of worship and their beliefs were of 
 a simple nature, although it has been said that these had 
 as their basis considerably higher forms .^ Some worshipped 
 the san (as was common in Egypt in early times), others 
 the moon ; some worshipped fire or water, or the trees of 
 the forests. Like all the early races of Egypt and Baby- 
 lonia, they practised the arts of divination and of astrology. 
 This may, however, have been later, after contact with 
 other people, for at the first beginnings their powers of 
 reason must have been most primitive, in fact not far 
 removed from those of the anthropoid ape, and not much 
 superior to those of the lower animals with whom they 
 shared the forest, the mountains, and dales. 
 
 If their ancestors were not autochthonous, where did 
 these come from ? For, as already observed, they must 
 have been . in the archipelago when the country formed 
 part of the Australian and Asiatic continents. If they did 
 arrive later, then it would have been by water, in which 
 case they would have had a little knowledge, however 
 small, of the art of paddling canoes or rafts. This art, 
 however, they never appear to have had, which is more or 
 less proof that they did not arrive by sea, for they would 
 never have lost this knowledge. There is, as far as I am 
 aware, no evidence of any islanders having degenerated to 
 this extent. Whether in Java itself they were ever in very 
 great numbers it is impossible to say, but that these Kalang 
 or Baksha existed there is no doubt whatever ; in fact, 
 
 1 Even at the present day no native ever thinks of entering a forest before 
 shouting, and his journey is made to the accompaniment of wild yells 
 uttered from time to time. 
 
 2 C. Reginald Enock, in " The Secret of the Pacific," -writes : " A mixture 
 of Proto-Malayans with Indonesians, whom we may well call Proto- 
 Polynesians, drifted into the West Pacific and gave the black woolly- 
 haired natives their language and some elements of higher culture."
 
 THE ANCIENT HISTORY OF JAVA 13 
 
 until the sixteenth and even the seventeenth centuries they 
 were in fair numbers.^ After this, however, they gradually 
 died out, although here and there in the island there are 
 still signs in bastard negritos of their previous existence. 
 Civihsation killed them in Java, as in Tasmania and else- 
 where it has exterminated the indigenous races. This 
 ancient race of primitive man must have lived alone in the 
 archipelago and the island of Java undisturbed throughout 
 untold centuries until people of another race visited and 
 later on invaded the country. The Kalang may, I suppose, 
 also have been related to the original or indigenous race 
 called Kedda in Southern India ; for, as is well known, 
 long before Hindustan was thickly populated, say anywhere 
 from B.C. 3000 to 2500, whilst the Aryan family or tribe 
 in the north was still in obscmity, the country was already 
 in some parts peopled by a savage race which, while with 
 the rudiments of a religion acknowledging a power above, 
 was more or less given over to barbarism. Some of 
 these aborigines were in Ceylon, which at that time still 
 formed a portion of the Indian continent. Here, it may 
 incidentally be observed, in the course of time they were 
 visited by members of other peoples, some of whom pro- 
 bably remained in the land and partially civihsed it. This 
 we know from the ancient Vedas, or Hindu histories, which 
 relate the story of the celebrated Wijaya ^ from Bengal, 
 who landed there in B.C. 543, and found a civihsed com- 
 munity which could trace its antiquity for six or seven 
 centuries. Besides this there is every evidence in the 
 Mahavansa, or the History of the great Dynasty of Ceylon, 
 to show that there was a pre- Aryan colonisation of this 
 country which was contemporaneous with the colonisation 
 of Southern India about b.c. 2000 to 1500 ; and minute 
 
 ' See also " De Kalangers," by E. Ketjen. 
 
 2 Wijaya was a Hindu who rose into promiaence through marrying the 
 daughter of a powerful T.Iaharaja.
 
 U JAVA 
 
 accounts of warfare and life in Ceylon are given as far back 
 as B.C. 1250. 
 
 The Origm of the Present Inhabitants. — The present people 
 of Java owe their origin in the main to the same stock from 
 which Sumatra, Borneo, and most of the islands to the 
 south of the Malay Peninsula were at an early date popu- 
 lated. This stock was probably a Tartar one, if we accept 
 the general opinion. Doubtful, however, as this question 
 must remain, one thing is quite certain, namely, that the 
 elements which have tended to modify and alter this 
 original stock are Egyptian, Hindu, Kling, Tartar, Arabian, 
 and Chinese, which there appears to be ample proof were 
 introduced at one time or another into the archipelago. 
 
 I must add that it has been suggested by some writers 
 that at an early date a mixed race, originally coming from 
 Ceylon or Southern India, was the first to visit the Eastern 
 Archipelago ; but this idea must, I think, be laid aside as 
 erroneous, and will probably be found to have been based 
 upon a misapprehension of facts, and due to a confusion 
 with a migration to Java from these parts at or about the 
 time of the Christian era. It is true that the renowned 
 traveller Kaerupfer writes in his great history of Japan : 
 ** Before Christ 1,027 years, upon the eighth day of the 
 fourth month, was born in India the great heathen prophet 
 Siaka. His doctrine was soon spread, and by his disciples, 
 into several parts of the East Indies.'' (The italics are 
 mine.) These East Indies were possibly just certain parts 
 of Ceylon, but they may, of course, also have referred to 
 the Malay Peninsula and Indo- China. Several hundreds 
 of years before the Christian era a vast expedition left 
 Hindustan and made its way into Indo-China.^ Its journey 
 seems, for various reasons, to have been made by sea. 
 Some French writers assert that it was overland ; as other 
 countries with sea-coasts which were passed in the journey 
 
 1 This is believed to be aboiit b.c. 500.
 
 THE ANCIENT HISTORY OF JAVA 15 
 
 apparently escaped this invasion, this opinion must be 
 mentioned, although, as Sir Hugh Chfford rightly observes 
 in his " Further India," " the opinion is one which it is not 
 easy to accept." These emigrants are said to have been 
 the founders of the great Khumer empire in Cambodia, 
 which reached a state of civilisation and power of which 
 this is a little idea. The ruins of the mighty and magnifi- 
 cent temples, with Angkor or Thorn and A^igkor Wai as the 
 jewels, are triumphant evidence of what this great empire 
 must once have been. The origin of the Khmers is plainly 
 represented in the ancient monuments there, for it is clear 
 from the character of the carvings, the features of the 
 statues, and the cult of Buddha that this people came 
 from Hindustan, and nowhere else. One may, therefore, 
 dismiss Ribadeneyra's statement in his ** History of the 
 Islands of the Archipelago," that there is a tradition in 
 Cambodia that the ruins there were constructed by the 
 Romans, or by Alexander the Great. 
 
 During the life of this empire, when the population had 
 begun to swell to over-great numbers, emigrants, as has 
 invariably been the custom in all countries and ages, were 
 sent off, who sailed for the nearer countries and islands of 
 the archipelago and there settled. There is a good deal of 
 evidence that this did occur, for, apart from other proofs, it 
 is known that when the entire population of Khmer — for 
 reasons never yet discovered — was suddenly driven out of 
 Cambodia, its numbers had already considerably diminished, 
 while its arts had decayed almost to disappearance. 
 Whether when the first and earliest emigrations took 
 place Java was one of the islands colonised by it cannot 
 be definitely shown ; but as the more southern parts of 
 the Malay Peninsula and Sumatra were among the countries 
 where settlers made their home, it seems quite possible and 
 reasonable to suppose that this was so. If such a coloni- 
 sation of Java took place, it must have been some years
 
 16 JAVA 
 
 before oui' era, for the records of the Javans do not go 
 further back than a.d. 75, or the year of the first contact 
 with the Hindus from India. 
 
 There is another possibihty, however, still open for the 
 origin of the present-day Javan, viz., that a race of people 
 who were already established in Indo-China long before 
 the Hindus came, and had been used to a quiet and agricul- 
 tural life, were suddenly confronted by these aggressive 
 Hindu conquerors, who compelled them to work on their 
 temples, whose astonishing size and Titanic proportions 
 still speak from their ruins of the gigantic efforts they 
 cost.^ That there was such a race here is told us by Mr. J. 
 Thomson in " Wonders of the World," who states that 
 Funan was the name by which the present-day Cambodia 
 was known, and that it was said to have been in existence 
 (and well populated) in the twelfth century B.C. Although 
 it seems that the history of these ruins is lost for ever, one 
 can still realise how the indigenous and humble agricultural 
 folk who had lived there so long before these terrible 
 foreigners arrived groaned under the yoke that was inflicted 
 upon them, grinding the very lives out of them, and killing 
 them in thousands. 
 
 •What more reasonable to suppose than that at last, 
 unable any longer to bear the strain of living under a race 
 of men who were as pitiless as Pharaoh's overseers, they 
 escaped from their bondage, with their families, seeking a 
 refuge in the isles of the archipelago as far from their brutal 
 taskmasters as possible ? 
 
 This, then, was x)robably the origin of the present-day 
 inhabitants, an Indonesian race, impregnated with Tartar 
 or Mongolian strain. This hypothesis is the natural result 
 of every work on this question that might help, and although 
 
 1 According to local native history, the temples were built B.C. 250, and 
 the people who built them also forced the natives to make " gxeat lines of 
 roads equal to those of the Romans."
 
 THE ANCIENT HISTORY OF JAVA 17 
 
 the views expressed may at first be rejected, they may 
 eventually be accepted as time goes on, and new discoveries 
 are made. 
 
 Presumably these must have been the people who brought 
 with them the art of rice-growing, as philological investi- 
 gations have irrefutably proved that it has been grown in 
 irrigated fields divided into terraces centuries before the 
 Hindus directly from Hindustan arrived in Java. This 
 fact is more or less proved by the circumstance that nearly 
 all the technical terms used in the cultivation are non- 
 Sanscrit, unlike the case of everything else in Java which the 
 Hindus introduced} In " The Secret of the Pacific," by 
 C. Reginald Enock, and in " Hawaiki, the Original Home 
 of the Maori," by Smith, one reads that it is generally 
 believed that the parent stock of the Polynesians can be 
 traced to India about B.C. 450, and that a migration took 
 place to Java in b.c. 65. As the date B.C. 450 is almost 
 identical with the date of the Hindu invasion of Indo- 
 China, one cannot help being imbued with the idea that 
 Polynesia, hke Java, must have been stocked from India 
 vid Indo-China, and not from India direct. This Mr. Enock 
 hints at on page 300 of the above interesting work. Here 
 I might also add that Wallace, in " Studies Scientific and 
 Social," Vol. I., maintains that the Khmers — a superior 
 race of undoubted Caucasian type — mingled with others, 
 emigrated as far south as New Zealand, producing the 
 magnificent Maori race, who in turn were the origin of 
 the Incas of Peru and Bolivia. 
 
 Name. — To what cause the island owes its present name 
 of Java is a point which has been frequently discussed 
 but never satisfactorily solved. 
 
 Among various traditions there is one which relates 
 that the name Yawa-Dwipa (Yava-Dvipa), or Land of 
 Barley, was given by the first Hindus to both Sumatra and 
 
 1 For rice culture in Java, see Chapter XVII. 
 J. — VOL. I. r
 
 18 JAVA 
 
 Java on account of the discovery of this cereal (called in 
 Sanscrit jdiva-tvut), ^Yhich they found growing there 
 wild. 
 
 Yawa-Dwipa (Yava-Dvipa) does not, however, mean, as 
 has been thoughtlessly stated and repeated, the country 
 of the barley, for a very simple reason, and that is, that 
 barley will not grow there ; but it might possibly mean 
 millet, of wliich there are several varieties indigenous to 
 the island, many of them called by the generic name of 
 yawa, or jdwa, the Sanscrit name for them. The name of 
 the island is, it is true, spelt Yava (Yava-Dvipa) in the 
 Sanscrit inscriptions discovered there ; but then it equally 
 occurs in the form Yava in the Pagar-ruyung inscription of 
 A.D. 656 in Central Sumatra. This shows, according to 
 Colonel Gerini in his " Eesearches on Ptolemy's Geography," 
 the absurdity of making the term in question an exclusive 
 appurtenance of the island of Java, as has been most 
 recklessly done by nearly every writer who has hitherto 
 treated the subject. And there is some evidence in favour 
 of the term having been imported into Java from Sumatra, 
 which island appears to be entitled to the priority in its 
 use. 
 
 Javana or Yavana, or abridged Java, was also the name 
 given not only to Sumatra, but also to portions of Borneo 
 and of the Malay Peninsula (probably Pahang) besides the 
 whole of Indo-China. One of the ancient names of Luang 
 Plirah Bang was in fact Java, or Chatva, which name, 
 according to Colonel Gerini, the Lau found on their arrival 
 there, and which they pronounce Sava. 
 
 The term Java has, however, all over the archipelago 
 and Indo-China, never been viewed in the light of a place- 
 name proper, but it is understood as a racial name ; and 
 even when used in a topographical sense it invariably means 
 country of the Java, or Javan (in Malay | 9 Lj Java or 
 Javan) race. Far from the range of this term being con-
 
 THE ANCIENT HISTORY OF JAVA 19 
 
 fined to Java, it would seem that chronologically about 
 the latest place and geographically the furthest limit to 
 which it extended was Java itself. 
 
 Ptolemy called the island Jaha-diu (see his map), which 
 may be an abbreviation of Yava-Dvipa, but is much more 
 likely to mean Jahadios Insulce, from Jaba and dih-, div-, or 
 dio-. 
 
 Sometimes the island has been called Nusa Java, the 
 Sanscrit expression for the island of Java, or rather of the 
 Javan race ; but the strange thing is that in the legendary 
 tales of the Javans the term Java applies only to its central 
 or eastern provinces, those portions in fact which were 
 occupied by the Javan race strictly so called, whilst the 
 western part of the island, although there are several 
 Hindu towns here, never seems to have been designated 
 otherwise than as Tanah Sunda, that is, the Sunda country. 
 Even the traveller Barbosa, as well as the early Portuguese 
 historians of the East Indies, used to distinguish between 
 Java (the eastern part of the island) and Sunda (the western 
 part), beheving them to form two separate and different 
 islands. The travellers and foreign merchants, however, 
 who came after these early Portuguese, called the whole 
 island Java, hence in course of time the poetical fiction. 
 
 The important question which now arises is, Seeing that 
 this Javana, Javan, or Chawa race was in Indo- China, and 
 perhaps also the Eastern Archipelago, before the advent 
 of the Mongolic type, what was it, and where did it come 
 from ? 
 
 It came, of course, from Luang P'hrah Bang, in Lido- 
 China. 
 
 The name Java was in this case, therefore, a foreign 
 importation, and the people when they came to the country 
 would have been known as Javan. That it arose, therefore, 
 from the barley grown in the island is a myth. 
 
 Can it now be that this race had some connection with 
 
 c 2
 
 20 JAVA 
 
 the people called Javan so often mentioned in the Old 
 Testament, and reckoned among the sons of Japheth ? 
 
 The First Visitors from the West. — Among the various 
 traditions as to how Java and the Eastern Islands were 
 originally peopled is one which says that its first inhabitants 
 came in vessels from the Red Sea, Ldut Mira, and that on 
 their passage they coasted along the shores of Hindustan. 
 This peninsula then formed an unbroken continent with the 
 Indian Archipelago, from which it is now so widely separated, 
 and which, according to the same tradition, has since then 
 been divided into so many islands by some terrific convul- 
 sion of Nature. 
 
 Now as early as b.c. 4500 the town of Ur Kasdim, which 
 was situated about five miles from the Persian Gulf, was a 
 thriving and populous metropolis, a most important manu- 
 facturing centre, and a mercantile emporium of no ordinary 
 importance, whose ships traded with India, as is proved 
 by the teak found in its ruins. African products were 
 obtained from Ezion GSber, a port of the Red Sea, near 
 the present town of Inakin, and sweet resinous gums essen- 
 tial from Arabia, being brought down by an old trade route 
 to Jiddah, the port of the later-founded Mecca. 
 
 By way of the Red Sea and across the Isthmus of Suez 
 the energetic and enterprising merchants of Ur Kasdwi, wiio 
 came from the east and west, belonging to the great trading 
 tribes of Javan, Tubal, and Meshed,^ supplied the inhabi- 
 tants of Egypt and the islands of Crete and Cyprus with the 
 riches of the Orient, and these were by no means the only 
 outlets for their merchandise. 
 
 These hardy merchants returned to TJr Kasdim hy way 
 of the Red Sea, as they had gone. 
 
 This early trade between Europe and Asia, which first 
 commenced with the overland route, and later was borne 
 
 1 China was a great coimtry as early as B.C. 5000, perhaps even earlier : 
 the date is lost iu the mists of the ages.
 
 THE ANCIENT HISTORY OF JAVA 21 
 
 on the sea, was carried on by the Phoenicians, a wonderful 
 race of traders whose origin is wrapped in obscurity. By 
 gi'eat mihtary and caravan routes, which existed certainly 
 as early as b.c. 4000 between India, Thibet, Bactria, Persia^ 
 Babylonia, and Southern Europe, they carried Eastern arts 
 of pottery, ivory-turning, glass-making, enamelling, and 
 wood-carving, and these were at last carried into the 
 remotest recesses of Germany and Scandinavia, and even 
 further, thus doubtless profoundly influencing the primitive 
 civilisation of those countries.^ The appearance among 
 the prehistoric remains of Smtzerland and Denmark of 
 arms and implements of bronze in succession to spear and 
 arrow heads of flint, generally affirmed to be due to the 
 displacement of the primeval savage tribes of the West by 
 the immigration of new races of a higher civilisation from 
 the East, probably marks the age of the earliest Phoenician 
 intercourse with Europe. Amber beads have also been 
 found in the lowest strata of Lachish, in Palestine, dating, 
 therefore, from B.C. 3000 ; a votive tablet from Assyrian 
 merchants of the ninth century e.g. thanking God for their 
 safe return from the Ear Country where the Little Bear 
 stands at the zenith (that is, Scandinavia), co^vries, and 
 an Indian shell discovered in a very ancient Swedish grave ; 
 some porcelain seals from China, found at great depth in 
 various parts of Ireland, and dating back to the third centuiy 
 B.C., prove conclusively the enterprise of the seafarers and 
 caravans, and the immense journeys they undertook in 
 those bygone days, in which the earth is generally pictured 
 as wrapped in deepest slumber. 
 
 As time went on the Phoenicians became more venture- 
 some, and lengthier sea journeys were undertaken. Ceylon 
 was no doubt visited, where ivory was procured, and even- 
 
 1 In the reign of Naram Shin (son of Sargon the Great, or Agade), 
 B.C. 3700, an excellent postal service connected Canaan with Babylonia ; 
 some of the clay bulke used as stamps for the official correspondence at 
 that period are to-day in the Louvre Museum at Paris.
 
 22 JAVA 
 
 tually the Malay Peninsula, Malacca, and Sumatra (west 
 coast), from which came the gold for Solomon's temple. 
 Lastly, Java and the Spice Islands would have been reached, 
 and hence the tradition of the vessels from the Ldut Mira 
 (Red Sea). 
 
 The smiling plains of Java — which island was then one 
 with Sumatra — Avith their wild millet and dry climate, the 
 beautiful forests, with an abundance of the sweetest fruits, 
 the numerous rivers and streams, with a plentiful supply 
 of fish, would all have had their attractions for the rough 
 travellers, and the fame of the beauty of the land would 
 soon have been carried by them to Ceylon and Southern 
 India, places comparatively near. 
 
 According to Edward Clodd, in " Human Origins," the 
 seas were covered with the sails of Phoenician or Egyptian 
 ships certainly as early as b.c. 1600. These seamen 
 busied themselves in those regions of the world where 
 tin was kno^\^l to exist. Their ships were loaded with 
 metal smelted from the tin-bearing gravel of the 
 Malayan Cassitera Island, a name derived from either the 
 Greek kassiteros (" tin "), or from the Sanscrit name for 
 this metal. 
 
 The Sacred Isles of the Gentiles. — As to the East Indies 
 being the " isles of the Gentiles," the descendants of 
 Ham went to Africa, those of Shem peopled a portion 
 of Arabia, whilst the descendants of Japheth migrated 
 to the south of Europe as far as Italy and to Turkey, 
 Greece, Armenia, Palestine, Afghanistan, Cashmere, India, 
 Ceylon. 
 
 The sons (the Biblical term is probably a collective one 
 and signifies a people or tribe) of Japheth were seven in 
 number, and became distributed in tribes as follows : — 
 
 The first, Gomer, became the progenitor of the ancient Cim- 
 merians and Cimbri, from whom the Celtic family descended.
 
 THE ANCIEXT HISTORY OF JAVA 23 
 
 Second, Magog, was the progenitor of the Scythians and 
 Tartars. 
 
 Third, Medai, was progenitor of the ancient Medes. 
 
 Fourth, Javan, was progenitor of the race that eventually 
 peopled Greece and Sp'ia. 
 
 Fifth, Tubal, was progenitor of the people around the south of 
 the Black Sea, who spread to Armenia. 
 
 Sixth, Meshed, mingled ^yith Tubal and Magog, and originated 
 the Russian and Cjiinese races. 
 
 Seventh, Tiras, was the progenitor of the Thracians. 
 
 That the Hindus and Javans are derived from the 
 descendants of Japheth is evident from their subsequent 
 historj^, and they fulfil in a very emphatic manner the 
 prophetic declaration in Genesis, chap, ix., verse 27 : — 
 
 " God shall enlarge Japheth." 
 
 Government, science, and art, speaking broadly, are, and 
 have been, Japhetic, and Japhetic onty. 
 
 This being so, there is every reason for holding the early 
 inhabitants of Java, who, I repeat, must not be confused 
 with the earliest or autochthonous race, to have sprung from 
 the fourth son of Japheth, or to have been of the tribes or 
 peoples called by his name. 
 
 This Javan race, besides being in the East Indies, Cam- 
 bodia, Siam, etc., was also found in Syria and Greece. 
 
 That the sons of Javan did live and trade in these Indies 
 is evident, as also is the fact that the islands were known 
 as the " isles of the Gentiles " ; for does not Genesis, 
 chap. X., verses 4 and 5, read : — 
 
 " And the sons of Javan, Elishah, and Tarshish, Kittim and 
 Dodanim, by these were the isles of the Gentiles divided in their 
 lands, every one after his tongue " ?^ 
 
 From the sons of Tarshish the port of Tarshish, which 
 has been identified in recent times as none other than the 
 
 ' At the present day the East Indies are similarly divided.
 
 24 JAVA 
 
 modern port of Galle, in Ceylon, and which was frequented 
 so much in the days of King Solomon, received its name. 
 
 Solomon's ships manned by the Phoenicians, which were 
 built in Ezion Geber, on the Eed Sea, sailed along the shores 
 of Arabia, the Persian Gulf, and Hindustan. The land 
 for which they were bound was one governed by seven 
 kings,^ and carrying on an extensive trade.^ The voyage 
 to Ezion Geber and back, we are told, occupied them three 
 years. This is quite possible when we bear in mind the 
 small size of the vessels then in use, which made them 
 absolutely dependent on the elements. The cargo these 
 hardy travellers brought back to King Solomon was gold, 
 silver, ivory, apes, and peacocks. The gold and silver 
 may have come from a mountain in Sumatra known as 
 Mount Ophir, whence it was conveyed to the coast down a 
 river known to-day as the Kali Mas (River God), and thence 
 to Malacca, where it was reshipped to Tarshish. 
 
 Ivory was always very plentiful in Ceylon, and could be 
 procured also in Sumatra and Java.^ 
 
 Apes were indigenous to Ceylon and Java. Peacocks 
 swarmed in both countries. Owing to its favourable 
 situation, Galle was from time immemorial the resort of 
 merchants from Egypt, Syria, Arabia, Persia, the Sudan, 
 and Somali on the one side, and China, Sumatra, Java, and 
 the Spice Islands on the other. It was the great Eastern 
 mart frequented by the ships of Tyre and Judsea. Thus, 
 1 Kings, chap, x., verse 22, reads : — 
 
 " For the king had at sea a navy of Tarshish with the navy 
 of Hiram : once in three years came the navy of Tarshish, bringing 
 gold, silver, ivory, and apes, and peacocks " ; 
 
 1 Both Java and Ceylon had several kings at one time. 
 
 "^ This also apjilies to Java equally with Tarshish and Ceylon. 
 
 • In former days herds of elephants used to come over yearly quite 
 easily from India, by what is known as Adam's Bridge, when certain edible 
 trees were in bloom and the pasture lands in good condition.
 
 THE ANCIENT HISTORY OF JAVA 25 
 
 and 2 Chronicles, chap, ix., verse 21, reads : — 
 
 " For the king's ships went to Tarshish with the servants of 
 Hiram : every three years once came the ships of Tarshish, 
 bringing gold and silver, ivory/ and apes, and peacocks " ; 
 
 further, Jeremiah, chap, x., verse 9, reads : — 
 
 " Silver spread into plates is brought from Tarshish, and gold 
 from Uphaz "^ ; 
 
 and Ezekiel, chap, xxvii., verse 19, reads : — 
 
 " Dan also and Javan going to and fro, occupied in thy fairs ; 
 bright iron, cassia, and calamus, were in thy market." 
 
 Silver and iron were found in the islands of Sumatra 
 and Borneo, whilst the cassia and calamus came from no 
 other place than the Spice Islands. 
 
 Ezekiel, chap, xxvii., verses 3, 12, and 13, reads : — 
 
 " And say unto Tyrus, O thou that art situate at the entry of 
 the sea [Bay of Bengal], which art a merchant of the people for 
 many isles." 
 
 " Tarshish was thy merchant by reason of the multitude of all 
 kind of riches ; with silver, iron, tin, and lead, they traded in thy 
 fairs. 
 
 " Javan, Tubal, and Meshech, they were thy merchants." 
 
 Now tin until, comparatively speaking, recent times was 
 only to be procured in the East Indian islands of Banca and 
 BilKton, the tin mines of Cornwall not having yet been 
 discovered ; while lead was in those days only known to 
 exist in Sumatra. Fm*thermore, the book of Isaiah con- 
 tains repeated references to the " isles of the Gentiles," 
 and this, taken in conjunction with the invariable mention 
 of gold, bright iron, silver, ivory, apes, peacocks, tin, lead, 
 and spices, which nowhere else in the world, even at the present 
 day, are found all together hut in the East Indies, leaves no 
 doubt to which islands Isaiah referred.^ 
 
 1 See note ^, page 24. 
 
 * Mount Oi^hir, in Sumatra. 
 
 ' Bronze was in common use in Egypt and Chaldsea before b.c. 6000, and
 
 26 JAVA 
 
 Java as tlie Taprohdna of the Ancients. — As the islands of 
 Java and Sumatra appear to have been hardly known to 
 the old Roman and Greek map-makers, Selan-dib (Ceylon) 
 has generally been considered the land they referred to 
 as Taprohdna. This is perhaps due to the obscure and 
 rather contradictory descriptions given by Ptolemy, Pliny, 
 Strabo, Pomponius, and Mela, an obscurity arising possibly 
 from defective knowledge of the theory of map-making and 
 a total ignorance of geography. 
 
 The Taprohdna of the ancients Avas said to be a country 
 intersected by the Equator, and from which the Pole Star 
 "was all but invisible. This of itself would appear to make 
 it sufficiently obvious that Sumatra, and not Ceylon, is 
 the country, for neither does the Equator intersect Ceylon, 
 nor is the Pole Star practically invisible from it, whilst both 
 are true of Sumatra. 
 
 Sir Stamford Raffles, who was very much interested in 
 this question, writes in 1817 as follows^ : — 
 
 " Whether Sumatra, or Java, or any other island of the 
 archipelago, or the whole or several of them collectively may not 
 have formed the Taprobdna of the ancients is perhaps still an 
 undecided question. Notwithstanding the claims to this distinc- 
 tion which have of late years been rather admitted than proved 
 in favour of Ceylon, the most striking fact detailed in the accounts 
 which have reached us of this country, and one which, from its 
 nature, is least likely to have been disfigured or perverted by the 
 misrepresentations or prejudices of travellers, is that it was 
 bisected in nearly equal portions by the equinoctial line, and to 
 the southward of it the polar star was not visible. How can this 
 
 as it is an alloy of copper and tin, the question arises, Where did these 
 metals come from so early as this ? As even several thousand years later 
 the East Indies were the only known sources of these metals, it is difficult 
 not to believe that it was fi-om the East Indies that Egypt and Chaldsea 
 had formerly obtained them. 
 
 ^ Sir Stamford Raffles says in a letter to the late Earl of Buckingham, 
 dated Buitenzong, August oth, 1815, and referring to Sumatra and Java, 
 "There, my Lord, are doubtless the real Taprobana of the ancients, the 
 Sacred Isles of the Hindus."
 
 THE A^XIENT HISTORY OF JAVA 27 
 
 statement be evaded or in any way applied to Ceylon ? Major 
 IVIilford seems inclined to consider Taprobdna is derived from the 
 Sanscrit words tapa (penance) and bana (forest or grove), a deriva- 
 tion equally favourable to the claims of the Javans' tapa, and waiui 
 or wono having the Uke signification in their language, and if, 
 as there is reason to believe, an extensive intercourse subsisted 
 in very remote times between Western India and these islands, 
 where was a country that could more invite the retreat of holy 
 men than the evergreen islands which rise in endless clusters in 
 the smooth seas of the Malayan Archipelago, where the elevation 
 and tranquillity of devotion are fostered by all that is majestic 
 and lovely by Nature ? " 
 
 Modern writers mostly say that Ceylon is Taprobana, 
 but, in point of fact, probably both Sumatra and Ceylon 
 are the places referred to. 
 
 Part II 
 
 The Hindu Period 
 
 from the establishment of hinduism, anno javan 1, 
 to the extinction of the empire of mendang 
 
 KAMULAN OR MATAREM, ANNO JAVAN 927 (a.D. 1002). 
 
 The Colonisation of Java by the Hindus. — In the ancient 
 Hindu chi-onicles known as the Vedas no trace has been 
 found of a record of the first expedition from Hindustan 
 to Java. The Javans, however, give a more or less lucid 
 account of a certain Hindu called Aji Sdka, said by some 
 to have been the Prime Minister of a great Maharaja, who 
 visited Java with a large following ; and they reckon the 
 first year of their era from this visit, a date which corre- 
 sponds with about the seventy-fifth or seventy-eighth year 
 of the Christian era.^ 
 
 • The era wMcli bears the name of Aji Sdka really began with his death, 
 that is, the seventy-eighth year of the Christian era ; but the seventy-fifth 
 year is, according to Raffles, undoubtedly that which the Javans adopted, 
 corresponding with the former within about tliree years. This slight differ- 
 ence may be accounted for by the introduction of the Mahometan mode of 
 reckoning in vogue in Java during the last three centuries. In the date 
 tables the seventy-fi.fth year has been generally accepted.
 
 28 JAVA 
 
 This great Maharaja, the ruler of some large kingdom 
 probably in Bengal, had no doubt heard for years of the 
 traditional reports of a land that lay south, a land of honey, 
 teeming with precious and valuable metals, and gold, and 
 fragrant spices. It must have been known more or less 
 over the whole Orient that the Phoenicians — with whom 
 the Egyptians associated later — had secret stores of wealth 
 in these parts, but the cunning of these wily traders, who 
 naturally desired to keep the monopoly of the wealth to 
 themselves, made other centres, such as Malacca and Selan- 
 dih (Ceylon), transhipping ports and to appear as it were 
 the places whence the riches came. They kept the actual 
 source of their supplies a secret ; it was, therefore, known 
 only to the seafarers themselves. This Maharaja, however, 
 with more initiative than his predecessors, was determined 
 to find out the source, and decided to have a search made 
 for the country, at least so report says. 
 
 There are, it must be observed, however, conflicting 
 accounts of the real character of Aji Saka. By some he i& 
 rejDresented as a powerful prince who established a large 
 colony in Java, which an epidemic of some kind caused 
 him to withdraw. Others describe him as a saint and deity. 
 All, however, agree that to him may be attributed the first 
 introduction of letters, proper government, and religion. 
 
 According to Javan historians, a judicial code was 
 already in existence when he arrived, but one of rather an 
 elementary nature. It went under the title of " Sun and 
 Moon." Under this code a thief was bound to make resti- 
 tution of the property stolen, and to pay in addition a fine 
 in cattle or produce. If the theft was considerable, he 
 became the slave of the injured party or his relations. 
 Murder was not punished by death, but by a heavy fine and 
 perpetual servitude in the family of the deceased. This 
 code Aji Saka is said to have reformed, and a set of ordi- 
 nances represented as having been drawn up from his
 
 THE HINDU PERIOD 29 
 
 instructions is believed to have been in use as late as the 
 time of the empires of Janggald (a.d. 900) and Majapahit 
 (a.d. 1300). The language of the new invaders was 
 apparently Sanscrit, which, as is known, has left its impress, 
 in the form of the Kaivi language, all over the East Indies. 
 The religion introduced was Brahminism. Both the lan- 
 guage and the religion were gradually adopted by the 
 inhabitants. 
 
 The way having once been found, there is no doubt that 
 expedition followed expedition. In fact, a regular move- 
 ment took place to Java, the " wonderful land," which, 
 through its supreme and unparalleled beauty and gi'andeur 
 and its abundant provision of the necessaries of life, lent 
 itself well to the object in view, namely, power over colonies 
 believed to be near the som-ce of the Egyptian wealth. 
 The priesthood, too, would have had no objection, and saw 
 in Java a land where the proselytising of the native and the 
 spread of its reUgion was likely to prosper. 
 
 Some say this Aji Sdka landed on the north coast near 
 Tuhan, and there is a legend hereabouts regarding him, 
 unless the Javans have confused the landing of some other 
 Hindu party with that of Aji Scika. Others, however, hold 
 strongly that he must have landed somewhere near the 
 present-day town of Bantam, or else on the south coast, 
 near, or in, the Bay of Tjilatjap. 
 
 If Aji Sdka came from Cambodia, the north coast was 
 the most probable place of landing, but if from Bengal, the 
 south coast is the more hkely. 
 
 How long the so-called Aji Sdka and his party remained 
 in Java or when he left are ahke imknown. It seems, 
 however, reasonable to suppose that when he left, to report 
 to his master, he did so vdth a full account of Mid-Java, 
 which was the seat of the first Hindu empire of Mendang 
 Kdmidan (or Mafdrem), which nominally, therefore, was 
 founded by these adventurers and explorers in x\nno Javan 1.
 
 30 JAVA 
 
 In the chronological table given at the end of this chapter 
 this is taken to be the case, although, as a matter of fact, 
 its foundation is generally placed many years later. 
 
 While, as already stated, the Javan chroniclers — usually 
 Buddhist priests — ^in the main give Aji Sdka as the first 
 Hindu who visited Java, another account very plainly 
 states it was the Prince of Eom who was the first comer. 
 Some of these liistorical records appear sufficiently interest- 
 ing to give here, although a more thorough knowledge of 
 the history of the country shows that the writers were not 
 always careful in their statements, and drew too freely on 
 their imaginations. In the main, however, and for Oriental, 
 the records were fairly accurate, but they must be looked 
 on as somewhat mythical, and the dates are hopelessly 
 entangled. 
 
 " Prdbu Jdya Bdya was a great and powerful prince of Astina,^ 
 and the fifth in descent from Arjuna, the son of Pdndu Dewa Ndta, 
 after whom had reigned successively Bimdnyu, Parakisit, Udayana, 
 and Gandra Yana. His Penggawa, or chief minister, being a man 
 of great enterprise and ability, was sent to visit and civihse 
 foreign countries. In the course of his travels he landed on 
 Java, then the abode of a race of Rasaksa,^ and known by the 
 name of Niisa Kendang. This happened in the first year of the 
 Javan era, and is distinguished m the Chandra Sangkala by the 
 words nir, ahu tanpo, jdlar, meaning hteraUy ' nothing, dust, not 
 anything (but) man,' and metaphorically the figures 0001. He 
 here discovered the grain caUed jdwa-wut, at the time the principal 
 subsistence of the inliabitants, and, in consequence of this dis- 
 covery, he changed the name of the country to Nusa Jdwa. 
 In his progress through the island he met with the dead bodies of 
 two Rasaksa, each holding a leaf with an inscription on it one in 
 purwa [ancient], the other in Siamese characters : these he 
 united and thus formed the Javan alphabet of twenty letters. 
 
 " He had several combats with the Rasaksa, particularly with 
 the Dervata Chengkar ; and, after fixing the date of his different 
 
 ^ Hindustan. 
 
 ^ Perhaps Ba-Sakya.
 
 THE HINDU PERIOD 31 
 
 discoveries and leaving mementoes of his visit wherever he went, 
 he finally returned to Asiina, and dehvered to his sovereign a 
 written account of all he had seen and done." 
 
 From the foregoing it appears that this Prime Minister 
 not only made a journey through the island — probably only 
 a portion of it — but that the aboriginal inhabitants used the 
 Siamese alphabet. If no other people had visited them 
 before, how came they to have this alphabet ? It may 
 fm'ther be observed that Cambodia and Siam are practically 
 one country, and visitors from the one may well have used 
 the alphabet of the other. Furthermore, the Javan 
 alphabet was certainly not made for the benefit of wild 
 savages, but a race of people who were in a state to benefit 
 by it. The name, too, of the individual that was met with 
 in fight has a Hindu ring about it, although it is possible he 
 may have been mythical. 
 
 Another Javan chi'onology^ in possession of the Susuhunan 
 (called sometimes Susunan for short), or Emperor, of Java 
 or Surakerta, not only describes the arrival of the fii'st 
 Hindus, but the second arrival also. It is here to be noted 
 that Aji Sdka is mentioned as not having arrived until after 
 the year b.c. 1000. 
 
 The Javan historian now enters with more confidence 
 into details, although facts and dates are as confused as 
 ever : — 
 
 " What was first known of Java was a range of hills called 
 Qunung Kenddng, which extends along the north and south 
 coasts ; it was then that the island first came into notice, and at 
 that period commenced the Javan era [Anno Javan 1 : a.d. 75 
 or 78]. 
 
 " After this the Prince of Rom sent twenty thousand families 
 to people Java, but all of them perished except twenty famihes 
 who returned to Rom. 
 
 "In this year [a.j. 10: a.d. 85] twenty thousand famihes 
 
 1 In this ckronology the author describes himself as a sovereign of 
 Kediri. It is ascribed to Aji Jaya Baya, a.d. 800, but probably wrongly.
 
 32 JAVA 
 
 were sent to Java by the Prince of Kling. These people pros- 
 pered and multiphed. They continued, however, in an uncivi- 
 hsed state till the year 289 [a. J. 289 : a.d. 360], when the 
 Almighty blessed them v\^ith a prince called Kano, who reigned 
 for one hmidred years [a.j. 300 — 400 : a.d. 375 — 475], at the end 
 of which period he was succeeded by Bdsu Keti. The name of 
 the sovereignty was called Wirdta. Bdsu Keti dying, he was 
 succeeded by his son Mdngsa Pdti. 
 
 " The father and son together reigned three hundred years. 
 
 '■ Another principality, called Astina, sprang up at this time, 
 and was ruled by a prince called Ptila Sara, who was succeeded 
 by his son Abiasa, who was again succeeded by his son Pdndu 
 Dewa Ndta, the reigns of the last three prmces together amounting 
 to one hundred years [a.j. 700—800: a.d. 775—875]. Then 
 succeeded Jaya Baya himself, who removed the seat of govern- 
 ment from Astina to Kediri. 
 
 " The kingdom of Kediri being dismembered on the death of 
 its sovereign, there arose out of its ruins two other kingdoms, the 
 one called Bramhdnan, of which the prince was called Bdka, 
 the other Peng'ging, of which the prince's name was Angling 
 Dria. These two princes having gone to war with each other 
 [a.j. 900 : a.d. 975], Bdka was killed in battle by Ddmar Mdya, 
 the son-in-law of Angling Dria. On the death of Bdka the 
 kingdom of Bramhdnan was without a prince, and continued so 
 till, Angling Dria djdng a natural death, Ddmar Mdya succeeded 
 him and ruled the country. 
 
 " Ddmar Mdya dying and the sovereignty becoming extinct 
 [a.j. 1002 : A.D. 1077], there arrived from a foreign country a 
 person called Aji Sdka, who established himself as a Prince of 
 Mendang Kdmulan in the room of Dewata Chengkar, whom he 
 conquered. 
 
 " In the year a.j. 1018 [a.d. 1093] the Chandi Sewu (thousand 
 temples) at Bramhdmin were completed. 
 
 " The empire of Mendang Kdmulan and its race of princes 
 becoming extinct, the kingdoms which rose up and succeeded to 
 it were : — 
 
 " (1) Jang'gala, of which the prince was Ami Luhur; 
 " (2) Kediri, of which the prince was Lembu Ami Jaya ; 
 " (3) Ng'arawan, of which the prince was Lembu Ami 
 
 Sdsa, 
 " (4) Singasari, of which the prince was Lembu Ami Lueh.
 
 THE HINDU PERIOD 33 
 
 " These kingdoms were afterwards united under Panji Suria 
 Ami Sesa [a. J. 1082 : a.d. 1157], the son of Ami Luhur. 
 
 " Panji Suria dying, he was succeeded by his son Panji Lalean, 
 who removed the seat of government from Jang' gala to Pajajaran. 
 This took place in a. J. 1200 [a.d. 1275]." 
 
 From the foregoing it is seen that, compact, defined, and, 
 comparatively speaking, limited as the territory of Java is, 
 it has never been for any length of time under one sovereign. 
 It is true that one or two of the Hindu princes, more 
 ambitious and possibly more enlightened than the others, 
 have at times, by peaceful means or by arms, subjugated 
 their immediate neighbours, and thus temporarily added 
 them to their dominions, but their authority over the whole 
 island was (except in the cases of ]\Iandang Kamiilan and 
 IMajapahit) never more than nominal. The life, moreover, 
 of these great States (especially in later days) has always 
 been more or less marked by anarchy and rebellion, murder, 
 poisoning, torture, and treachery everywhere, while the 
 natm-al tendency of the first inhabitants, submissive in a 
 high degree to the Hindu conquerors, lent itself to a sub- 
 division into smaller States and communities in every 
 period of the history of the island. Thus by the side of the 
 line of princes whose names appear in the lists of sovereigns, 
 many smaller Hindu States, with dynasties and separate 
 interests, existed in Java from the earliest times. 
 
 Another cause which no doubt also tended greatly towards 
 this state of affairs was the difficulty and danger attached 
 to travelling and transport throughout the island. Ever 
 since prehistoric times, ^\^th the exception of a few barren 
 stretches here and there, the whole island has been over- 
 grown with a tangled and practically impenetrable mantle 
 of trees, bushes, and creepers, so dense as entirely to shut 
 out the light. 
 
 These forests, which stretched from the shores to the 
 mountain-tops, were the home of tigers, elephants, buffaloes, 
 
 J. — VOL. I. D
 
 84 JAVA 
 
 rhinoceros, and leopards, snakes, droves of wild and dan- 
 gerous swine, troops of monkeys, and other disagreeable 
 and dangerous animals, a state of things, naturalists main- 
 tain, which would very soon be the case again if Nature was 
 left to itself for a few years. 
 
 It is no doubt due to these reasons also that so many 
 separate and independent kingdoms were able to exist in 
 the island at one and the same time, and that the local 
 historians in each division, owing to the Hindu invasions 
 taking place at more than one point, and overlapping one 
 another, have come to be at variance in the various records 
 and chronologies which they have left behind them. 
 
 In some accounts it is stated that the religions and arts 
 of India were first introduced into Java by a Brahmin 
 named Tritresia, who with numerous followers landed on 
 Java, and established the Hindu era, for which reason he is 
 still considered by some Javans to be the same with Aji 
 Sdka. 
 
 The descendants of Tritresia are said to have succeeded 
 to the government of the country, and a list of eighteen 
 princes is adduced to bring the history down to the ninth 
 century, when the empire of Jang' gala was established. 
 
 The following account of princes beginning with Tritresia, 
 who is said to have established his government at Giling 
 Wesi, at the foot of the volcano Se Miru (Smeroe), together 
 with the dynasties which they severally established and the 
 dates at which thej succeeded to the government, is in 
 parts somewhat fabulous, but in the main is probably 
 correct. 
 
 The account is taken from a collection of the legends of 
 the country compiled by Naia Kasunia, the Panambaham 
 of Sumenap, in Madura, in 1812, either for himself or Sir 
 Stamford Baffles : — 
 
 " Before there were any inhabitants on Java, Wisnu (Vishnu) 
 presided therein ; but having offended Sang yang Ouru, Tritresia,
 
 THE HINDU PERIOD 35 
 
 son of Jala Prasi and grandson of Brdma (Brahma), was sent to 
 Java as sovereign of the country. This prince was married at 
 ten years of age to Bramdni Kali, of Kamboja (Cambodia), and, 
 with eight hundred famihes from the country of Kling, estabhshed 
 the seat of his government at the foot of Guiiung Semim, the capital 
 of which he called Oiling Wesi. He had two sons, Mdnu Mandsa 
 and Mdnu Madewa, and his people increased to 20,000. 
 
 " In the country of Khng there was a man named Watu Gunung, 
 son of Gdna, of Desa Sangdla, who heard of the fame of Sinta and 
 Ldndap, two beautiful women residing at Giling Wesi. Watu 
 Gunung went in search of them, and finding them under the pro- 
 tection of Tritresta, attacked and defeated him. Tritresta was 
 slain, and Watu Gunung reigned as sovereign of Giling Wesi for 
 one hundred and forty years. Under his government the country 
 became very flourishing. He adopted forty sons and as many 
 daughters of the princes of the country, and gave them the names 
 of the deities of Siirga (Swerga), for which, and for other acts, 
 he was in the end punished with death by Wisnu in the year 
 240." 
 
 From this it would seem that Tritresta was not the first 
 Hindu to come to Java. 
 
 " After this Batdra Guru sent Gutdka from the mountain 
 Sawea Chd'a, in Kling, to be sovereign of Giling Wesi [Anno 
 Javan 240 : a.d. 315], where after a reign of fifty years he died, 
 and was succeeded by his son Baden Saivela in the year a.j. 290 
 [A.D. 365]. 
 
 " This last prince reigned twenty years, and was succeeded by 
 Gutdma, who removed from Giling Wesi while yet unmarried, 
 and went to a country, Astina,^ which was possessed by an elephant 
 that desired the princess Endrddi in marriage. He fought and 
 killed the elephant, and married the princess, and afterwards 
 proceeded to Langrestina. 
 
 " There was a Pandila of Gunung Jali, in the country of Kling, 
 who had a son called Bddn Dasa Wiria, who when twelve years 
 of age, having obtained leave of his father to go to Java, took up 
 his abode at the foot of the mountain Lawu (Lawoe). His son 
 Ddsa Bdhu, when ten years of age, determined to make himself 
 independent, and travelled with one hundred followers until 
 
 1 A district in Java not far from the present town of Pekalmgan, probably 
 called so after the old Hindu province of that name. 
 
 d2
 
 36 JAVA 
 
 they smelt the dead elephant which had been killed by Gutdma. 
 There he established himself, calling his capital Gajahuia or Astina 
 Pura. This was in the year a. J. 310 [a.d. 385]. Ddsa Bdhu was 
 succeeded by his son Sudntana, who had wars with the giant 
 Puru Soda. This prince had a son named Deiva Brdta, whose 
 mother died immediately after the birth of the child ; and the 
 prince, finding no one from whom the child would take milk, 
 was obhged to carry it about in search of someone to whom it 
 might take a liking. Of the descendants of Tritresta were first 
 Mdnu Mandsa, second Sutdpa, third Saputram, fourth JSdkri. 
 The last begat Pula Sara, who had a son named Abidsa. It 
 happened that Abidsa when an infant was borne in the arms of 
 his mother Ambu Sdri at the time when Sudntana was in search 
 for a wet-nurse for his son. Upon seeing her the infant Dewa 
 immediately cried out, and wanted milk from her, which, however, 
 she would not consent to give, imtil, after much altercation, 
 Suantdna agreed to give his country in exchange ; so that Ambu 
 Sdri received the country of Astina for her son Abidsa, who when 
 he arrived at a proper age succeeded as sovereign in the year 
 A.J. 415. Dewa Brdta was made Prince of Kumbina. 
 
 " Abidsa was married to a woman advanced in years, by whom 
 he had three sons : Dresta Rdta, who was blind ; Pdndu Dewa 
 Ndta, who was very handsome ; and Rdma Widdra, who was 
 lame. After twelve years he retired and transferred the govern- 
 ment to his second son. Pdndu Dewa Ndta, at the age of fourteen, 
 then succeeded as sovereign of Astinu, and married Dewi Kunti, 
 daughter of Bdsu Keti, Prince of Madura, by whom he had three 
 sons : Kunta Dewa, Sma, and Jindka. Dewa Ndta also married 
 Madrin, daughter of the Prince of Mandardga, and died leaving 
 her pregnant. She was delivered of two sons, and died also, 
 but Dewi Kunti gave the children milk and called the one 
 Sadewa and the other Nakula. At that time the children of 
 Pdndu Dewa Ndta were very young ; Dresta Rdta was, therefore, 
 nominated protector during their minority ; but instead of 
 resigning the kingdom to them, he gave it to his own son, Suyuddna, 
 who becoming sovereign of Astina, the five children were sent 
 by Abidsa, with a thousand families, to establish a new country, 
 to which they gave the name of Amerta} 
 
 ** Suyuddna married the daughter of the Prince of Mandardga. 
 
 1 In the present district of Demak.
 
 THE HINDU PERIOD 37 
 
 He had a son, and the country became great, flourishing, and 
 happy. There was none more powerful ; and the dependent 
 chiefs were the Princes Kerna of Awdng'ga,^ Bisma or Dewa Brdta 
 of Kumbina, Jaya Pata of Ddla Sejdna, Jdkar Sdna of Madura, 
 and Sdlia of Mandardga. 
 
 " But Punta Dewa and his brothers in the country of Amertu 
 were not satisfied ; they wished for their father's inheritance, 
 and sent their cousin Kresna Diarawdti ^ to confer with Suyuddna, 
 and to demand their rightful possessions. For the sake of 
 peace with their cousin, they offered to accept of half, but Suyu- 
 ddna rejected their demand, and replied that without the decision 
 of the sword they should have none. Then began the war called 
 Brdta Yudha,^ because it was a contest for their just rights. The 
 war lasted long, and during its continuance the sons and followers 
 of both parties were nearly all killed ; at last Suyuddna himself 
 fell after a reign of fifty years. Punta Dewa then became sove- 
 reign of Astina, in the year a.j. 491 [a.d. 566], but after two years 
 he transferred the government to Parikisit, son of Ahimdnyu 
 and grandson of his brother Jenaka. After defending the country 
 successfully against the giant Usi Aji, of Surabaya, whom he slew, 
 he was succeeded by his son Uddyana, who died after a reign of 
 twenty -three years. 
 
 " His son Jdya Derma succeeded. This prince had two sons, 
 named Jdya Misdna and Angling Derma. The former succeeded 
 his father after a reign of twenty-seven years and died at the 
 expiration of five years. During the reign of Jdya Misdna there 
 was a dreadful pestilence and a violent earthquake, which 
 destroyed the country, and his son removed to Mildwa, where 
 he became a tdpa. 
 
 " To this country Angling Derma had already removed with 
 three thousand famihes, during the lifetime of his brother, and 
 was ' acknowledged as sovereign of Mildwa Pdti,' where he 
 reigned in prosperity for ten years. At the expiration of this 
 period it is related that his princess burnt herself, in consequence 
 of being refused the knowledge of a certain prayer by which she 
 might understand the languages of all animals. The prince 
 
 The present Residency of Djockjakerta. 
 "^ The present district of Wirosari. 
 
 ^ Rendered famous in a beautiful epic poem of that name in the Kawi 
 (Sanscrit) or classic language of Java. 
 
 303663
 
 38 JAVA 
 
 aftefwarde became insane, wandered about, and was transformed 
 into a white bird. 
 
 " The son of J ay a Misdna, J ay a Purusd, begat Puspa Jdya, 
 who begat Puspa Wydya, who begat Rasuma Wichutra, who 
 again begat Rdden Aji Nirmdia, who reigned for twenty years 
 at Mildwa Pdti, but in whose days the country was greatly 
 afflicted with pestilence. 
 
 "In consequence of this his -son Bisuru Champdka departed 
 with his followers, and proceeded to Mendang Kdmulan, where he 
 abode as a Pandita. He had, however, a son called Named 
 Angling Derma, from whom descended Aji Jdya Bdya, who 
 became sovereign of the country and gave it the name of Purwa 
 Chiriti ; under his government the country greatly increased, 
 he acquired large possessions, and all under his administration 
 was flourishing and happy. It is related of him that he dictated 
 the poem of the Brata Yudha, by order of Dewa Batdra Guru, in 
 the year A. J. 701 [a.d. 776]. 
 
 " He was succeeded by his son Saldpar Wdta in a.j. 756 
 [a.d. 831], whose son, named Kandidwan, afterwards came to 
 the government, under the title of Jdya Lang Kdra. This last- 
 named prince had a sister, called Chdndra Sudra, four sons, Subrdta, 
 Pdra Ydta, Jdta Wida, Su Wida, and a daughter named Pambdyan. 
 
 " His pat eh was named Jdya Singdra, and among his depen- 
 dants were Gaja Irdwan, of Luddya, Lembu Suren Guna, of Jang' - 
 gala, Wira Tikta, of Kediri, and the Arias'^ of Singa Sari and 
 Ngarawan. 
 
 " In course of time this prince became very wicked, and married 
 his sister Chdndra Sudra. When his pateh, chiefs, and followers 
 heard of it they rose in arms, but feared to attack the prince, as 
 it had been predicted that he could only be killed at the full of 
 the moon. The prince in the meantime, being informed of the 
 conspiracy, immediately attacked the party, and, kilhng the 
 pateh, committed great slaughter among his followers. When 
 the battle was over he assembled his sons, and after teUing them 
 they were not ignorant of his deeds, and that it was his intention 
 to bum himself at the full of the moon, he desired that they would 
 thereupon remove from the place, and leave the country of 
 Mendang Kamulan to become a wilderness. ^ He then divided 
 
 * A royal name at the present day. 
 
 ' To-day the district where Mendang Kamulan was situated is still 
 more or less of a wilderness.
 
 THE HINDU PERIOD 39 
 
 his possessions into four parts : to the eldest son, Subrdta, he 
 gave the country of Jang'gala, to his second son, Para Ydta, he 
 gave Kediri, to his third son, Jdta Wida, he gave Singa Sari, and 
 to his fourth son, Su Wida, he gave Ngarawan ; and these princes 
 severally became independent chiefs of those kingdoms. When 
 the full of the moon arrived Sri J ay a Lang Kara with his wife 
 and sister, Chandra Sudra, went to the Sdnggar of Deaw 
 Pabayustan, where they burnt themselves. The families of 
 the Tpateh and the chiefs slain in the late battle also accompanied 
 him, and committed themselves to the flames. 
 
 " Pembdyum, his daughter, was not, however, permitted to 
 sacrifice herself, in consequence of which she bore great ill-will to 
 her father, and it is related that she is the same person who 
 afterwards went to Jang'gala and abode at Wdna Kapuchdngan, 
 where she assumed the name of Kili Suchi, and went about from 
 place to place, being much beloved : for she was very learned, 
 and made inscriptions upon stones, one of which is called Kdla 
 Kerma.'^ 
 
 The several and somewhat confusing accounts of the 
 coming of the first Hindus having now been related, it 
 appears desirable to recapitulate a little before proceeding 
 any further ; for, as it has been seen, while some writers 
 assert that Aji Saka, " the chief minister of a Hindu rajah " 
 and " a man of great enterprise and abihty," was the first 
 to set foot in Java, others maintain that an expedition of 
 twenty thousand famihes sent by the Prince of Bom, which 
 was followed by another twenty thousand families sent by 
 the Prince of Klijig, was the first Hindu colonisation. 
 Others again state that the religion and arts of India were 
 first introduced into the island by a Brahmia named 
 Tritresta. 
 
 The true facts are probably that Aji Saka, or some 
 one corresponding to him, with a number of followers 
 did come to Java at an early date, and was followed later 
 by several large expeditions, any one of which on its 
 arrival in Java may have been the beginning of the 
 Javan era.
 
 40 JAVA 
 
 At least one of these expeditions came from the coast of 
 Coromandel, the others coming from various parts of 
 India, or from Ceylon. In one of the later expeditionary 
 parties would most likely have been the learned Brahmin 
 TritrSsta. 
 
 There seems to be very little doubt that one of the 
 earliest expeditions made its centre, or capital, in middle 
 Java, but which one it was we shall probably never know 
 for certain. Some, however, hold that the Sunda district 
 is likely to have been chosen as the site for their first town. 
 The Prince of Rom's forces may therefore have landed 
 somewhere near the present town of Bantam, formerly 
 known as Banten.^ 
 
 The Prince of Kling's expedition, of which perhaps 
 Tritresta was the commander, landed probably somewhere 
 in the east of Java, near where the later town of Jortan or 
 present village of Bangil are found, but anyhow in this 
 neighbourhood. 
 
 Tritresta, of whose abilities and learning there can be no 
 doubt, led his followers into the interior, estabhshing him- 
 self at the foot of the volcano Sm^ru, at a place they called 
 Giling Wesi, thereby opening an era and founding a dynasty 
 of which he seems to be the first member. A population 
 soon grew up in this part of Java under his fostering care, 
 and as a result there eventually arose the kingdom of 
 Jang' gala, which was established by one of the princes of 
 the empire of MSndang Kamulan. 
 
 Contemporaneously with Jang'gala sprang up the king- 
 
 * In the Journal of the Batavian Society of Arts and Sciences, Vol. III., 
 page 186, we find that Mr. Friederich, whilst investigating the antiquities 
 of Java, came to the conclusion that the Hindus at a very early period 
 must have had establishments in Banten, and exercised a considerable 
 influence. This influence did not spread into the interior, however, and 
 in later times no Hindu settlements of any importance are known to have 
 existed here. This place agrees with the site of Langga or Langga-Su, 
 mentioned by the Chinese, which name also disappears soon afterwards.
 
 THE HINDU PERIOD 41 
 
 domg of Daha,^ Singa Sari,^ and Ngarawan ^ ; all of these 
 kingdoms in course of time fell under the sway of the 
 mighty empire of Majapahit. 
 
 It is thought that some of the members of the expedition 
 in which was Tritresta at the time of their arrival in Java 
 migrated in a westerly direction aa far as Bemhdng and 
 Japcira. At the latter place a settlement was made which 
 soon developed into the capital of a kingdom of some im- 
 portance mider the name of Malawa Pati, and shows a 
 dynasty of six Hindu kings who ruled there from Anno 
 Javan 588 to Anno Javan 756. 
 
 From Chinese records these kings appear to have been 
 designated by Chinese travellers to Japara as the " Kings 
 of Java." Some of the earliest Hindu settlers found their 
 way from here to the plateau on the mountain of Dieng, 
 where a small sanctuary or retreat was established, which 
 eventually grew into a holy city of considerable importance. 
 With this explanation the Javan history may be resumed. 
 
 " When Prdbu J ay a Bay a * of Astina died [see note] he was 
 succeeded by his son and descendants named Ami Jdya, Jdya 
 Ami Sana Pdnclia Dria, and Kasuma Chitra. During the reign 
 of the last of these princes the country [in India] changed its 
 name [from Astina] to Gujrat, and it having been foretold that 
 it would decay and go to ruin altogether, the prince resolved to 
 send his son to Jawa [the kingdoms of Jang'gala, Daha Singa 
 Sari, and Ngarawan were all in existence at this time], and 
 possessing the written account of Aji Sdka which had been 
 preserved in his family, he gave it to his son, and embarked him 
 with about five thousand followers for that island, among whom 
 
 1 Daha was situated between the present towns of Ponorogo and 
 Madioen. 
 
 2 Singa Sari was near the present town of JIalang, and its ruins are still 
 to be seen. 
 
 ^ Ngarawan is further east. 
 
 * The Prdbu Jdya Bdya here referred to was an Indian sovereign, and 
 must not be confused with one of his descendants, Aji Jdya Bdya, who 
 ruled in Kediri in the year 800 of the Javan era. This Prdbu Jdya Bdya 
 is he who is supposed to have sent Aji Sdka out on his travels.
 
 42 JAVA 
 
 were jdlma-tani [people skilled in agriculture], jdlma-undagi 
 [artificers], jdlma-ujam-dudukan [men learned in medicine], 
 jdlma-pangnidrik [able writers], jdlma-prajurit [military men]. 
 
 " They sailed in six large ships and upwards of a hundred small 
 vessels and after a voyage of some months reached what they 
 conceived to be the island of Jdwa, and many landed ; but as it 
 did not accord with the account given by Aji Saka they re- 
 embarked. In a few months, however, they came in sight of an 
 island, with a long range of mountains, and some of them, with 
 the prince at their head, effected a landing at the western 
 extremity, while a part was driven to the southward. 
 
 " They soon met with the grain jaiva-wut as described by 
 Aji Sdka, and ascertained they had at last reached their destina- 
 tion, then opening the book of Aji Sdka, the days of the week and 
 the panchawdra were named. 
 
 " The prince, however, did not long remain in this part of the 
 island, for on clearing the forest, a lingering sickness appeared 
 among his followers, and many died from drinking the water, 
 so he moved to the south and east, in quest of a more salubrious 
 position, and with the hope of falling in with their companions} 
 These they found at a part of the island now known by the name 
 of Matdrem : when the high priest opened the book of Aji Sdka, 
 and referred to the prophecy that Jdwa should become an. 
 inheritance to the descendants of Prdbu Jdya Bdya, he sum- 
 moned the whole party together and formally proclaimed the 
 prince sovereign of the country under the title of Browijdya 
 Sawela Chdla. The name Mendang Kamulan was then given to 
 the seat of government." 
 
 This was about a.j. 495. 
 
 The Ancient Empire of Mi^ndang Kami^lan (Matarem), 
 
 Anno Javan 495 (a.d. 570). 
 
 On the borders of the district of Kembang there is still 
 
 a small desah, or village, which goes by the name of Mendang 
 
 Kamulan, and a spot is pointed out as the place where the 
 
 old kraton, or palace, is supposed to have stood.^ This 
 
 was not, however, the seat of the capital of the ancient 
 
 empire, which was situated on a spur of the hill beside the 
 
 1 The italics axe not ia the original. 
 
 * See M6ndang Kamiilan a few pages further on.
 
 THE HINDU PERIOD 48 
 
 plain of Brambanan/ where the remains of the once famous 
 kraton, whose stones and slabs of gigantic proportions still 
 pave the plateau, the moat, and the dwelling-houses of the 
 attendants, and so forth, may still be seen. 
 
 The position chosen by Browijdya for his palace is, in all 
 likelihood, the site of the earliest Hindu settlement in the 
 island, and was perhaps occupied centuries before his 
 arrival. M^ndang Kamulan ^ was in fact the capital of the 
 first kingdom of Matdrem, which suddenly disappeared just 
 about the time that the empire of Majapahit rose into such 
 importance. 
 
 The Hindus on the arrival of Browijdya must have been 
 fairly well established in Java ; and doubtless had founded 
 numerous states or kingdoms under more or less independent 
 princes in different parts of the island, which, as time went 
 on and the population increased, all became centres of some 
 importance. 
 
 There is every indication that these Hindu rajahs were 
 highly delighted with the country and the ease with which 
 they were able to govern the land. They seem to have 
 surrounded themselves with every luxury, maintained huge 
 retinues of womenfolk to attend to their daily wants, and 
 demanded that every comely young maiden should serve 
 her time in the harem. They also kept up a regal splendour 
 at their courts, probably even greater than that to which 
 they had been accustomed in their own country. Towards 
 their people, although generally speaking they were exacting, 
 they were for Orientals humane, and the demands they 
 made of them or the tasks they set them were never greater 
 than could be borne. This is proved by the rapidity with 
 which the population increased while the Hindus ruled the 
 island. 
 
 > See " Ruins on the Plain of Brambanan " (chapter on " Antiquities "). 
 * The Regent of Samarang, a highly-bred and aristocratic Javan prince, 
 informed me that the place " Kamulan " was originally spelt with an " o " 
 nstead of " n " (Kamolan).
 
 44 JAVA 
 
 The first Hindu sovereigns were undoubtedly men of 
 knowledge, enterprise, and great energy — possibly specially 
 chosen for their fitness, and probably under some control 
 from Hindustan. Before, however, the end of the thirteenth 
 century we are led to suppose that the sovereigns in some 
 way or other were no longer under any sort of control from 
 Hindustan, for they degenerated and quickly grew to be 
 voluptuous persons, whose every thought was centred in 
 the pursuit of pleasure. 
 
 Their pleasures no doubt so occupied their time and 
 sapped their vitality that the affairs of the government and 
 the care of the people came to be left to others. Thus in 
 the day of reckoning these princes were found unable to 
 cope with the situation, as their history shows. 
 
 The Hindu priests — first Brahmins, later on Buddhists — 
 also found in Java a land which offered to them all that 
 was needed for the tranquillity of both body and soul, and 
 a land which gave them, among the cool mountains, seclusion 
 for those solitary devotions which seem at all times, as at 
 the present day, to have strongly appealed to all true 
 Brahmins, and specially to Buddhists, be they in Java, 
 Japan, China, Siam, Cambodia, or India. But in these 
 early days, while religion breathed a spirit of humility, the 
 priests in reality from their intense desire for power, which 
 generally breeds intrigue and plot, were no better than 
 fanatics. 
 
 Where if not in Java had they a country so fitted for 
 practising their tenets ? 
 
 A mild population, vast forests of beautiful trees, silent 
 groves of shady palms, chains of majestic volcanic 
 mountains, all dedicated to the god Vishnu — all these and 
 countless other beauties invested the country with, as it 
 were, the halo of the great Creator, and enabled the priests 
 to declare that the island was sacred. 
 
 When one bears in mind that the Hindus who came
 
 THE HINDU PERIOD 45 
 
 hither were from the dusty, dry, and oppressive plains of 
 India vdth its overburdening heat, where neither tree nor 
 shrub thrived, it seems by no means strange for them to 
 have considered this island, with its wonderful and luxuriant 
 vegetation, to be a country sacred to the gods, nor is it 
 surprising under these circumstances to find that they 
 migrated to Java in astonishing numbers. 
 
 The priesthood must soon have assumed and played a 
 more important part in this foreign land than they had 
 hitherto dared to do under the autocratic and despotic 
 eye of the Hindu sovereigns in Hindustan. 
 
 After playing upon the superstitious feelings of the 
 people until their control was assured, they probably took 
 on a lofty tone of morality, and ended by having an all- 
 pow^erful influence over them. 
 
 They landed the Hindu rulers, to whom they appeared 
 to have acted as counsellors. 
 
 This power they must have maintained for centuries, 
 rearing, fostering, and teaching a race which built 
 stupendous temples, the wonder of all ages, and proving 
 that a state of civilisation existed in Java which is scarcely 
 to be credited now^adays. 
 
 All was, however, vain, for everything was eventually to 
 be SAvept away, as if it had never existed, by an irruption 
 of the Mahometans, whose forces came to Java after the 
 Hejira (a.d. 622). 
 
 On Broivijdya establishing himself at Mendang Kamulan, 
 the earlier Hindu dwellers here removed themselves, it is 
 said, to the Dieng, where they completed the building of 
 that extraordinary and w^onderful mountain town which 
 was to be the resort of pilgrims for nearly a thousand years. 
 
 " Browijdya now found that men alone were wanting to render 
 Mendang Kamulan a great and flourishing state, and he accord- 
 ingly applied to Gujrat for assistance. The ambassadors whom 
 he sent proceeded down the river and embarked at Gresik, so
 
 46 JAVA 
 
 called from Giri-sik in consequence of the hills [giri] running in 
 this part of the island close to the sea-shore [sik], and when they 
 reached Gujrat, the father of Sawela Chala, delighted to hear of 
 his success, immediately sent him a reinforcement of two thousand 
 people. 
 
 " The kindred and friends of the new colonists were permitted 
 to proceed in great numbers to Java, where they estabhshed 
 themselves principally in the southern ^ and eastern ^ provinces. 
 The Prince Browijdya lost no time in improving his capital, 
 which became an extensive city in the year a.j. 525 [a.d. 600]. 
 From this period Jdwa was known and celebrated as a kingdom : 
 an extensive commerce was carried on with Oujrat and other 
 countries, and the bay of Matarem, then a safe place for shipping, 
 was filled with adventurers from all parts. 
 
 " Nothing, however, is represented to have tended more to 
 the prosperity of this establishment than a supposed union which 
 is said to have taken place between the family of Browijdya 
 Sawela Chdla and that of Aru Bdndan [Aroe and Banda islands 
 named after this family], a prince who had recently arrived from 
 the Moluccas, and estabhshed himself in Balamhdngan.^ Hearing 
 of the arrival of Sawela Chdla, this prince with his followers 
 proceeded to Mendang Kamulan and submitted to his authority 
 on condition that the eastern provinces including Balambdngan 
 should be confirmed to him and his descendants. According to 
 the tradition of the country, this prince was principally induced 
 to submit, in consequence of the other party being able to explain 
 the inscription and signs of Aji SdJca, which he himself could not, 
 and in consequence of production of the writings, in which it 
 was prophesied that the country should become the inheritance of 
 the family of this prince [that is to say of Prdbu Jdya Bdya 
 and his descendants J 
 
 " Browijdya Sawela Chdla, after a long and prosperous reign, 
 was succeeded by his son Ardi Kasuma, and he again on his death 
 by his son Ardi Wijdya. 
 
 " During the sovereignty of these princes the country advanced 
 in fame and prosperity, and the city of Mendang Kamulan, since 
 
 * Matarem, 
 
 * At Gresik, Daha, Eedirie, Jang'gala, Singa Sari, Ugarawan. 
 
 * In Java in the Straits of Bali, once a great kingdom, subject to the 
 Maharajah of Matarem. Still in existence when the English and Dut<5h 
 came to Java.
 
 THE HINDU PERIOD 47 
 
 called Bramhanan or Pramhanan, increased in size and splendour. 
 Artists, particularly in stone and metals, arrived from distant 
 countries : the temples, of which the ruins are still extant both 
 at this place and at the Bdro Bddo in Kedu, are stated to have been 
 constructed about this period by artists invited from India, ^ and 
 the remains of the palace, situated in a range of low hills near the 
 site of the thousand temples, still attest the existence of this 
 first capital of Java. 
 
 " Ardi Wijdya had five sons, besides a numerous illegitimate 
 offspring. The eldest was appointed chief [director] of the class 
 of cultivators, the second of the traders, the third to the charge 
 of the woods and forests, and the fourth chief of the manu- 
 facturers of oil, sugar, and spirits, and the fifth, named Ren 
 Denang Gendis, remained as assistant to his father. 
 
 " When this prince died his youngest son, Ren Dendang 
 Gendis, found himself in charge of the capital and invested with 
 the general administration of the country [empire] ; but his 
 brothers having formed independent governments in other parts 
 of the island refused to acknowledge his supremacy. One of 
 them was established at Bdgalen, another at Japdra, and a third 
 at Koripan.^ 
 
 " He is said to have died of a broken heart in consequence of 
 these secessions, leaving a numerous progeny who established 
 themselves in different parts of the country. 
 
 " The next prince who, according to these accounts, seems to 
 have succeeded to the government of Mendang Kamulan was 
 Dewa Kasuma,^ who, being of an ambitious character, is said to 
 have proceeded eastward and established the kingdom of Jang' - 
 gala,^ the capital of which, so called from his attachment to the 
 chase [jang'gala signifying a dog in the Ja van language], was built 
 in the forest of Jengawan a few miles to the eastward of the 
 modern Surabaya, where its site with many interesting remains 
 of antiquity is still pointed out. 
 
 " This event is supposed to have taken place about the year 
 846." 
 
 1 Assisted by the local Javans taught by their Hindu masters. 
 
 - Sometimes written Kohoeripan, situated on the river Brantas, in the 
 district now called Sourabaya. 
 
 ^ There must, however, have been several between him and Ben Dendang 
 Gendis. 
 
 * Spelt also Djengolo by H. Hoepermans in " Het Hindoo Ryk van 
 Doho."
 
 48 JAVA 
 
 The Hindu princes who ruled over the empire of Mendang 
 Kamulan were men of intelHgent and broad views, who 
 exercised a mild and beneficent government. In the other 
 provinces and districts at this time, however, especially those 
 under the rule of petty potentates, there seems to have been 
 a rather severe despotism, and such was the religious 
 importance of the Hindu princes that the Javans were 
 obliged to crouch down in the roads and turn their heads 
 away when their rajah passed by in all his mightiness and 
 holiness on his elephant or in his peddti (a sort of grohah) 
 drawn by four oxen. This custom, it may be observed, is 
 still in force in some districts, and is practised when 
 Europeans pass by. Dewa Kasuma extended the empire 
 of MSndang Kamulan until the whole of the provinces 
 eastward of the old town of Jdwa (Japara) submitted to 
 his authority. During his reign he sent his family, consisting 
 of four sons and a daughter, to Kling (India) in order that 
 they might there be educated and instructed in the religion 
 of Brdma. Whilst in India the eldest son married the 
 daughter of one of the greatest princes of the country, and 
 returned to Java with three large ships laden with long- 
 cloth and other valuable manufactures, and bringing with 
 him able artists of different professions and a thousand 
 specially selected troops presented to him by his father- 
 in-law as a bodyguard. 
 
 D^wa Kasuma on the return of his children from India 
 divided all his possessions among them, the three kingdoms 
 going as follows : 
 
 To the eldest, Ami Luhur, he gave the succession of 
 Ja7ig'gala, with a jurisdiction of limited extent ; to Ami 
 Jdya he gave the country of Singa Sari ; to Lemhu 
 Mengdrang Ngarawa, or Browerno, and to Lemhu Ami Luhur 
 the country of Dahd or Kediri. His daughter, who was the 
 eldest of his children and named Dewa Kill Suchi, remained 
 unmarried and is stated to be the builder of the temples of
 
 THE HINDU PERIOD 49 
 
 Singa Sari, the ruins of which near the town of Malang still 
 remain. 
 
 About this period (a.j. 846) the first intercourse with 
 China is said by the natives to have taken place ; a large 
 Chinese wdng kang, or junk, being wrecked on the north 
 coast of Java. The crew landed, some near Japara, at 
 Semarang, and at Tegal, it is said. The supercargo of the 
 vessel is represented as having brought with him a magical 
 stone, by which he could perform many wonderful miracles, 
 and by means of which he so ingratiated himself with the 
 ruling prince of Tegal that he was allowed by him to collect 
 the remainder of the crew, and form a Chinese establishment 
 wdth many privileges.^ 
 
 At no period during the existence of the empire of 
 Mendang Ka7nulan did its power stand higher than at this 
 time. It was in fact at the zenith of its glory. But its 
 star was going towards its setting. The whole island of 
 Java stood practically under the sway of its ruler, and the 
 renown of its power, wealth, and might reached from 
 Bcdamhangan in the east to the new town of Banten (Bantam), 
 which had superseded the ancient Hindu city of Langga 
 (which lay near it), in the west. It was in Mendang 
 Kamulan (or Matarem) that art in Java rose, and it was 
 from here that it took its course through the island, bearing 
 the wisdom and teachings of the rulers of Matarem. 
 
 It was from Mendang Kamulan also that all the wonders 
 of the island came ; for from here the bands of skilled 
 sculptors, artificers, builders, workmen who built the 
 temples of Boro Biidur, Brambanan, Chandi Mendoet, and 
 the gigantic mausoleums at Chandi Serivoe were drawn. 
 
 The plains in the provinces of Bdgalen, Kedu, and Jogya 
 
 1 As will be seen in another chapter, these were the first to visit Java, 
 although this establishment may have been one of the first found in the 
 district. Toeban and Lasem are generally accepted as the places where the 
 first Chinese settled, with Gr6sik later on. 
 
 J. — VOL. I. B
 
 50 JAVA 
 
 Karta were cultivated with rice in a highly scientific manner 
 for the support of the heavy population. 
 
 Each department, so to speak, had its director, respon- 
 sible to the maharaya for its welfare and proper adminis- 
 tration. 
 
 Judges, with a proper judicial code based on ordinances 
 compiled by Aji Saka, and suitable to the country, sat 
 daily to try all cases and keep order in the land. Yet, 
 notwithstanding all this, the empire suffered a sudden and 
 tragic collapse, as many others have done before and 
 since. 
 
 This was during the reign of Kixda or Mdisa LaUan, who 
 at a tender age came under the influence of a " crafty and 
 designing minister," who entered into a league with one of 
 the brothers of Mdisa Lalean to deprive his master of his 
 empire. Jang'gala was the first to separate itself and 
 assume independence in the east, declining to acknowledge 
 the supremacy of MSndang Kamulan. Singa Sari and 
 Kediri soon followed, and acknowledged only the Eajah of 
 Jang'gala as their overlord. 
 
 Mdisa Lalean, after the dismemberment of his eastern 
 kingdom, quitted his capital ^ and proceeded to the west, 
 where he founded a new kingdom at Blora. 
 
 Another reason given for his leaving his capital was the 
 breaking out of a dreadful sickness which ravaged at this 
 period in Middle and East Java. This was magnified, as 
 it were, by a tremendous eruption of the volcano of Klut 
 (Kloet), whose discharges are said to have resembled 
 thunder and the ashes to have involved the country in 
 impenetrable darkness. This and the sickness which 
 continued without abatement created a panic amongst the 
 inhabitants of Middle Java and caused them — so tradition 
 says — to leave everything and suddenly to embark in 
 vessels and sail out to sea, no one ever knowing whither 
 
 ^ He was possibly driven from it.
 
 THE HINDU PERIOD 51 
 
 they went, or hearing any more of them.^ In the district 
 of Blora Mdisa LaUan laid the foundation of his new capital 
 under the name of Mendang Kamulan, which was that of a 
 previous empire. His minister Bdka, however, aspiring to 
 its sovereignty, laid waste the country and burnt the new 
 kraton. This happened about a.j. 927 (a.d. 1002). 
 
 Thus came to an end the ancient empire of Mendang 
 Kamulan, the first empire of Matdrem. At the height of 
 its glory it was perhaps the greatest Java has seen. 
 
 The kris ^ was introduced about a.j. 846 and 924 into 
 Matarem, and some assert that all countries in which it is 
 now^ worn once acknowledged the supremacy of the lord 
 of Mendang Kamulan. The gdmelan or musical instru- 
 ments of the Javans, and also the various dramatic exhibi- 
 tions which still form a part of the popular amusements, 
 were all introduced into this kingdom at an early date, and 
 from here to other parts of the country. The rice block 
 also, it is supposed, was beaten at daylight as now, and the 
 system of " kentongans," or tongstongs, was then practised 
 as now, the hours of the night being regularly sounded on 
 this wooden gong. 
 
 It all, however, now ceased, and Middle Java became 
 absolutely deserted — a death-hke silence fell over all these 
 districts and its temples. Not a priest or a living soul 
 remained. 
 
 Some may be in doubt as to the true cause for all this, 
 but at any rate these are the historical facts. 
 
 1 They probably went to Bali and Lombok or Celebes, or all three 
 places. 
 
 2 The name of the dagger all the Javanese carry.
 
 52 JAVA 
 
 Part III 
 
 The Hindu-Javanese Period 
 
 from the extinction of the empire of mendang kamulan, 
 
 A.J. 927 (a.D. 1002), DOWN to the destruction of THE 
 
 :bmpire of majapahit, a.j. 1400 (a.d. 1475) 
 
 Troubles with the Chinese in Banyu Mas and Tegal. — 
 
 Maisa Lalean, after destroying his l:raton at Blora to 
 
 prevent it falling into the hands of Baka, now proceeded to 
 
 Bdnyu Mas and Tegal to assist the chiefs there against the 
 
 Chinese, who by their extortions and oppressions had even 
 
 now become troublesome to the people of Java. The 
 
 Chinese were attacked and their chief killed. From this 
 
 period the Chinese were allowed to live anywhere in the 
 
 island, and not, as formerly, in one district only. It was 
 
 about this time that a brother of Mdisa Lalean, Chitra 
 
 Arung Bdya, also called Chamdra Gading, finding himself 
 
 deceived by Bdka, collected a party together at Jang' gala 
 
 and embarked from the harbour of Madura for the island 
 
 of Celebes, where he established himself. He is the first 
 
 prince of whom the Bugis make mention. 
 
 The Kingdom of Pajajdran. — Mdisa Lalean now proceeded 
 with his followers to the west, and finding two brass cannon 
 near Bogor, in the vicinity of the modern Buitenzorg, 
 considered them an omen and with his followers established 
 himself here, building a small city and kraton at Pakuan,^ 
 to which he gave the name of Pajajdraii, taking for himself 
 the sovereignty of the country, under the title of Browijaya 
 Mdisa Tandrdman. He being duly acknowledged as 
 sovereign in West Java, the new city soon rose to 
 importance and became the capital of a new empire. This 
 was about a.j. 955 (a.d. 1030). 
 
 ^ Pakudn was where the desah of Batoe Toelis now stands.
 
 THE HINDU-JAVANESE PERIOD 53 
 
 The Empire of PajajIran (Anno Javan 1084). 
 
 Some accounts date the empire of Pajajaran only from 
 Raden Pankas, who ruled here in a.j. 1084, having followed 
 liis son Muda Sari, who w^as a cousin of the founder of the 
 new dynasty. 
 
 This prince had two sons, the elder of whom, not being 
 content at home, engaged himself in foreign commerce, 
 trading to Ceylon, Arabia, and China. The younger son 
 succeeded his father, therefore, in the year a.j. 1112 
 (a.d. 1187) under the title of Prdhu Munding Sari. 
 
 He was, however, no sooner seated on his throne (it 
 had taken him seven years before he permanent^ 
 estabhshed his authority) than his brother, who had become 
 a convert to the Mahometan faith and was called Haji 
 Purwa, returned to Java accompanied by an Arab. Haji 
 Purwa now tried to convert his brother and his family, 
 but, failing and fearing the common people of Pajajaran, 
 he proceeded to Cheribon, which was then a wild forest, 
 and there estabhshed himself. Haji Purwa was thus the 
 first Javan (Hindu) to become a Mahometan. 
 
 The next prince of Pajajaran was Munding Wangi, who 
 took over the government in a.j. 1179 (a.d. 1254). 
 
 This Hindu prince had a son by a concubine, but 
 in consequence of the declaration of a convert to 
 Mahometanism whom he had executed that his death 
 would be avenged whenever the prince should have a child 
 so born, he desired to destroy it at once. The child was, 
 however, of exceeding beauty, and not being able to bring 
 himself to kill it ^\dth his ow^n hands, he enclosed it in a box 
 and caused it to be thro^ii by one of his mdntris into the 
 river Krdwang. 
 
 The box was carried down the stream and was discovered 
 by a fisherman, who, finding this beautiful child inside, 
 brought it up as his own until it reached twelve years.
 
 54 JAVA 
 
 Finding him possessed of more than ordinary abiHties he 
 took him to Pajajdran for instruction, placing him there 
 under the charge of his brother, who had a factory for iron 
 and steel articles. 
 
 The boy soon excelled in all kinds of iron and steel work 
 and became chief of the payidi or ironsmiths, a body of 
 workmen of great renown. Whilst there he constructed an 
 iron cage which took the fancy of the Prince Munding 
 Wangi, who was induced to enter it, where he fell asleep. 
 According to some accounts the prince was now burnt alive 
 in the cage ; according to others he was thrown, cage and 
 all, into the sea. 
 
 The empire of Pajajaran had now become very powerful, 
 stretching through the Preanger Regencies on the one side 
 down to and including Jacata ^ on the other. 
 
 Since the fourth century of the Christian era Hinduism — 
 that is to say, Sivaism — ^had been preached in the Hindu 
 kingdom of the Bantam district. Later from an uncertain 
 date, but possibly from the fifth or sixth century, the same 
 creed was preached at Bogoh. 
 
 From the scarcity of Hindu deities met with in the 
 Banten and Prayangen (Preanger) districts, it is clear that 
 neither Brahminism nor Buddhism ever became very 
 popular with the Sundahese inhabitants of West Java. 
 Moreover, it must also be noted that the ruler of Banten 
 was of a different creed to the prince of Pajajdran, and for 
 a number of years was at war with him until he was at last 
 overpowered. 
 
 History has invariably proved that when two sovereigns 
 whose dominions are coterminous with each other have 
 been long on their thrones, one or other of them, either 
 from a desire to increase the size of his kingdom or from 
 jealousy of a power so near, takes aggressive measures or 
 proceeds through intrigue to gain gradually power over the 
 
 1 Jacatra (or Batavia).
 
 THE HINDU-JAVANESE PERIOD 55 
 
 other. Such was the case with the Hindu rulers of Banten 
 and Pajajdran on the death of Munding Wangi. Banniak 
 Wedi was declared sovereign under the title of Browijaya 
 Chidng Wandra. His reign, however, was a short one. He 
 was succeeded by Sri Sang Ratu Devata, the princely ruler 
 of the Preanger districts, who now came down to Falman. 
 He had with him one hundred thousand fighting men, and 
 proclaimed himself Maharajah Sunda, King of Upper 
 Su7ida, to distinguish himself from the ruler of Banten, or 
 Lower Sunda. 
 
 The Kajah of Banten declining to admit his supremacy, 
 he conquered him and presented his brother Baroedin with 
 the throne, placing Jakatra under his charge. The empire 
 now grew in wealth and strength, and a portion of Sumatra 
 and Borneo (called from immemorial ages the Golden Isle) 
 came under the rule of the new prince. 
 
 In A.J. 1313 (a.d. 1388) the zenith of Pajajdran' s glory 
 seems to have been reached. The borders of the empire 
 stretched from Bdnten to Tjerehon, and thence to Tegal 
 and Toegoe (in the district of Mataram), touching at this 
 point the boundaries of the empire of Majapahit, which, 
 according to the history of Pajajdran, was founded by a 
 prince of this house, who had fled eastwards to escape 
 punishment for some misdemeanour. 
 
 It was about this time that the inhabitants in the eastern 
 districts of Pajajdran began to show an inclination towards 
 Islamism. The prince, hearing of this, determined to put 
 it down immediately, and shipped an army from the coast 
 lying between Tegal and Cherihon. The army sailed round 
 Java to the bay of Matdram, but did not meet with much 
 success. The prince therefore returned, landing at 
 Wynkoops Bay, which he called Palaboean Eatu, some say 
 in honour of his spouse. 
 
 In A.J. 1447 (a.d. 1522) the Portuguese under a lieutenant 
 of Albuquerque, Henriquez Lerne by name, arrived at
 
 56 JAVA 
 
 Banten and found the Hindu prince there at war with the 
 Mahometan ruler of Cheribon, Susuhunan Goenoeng Djati. 
 
 The Prince of Banten, foreseeing the inevitable, received 
 the Portuguese with ostentatious and extraordinary signs 
 of civility and friendship, proposing an alliance, offering 
 them one thousand bags of pepper yearly, and requesting 
 them to build a fort immediately. By these means did he 
 hope to overcome the Mahometans, who by bribery, 
 corruption, and intrigue were daily gaining converts to 
 their rehgion from Banten. 
 
 The Portuguese accepted all these overtures of the 
 prince and promised to return again as quickly as they 
 could. They were, however, longer away than they had 
 intended, and on their return in a.j. 1452 (a.d. 1527) found 
 that a disciple of the Susuhunan of Cheribon had been 
 ruling here since a.j. 1451. 
 
 The Lampong districts had also succumbed to the 
 " scourge " of the East, so that only Pajajdran was still to 
 fall to complete the Islamic conquest of Java.^ 
 
 Being stronger than its neighbours and situated in the 
 hills, Pajajdran was enabled to hold out longer than might 
 have been anticipated. 
 
 However, Pajajdran was at last seriously attacked with a 
 tremendous army, and the Hindu troops, being beaten, 
 retreated to Padudn or Pakuan (Batu Tulis). Here they 
 were besieged, and after several months were attacked one 
 night and entirely destroyed. 
 
 This happened in a.j. 1495 (a.d. 1570), forty-four years 
 after the fall of Banten. 
 
 With the fall of Pajajaran Hindu rule in Java came 
 finally to an end. For a number of years already no fresh 
 Hindu blood had been introduced into Java and the 
 colonists who remained had gradually become one with the 
 Javans, who in accordance with their apathetic nature 
 
 1 Majapahit had already fallen ; see below.
 
 THE HINDU-JAVANESE PERIOD 57 
 
 surrendered themselves to their new Mahometan conquerors 
 as easily as they had previously done to the Hindu rajahs. 
 
 Although not to be compared with its predecessor Men- 
 dang Kamulan or its successor Majajpahit, Pajajdran was 
 a great Hindu empire, whose influence and powder is not to 
 be underrated. 
 
 This stone (Batoe Toelis) was inscribed in the year 
 A.J. 1055 (a.d. 1130) to commemorate the founding of 
 the town of Pakuan, which was the capital of the great 
 Hindu empire of Pajajaran. 
 
 Translation from the " Kawi " on the Stone. 
 
 " The opening of this new era, and registration of the date. 
 Before the country was called Preboe Ratu. Later it was called 
 Preboe Goeroe Dewatw-Vhana. Afterwards it was named Sri 
 Badoega Maharadja, King-Emperor at Pakuan, Pajajaran. His 
 Majesty Sangrat Dewata was it that founded Pakuan. He was 
 the son of Rahyang Dew Niskala, who happily died and was 
 buried in Goena Tiga, a grandson of Rahyang Niskala Wastoe 
 Kant j ana, who happily died and was buried on Noesa Larang. 
 Yes, he it was that made a town in the mountain land, and 
 surrounded it with a wall ; and that made the holy lake Rena 
 Mahawidjaja. Yes, he it was. In the year five-pandawas- 
 useful origin soil." 
 
 The Empire of Majapahit, Anno Javan 600 (a.d. 675). 
 
 The empire of Majapahit is generally thought to have been 
 founded by Persians and Arabs from the west coast of 
 Sumatra, who formed an insignificant colony in that island. 
 These Arabs and Persians, who were for the most part sea- 
 rovers and adventurers seeking plunder and loot wherever 
 they went, were established in Sumatra certainly as early 
 as the seventh century. 
 
 Frequently calling, as they did, at the port of Grisik and 
 the harbours of Madura to refit and refresh their vessels, it 
 is quite reasonable to suppose that on the establishment of
 
 58 JAVA 
 
 the kingdoms of Jdng'gala, Daha Ngarawan, and Singa Sari 
 some of them remained in these parts, to take advantage of 
 the profit to be won by trading here. It was merely a colony, 
 however, and a place of small importance until about 
 A.J. 1200 (a.d. 1275),^ when it suddenly rose into importance 
 under Jdka Sura, or Broivijaya, under the name of Majapahit. 
 
 In the Javan language maja and pahit both signify bitter, 
 but the name of the new kingdom was also Manspahit, 
 and is very probably derived from Mans Pali, the ancient 
 capital of Arjuna Wijaya, in whom the Javans believe 
 Vishnu to have been incarnate. 
 
 Majapahit ^ was situated near to where the present town 
 of Modjokerto stands. 
 
 The Prince Broivijaya built for himself a large town in 
 the forest, and when this was finished he took for himself 
 the title of Bopati Sang Browijaya. 
 
 The population increased very rapidly. The fame, more- 
 over, of Java soon began to reach the various places in the 
 East, and Kuhlai Khan, the first emperor of the Mongol 
 dynasty, appears to have desired to place this country 
 among his possessions. As soon, therefore, as he was 
 firmly seated upon his throne, he adopted the Chinese 
 tradition of universal dominion, and accordingly sent 
 envoys all over the world, so far as it was known, informing 
 the various princes that a new family had ascended the 
 throne of the world, and asking them to renew their 
 allegiance and present tribute. 
 
 Chinese Envoy from Kuhlai Khan visits Majapahit, 
 A.J. 1215 (a.d. 1290). — The envoy Meng Chi and a suite was 
 the representative sent to Browijaya. The Prince of 
 Tumapel,^ which was on the river Kali Mas, in the eastern 
 
 ^ According to some accounts the date was a.j. 1158, according to others 
 A.J. 1301 ; both, however, are probably alike wrong. 
 
 ^ Sometimes also called Modjopait. 
 
 8 Tumapel was an important town in the Sourabaya district, and was 
 probably the old city of Jang' gala.
 
 THE HINDU-JAVANESE PERIOD 59 
 
 part of the island, whose country was looked on distinc- 
 tively as Java by the Chinese, because it was in this district 
 that they chiefly traded, received the envoy badly, and cut 
 and branded his face, sending him ignominiously away with 
 a message that he did not recognise the claim of liis master. 
 
 Kublai Khan was not the man long to brook an insult 
 of this kind and decided to send an expedition to avenge 
 the outrage. 
 
 Orders were issued to the Governor of Fukien directing 
 him to send the Generals Shih-pi, Ike Mese, and Kan Using 
 ^vith an army of twenty thousand men to Java to subdue 
 it. They were to proceed in one thousand ships, to be 
 equipped with provisions for a year, and to be supplied 
 with forty thousand bars of silver. The emperor further 
 gave ten tiger badges, forty golden badges, and a hundred 
 silver badges, together with a hundred pieces of silk, 
 embroidered with gold, for the purpose of rewarding merit. 
 
 When Ike Mese and his associates had their last audience, 
 the emperor said to them, " When you arrive at Java you 
 must clearly proclaim to the people there that the imperial 
 Government has already had intercourse with them through 
 envoys sent from both sides and has been in good harmony 
 with them, but that they have lately cut the face of the 
 imperial envoy Meng Chi and that you have come to punish 
 them for this." 
 
 The fleet sailed from CJiuan Chou, a town near Amoy, 
 towards the end of a.d. 1292, and did not follow the 
 accustomed course along the coasts of Malacca and Sumatra, 
 but struck out boldly, taking the shortest road to its 
 destination. The wind was strong and the sea very rough,^ 
 so that the ships rocked heavily and the soldiers could not 
 eat for many days. After passing near Karimata, which is 
 sufficiently indicative of the course that was taken, they 
 
 > The Chinese Sea during the months of November, December, January 
 and February is always rough.
 
 60 JAVA 
 
 came to the island of Billiton,^ where they stopped to 
 cut timber to make smaller craft for entering the Java 
 rivers, and also to repair their vessels (junks) before 
 proceeding any further. 
 
 During this delay the political agents who accompanied 
 the army were sent to Java, together with General Ike Mese 
 with five hundred soldiers and ten ships, to see what could 
 be done by negotiations. The army soon followed, proceed- 
 ing first to the island Karimon-Java and next to a place on 
 the Java coast called Tuhan, near Bembang. 
 
 Arrival of Chinese in Java, a.j. 1218 (a.d. 1293). — Here 
 half the army was sent ashore with orders to march to the 
 mouth of the river Kali Mas,^ whilst the other half proceeded 
 in the fleet to the same destination, passing on its way the 
 river Sedayii. 
 
 The two divisions of the Chinese army met at the mouth 
 of the river towards the end of April (a.d. 1293). In the 
 meantime information had been obtained that the Prince 
 of Tumapel, whom the expedition had come to punish, had 
 been killed by his neighbour Aji Katang, Prince of the 
 Kalang people, who reigned at Ddha.^ See note. 
 
 The territory of Tumapel had been conquered by Aji 
 Katang, and only the son-in-law of the late Prince, Baden 
 J aha Sura, or Broicijaya, was still in arms against the 
 
 1 In February, a.d. 1293. 
 
 2 This river the Chinese called Pa-tsieh-kan, which name is found in 
 that of the desah (village) Patjekan of the present day, situated on the 
 right bank of the Kali Mas about nine miles from the sea. 
 
 ^ The wild Kalangs living in the Janggnla district, and commanding 
 the delta of the rivers there, when Hinduism spread in these parts, 
 no doubt drew together for self -protection, hence the large number of 
 them to be found at Ddha (Kediri). 
 
 There were still, however, at this time some of the Kalangs in this part 
 of Java, who preferred the wild life of the forests, and roamed in the 
 Tenger and Idjen mountains in absolute nakedness. 
 
 During the reign of Sultan Ageng of Mataram all the Kalangs were 
 forced to reside near towns, and some of them became the slaves of the 
 Javan rulers.
 
 THE HINDU-JAVANESE PERIOD 61 
 
 invader {Aji Katang) and defending himself at his capital, 
 Majapahit. 
 
 It is related that Browijaya offered to submit to the 
 Mongol generals and sent some trusty followers, who gave 
 the necessary information about the roads, rivers, and 
 resources of the country. 
 
 Aji Katang, the Prince of Ddha, was master of the delta 
 of Surabaya also, and the Mongols found there an army 
 which tried opposing them. These were troops of Ddha 
 or others who had submitted to them. 
 
 The Mongol generals accepted the assistance of the Prince 
 of Majapahit, Browijaya, and soon fought their first battle 
 at the mouth of the river Kali Mas, where the troops from 
 Ddha were easilj^ routed. 
 
 These troops, which were not under the command of Aji 
 
 Katang himself, but of one of his ministers, retired into the 
 
 interior and joined the army of Aji Katang before Majapahit. 
 
 Browijaya at last sent word that he was sorely pressed 
 
 by his foe, and asked for assistance. 
 
 The Mongol army accordingly marched in that direction, 
 and a strong body of troops was sent ahead to encourage 
 their allies. 
 
 A battle was fought under the walls of Majapahit ; the 
 army of Ddha was defeated and thrown back into the 
 mountains south of that place.^ 
 
 Not satisfied with the success, the victors now marched 
 on Ddha, which was attacked and captured, Aji Katang 
 being killed.^ 
 
 All resistance being now at an end, and the Kings of 
 Timiapel and Ddha being dead, it was now Baden 
 Browijaya' s turn to pay for the services which the Mongol 
 
 1 The battle lasted from 6 a.m. to 2 p.m., and the army of Dalia lost 
 five thousand men, very many throwing themselves into the river and 
 perishing there. 
 
 ' According to a Balinese manuscript, Aji Katang was lulled by one of 
 the Chinese generals.
 
 62 JAVA 
 
 army had rendered him. As his opponent, the King of 
 Ddha — his great enemy, who had held so much power in 
 these parts — was no more, his force scattered, he did not 
 require their services any more and sought to avoid his 
 obhgations. He therefore explained that he must return 
 to Majapahit and prepare adequate presents for the emperor 
 by way of the tribute, which Kublai Khan so much desired. 
 He was therefore allowed to return and given an escort of 
 Chinese soldiers. On the way to his capital, however, he 
 threw off the mask, the Chinese escort was treacherously 
 massacred, and with his own troops he at once began 
 hostilities against his former alHes. 
 
 By this time the Mongol generals had found out how 
 difficult it was to carry on war in these parts, and did not 
 consider it advisable to begin a new struggle, so, taking 
 with them the more important prisoners they had captured 
 from Ddha, and whatever treasure they could collect, and 
 their remaining forces, consisting of not more than ten 
 thousand (six thousand having been killed and three 
 thousand having died of the diseases of the country), they 
 embarked in their ships and left the island after a stay of 
 four months, reaching Chuan CJiou in sixty-eight days.^ 
 
 For having lost so many men the emperor ordered the 
 senior general, Shih-pi, to receive seventeen lashes and 
 confiscated a third of his property. As his age (86 when 
 he died shortly after), however, was great, his property 
 was eventually restored to him and he was gradually raised 
 to the highest rank. 
 
 It is interesting to observe how a Bahnese historian 
 describes the affair as follows : — 
 
 " Sri Laksemdna, the King of Tatar, ^ being informed that 
 Browijaya had attacked Kediri, forthwith sent a letter to him 
 
 1 The Javans commemorated their victory by raising a stone, which is 
 still, I believe, to be seen. 
 
 2 A Javan misconception for Tartar. Raffles could never make out who 
 the King of Tartar was.
 
 THE HINDU- JAVANESE PERIOD 63 
 
 saying that he would co-operate with the Majapahit army- 
 provided Browijaya would be on good terms with him. Browijaya 
 on receiving this intelhgence was very much dehghted, and 
 accordingly returned a letter of approbation to Laksemdna. 
 
 " Laksemdna and his followers then joined Browijaya and 
 fought several battles with Jdya Kdtong, the King of Kediri, in 
 which a great number of men as well as chiefs were killed on both 
 sides. 
 
 " In the heat of the action Jdya Kdtong and Laksemdna met, 
 and a fierce encounter took place between these chiefs. Jdya 
 Kdtong threw his javelin at Laksemdna, but missed him, and 
 Laksemdna, in return, struck him on the breast with his poisoned 
 spear and killed him on the spot. 
 
 " The pdteh [of Kediri] and the whole force of Kediri, perceiving 
 that their king was fallen, immediately surrendered. Browijaya 
 then eagerly went into the Kaddton^ and was received by his 
 faithful wife [who was a sister of Jdya Kdtong and had been 
 abducted by him after her marriage to Browijaya]. 
 
 " They embraced with tears of joy, and Browijaya was so 
 enraptured at recovering her that without taking further notice 
 of the Kaddton he returned with his wife to Majapahit. 
 
 " He invited the King of Tatar to visit him. On his arrival 
 Browijaya received him with every attention and made him a 
 present of a beautiful virgin. 
 
 " Laksemdna remained for some time at Majapahit, during 
 which Browijaya gave him two or three grand entertainments. 
 He afterwards embarked on board of his own vessel, and returned 
 to his kingdom of Tatar. 
 
 " Browijaya with his pdteh reigned at Majapahit and governed 
 the whole island of Java, and his people were very happy." 
 
 Browijaya now assumed the title of Bitara,^ which gave 
 him power over all sultans, rajahs, and maharajahs in Java 
 and the surrounding islands, the chiefs of whom all acknow- 
 ledged his supremacy, and held their domains by virtue of 
 special authority and warrant from him. Even the proud 
 King of the great Malayan capital in Sumatra, Menang 
 Kaban, who claimed his descent from the Macedonian hero 
 
 ^ The king's palace. 
 
 2 Bitara, or Batara, is a contraction of Avatara, or " the incarnation."
 
 64 JAVA 
 
 Alexander the Great, acknowledged the Bitdra of Majapahit 
 and swore fealty to him, although this was not until 
 A.J. 1268 (a.d. 1343). 
 
 The country around Majapahit now settled down, and 
 trading adventurers crowded the capital, coming from all 
 parts of the East. 
 
 The manufacture of arms of various descriptions was at 
 this time brought to the highest pitch of perfection at 
 Majapahit, and the first Damascene krises were made by 
 the pandi (smiths), who came here from Pajajaran, a 
 kingdom which always was first to make any of the manu- 
 factured articles Java produced. These pandis became 
 distinguished men at Majapahit, and were so highly thought 
 of that they were appointed to the charge of districts each 
 with a thousand chdcha {tjatjar, or family). 
 
 The following is a description of Majapahit : — 
 
 Vessels coming from other parts usually called first at 
 Tuhan, then at Gresik, and lastly at Surabaya. The palace 
 of the hitdra was surrounded by a brick wall more than 
 thirty feet high and a hundred feet long at each side. It 
 had a double gate and was clean and very well kept. 
 
 The houses inside Majapahit stood thirty to forty feet 
 from the ground ; they had a floor of boards, covered with 
 fine rattan-mats or rush mats of various descriptions, on 
 which the people sat cross-legged in Hindu fashion. The 
 roofs of the houses were made of boards of hard wood, spht 
 into pieces like tiles. 
 
 The dwellings of the people were covered with straw, and 
 in every house there was a stone-built store-room, three or 
 four feet high, for holding their goods, on which they always 
 sat.^ 
 
 The hitara went bare-headed or wore a cap with golden 
 leaves and flowers ; he w^ore no garment on the upj^er part 
 of his body, but around the lower part he had a flowered 
 
 * A Hindu custom of the present day is to sit on the tops of their houses.
 
 THE HINDU-JAVANESE PERIOD 65 
 
 sarong, tied with a flowered silk gauze or linen around his 
 loins, called a slendang ; thrust into this was a short dagger, 
 called a kris. His feet were always bare. When going out 
 he always sat on an elephant, or in a cart drawn by oxen. 
 
 The men of Majapahit wore their hair hanging down, but 
 the women wore theirs in a knot ; they wore a short jacket 
 and a sarong round the lower part of the body. They also 
 carried a kris in their girdle, this being the custom of all the 
 males of three years and upwards. 
 
 Death seems to have been the only punishment for all 
 offences, great and small. The culprit had his hands tied 
 behind his back with a thin piece of rattan, and was led 
 away a few paces and stabbed with a kris between his ribs 
 once or twice until dead. As may be readily imagined in 
 a city with a population counting several hundreds of 
 thousands, not a day passed without one or more death 
 sentences being carried out. 
 
 Men and women alike were continually chewing penang, 
 with betel and lime. 
 
 In Majapahit there were practically four divisions of 
 people : the Hindu-Javans, who had the command of the 
 place, the Arabs, the Chinese, and the common natives. 
 The latter have been described as ugly and uncouth, who 
 went about with uncombed hair, naked feet, and believed 
 firmly in devils. These people ate snakes, ants and all 
 kinds of insects and worms, dipped only for a moment or 
 so in the fire ; and the dogs they kept in their houses ate 
 and slept with them. 
 
 There used to be a yearly assembly held at Majapahit 
 called the *' Meeting of Bamboo Spears." It took place in 
 November, when the hitara made his wife or ratu ride in a 
 pagoda carriage before him, himself following in an ordinary 
 cart. This pagoda carriage was more than ten feet high 
 with windows on all sides, and was drawn by horses. At 
 the meeting place a square was formed, and every man held 
 
 J. — VOL. I. F
 
 66 JAVA 
 
 a bamboo spear with an iron point. Each combatant had 
 his wife and concubine with him, armed with a stick three 
 feet long, and stood between them. 
 
 At a signal given on a drum, beaten first slowly and then 
 quickly, two men advanced with their lances and began 
 fighting. After three bouts the wives separated them with 
 their sticks, calling out Larah, larah, larah,^ upon which 
 they stopped fighting. If one was killed in the fight the 
 hitara ordered the victor to pay a golden coin to the relations 
 of the deceased, whose wife now followed the conqueror, 
 who was obliged to look after her. 
 
 For money the better inhabitants used Chinese copper 
 coins of various dynasties, all of which were current here, 
 besides gold and silver brought by the Arabs. 
 
 There were daily markets at which fowls, goats, fish, 
 fruit, and vegetables of all kinds were sold, being both 
 plentiful and cheap. 
 
 Some of the Javans were very rich, and grew sugar-cane 
 and other produce. 
 
 The sugar-cane is described as having a white cover, and 
 being very thick and in length twenty to thirty feet. 
 
 Amongst the fruit mentioned at this time were plantains, 
 cocoanuts, sugar-cane, pomegranate, the capsules of lotus, 
 mangostine, and water-melons. We are told that besides 
 rice the country produced sugar, sesamum, and yellow 
 beans, but no harley or wheat. 
 
 The inhabitants traded in sapan-wood, sulphur, rhinoceros 
 horns, diamonds, white sandal-wood, lignum aloes, nutmegs, 
 long pepper, ordinary pepper, steel, tortoise-shell, prepared 
 and unprepared gold, silver and ivory. Of birds they had 
 at Majapahit red, green, yellow and white parrots, and the 
 gracula religiosa (beo), which exactly imitated human speech. 
 There were also cockatoos, green and coloured pigeons, and 
 others. 
 
 1 " Probably the Javanword larah, meaning to " pull " or " draw back."
 
 THE HINDU-JAVANESE PERIOD 67 
 
 Pigs, goats, cows, fowls, ducks, and horses were reared 
 but no donkeys or geese.^ 
 
 Amongst animals they had elephants, tigers, rhinoceros, 
 wild boars, white stags, and white monkeys. 
 
 When a man married he went first to the house of the 
 bride to conclude the marriage, and three days afterwards 
 he brought his wife home, on which occasion the relations 
 of the bridegroom beat copper and bamboo drums and 
 copper gongs, blew on cocoanut shells, and fired off guns ; 
 whilst a number of men armed with small swords surrounded 
 them. 
 
 The bride had her hair hanging down loose, whilst the 
 upper part of her body and feet were naked. Bound her 
 waist was fastened a slendang of green cloth, and on her 
 head was a string of golden beads ; whilst on her wrists she 
 carried bracelets of gold and silver nicely ornamented. 
 
 The relations, friends, and neighbours brought penang 
 and betel, whilst they adorned a little ship with garlands of 
 flowers, carrying it along with the newly-married couple as 
 a form of congratulation. Arriving at the house, they beat 
 drums and gongs and made merry for several days, after 
 which they went away. 
 
 Their burial rites were peculiar and rather disgusting. 
 When the father or mother of a family was about to die, the 
 children asked them whether after their death they preferred 
 to be eaten by the pariah dogs, to be burnt, or to be thrown 
 into the water ; and their wishes were invariably strictly 
 followed out. If it was their wish to be eaten by dogs, the 
 body was carried to the sea-shore or into the forests, where 
 a number of dogs soon collected. If the flesh of the corpse 
 was eaten completely, it was considered very propitious, 
 but if not, the children wept and lamented and the remains 
 were thrown into the water. 
 
 When rich people, chiefs or men of rank, died, however, 
 
 1 The Portuguese were the first to introduce geese. 
 
 F 2
 
 68 JAVA 
 
 their favourite concubines swore before their master's death 
 that they would go with him. On the day of the burial 
 the corpse was taken out of the house and a high wooden 
 scaffolding was erected, at the foot of which wood was piled 
 up in a large heap, and when the fire burnt fiercely two or 
 three. of the concubines, with their heads bedecked with 
 flowers and their body decorated with cloths of various 
 colours, mounted on the scaffold and, weeping and dancing 
 for some little time, jumped into the fire and were burnt with 
 their lord.^ 
 
 The people of Majapahit imported porcelain, muslin, 
 flowered and plain silk, glass beads, from China, perfumes and 
 essential oils from Arabia, spices from the Moluccas, and 
 diamonds and gold from Borneo. The trade done in these 
 articles was considerable. Of industries there were several, 
 which employed thousands of the inhabitants. 
 
 Among the more important, the making of iron and steel 
 articles took a leading place. The pandi or workers in these 
 articles were almost considered the supporters of the empire, 
 and the headmen were not only appointed administrators 
 of districts, as already mentioned, but also enjoyed many 
 privileges not granted to the ordinary inhabitants.^ 
 
 There were also men who painted birds, animals, insects, 
 and men, etc., on paper ; the paper was like a scroll, and 
 was fixed between two wooden rollers three feet high. The 
 men who made them sat on the ground and, unrolling the 
 pictures, explained in a loud voice what thej'' represented, 
 the spectators sitting around and attentively listening to the 
 story woven round each picture. These pictures were also 
 a considerable recreation to the poorer people, especially 
 if the teller happened to be an adept in the art of narration. 
 
 1 Until quite lately a like custom was practised on the death of the 
 princes of Bali. 
 
 2 On the destruction of 3Iajapahit the numerous pandis were dispersed 
 over the eastern districts of Java, Madura and Bali forming separate 
 establishments under their respective chiefs.
 
 THE HINDU-JAVANESE PERIOD 69 
 
 Each listener was supposed to pay copper cash to the painter 
 or owner of the picture before taking his departure. 
 
 The people were also engaged in rearing silkworms and 
 making silk ; they wove a thick yellow silk. 
 
 From the kapas bush ^ they wove a very good cotton 
 cloth, which the tailors made into coats and sarongs. 
 
 A portion of the population did nothing else but make 
 salt, which was obtained by boiling sea-water. 
 
 The musical instruments of the country consisted of the 
 gamelan, which was played by men specially instructed and 
 trained, a transversal flute, drums and wooden boards. To 
 this music young girls were taught to dance. 
 
 In case of illness the people took no medicine, but prayed 
 to their gods and to Buddha to be made better. 
 
 When the moon was at its full and the night was clear 
 the streets of Majajjahit were frequently filled with music, 
 the native women in parties of twenty or thirty going arm 
 in arm into the moonshine with an old woman at their head. 
 They visited the houses of their relations and of the rich 
 and great people. The headwoman would lead off by 
 singing the first line of some native song, after which all 
 the others joined in. Their reward was copper cash, which 
 in good times was showered upon them. 
 
 During the month of June the rich people went in boats 
 on the rivers for longer or shorter periods for recreation, 
 whilst in November they went to the mountains to divert 
 themselves. They were carried there by strong mountain 
 ponies, or else in mountain chairs, each borne by four men 
 with two as a relay. 
 
 When the hitara went out of his palace in state he wore 
 golden bells, a silk robe and shoes of leather, and rode upon 
 an elephant. He was followed by five to seven hundred 
 soldiers. When the people saw the hitara they crouched 
 down and turned their heads away until he had passed. 
 
 * Cotton bush.
 
 70 JAVA 
 
 The hitara attended daily to the affairs of state, sitting on a 
 square couch and receiving the various officials who called 
 to see him. These officials on leaving his presence saluted 
 him three times. Three of his sons, called pdnggerans, were 
 viceroys, and with four high functionaries assisted the 
 hitara in ruling the empire. 
 
 These viceroys and high functionaries received no pay, 
 but were entitled to a proportion of the products of the soil 
 and to free labour for their own lands. 
 
 There were three hundred civil functionaries who kept 
 the revenue books at Majapahit. There were also one 
 thousand officials who were responsible for looking after the 
 walls of the towns, the moat, the treasury, and the army. 
 
 The general of the army received every half-year ten 
 taels of gold, equal to six or between six and seven hundred 
 guilders. There were thirty thousand regular soldiers, who 
 were paid half-yearly according to their rank. 
 
 The actual government of the empire was almost wholly 
 in the hands of the tln-ee viceroys, who had each his own 
 province to administrate. They, however, divided their 
 provinces up into regencies or residencies (as they are now 
 called), with a hopati at the head of each, which were again 
 subdivided into small districts and sections, each under a 
 raden, demang, or lura, and lastly below these came the 
 kuwuls and patmggis. 
 
 The superintendents of trade received one chien (Chinese 
 for ounce) of gold for every two piculs of padi (rice in ear) 
 they weighed. 
 
 Their weights were the cati,^ picid,^ and kohang. The 
 measure of content was a section of bamboo and called a 
 kulak, being equal to about one pint. 
 
 It is remarkable how well administered in every way was 
 the ancient Javanese Empire. 
 
 * Roughly one pound. 
 
 " One picuJ (roughly) = 100 catties, or 100 pounds avoirdupois.
 
 THE HIXDU-JAVANESE PERIOD 71 
 
 The Remains of Majapahit as they are to-day. — The site 
 of Majapahit is nowadaj^s surrounded by a wood, and such 
 is the veneration of the natives for all that remains of the 
 capital of their ancestors that they believe the birds sing 
 sweeter here than anywhere else in Java. On a mound 
 stands the ruined gateway of the city walls. The tower 
 on each side, now sunken, was at one time forty feet high. 
 They are built of red brick cemented together, and are 
 about ten feet apart. On a level with the ground may 
 still be seen the sockets in which the pivots of the gate 
 turned, much worn from constant use. The tower on the 
 right had on one side an upper and a lower abutment, the 
 angles being of brick and dovetailed. Below was a niche, 
 in which probably a figure was formerly placed. The wall 
 is continued from this gateway, and is supposed to have 
 been not less than ten miles in circumference, but little of 
 it now remains perfect.^ 
 
 The tower on the left hand has been grown over by 
 creepers, and the roots of a tall tree are entrained whose 
 outspread branches cover the gateway like an enormous 
 sunshade. There is also still to be seen the artificial lake 
 and bathing place of the ancient kings and queens of Maja- 
 pahit. The lake was oblong, with a circumference of half a 
 mile. The walls w^ere four feet in thickness and consisted 
 of solid masonry. At the two farthest angles are the ruins 
 of two small stone houses. At the head of the lake is a 
 dilapidated flight of steps. In the labyrinths of the jungle 
 are the pillars of the palace, which must have attained 
 magnificent proportions. In ancient da^js no one was ever 
 allowed near the lake or its precincts except the body- 
 guards, and no one was ever allowed to bathe in it except 
 the hitara and his wives and concubines. 
 
 1 The surrounding sugar factories in this neighbourhood are said to have 
 helped towards completing the ruin by taking away the bricks and stones 
 for building.
 
 f2 JAVA 
 
 Near by is the old cemetery, covering about three and a 
 half acres, and consisting of four large and two small courts 
 varying from thirty to thirty-five feet square. 
 
 Most of these courts are filled with tombs. Each square 
 is surrounded by a brick wall of great thickness with 
 passages and doors leading from one to the other. This 
 is the only really ancient cemetery known of in Java. 
 
 Vessels trading with the empire of Majapahit sometimes 
 anchored at Yortan, which in former times was a trading 
 port at the southern arm of the river Brantas, near the 
 present town of Bangil, in the residency of Pasoeroean. It 
 has been described as a town in a flat country with a fortress 
 built of stone. The trade is said to have been very pros- 
 perous, the Chinese owning a number of shops. Some of 
 the houses were handsome and adorned with yellow and 
 green tiles. 
 
 Behind Yortan the mountains were covered with bamboo 
 forests, and the melati^ grew wild in great quantities. These 
 mountains at the time of Majapahit were the home of 
 thousands of the original inhabitants of Java. They went 
 naked, and spent their time hunting wild deer, apes and 
 monkeys, and had great result for their skill. For food 
 they planted beans, and they never came down to the 
 plains. 
 
 In these early days Gresik (Grisee) was the headquarters 
 of the rich Cantonese, and there were at least one thousand 
 families. The Javans came in large numbers from the 
 whole archipelago to trade here. The principal trade was 
 in golden articles and precious stones from Borneo, and 
 spices from the Molucca Islands. 
 
 The Chinese sold all sorts of foreign goods in large quan- 
 tities, and are said to have become rich very soon after their 
 arrival. 
 
 Eastwards, at a distance of seven miles, came the town 
 
 ' A Bweet-smelling flower.
 
 THE HINDU-JAVANESE PERIOD 73 
 
 of Surabaya ; here also there were not less than one 
 thousand Chinese families, as well as a number of very rich 
 Javans. Surabaya was not, however, such a large town 
 then as Gresik. 
 
 At the mouth of the river Brantas there is an island that 
 was covered then with luxuriant vegetation, where it is said 
 a large number of long-tailed monkeys once lived. 
 
 A black old male was their chief, and an old native woman 
 was always at his side. The people prepared rice, fruit and 
 cakes, and gave them to the monkeys, who came down from 
 the trees to eat. 
 
 The old monkey ate first, followed by the young ones.^ 
 
 Trouble arose a. J. 1221 (a.d. 1296) between the empires 
 of Pajajaran and Majapahit on account of considerable 
 emigrations of the pandi or ironsmiths from the former to 
 the latter. 
 
 This was owing to heavy demands made upon them by 
 the Rajah of Pajajaran and to the much better conditions 
 under which they worked at Majapaliit. 
 
 The climax was reached when eighty pandi and their 
 families deserted their country. They were pursued as 
 far as the river Panidli, in Brebes, but managed to effect 
 their escape, and were received with open arms at MajapaJiit. 
 
 A demand was made for the pandi to be delivered up, 
 but, no notice being taken of it, the army of Pajajaran 
 moved to Batang, whilst the forces of Majapahit encamped 
 by the side of the mountain Uiigdrang,^ where there was a 
 desah of that name. The next move of the Pajajaran army 
 was to Kaliwungu, where a large camp was formed. 
 
 Eventually an indecisive battle was fought at this spot, 
 after which it was agreed between the two chiefs to make 
 
 This story of the monkeys having a chief is true. At the present day 
 these monkeys are found near Malang, and on the shores of a small lake 
 called Blue Water, near Pasoeroean. 
 ' Oenarang.
 
 74 JAVA 
 
 a treaty and draw new lines of demarcation between the 
 two countries. 
 
 The kingdom of Balamhdngan ^ became of immense 
 importance at this time, and the hitara divided it up into 
 several districts, under the sovereignty of Majapahit. The 
 towns of Besuki and Panurukan also rose into importance 
 under the beneficent rule of the great empire, and soon 
 became centres for trading with a number of Chinese settlers. 
 
 The hitara having conquered and become master of 
 practically the whole of the eastern archipelago, the chiefs 
 of which had concluded treaties with him and acknowledged 
 his authority, now desired to bring the Malayan peninsula 
 with its capitals of Singapura and JoJior under his control. 
 
 There Avas a large population here, whose princes had 
 groAvn rich by piracy and whose subjects lived by the same 
 means. 
 
 An expedition was therefore prepared and sent there, but 
 failed to achieve the object desired by the bitara and 
 returned empty-handed.^ 
 
 A second expedition far stronger than the first was 
 therefore immediately equipped and with a large number of 
 soldiers despatched with instructions not to return unless 
 successful. 
 
 The troops were landed at Singapura, and after a severe 
 engagement destroyed the town and put all its inhabitants 
 to the sword, and until the fall of Majapahit Singapura 
 remained tributary to it. 
 
 The name of Majapahit never stood so high among the 
 
 ' This town is no longer found on tlie map, having been swallowed up 
 by the jungle about a.d. 1700 after war and disease had depopulated it. 
 About A.J. 1240 the districts of Damar Wulan (near Sourabaya), Poerboling 
 (in Banju Mas) and Probolinggo (Probolingo) are mentioned for the first 
 time in the Javan histories. 
 
 2 In A.D. 1252 Singapura. was unsuccessfully attacked by the King of 
 Majapahit or the King of Japara, probably the latter. This, however, 
 drove the Malays to form another kingdom further west at Malacca, a 
 spot long before known to the ancients.
 
 THE HINDU- JAVANESE PERIOD 75 
 
 surrounding nations of the East than at this moment, nor 
 was there any time when its authority was more extensively 
 acknowledged or its power more feared. The Eajas of 
 Makassar, Bali, Goa, Banda, Ende, Timor, Manila Sulu, and 
 Ternat had learnt what it meant to thwart the hitara's 
 will, however slightly. The empire seemed in fact 
 invulnerable. 
 
 The dregs of all nations, however, having fled from wars 
 or been obliged to desert their country and attracted by 
 the chances of becoming quickly rich, began to congregate 
 in large numbers at Majapahit. Among these were 
 numerous Arabs, who with their peculiar faculty of grasping 
 a situation soon perceived the opportunities that lay to 
 hand from the usurpation of such a country through 
 proselytisation, and the seed was sown whose roots were 
 shortly to enfold the very foundations of this mighty 
 empire and bring it utterly to ruin. 
 
 Introduction of the MaJioyneta^i Religion, Anno Javan 1300 
 (a.d. 1375). — This new factor was the introduction of the 
 Mahometan religion. 
 
 Javan writers relate the episode as follows : — 
 
 " Mulana Ibrahim, a celebrated Pandita of Arabia, a cousin 
 of the Raja of Chermen (a country of Sabrang^), had established 
 himself with other Mahometans at Desah Leran,^ in Jang' gala, 
 when the Raja of Chermen arrived at Java. 
 
 " This prince, who was a Mahometan, perceiving with regret 
 that the inhabitants of the large and populous island of Java were 
 still heathens, resolved to attempt the conversion of the King of 
 Majapahit, Prabu Angka Wijaya, and with this view to present 
 him with his maiden daughter in marriage. Embarking with his 
 daughter and all his relatives and followers of every description, 
 he reached Jang'gdla^ in safety, and, landing at the Desah Leran, 
 
 1 Sumatra, where the Mahometans had already been established for at 
 least two hundred years. 
 
 ^ A desah near Gresik or Grissee. 
 
 3 The districts south and west of Majapahit were still known under their 
 ancient name of Janggala.
 
 76 JAVA 
 
 he immediately built a mosque there and in a short time succeeded 
 in obtaining many converts. 
 
 " The Raja of Chermen deputed his son Sidek Mahomed to 
 proceed to Majapahit and apprise the king of his intended visit. 
 
 " He afterwards set out himself with all his party, among 
 whom were forty holy men, his relations, who had come with 
 him from Sabrang.^ 
 
 " The King of Majapahit came forth and met Raja Chermen at 
 the confines, where they both remained under a pasang grahan^ 
 erected for their accommodation. 
 
 " Angka Wijaya evinced the greatest respect for Raja Chermen 
 and treated him with every mark of hospitality. 
 
 " The Raja of Chermen now presented the King of Majapahit 
 with a pomegranate in a basket, in order that by his acceptance 
 or rejection of it he might ascertain whether or not he would 
 become a convert. The king accepted of the present, but not 
 without wondering how a raja from Tana Sabrang could 
 think of presenting him v/ith such a fruit, as if it was unknown 
 in Java. 
 
 " His thoughts, however, he kept to himself, but Raja Chermen 
 knew what was working in his mind, and soon after took his 
 leave and returned with his people to Leran. His nephew 
 Muldna Mdhsar, the son of Muldna Ibrahim, alone remained 
 with Angka Wijaya. Some time after this the kmg, having 
 contracted a kind of giddiness in the head, opened the pome- 
 granate, when instead of the usual seeds he found it filled with 
 rubies. Surprised at this, he observed to his minister that 
 Raja Chermen must indeed be a very superior kind of person, and 
 sent Muldna Mdlisar to request the raja to return, but the raja 
 refused to do so, and proceeded on." 
 
 " When Raja Chermen had been four nights at Leran his 
 people fell sick and many died. Among them were three cousins 
 who had accompanied him from Sabrang, named Sdyed Jdsar^ 
 Sdyed Kdsem, and Sdyed Chart, whose tombs are known by the 
 name of Kubur Panjang.^ 
 
 " The princess (the Raja of Chermen' s daughter) who had been 
 intended for the Rajah of Majapahit also died.^ 
 
 1 As akeady stated, Sumatra. 
 
 2 Open shed built of bamboo and bamboo mattings. 
 
 * These graves are stil] to be seen at the Desah L4ran. 
 
 * Her tomb is still preserved.
 
 THE HINDU-JAVANESE PERIOD 77 
 
 " Muldna Ibrahim having been appointed to look after and 
 take care of the graves, the Raja of Chermen with all his people 
 decided to return home. 
 
 *' Angka Wijaya, desirous of meeting again with Raja Chermen, 
 arrived at Leran three days after his departure, and hearing of 
 the death of the princess, observed that he thought the religion 
 of Raja Chermen would have prevented such a calamity as the 
 premature death of the putri [princess], to which Muldna repHed 
 that such ignorance was only the consequence of worshipping 
 Dewas instead of the true God. 
 
 " Angka Wijaya became highly enraged at this retort, but, 
 being pacified by his followers, returned to Majapahit without 
 taking any further notice of it. 
 
 " Muldna Ibrahim, who remained in charge of the tombs of 
 the deceased, afterwards removed from Leran to Gresik, which, 
 however, had not become a separate State. Here he died twenty- 
 one years after the departure of the Raja of Chermen, and here 
 his tomb, which is known by the name of Gapura Wetan, is still 
 to be seen. He died on Monday, the 12th of Rabinlawal, in the 
 Javan year 1334.^ 
 
 " To return to the Biiara of Majapahit,^ it appears that early 
 in his (Angka Wijaya's) reign, hearing from the merchants who 
 resorted to Java of the beauty and accomplishments of a princess 
 of Chdmpa,^ he sent an embassy to that country to demand her in 
 marriage, and on her arrival at Gresik received her there in person 
 with great attention and state. The princess nevertheless for a 
 long time refused to cohabit with him on account of the great 
 number of his concubines, and particularly on account of the 
 powerful hold obtained over his affections by a Chinese of great 
 beauty, who had been sent him as a present from one of the 
 chiefs of China, at the request of the merchants, and with the 
 consent of the emperor, with a view to obtain greater privileges 
 for their trade with Java." 
 
 The next Arab missionary who arrived at Gresik was 
 Muldna Jshak, the father of the Susuhunan Giri. He 
 proceeded to Amjpel in Middle Java, where many persons 
 embraced the faith. From here he went to Balamhangan. 
 
 » That is the 13th March, 1412. See Chapter XIII., " Greesie." 
 2 The King of Majapahit. 
 ' Cambodia.
 
 78 JAVA 
 
 The Arab missionaries now increased in Java, and in 
 A.J. 1334 Sheik Ibu Maldna ^ established himself at Cherihon 
 and began the work of converting the western provinces. 
 
 As the discontent of the Princess of Champa in no way 
 abated and could not be overcome, the hitara, greatly 
 against his will, was obliged to part "with his Chinese consort, 
 whom he gave to Aria Ddniar, an illegitimate son of his by 
 a Basdka woman. Aria Ddmar had distinguished himself 
 at an early age by bringing together a collection of all the 
 wild animals of the forest as an amusement for the hitara 
 and his family. After this, when in command of the 
 Majapahit forces, he broke up the Balinese army, destroying 
 the capital and killing the whole royal family, except one 
 sister of the rajah, who, being very beautiful, was sent to 
 the harem at MajapaJiit. 
 
 The hitara on presenting Aria Damar with the Chinese 
 princess made it a condition that he must not cohabit with 
 her until the child of which she was then pregnant was 
 born. Desiring to present him with some token of his 
 regard for his services to the empire, the hitara made him 
 adipati or first chief of PaUriihang, sending him there 
 accompanied by the princess and about three hundred 
 picked troops from Majapahit, infantry and cavalry. 
 \ The Chinese princess was now delivered of a son, who was 
 
 called Bdden Pdtah, and another was born later on to the 
 same princess, who was called Bdden Husen. 
 
 However, as the people of PaUmhang disliked her for 
 being Chinese, Aria Damar set her aside and took another 
 wife, whose son he promised should be his heir. Bdden 
 Pdtah and Bdden Husen were sent to Majapahit. 
 
 Bdden Pdtah when he grew up refused to live at Majapahit, 
 after the treatment his mother had received from the 
 hitara, and went to live with the Arab Pandita at Ampel, 
 who styled himself Susuhunan. Bdden Husen was 
 
 ^ Frequently known as Susuhunan Gunung Jati,
 
 THE HINDU-JAV^ANESE PERIOD 79 
 
 appointed hopati, or regent, of one of the districts of Maja- 
 pahit called Trong, and became commander-in-chief of the 
 forces. 
 
 Baden Fatah soon embraced Mahometanism and married 
 a granddaughter of the Susuhunan of Ampel ; when she 
 became pregnant he determined to seek a place and an 
 estabUshment of his own ; this he was directed to fix at a 
 spot where there was a sweet-scented grass called hintara. 
 
 This he fomid in the midst of an extensive swamp termed 
 in Javan Demaklakan (afterwards shortened to Demak), 
 though first called hintara. 
 
 As soon as news of the new establishment reached 
 Majapahit, Baden Husen was sent with the army to destroy 
 it, but on liis arrival there he prevailed on Baden Pdtah to 
 come to Majapahit, which he did. 
 
 The hitara recognised his son on account of his Chinese 
 features and permitted him to return to his residence at 
 Bintdra or Devidk with the title of Adipati. 
 
 After his return to Demdk with his wife the place increased 
 in importance and prosperity. Converts among the inhabi- 
 tants in the neighbouring provinces now flocked to Demdk. 
 
 The population daily increasing, the building of a great 
 mosque was begun. 
 
 By A.J. 1390 (a.d. 1468) there were eight Arabs in Java 
 who had assumed the title of Siisuhundn, viz., the Susii- 
 hunans of Tuhan,^ Ampel,^ Kudus,^ GrSsik,^ Cheribon, Tegal, 
 Sidayu.^ 
 
 These all assembled at Demdk during the construction of 
 the mosque, and in commemoration of the circumstance 
 eight pillars were placed within its sacred precincts. The 
 Susuhunan of Kudus was now appointed commander-in- 
 chief of the Mahometan army of 150,000 proselytes and 
 marched to Majapahit, against which Baden Pdtah, never 
 
 ^ Toeban. ^ Near Solo. ^ Koedoes in Japara. 
 
 * Grissee, 5 Sedayoe near Sourabaya.
 
 80 JAVA 
 
 forgetting the insult to his mother, the Chinese princess, had 
 openly declared war. 
 
 Through the dexterity of Baden Hilsen, who still com- 
 manded the Majapahit forces, the hostile army of the Arabs 
 was kept at bay for four years. 
 
 The army of Majapahit, however, became discontented 
 with the uncertain state of affairs and loudly called for action. 
 
 Owing to the position of affairs, Husen against his will 
 attacked the Mahometan forces near the Sidayu river, and 
 contrary to his expectations nearly annihilated them : in 
 fact he could have done so, had he allowed his army to 
 follow up their victory by proceeding to Demdk. This, it 
 is said, on account of his brotherly friendship for Baden 
 Fatah, he declined to do. 
 
 Baden Pdtah was now invited to Majapahit in order that 
 amicable arrangements should be made, but to gain time he 
 excused himself on account of illness, and to deceive his 
 father, the hitara, paid the usual tribute. 
 
 The Mahometan forces were reorganised by Baden Pdtah, 
 who made active preparations for a renewal of the fight. 
 
 Numerous chiefs sent troops to Demdk, and a second army 
 was soon assembled. 
 
 When ready the army ** of the Faithful," now highly 
 elated, marched to Majapahit and engaged the army under 
 Hi!isen. 
 
 The engagement was long and protracted and lasted seven 
 days, during which the Arabs preached and prayed inces- 
 santly. 
 
 At last, seeing an opportunity, the whole of the Mahometan 
 forces advanced and swept the army of Majapahit before 
 them, throwing them into an utter disorder from which 
 there was no recovery. 
 
 Thus fell in the year a.j. 1400^ (a.d. 1475) the great and 
 
 1 The Portuguese give the date of the destruction ol Majapahit between 
 A.D. 1516 and 1520, but they are probably mistaken.
 
 THE HINDU-JAVANESE PERIOD 81 
 
 magnificent capital of Java, the boast and pride of the 
 East. 
 
 In this wise did the sacred Hindu city of Majapahit, 
 celebrated amongst all the eastern islands for the splendour 
 of its court, for its excellent government, and the glory of 
 its arms, become a wilderness ; the Javan assertion is true : 
 " Lost and gone is the pride of the land." 
 
 The regalia, which was a large one, and had in it a splendid 
 crown with huge diamonds, a golden service, and a magnifi- 
 cent gamelan,^ was all removed to Demdk, as was all 
 property, public or private, of every description, so that in 
 two years the country was utterly laid waste and became 
 wholly deserted. What became of the hitara of Majapahit 
 is not certain ; some accounts say he fled to Malang, others 
 say to Bali. 
 
 At the former place, or near it, the people of Majapahit 
 who had followed him began making bricks and built with 
 these a walled town. They dug a deep moat or ditch 
 around the whole and rendered it a place of considerable 
 strength. This, however, Baden Fatah is said to have 
 destroyed at once, the old hitara dying shortly afterwards 
 at the age of 63 years. 
 
 Thus was the utter destruction of the empire of Majapahit 
 completed, it being brought to its end through the instru- 
 mentality of one of its own sons. 
 
 Before proceeding further with the history of the country, 
 it will be necessary to go back a little. 
 
 ^ Said to be now at Djockjakarta. 
 
 J. — VOL. I. G
 
 SECOND PERIOD 
 
 Before the Arrival of the Europeans 
 
 G 2
 
 CHAPTER II 
 Arabian Intercourse with Java 
 from early times to the founding of the mahometan 
 
 KINGDOMS OF DEMAK (a.D. 1477) AND PAJANG (a.D. 
 
 1577). 
 
 The famous voyage of Hippalus to the Far East marks 
 an epoch in the history of navigation. The seamen of 
 western Asia and Europe had never ventured out of sight 
 of land, from the fear they had of losing it ; so that up to 
 this time the length of their voyages had been more or less 
 determined by the convolutions of the coast which they 
 skirted. 
 
 This man, the first who had the hardihood to face the 
 terrible open sea, and pass out of the sight of terra firma, 
 staking his life upon the accuracy of his crude knowledge of 
 geography, and sailing thus bravely into the unknown, 
 deserves almost to take a higher rank than the world's other 
 great adventurers — Christoj)her Columbus, Vasco da Gama. 
 and Magelhan — in that he had less accumulated experience 
 than they had by which to profit. 
 
 Once the direct sea route to the East had been found, an 
 enormous impetus was of course given to the trade between 
 i\.lexandria and the East, and Pliny supplies us with a great 
 deal of information regarding the trade carried on by the 
 natives of Tajprohane with what are supposed to be the 
 Seres of northern China. 
 
 At this time the island of Jabadius is frequently mentioned. 
 
 Again, Marinus of Tyre has left us accounts of the sailor 
 Alexander, who is said to have made some wonderful sea 
 voyages to China and Sumatra.
 
 86 JAVA 
 
 It is in Marinus's works that the land of Chersonesus 
 Aurea, or the Golden Chersonese, is spoken of for the first 
 time, which was regarded as the source of the fabulous 
 riches of which the Bible gives us the record. 
 
 In Josephus's " Antiquities of the Jews," which was 
 written during the first century, therefore at a period earlier 
 than the date of the works of Marinus of Tyre, is to be found 
 the following passage with reference to the pilots furnished 
 to Solomon by Hiram of Tyre : — 
 
 ** To whom Solomon gave this command, that they should 
 go along with his stewards to the land that of old was called 
 Ophir, but now Aurea Chersonesus, which belongs to India, 
 to fetch gold." 
 
 The geographical position of Aurea Chersonesus, according 
 to Ptolemy, is south of Further India, and from his map. 
 Chapter I., Part II., it would seem that the land referred to 
 is either the Malay Peninsula, or, what is more likely, 
 Sumatra, or a land just below the Malay Peninsula, where 
 gold abounds to this day. 
 
 M. Auguste Pavie, the well-known French writer on Indo- 
 China, contends, however, that Cambodia is the original 
 Ophir, and that Chersonesus Aurea is the name that was 
 applied to all that portion of southern Asia. It is of course 
 true, as already explained, that there was a wonderful 
 civilisation in times far back in Cambodia, and that the 
 Khmer Empire must have been the centre of a great wealth 
 and commerce and have played an important part in eastern 
 Asia ; but, as Sir Hugh Clifford in his " Further India " 
 remarks, M. Pavie's arguments, plausible though they often 
 are, fail to carry conviction when he seeks to prove the 
 identity of Cambodia with Ophir.^ 
 
 The effect of all these voyages to the golden East cannot 
 but have made itself felt by the inhabitants of Arabia, for it 
 
 > Sir Hugh Clifford thinks himself that the Malay State of Pahang is 
 the Golden Chersonese.
 
 JAVAN DIGNITARY.
 
 ARABIAN INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 87 
 
 must have frequently been touched at by seamen ; but when 
 the first Arabs visited Java is not kno^Ti, although it is 
 more or less certain that the Moluccas or Spice Islands were 
 not unknown to them centuries before the Christian era. 
 
 Arab and Persian Colony in Sumatra. — Some think a 
 small Arab or Persian colony in Sumatra was established on 
 the west coast of Sumatra between Padang and Benkoelen 
 not long after the birth of Christ.^ 
 
 Trade luith Ceylon and Arabia. — Certain it also is that an 
 Arabian influence was felt in Sumatra as early as a.d. 600, 
 and an important trade was kept up with Ceylon and Arabia 
 in pepper, gold, silver and tin. 
 
 Commerce with Madagascar. — There is also some evidence 
 of a trade being carried on at an early date between Sumatra 
 and Madagascar in Arabian dhows. It is also commonly 
 supposed that slaves were brought in considerable numbers 
 from the former to the latter country. 
 
 John de Barros in his " Decades " and Flaccourt in his 
 " History of Madagascar " state that the language spoken 
 by the inhabitants is full of Javan and Malay words. 
 Raempfer in his famous history, discoursing on the language 
 of Madagascar, remarking on the above fact, says it is the 
 surviving evidence of the trade and commerce which these 
 two nations (Sumatra and Java) about 2,500 years ago,'^ 
 the richest and most powerful in Asia, carried on with 
 Madagascar, where great numbers had settled. 
 
 Visit by a Greek from Arabia. — From Grecian records we 
 learn of one lambulus, who travelled to Arabia and from 
 there proceeded " in a Httle vessel, well built, and well 
 equipped with provisions for six months on board which 
 men were put with instructions to steer south in order to 
 arrive at a certain fortunate island inhabited by a kind and 
 
 ' Or earlier. 
 
 2 He wrote the history abont 1690, and this would therefore bring us 
 to about B.C. 310.
 
 88 JAVA 
 
 hospitable people with whom they might live for the rest of 
 their lives " ; and that the island was situated in a most 
 excellent climate very near the Equator, and plenty of 
 calamus and maize grew there. The people were learned 
 in astrology, and their island was amongst seven others, 
 lambulus stayed seven years in the East Indies. He 
 mentions that the religion of the people consisted in wor- 
 shipping the sun and the heavens, and that their oldest man 
 acted as king. 
 
 The writer of lambulus's travels seems inclined to believe 
 that the island visited was either Sumatra or one of the 
 Moluccas, preferably the former, as the bark w^as " almost 
 too frail " for such an extended voyage as would be necessary 
 to reach the latter, and, moreover, no account is given by 
 lambulus of the Straits of Sunda, which in the latter case 
 he would have been obliged to pass. As a matter of fact 
 the Straits of Sunda need not have been passed, as another 
 route could have been taken. 
 
 What makes it probable, moreover, that the place was 
 neither the Moluccas nor Sumatra, but was indeed Java, is 
 the fact that maize was discovered there, and early travellers 
 are all at one in reporting its growth in Java, whilst not a 
 single one has ever made mention of its being found in 
 Sumatra. When the famous flight called the Hejira took 
 place and Mahomet fled from his enemies at Medma with a 
 handful of followers, he began to preach over great tracts 
 of country " that there was only one Allah, and he was 
 Allah, and that Mahomet was his prophet," in the hope of 
 raising a sufficient number of zealots to support his totter- 
 ing cause. In this he was successful, and was able to 
 defeat successively the Jews in 625 and the Christians 
 in 629. 
 
 His Arab priests now poured into India and Ceylon, 
 preaching wherever they went. At first little or no pro- 
 gress was made, owing probably to the strong hand kept
 
 ARABIAN INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 89 
 
 on the population by the autocratic Hindu rulers. Even- 
 tually, however, Mahometanism won the day. Arab 
 travellers or renegades, and no doubt Arab priests, visited 
 Gresik and Surabaya at a very early date ; in fact, as we 
 know, the foundation of the great empire of Majapahit has 
 been ascribed to them. It would not appear, however, as 
 if any attempt was made thus early to alter the religion of 
 the natives, the Arabs being more intent on commercial 
 gains than on religious propaganda. 
 
 At the same time the ground was no doubt being gradually 
 prepared, the seed sown, and the minds of the inhabitants 
 opened to the benefits of Islamism as compared with 
 Buddhism. 
 
 The Javans were always a superstitious, pliable folk, 
 easy to be convinced by earnest preachers and overawed 
 by any one claiming a relationship or a connection with 
 unknown gods. 
 
 We have, too, among the Arabs the voyages of Sindbad 
 the Sailor in the " Thousand and One Nights," which belong 
 to the ninth century, when the commerce of the Arabs under 
 the caliphs of Baghdad was at its highest development. In 
 his first voyage we are told that Sindbad reaches " the 
 country of the Maharajah," a title given, according to Sir 
 George Birdwood in his old records of the India Office, so 
 far back as the second century to a Hindu king whose vast 
 monarchy is said to have comprised the greater part of 
 India, Further India, and Sumatra and Java in the Indian 
 Archipelago, and whose title continued to be borne after- 
 wards by one of the sovereigns of the later disintegrated 
 empire. In Sindbad's second voyage mention is made of 
 the kingdom of Riha — the Malay Peninsula according to 
 some — and the manner of the preparation of camphor, 
 produced in the mountain forests there, is accurately 
 described.^ In the third voyage the island of " Selaheth " 
 
 ^ This may have been Borneo.
 
 90 JAVA 
 
 or Malacca is mentioned. In the fourth he was carried to a 
 country where he found men gathering pepper/ and from 
 it went to the island of Nacous ^ and on to Kela.^ In the 
 fifth voyage he is shipwrecked on the island of the " Old 
 Man of the Sea." * Thence he crossed to the Maldives and 
 back again to the pepper country of Malabar, and from there 
 over the peninsula of Comorin back to Baghdad. In the 
 sixth he visited an island where grew superb '* aloes," trees 
 of the kind called santy, probably sandal-wood. The island 
 of Serendih or Ceylon marked the hmit of his seventh and 
 last voyage. 
 
 The Abb6 Renaudot in his " Anciennes Relations des 
 Indes et de la Chine " ' gives the notes of two Arab merchants 
 who apparently visited India and China about the eighth 
 and ninth centuries, and are among the first Western writers 
 to make mention of tcha or tea and porcelain. They also 
 mention arrack and rice. Suleiman, the author of the first 
 part of the " Relations," who was a merchant of Bussorah® 
 about 851, seems to have journeyed from Serendih to Al 
 Ramni (Sumatra), and from thence on to Zahaj (Java). 
 
 Masudi of Baghdad visited India and China in a.d. 916, 
 and mentions the products of the East Indian Archipelago — 
 nutmegs, cloves, cubebs, camphor, areca nuts, and sandal- 
 wood — which leads us to suppose he visited the various 
 islands where these were produced. 
 
 Coming down to mediaeval times, an Arab traveller called 
 Ibu Batuta, " the traveller without peer of the whole Arab 
 nation " as he is affectionately called by a holy man of his 
 own faith, was the next to visit Java. He was born in 
 
 ' Malabar. 
 
 2 The Nicobars. 
 
 * Quedahi. 
 
 * Probably on the Concan coast. 
 •' Printed in Paris, 1718. 
 
 ' Bussorah was founded by Caliph Omar a.i>. 635 purposely to encourage 
 the Indian trade by the Persian Gulf.
 
 ARABIAN INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 91 
 
 Tangier on the 24th February, 1304, and set out on his 
 travels in his twenty-first year. He did not return to his 
 native land until 1347, and during this time he covered in all 
 75,000 miles. He visited India, China, Cambodia, where he 
 was duly impressed with the very rich region, and the King 
 of Champa, who had 326 children. Thereafter he visited 
 Java, possibly settling for a time at Gresik, whence he 
 proceeded to Sumatra. Here he spent a season awaiting 
 the change of the monsoon, eventually leaving the island 
 in a ship belonging to the King of Sumatra. 
 
 Ibu Batuta, although by profession a holy man, seems to 
 have regarded all his co-religionists as specially created for 
 his comfort and convenience. Wherever he went he 
 appears to have shamelessly preyed upon them and deemed 
 them sufficiently repaid by the fact that they were being 
 honoured by administering to his needs. Everything was 
 on a scale of unexampled grandeur and magnificence. It 
 can be well imagined, therefore, that on his return to Arabia 
 he spread about reports of the riches and splendour of the 
 East and the greatness of its emperors ; this brought a 
 band of Mahometan adventurers from many parts under 
 the cloak of rehgion to Java, who accepted " handsome 
 presents " for their religious ministrations, and were not 
 above keeping an unusually large number of wives. 
 
 Majapahit. — With extravagant airs and haughty tone, 
 numbers under one pretext or another found their way to 
 Majapahit and its neighbourhood and permanently settled 
 in the land, marrying the daughters of the rajahs and 
 regents, by whom they were looked upon as foreign princes 
 in disguise, capable of performing miracles and connected 
 with the spirits of the upper and under-world. They were 
 consequently greatly respected by the common people. In 
 this way did they gradually obtain a control over the whole 
 country, which eventually ended in the whole population of 
 Java throwing down their images and worshipping Allah.
 
 92 JAVA 
 
 The next step of these Arabs was to lead their proselytes 
 against their own princes and rulers, whom they deposed, 
 destroying their splendid capitals wdth fire and sword. 
 
 They then placed the people under a yoke from which 
 they have never been able to free themselves ; this will be 
 related in the following pages. 
 
 In 1375 an Arabian scholar named Ihu Muldna Malik 
 Ibrahim,^ who it is said had already firmly planted Mahome- 
 tanism in Johore and various places in Sumatra, hearing 
 that the princes of Java had not yet given up their idolatrous 
 and heathen practices, although the people on the north 
 coast from continual intercourse with the merchants from 
 Arabia were ripe for conversion, decided to proceed to this 
 country. Later on his cousin (the Eajah Cliermen) em- 
 barked from somewhere in the Straits of Malacca with his 
 daughter, whom he hoped to marry in the cause of religion 
 to the Emperor of Majapahit, Prahii, AugJia, Uijaya. The 
 rajah took with him all his follow^ers, and landing at Gresik, 
 estabhshed himself at Desa Leran, w^hich is about six miles 
 distant from Gresik, and was at this time an important 
 trading place. Here he built a mosque, and by his good 
 life and habits began soon to gain converts. 
 
 Shortly after the mosque was built many of his followers 
 and relations died and were buried there ; their tombs are 
 still to be seen. 
 
 Other high priests now began to arrive in the East Indies, 
 and the city of Palembang was eventually converted by 
 Baden Rachmat, the prince of this place, Aria Damar having 
 long practised Islamism (so it is said) in private before his 
 people gave up their " ancient waj^s." 
 
 After Mulana Malik Ibrahim had made many thousands 
 of converts, he sickened and died on Monday, the 13th March, 
 in the year 1412. He was buried with much pomp in the 
 
 * Not to be confused with Sheik Mulana Ebrahim, who was later on 
 Susuhunan of Cheribon.
 
 ARABIAN INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 93 
 
 hills behind Gresik, and his grave is still veneiated as that 
 of a saint. 
 
 Baden Rachmat now came to Gresik, which had already 
 become an important centre of the new religion. He 
 brought his sister with him, who soon became a member of 
 the Emperor of Majapahifs harem. To Aria Ddmar, the 
 Prince of Palembang, a son was born by his newiy-married 
 Chinese wife, w^ho was given the name of Eaden Patah. 
 This son when grown up w^ent to reside first at Ampel (near 
 Solo) and afterwards at Demdk, a town he himself founded.^ 
 Here he became the object of suspicion, his ways being those 
 of a zealous devotee to Islamism. He was, however, 
 induced to appear at the court of Majapahit, and the 
 emperor, recognising who he was, not only accepted his 
 homage, but forgave him for his faults of omission and 
 commission, and sent him back laden with presents and 
 honours as Adipate. With this new title he estabhshed him- 
 self at Demak stronger than before and began to intrigue more 
 than ever for the introduction of Islamism among the people ; 
 he surrounded himself with all the most celebrated advocates 
 he could find in Java of the new^ rehgion. He w^as shortly 
 after this attacked by the Hindu forces of Majapahit near 
 Sidaya and beaten with heavy loss, his general being killed. 
 
 Disappointed but not discouraged, he set to work to 
 strengthen his forces, collecting an army of 150,000 men. 
 He now openly repudiated the Emperor of Majapahit. He 
 thereupon was a.d. 1475 acclaimed sovereign and champion 
 of the new religion. 
 
 Believing his strength sufficient, he sent his army under 
 the son of the general that was killed to attack Majapahit. 
 Their progress has been described as ollows : — 
 
 " The army of the Faithful, highly elated and determined 
 
 1 Full particulars of Eaden Patali, whose real father was the Bitara of 
 Majapahit, and of his founding the city of Demak are given in Part III. 
 of the last chapter.
 
 94. JAVA 
 
 upon the downfall of paganism, were met by the united forces 
 of 3Iajapahit, and a severe and desperate battle took place which 
 lasted for seven successive days. In this protracted engagement 
 the former were at first worsted, but the commander, availing 
 himself of the enchanted box and miraculous weapons, at last 
 succeeded in driving the enemy before him, and the city of 
 Majapahit, surrounded on all sides, submitted to the hostile 
 forces, the king and his immediate followers having previously 
 quitted it in disorder and fled to the eastward." 
 
 The pride of the land — of the East — was gone, Mahome- 
 tanism had triumphed, and the army of Javanese converts, 
 under the lead of the Arab adventurers, had destroyed their 
 own capital. Buddhism was now gradually crushed out of 
 existence. 
 
 These Arabs were undoubtedly men of sharper intelhgence 
 than the Javans. They were, moreover, better educated ; 
 they had travelled, and were capable of acting in combina- 
 tion for a great end. They were further actuated by 
 religious zeal, and once they had laid their heavy hand on 
 the population, which on account of climate and other 
 reasons was less actively inclined, and was blessed with a 
 rehgion that had never greatly appealed to its imagination, 
 it was easily overcome and converted ; and when one of its 
 own rulers (Raden Patah), a prince of the house of Majapahit 
 himself changed his religion, the end of Buddhism in Java 
 was inevitable. 
 
 Baden Fatah, who died in 1519 at a great age, was 
 followed at Demdk by Fangerang Sdbrang Lor as Susuhunan. 
 He was the son of a renowned Javan chief who had embraced 
 Mahometanism. 
 
 Another Arab named Sheikh Noervedin Ibrahim ibu 
 Maulana Israel, called later the Susuhunan Goenoeng 
 Djati,^ who had come to Java about 1480 and settled on 
 the north coast, formed an alliance with Raden Fatah of 
 Demdk, and proceeded to Cheribon to preach the new 
 
 ' Also Junung Jati.
 
 ARABIAN INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 95 
 
 religion and establish a kingdom. He soon conquered and 
 converted the Javanese there, who mention in their annals, 
 which have been handed down, that, unlike the other 
 Susuhunans, he won by the gentle means of persuasion and 
 not by the sword. 
 
 History has proved he was the most able and enterprising 
 of all the apostles who came to Java and settled there. 
 
 In 1526 the Susuhunan of Cheribon conquered Banten 
 (Bantam), which weakened the empire of Pajajaran, as 
 related. This was destroyed in 1570, before his death in 
 1580 at the wonderful age of about 115 or 120, if the dates 
 given, which there is in this case small reason for doubting, 
 are correct. In the later years, especially in the war with 
 Pajajaran, the Susuhunan's son Pangera7i Yusuf, who was 
 now king at Bantam, conducted the operations. His son 
 succeeded him at Cheribon. 
 
 To a younger son of the Susuhunan of Cheribon were 
 assigned the lands lying between the Chitaram and Tangaran 
 rivers, which had formerl}^ formed part of Cheribon and 
 Bantam. The young prince in 1505 assumed the title of 
 Rajah of Jo Karta or Jakatra, fixing his capital near the 
 Kampung of that name, where he and his descendants 
 continued to reign until they were expelled by the Dutch 
 in 1619. 
 
 At this time the ancient empire of Java was divided into 
 no less than seven separate and independent governments — 
 Bantam, Jokarta, CJierihon, Pajang Kedu, Kediri and 
 Madura ^ — the several chiefs of which in general assumed 
 the title of Kiai Gede ; sometimes they took the more 
 religious title of Sultan or Susuhunan. 
 
 One of the descendants of Sheikh Noervedin built for 
 himself a wonderful palace at Cheribon. The facade of this 
 extraordinary building consists of several towers like 
 
 1 Francis Drake mentions there were only five sovereigns of Java when 
 he visited Bantam in 1577.
 
 96 JAVA 
 
 kiosks surrounded with verandahs, each of which is ascended 
 by a spiral staircase inside. At the back of the palace is 
 an artificial lake, studded with numbers of islands, com- 
 municating wdth each other by means of subterranean 
 passages. This lake, which now unfortunately has more 
 the look of a swamp than of a clear sheet of water, is thickly 
 grown with tall rushes. In the interior of the main position 
 of the building are several apartments connected w^ith each 
 other by small bridges spanning narrow dried-up channels, 
 which were once running rivulets. 
 
 The object of the luxury-loving sovereign of Cheribon in 
 erecting a place of this kind seems to have been to enjoy an 
 incessant sound of rushing and falling waters. When the 
 lakes and rivulets w^ere full and the fountains played, this 
 abode must have resembled one of those enchanting palaces 
 so often referred to in the " Arabian Nights." ^ In almost 
 every room there w^as a fountain. The water, still flowing 
 in many of the upper chambers, rushed in torrents from the 
 tops of the tow-ers and fell down steps into the basins 
 below\ 
 
 In the courts adjoining are numerous tanks, profusely 
 ornamented wdth birds, fishes, animals, and serpents in 
 stone. These sculptured figures are placed in all kinds of 
 places, some appearing to glide through artificial brushwood 
 and others being perched on trees. Originally the water 
 must have been throw^n forth in glittering streams from 
 every mouth and nostril, but this is not so now. 
 
 There is one room apart from the rest of the main build- 
 ings which was approached by a bridge. It was called the 
 room of the " ayer clamboo," ^ or curtain of w^ater. This is 
 a fairly large apartment, and must have once been gorgeously 
 fitted up. The sovereign used here to enjoy his siesta with 
 
 1 It is believed by Javan scholars the " Arabian Nights " were written 
 in the island of Bali by an Arab who visited the place. 
 - Malay.
 
 ARABIAN INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 97 
 
 the members of his harem, the curtain that protected his 
 privacy consisting of the cascade, which, Hke a transparent 
 veil, fell gently before him. 
 
 The materials employed in this building are the same as 
 the Chinese use for making their artificial grottoes and 
 rockeries, namely, mortar, clay and cement, profusely 
 studded vAth. shells, flint and pebbles. 
 
 This particular palace, which must have surpassed every- 
 thing of its kind in Java, was the woik of two ingenious, 
 hard-working Chinamen, whose patient toil and unwearied 
 labour the cruel and jealous sultan rewarded by depriving 
 them of their eyes, so that none of the neighbouring princes 
 could construct a similar palace. 
 
 The Second Empire of Matarem. 
 
 The emjpire of Matarem resuscitated by J oka Tingkir.-- 
 Nearly six centuries had passed since the disappearance 
 and extinction of the old Hindu empire of Mendang Kamulan 
 or Matarem, when Jaka^ Tingkir, a descendant of the last 
 prince of the better-known later Hindu empire of Majapahit, 
 was invested by the Arab Susuhunan of Gresik with the 
 title of sultan over the kingdom of Pajang^ in 1568.^ The 
 new sultan now appointed one of liis staunch adherents 
 called Pamanahan to be adipati of a district belonging to 
 Pajang called Matarem,* from which the newly-appointed 
 prince was called henceforth Kyahi Ageng Matarem. At 
 this time Matarem was little more than a wilderness and was 
 inhabited by no more than three hundred poor Hindu-Javan 
 families, but after six years of mild and equitable adminis- 
 tration this province was converted by its ruler into a fertile 
 and populous country, and the inhabitants of the surround- 
 
 ' Jaka means " boy " or " young man." 
 * Pajang was part of the present residency of Djockjocarta. 
 8 It was at this time that the fishponds which are now preserved at 
 Grissee for the Ikan baudeng were dug. 
 ' Part of the present residencies of Djockjokarta, Soerakarta. 
 
 J. — ^VOL. I. H
 
 98 JAVA 
 
 ing districts voluntarily submitted to his authority. The 
 capital of this kingdom was almost on the same spot as the 
 present town of Djockjokarta, and the royal residence was 
 taken up where the present desa called Pasar Gede stands 
 to-day. 
 
 Suta Wijaya, called Sena'pati. — In 1575 Famandhan died, 
 and he was succeeded by his son Suta Wijaya, who took the 
 command of all the troops of the empire under the title of 
 Kiai Gede Agung Senapati Sugalaga,^ commonly distin- 
 guished by the single title of Sena'pati. The Sultan of 
 Pajang, the overlord, when crowning Senapati, enjoined on 
 him to present himself yearly at his court at the feast of 
 Milut. 
 
 The ambition of the new monarch, however, was un- 
 bounded and the court of Matarem was filled with various 
 predictions, dreams, and enchantments in which Senapati 
 was promised the assistance of Kiai Gede Laut Kidul (the 
 goddess of the Great South Sea or Indian Ocean), who 
 declared herself wedded to him. He was instigated to 
 build a large and extensive kraton on the site of the dalam^ 
 his father had built. Garrisons were placed at the limits of 
 his territory, and he burnt some of the adjacent desas and 
 assumed an attitude of complete independence, bringing by 
 degrees many of the neighbouring districts under his 
 subjection. 
 
 The Sultan of Pajang, feeling uneasy, sent ambassadors 
 to Matarem to demand an explanation. They were in the 
 first instance entirely duped by the flattering manner in 
 which they were received, but afterwards discovering the 
 real state of affairs, they reported to the sultan, who is 
 represented as saying, ** The will of Providence rules all 
 events." 
 
 The chiefs of Tuban and Deniak, however, became 
 
 1 Senapati is a title like commander-in-chief. 
 •^ Enclosure.
 
 ARABIAN INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 99 
 
 apprehensive of the gi'owing power of Matdrem and induced 
 the Sultan of Pajang to send a considerable force against 
 the Senapati. This consisted of five thousand picked men, 
 whilst that of the Senapati did not exceed eight hundred, 
 the latter fearing an engagement, as his troops were in- 
 experienced and undisciplined, whilst those of the Sultan of 
 Pajang were of the highest order, halted at a short distance 
 from Bramhanan, where the enemy's forces were encamped. 
 
 During the night the Senapati burned all the kampungs 
 in the neighbourhood, and set fire to the long grass at some 
 distance from Brambanan, in the rear of the enemy's camp. 
 By this means he persuaded them that the Matarem forces 
 had taken their departure, in order to seize the kingdom of 
 Pajang by surprise. 
 
 Dirring the following night there was a great thunder- 
 storm, and in the morning the mountain Merhahu burst with 
 a dreadful explosion, throwing out ashes and large stones ; 
 the rivers overflowed their banks and inundated the country, 
 which is low-lying, occasioning considerable confusion and 
 some destruction in the Pajang camp. This led the com- 
 mander, who was the sultan's son, to make a speedy 
 retreat. 
 
 Halting at the village Tumpait, situated close to Karhu 
 Sura, he visited the tomb of the Pangeran Karhu Sura, who 
 was descended from Abdalah, the eldest son of Baden Pdtah. 
 The sultan was here told of a prophecy which foretold the 
 immediate downfall of the kingdom of Pajang. The effect 
 of this on him was so great that he fainted and fell from his 
 elephant. The Senapati now proceeded to Pajang and was 
 pardoned by the sultan for his conduct. 
 
 One of the Senapati' s retinue now proposed to assassinate 
 the sultan, but the former dechned to hsten to this, but, 
 notwithstanding, he secretly gave the sultan a strong poison 
 from which he died. 
 
 The Pajajaran and Majapahit Regalia. — In consequence of 
 
 H 2
 
 100 JAVA 
 
 this a succession war broke out, in which the senapati, after 
 defeating the sultan's son, seized the regaha, which had 
 descended for the most part from the princes of Majapahit or 
 Pajajaran, and consisted of the royal saddle called gataya, 
 the head-dress called machang gugiih, and a set of gamelan 
 called Sekar dalima, besides all the insignia and orna- 
 ments of royalty, many of which are still preserved in 
 the regalia of the princes of Soerakarta and Jogyakarta 
 (Djockjokarta). 
 
 From the possession of this regaha a certain right was 
 derived by which the holder was supposed to be the here- 
 ditary sovereign of the whole island of Java. 
 
 In consequence the Senapati lost no time in raising his 
 family to the highest dignities. He assumed for himself 
 the title of Sultan, and elevated all his nephews to the rank 
 of P anger mis, or princes. His next step was to collect an 
 army together and train it in the use of arms and to regular 
 discipline. When ready it was marched eastwards against 
 the Adipati of Surabaya, who at this time held supreme 
 authority over the eastern districts as Widana to the Sultan 
 of Pajang. 
 
 The troops of Surabaya, together with those of the chiefs 
 of Pranaraga and Madion, assembled at Jipang/ where they 
 awaited the arrival of the Matdrem forces. At the moment 
 when a general engagement was about to take place a letter 
 was delivered to both chiefs from the Arab Susuhunan of 
 Cheribon requesting them to desist from fighting. 
 
 This they agreed to, but the adipati soon repented and 
 assembled his army anew to march to Matdrem. Sultan 
 Senapati hearing of this, marched to Madion^ and seized the 
 Dalavi Kraton, the chief having previously fled with his son 
 to Surabaya, leaving behind him his beautiful daughter 
 whom Senapati married. The march was now continued 
 
 1 Near Blora. 
 ' Madioen.
 
 ARABIAN INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 101 
 
 towards the province of Pasurnan, of which Senapati 
 determined to make himself master. 
 
 The chief of Pasurnan was incHned to surrender, but was 
 dissuaded from doing so by his pateh. One day when 
 Senapati, accompanied by only forty men of his bodyguard, 
 was reconnoitring the enemy's camp he met the pateh, who 
 had come out with the same intention ; a skirmish took place 
 and the pateh was wounded by a lance and fell to the ground. 
 
 Sultan Senapati lifted him up, and, placing him on a 
 mare, sent him back to the chief, with a letter tied round his 
 neck. The chief of Pasurnan no sooner saw him in this 
 disgraceful predicament than he repented of having taken 
 his advice, and ordering his head to be severed from his 
 body, sent it to Senapati in token of submission. 
 
 After this Senapati returned to Matarem and appointed 
 the late chief of Madion chief of Jipang or Jipan-} The 
 Sultan Senapati carried his empire in the west as far as the 
 rivers Losari and Indramayu, bringing all the western 
 provinces, which included Cheribon, under his authority. 
 
 The continued opposition of the eastern people, however, 
 prevented him from fixing the boundaries to the east, and 
 during his whole reign they were never subject to his 
 authority. 
 
 To the provinces, however, of Matarem, Bagelen, Banyu- 
 mas, Pajang, and Jipang which descended to him from his 
 father he added those of Pati, Kudus, Semarang, Kendal and 
 Kaliwungu. 
 
 Death of Senapati, the Founder of the Second Empire of 
 Matarem. — In 1600 Sultan Senapati died. As founder of 
 the Matarem Empire and of the dynasty which still retains 
 a nominal rule in Java his memory is held by the Javanese 
 in high esteem. He is also respected for the discipline he 
 introduced into the army, and the valour, ability, and 
 high-mindedness which he always displayed. By the 
 
 1 Transformed sometimes by Europeans into " Japan."
 
 102 JAVA 
 
 Javans he is looked on as another Alexander, and he is the 
 first in their history who is considered to have understood 
 the art of war. 
 
 Sultaji Jolang. — Before SeJiapati's death he made his 
 eldest son Pangeran Puger governor of the new province of 
 Demdk, and appointed his younger son Mas Jolang to be 
 his successor. After his death, how^ever, the eldest son 
 naturally disputed the right of his younger brother, but the 
 latter defeated him and was duly acknowledged as Panem- 
 hahan or Sultan. Sultan Jolang died in 1613 during another 
 war of conquest in the desa called Krapijak, from which he 
 is mostly named Panenibahan Seda Krapijak. 
 
 He was succeeded by his eldest son, named Panambahan 
 Merta Pura, but this prince not being able to conduct the 
 government on account of ill-health, or more probably 
 being removed by the intrigues of his family, who declared 
 him to be insane, made way for his younger brother Baden 
 Rangsang, known as Sultan Ageng. The name Rangsang 
 not suiting him, he altered it to Chakra Kusuma. 
 
 Sultan Ageng. — This prince began a flourishing reign by a 
 signal victory over the Surabayan and Madurese forces, 
 through which he brought the eastern provinces of Malang, 
 Untung, Japan,^ Wirasaha,^ Pasuruan, and Surabaya under 
 his subjection ; following up his successes, he subdued ali 
 the eastern provinces as far as Balamhangan on the Straits 
 of Bali, thus once more reuniting under one chief all the 
 eastern provinces that had originally acknowledged the 
 authority of the Rajah of Mendang Kamulan, in the first 
 empire of Matdrem. 
 
 Dissensions at this period arose between the people of 
 Bantam and those of the Sunda districts, and the chief of 
 Sumedang^ applied to Matdrem for assistance ; being invested 
 
 1 The province of Modjokerts, or old diatriot of Modjspait. 
 * Near Pasuruan. 
 ' Soemedang,
 
 ARABIAN INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 103 
 
 by the sultan with the chief authority over those districts, 
 he soon induced all the far western chiefs, alarmed at the 
 approach of the Matarem arms, to acknowledge his supre- 
 macy. 
 
 Some years before this, however, the Enghsh and Dutch 
 had established themselves at Jakatra, and were already 
 beginning to prove aggressive to their neighbours. First 
 the town of Jakara was plundered and laid in ashes, and 
 henceforward Jahatra was disconnected from Matarem. 
 In 1622 an embassy from the Sultan of Matarem was sent 
 to the Governor- General Coen, who returned his compli- 
 ments to the sultan by an embassy under Dr. de Haan, who 
 acknowledged the Prince of Matarem as the Sovereign of 
 Java under the title of Sultan Ageng Muhammed, the high 
 title of Siilta7i being properly and officially obtained through 
 an Arab Sheikh at Mecca. 
 
 Reign of the Susuhunan Ha Mangku Bat I. begins. — Upon 
 his death in 1645 his eldest son, then 26 years of age, 
 succeeded him as Susuhunan Ha Mangku Rat,^ and during 
 his reign the empire began to dechne for the second time in 
 its history. Ha Ma^igku Rat took up his residence at a new 
 kraton^ which had been built by his father at Pleret, a few 
 miles to the south of Pasar Gede, where the old kraton 
 stood. 
 
 The Susuhunan a Morister and Tyrant. — Mangku Eat I. 
 was a most inhuman tyrant, a veritable demon who delighted 
 in slaughter, and his whole reign was marked with mis- 
 government and almost inconceivable crimes. On coming 
 to his throne he murdered in cold blood more than twenty 
 thousand relations and subjects. 
 
 His mother, however, managed at last to stem his anger 
 — he was apparently half mad — and effected peace between 
 him and his uncle the Pangeran Puger, with whom he was 
 
 1 Sometimes written Ha Mengku, 
 
 2 Destroyed in 1826 during the Java war.
 
 104 JAVA 
 
 hotly at variance. There was therefore a short period of 
 tranquilHty at Matarem, during which the court was removed 
 from Pleret to Karta, less than a mile farther to the south. 
 
 In 1659 the cruelty of this atrocious tyrant again showed 
 itself. His own son the hereditary prince having married a 
 Surabaya princess, who was being bred up for the harem of 
 his father, was forced to stab his own wife in his father's 
 presence, after which he wreaked his vengeance on the 
 supposed authors of the crime of allowing any one to marry 
 a girl brought up for the royal harem. 
 
 The Eegent of Surabaya, his grandfather, with all his 
 wives, children and grandchildren, was killed. His son was 
 banished. 
 
 From this period the Javan historians state that the 
 Susuhunan never forgave an offence however trifling, and 
 *' when he was unhappy he always put to death those who 
 were the cause of his unhappiness, and on the slightest 
 occasion was subject to the most violent gusts of terrible 
 anger." 
 
 Death of one of the Susuhunan' s Wives. — In 1667 on the 
 death of one of his favourite wives, Batu Pamalang, he 
 confined one hundred of her attendants in a dungeon below 
 the kraton and deprived them of food until they all died, as 
 a befitting manifestation of his sorrow. The injustice and 
 severity of the Susuhunan became still greater as he advanced 
 in years. His fits of anger became more frequent, and day 
 and night were employed in barbarous executions. There 
 was no security for life ; every one was upon his guard, and 
 fear reigned among the highest and the lowest. 
 
 Terrible Cruelties of the Susuhunan. — Among the numerous 
 atrocities committed by this monster he violated his own 
 daughter Ratu Bratva, although she was betrothed to the 
 son of the Sultan of Cheribon. 
 
 One of his fathers-in-law, the Eegent of Madiyun, who 
 had ventured to oppose the tyrant, was seemingly pardoned,
 
 ARABIAN INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 105 
 
 and received Tvith all honours in the kraton, only to be 
 krissed (stabbed) before the tyrant's eyes together with all 
 his kith and kin, among them one of the Susuliunan's own 
 daughters, the regent's concubine. Their bodies were 
 thrown into the river to be carried out to sea. To crown 
 this act, as it were, a massacre unparalleled in the annals of 
 the country was carried out. At a signal from a cannon 
 fired from the palace all the priests of Matdrem with their 
 wives and children, to the number of upwards of six thousand 
 souls, were indiscriminately butchered for being opposed to 
 his cruelties. On the following morning when the Susu- 
 hunan appeared in public, it was observed he was much 
 agitated and remained "without saluting his courtiers or 
 uttering a word for the space of an hour. 
 
 Punishment of the wicked Susuhunan. — Ha Mangku Bat^ 
 at last met with condign punishment in the war forced on 
 him by Truna Jaya, who was a grandson of the Regent of 
 Madura, Chakra Ningrat (or Ningkat). 
 
 Truna Jaya seized the Susuhunan's kraton and the 
 regalia, including the magnificent crown of the ancient 
 empire of Majapahit with its enormous diamond. There 
 was a desperate engagement, in which the Susuhunan's 
 uncle, the venerable Pangeran Purhaya, 80 years of age, 
 summoned all the Matdrem chiefs around him and went 
 first into the field of battle, performing extraordinary feats 
 of valour, till his horse was shot under him and he was 
 overpowered after a desperate fight on foot. Thirty 
 thousand lives on the two sides were lost in this fight. 
 
 Death of Ha Mangku Rat I. — The conquered tyrant, who 
 vdth. his son fled first to Indragiri in Sumatra,^ eventually 
 settled in the Banyumas and died at the desa Wana Jasa not 
 far from Ajibarang. 
 
 In conformity to his request his body was carried across 
 
 ^ Called also Ha MengJcu Eat. 
 ^ Now known as Rioiiw.
 
 106 JAVA 
 
 the country toTvards Tegal in search of a spot where the 
 earth was sweet-scented and buried a few miles inland from 
 the town. There it still lies, the tomb being held in high 
 regard, and it is from this circumstance that the place goes 
 under the appellation of Tegal Wangi or Tegal Arum. 
 Wangi and Arum signifying " fragrant " or " sweet smell- 
 ing."' 
 
 Hamangku Rat's crimes are to-day forgotten, and nothing 
 but reverence and homage is paid to his remains. 
 
 Ancient Majnpahit Regalia removed to Kcdiri. — Truna 
 Jaya after his victory hastily removed all the plunder 
 together with the Susuhunan's daughters from Matdrem to 
 Kediri, which was the headquarters of the rebel chiefs who 
 had conspired for the downfall of Matdrem. 
 
 Ha Mangku Rat II. — The son who had followed his 
 dethroned father in his flight was acknowledged as Siisu- 
 hunan Ha^riangku Rat II. hy the representative of the Dutch 
 East India Company, Admiral Speelman, and after a long 
 war against his uncle the Pangeran Pugar, who had been 
 acknowledged as prince by part of the population, was 
 recognised by the Javans as the rightful ruler. He was, 
 however, but a weak, unworthy wretch, who cared for 
 nothing but his wives, v/hom he guarded with brutal 
 jealousy. He sent to Admiral Speelman and asked him to 
 procure him another woman whom he had long desired to 
 possess. She was a princess of Blitar, who was the divorced 
 wife of one of his brothers. After the conquest of the 
 kraton this young lady had been carried away by Truna 
 Jaya and given as a present to the eldest Sultan of Cherihon, 
 who in his turn had sent her to the Sultan of Banten. Speel- 
 man naturally scorned to accede to his request. 
 
 The war in the eastern provinces was continued against 
 Truna Jaya, the young Susuhunan follow^ing the Dutch 
 army, who now tried to put an end to a struggle which was 
 very detrimental to the commercial welfare of the country.
 
 ARABIAN INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 107 
 
 Kedin besieged. — Kedin was besieged for nearly three 
 months, and was at last taken by assault, Truna Jaya 
 making his escape. Great riches were found in the palace — 
 chests of Spanish dollars, besides ingots of gold and the 
 most valuable part of the ancient regalia. 
 
 The Susuhunan claimed nothing but the crown of Maja- 
 pahit, leaving the remainder to be distributed among the 
 troops. 
 
 The Crown of Majapahit. — When the crown was delivered 
 to him it was seen that its most splendid and beautiful 
 ornament, the enormous centre diamond, was missing. 
 Susuhunan immediately set inquiries on foot, but to the 
 great grief of the Susuhunan and all the Javan chiefs the 
 jewel was never recovered. A Dutch officer, Captain 
 Francois Tack by name, is generally thought to have 
 purloined it. 
 
 Surrender of Truna Jaya. — At last TniwaJa?/a surrendered 
 on the condition of his life being spared. On arriving at the 
 Jcraton he entered the hall of audience with all his wives, 
 where the Susuhunan was seated with Admiral Speelman 
 and numerous Dutch officers. 
 
 When he drew near to the Susuhunan to show his sub- 
 mission, Truna Jaya kissed his knee, but was stabbed by 
 the prince with a kris while in the act. The inhuman 
 Susuhunan now ordered his assembled people to finish the 
 work he had begun, Avhereupon they fell on the unfortunate 
 wretch, stabbing him in a thousand places and cutting his 
 body to pieces. They then severed the head from the body, 
 rolled it in the mud, made a mat of it, and at last threw it 
 into a ditch by order of the Susuhunaii. 
 
 The war against the Madurese and the people of East 
 Java being now at an end, the kraton at Karta was re- 
 occupied. 
 
 The new Kraton at Karta Sura. — Shortly after, however, 
 a new kraton was built at Wana Keiia, seven miles to the
 
 108 JAVA 
 
 west of the present town of Sura Karta,^ which received the 
 name of Karta Sura. 
 
 The empire of Matdrem was now left existing, but its 
 independence and grandeur had gone. The power in Java 
 was now in the hands of the Dutch East India Company. 
 
 A new character at this period appears on the stage, 
 under the title of Sura Pati. Tliis man, whose name was 
 Si Untung, had been the slave of a Dutchman at Batavia of 
 the name of Mohr,^ who is represented to have been of low- 
 origin, but to have been advanced to the highest dignities, 
 even to a seat in the council, by means of the riches and 
 influence he had acquired through the services of this slave, 
 to whom he became in consequence much attached. Mohr, 
 however, discovering an intimacy between Untung and his 
 daughter, chastised him severely and afterwards had him 
 confined in the public stocks. 
 
 Untung contrived to effect his escape from them during 
 the night and to release his fellow-prisoners. They then 
 fell upon the guard which mounted at daylight, and taking 
 them unawares, massacred them all. He now decamped 
 towards the Privangan lands, and passing through Jakafra 
 and Jasinga,^ raised two thousand followers, with whom he 
 reached Kerta Sura. 
 
 Captain Francois Tack, whom the Company sent to Kerta 
 Sura to demand the extradition of the deserter, met with 
 resistance, as the whole force, consisting of four hundred 
 Europeans and six hundred natives, was fiercely attacked 
 in the alun alun,* and nearly the whole party was killed. 
 Tack himself being severely wounded. 
 
 Fresh campaigns followed, ending in the more complete 
 subjection of Matdrem and the increase of the Dutch power. 
 
 1 Soera Kertu. 
 
 2 Presumably one and the same as the rich clergyman of that name. 
 
 9 Until lately the property of the Motman family, formerly belonging 
 to the Englishman Robert Addison. 
 * Aloon aloon (open space or park).
 
 ARABIAN INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 109 
 
 In the meantime family feuds disturbed the peace of the 
 kraton ; the hereditary prince, Pangeran Adipati Hmnangku 
 Nagara, had married the daughter of his cousin Pangeran 
 Piigar, but in a month began to disregard her, paying more 
 attention to the other ladies of his harem. She returned, 
 therefore, to her father's protection. One of the distin- 
 guished personalities at the court at this time was the son 
 of the prime minister, a young man of agreeable manners 
 and handsome appearance called Su Kro. 
 
 The hereditary prince, jealous of the universal admiration 
 which he enjoyed, determined to lower him by the infliction 
 of the greatest possible disgrace. Naturally of a fiery 
 disposition, he became excessively enraged at an accident 
 which occurred to him while hunting in the forest of Randa 
 Wahana,^ which occasioned a lameness in his legs. As soon 
 as he returned home he sent for this youth, whom he 
 immediately ordered to be bound and severely flogged with 
 a rattan. He then directed him to be tied to a tree infested 
 with red ants of a peculiarly unpleasant kind that sting 
 fiercely ; they soon covered his body — a favourite mode of 
 inflicting tortures. Here the son of the prime minister 
 suffered dreadfully ; but his tortures were not yet at an 
 end. He was afterwards again flogged till he nearly died, 
 and then sent to the house of his father, who, although much 
 enraged, was obliged to suppress his resentment. 
 
 Determined afterwards to revenge himself, the young man 
 sought out the neglected wife of the hereditary prince, who, 
 as before mentioned, was a daughter of the Pangeran Pugar. 
 and had been obliged to leave her husband and fly to her 
 father on account of his brutal character and manners. An 
 attachment between Su Kro and the young lady was soon 
 formed, but the criminal connection was discovered through 
 an intercepted letter from the lover to his mistress. 
 
 1 Near where the sugar factory of Randa or Eandoe Goenting now 
 etande*
 
 110 JAVA 
 
 The hereditary prince, Hamangku Nagara, now went to 
 his father in a rage and told the story in his own style, 
 blaming the P anger an Pugar for it all. 
 
 The old Susuhunan was highly incensed at the discovery, 
 and the Pangeran Pugar, to avert from himself and his 
 family the effects of his resentment, resolved to take the 
 life of his daughter. He accordingly ordered his seven sons 
 into his presence, and informed them of the necessity of 
 their becoming the instruments for taking the life of their 
 sister in order to avoid the wrath of their uncle and sovereign. 
 They naturally at first refused, but at length yielded on his 
 threats of punishment. The place chosen for the execution 
 was the prince's own garden. The young princes having 
 communicated to their sister the fatal orders with which 
 they were charged, she received them with calmness, merely 
 asking for time to bathe herself. When this was done a veil 
 was thrown over her and the brothers pulled the fatal cord. 
 The lover Su Kro was now sought for, his life having been 
 demanded by the Susuhunan and croum prince. The father 
 of Su KrOy however, endeavoured to assuage the anger of 
 the sovereign, who thereupon had him seized, deprived of his 
 kris, and confined in a cage of bamboo. Su Kro hearing all 
 this, determined to sell his life dearly, and surrounded 
 himself with some desperate and determined Bugis from the 
 island of Celebes, who belonged to the warlike tribe of 
 that name in Sumatra. He was, however, found by 
 some troops of the Susuhunan, who secured and disarmed 
 him and immediately dosed him with a poison, whose 
 effect was slow and lingering. During his last agonies 
 the Susuhunan kept on pressing for his death, sending 
 repeated messages from the kraton inquiring how it was. 
 At last the attendants or those responsible for his despatch 
 seized the unhappy victim by the hair, dragged him on to 
 the ground, and strangled him by stamping upon his 
 neck.
 
 ARABIAN INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 111 
 
 The punishment of the prime minister, who was confined 
 in a cage, was meantime reserved. 
 
 Hamaiigku Rat III. : the Sunan Mas. — Susuhunan 
 Hamangku Rat II. died in the year 1685, and his son 
 Hamangku Nagara, of whom so much has ah-eady been 
 related, ascended the throne as Hamangku Rat III., 
 generahy called the Siman or Susuhan Mas, and sometimes 
 Hamangku Bat Mas, or Mangkurat Mas. He was a worthy 
 descendant of his vile grandfather, who, as has been related, 
 died in the Banyumas district in exile. On his coming to 
 the throne he excited much disapprobation and disgust by 
 his ungi'ateful neglect of the customary rites due to the body 
 of his dead father and his indecent eagerness to ascend the 
 throne before it had barely been vacated. 
 
 The practice or aclat of the country required him to 
 wash and purify the corpse, but he left this task to the 
 women. 
 
 As soon as he was crowned he remembered the father of 
 Su Kro, and he ordered him to be put to death with all his 
 relations. Javans of this stamp never forget, although 
 they know well how to dissimulate their vindictiveness. 
 Mangkurat Mas was in this respect a true Javan besides 
 being a voluptuous and wanton tyrant. The more pain he 
 could inflict, the more deaths he could cause, the greater 
 satisfaction it gave liim, and his appetite in this direction 
 grew w^orse as he grew older. 
 
 Dm-ing his reign any Javan who had a beautiful wife or 
 anything exciting the desires of the Susuhunan had to look 
 to his safety, for he was seized and murdered whilst his wife 
 was honoured with a place in the harem, but only tem- 
 porarily, as this estabhshment was continually being 
 replenished by new inmates, the older ones being turned 
 aside. One day whilst sitting in a little stone house in one 
 of the squares of the kraton watching his tigers he had a 
 hundred of his women thrown naked into the arena of the
 
 112 JAVA 
 
 beasts, delighting in seeing them torn to pieces before his 
 eyes. Nothing softened this inhuman monster. 
 
 Once while out hunting game in the district of Pronorogo, 
 where the inhabitants were not used to court manners, 
 Mangkurat Mas with his bow and arrow killed a deer ; the 
 chief of the district of Pronorogo seeing the game fall, ran 
 and directed a priest to slaughter the animal according to 
 the Mahometan rites, that it might be legal food. He was, 
 however, unused to the severe punctilio of the Javanese 
 court, which permits of no order, however trivial, being 
 given in the royal presence without the " nod of assent." 
 The brutal Mangkurat Mas was furious and proceeded to the 
 spot to punish this gross breach of etiquette, and before the 
 thousands who were assembled, including the females of 
 his own family, ordered the chief to be emasculated, and 
 gloated on seeing his host faint before him from the intense 
 pain of the operation, which was performed with an ordinary 
 hunting knife. This act was too much for even the for- 
 bearance and slavish loyalty of the Javans, and the relations 
 of the chief of Pronorogo were just about to retaliate, when 
 the Susuhunan, who had received notice of their intentions, 
 eluded their vengeance by a precipitate flight. All the 
 Javans of quality fled from the court, among them two sons 
 of F anger an Pugar, who raised a rebellion with the object of 
 dethroning this cruel monster and making their father 
 Susuhunan. Pangeran Pugar, who had heard of the sen- 
 tence of death against himself, fled to Samarang, where the 
 Dutch received him and conditionally proclaimed him 
 sovereign of Java. 
 
 As soon as the Susuhunan Mangkurat Mas was informed 
 of the departure of Pugar he appHed to the Governor of 
 Samarang to have him delivered up, but received for reply 
 an intimation that he was under the protection of the Dutch, 
 and that if the Susuhunan wanted him he must come to 
 fetch him himBelf.
 
 ARABIAN INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 113 
 
 Enraged at this evasion, he ordered that Baden Suria 
 Kasuma, the son of the Pangeran Pugar, should be put to 
 death. The young prince was accordingly brought into his 
 presence for that purpose, when a great eruption of the 
 Merapi suddenly took place, the mountain emitting a sound 
 like thunder and a flame which lit up all Kerta Sura. The 
 Susiihunan thinking that his end was approaching, sent 
 the young prince back into confinement, when the sounds 
 immediately ceased and the mountain emitted no more 
 flame. 
 
 The Sunan conceiving now all danger to be at an end, 
 once more ordered the execution of the young prince, but a 
 more violent eruption than the first instantly rent the 
 mountain asunder. The alarm of the Sunan was now real, 
 and considering this w^as a garo-garo, or sign that the prince 
 was favoured by the Almighty, he altered his intentions, 
 received his intended victim into favour, and appointed 
 him a pangerayi with an assignment of one thousand chachas 
 of land. 
 
 This caused the first Javan succession war, which raged 
 in the central and eastern districts of the island for four 
 years, depopulating the country wholesale. 
 
 The Susuhunan Mangkurat Mas banished to Ceylon. — The 
 end was the seizure of Susuhunan Mangkurat Mas by the 
 Dutch, who banished him to Ceylon (which was still in their 
 possession). Notwithstanding he did his best to come to 
 some arrangement with them by presenting them with a 
 sum of 70,000 dollars in specie and a promise to comply with 
 every requisition if they would only recognise him as 
 sovereign of Java. 
 
 Pangeran Pugdr installed as Susuhunan by the Dutch. — The 
 Pangeran Pugar, although acknowledged as sovereign since 
 
 1703, was not actually pubhcly installed mitil the 19th June, 
 
 1704, at Semarang. In compensation of the expenses of 
 the Dutch, and with the promise of their direct protection, 
 
 J. — VOL. I. I
 
 114 JAVA 
 
 Pugar ceded, or rather was forced to cede, to them the 
 provinces of Demdk, Japara, and Tegal. 
 
 On ascending the throne he assumed with the concurrence 
 of the Dutch the title of Susuhunan Paku Buvana Senapati, 
 Ingalaga Abdul Rachman Panatagama, which may be 
 rendered " The Saint who is the Nail of the Universe, the 
 Chief Commander in War, the Slave of God, and Propagator 
 of the True Faith " (see titles, Chapter XIX.). 
 
 Death of Paku Buvana I. — Pugar, or Paku Buvana I.,^ 
 died in 1719 at the age of 70, and the Dutch East India 
 Company recognised his son Pangeran Prabu as his successor. 
 His claim was disputed, however, and another war of 
 succession broke out, at the end of which he remained in the 
 possession of the title of Susuhunan, but his subjection to 
 the Company was reconfirmed. 
 
 One of the fiist acts of his reign was the murder of his 
 uncle Pangeran Aria Matarayn together with his six sons 
 and two sons-in-law. These troublesome rivals were 
 strangled. 
 
 The rest of the disaffected princes with their adherents 
 were shipped to Ceylon and the Cape of Good Hope, but 
 his son Mangku Nagara, who had joined the rebels, was 
 pardoned by his relenting father. 
 
 Sunan Prahu upon his death in 1727 was succeeded by his 
 son Paku Buvana II., who, being only 16 years old, was 
 placed under the joint guardianship of his mother and the 
 prime minister. The reign of this prince also opened with 
 a murder, his elder brother being suspected of a love affair 
 with one of the prince's concubines. The concubine was 
 strangled, while the brother was sent to the Dutch fort at 
 Semarang, whence he was banished to Ceylon. Later on it 
 transpired that the suspicion against him and the concubine 
 was groundless. 
 
 In 1733 the prime minister was sent to Semarang, where 
 
 ^ Sometimes called Buwana.
 
 THK KANARIE LANK, SAMARANG. 
 
 TJE UKEAT BUDDHA IN THE CUANDI MKNDUT.
 
 ARABIAN INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 115 
 
 he was divested of all his dignities, then relegated to un- 
 healthy prisons at Batavia, and finally deported to Ceylon. 
 
 Accounts were now received from Ceylon of the death of 
 the ex-Susuhiinan Mcnigkiirat Mas, and at the request of the 
 new Susuhunan the family of the deceased were permitted 
 to return to Kerta Sura. On them distinguished titles were 
 conferred, and considerable grants of land were made to 
 them. To Mangku Nagara the Susuhunan gave the name 
 of Wira Mengala with one thousand chachas of land ; to 
 Mangku Mingrat he gave the name of Pangeran Tepa Sana 
 with nine hundred chachas ; and to Baden Jaya Kasiima the 
 title of Pangeran with three hundred chachas. The fourth 
 son died, but his eldest child received the title of Pangeran 
 Purbaya with an assignment of saiva. 
 
 The Chinese Rising. — The year 1740 is always remembered 
 as that of a great calamity in wliich it was clearly manifest 
 that the Susuhunan was a wholly untrustworthy vassal. 
 This calamity was the rebellion of the Chinese under the 
 Dutch governor-general Valkenier^ at Batavia and the 
 subsequent Chinese rebellion over almost the whole north 
 coast. 
 
 When the Chinese determined to rebel against the Dutch 
 they clandestinely negotiated with Paku Buvana, who was 
 burning to free himself from a highly noxious yoke, and who 
 was in hopes that an opportunity had at last arrived to get 
 rid of the Dutch. 
 
 His first act was to seize the Dutch garrison in the fort 
 at Kerta Sura, which was taken by surprise, the unfortunate 
 men being offered the alternative between death ^ and 
 circumcision with conversion. 
 
 The Chinese and Javan Forces march to Samarang. — 
 The Chinese and Javan forces were united and marched to 
 
 1 Who died in prison after being there eight years. As governor -general 
 he is said to hare made several millions of guilders. 
 
 2 Those that preferred death were beaten into a jelly with bludgeons. 
 
 I 2
 
 116 JAVA 
 
 Samarang, intending to expel the Dutch, but the task was 
 greater than had been anticipated, and the latter, securely 
 entrenched with a strong wall on one side and the sea on 
 the other, were content to act on the defensive, thus stale- 
 mating their enemy. The Susuhunan was very dissatisfied 
 with the Chinese commanders, and discord was the result. 
 The Dutch profited by this, and endeavoured to sow the 
 seeds for further disagreement between the two races. The 
 Susuhunan at the same time began to realise the mistake 
 he had made, and humbly submitted to the East India 
 Company promising amendment, and his submission was 
 accepted. 
 
 Chinese proclaim their own Susuhunan at Kerta Sura. — It 
 was now the turn of the Chinese to be dissatisfied, and 
 marching to Kerta Sura, they deposed Paku Buvana and 
 proclaimed their own Susuhunan, a grandson of the late 
 Susuhunan Mangkurat Mas, who was only 12 years of age. 
 The new Susuhunan'' s name was Mas Garendi, and he is 
 generally known as the Sunan Kuning, 
 
 The Chinese soon laid the kraton in ashes, Paku Buvana 
 barety escaping with his first wife, who was set on a horse. 
 All the princes and attendants captured were instantly put 
 to death in cold blood, whilst the royal princesses and wives 
 of the Susuhunan were violated in a shocking and brutal 
 manner. The Chinese in their coarse wantonness even made 
 the unfortunate princesses dance before them. 
 
 The dethroned prince of course turned to the Dutch for 
 assistance, promising them much more than he could ever 
 give if they would restore him to the throne. 
 
 Towards the end of 1742 the Dutch, with the help of 
 
 their ally Chakra Ningrat of Sampang (Madura), retook the 
 
 burnt kraton from the Chinese. Paku Buvana was replaced 
 
 on his throne and the Sunan Kuni7ig relegated to Ceylon.^ 
 
 The following year Paku Buvana signed a new treaty by 
 
 ^ A full account of the Chinese rebellion is given in Chapter VI.
 
 ARABIAN INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 117 
 
 which he ceded more provinces to the Dutch (his protectors) 
 and undertook to pay a tremendous war indemnity. 
 
 The sum was of course never paid — it was never expected 
 it would be ; the claim, however, to it acted as a means for 
 keeping the Susuhunan in check. 
 
 Removal of Seat of Government to Sura Kerta. — The burnt 
 kraton was not rebuilt, but in conformity with ancient 
 custom the Sunan removed the seat of government from 
 Kerta Sura to the village of Sala (Solo), about seven miles 
 further east, where a palace was built. The new capital was 
 called Sura Kerta (the transposition of the words Kerta 
 Sura) adi ning Bat, which means " the most excellent town 
 of heroes in the world." 
 
 Sm'a Kerta is the present residence of the susuhunans or 
 emperors of Matarem. 
 
 It was here that the governor-general Van ImhoiT made 
 his celebrated visit to the Susuhunan as soon as the new 
 kraton was ready. Although the Chinese were now 
 thoroughly pacified, there was not yet perfect peace in the 
 country. Five of the Susuhunan' s brothers roamed about 
 everywhere sowing the seeds of mutiny and disaffection. 
 
 A son of one of these princes who had been called back 
 from Ceylon, called Radam Mas Sayid when a young man, 
 but afterwards honoured with the title of Pangera,n Mangku 
 Nagara, was associated with them. Another brother, 
 Pangeran Ma7igku Bumi, who had been chief of the provinces 
 of Sukawati, also joined the rebels. 
 
 This was the beginning of the third Javan war of succes- 
 sion, which brought misery and famine all over the land. 
 
 In 1749 Paku Buvana was very ill, and the reduced state 
 of his authority and the distracted condition of affairs 
 afforded an opportunity, too favourable to be overlooked 
 by the Dutch, of at once attaining the great object of all 
 their political interference — the sovereignty of the country. 
 A weak prince on his death-bed at war with his brothers
 
 118 JAVA 
 
 and at variance with his son the crown prince, whom he 
 suspected of too great intimacy with one of his concubines, 
 was easily brought to any terms, in the hope of continuing 
 even the nominal succession in his family. 
 
 The Sovereignty of Java transferred to the Dutch East India 
 Company. — He was compelled by a formal official deed ** to 
 abdicate for himself and his heirs the sovereignty of the 
 country, conferring the same on the Dutch East India 
 Company, and leaving it to them to dispose of it in future 
 to any person they might think competent to govern it for 
 the benefit of the Company and of Java." After recom- 
 mending his children, and especially the heir apparent, to 
 the protection of the Dutch representative Van Hohendorff, 
 the unfortunate monarch expired. 
 
 This important if not singular deed was dated the 11th 
 December, 1749. 
 
 From this deed is derived the right by w^hich the Dutch 
 Government grant in fee to the native princes the adminis- 
 tration, or part administration, of those districts while these 
 continue to be their possession. 
 
 Paku Buvana III. — The crown prince was raised to the 
 throne as Paku Buvana III. by the East India Company, 
 although he was only nine years of age. Mangku Bumi at 
 the same time had himself formally proclaimed as the new 
 sovereign and assumed the title of Sultan of Yogyakerta, or 
 Susuhuna7i Haniangku Paku Buvana Senapati Matarem, on 
 the 15th December, 1745. To strengthen his cause he gave 
 his eldest daughter Ratu Bendara in marriage to his cousin 
 Mangku N agar a. 
 
 A new war now raged, and the Dutch, refusing to recognise 
 the claims of Mangku Bumi, were attacked by him first at 
 Janar, at Kampung in Baglen, and then at Tidar, a hill in 
 Kedu. The Dutch were both times completely routed. 
 Those that escaped the sword in the second fight were 
 drowned in an adjoining marsh, murdered by the countryfolk.
 
 ARABIAN INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 119 
 
 The forces of Mangku Bumi were sometimes reduced to a 
 few hundred and at other times swelled to several thousands, 
 the chiefs and people deserting him in his distress and 
 flocking to him in his prosperity. After three victories 
 obtained over the Dutch he fell upon them at Pakalongan 
 and plundered the place. Mangku Bumi now carried all 
 before him, and was once at the gates of Solo, which capital 
 the Javans represent to have been saved from plunder by 
 the superstitious veneration for the cannon called 7iiai 
 stomi, which the rebels no sooner descried on the alun alun 
 than they sounded a retreat. 
 
 An estrangement now arose between Mangku Bumi and 
 his son-in-law Mangku Nagara, to settle which the latter 
 potentate called the Company in. Van Hohendorff, the 
 Governor of Samarang, was willing enough to support the 
 claims of Mangku Nagara for a large slice of the kingdom, 
 provided he assisted the Dutch in subduing his father-in-law 
 Mangku Bumi, but this did not content the ambitious 
 young man. 
 
 In 1754 Governor Hartingh succeeded Van Hohendorff, 
 and after studying the question at issue, which was gradually 
 destroying the principal provinces of Mid-Java, proceeded 
 to Sura Kerta in 1755 with a view to persuading the Susu- 
 hunan, who was entirely apathetic to what was going on, 
 to consent to the division of the empire of Matarem between 
 himself and his uncle Mangku Bumi, with whom in the 
 meantime on the 13th of February a treaty of peace had 
 been concluded by the Dutch. At an interview between 
 uncle and nephew at Jati Sari, six miles east of Sura Kerta, 
 peace was made. 
 
 The First Sultan of Yogyakerta or Djocjo Carta. — The 
 treaty with the East India Company above mentioned 
 recognised Mangku Bumi as the first Sultan of Yogyakarta, 
 under the title already stated. 
 
 The empire, or what remained of it, was divided into two
 
 120 JAVA 
 
 states, the potentates each receiving one portion under the 
 suzerainty of the East India Company. 
 
 Ma7ig'kii, Nagara I. — Majigku Nagara also submitted on 
 the 17th March and was given the rank and title of Pangeran 
 Adipati, with an assignment of Paku Buvana's possessions 
 to the extent of four thousand chacJias in the districts of 
 Kadivang Malesa and the southern mountains. 
 
 The Sultan Mangku Bumi proved himself to be one of 
 the best princes that ever reigned in Java. His capital 
 he estabhshed within a few miles of the site of the ancient 
 capital of Matdrem or Mendang Kamulan and built a 
 splendid kraton, which is the present residence of his 
 successors. 
 
 Paku Buvana IV. of Sura Kerta. — Paku Buvana III. died 
 at Sura Kerta in December, 1788, and was succeeded by one 
 of his sons, Paku Buvana IV., called the Susuhunan Bagus.^ 
 
 Hamangku Buvana II. of Yogya Kerta. — In 1792 the first 
 Sultan of Yogyacarta died at the age of 82, and was followed 
 by his son Hamangku Buvana II., called the Sultan Sepuh. 
 
 In 1808 General Daendels became governor-general, and 
 being of opinion that the ceremonies which his representa- 
 tives had to observe at the courts of the native princes were 
 rather humiliating, he abolished them, causing no small 
 discontent thereby. The sultan demurring at the new 
 conditions. General Daendels marched to Yogya Kerta to 
 bring him to reason, and after a stormy interview in the 
 Water Castle, deposed him in the kraton on the 20th December, 
 1810, and appointed the crown prince to reign in his stead. 
 Daendels at the same time sent the two p)angerans, Nata 
 Kusumu^ and Nata Di Ning Bat, as prisoners to Cheribon 
 with orders to the Dutch resident to make away with them 
 in prison.^ 
 
 ^ Bagus is the Javan for good. 
 
 ^ Later on one of Sir Stamford Raffles's staunch, allies. 
 ' Daendels was recalled before their execution, and Raffles cancelled 
 the order on his arrival.
 
 ARABIAN INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 121 
 
 The English arrived in Java with a large force in 1811, 
 and the old Sultan of Yogya Kerta, who by a singular over- 
 sight on the part of Daendels had been allowed to remain at 
 the kraton, although not in power, took the opportunity of 
 the discord among the Dutch, French, and EngHsh troops 
 to reassert his paternal authority, always held very high 
 among the Javans, and assumed charge of the government 
 as Sultan of Yogya Kerta, notifying the new British resident, 
 Captain Eobinson, who had just arrived there, accordingly. 
 The sultan's first act was to send for the prime minister, and 
 as a reward for his friendship with the Europeans he 
 ordered him to be strangled on the spot.^ 
 
 The old sultan becoming tyrannical and overbearing, Sir 
 Stamford Raffles, as is related in another chapter, proceeded 
 to Yogya Kerta, with the British troops under General 
 Gillespie, and seizing the kraton, deposed him and banished 
 him to Penang. 
 
 Hamangku Buvana III. of Yogya Kerta.- — The crown 
 prince thereupon reassumed, as Hamangku Buvana III., 
 the throne taken away from him by his father. In this 
 affair the British were assisted by Mangku Nagara II. 
 
 Paku Alam I. — Raffles now created another small king- 
 dom to counterbalance the overpowering influence of the 
 sultan by giving a younger brother a small portion of the 
 sultanate with the title of Pangeran Adipati Paku Alam, one 
 of the conditions being that, like his equal in rank at Sala 
 {Solo), Mangku Nagara, he should always keep a legion of 
 his own for service under the British Government. 
 
 Finally the Captain Chinaman at Yogya Kerta after his 
 conversion to Islam was rewarded by the sultan for his 
 services by his appointment as regent in Kedu, with the 
 
 1 This happened on an Ari Pahinj, one of the five days of the Javan 
 pasar week, which day ever since has been held an evil day for all the 
 members of the princely family. On an Ari Falling no journey may be 
 undertaken, no work may bo started, and no fresh medicine taken.
 
 122 JAVA 
 
 titles and names of Badem Tumenggung Secha Di Ning Rat, 
 and received one of the princesses in marriage.^ 
 
 Hamangkii Buvana IV. of Yogyakerta. — Hamangku 
 Buvana III. died in 1814, and his eldest son, Pangeran Dipa 
 Negara, whose mother was only a wdfe of lower rank, was 
 excluded from the throne, which was ascended by his 
 younger brother Badem Mas Jarot as Hamangku Buvana IV, 
 
 The new sultan, who was only 13 years of age, was placed 
 under the joint guardianship of his mother, two princes, and 
 the prime minister. Though the people w^ere content. 
 Baffles w^as not, and he dissolved the body of guardians and 
 made the prince's granduncle, Paku Alam, guardian in 
 their stead and regent of the Empire. 
 
 Paku Buvana V. — In 1816 Java reverted once more to 
 the Dutch, and in 1820 Paku Buvana IV. died at Sura 
 Kerta, his successor being his son Paku Buvana V. The 
 reign of this monarch was of short duration. 
 
 Hamangku Buvana V. of Yogyakerta. — The Sultan Jarot 
 of Yogya Kerta died in 1822, leaving two sons by his Batu 
 Ageng. The elder of them, Baden Mas Menol, not yet three 
 years old, was his successor as Hamangku Buvana V. 
 
 The Javanese have a story that his father, the fourth 
 sultan, was poisoned by his uncle Pangeran Mangku Bumi, 
 who, they say, expected to ascend the throne, or at least ta 
 be made regent and guardian of his two young grandnephews. 
 The truth of this, however, was never proved, and the only 
 ground that the Javans bring forward in its support is a 
 rumour that the sultan suddenly fell ill and died after 
 partaking of a dish sent him by Mangku Bumi. 
 
 Paku Buvana VI. of Sura Kerta. — Paku Buvana V. died 
 in 1823 in the third year of his reign, without leaving a son 
 born of a Ratu, for which reason his son Baden Mas Saperdan 
 was raised to the throne as Paku Buvana VI. 
 
 ' The Chinese have nowadays several villages in the province of Kedu, 
 in which there is not a single Javan.
 
 THK pan(;kkan pokkkonk(;uko. with his wifk and daughter.
 
 ARABIAN INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 123 
 
 At this time there was a party at the court of Yugya 
 Kerta who were very disaffected towards the Pangeran 
 Mangku Bumi because he had been bred and brought up by 
 Paku Alam in friendship towards the Dutch ; at the same 
 time they disapproved of the exaggerated luxury reigning 
 at the court, and complained of the impoverishment of the 
 people. At the head of this party was Menol's (the new 
 sultan) micle, the Pangeran Di'pa Negara. It was this 
 prince conjointly with the Ratus Ageng and Kenchana 
 (mother and grandmother to the young sultan) and Pan- 
 geran Mangku Bumi (his granduncle) who had been appointed 
 the guardians of the sultan, the government being in charge 
 of the prime minister and the great seal given to the resident 
 Jonkheer Anthon}^ Hendrik Smissaert. 
 
 This was the unfortunate moment when the Dutch 
 Government endeavoured to introduce its new regulations 
 with regard to the tenure of land by Em'opeans in the native 
 provinces, and the fire that was smouldering beneath the 
 combustible matter now received a draught of air, as it 
 were, from the Government, the result of which was war. 
 This war, with Dipa Negara as the principal leader, raged 
 calamitously in Central Java for five years, no peace being 
 made until in 1830 Dipa Negara was led to attend a con- 
 ference with the Eesident of Magelang and taken prisoner ; 
 he was banished to Celebes, where the brave man died in 
 1855. 
 
 During 1826 the second sultan, who lived in exile in Amhon, 
 was called back and replaced on the throne, which he had 
 to share with his young grandson. The Dutch hoped 
 hereby to end the war, a hope that was not reahsed. From 
 this time the tw^o sultans were styled Sultan Sepuh and 
 (Menol) Sultan Anom — that is, the old and the young sultan. 
 
 Hamangku Buvana VI. of Yogyakerta. — In 1828 the old 
 sultan died, but Hamangku Buvana V. {Sultan Anom) hved 
 till 1855. Sultan Anom's younger brother, Pangeran
 
 124 JAVA 
 
 Adipati Manghu Bumi, was now made sultan as Haviangku 
 Buvana VI., the former having left no sons. 
 
 During the time of the war the SusuJiunan at Sura Kerta, 
 through the great influence of the resident, Henry Mac- 
 Gillavry ^ (and some say of the brothers Dezentje ^), remained 
 faithful to the Dutch, although the temptation to join the 
 rebels was great. After the war the Government, to cover 
 some of their expenses, took possession of a considerable 
 part of the native lands. At the same time a proportional 
 part of the Susuhunan's territory was seized. 
 
 The measure was considered politically a wise one, but 
 the Susnliunan, considering his vast services to the Dutch, 
 felt he had been distinctly TVTonged, and, looking upon it as 
 a poor return for his remaining faithful during a trying time, 
 left Sura Kerta for the south coast, where he resolved to 
 live the rest of his life in pious devotions. He was, however, 
 not allowed to remain long in peace, but was taken prisoner 
 and banished to Arribon, where he died in 1849. 
 
 Faku Buvana VII. of Sura Kerta. — In his stead a brother 
 of the fifth SusuJiunan (who was a brother to the fourth 
 and born of a ratu) and Fangeran Purnhaya was crowned as 
 Palcu Buvana VII. 
 
 Baku Buvana VIII. of Sura Kerta. — This Susuhunan had 
 a short reign, living only till 1858, when he was succeeded 
 by his eldest half-brother, Pangeran Ngabehi, born of a 
 wife of the second rank. 
 
 This prince ascended the throne at Sura Kerta as Baku 
 Buvana VIII., but in 1861, three years after his elevation, 
 he died at the age of 72 years. 
 
 Baku Buvana IX. of Sura Kerta. — His successor was the 
 eldest son born of a ratu of the banished sixth Susuhunan of 
 the same name, who is known as Baku Buvana IX. 
 
 Baku Buvana X. of Sura Kerta. — The latter lived until 
 
 ' Tlie son of an Englishman. 
 
 ^ August Jan Casper and Johannes Augustinus Dezentje.
 
 ARABIAN INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 125 
 
 1894 and was succeeded by his eldest son the crown prince 
 as Paku Buvana X. 
 
 Hcmiangku Buvana VII. of Jogya Kerta. — Sultan Ha- 
 mangku Buvana VI. of Yogya Kerta, one of the best and 
 kindest of princes, an honest and virtuous man, died in 
 1877, and was succeeded by his eldest son (who was installed 
 as crown prince in 1872), the present reigning Sultan 
 Hamangku Buvana VII. 
 
 In 1883 the eldest son of Ratti Mas, Hamangku Buvana^ s 
 second wife (the first bore him no son), was made crown 
 prince as Pangeran Adipati Hamangku Xagara ; he died, 
 however, in 1891, and his next brother, su:ffering from 
 attacks of insanity, had to be divested of his rank. The 
 third son of the ratu therefore obtained the title which he 
 has held since 1895. 
 
 The Princes of Paku Alam. — The first Paku Alam, 
 appointed, as ah*eady related, in 1812 by Sir Stamford Raffles, 
 died during the Java war in 1829 ; his son and successor, 
 Paku Alam II., hved to the age of 75 years. Paku Alam III., 
 the latter's son, reigned from 1858 to 1864, and was succeeded 
 by a cousin of his as Paku Alam IV. This prince, who died 
 in 1878, left no son worthy of the throne, which was mounted 
 by his uncle, a son of the second prince of that name ; he 
 reigned as Paku Alam V. until 1901, when he was succeeded 
 by his eldest son, Pangeran Nata Kasuma, as Pangeran 
 Adipati Paku Alam VI., who died in 1902. He was 
 followed by his son as Paku Alam VII., who still 
 reigns.^ 
 
 The legion which was stipulated for b}" Raffles v/as 
 disbanded in 1892. With this the Javan history of the 
 country concludes. 
 
 The chronological tables here given show the list of 
 sovereigns — Hindu, Javan, Brahman, Buddhist, and 
 
 1 A highly aristocratic and well-bred man, with the courtly and 
 jharming manners of the true Javan.
 
 126 JAVA 
 
 Mahometan — who have ruled over Java from the earHest 
 traditions until the present day. 
 
 BesumS of Ancient Java. — The foregoing account of 
 " Ancient Java," which we have endeavoured to make as 
 clear and lucid as possible, is based upon a mass of informa- 
 tion which is in parts more or less unintelligible owing to 
 the hideous confusion and frequent inaccuracies in the dates 
 of the various chroniclers, no two of whom agree. The 
 story, however, as now told and the dates given may be 
 accepted as practically, if not quite, correct, and, it having 
 been told as consecutively as was possible, an intelligible 
 view can be taken of the whole of the ancient history of Java. 
 Among the principal events which have occurred are : — 
 
 Firstly, the arrival of the Hindu Aji Saka, with whom a 
 new period began. At this time a race of Kalangs or 
 Basaksa, or aborigines, was living in some parts of the 
 island.^ They had partially emerged from the barbarism 
 and savagery into which, through being cut off from all 
 civilisation for centuries, they had fallen. Their covering 
 of civilisation was beginning to make itself apparent through 
 an admixture of the blood of another race which had more 
 or less recently arrived, and, as stated, was probably called 
 Javan or Javanese. 
 
 Secondly, it is clear that on the arrival of the expedition 
 from India the inhabitants were so far advanced as to be 
 in a state to receive and make use of the culture of their 
 Hindu masters, and to begin the construction of the mighty 
 monuments in Middle Java which constitute one of the 
 wonders of the world. 
 
 This first Hindu empire was established at Matdrem and 
 was called Mendang Kamulan. When this was extinguished 
 the kingdoms of Pajajaran in the west and Majapahit in 
 the east rose into importance. 
 
 1 From remains found at Soekaboerin and near Garvet it is seen that an 
 ancient stone period was once in existence in Java (Preanger district).
 
 ARABIAN INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 127 
 
 After the destruction of the famous city of Majapahit by 
 the Mahometans, a court was formed at Demdk and the 
 Payang, from which eventually arose the second empire of 
 Matdrem, firstly at Kerta Sura and later at Sura Kerta. 
 Afterwards the decay which had long before set in owing to 
 the disintegrating influences of the European invasion 
 became more pronounced, and Matdrem was split into two 
 kingdoms, one with its seat of government at Sura Kerta 
 and the other at Yogya Kerta. 
 
 The power, however, of the monarchs was still further 
 reduced by the establishment of small sultanates in each 
 kingdom under the aristocratic Javan families Maiigka 
 N agar a and Paku Alam. 
 
 The result is that to-day the Susuhunan of Sura Kerta 
 and the Sultan of Yogya Kerta, the last representatives of 
 a bygone monarchy, are merely political puppets in the 
 hands of their masters the Dutch, for although to the 
 stranger the pomp, show, and glitter with which they are 
 surrounded would indicate power and dominion, it is know^n 
 very well by the Dutch Government, if not by themselves, 
 that beyond ruhng in domestic and social affairs they are 
 to all intents and purposes powerless in the land of their 
 ancestors.
 
 128 JAVA 
 
 (A) List showing the Line of Mahometan Sovereigns who have 
 
 ruled in Java since a.d. 1477 down to the Present Day, 
 
 also 
 
 (B) Chronological List of some of the Principal Events which 
 
 have happened from a.d. 75 to a.d. 1570. 
 
 (A) 
 
 List of Mahometan Sovereigns. 
 (From old Records.) 
 
 ^^^ At Demak. 
 
 A.D. 
 
 1477. Raden Patah. 
 
 1519. Pangerang Sabrang Lor. 
 
 1533. Sultan Bintara. 
 
 At Pajang. 
 1577, Sultan Pajang. 
 
 1606. Adipati Demak. (Subject to the Sultan of Matarem 
 " Jolang.") 
 
 At Matarem. 
 
 1568. Adipati Pamanahan. (Subject to the Sultan of Payang.) 
 1575, Panembahan Senapati. (Threw off the supremacy of 
 
 Pajang in 1582.) 
 1601. Sultan Jolang. 
 1613. Raden Rangsang, or Sultan Ageng. 
 1646. Susuhunan Ha Mengku Rat I. 
 
 At Kerta Sura. 
 
 1677. Susuhunan Ha Mengku Rat II. 
 
 1685. Susuhunan Ha Mengku Rat Mas III, 
 
 1703, Pangeran Puger, or Susuhunan Paku Buvana I. 
 
 1719, Susuhunan Prabu Ha Mengku Rat. 
 
 1727. Susuhunan Paku Buvana II. 
 
 At Sura Kerta. 
 
 1743. Susuhunan Paku Buvana II. 
 
 1749, Susuhunan Paku Buvana III, 
 
 1755, The kingdom of Matarem was now divided into two, with 
 
 two capitals and sovereigns entirely independent of 
 
 each other.
 
 ARABIAN INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 129 
 
 At Sura Kerta. 
 
 
 
 At Yogya Kerta. 
 
 Reign 
 
 
 Reign 
 
 
 began 
 
 
 began 
 
 
 A.D. 
 
 
 A.D. 
 
 
 1755, fSusuhunan Paku 
 \ Buvana 
 
 III. 
 
 1755. 
 
 j Sultan Ha Meng- ] I 
 i ku Buvana ^ j 
 
 
 
 1788. 
 
 IV. 
 
 1792. 
 
 II 
 
 1820. 
 
 
 V. 
 
 1812. 
 
 III 
 
 1823. 
 
 
 VI. 
 
 1814. 
 
 IV 
 
 1849. 
 
 
 VII. 
 
 1822. 
 
 V 
 
 1858. 
 
 
 VIII. 
 
 1855. 
 
 VI 
 
 1861. 
 
 
 IX. 
 
 1877. 
 
 ,, VII 
 
 1894. 
 
 
 X. 
 
 
 
 (B) 
 Chronological Table of Principal Events in Java. 
 (From various Javan Sources.) 
 
 A.D. 
 
 75 — 77. Aji Saka, a Hindu, arrives in Java, probably near 
 
 Rembang or Tuban. 
 413. Fa Hien, a CJiinese priest, wrecked near Rembang. 
 1160. Singliapura founded by Malays from Palembang. A 
 
 King of Java invades the new colony repeatedly. 
 1195. The King of Daha, in East Java, expands his kingdom. 
 1291. Marco Polo, the Itahan, visits Sumatra. 
 1300. Ibu Batuta, an Arab, settles in East Java. 
 1335. The Emperor of Java invades Singhapura and drives the 
 
 Malays away to Malacca. 
 1359. Sultan Mohammed Shah becomes the second King of 
 
 Malacca. 
 1375. The King of Malacca marries a daughter of the Emperor 
 
 of Java, and is presented with the country of Indragiri, 
 
 in Sumatra. 
 1375. Mulana Mahk Ibrahim, a celebrated Arabian scholar, 
 
 arrives in Java to convert the people. 
 1412. Mulana Ibrahim dies at Gresik. 
 1477. The first Mahometan sovereign of Java, Raden Patah (a 
 
 son of the Emperor of Majapahit in actuahty, although 
 
 his reputed father was Aria Damar, the Prince of 
 
 Palembang), establishes his court at Demdk. 
 
 1 Also spelt Pakoe Boewono by the Dutch. 
 J.— VOL. I. 
 
 K
 
 130 
 
 JAVA 
 
 A.D. 
 
 1477. 
 
 1477. 
 1526. 
 
 1570. 
 
 The Hindu city of Majapahit destroyed by the Islamised 
 Javanese, under the leadership of the Arabs and R4den 
 Patah. 
 
 The Mahometan rehgion estabhshed in East Java. 
 
 The city of Bantam succumbs to the intrigues of the 
 Susuhunan of Cheribon, an Arab by birth. 
 
 Final blow to Buddhism. Tiie Hindu -Javan Empire of 
 Pajajaran, which had its capital at Pakuan (Batoe- 
 toelis), near Buitenzorg, destroyed by the Susuhunan of 
 Cheribon. 
 
 (C) 
 
 Chronological Table SHOvirmG the Evolution of the 
 Different Ancient Hindu, Javan and Mahometan 
 Empires or Kingdoms in the Island of Java down to 
 THE Present Day. 
 
 The Empire of M:^ndang Kamulan (Matarem). 
 
 (D j ockj akarta Residency . ) 
 
 (A.D. 75 to A.D. 1002.) 
 
 A Hindu settlement (Sourabaya Residency) 
 (A.D. 200, ijerhaps earlier i). 
 
 The Kingdom of 
 Jang'gala. 
 Sourabaya 
 Residency 
 (A.D. 950 to 1) 
 (A.D. 875?) 
 
 The Kingdom of 
 
 Kediri or Dalia. 
 
 Kedin 
 
 Eesidencv 
 
 (A.D. 950 to 
 
 A.D. 1294) 
 
 (and A.D. 875?). 
 
 The Kingdom The Kingdom 
 
 of N'garawan. of Singasari. 
 
 Kedin Pasoeroean 
 
 Residency Residency 
 
 (A.D. 950 to—) (A.D. 950 to—) 
 
 The Great Kingdom of Jang'gala 
 
 (the capital was later called Tumapel) 
 
 (A.D. 1002 to A.D. 1275). 
 
 The^Empire of Pajajaran 
 (capital near Buitenzorg) 
 (A.D. 1030 to A.D. 1570). 
 
 The Empire of Majapahit 
 (caTjital near Modjo Kerta) 
 (A.D. 1275 to A.D. 1477) 
 (A.D. 675?). 
 
 The Kingdom of Demak 
 (A.D. 1477 to A.D. 1577). 
 
 The Kingdom of Pajang. The EmT)ire of Matarem. 
 Djockjakarta Residency 
 (A.D. 1577 to A.D. 1606^ 
 
 ' There is little doubt that there was a large Hindu community in the 
 Sourabaya province as early as a.d. 300, perhaps earlier.
 
 ARABIAN INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 131 
 
 The Empire of Mat are m.^ 
 (a.d , 1568 ^ (still in existence) ). 
 
 Titles. 
 
 The Panembaliau Senapati. \ 
 
 The Sultau. > At Matarem (Djockjakarta Residency). 
 
 The Susuhunau. 
 
 The Susiihunan. At Kertasura (a.d. 1677). 
 
 The Susiihunan. At Sura Kerta (a.d. 1743). 
 
 I 
 
 \ 
 
 I i 
 
 The Royal House of the Susuhunau The Royal House of the Sultan at 
 (commonly called the Emperor of Yugyakarta 
 
 Java) at Sura Kerta (a.d. 1755 (still m existence) ). 
 
 (a.d. 1755 (still in existence) ). | 
 
 I I 
 
 The princely House of Ihe princely House of 
 
 Mangku Nagara Paku Alam 
 
 (A.D. 1755 (still in existence) ). (a.d. 1812 (stiU in existence) ). 
 
 ' This empire possibly in its earlier days went under the name of 
 Wii'ata, which name disappeared for certain in 775, possibly about 568, 
 about when the empire was rechristened Mendang Kamdlan (see Chapter I., 
 Part II.). 
 
 - From 1568 to 1582 under the supremacy of the Sultan of Payang, 
 after which Payang became subject to Matarem. 
 
 Note. — All ancient Hindu and Javan chroniclers agree on one point, 
 although their dates are at variance, namely, that a time existed when 
 the rajahs of the following ancient Hindu empires or kingdoms ruled 
 practically the whole island : — Mendang Kamiilan, Jang'gala (!), Pajajarau, 
 and Majapahit. 
 
 k2
 
 CHAPTEE III 
 Chinese Intekcoukse with Java 
 
 Early Chinese Knowledge of Java. — It is frequently stated 
 that the Chinese had acquired an intimate knowledge of the 
 East Indian Archipelago some time before the Christian era, 
 but no proof of this, so far as we are aware, has ever been 
 given. At the same time there are good reasons in support 
 of this statement. The Chinese have ever been an astonish- 
 ingly secretive race, guarding their knowledge with jealous 
 care, a quality apparently intuitively inborn in them. A 
 people who understood the use of the mariner's compass as 
 early as B.C. 2634, had a knowledge of printing and gun- 
 powder, and who had inherited a great store of scientific lore 
 about the continent of Asia for thousands of years, and who 
 are even supposed to have discovered America, must have 
 visited the East Indies and Java before Hippalus made his 
 way across the Indian Ocean. No records, however, exist 
 of any such early voyages, although they must have been 
 made. 
 
 During the reign of the Han dynasty (b.c. 116) there is 
 mention made in the Chinese histories of ambassadors being 
 sent to some court in the south, and that since then that 
 coimtry had always paid tribute. 
 
 Later on, during the reign of Hsuah of the Han dynasty 
 (B.C. 73), the Eomans and the Hindu rulers of India sent 
 regular tribute to China. 
 
 The Chinese ambassadors presumably travelled to their 
 destination overland ; if, as is possible, they went by sea, 
 it seems a natural assumption that they must at some time 
 or another have touched the coast of Sumatra, but no 
 mention is made to this effect.
 
 K.. 
 
 .■?wr ■ - - . "'.iS*_ ■ 
 
 WAVANi, I'.IINA. Ill; I 1II\I-:SE PLAV.
 
 CHINESE INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 183 
 
 Again, about a.d. 222 two commissioners were despatched 
 from China on an expedition to foreign lands in the south ; 
 but here also the particulars are so vague and scanty that 
 no authoritative assertion can be made that Java or Sumatra 
 was among the numerous lands visited. 
 
 For the first authentic statement of a Chinaman visiting 
 Java we have to wait until a.d. 413. In this case there can 
 be no doubt about the matter, as Chinese history is clear and 
 distinct upon this point. 
 
 The name of this distinguished visitor is Fa Hien, a 
 Buddhist priest, who, deploring the depths of degradation 
 into which the priests of his religion in China had fallen, 
 decided that a voyage to India in quest of the original 
 copies of the Buddhistic writings would prove more to his 
 colleagues than any number of lectures from him as to their 
 immoral life and the lax way in which they were carrying 
 out the tenets and maxims of a beautiful rehgion. 
 
 He wished, moreover, to prove that their faults and errors 
 were more the result of absolute ignorance than an inten- 
 tional neglect or indifference on their part. Fa Hien left 
 for India in 400, and spent four years wandering over the 
 land in search of the documents. He finally left India for 
 Ceylon, and there took ship for China. An account of his 
 journey from Ceylon has been left to us. It is as follows : — 
 
 Account of Fa Hien's Journey. — " Fa Hien left Ceylon on board 
 a merchant vessel, which carried about two hundred men. Astern 
 of the great ship a smaller one was fastened as a provision in case 
 of the large vessel being injured or wrecked on the voyage. 
 Having got a fair wind, they sailed eastward for two days, when 
 they encomitered a storm and the ship sprang leak. The 
 merchants then wanted to rush into the smaller vessel, but the 
 crew of that ship, fearing that it would become too crowded, cut 
 the towing cable and fell oJBE. The merchants were very much 
 afraid, and their lives stood in the greatest danger. Then, 
 dreading lest the leak should gain upon them, they forthwith took 
 their goods and merchandise and cast them overboard. Fa Hien
 
 184 JAVA 
 
 also flung overboard his water -pitcher and his washmg -basin, as 
 well as other portions of his property. He was only afraid lest 
 the merchants should throw into the sea his sacred books 
 and images. And so with the earnestness of heart he invoked 
 Avalokiteshwara and paid reverence to the Buddhist saints of 
 China, speaking thus : ' I have wandered so far in search of 
 the law, may you by your spiritual power drive back the water, 
 and cause us to reach some resting place.' 
 
 " The gale lasted thirteen days and nights, when they arrived 
 at the shore of an island, and the tide going out, they found the 
 place of the leak ; having forthwith stopped it up, they again 
 put to sea, and continued their voyage. In this sea there are 
 many pirates ; when one falls in with them, he is lost. 
 
 " The sea is boundless in extent — it is impossible to know east 
 or west, and one can only advance by observing the sun, moon, 
 or stars ; if it is dark, rainy weather, you have to follow the wind 
 in perfect uncertainty. During the darkness of night one only 
 sees the great waves striking each other, and shining hke fire, 
 whilst shoals of sea monsters of every description surround the 
 ship. The merchants were much perplexed, not knowing what 
 course to steer. The sea was so deep that no sounding could be 
 taken, and also there was no place for anchorage. 
 
 " At length, the weather clearing up, they got their right 
 bearings and once more shaped a correct course and proceeded 
 onwards. But if during the bad weather thej'' had happened to 
 strike a hidden rock, then there would have been no way to escape 
 alive. Thus they voyaged for about ninety days, when they 
 arrived at a country called Yava-di.^ 
 
 " In this country heretics and Brahmans flourish, but the law 
 of Buddlia hardly deserves mentioning. ^ 
 
 " After having stopped here for five ^months, Fa Hien again 
 embarked on another m.erchant vessel, having also a crew of two 
 hundred men or so. They took with them fifty days' provisions 
 and set sail on the 16th day of the fourth month. Whilst Fa 
 Hien was on board of this ship they shaped a course X.E. for the 
 province of Canton in China. After a month and some days, at 
 the stroke of two in the middle watch of the night a black squall 
 suddenly came on, accompanied with pelting rain. 
 
 1 Abbreviation most likely of Yava Dwipa : Java Din of Ptolemy. 
 ' It apparently existed, however. 
 * December to May.
 
 CHINESE INTERCOURSE WITH JAV^A 135 
 
 " The merchants and passengers were all terrified. Fa Hien 
 at this time also, with great earnestness of mind, again entreated 
 Avdlokit^shwara and all the priesthood of China, praying for the 
 assistance of their divine power to carry them through until 
 dayhght. When the day broke all the Brahmans, consulting 
 together, said : ' It is because we have got this Buddhist priest 
 on board with us that we have no luck, and have incurred this 
 great mischief ; come let us land this monk on the first island we 
 meet with, for it is not proper that we should all perish for the 
 sake of one man.' 
 
 " But a man who had taken Fa Hien under his care then said : 
 ' If you land this monk, j^ou shall also land me with him, and if 
 not you had better kill me, for if you really put this priest on 
 shore, then when we arrive at China, I will go straight to the king 
 and tell him what you have done. And the king of the country 
 is a firm believer in the law of Buddlia, and greatly honours the 
 priests and monks.' The merchantmen on this did not dare to 
 land him. As the weather continued very dark, the pilots looked 
 at each other without knowing what to do. More than seventy 
 days had now elapsed, the food and water were nearly all gone, 
 they had to use salt water for cooking, as they had only two pmts 
 of fresh water per head left, so that it was nearly all finished. The 
 merchants now deliberated and said : ' The ordinary time for 
 the voyage to Canton is fifty days,^ but now we have exceeded 
 that time by many days already, surely we must have gone 
 wrong.' 
 
 " On this day they put the ship on a N.W. course to look for 
 land, and after twelve days' continuous sailing they arrived at 
 the southern coast of Lan Shan in the prefecture of Chang Kwang.^ 
 They here obtained fresh water and vegetables, and from seeing 
 a certain kind of herb, they knew that they were in China, but 
 not seeing men or traces of them they again scarcely knew what 
 to think. Some said that they had not yet arrived at Canton, 
 others maintained they had passed it. In this uncertainty, 
 therefore, they put off in a little boat and entered a creek looking 
 for some one to ask what place it was they had arrived at. Just 
 at this moment two men who had been hunting were returning 
 home. On this the merchants requested Fa Hien to act as 
 
 ' They thus had heen often before. 
 
 2 This is a little to the north of Canton.
 
 136 JAVA 
 
 interpreter, and it was only then they knew what place they had 
 come to." 
 
 The following passage from Fa Hien's account contains 
 an adventure which happened to him whilst visiting a 
 temple at Ceylon : — 
 
 " Fa Hien had now been away many years from China ; the 
 people with whom he conversed were all men from foreign 
 comitries ; even the mountains and valleys, the plants and trees, 
 which he saw around him, were unlike those of old times. More- 
 over, his fellow-travellers were separated from him ; some had 
 remained behind, and some were dead ; he had only his own 
 shadow to look at, and so his heart was continually saddened. 
 All at once, as he was standing by the side of this jasper image, he 
 beheld a merchant present to it, as a religious ofiEering, a white 
 fan from China. Involuntarily he gave way to his sorrowful 
 feelings and tears filled his eyes." 
 
 From the foregoing extracts it may be gathered that the 
 Hindu colonists in Java kept up an important intercourse 
 with their mother-country and carried on trade with China. 
 It is also quite clear that the population in Java at this 
 time must have been already very considerable, otherwise 
 Fa Hien would hardly have mentioned that the Brahman 
 religion was flourishing there. It is moreover to be noted 
 that he met none of his countrymen in Java/ for had he 
 done so he would certainly have said so, seeing he was 
 moved to tears in the Ceylon temple at the sight of a Chinese 
 fan. Fa Hien arrived in Java about December and departed 
 in May, and there is reason for believing that he landed 
 somewhere on the north-east coast, most likely in the 
 neighbourhood of the present district of Kembang. 
 
 In the history of the first Sung dynasty it is mentioned 
 that in the year 435 the king of the country, Djavada,^ 
 
 1 He did not travel in Java, and therefore did not visit Bantam or 
 Grissee, which were the most likely places where Chinese would be found, 
 if there were any. 
 
 2 Yavidi, Yawadi.
 
 CHINESE INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 137 
 
 whose name was Sri Padadoalapamo,^ sent an envoy to 
 carry a letter and some gifts to the Emperor of China, 
 which is the first actual confirmation of the kings of Java 
 presenting tribute to the Chinese. 
 
 The historical works of the Liang dynasty (a.d. 502) enter 
 into more details about Java than any previous accounts. 
 The following is an extract fiom one such, and refers to 
 old Bantam : — 
 
 " The country of Lang Oa-su, or Langga,^ is situated in the 
 Southern Ocean ; its length from east to west is thirty days 
 and from south to north twenty days ; its distance from Canton 
 is 24,000 U.^ 
 
 " The climate and the products of the soil are about the same 
 as in Siam. Lignum aloes in its different qualities and camphor 
 oil are very abundant everywhere. Men and women have the 
 upper part of the body naked ; their hair hangs loosely down and 
 around their lower limbs ; they only use a sarong of cotton. 
 The king and the nobles, moreover, have a thin flowered cloth 
 for covering the upper part of their body [slendang] ; they wear 
 a girdle of gold and golden rings in their ears. 
 
 " Young girls cover themselves with a cloth of cotton, and 
 wear an embroidered girdle. In this country they have made the 
 city walls of piled -up bricks ; the wall has double gates and 
 watch-towers. When the king goes out he rides on an elephant ; 
 he is surrounded with flags of feathers, banners and drums, 
 and is covered by a white canopy. His military establishment 
 is very complete. The people say that their country was estab- 
 lished more than four hundred years ago. In 515 the prmce sent 
 an envoy with a letter and presents to the Son of Heaven." 
 
 During the Tang dynasty (a.d. 618) a little more infoima- 
 tion regarding Java is vouchsafed. Kaling (Kling) is also 
 called Djawa * (Japara) : — ■ 
 
 " The people make fortifications of wood, and even the largest 
 
 1 The name is no doubt hypothetical. 
 
 * This was in the district of Bantam. 
 " A li ie, roughly a mile. 
 
 * Djawa. Djapa, or Djapo.
 
 138 JAVA 
 
 houses are covered with palm leaves. They have couches of 
 ivory, and mats of the outer skin of bamboo. 
 
 " The land produces tortoise-shell, gold, silver, rhinoceros 
 horns, and ivory. The country is very rich ; there is a cavern 
 from which salt water bubbles up spontaneously. They make 
 Avine of the hangmg flowers of the cocoa palm ; when they drink 
 of it, they become rapidly drunk. They have letters and are 
 acquainted with astronomy. 
 
 " The king lives in the town of Djapa,^ but his ancestor Kiyea 
 had lived more to the east at the town of Palukasi [probably 
 Toeban]. On different sides are twenty-eight small countries 
 [districts], all acknowledging the supremacy of Djawa. There 
 are thirty -two high ministers on the mountains of Lang piva 
 [Dieng],^ where the king frequently goes to look at the sea. 
 
 " This country sent envoys to the emperor to bring tribute, 
 together with those of Dvahala, Dvapatan [Bali]. The emperor 
 favoured them with a reply mider the great seal, and as Dvahala 
 asked for good horses these were given to them." 
 
 At this time the Chinese were already coming to Java in 
 considerable numbers for trading, and in the east at Yorta7i,'^ 
 Tuhan, and Grissee several, and perhaps many, had settled 
 permanently. Consequently when one of the Javan chroni- 
 clers ^ records the wreck of a large junk near Semarang in 
 921, and states that the Chinese in her formed an establish- 
 ment on the island of Java for the first time, he is making 
 a statement which is not in accordance with probabihties, 
 for there is all likelihood that some had been established in 
 the island three or lOur centuries before this date. 
 
 In Chapter I., Part II., of this history, the account is given 
 of the great Chinese expedition (a.d. 1292) sent to punish 
 the King of TumapeV by the first Mongol Emperor Kublai 
 Khan. The sons of Heaven on this occasion fared badly, 
 
 1 Japara. Japara was subject to the King of M6ndang Kamiilan, 
 whicli was in fiill life and vigour at this time. 
 ■^ L-ang, Di-ang. 
 8 Bangil. 
 
 * Chapter I., Part II. 
 
 * In the Sourabaya district, and corresponding in all probability to the- 
 anoient capital of Jang'gala.
 
 CHINESE INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 139 
 
 the army returning to China, a mere remnant of what it was 
 on its arrival, as a lesult of the devastating effects ot fighting 
 during the wet monsoon. 
 
 The history of the Ming dynasty (a.d. 1368) furnishes us 
 with further particulars of Java. The tribute at this time 
 appears to have consisted of comely black slaves^ and various 
 products of the island. For instance, in 1381 three hundred 
 slaves, men and women, were sent, whilst in 1382 one hun- 
 dred were forwarded, and, as it were, to make up for this 
 small number, 75,000 catties of pepper and eight large pearls 
 were sent as well. The emperor in his graciousness vouch- 
 safed to return some eunuchs to Java with silver seals 
 inlaid with gold, together with costly silks and gauzes 
 embroidered with gold. 
 
 In 1432 the Chinese w^ere trading with Pekalongan, and 
 were gradually assuming a monopoly of the trade of the 
 country, so that by the time the Portuguese arrived at 
 Bantam (a.d. 1500) it was almost entirely in the hands of 
 this born race of traders. 
 
 One hundred years after this the Chinese histories make 
 special mention of the red-haired barbarians (Dutch and 
 English) estabhshing a ** toko " (office) on the east bank of 
 the Bantam river, whilst the Franks (Danes) had another 
 and were trading on the west bank (a.d. 1600). 
 
 When a Chinese ship arrived there at this time a chief 
 came on board to procure information and see what there 
 was on the ship. He was at once presented by the Chinese 
 captain with a basket of oranges and two small umbrellas. 
 The chief then wrote to the king, and on the ship entering 
 the river, the king was presented with fruits and silk. 
 
 The king had four Chinese and two native writers to keep 
 his books, and Chinamen who knew the foreign language ' 
 acted as his interpreters, one man for every ship. For 
 
 1 From Madagascar and Java. 
 ' Malay and Javanese.
 
 140 JAVA 
 
 trading purposes the King of Bantam assigned two places 
 outside the town where shops were built by the energetic 
 Chinese. In the morning the trade was carried on, every 
 one going to the market-place ; at noon it ceased. The 
 king levied market dues daily, which the Chinese readily 
 paid, such was the profit they made. 
 
 Bantam was during the seventeenth century a most 
 important trading place, and eight or nine large junks full 
 of goods arrived here yearly. The same was the case in 
 East Java at Yortan (Bangil) and Grissee ; when the Dutch 
 were firmly established in the island the Chinese were the 
 mainstay of the trade, besides which they farmed everything 
 they possibly could, whether it was the duties or the taxes. 
 
 The shipping of goods or the unloading of cargoes was 
 entirely in their hands ; the trade with the neighbouring 
 islands was more or less their monopoly, while there w^as 
 not a single industry in which they were not the prime 
 movers. The artisans for building houses or ships were 
 Chinese ; when contractors were required for the delivery 
 of sugar, rice, or pepper they w^ere Chinese, and what the 
 Dutch owe to this race in Java is incalculable. 
 
 There is, of course, a commercial instinct born in every 
 Chinaman which is uppermost in all his thoughts, and for 
 the sake of gain he will stop at nothing. At the same time 
 there is nothing mean about him, and the big merchants are 
 among the best and most honest in the world. 
 
 Shortly after Jacatra fell and the city of Batavia was 
 established ; the first captain Chinaman was appointed on 
 the 1st July, 1620. This was So Bing Kong, who died in 
 1631, and whose grave is still to be seen in excellent preserva- 
 tion on the Jacatra road. 
 
 He was followed by Bing Am, who in 1650 bought a large 
 piece of forest land outside the fort of Ryswyck in Jacatra, 
 which was later called Tannabang and purchased by the 
 Dutch family of the name of Bik (see note, p. 142).
 
 CHINESE INTERCOURSE WITH JAVA 141 
 
 The next captain Chinaman was Si Kwa, vv'ho died in 
 1663, his duties being performed by his widow until the 
 29th June, 1678, when by order a captain, Heutenant, and 
 ** senior " Chinaman were appointed. The Chinaman Tjop 
 Wanjok, who had hved forty years at Batavia, was the 
 man chosen for captain. He was described as the" most 
 popular and principal of all the Chinese at Batavia." It 
 was expected of him that in all important matters he should 
 consult with the two other officers. 
 
 This was the origin of the " Chinese Council of Batavia" 
 (Chineeschen Eaad), which was established by a Government 
 Besluit or Order dated the 26th May, 1747. 
 
 In 1740 the great Chinese rebellion broke out, but in 
 1743, when the Chinese all returned to Batavia, they were 
 given many privileges they had never had before, besides 
 being allowed to buy land and estates more freely. This 
 was the origin of an increased trade in sugar and the 
 establishment of more sugar mills in the neighbourhood of 
 Batavia. 
 
 The reader may consult a report before a Select Com- 
 mittee in London by John Deans, Scott & Co. (1814 — 
 1826). This document will be found a useful addition 
 to this chapter. 
 
 List of estates around Jacatra ow^ned by Chinese between 
 1650 and 1684 :— 
 
 Name of Land. Purchager. 
 
 Tanah-abang. Bing Am. 
 
 List of estates as far as Buitenzorg owned by Chinese after 
 Resolution of the East India Compan}^ 8th July, 1685 : — 
 
 Bought Name of Estate. Purchaser. 
 
 April 11, 1707 . On the Tangerang river . Tan Boeko. 
 
 May 11, 1707 . Malanbang .... Due Hoeiiko. 
 
 May 7, 1709 . At Bekassie . . . Que Boucqua. 
 
 April 1, 1712 . A piece of ground on river Quat Siog. 
 
 Tjidanie. 
 
 July 7, 1724 . A piece of ground at Bekassie Ni locco.
 
 142 JAV^A 
 
 After the defeat of the Sultan Ageng of Bantam ** Tang- 
 geran " and " Bogoh " were included by the East India 
 Company in its boundaries. 
 
 Note. — Bing Am built a large house for himself on the top of 
 the hill, which therefore received the name of Bing Am's Hill, 
 but later on was called Tanah Bang Hill (perhaps from Tanah 
 Bing). About 1709 G. G. van Riebeeck built himself a house or 
 enlarged the old one on this hill, which still stands (a photo of 
 the original house is given). In 1740 the land and house seem to 
 have been bought by David Johamies Smith, and on his death 
 about 1768 the property was sold for 80,000 ryksdaalders. A 
 small portion of the land was bought or leased by Gillian Maclaine 
 in 1823, who built himself a house there in 1827, which cost 
 nearly £20,000, but in May, 1828, he sold it to Wilham Thompson, 
 of the English house of Tiiompson, Roberts & Co., who again sold 
 it in 1829 when he returned to Europe. 
 
 (Extract from Java Courant, 21st May, 1829 : " For sale the 
 house at Tanna Bang, at present occupied by Mr. W. Thompson. 
 Apply Thompson, Roberts & Co.") 
 
 John Macneill, of Maclaine, Watson & Co., bought this same 
 house in 1840, but on the 8th November, 1843, sold it to John 
 Campbell, the head of the firm of Paterson & Co., which started 
 at Batavia in 1832 and eventually merged in Martin Dyce & Co. 
 in 1842. Wlien G. Maclaine sold the house he had built he 
 went into van Riebeeck's old palace, and the head partners of 
 Maclaine, Watson & Co. hved here for several years, after which 
 they took up their abode at another house in Tanah Bang, near 
 the end of the present Gang de Riemer, a house which apparently 
 had been built in 1816 by John Deans, the head of the well-known 
 Batavia, Samarang, and Sourabaya house of Deans, Scott & Co. 
 
 When the partners of Maclaine, Watson & Co, left van Rie- 
 beeck's old house John Campbell went into it. John Campbell, 
 now, came from Argyllshire, and according to Colonel Leith 
 Bonhote (whose father was a partner in Maclaine, Watson & Co.) 
 this house was christened " Argyll Lodge," and was so Imown for 
 a considerable number of years. (This on inquiring has proved 
 correct.) It has now, however, gone back to its original name 
 " Tanah Bang House " ; all this land around Tanah Bang 
 belongs nowadays to the Bik family.
 
 THIRD PERIOD 
 
 The Arrival of the Europeans
 
 CHAPTER IV 
 Java's First European Visitors 
 
 Sighelmus. — We must dismiss as rather improbable the 
 story given us by the Saxon chronicler that in the " glorious 
 reign of King Alfred " (a.d. 883) one of this king's favourite 
 ecclesiastics, named Sighelmus, was sent to the East Indies 
 " to help the poor distressed Christians there," though he 
 certainly did make a voyage to some foreign country, for 
 William of Malmesbury states as a fact that he visited the 
 tomb of St. Thomas at Maliapur (Peacock Town) and brought 
 back with him a quantity of jewels and spices. 
 
 Marco Polo. — We come then first of all to the travels of 
 Marco Polo, that prince of exaggerators who in 1292 visited 
 Sumatra,^ and thus has the honour as far as is known of 
 being the first European to visit the East Indies. Most of 
 the tales of this traveller are so filled, however, with in- 
 temperate expressions, and as we know are so grossly 
 exaggerated, that considerable caution must be used when 
 reading him. When he tells us of Java that there were 
 " eight kingdoms with as many kings," that " its people are 
 idolaters," and " the country contains abundance of riches, 
 spices, lignum aloes, sappran wood, and various kinds of 
 drugs," we know he is relating true facts which have been 
 given to him by his Chinese friends, who no doubt had 
 travelled in the same junk with him from China. 
 
 Odoric di Pordenone. — The next European visitor to Java 
 was Odoric di Pordenone in Friuli, a Minorite friar of the 
 Order of St. Francis. He was born in 1281, and is supposed 
 to have begun his travels in 1318, returning to Europe about 
 
 * He was there from September to April. 
 J. — VOL. I. L
 
 146 JAVA 
 
 1330 and dying the year following. He visited Constanti- 
 nople, thence overland to the Persian Gulf and Madras. He 
 tells us he left Madras by sea and in fifty days reached 
 Sumatra, " in which I begin to lose sight of the North Star 
 as the earth intercepted it, and in that country the heat is 
 so excessive that all the folk there, both men and women, go 
 naked, not clothing themselves in anywise." He described 
 the natives here as "an evil and pestilent generation," 
 who had no formal marriage and among whom " all women 
 were common property." Odoric passed down Sumatra, 
 visiting " Eesengo " or " Eejang," where the famous gold 
 mines are. 
 
 From Sumatra he crossed over to Java, a country which 
 was ruled by a king who had seven other monarchs tributary 
 to him. He evidently visited Majapahit, for he was greatly 
 struck by its riches and by the magnificence of the palace in 
 which its sovereign had his dwelling. He observes that 
 Java is the second best island in the world, Sumatra appa- 
 rently being the best ; otherwise when he recounted later 
 his visit to a land which " produced sago, honey, toddy, and 
 a deadly vegetable poison, which was used to smear the 
 blowpipe darts of the natives, who were nearly all rovers," 
 he would undoubtedly have held that this island, which can 
 be no other than Borneo, was the best. 
 
 Nicolo Conti. — For over a century after this no further 
 account is given us of any European travellers finding their 
 way to Java, or writing upon it, until we come to a noble 
 Venetian of the name of Nicolo Conti, who travelled in India 
 and the East between 1419 and 1444. He eventually 
 reached Pegu, whence he crossed to Java. He says that : — 
 
 " In Further India are two islands towards the extreme 
 confines of the world, both of which are called Java, . . . 
 distinguished by the names of the Greater and Less " — the 
 Java Major and Java Minor of other travellers, usually 
 identified with Java and Bah, but by some with Sumatra
 
 JAVA'S FIRST EUROPEAN VISITORS 147 
 
 and Java. Conti would seem to be describing Java and 
 Sumbawa. He remained in Java nine months. After 
 fifteen days' sail beyond these islands eastward, two others, 
 he says, are found, " the one called Sandai (Ceram), in 
 which nutmegs and mace grow, and the other is named 
 Bandan (Banda). This is the only island in which cloves 
 grow, which are exported hence to the Java islands." 
 
 Ludovico di Vartheyna. — A Bolognese named Ludovico de 
 Varthema, whose travels have been edited by the Kev. W. 
 George Percy Badger for the Hakluyt Society, travelled in 
 India and the Eastern Seas from 1503 to 1508, and touched 
 Java about 1505. He was accompanied by a Persian and 
 visited the island of Bandan (Banda), " where the nutmegs 
 and mace grow," and then " the island of Bornei (Borneo)," 
 whence they " crossed over to Giava (Java)." 
 
 Meantime, however, Marco Polo had arrived home and 
 the accounts of his travels had got abroad ; but instead of 
 being lauded as a hero he was considered an astonishing 
 prevaricator of the truth, who had little regard for the 
 wisdom of the people, when he expected them to believe 
 him and his fantastic tales. 
 
 The King of Portugal, however, whose mind had early 
 been attracted " by the treasures of the Arabs " and of 
 " rich India," began to think that there was truth in the 
 reports that were being circulated, and called his chief 
 navigators together in order that he might interrogate them 
 upon the matter. He eventually ordered that sailing 
 voyages be taken down the coast of Africa. Cape Nun or 
 Non, i.e., " no further," was the Hmit of the West Coast of 
 Africa as then known to Europe. Cape Bojador was later 
 on reached, so named from its great compass (it stretches 
 out forty leagues into the Atlantic). Here were met those 
 strong currents running past it that had apparently been 
 the real barrier to the circumnavigation of Africa by the 
 Phoenicians and the Carthaginians from the west, as those 
 
 L 2
 
 148 JAVA 
 
 that after the voyage of Da Gama, still to be related, gave 
 their name to Cape Corrientes, north of Delagoa Bay, had 
 prevented the Arabs from circumnavigating the continent 
 from the east. 
 
 Before this, however, the Norman navigators of Dieppe are 
 reported to have secretly visited the West Coast of Africa 
 south of Cape Nun and to have established factories there, 
 whence they imported articles of African produce, including 
 ivory, for the manufacture of the carved trinkets for which 
 Dieppe has ever since been known ; and in 1402 the Sieur 
 de Bethen Court, a native of Grainville la Teinturiere, in 
 the Pays de Caux, settled a French colony in the Canaries 
 (so called because they abounded with wild dogs), the dis- 
 covery of which is also claimed by the Spaniards, who 
 became masters of the islands in 1483.^ It is not unhkely, 
 however, that they were originally discovered by the 
 Phoenicians, and have always been identified with the half- 
 fabulous Insulce Fortunatce of classical geography. 
 
 In 1411 Madeira was discovered (so called from its woods), 
 and was then found to have been previously visited about 
 the year 1344 by a j^oung Englishman named Eobert 
 Machin, who ran away to sea with " fair Anne of Dorset " 
 (really a Frenchwoman, Anne d'Arfet), and was fortui- 
 tously cast with his young wife on this island, where 
 their romantic grave gives its name to the province of 
 Machico.'^ 
 
 The Azores (so called from the goshawks abounding on 
 them) were discovered in 1448. 
 
 The following year the Cape Verde (Green) Islands were 
 discovered. 
 
 Sierra Leone (so called from the nightly roaring on the 
 mountains ranging along it) was reached in 1463, and in 
 
 1 The " canary bird " was first brought to England about this date. 
 ^ For all this see " Report on Old Records of the India Office," by Sir 
 George Birdwood.
 
 

 
 JAVA'S FIRST EUROPEAN VISITORS 149 
 
 1484 Don Diego Cam made his renowned discovery of the 
 Congo kingdom. 
 
 Two years later the King of Portugal, John 11./ employed 
 Bartholomew Diaz and sent him off with instructions to try 
 and find some particulars of the East Indies. The journey 
 was a terrible one, the ship being small with only a very 
 diminutive victualling bark for company, which on their 
 sighting the Cape was lost owing to the bad weather. This 
 led the crew of his own vessel to mutiny. Captain Diaz 
 managed, however, to pacify them at last with the assurance 
 that they could put into land and refresh as soon as possible. 
 Bartholomew Diaz put in at the Cape of Good Hope, and 
 called it " Caho Tormentoso " (Cape of Storms). " No," 
 said the King of Portugal on his return to Lisbon, " Cabo 
 de la Buena Esperanza " — that is, rather, the " Cape of 
 Good Hope " for finding India.^ 
 
 Next of all Don Vasco da Gama, " a man of quality," we 
 are told, who possessed all the talents necessary for such an 
 employment, was given instructions to take command of the 
 new squadron fitted out for a journey to the East. He 
 embarked on Saturday, the 8th July, 1497, and sailed down 
 the Tagus. 
 
 His flagship was the Angel Gabriel, a vessel of 120 tons 
 burden, and he was accompanied by the Saint Raphael, the 
 Pilot, and a storeship. Vasco da Gama was commissioned 
 Admiral and General, his brother Paul and his friend 
 Nicholas Coello being appointed to commands under him. 
 
 About four miles from Lisbon, on the sea-shore, stands 
 the sanctuary of Belem {i.e., Bethlehem), built originally by 
 " The Navigator " for the resort of sailors. Thither the 
 night before his departure Da Gama conducted the com- 
 
 1 A new king ; the previous one, called " The Navigator," had died in 
 1460. 
 
 '^ On the 12th October, 1492, Columbus, seeking to discover India, found 
 America.
 
 150 JAVA 
 
 panions of his expedition to pray for its success, and there 
 they spent the whole night in heartfelt supplication that 
 their journey might be successful and their ends attained, 
 a prayer which was most certainly answered.^ The follow- 
 ing day, when the adventurers marched once more into 
 their ships, the whole population of Lisbon turned out on 
 to the beach, headed by an unending procession of priests 
 in long robes, bearing banners and singing anthems, the 
 whole crowd singing with them ; and when Da Gama spread 
 his sails to the wind, not knowing to what fate they might 
 bear him, the vast multitudes remained motionless and 
 silent by the sea, until he with his whole fleet had passed 
 out of sight. 
 
 This was a great day in the history of the Portuguese 
 nation. 
 
 On the 20th November following, at noon, he doubled 
 the Cape of Good Hope, and steering northward, sailed 
 along the beautiful and richly- wooded coast so accurately 
 described by Camoens. 
 
 On Thursday, the 17th May, 1498, the Malabar coast was 
 sighted, and on Sunday, the 20th, they cast anchor before 
 the city of Calicut. Here he was warmly welcomed by a 
 Moor there, who spoke the Portuguese tongue, and with 
 the permission of the zamorin at once established a factory 
 under the superintendence of Diego Diaz, the brother of the 
 first discoverer of the Cape of Good Hope. After some 
 trouble with the Moors, who as soon as they found out the 
 quest of the Portuguese gave them all the trouble they 
 could. Da Gama set sail on his return voyage on the 5th 
 October, carrying a letter with him from the zamorin to the 
 King of Portugal. This letter read as follows : "In my 
 kingdom there is abundance of cinnamon, cloves, ginger, 
 pepper, and precious stones in great quantities. What I 
 seek from thy country is gold, silver, coral, and scarlet." 
 
 > " Report on the Old Records of the India Office," by Sir G. Birdwood.
 
 JAVA'S FIRST EUROPEAN VISITORS 151 
 
 He returned by way of the East Coast of Africa, by which 
 time his crew had so diminished that he was obhged to bm^n 
 one of his consorts, the Saint Raphael, commanded by his 
 brother Paul Gama, taking the men on board his own ship. 
 
 On the 1st February, 1499, the Mozambique Channel was 
 reached, and on the 20th March he again doubled the Cape, 
 Avhence he proceeded to the Azores, arriving at last in the 
 month of September at Lisbon, having lost by sickness more 
 than one hundred men, amongst them his brother. 
 
 He was received by the king and his court with every 
 possible favour, being created Count de Vidiguera with the 
 arms of Portugal, and given '* rich and lucrative appoint- 
 ments." 
 
 Vasco da Gama was a man in truth, as w^as borne witness 
 to by his men and officers who remained faithful to him ; 
 and these he did not now^ forget, as many w^ould have done, 
 but showered gifts on them down to the last man. 
 
 When the Portuguese, rounding the Cape of Good Hope, 
 burst into the Indian Ocean '* like a pack of hungry wolves 
 upon a well-stocked sheep-walk," they found a peaceful and 
 prosperous commerce that had been elaborated during three 
 thousand years by the Phoenicians and Arabs and was being 
 carried on along all its shores. The great centres of this 
 trade were then at Calicut, Ormuz, Aden, and Malacca. 
 Here were collected the cloves, nutmegs, mace, and ebony 
 of the Moluccas, the sandal- wood of Timor, the costly 
 camphor of Borneo, the benzoin of Sumatra and Java, the 
 aloes-wood of Cochin China, the perfumes, gums, and silks 
 of China, Japan, and Siam, the rubies of Pegu, the fine 
 fabrics of Coromandel, the richer stuffs of Bengal, the 
 pearls of Ceylon, the ginger of Malabar, the musk of Tibet, 
 the civet and ivory of Zanzibar, and the balsam of Berbera, 
 and so forth.^ 
 
 The King of Portugal soon saw that it was of vital 
 
 " Report on the Old Records of the India Office," by Sir G. Birdwood.
 
 152 JAVA 
 
 importance for his country to possess the great Arab 
 centres in the Indian Ocean, and the difficulties which 
 presented themselves to Da Gama on his first voyage led 
 the king to send out a second fleet of great strength con- 
 sisting of thirteen ships, with 1,200 soldiers on board. 
 
 This squadron sailed in March, 1500, under the command 
 of Don Pedro Alverez da Cabral. The sum of his instruc- 
 tions appears to have been " Preach first, but if this does not 
 prove successful, use the sword." Cabral touched Sofala, 
 Mozambique, Quiloa, and Melinda, arriving at Calicut in 
 September. Here he quarrelled with the zamorin, who 
 burnt the Portuguese factory by way of revenge and 
 massacred fifty people in it. Cabral hereupon pillaged the 
 town and then sailed for Cochin, where he built a new 
 factory and made an advantageous treaty with the prince. 
 
 On his return voyage he visited Melinda, Mozambique, 
 and Sofala, compelhng the chiefs to become tributary to 
 Portugal. 
 
 One of his vessels, commanded by Peter Diaz, discovered 
 the port of Magadoxa, south of Cape Guardafui. 
 
 Cabral returned with his fleet to Portugal in 1501 and was 
 received by the king with much pomp and ceremony. The 
 king (now King Emanuel) was convinced by him that it 
 would be only possible to secure the splendid fortune that 
 had fallen to him in the East by a great show of power and 
 overwhelming force. 
 
 Meantime, however, in March, 1501, before Cabral's 
 return, four ships sailed from Lisbon under Juan Nova, 
 who on Lady Day discovered the island he called Con- 
 ception.^ He then visited Cochin and Cananore, from 
 whence he sailed to Calicut, where he sank the fleet the 
 zamorin had prepared to attack the Portuguese when they 
 next came. 
 
 ' It first received the name of Ascension from Albuquerque when 
 rediscovered by him on the 20th May, 1503.
 
 JAVA'S FIRST EUROPEAN VISITORS 153 
 
 On the return voyage Nova chanced on St. Helena's day 
 to discover the island of St. Helena, which on account of its 
 excellent supply of water proved during the days of the 
 sailing ships of such advantage to all engaged in the India 
 trade. 
 
 The great Vasco da Gama was now requested to sail to 
 India for the second time, and a fleet of twenty ships was 
 placed under his command, and he obtained from the Pope 
 Alexander VI. the bull which conferred on him the title of 
 *' Lord of the Navigation, Conquests and Trade of Ethiopia, 
 Arabia, Persia and India." 
 
 Factories were estabhshed at Sofala and Mozambique 
 and an alliance formed with the Kings of Cananore and 
 Cochin against the Zamorin of Calicut. He bombarded 
 Calicut and severely damaged the town and the zamorin's 
 palace, and after having plundered all the Arab ships in the 
 roads returned to Portugal in December, 1503. Shortly 
 after this, in the same year, a fleet of three ships under 
 Alfonso de Albuquerque, a fleet of three ships under Fran- 
 cisco de Albuquerque, and a fleet of three ships under 
 Antony de Saldanha (who was the first Portuguese to visit 
 SaldanhaBay in 1503) were specially commissioned to block 
 the Eed Sea against the overland India trade through 
 Egypt. One of the heutenants of this squadron, Ruy 
 Lorenzo, discovered the island of Zanzibar, and, with 
 Mombas and Brava, made it tributary to Portugal in 1503. 
 
 Francisco de Albuquerque on reaching Cochin found the 
 king besieged by the Zamorin of Calicut, who had made war 
 on him for entering into an alliance with the Portuguese. 
 The zamorin was soon compelled to sue for terms, and gave 
 the Portuguese permission to build a fort at Calicut. Fran- 
 cisco de Albuquerque, after establishing a fort at Quila and 
 another at St. Thome and leaving a small force for the 
 protection of the allies of Portugal in India, sailed for 
 Portugal, but neither he nor his ships were ever heard of
 
 154 JAVA 
 
 again. One of the ships under him also discovered on the 
 outward voyage the Curia Muria islands and the island of 
 Socotra, rediscovered in 1504-5 by Diego Fernandez 
 Pereyra. 
 
 The Portuguese discovered the island afterwards known 
 as Mauritius in 1505. 
 
 In this year the King of Portugal sent out another fili- 
 bustering fleet — the largest that had so far been sent, con- 
 sisting of twenty-two ships and 15,000 men — under the 
 command of Francisco de Almeyda, the first Portuguese 
 Governor and Viceroy of India. He built a large fort at 
 Cananore. 
 
 The following year another fleet of sixteen ships under 
 Tristan da Cunha, who was the discoverer of the island of 
 that name and of Madagascar, was sent to India, and this 
 was immediately followed by another six ships, again under 
 Alfonso de Albuquerque. 
 
 Ceylon was discovered, it is said by accident, in 1507 by 
 a son of the first Viceroy of India, who was apparently 
 sailing upon the ocean looking for pirates (or prizes). 
 Muscat was next rendered tributary and Ormuz taken. 
 
 First Portuguese Visit to Sumatra. — Alfonso de Albu- 
 querque now decided to extend the power and dominion of 
 the Portuguese still further eastward, and sent Diogo Lopez 
 de Sequeira in command of a fleet of five ships to Sumatra^ 
 and Malacca, a town of which he had heard much. 
 
 Malacca. — Some hold that from the time of the Phoeni- 
 cians Malacca, or some centre near it, was an emporium for 
 the spices, tin, and other products of the East Indian 
 Archipelago. At the moment the Portuguese arrived it 
 was a thriving and populous town, doing a large trade with 
 all the neighbouring countries. It was, in short, the key 
 of the navigation and the emporium of the whole of the 
 trade of the East Indian Archipelago, Siam, the Phihppines, 
 
 ^ Visited for the first time in 1608.
 
 JAVA'S FIRST EUROPEAN VISITORS 155 
 
 the China Seas, and Japan. The Arabs from Arabia, Persia, 
 and India gathered here ; but they had not the monopoly 
 by any means, for Hindus, Pegunese, Siamese, and Chinese 
 were also doing a considerable trade here. The Arabs had 
 settled in Malacca in specially large numbers ; but still 
 greater was the number of Javan merchants to be found 
 there, a fact which is noteworthy. No section of the com- 
 munity of Malacca was richer and held more powder than the 
 Javans. 
 
 The town when the Portuguese arrived stretched along 
 the sea-shore, being divided in two by a small river. Here 
 were a mosque and the houses of the different merchants, 
 who hved together in separate divisions. The two parts 
 of the town were joined by a wooden bridge. 
 
 At both ends of the town were to be found the principal 
 quarters of the Javans. In the east the merchants from 
 Tuban, Japara, Soenda Kalapa or Jacatra lived together, 
 in the west those from Palembang. The head of the Javan 
 people was Rajah Uti Muti, which is evidently a mutilated 
 name. He was an old man about 80 years of age. 
 
 When Diogo Lopez arrived with his five ships at Malacca 
 he visited the Rajah Uti Muti, who received them with fear 
 and doubt. The Portuguese appear to have behaved at 
 Malacca as they did in most places they visited, and their 
 actions, besides being treasonable, were apparently highly 
 repugnant to the Javans. It was not long, therefore, before 
 trouble arose with this proud and highly-bred race, which 
 nearly ended in Diogo Lopez being killed. 
 
 When this reached the ears of Albuquerque he decided to 
 proceed to Malacca himself to punish the rajah for his 
 treatment of his countrymen. As is well known, Albu- 
 querque was a brave, intrepid, and daring navigator, with 
 not a particle of fear, and he fully made up his mind that, 
 cost what number of lives it might, Malacca should belong 
 to Portugal. So shortly after attacking and capturing Goa
 
 156 JAVA 
 
 on the 17th February, 1510, he sailed for Malacca. He 
 arrived here on the 24th July, 1510, with a strong fleet of 
 nineteen ships, and at once visited the rajah, who, seeing 
 the force against him, decided, partly no doubt from fear, 
 but also because of an enmity against the Sultan of Malacca, 
 to join hands secretly with the Portuguese and seize the 
 town, and agreed to hold six hundred Javans at their 
 disposal. 
 
 The sultan received Albuquerque fairly well, and after 
 some persuasion gave him a piece of ground of a size " suffi- 
 cient to be covered by one buffalo hide only." The hide, 
 however, the wily Albuquerque cut into thin strips, measur- 
 ing out therewith four sides, within which the Portuguese, 
 who had brought ashore spades, bricks and mortar, built 
 a storehouse of very considerable dimensions, leaving large 
 square openings in the walls for the guns. When the king 
 caused an inquiry to be made as to why these had been left, 
 the Portuguese returned him for answer that these openings 
 were needed by white men for windows, with which reply 
 he was content. After this the Portuguese landed, in the 
 night, cannon, small arms and ammunition, packed in cases, 
 saying their contents were piece goods. Several months 
 afterwards the forts were complete, and by way of apprising 
 the natives of the fact several houses were fired on and 
 destroyed. 
 
 The present town of Malaka, so called from the fruit- 
 bearing tree myraholanum, which grew in abundance on 
 the hill behind the town, which gives a natural strength to 
 the situation, was founded in 1252, when the King of 
 Majapahit ^ attacked the town of Singapura. 
 
 After the fort was built the Portuguese became more and 
 more aggressive and arrogant towards the natives. The 
 sultan saw too late the mistake he had made in his policy, 
 
 ' Or the King of Japara. Centuries before tliis it is said there had been 
 a settlement here.
 
 SIR FRANCIS DRAKE. (tHE FIRST ENGLISHMAN TO VISIT JAVA.)
 
 JAVA'S FIRST EUROPEAN VISITORS 157 
 
 and endeavoured to get rid of them, but finding this im- 
 possible, he fled, and the town fell into the hands of the 
 Portuguese. 
 
 For his assistance the rajah was made shaJihander, or 
 post officer, by Albuquerque, a none too high reward, seeing 
 that without the help of the powerful Javan party the 
 Portuguese would have been driven into the sea. 
 
 It was not long, however, before Albuquerque found 
 reason to fall out with the rajah also. He disliked the 
 power that he held and mistrusted him, which distrust was 
 not lessened when agents of the rajah accused him of being 
 in league w^ith the son of the sultan. The rajah, his son, 
 his son-in-law, and a nephew w^ere therefore seized and 
 imprisoned. Finally they w^ere tried and punished by death, 
 on the same piece of ground where Sequeira nearl}^ paid the 
 last penalty for his aggressiveness. The wife of Eajah Uti 
 Muti endeavoured with a huge sum of money, and the 
 promise to leave Malacca at once and proceed to Java, to 
 procure the release of her aged husband and son, but the 
 Portuguese would not hear of it. After this Albuquerque 
 sailed for Sumatra on the 24th July, 1511, and then returned 
 to Europe. In the place of Uti Muti another Javan of 
 importance and wealth called Pati Katir was appointed 
 to be shaJihander, but being later bribed by a sum of money 
 and the present of one of her daughters by the wife of Uti 
 Muti, who A\'ished for revenge, he gave the Portuguese no 
 end of trouble. At last, however, he had to flee. This 
 happened just at the beginning of 1513. 
 
 First Portuguese Visit to Java, 1511. — Meantime another 
 of Albuquerque's lieutenants, Antonio de Abreu, had been 
 sent to visit Java, and calls were made at Gresik, which was 
 full of Chinese traders, Tuban, Amboyna, and Banda, where 
 the spices were found. 
 
 In 1522, Bantam. — In the next voyage wliich Albuquerque 
 ordered him to make De Abreu visited Bantam, wliich was
 
 158 JAVA 
 
 then under the rule of a Hindu prince. This prince was 
 already beginning to feel the pressure from the Mahometans 
 sent to visit his kingdom and to proselytise his people by 
 the Sultan of Cheribon. He saw, therefore, the opportunity 
 of freeing himself from an objectionable thraldom and 
 possible loss of his kingdom, and he therefore departed from 
 his usual mode of procedure and seclusion by openly 
 welcoming the Portuguese strangers, agreeing to allow them 
 to trade and offering them a site whereon to build a fortress, 
 " banqueting them in a royal fashion." The Portuguese 
 accepted all this, and promised to return again and make 
 use of the king's friendhness. The king hearing this, and 
 fearing that they were not satisfied, offered them as a 
 further mark of his attention and desire for their friendship 
 one thousand bags of pepper annually from the day on which 
 the building of the fort was begun. 
 
 Later on Francisco de Sa was despatched to Java with 
 six vessels as a result of the King of Bantam's friendhness. 
 
 Joao de Barros in his " Decades " gives the following 
 description of Java^. at this time : — 
 
 " The city, which is in the middle of the opening of the 
 Straits of Sunda, stands in the centre of a large bay, which 
 from point to point may be about three leagues wide, the 
 bottom good, and the depth of water from two to six 
 fathoms. A river, of sufficient depth for junks and galleys, 
 falls into this bay, and divides the town into two parts. 
 On one side of the town is a fort, built of sun-dried bricks ; 
 the walls are about seven palms thick, the bulwarks of 
 wood, well furnished with artillery." 
 
 Java was then said to have six good seaports — " ChiamOy 
 at the extremity of the island, Chacatara (Jacatra), Tan- 
 garam, Cheginde, Fandang, and Bintan (Bantam) — which 
 have a great traffic on account of the trade carried on, not 
 only with Java, but with Malacca and Sumatra. The 
 
 1 Bantam, althougli it reads more like an account of old Majapahit.
 
 JAVA'S FIRST EUROPEAN VISITORS 159 
 
 principal city of this kingdom is Daro, situated a little 
 towards the interior, and we are assured this town had 
 150,000 inhabitants, and that the kingdom had upwards of 
 100,000 fighting men. The soil is very rich ; an inferior 
 gold of six carats is found. There is abundance of butcher's 
 meat, game and provisions, and tamarinds, which serve the 
 natives for vinegar. The inhabitants are not very warlike, 
 much addicted to their idolatries, and hate the Mahometans. 
 The Javans,^ however, are proud, brave and treacherous, 
 and so vindictive that for any slight offence (and they 
 consider it most unpardonable, the touching of their fore- 
 head with your hand) they declare amok to revenge it. 
 They navigate much to every part of the Eastern Archi- 
 pelago, and say formerly they used to navigate the ocean 
 as far as the island of Madagascar.^ At Daro four or five 
 thousand slaves may be purchased, on account of the 
 numerous population and its being lawful for the father to 
 sell the children. The women are handsome and those of 
 the nobles chaste, which is not the case with those of 
 the lower classes. There are monasteries or convents for 
 the women, into which the nobles put their daughters when 
 they cannot match them in marriage according to their 
 wishes. The married women when their husbands die as a 
 point of honour die with them, and if they should be afraid 
 of death they are put into the convents. The kingdom 
 descends from father to son, and not from uncle to nephew 
 (son of the sister), as among the Malabars and other infidels 
 in India. They are fond of rich arms ornamented with 
 gold and inlaid work. Their knives are gilt, and also the 
 points of their lances ; many other particulars might be 
 added concerning the productions of this island, in which 
 thirty thousand quintals of pepper are collected annually." 
 
 1 Javans are always spoken of apart, having Hindu blood in them, while 
 the other inhabitants are the Malay and Sunda race. 
 
 2 This is quite true.
 
 160 JAVA 
 
 Francisco de Sa was, as already related, despatched to 
 Bantam with six vessels from Portugal by the king as soon as 
 accounts reached him of the success of the first mission there. 
 
 These vessels on their way out called at Malacca, but on 
 leaving this port they were overtaken by a storm, and but 
 one of his vessels, that commanded by Dironte Coelho, 
 reached the port of Calapa,^ where she was driven on shore, 
 all the crew perishing at the hands of the Arabs, who were 
 then masters of the country around, they having a short 
 time before taken the town from the native (Hindu) king 
 who had concluded the treaty with the King of Portugal 
 and given him the site on which to erect the fortress. 
 
 Antonio de Britto was now sent off to the Moluccas, 
 where he spent several years roving about. 
 
 In August, 1526, on his return from Ternati to Malacca, 
 he " touched at the port of Paneruca " (Panaroekan), where 
 he found a countryman of his, Joao de Moreno, who had 
 twenty Malay junks under his command. From here he 
 proceeded to a town in the neighbourhood ^ and seized a 
 junk full of cloves. 
 
 The Portuguese were now beginning to understand the 
 geography of the East Indies, and sent full accounts home 
 to their king. Don Joao studied all these accounts and 
 particulars for some time, and finally, being a far-seeing 
 man, came to the conclusion that for the Portuguese to be 
 masters of the situation and commanders of the Straits of 
 Sunda and all the pepper of those kingdoms a strong 
 fortress must be immediately built at Bantam ; further, 
 that if the Portuguese possessed three fortresses, one on 
 Acheen Head, one on the coast of Pegu, and one at Bantam, 
 the navigation of the East could be controlled and in a 
 manner locked by these keys. The King of Portugal would 
 
 1 This is another name for a point in the Bantam district. 
 
 2 Probably Yortan (Bangil) or Surabaya.
 
 JAVA'S FIRST EUROPEAN VISITORS 161 
 
 then be lord of all its riches, and " the Enghsh and the 
 Turks (Arabs) could be kept from trading here." 
 
 The idea was good, but with the wild characters, partly 
 the riff-raff, of the Portuguese nation who were now going 
 to the East the quality of the colonists became a matter of 
 much greater importance than was imagined, for nothing 
 could be done, or any security assured to the new colonists, 
 without the assistance of the natives of these countries. 
 The priests of the Portuguese religion, who were landed 
 everywhere to preach the Gospel, certainly at first won the 
 hearts of the people, always • greedy for novelties, by their 
 meek and lowly manner, and by the example of their 
 modest and at first virtuous life ; their charitableness and 
 disinterested assistance moreover to the sick and the poor, 
 as also the pomp and majesty of their divine service, the 
 paraphernalia for which they always carried about with 
 them, enchanted the Oriental races, and the natives of these 
 countries, hearing the wonders which the foreigners carried 
 with them, welcomed their merchants everywhere. It did 
 not take long, however, before their eyes were opened, and 
 they found the strangers were wolves in disguise and the 
 very incarnation of the devil. The spiritual fathers were 
 moreover, as time went on, an utter disappointment to 
 them, and they discovered that they did not aim only at 
 the salvation of their souls, but had an eye to their money, 
 whilst the traders disposed of the goods (frequently seized 
 without any payment) in a most usurious and unscrupulous 
 manner. The priests, moreover, became more puffed up 
 by their successes, and found it beneath their dignity to 
 walk on foot any, longer. The day had passed for that, and 
 palanquins embellished with gold now became the style. 
 In fact the natives everywhere were so heartily sick and 
 disgusted with the Portuguese that they were ready to 
 welcome any other race that should come along, if only it 
 would turn these wretched degenerates out. For the next 
 
 J. — VOL. I. M
 
 162 JAVA 
 
 forty-five years the Portuguese were the masters of the 
 East, and this was the period of their greatest renown. 
 From Firando/ in Japan, to the Red Sea, from India to the 
 Cape of Good Hope, they were the sole and absolute lords 
 and dispensers of the riches and treasures of the East, and 
 their positions along West Africa and in Brazil completed 
 their world power. What the Phoenicians had been the 
 Portuguese were now, and more. But the power built up 
 with a poor foundation soon began to decay. 
 
 A lack of commercial knowledge, a want of military and 
 political resource, a scarcity of really good men, and an 
 entire want of tact in colonising foreign countries belonging 
 to Oriental races whom they drove to desperation by their 
 cruelties were bound to tell. One has only to read the 
 accounts of the expeditions of Da Gama, Menezes, Suarez, 
 Sequeira, and the other viceroys to perceive that with rulers 
 as cruel as these no nation could succeed ; for if the viceroys 
 were like this towards the natives, what was to be expected 
 from the common, ignorant men who had been nothing in 
 their own country ? 
 
 The Portuguese therefore lost all the advantages gained 
 by their splendid maritime discoveries wholly through 
 their own fault, and that they were ousted by the more 
 humane, conciliatory, level-headed, well-balanced and in- 
 telligent Dutchmen, a nation of born colonists, is a thing 
 for which all Christians must for ever be thankful. The 
 period of the highest development of the Portuguese com- 
 merce was probably from 1590 to 1610, just before their 
 overthrow by the Dutch, when their political administration 
 in the East was at its lowest depth of degradation. At this 
 period a single fleet of Portuguese merchantmen sailing 
 from Goa to Cambay or Surat would number as many as 
 one hundred and fifty or two hundred and fifty vessels. 
 To-day only one ship sails yearly from Lisbon to Goa, so 
 
 ' Nagasaki.
 
 JAVA'S FIRST EUROPEAN VISITORS 163 
 
 low has fallen a people who once commanded the whole 
 commerce of the Eastern world. The Portuguese empire 
 in the East Indies from its beginnings in 1511, when Albu- 
 querque established himself at Malacca, to the final extinc- 
 tion of their power in 1641, when they were thoroughly 
 routed by the Dutch and Malacca fell, had always rested on 
 rather an unsubstantial foundation, and was only main- 
 tained by a ready sword. Although trading in Sumatra 
 and Java, they do not even appear to have had factories 
 here, unless they had one at Bantam or old Jacatra for a 
 short period.^ 
 
 In 1527 an Englishman of the name of Robert Thorne, 
 a merchant from London, happened to settle in Seville, and 
 whilst here heard all about the discoveries in the East. He 
 immediately made known his ideas to King Henry VIII., 
 who listened to his accounts with much attention, but 
 nothing was done for fifty years. 
 
 First Efiglish Expedition to the East Indies. — In 1577 
 Francis Drake made his memorable voyage round the world 
 with the following squadron : — 
 
 The Golden Hind, of 100 tons (Francis Drake, Captain- 
 General) ; the Elizabeth, of 80 tons (Captain John Winter) ; 
 the Marigold, of 30 tons (Captain John Thomas) ; the Swan, 
 of 50 tons (Captain John Chester) ; the Christopher, of 
 15 tons (Captain Thomas Moon). 
 
 These ships were manned with 164 men and plentifully 
 furnished with provisions. A great deal of knowledge of 
 
 1 The Portuguese at one time possessed the following places in the Far 
 East : — In Ceylon : Point de Galle, Colombo, Jafnapatam, Manar. East 
 Indies : Malacca, Pegu, Martaban, Junkceylon, Qiieddah, Mindanao, the 
 Moluccas, the Banda Islands, Macassar (where they built a fort), Timor 
 (where they built a fort). Bantam. China : Macao, Formosa (on which 
 they built five forts, one at Keelung, one at Hobo, two at Tauvanfoo, one 
 at Takow). Japan : Firando (an island outside Nagasaki). All these 
 possessions were held in subordination to the supreme Government at Goa, 
 where the viceroy presided over the civil and military and an archbishop 
 over the ecclesiastical affairs of the whole of Portuguese Asia. 
 
 M 2
 
 164 JAVA 
 
 the East, which had to a great extent been a sealed book 
 to the EngHsh up to the present, was now obtained, and this 
 was to be further amphfied by the return shortly afterwards 
 in 1579 of Thomas Stephens, a Britisher, from Goa, where 
 he had resided for some time.^ 
 
 Of the Moluccas Captain Drake did not relate much in 
 his log-book beyond that he was well received and en- 
 couraged to remain, as the Kings of Tidore and Ternate 
 were disgusted with the Portuguese. Here he took in 
 three tons of cloves, and the King of Ternate agreed to 
 supply the English with all the cloves the island produced. 
 
 Of Bantam, however, we are given rather a full account : — 
 
 " On leaving the Moluccas we sailed for Java, where we met 
 with a courteous and honourable entertainment. The island is 
 governed by five kings, who Uve in perfect good understanding 
 with each other. The Javans are a stout and warlike people, 
 go well armed with swords, targets and daggers, all of their own 
 manufacture, which is very curious both as to the fashion and 
 temper of the metal. They wear Turkish turbans on their heads ; 
 the upper part of their body is naked, but from the waist down- 
 wards they have a pintado of silk trailing on the ground, of that 
 colour which pleases them best. They manage their women quite 
 after another rate than the Moluccans do, for these latter will 
 hardly let a stranger see them, whereas the former are so far from 
 that nicety that they will very civilly offer a traveller a bedfellow. 
 And as they are thus civil and hospitable to strangers, so they 
 are pleasant and sociable amongst themselves, for in every 
 village they have a public -house, where they will meet and bring 
 
 1 Thomas Stephens was educated at New College, Oxford, and went to 
 Goa in 1579, where he was rector of the Jesuits' College in Salsette. Hie 
 letters to his father are said to have roused great enthusiasm in England to 
 trade directly with India. In 1583 three English merchants — Ralph Fitch, 
 James Newberry, and Leedes — ^went out to India overland as private 
 merchant adventurers. The jealous Portuguese threw them into prison at 
 Demuz, and again at Goa. Later on, however, Newberry settled down at 
 Goa as a shopkeeper, and Leedes entered the service of the Great Mogul, 
 whilst Fitch, after lengthy and protracted journeys in Ceylon, Bengal, Pegu, 
 Siam, Malacca, and other places in the East Indies, returned to England 
 through Persia.
 
 JAVA'S FIRST EUROPEAN VISITORS 165 
 
 their several shares of provisions, joining all their forces together 
 in one great feast for the keeping up of good fellowship amongst 
 the king's subjects. They have a way peculiar to themselves 
 of boiling rice : they put it in an earthern pot, which is of a conical 
 figure, open at the greater end, and perforated all over. In the 
 meantime they provide another earthern pot full of boiling water, 
 into which they put this perforated vessel with the rice, which 
 swelling and filling the holes of the pot, but a small quantity of 
 water can enter. By this sort of boiling the rice is brought to 
 a very firm consistency, and at last is caked into a sort of bread, 
 of which with butter, oil, sugar and spices they make several 
 very pleasant kinds of food." 
 
 The journey across the Indian Ocean was in May and 
 June, and when they arrived at the Cape, Drake says in his 
 log-book that they found with pleasure " how the Portuguese 
 had abused the world in their false representations of the 
 horrors and dangers of it." 
 
 In the circumnavigation of the globe he had spent two 
 years and eleven months, leaving Plymouth on the 5th 
 November, 1577, and returning on the 26th September, 
 1580. On his return he was knighted, and Queen Elizabeth 
 visited his ship at Deptford, where the shore was densely 
 crowded with people anxiously waiting to see it. The 
 Queen was received with befitting honours and sump- 
 tuously entertained by the new knight on his hundred-ton 
 vessel. 
 
 Drake was thus the first Englishman to open intercourse 
 between England and the East Indies, as well as the first 
 Englishman to circumnavigate the globe. 
 
 Second English Expedition to the East Indies. — After this 
 it was the constant policy of the Queen to encourage as far 
 as possible the flame of public spirit in men of family and 
 wealth. Among these was Thomas Cavendish (or Candish as 
 he sometimes styled himself), of Tremley in Suffolk, esquire, 
 a gentleman of honourable family and large estate (this 
 latter lying in the neighbourhood of Ipswich, a place then
 
 166 JAVA 
 
 doing a large trade). He received an early inclination to 
 go to sea, and decided as he came of age to convert part of 
 his lands into money and go out to see the world. He 
 equipped a stout bark called the Tiger, of 120 tons burden, 
 in which he accompanied Sir Eichard Greenville in his 
 voyage to Virginia in 1585. This voyage gave him an 
 insight into some of the difficulties and dangers of the sea, 
 but instead of damping his ardour it only increased it, and 
 as soon as he returned he decided to fit out a squadron to 
 voyage round the world, and whilst this was getting ready 
 gained all the information he possibly could from men who 
 had travelled with Drake. 
 
 He sailed on the 10th July, 1586, from Plymouth, his 
 squadron consisting of the Desire (140 tons), the Content 
 (60 tons), and the Hugh Gallant (40 tons), all supplied at 
 his own expense with provisions for two years, and manned 
 with officers and men, many of whom had served under 
 Drake in his famous voyage and so w^ere men with experi- 
 ence. After a long and eventful voyage they found them- 
 selves at last in the Straits of Bantam on the 1st March, 
 1587. At first no one on shore w^ould communicate with 
 them. After they had been here eleven days, nine or ten 
 of the king's canoes laden with oxen, hogs, hens, geese, eggs, 
 sugar, cocoanuts, plantains, oranges, lemons, wine and 
 aqua vitae went out to them, and two Portuguese came on 
 board, who gave them a full account of the people and their 
 customs.^ 
 
 The king, they learnt, was a very great man, with one 
 hundred wives, and all stood in awe of him. Having paid 
 for these victuals and presenting the king with " three 
 great pieces of ordnance " for his courtesy. Cavendish 
 departed, arriving at Plymouth, in England, in the same 
 quiet way in which he departed, on the 9th September, 
 1588. 
 
 1 The account is given later in the chapter " Travellers' Tales."
 
 JAVA'S FIRST EUROPEAN VISITORS 167 
 
 Almost immediately the Spanish Government, through 
 their ambassador, apparently a crafty fellow, complained 
 to Queen Elizabeth that reports had reached them of Drake 
 and Cavendish having infringed their " divine rights " by 
 sailing round the globe. Ehzabeth haughtily replied that 
 what it was lawful to Spaniards to do it was lawful also to 
 Enghshmen, " since the sea and air are common to all men." 
 Thereupon the Spaniards launched against England the 
 " Invincible Armada." 
 
 This Armada was met by the British fleet mider Sir 
 Francis Drake, Lord Howard of Effingham, Lord Thomas 
 Howard, Sir John Hawkins, and Sir Martin Frobisher, with 
 what result every schoolboy knows. 
 
 They were scattered in all directions. Never was there 
 such a thorough downfall, and its effects were far-reaching. 
 Cavendish was in due course knighted when his report 
 reached the Queen. 
 
 At the " White Hart " inn, Ptymouth, a collection of 
 burghers, yeomen, fisherfolk, and mariners were drinking 
 and chatting over their ale, jubilant still about the destruc- 
 tion of the Spanish Armada, which gave food for talk for 
 many years, when in came a man, gaunt and weather- 
 beaten, and ordered ale of "mine host" in tones louder 
 than had ever before been heard there. He then demanded, 
 in still louder tones, pen, ink and paper, and, ensconcing 
 himself in a corner, wrote the following despatch to Lord 
 Huns don, the Lord Chamberlain : — 
 
 " To THE Right Honourable the Lord Hunsdon, etc. 
 
 " Right Honourable, — As your favour heretofore hath been 
 most greatly extended toward me, so I humbly desire a continu- 
 ance thereof, and though there be no means in me to deserve the 
 same, yet the uttermost of my services shall not be wanting 
 whensoever it shall please your Honour to dispose thereof. I am 
 humbly to desire your Honour to make known unto Her Majesty 
 the desire I have had to do Her Majesty ser\'ice in the perform- 
 ance of this voyage, and as it hath pleased God to give her the
 
 168 JAVA 
 
 victory over part of her enemies, so I trust ere long to see her 
 overthrow them all. For the places of their wealth, whereby 
 they have maintained and made their wars, are now perfectly 
 discovered, and if it please Her Majesty, with a very small power 
 she may take the spoil of them all. It hath pleased the Almighty 
 to suffer me to circumpass all the whole globe of the world, entering 
 in at the Streight of Magellan and returning by Ye Cap de Buena 
 Esperanca, in which voyage I have either discovered, or brought 
 certain intelligence of all the rich places of the world, that ever 
 were known or discovered by any Christian. I navigated all 
 along ye coast of Chile, Peru, Nuevo Espana, where I made great 
 spoils. I burnt and smik nineteen sail of ships, small and great. 
 All the towns and villages I ever landed at I burned and spoiled, 
 and had I not been discovered on ye coast I had taken great 
 quantity of treasure. The matter of most profit unto me, was 
 a great ship of the king's which I took at California, which ship 
 came from ye Phihppines being one of the richest for merchandise 
 that ever passed those seas, as the king's register, accounts, 
 merchants did show. From ye Cape of California, I navigated 
 to ye islands of Ye Philippines, the riches and stateliness of which 
 country I fear to make report of, lest it be not credited. I sailed 
 along ye islands of Maluccus, where among some of the heathen 
 people I was well intreated, where our countrymen may have 
 trade as freely as the Portugals, if they will themselves. From 
 thence I passed by Ye Cape of Buena Esperanca and found 
 out by the way homeward Ye Island of Saint Helena, and from 
 that Island God suffered me to return unto England. All of 
 which services with myself I humbly prostrate at Her Majesty's 
 feet, desiring the Almighty long to continue her reign among us, 
 for at this day she is the most famous and victorious Prince 
 that liveth in the world. 
 
 " Thus humbly demanding pardon for my tediousness I leave 
 your Lordship to the tuition of the Almighty. 
 
 " Your Honour's most humble to command, 
 
 " Thomas Candish. 
 
 " Plymouth this 9th of September, 1588." 
 
 This done, the wild-looking sailor demanded more ale 
 and " did quaff of same freely." Before long in the inn 
 and its portals, far into the street beyond, men were fighting 
 to hear this weather-beaten stranger, who had arrived in a
 
 JAVA'S FIRST EUROPEAN VISITORS 169 
 
 mere cockle-shell of a boat, relate stories that made their 
 mouths water, of the gold and riches of the Indies, China, 
 and the Spice Islands. "Why," asked he, "should ten 
 thousand Spanish and Portugal galleons go forth to the 
 Indies laden with Peruvian ingots and return full laden 
 with spices, silks, gold, silver, and jewels ? Why should 
 these papists get all and the people of the mightiest 
 sovereign in the world nothing? Let us set forth," said 
 he, "and clear Philip's ruthless and unscrupulous ruffians 
 from the Eastern Seas." The invincible navy was no more. 
 Now, now, was the time, he shouted. 
 
 To all ports and harbours in the kingdom his story 
 went forth, down the Thames from London Bridge to 
 Tilbury, from Plymouth to Portsmouth, and from there to 
 Harwich. 
 
 Owners of ships were now chafing under the threefold 
 barrier which a mean policy of rapacity on the part of 
 Philip II. of Spain had set up to obstruct the " traffick of 
 England with Eastern lands." Queen Elizabeth must be 
 petitioned to remove this. 
 
 Third English Expedition to the East Indies. — Meantime in 
 1591 certain merchant adventurers of London decided to 
 risk sending a squadron round the Cape to the East Indies, 
 and Captain George Raymond, who had voyaged with 
 Cavendish, was placed in command, the fleet consisting of 
 the Penelope, the Merchant Boyal, and the Edward Bon- 
 adventure. 
 
 The departure of these vessels created a lively commotion, 
 not only among the mercantile community of London, but 
 throughout five kingdoms. To the Spaniards and Portu- 
 guese, who were wildly angry, the business seemed one of 
 offensive effrontery. Evil was predicted from France, and 
 the Dutch thought the venture somewhat bold. 
 
 The voyage was unfortunate from the start. At the 
 Cape the Merchant Boyal was sent back full of sick men
 
 170 JAVA 
 
 from the three ships, and in a storm after leaving the Cape 
 the Penelope, with Captain Kaymond on board, was lost ; 
 so that the only ship which reached the East was the 
 Edward Bonadventure, under Captain James Lancaster. 
 At Acheen a cargo of pepper was secured, and Lancaster 
 returned home, battling with pirates, scurvy, and hurri- 
 canes, and in a continual dread that he might meet any 
 *' Portugals." After passing the Cape the ship was swept 
 by tempestuous seas and carried right up to Labrador. At 
 last, after trials unknown, the ship, with gaping timbers and 
 more or less a dismantled wreck, finally reached Plymouth, 
 three years from the day she had left. 
 
 The Dutch, with their customary patience and their slow 
 but sure methods, w^hich are a characteristic of this fine and 
 noble nation, had been meantime slowly taking note of all 
 these voyages, and it came home to them that whilst perhaps 
 the Spanish could do what they could not, they themselves 
 could do as much as the English. If the English could make 
 voyages to the East Indies, so could their seamen, and they 
 were right. They first set about getting all the information 
 they could, and if possible securing the services of under- 
 seamen, or pilots, who had served Drake and Cavendish, 
 and the information obtained from these men was such that 
 by degrees the merchants of Amsterdam began to think an 
 Indian expedition practicable, and to be willing to run the 
 hazard of such an undertaking on account of the prospects 
 that opened of prodigious profits. After further mature 
 consideration a company was formed by Henry Hudden, 
 Beinier, Pauw, Peter Haffelaar, John Jans, Charles de Oude, 
 John Poppen, Henry Buyck, Dirck van Os, Syvert Peirersz 
 Seem and Arrenten Grootenhuise. 
 
 At the first meeting it was decided to despatch without 
 delay four vessels to the Indies by way of the Cape of Good 
 Hope, under the command of Cornelius Houtman, who had 
 just returned from Portugal, where at the risk of his life he
 
 JAVA'S FIRST EUROPEAN VISITORS 171 
 
 had been gleaning all the mformation he could about the 
 East. 
 
 First Dutch Expedition to the East Indies. — On the 
 2nd April, 1595, the shipping at the Texel was all decorated, 
 and to the sound of artillery and the cheering of the Dutch 
 folk four ships sailed out. The Mauritius was 400 tons 
 (John Molecate, master, with Cornelius Houtman as agent, 
 or supercargo, on board), and was armed with six large 
 brass cannon and fourteen small pieces and manned with a 
 crew of eighty-four ; the Hollandia was 400 tons (John 
 Digmums, master), had six large and fourteen small brass 
 carmon, and was mamied with a crew of eighty-four ; the 
 Amsterdam was 200 tons (Schiltinger, master), and armed 
 with six pieces of brass guns and ten other little ones, and 
 manned with a crew of fifty-nine ; the Dufke was a small 
 ship of 50 tons, armed with " two pieces of brass cannon 
 and six little cannons," and manned by a crew of twenty- 
 four. They were bound for the East Indies, and this fleet 
 was to lay the foundation of that matchless Eastern empire 
 which to-day is the most precious gem in the Netherlands 
 crown. The manning of the fleet was no difficult matter, 
 and it is a remarkable fact that the crews were made up of 
 a number of rough and disorderly young men, regular 
 *' ne'er-do-wells," sons of respectable, rich parents, wanting 
 less in courage, boldness, and strength of mind than in love 
 of disciphne and duty, whose absence from home was 
 apparently more desirable than their presence there. 
 
 Cornelius Houtman had a difficult task, and he performed 
 it well, and these young men, once it was thoroughly im- 
 pressed upon them that the honour of their country was at 
 stake, proved the mainstay of the expedition. 
 
 The fleet had now sailed on its momentous voyage, and 
 one of the most glorious chapters in the history of the Dutch 
 had been opened. Sir Thomas Cavendish's words, " Now, 
 now, is the time," had passed unheeded, and the Enghsh
 
 172 JAVA 
 
 were too late — a state of affairs which reminds one of the 
 old adage, " The more haste, the less speed." 
 
 The Dutch had started long after the Portuguese, and 
 later than the Enghsh, to the East, but they had had an 
 advantage which the English had not, namely, that their 
 knowledge of the East was already greater, owing to their 
 early established trade with India, through Lisbon, so that 
 the details of the business, and what was required by the 
 natives, were thoroughly well known to them, and they 
 became not only first in the field for trade, but entirely 
 outstripped the Enghsh in their geographical discoveries 
 during the seventeenth century. 
 
 Houtman's voyage was long and weary. Gales and hurri- 
 canes pursued them ; scurvy decimated the crews. Still 
 they battled on ; the name of Holland was at stake, and 
 the grit of the nation was put to the test. Well it came out, 
 too, for although they and the ships were all in a deplorable 
 condition, they hung on like bulldogs. 
 
 At Madagascar the fleet stopped to recruit, and then 
 sailed for the Maldive Islands. 
 
 On the 1st January, 1596, Sumatra was sighted, and in 
 February they were in the Straits of Sunda. Here they 
 managed to pick up natives who piloted them to Bantam, 
 where they arrived on the 23rd June. The harbour was 
 full of junks and praos,^ a strange sight to these travellers, 
 who were greatly impressed by it. They felt they had done 
 something unique in reaching the Indies, and their feeling 
 of importance swelled, especially on the arrival in the evening 
 of six Portuguese, who came, they said, at the request of 
 the king to inquire what they wanted. 
 
 The Portuguese, finding the Dutch only wished to trade, 
 and not to conquer, became very polite, and gave all the 
 particulars Houtman required. They told him all about 
 Sir Thomas Cavendish's visit, also about Captain James 
 
 1 Tambangans, small vessels, lighters, ^1160:168 or sampans.
 
 n 
 
 Sai '■■ilH IJl,. i!: ,. J!' -i|l:S:>M,
 
 JAVA'S FIRST EUROPEAN VISITORS 173 
 
 Lancaster's voyage to the Straits of Malacca and the havoc 
 he had wrought amongst the Portuguese shipping with only 
 one crank little ship. Next day the Portuguese sent off 
 cattle, hogs, sheep, hens, onions, garhc, nuts, and all kinds 
 of spices such as cloves, nutmegs and mace, and large stores 
 of frankincense, camphor, diamonds, copper, iron, pewter, 
 sulphur, pepper, and gum benjamin : Houtman was 
 consequently greatly elated. 
 
 On the 30th June Cornelius Houtman had the long-boat 
 got ready, and, dressed in his finest, made his official call 
 on the king or governor and touched upon the small matter 
 of a contract. The governor was suave and polite and 
 offered coffee and sweetmeats, but was in no mood to discuss 
 a contract. Houtman returned to the ship disappointed, 
 but not disheartened, and the 1st July again proceeded on 
 shore and called upon the governor, " vrho sat with his 
 council." 
 
 First Commercial Treaty between the King of Bantam and 
 the Dutch. — He was again civilly received, and after a con- 
 siderable amount of protestation by him as to the innocence 
 of his visit, the king, who had a mind to trade in the velvet 
 and scarlet cloth they had on board — of which, as a sample, 
 a present had already been received by him — eventually 
 allowed Houtman to depart with the contract or treaty in 
 his pocket duly signed and sealed. The governor, in 
 dismissing him, said, " Go now and buy what you will in 
 our market, jon have free liberty," and Houtman, chucklmg 
 to himself, returned to his ship. The governor now having 
 a mind to see the Dutch ships, sent his shahhandar (port 
 officer) on board to prepare the wa3^ This personage ex- 
 plained the greatness of the governor and the honour he was 
 doing the Dutch nation by his visit, it being the first of its 
 kind he had ever performed. 
 
 The governor was received b}^ Houtman at the foot of the 
 ladder and shown all over the ship ; he admired the cannon,
 
 174 JAVA 
 
 and especially the green velvet which was shown him, a 
 piece of which he took away. When he left the Dutch gave 
 him a royal salute, which at first frightened him, but after- 
 wards delighted him when he found he had suffered no 
 injury. The airs and graces the visitors now gave them- 
 selves were absurd. Houtman styled himself '* Captain- 
 Major," ^ and he went into the town with his men gorgeously 
 apparelled in silk and satin, and with rapiers at their sides. 
 The captain-major, as was the custom with the emperor, had 
 a slave carrying a large Chinese '' payung'' (umbrella) over 
 his head when he walked to the market, in order to shade 
 his head from the sun, and that all might know of his great- 
 ness ; another slave walked before him with a trumpet and 
 another with a gong, which they were continually sounding. 
 At all this display the king was annoyed, but on the people 
 it had a great effect and assured them of the importance of 
 the Dutch. The Portuguese were, however, incensed at the 
 favour being shown to the Dutch, and while they were 
 pretending to give them their support, proofs were not 
 wanting that they were all the time falsely intriguing against 
 them. 
 
 The Portuguese, finding ordinary speech in vain, tempted 
 the king with a bribe of four thousand pieces-of-eight if he 
 would only get his natives to destroy all the Dutchmen 
 and place their ships in the hands of the Portuguese. News, 
 however, reached the Dutch about what was being contem- 
 plated, and they took the necessary precautions against an 
 attack. The king, on the advice of the Portuguese, prepared 
 now a large banquet to w^hich Houtman and all his officers 
 were invited. It was to be a feast of great rejoicing, with 
 much music and dancing. The Portuguese were not to be 
 invited. The trap was cleverly laid, but the Dutch were 
 far too wide awake to be caught. They sent a messenger 
 to the king to inform him that they were quite prepared for 
 
 1 Clerks on board styled themselves " Captain."
 
 JAVA'S FIRST EUROPEAN VISITORS 175 
 
 his attack when he was ready to make it, and advised him 
 not to believe the odious reports circulated by the Portu- 
 guese, as they were peaceful traders and unlike the English 
 pirates and marauders/ The king was surprised at this 
 message, and at once disclaimed any hostile intentions and 
 renewed his invitation for the feast. The Dutch, however, 
 declined it. The Portuguese still continued to pour all 
 sorts of stories in the king's ears, and these became at last 
 so dreadful that he began to fear for his kingdom. An inci- 
 dent that occurred at this moment, which was naturally by 
 the enemies of the Dutch made the most of, was the little 
 Dufke coming into the river and taking soundings. Hout- 
 man, moreover, continued his unnecessary braggadocio and 
 show, and in spite of warnings went ashore one day with 
 seven of his seamen. The whole party was immediately 
 arrested. The governor sent a message now to the rest of 
 the Dutchmen to go on trading as no harm would come to 
 them, and a few days later sent one of the imprisoned 
 Dutchmen on board the Mauritius, accompanied by an 
 interpreter and nine slaves, to say he would soon free 
 Houtman, who was in prison for having used violent 
 language. The Dutch, however, not trusting the governor, 
 seized the interpreter and the nine slaves and placed them 
 in chains. On hearing this the governor was very angry, 
 and sent a message that if they were not instantly let loose 
 Houtman and the other Dutchmen would be put to death. 
 The interpreter was immediately released. 
 
 On the 4th September, Houtman being still in prison, a 
 council was held on the Mauritius, and it was decided to 
 send a letter to . the governor demanding the prisoners' 
 release, and threatening reprisals. As no reply was received, 
 the following day at noon all the ships moved in close to 
 the town. When they had drawn as near as they could, the 
 
 ^ Captain James Lancaster destroyed also some Javan shipping in the 
 Straits of Malacca.
 
 176 JAVA 
 
 pinnaces were manned and sent out to seize three junkB 
 lying there. Two were taken, the Portuguese slaves on 
 board asking for quarter, but the third junk was set on fire 
 by the Portuguese to prevent the Dutch becoming masters 
 of her. 
 
 This action nearly cost Houtman and the other Dutchmen 
 their lives, and they sent a message to the Mauritius begging 
 them to desist, otherwise they would be killed by "being 
 tied to stakes and shot through with arrows," or else " be 
 blown from the mouths of cannon, neither of which deaths 
 they desired." At last the prisoners were ransomed and 
 peace made with the governor. It did not last long, how- 
 ever, for the Portuguese soon stirred up more trouble, and 
 finally the Dutch were forbidden to trade any longer at 
 Bantam. 
 
 They sailed in November for Kakatra, arriving there on 
 the 13th of that month. The king made a visit on board, 
 and went away well satisfied. Afterwards the fleet sailed 
 down the coast in sight of Tuban and Sedayo until it reached 
 Joartam ^ ; here the natives tried to cut them off. Li the 
 fight that took place one hundred and fifty natives were 
 killed and twelve Dutchmen. 
 
 The fleet now steered for Madura, where the king came off 
 to pay an official call, but the Dutch not understanding, and 
 fearing an attack, fired and killed the king. 
 
 They now considered the question of returning, having 
 abandoned the Amsterdam, which was leaking and nearly 
 sinking, and after a visit to Bah, which they reached on the 
 26th February, 1597, they turned homewards. 
 
 On the 10th August the coast of Holland was sighted, and 
 the following day the Mauritius sailed to Texel, being 
 followed three days later by the Amsterdam. The ships 
 had returned, but the crews were utterly exhausted and 
 were so weak that they could scarcely furl sail. 
 
 ^ Yortan.
 
 JAVA'S FIRST EUROPEAN VISITORS 177 
 
 As soon as it was known that the Mauritius and the 
 Amsterdam, which had been given up for lost, had returned, 
 the nation rejoiced from end to end, and great was the 
 sensation caused in the mercantile circles of Amsterdam. 
 The shrewd and calculating merchants saw at once that the 
 whole trade of the East Indies was at their disposal, and 
 could no longer be monopolised by the crafty Spaniards 
 and the Portuguese. At once preparations were made by 
 the old Company for following up their successes. Mean- 
 time, however, another group of merchants in Amsterdam 
 had decided to equip a fleet for the East, but, like wise men, 
 the two Companies amalgamated. The Dutchmen knew the 
 proverbs that *' time was money " and " unity was strength," 
 which their English neighbours had still to learn. The 
 names of the new group of merchants were Vincent von 
 Broucherst, Simon Jansz, Covert Dirrickz, Cornelius vo7i 
 Camjpen, Jacob TJiomasz, Elbert Simonz Jencheyn, and John 
 Harmansz. 
 
 The inhabitants of Bantam were described by the home- 
 comers as a very cleanly race, washing five or six times a 
 day. The trade was said to be chiefly carried on by the 
 Chinese, who arrived yearly in nine junks with porcelain, 
 silks, damasks, gold thread, and iron pans, returning with 
 pepper, cloves, mace, and other merchandise. 
 
 Some of these Chinese remained for a year selling the 
 goods, returning when the next season for the junks to 
 arrive came round. In that case they bought themselves a 
 wife, or two or more, selling them again when leaving. 
 From the account given of Houtman's stay at Bantam, it 
 may be noted that " from Sumatra the natives said the 
 Egyptian King Solomon got his gold wherewith he beautified 
 the Temple and his palace, and in the Bible was called 
 Orphuz, and also his spices were fetched from Banda by 
 his ships." 
 
 Sumatra, of course, it is known, has been visited from 
 
 J. — VOL. I. N
 
 178 JAVA 
 
 time immemorial by strangers in search of gold, silver, and 
 other metals. 
 
 " The women of the town, at this period were well kept from 
 the men who were Jews. The rich men kept many who lay all 
 day long without anything on chewing a nut called betel, their 
 slaves around them, continually rubbing them.^ The concubines 
 wait on the married women. The women of the rich especially 
 are very idle and do nothing all the day, except lie down, the 
 slaves doing all the drudgery. The rich men also sit all day long 
 upon mats, and chew betel, having ten or twenty women, accord- 
 ing to their purse, about them." 
 
 Jacatra (Old Batavia) when the Dutch visited it would 
 seem to be almost of as much importance as Bantam (it was 
 sometimes called Sunda Calapa). It had about three 
 thousand houses at least, built fairly closely together. 
 These were surrounded by high palisades of bamboo. The 
 city was estabhshed on both sides of the great river. It w^as 
 said of Jacatra when it was described, " Faith, this is ye 
 principal town of traffik in these parts." 
 
 The money that was used at this time in the exchange of 
 Bantam %vas apparently chiefly copper : — 
 
 " Their copper money cometh out of China, and is almost as 
 great and heavy as a quarter of a dollar and somewhat thicker, 
 and in the middle having a square hole. Two thousand of 
 them are worth a rial of eight, but of these there are not over- 
 many. They used to hang them upon strings, and pay them, 
 without telling, for they stand not so narrowly upon the 
 number, for if they want but twenty -five or fifty it is as nothmg. 
 There is also leaden money of bad lead and very rough ; it hath 
 in its middle a square hole. They are hanged by two hundred 
 upon a string. They are commonly ten, eleven or twelve thousand 
 to a rial of eight ; of these cometh a great quantity out of China, 
 where they are made, so that there is a plenty or scarcity, and 
 they rise and fall in value." 
 
 Second Dutch Expedition to the East Indies. — The fleet 
 
 1 The native 'pijit or massage.
 
 JAVA'S FIRST EUROPEAN VISITORS 179 
 
 that was despatched by the new Company consisted of six 
 ships and two yachts, manned by five hundred and sixty 
 seamen and commanded by James CorneHs van Neck, of 
 Amsterdam. It sailed from Texel on the 1st May, 1598. 
 
 Whilst off the coast of Africa they encountered one of 
 those terrible storms for which the Cape of Good Hope is 
 noted ; the ships were consequently dispersed in all direc- 
 tions. They all, however, reached Bantam. A good trade 
 was done at once. Notwithstanding the endeavours of 
 the Portuguese, who continued their sly and underhand 
 practices, no trouble occurred, and the inhabitants began 
 to find they had to do with real merchants, who paid 
 liberally (or seemed to) for all they received and only 
 desired to trade. 
 
 Four of the big ships returned to Texel on the 19th June, 
 1599. The other two and the yachts continued their 
 voyage to the Spice Islands, and underwent many adven- 
 tures off the island of Madura, when a treacherous attack 
 was made upon them and a whole boat's crew carried off as 
 prisoners. After several unsuccessful attempts to rescue 
 the unfortunate prisoners they were ransomed. 
 
 At Amboina they were cordially welcomed, the inhabi- 
 tants looking upon them as benefactors who would release 
 them from the cruelties and tyranny of the Spaniards and 
 Portuguese. 
 
 In August, 1599, they returned to Bantam, where there 
 lay in the road two Portuguese barks. 
 
 Arrangements were now made for erecting a factory, 
 although nothing further was done, and after presents to 
 the governor they sailed on the 15th January, 1600, and 
 arrived in Holland safely, Tsdth, however, only half their 
 crews, the rest having died of scurvy. 
 
 In the meantime other fleets were got ready one after the 
 other, the Dutch merchants being determined to sweep the 
 Portuguese out of the Eastern Seas. 
 
 N 2
 
 180 JAVA 
 
 The anger and consternation amongst the Portuguese and 
 Spaniards was considerable, and in January, 1601, the 
 latter, seeing their power gradually slipping away, sent a 
 fleet of thirty men-of-war to cut off some Dutch ships then 
 sailing to the East. They attacked the Dutch squadron of 
 eight ships and were badly beaten, some Portuguese ships 
 richly laden from the East being seized and brought to 
 Holland. The two Latin nations now found they had a 
 foe worthy of their steel which had best be left alone. 
 
 The great number of Dutch companies which were now 
 formed created a lot of trouble. Ships were despatched to 
 the same ports, and the Amsterdam merchants found they 
 were frequently competing against themselves ; the prices 
 of their own goods were lowered in Eastern ports, whilst the 
 prices of Eastern produce were unnecessarily raised. 
 
 The States-General, hearing of this, called a meeting at 
 The Hague of the directors of all the companies, both of 
 Holland and Zealand, and compelled them to unite into one 
 body for future ventures " to w^hich their mightinesses 
 joined their consent and their authority." 
 
 The treaty then agreed upon was confirmed by a patent 
 from the sovereign poAver for twenty-one years, beginning 
 from the 20th March, 1602. 
 
 The patent being issued, the Company became very 
 important and made a joint stock of 6,600,000 livres. 
 
 With this sum they promised themselves great things, 
 and fitted out a fleet of fourteen large ships which sailed 
 in June. Two of these ships went to China and two to the^ 
 Moluccas-; the rest cruised to various ports. The Dutch 
 were now on the road to success, and richly they deserved 
 it ; for with all their slowness, once a matter is decided, 
 immediate action follows. Just so was it in the case of the 
 trade to the East : once they had made up their minds that 
 it could be done, they rushed fleet after fleet to the East 
 without a stop. If to-day they are the masters in the East
 
 JAVA'S FIRST EUROPEAN VISITORS 181 
 
 Indian Archipelago they liave only themselves to thank 
 for it ; and a finer and a more honest body of merchants is 
 to be found nowhere else in the world. 
 
 The British, with their usual lethargy, had meanwhile 
 been dozing, but hearing now of the successes of the Dutch, 
 they decided that if they wished any share in the good 
 things of the East they must be up and doing. 
 
 Charter oj the English East India Company. — The mer- 
 chants of London applied to Queen Elizabeth for a charter, 
 which was granted them on the 31st December, 1600. By 
 this charter she created them a body corporate, with the 
 style of "Ye Governor and Company of Merchants of 
 London trading to ye East Indies," and " granted " the 
 charter " under common seal." 
 
 It appointed Thomas Smyth, Esquire, Alderman of 
 London, to be their first governor, and established a court 
 of twenty directors to be chosen annually on the 1st July, 
 or within six days thereafter. The Queen likewise granted 
 them authority to make by-laws, allowed them to export 
 goods custom free for four years, and allowed them to 
 export £30,000 in foreign coin, with licence to do the same 
 every voyage provided they brought that sum by their 
 trade out of foreign countries into this kingdom. 
 
 This charter was exclusive, and the Queen bound herself 
 not to grant any charter to other merchants for the space 
 of fifteen years ; but with this proviso, that if within this 
 space this charter should appear to be in any respect 
 detrimental to the public, it should upon two years' warning 
 under the Privy Seal become void. If, however, from 
 experience it should appear that this new Corporation was a 
 pubhc benefit, tlien she promised to renew this charter, with 
 such additional clauses in their favour as should appear 
 requisite. As soon as this charter was signed the Company 
 began to raise a joint stock for carrying the project into 
 execution, and this with such energy that in a very short
 
 182 JAVA 
 
 space of time they managed to collect £72,000, on the 
 strength of which it was decided to fit out five ships to trade 
 with the East Indies. 
 
 The ships were — the Red Dragon, 600 tons (flagship) ; 
 the Hector, 300 tons (Captain Christopher Colthurst) ; the 
 Susanah, 200 tons (Captain WilHam Keeling ^) ; the 
 Ascension, 200 tons (Captain Brand Eoger Styles, factor) ; 
 the Guest, 130 tons (which acted as store-ship). 
 
 The complement of men in these ships was four hundred 
 and eighty, and the expense of equipping them £45,000, 
 while the cargo they carried cost £27,000. 
 
 The fleet, which was under the command of Captain 
 James Lancaster, who received the title of Admiral, sailed 
 from Torbay on the 2nd May, 1601, arriving at Acheen in 
 November, 1602. Here they found seventeen ships — 
 Spanish, Portuguese, Dutch, Indian, and Chinese, from 
 Guzerat, Cahcut, Malabar, and Pegu — all on the same 
 mission as themselves. The jealousy that arose was great, 
 and the King of Acheen had to listen to many stories which 
 each nation told of the others. Lancaster, endeavouring to 
 hold himself above all this, called in full naval uniform, 
 with his suite, on the king, by whom he was greeted very 
 cordially. The letter from Queen Elizabeth and the presents 
 were duly handed to him ; these comprised a belt, a case of 
 pistols, some plumes, looking-glasses, platters, spoons and 
 glass toys, besides a pair of spectacles and an ewer of silver. 
 The Company had made no mistake when they believed a 
 few presents to be likely to carry far more weight in the 
 counsels of the king than the Queen's letter, for they proved 
 irresistible. The captain was immediately given the privi- 
 lege he sought for, namely, freedom of trade and immunity 
 from the payment of customs.^ 
 
 ' The discoverer of the Cocos-Keeling Islands, in the Indian Ocean. 
 * Lancaster also established commercial relations with Priaman, in 
 Sumatra, a pepper centre.
 
 JAVA'S FIRST EUROPEAN VISITORS 183 
 
 Commercial Treaty between the King 'of Acheen and the 
 English. — Lancaster, however, was not yet satisfied, and 
 when he returned to his ship, with the assistance of his 
 senior officers he drew up on a double sheet of parchment a 
 portentous treaty, which they afterwards translated into 
 Portuguese and prevailed upon the king to sign. A copy 
 of this instrument is at the India Office, and is the first 
 treaty between a native prince and the East India Company 
 and the earliest document received from any servant of the 
 Company m the East. It reads as follows : — 
 
 ** I most mighty King of Acheen and Sumatra, to all persons 
 that shall read this present writing, greeting. 
 '* In token of our special friendship, and upon many good 
 considerations us moving, and chiefly upon the contem- 
 plating of the gracious letters received from the famous 
 Queen of England, we of our especial mere motion do signify 
 and declare to all people that we have entertained into our 
 friendship and holy league our well -beloved Sirinissima 
 Reina de Inglaterra to hold and keep true and faithful 
 league with her according to the commendable course and 
 law of all nations, unto whose subjects we wish much 
 felicity, and therefore doth give and grant by these presents, 
 for us our heirs and successors, as much as in us lieth to the 
 said subjects of the most noble Queen of England our 
 confederate and every one of them these articles, grants and 
 privileges hereafter expressed and declared." 
 
 Lancaster waited here three months without securing 
 any pepper, and, getting at last impatient, he sailed away, 
 leaving two factors, Wilham Starkey and Styles, behind 
 him to collect produce for the Company. 
 
 Before his departure the admiral " went to Court once 
 more," where he had a long final conference. 
 
 " The king presented him with a ring set with a very fine ruby, 
 and three pieces of rich cloth of gold as a present to Her Majesty
 
 184 JAVA 
 
 Queen Elizabeth. He likewise presented the admiral with a 
 ruby ring for himself, and when he was about to take his leave, he 
 asked him if the Enghsh had the Psalms of David amongst 
 them ; to which the admiral repHed that they had and sung them 
 daily. Then said the king, ' I and the nobles will sing a psalm 
 to God for your prosperity,' which being finished, the king asked 
 the admiral and his attendants to sing another psalm, though it 
 were in their own language, and they instantly complied with 
 the request. This being done, the admiral took his leave, and 
 the king at parting said, ' I hope God will bless you all your 
 voyage and conduct you safe to your own country, and if here- 
 after your ships return to this port, you shall find the same good 
 usage you have hitherto experienced.' " 
 
 Lancaster left Acheen on the 9th November, and meeting 
 a Portuguese ship of 900 tons in the Straits of Malacca, 
 battered her to pieces first and then from her bulging hold 
 hauled forth cloves and pepper. The ship was on her way 
 from the Moluccas to the Portuguese settlement of St. 
 Thome, near Madraspatam, where the Company had built a 
 fort for the protection of their produce from the Dutch. 
 Lancaster now returned to Acheen, where he found that 
 Styles and Starkey (or Starckey) had collected sufficient 
 cargo to fill one ship ; this was put into the Ascension. 
 Lancaster now took leave again of the King of Acheen, 
 receiving from him a letter to his " Cousin Elizabeth, Queen 
 of England, France and Ireland," together with several 
 presents. These were given to Captain Brand, of the 
 Ascension, together with letters and reports from the 
 admiral, on receipt of which the Ascension sailed for 
 England.^ A short time afterwards the Susanah, also full 
 of produce, was despatched to England. 
 
 Island of Pulo Bun, in the Moluccas, ceded to the English. — 
 Meanwhile the Guest, which had been sent to the Moluccas, 
 obtained the Island of Pulo Kun ^ Treaty, thus carrying out 
 
 1 Her cargo consisted of 210,000 lbs. of pepper, 1,100 lbs. of cloves, 
 6,000 lbs. of cinnamon, 4,080 lbs. of gum-lacquer. 
 
 2 In the Moluccas.
 
 JAVA'S FIRST EUROPEAN VISITORS 185 
 
 the admiral's instructions to plant the British flag securely 
 in these islands. 
 
 As soon as the Ascension had sailed, Lancaster, with the 
 Dragon and the Hector, proceeded to Bantam, where they 
 arrived on the 16th December, 1602, and as they entered 
 the roads " shot off such a thundering peal of ordnance as 
 had never been lung there before." 
 
 Lancaster brought the King of Bantam a letter from 
 Queen Ehzabeth and many presents, and was received 
 more as the princely ambassador of a great monarch 
 than as the representative of a mercantile trading com- 
 pany. 
 
 First Commercial Treaty between the King of Bantam and 
 the English. — After his interview or " audience " he was 
 granted similar conditions to those he had obtained at 
 Acheen, which amomited to permission being given to 
 trade, and this in spite of the protests of the Dutch. 
 
 First English Factory opened in Java. — A factory, or 
 *' house of trade," was opened at Bantam and the cargo on 
 board the ships landed. By the 10th February, 1603, the 
 ships Avere all reloaded for the return journey. 
 
 When Lancaster left Bantam on the 21st February, 1603, 
 he left behind him a factory under the charge of William 
 Starkey, as head agent, with three factors and eight clerks, 
 as also a pinnace to go backwards and forwards to the 
 Moluccas, under command of Thomas Tudde (or Tudd) with 
 thirteen men. 
 
 First Dutch Factory opened in Java. — As a result of this 
 example the Dutch opened a factory at Bantam in October, 
 1603.^ The founder was Admiral Wybrand van Warwyck, 
 who had arrived with a fleet on the 19th April, 1603, at 
 Bantam. He placed in charge as factor Frans Wittert, 
 with nine clerks, and gave him a liberal capital to work 
 with. The building was of stone on a piece of ground 
 
 1 J. Hageman, " De Engelsohen op Java."
 
 186 JAVA 
 
 bought by the Dutch, and was situated in the western part 
 of the town. 
 
 The natives soon preferred deahng with the EngHsh to 
 the Dutch, as the former's methods were generally more 
 hberal. The prices, however, were little enough as a matter 
 of fact, for pepper fetched less than a fortieth of the price 
 given in London. 
 
 This was the beginning of commercial competition between 
 the two nations, and of a long story of jealousy and intrigue 
 which was to go on for an interminable period. Added to 
 this, things never went well with the English in Bantam, 
 and there were immense disadvantages to their lucrative 
 trade. For instance, whether from diet or disease, poison 
 or fighting, scarcely a day elapsed without one of the Com- 
 pany's servants dying — a matter of serious consequence 
 among so small a community. 
 
 February, 1603. — When Lancaster arrived in London, 
 despite the prevailing depression caused by the plague, 
 which had accounted for at least two of the directors of 
 the East India Company, he received a most flattering 
 and enthusiastic welcome. He was also called to Court and 
 knighted. 
 
 The Company had done well, having so far received in all 
 more than a million pounds of spices. 
 
 In the East the Dutch and English, who were doing their 
 utmost to displace the Portuguese, who were scarcely ever 
 a match for them, kept a jealous eye on each other. There 
 were continual quarrels and bickerings over petty trading 
 matters, both being desirous of gaining the monopoly of the 
 pepper and spice markets. The English maintained they 
 had a greater right to it than the Dutch, inasmuch as Drake 
 had planted the British flag in the Moluccas in 1578 and in 
 Bantam in 1579, which acts had been confirmed and 
 repeated by Cavendish in 1587. The Dutch, however, from 
 their point of view maintained the greater right was theirs
 
 JAVA'S FIRST EUROPEAN VISITORS 187 
 
 on account of the fact that in 1596 CorneHus Houtman, 
 with a royal charter in his pocket, not only planted the flag 
 in Bantam, but erected factories in the Moluccas — this being 
 quite a different thing to actions of the half-pirates ^ sailing 
 round the world under the British flag ; they also pointed 
 out that Lancaster, who was the first Englishman who 
 actually sailed under a charter from the sovereign, did not 
 erect factories at Acheen and Bantam until 1602-3, or six 
 years after Houtman already had a treaty in his pocket, 
 which would have empowered him to do so had he wished. 
 It can thus be easily seen that the elements were there for 
 strife from the beginning, and at a time when these old sea- 
 dogs led rough lives, amused themselves in a rough manner 
 and died rough deaths, every opportunity was taken by the 
 individual members of the two nations to make it as un- 
 pleasant as they possibly could for one another. 
 
 This state of things continued until 1611, matters going' 
 from bad to worse, until at last the English, getting rather 
 the worst of it, complained to the Foreign Secretary in 
 England, who in turn brought the question over to The 
 Hague, where diplomacy with its devious channels gradually 
 smoothed matters over. 
 
 The Enghsh were also having trouble in India with the 
 Portuguese, who were doing their utmost to hinder their 
 trade. They were therefore to all intents and purposes at 
 war with the Dutch in the East Indies and with the Portu- 
 guese in India. 
 
 The work was too great for them — the Company had not 
 the means to undertake it. Their trade was bound in the 
 end to suffer somewhere, and so it did. 
 
 In 1611 Captain Thomas Best, in command of the Dragon, 
 with three other ships mider him, sailed for Surat, where he 
 arrived in six months. Here he built a factory and began 
 to trade. He had hardly, however, settled down before 
 
 1 Drake and Cavendish.
 
 188 JAVA 
 
 the viceroy at Goa sent a fleet to destroy him. It consisted 
 of four large galleons and twenty-six galleys, in which there 
 were five thousand men and one hundred and thirty cannon. 
 The Portuguese fleet was, howevei, fortunately beaten off, 
 and the factory with all its valuables saved. 
 
 The Enghsh now thought that some sort of an arrange- 
 ment with the Dutch Company would be advisable ; but 
 after a lot of parleying nothing very substantial was gained 
 by either side, the Enghsh Company not feeling itself 
 justified in accepting the conditions offered by the Dutch, 
 which they characterised as " giving too little, and asking 
 too much."^ All questions or disputes on both sides were, 
 however, laid bare, and it was confidently asserted and 
 imagined that things could now go on harmoniously between 
 the two nations, and that an end had been put to all the 
 disputes between the two Companies for twenty years at 
 least. It fell out, however, quite otherwise, for shortly after 
 this the Dutch Company's factor in the East Indies, who 
 was now styled Governor-General and lived at Batavia as 
 headquarters, attacked Lantore with a large fleet, and, 
 having defeated the natives, fired the town, plundered the 
 English factory which had been established there, taking 
 away the cloth, money, and bullion belonging to the English 
 East India Company, together with 23,000 lbs. of mace and 
 150,000 lbs. of nutmegs. The Enghsh factors that were 
 living there were stripped naked, bound and beaten, thrown 
 over the town wall, and afterwards dragged through the 
 city in chains. The English factory at Pulo Kun shared the 
 same fate. The Dutch, of course, had their side of the story 
 when representations were made at The Hague, but the facts 
 remained. Proper satisfaction for this seems never to have 
 been demanded by the British Government. 
 
 The foregoing troubles at Lantore were, however, as 
 nothing to what was to follow at Amboyna in 1622. 
 
 1 This is the origin of the famous phrase.
 
 JAVA'S FIRST EUROPEAN VISITORS 189 
 
 At Amboyna the English Company had five factories for 
 the collection of cloves ; the chief one was at Amboyna 
 itself, whilst the others were at various points not far away. 
 The governor was a certain George Muschamp,^ who was 
 later replaced by Gabriel Towerson, who had been factor at 
 Bantam.^ He has been described as a good-natured, in- 
 cautious, but reliable servant, indolent, possibly, and fond 
 of pomp — a thing which seems inseparable from a long 
 residence in the Indies, but was probably accentuated in 
 Towerson's case owing to his marriage with a native, who, 
 he said, had royal blood in her veins. The Dutch had also 
 a factory and a fort here, armed with six large cannon and 
 very strongly built. For two years the Dutch and Enghsh 
 bore with each other, and although disputes continually 
 occurred, the governor at Batavia generally smoothed 
 matters over. Affairs, however, at last reached boiling 
 point ; differences not only continued but were daily 
 occurrences, and the governor at Batavia began treating 
 them, possibly from their very tediousness, with more 
 indifference, until on the 11th February, 1622, a Japanese 
 soldier in the castle at Amboyna asked the sentinel what was 
 the strength of the fort and how many Dutchmen there 
 were in it. The Dutch being apprehensive and suspicious 
 of these questions, seized the, Japanese as soon as they 
 heard of the matter and tortured him on the rack for three 
 or four days. At the same time an Englishman named 
 Abel Price, the chirurgeon, was lying in the Dutch prison 
 for threatening when drunk to set a Dutchman's house on 
 fire. This man they brought to the Japanese, and stated 
 that he had confessed whilst under torture that the English 
 had intended seizing the castle and had asked his assistance. 
 At the same time they informed Price that unless he likewise 
 confessed he would also be tortured as badly as the Japanese 
 
 1 See Chapter XII., " Batavia." 
 « See Chapter XII., " Bantam."
 
 190 JAVA 
 
 had been, if not worse. At first he dechned to do so, but 
 under the rack he admitted the truth of the statements of 
 the Japanese. The following day the Dutch sent for 
 Towerson and the rest of the Englishmen, who, they in- 
 formed them, were accused of being guilty of conspiring to 
 surprise the castle. On their appearing before the governor 
 they were all seized, Gabriel Towerson being committed to 
 prison under a strong guard, whilst Emmanuel Thomson was 
 placed in a dungeon ; the others, John Beaumont, Edward 
 Collins, William Webber, Ephraim Ramsey, Timothy John- 
 son, John Fardo, and Robert Broivn, were sent on board the 
 Dutch ships lying in the harbour. The same day the 
 governor gave orders for the apprehension of the rest of the 
 Englishmen in the outlying factories — namely, Samuel 
 Colson, John Clark, and George Sharrock, who were at the 
 factory at Hitto ; John Sadler, from Larica ; John Pocol, 
 John Wetheral, and Thomas Ladbrook, from Cambello ; and 
 William Griggs (who was brought in irons), from Lobo. 
 
 These Englishmen, a mere handful, were supposed to be 
 planning for the capture of the fortress held by two hundred 
 soldiers and twenty-four guns. Towerson rightly said it 
 was ridiculous. 
 
 Timothy Jolinson was now the first to be tortured ; he 
 acknowledged nothing, because there was nothing to 
 acknowledge. Red-hot irons, however, apphed to the soles 
 of his feet did what was needed, and he was then racked for 
 having refused evidence at first ; under this torture he 
 acknowledged everything that was suggested to him. 
 
 The Dutch governor van Speult, a man of a bad type and 
 weak character, now had the matter conducted from its 
 legal side and in strict conformity with the law. The pubhc 
 prosecutor, or Dutch " fiscal," who made a notarial account 
 of all the proceedings, was an unscrupulous coadjutor to his 
 master, and was as wax in his hands. 
 
 Johnson, after having been cruelly burnt and racked,
 
 JAVA'S FIRST EUROPEAN VISITORS 191 
 
 was followed by Thomson, who was treated likewise, despite 
 his grey hairs. The " fiscal " made minutes of all that the 
 prisoners confessed. 
 
 Beaumont was now tortured with the water ordeal, a 
 most diabohcal and inhuman proceeding. The victim was 
 made fast and stretched out, a cloth tied round his neck, 
 and jars of water were poured into the cloth, the result 
 being the same as drowning. WiUiam Webber, Edward 
 Collins, Ephraim Eamsey, and Robert Brown were now 
 brought from the ship Rotterdam, which lay in the roads, 
 and at the same time Samuel Colson, William Griggs, John 
 Clark, George Sharrock, and John Sadler had to undergo 
 their turn at the rack and water torture. Collins when 
 confronted, seeing his companions yelling in agony, asked 
 the '* fiscal," " What would you have me to say ? Tell me, 
 and though it be false, yet will I speak." 
 
 The " fiscal " was in a rage, and answering, " You mock 
 me," he gave orders to rack him to the utmost. When 
 almost expiring under the torture he acknowledged that 
 Towerson was the ringleader, and gave all the details as to 
 how the plot was to have been carried out ; with his eyes 
 bulging out of his head and all reason gone, he was taken 
 away. 
 
 The next were tortured first with fire, then with water, 
 and finally racked. They were hoisted up by the hands 
 with a cord on a large door, where they were made fast upon 
 two staples of iron fixed on both sides at the top of the door- 
 posts ; their arms and legs, which were two feet from the 
 ground, were stretched to the utmost ; the cloth was then 
 bound round their neck and face very tightly and kept 
 filled with water. When they swooned or fainted they were 
 taken down, and after a few minutes to recover they were 
 hoisted up again. After this had been done many times 
 the bodies of some were swollen twice their ordinary size ; 
 their cheeks were like bladders, and their eyes bulged out of
 
 192 JAVA 
 
 their heads. Still the majority stood it without confessing 
 anything, until they burnt the soles of their feet 'with 
 candles, sometimes doing it several times, and their elbows, 
 the palms of their hands, and their armpits. 
 
 At last it came to Towerson's turn, and on oath he 
 declared there was absolutely no truth in the reports as to 
 a plot against the Dutch. Thereupon they brought several 
 of those who had confessed before him, and he charged them 
 as they would answer at the dreadful Day of Judgment to 
 speak nothing but the truth. These rough men fell upon 
 their knees before him, praying for God's sake to be forgiven 
 for whatever they had formerly confessed, which was mostly 
 false and uttered only to avoid further torment. These 
 men were therefore once more tortured, and in the end 
 again admitted that their former statements were corrects 
 When Colson was told to sign what he confessed he inquired 
 of the " fiscal " upon whose head he thought the sin would 
 lie, whether upon him who was forced to confess what was 
 false or upon him who forced it. 
 
 Thus far Towerson in virtue of his position had been 
 spared the pain and ignominy of the torture chamber and 
 he had been merely condemned to death. 
 
 Van Speult was, however, not satisfied, and he decided he 
 must make a confession ; he was taken to the torture 
 chamber, and two large jars of water were seen to follow 
 him ; those who saw this shuddered. What Towerson went 
 through and suffered no one will ever know. He was 
 carried out with drawn and Hvid features, his whole appear- 
 ance ghastly ; but he had confessed. Eight days were 
 occupied in this work of torture, and the whole air reeked 
 with an unbearable smell of burnt flesh. On the ninth day 
 (February 23rd), when human nature could stand no more, 
 a surgeon was allowed to go round and dress the sores. The 
 poor victims were in a dreadful state ; some of the wounds 
 were putrefied and had maggots in them, and from Clark
 
 KAMMENU PAN(iKKA5. AKIU TJOKKO XAGERU. (lIELTKNANT-C'OLOXEL I.N THK 
 CAVALRY ; UFFIt'ER IN THE ORANGE NASSAU ORDER.)
 
 JAVA'S FIRST EUROPEAN VISITORS 193 
 
 and one or two of the others it is said " great maggots 
 dropped from them in most noisome and loathsome manner." 
 
 On the 28th February, the day of execution, the cruel 
 gaolers allowed lots to be drawn for one life ; it fell to 
 Collins. Beaumont was also respited, being a particular 
 friend of the Dutchmen ; Sharrock, too, was pardoned. 
 
 The execution was duly carried out, " a cloth of black 
 velvet," we are told, by the special consideration of the 
 governor, being prepared for Towerson's body to fall on, 
 but we also learn that this being now " spoiled and unsale- 
 able " was charged to the Enghsh Company. With the 
 English one Portuguese, Augustin Perez, and about eleven 
 Japanese also suffered death. 
 
 Before the execution it would appear as if all the victims 
 endeavoured to leave some record of their innocence, but 
 only a few succeeded. Colson wrote in the flyleaf of his 
 prayer-book, which was sewed up in a bed : — 
 
 " Aboard the Rotterdam lying in the roads of Amboyna in 
 irons. 
 
 " Understand that I, Samuel Colson, the late factor of Hitto, 
 was apprehended for suspicion of conspiracy, and for anything 
 I know must die of it ; wherefore having no better means to 
 make my innocence known, have writ this in this book, hoping 
 some good Englishman will see it. I do here swear upon my 
 salvation, as I hope by His death and passion to have redemption 
 for my sinnes, that I am clean of all such conspiracy, neither 
 do I know any EngUshman guilty thereof, nor other creature in 
 the world. As this is true, God bless me. Samuel Colson." 
 
 Ha also wrote at the beginning of the Psalms : — 
 
 " The JapOTiers were taken with some villainy, and being 
 most tyrannousry tortured, were asked if the English had any 
 hand in the plot, which torture made them say Yes, then was 
 master Thomson and Mr. Johnson, IVIr. Collins, John Clark, brought 
 to execution, and were burned under the armpits, and hands, 
 and soles of the feet, with another most miserable torment to 
 drink water, some of them almost tortured to death, and were 
 J. — VOL. I. e
 
 194 JAVA 
 
 forced to confess that which they never knew, by reason of the 
 torment which flesh and blood is unable to endure. Then were 
 the rest of the EngUshmen called one by one amongst which I 
 was one, being wished to confess, or else I must go to torment, 
 withal caused Mr. Johnson who was before tormented, to witness 
 against me, or else he should be tortured again, which rather than 
 he should endure, he said what they would have him speak. 
 Then must I confess I never knew, or else go to torment which 
 rather than I would suffer I did confess that which, as I shall 
 be saved before God Almighty is not true, being forced for fear 
 of torment. Then did they make us witness against Captain 
 Towerson, and last made Captain Towerson confess all, being 
 for fear of most cruel torment for which we must all die. As 
 I mean and hope to have pardon for my sins, I know no more 
 than the child unborn of this business written with my own 
 hand. Sam. Colson." 
 
 William Griggs, who had befoie accused Captain Tower- 
 son, wrote the following words in his table-book : — 
 
 " We whose names are here specified, John Beaumont, 
 William Griggs, Abel Price, Robert Brown, which do here 
 He prisoners in the Rotterdam, being apprehended for conspiracy 
 for blowing up the castle of Amboyna, we being judged to death, 
 which we through torment were constrained to speak that 
 which we never meant, nor once imagined, the which we take 
 upon our deaths and salvation. They tortured us with that 
 extreme torment of fire and water that fiesh and blood could not 
 endure, and this we take upon our deaths that they have put 
 us to death guiltless of our accusation, so therefore that we desire 
 that they shall understand this that our employers may under- 
 stand these wrongs, and that yourselves would have a care to 
 look to yourselves, for their intent was to have brought you in 
 also, they asked concerning you, which if they had tortured us, 
 we must have confessed you also, and farewell, written in the 
 dark." 
 
 By the natives this execution was supposed to be a great 
 triumph for the Dutch over the English, whose standing in 
 the Moluccas was now ruined. 
 
 A very long account of these transactions was made by
 
 JAVA'S FIRST EUROPEAN VISITORS 195 
 
 van Speult and his rascally ** fiscal " (who undoubtedly 
 really did think the Englishmen were plotting against 
 them) to his superiors at Batavia, but there does not appear 
 to be any mention of torture in it. Latei on it was reluc- 
 tantly admitted that " torture of a civil sort had been used." 
 
 But the rack, the burning with hot irons, the water ordeal, 
 the splitting of the toes, and lancing of the breast, and 
 putting in gunpowder and then firing it, all these can hardly 
 come under a category of *' a civil sort," and indeed did not. 
 The official deed was signed by Harman van Speult, Laurence 
 de Maerschalk, Clement Herffeboom, Harman Crayvauger, 
 Peter van Zanten, Leonard Clock. 
 
 When the story of this massacre reached London the 
 indignation of the people was great, and the King is sup- 
 posed to have openly wept. Representations were made at 
 The Hague again and again, but nothing very much was 
 done, and reparation was never given. Some Dutch ships 
 were seized and brought to Portsmouth, but though the 
 King threatened war, the Dutch knew he was in no position 
 to can^ out his threats as the public revenue was depressed. 
 Even van Speult, although he was apparently removed, went 
 unpunished, but the arch-villain met a violent death later 
 on, when one of the largest Dutch ships of forty-four guns 
 on which he happened to be ran aground at Mocha, in the 
 Red Sea, and fell into the hands of the Arabs, who showed 
 no mercy. Thus the matter ended. 
 
 If it was thought that the Englishmen now, after all these 
 remonstrances, would receive a little more consideration at 
 the hands of the Dutch, a great mistake was made ; if 
 possible, matters grew worse. The Company's servants 
 were ill-treated and abused everywhere, and were gradually 
 crushed, so to say, out of existence in China, Japan, Siam, 
 and Cambodia, while the situation of the Company in Java 
 and Sumatra, and even in India, was far from happy. 
 
 The truth is that the Dutch were taking matters more 
 
 o 2
 
 196 JAVA 
 
 seriously, more earnestly, and more energetically than the 
 English, and moreover were being supported by their 
 Government, which desired the monopoly of the East. 
 
 Can we blame them if they made things unpleasant for 
 their competitors ? 
 
 The Dutch were in point of fact doing in the East Indies 
 what the English themselves wished to do — that is to say, 
 ousting their neighbours. 
 
 It was a life-and-death struggle, in which the Dutch were 
 victorious, and this was entirely due to the Dutch estabUsh- 
 ment in the East and their fleets at all the principal stations 
 being invariably greater than those of the English. 
 
 The breach, of course, between the two nations as time 
 went on became greater, and the weaker merchants had to 
 give way.
 
 THE DUTCH PERIOD
 
 CHAPTER V 
 
 THE RISE OF THE DUTCH POWER IN THE EAST 
 
 Notwithstanding an attempt on the part of the Sultan 
 of Jacatra^ to prevent them, the Dutch opened their trading 
 house here in 1610. It was very soon discovered, however, 
 that the natives, who were a mixture of Malays with a 
 strain of Chinese, Arabian, and Hindu blood, were of a 
 treacherous character, so that a fort was built as a place oil 
 refuge. This was in 1612, and on the strength of it the 
 factor, Jan Pieterzoon Coen, who saw the strategical 
 advantages of Jacatra, recommended his being granted the 
 high-sounding titular dignity of Director-General. 
 
 From this day Jacatra became the real seat of the Dutch 
 Government in the East Indies, although Amboyna was 
 nominally still so, as it had been for many years already. 
 According to old records the Enghsh flag was first shown at 
 Jacatra by Sir Henry Middleton in 1604, and again when 
 Captain William Keehng, of Cocos -Keeling Island fame, 
 visited the town on the 8th January and the 20th August, 
 1609, and sold gunpowder to the king. 
 
 In 1610 the Enghsh " house of trade," or factory, was 
 opened by Captain David Middleton with a staff from 
 Bantam. Some think it was opened by Captain William 
 Keeling on his second visit to this port in 1609. Be that as 
 it may, it seems fairly certain that it was established at 
 Jacatra before the Dutch built theirs. 
 
 The factories of the Dutch and English almost faced each 
 
 1 Jacatra, until the fall of Pajajaran, formed part of that kingdom. 
 Afterwards it came under the influence of the Sultan of Cheribon, and later 
 of Matarem.
 
 200 JAVA 
 
 other, the former, it is said, being on the east side of the 
 " great river " and the latter on the west side.^ 
 
 As might have been expected, servants of the two nations 
 were not long in falhng out with each other, and continued 
 trouble was the order of the day. The Dutch seeing it 
 coming, fortified themselves also on the island of Ourust, 
 in the roads of Jacatra, in spite of a protest from the Sultan 
 of Bantam, to whom the island belonged. 
 
 On the 22nd October, 1618, the Dutch began the erection 
 of a still stronger and larger fort at Jacatra commanding 
 the water passage, which was completed within a year. 
 The Enghsh seeing this, determined not to be left behind, 
 and, despite a protest from Coen, hurriedly built a fort for 
 themselves with the help of natives. 
 
 The Dutch fort was no sooner ready than Coen attacked 
 the English with a large force, demolishing their fort and 
 destroying their factory. As a punishment for this a large 
 English squadron which was at Bantam sailed for Jacatra 
 as soon as they heard of the catastrophe and destroyed 
 nearly the entire Dutch squadron lying there. Coen, 
 rather ashamed of himself no doubt, fled in a ship to the 
 Moluccas, leaving Jacatra, over which he had just been 
 appointed governor-general, to look after itself. 
 
 When the English ships withdrew and affairs once more 
 resumed their normal aspect, the place was baptised by the 
 Dutch Batavia on the 12th March, 1619, and Coen on his 
 return from the Moluccas on the 28th March decided it 
 should be the capital of the Dutch East Indies and the head- 
 quarters of the East India Company. 
 
 The English were now theoretically under his jurisdiction, 
 although they were left as much alone as was possible. 
 
 The first thing Coen now did was to attack the sultan and 
 properly defeat him, after which the foundation of the '* gem 
 
 1 Exactly where they stood is described in Chapter XII., " Towns in 
 Java," Batavia.
 
 RISE OF DUTCH POWER IN THE EAST 201 
 
 of the East " was laid and preparations made for housing a 
 large army and carrying on gi'eat trade. 
 
 The aim of the Dutch was in the main pm'ely commercial, 
 and it was many years, therefore, before proper law and 
 order reigned in this far-off country. Their power, however, 
 gi'ew rapidly, and the stronger they became the more diffi- 
 cult it grew for the Enghsh Company, who finally held a 
 position of mere toleration. 
 
 As soon as the Dutch were firmly estabhshed and could 
 dispose of large and strong fleets, together with a sufficient 
 proportion of fighting men, they made ready for further 
 conquests in other Eastern lands, v^ith Bantam as the 
 starting point. The methods of the Dutch were always 
 slow but sure, but an abundance of energy and a quite 
 remarkable amount of forethought in all they undertook, 
 besides their readiness and ^villingness to settle for life in 
 any new colony, made them more than a match for the 
 roving English, whom they apparently outwitted and out- 
 numbered everywhere. 
 
 A rapid glance at the history of the Dutch civilisation of 
 the East will perhaps not be altogether out of place before 
 the story of Java is continued. 
 
 Dutch Colony of Formosa (1624— 1664).— In 1624 the 
 Dutch captured a large part of Formosa, and their first 
 measure was to form a colony here and build defences. A 
 fort was thrown up on a sand-bank at the entrance of the 
 harbour of Tanvan (Tanvanfoo), which was after four years 
 replaced by " Fort Zeelandia," a very large and substantial 
 structure. Besides this they had a stone fort kno^vTi as 
 " Utrecht " quite close, on a hill commanding Fort Zeelandia. 
 Another fort was built later not far off at the mouth of the 
 Formosa river, which they called " Fort Provintia " ; the 
 bricks for these forts were brought from Batavia. The 
 Dutch at once sought for friendly relations with the savage 
 tribes in the neighbourhood, and by their just and fair
 
 202 JAVA 
 
 treatment, which was different from what these had been 
 accustomed to from the despised Chinese, they were soon 
 enabled to gain their full confidence and affection ; Jthe_ 
 Chinese and Japanese merchants who were, there 'already 
 began, however, to feel the trade which they had mono- 
 polised for years anything but secure, and trouble soon 
 ensued, especially when the Dutchmen put an export duty 
 on sugar and rice, the two staple articles even at that early 
 date. The Japanese complained to the court at Yedo, who 
 in turn annoyed the Dutchmen at their factory at Nagasaki. 
 Still the Dutchmen, nothing daunted, rushed along as 
 usual at a pace no other nation could keep up with, intent 
 only on obtaining the maximum of financial gains in the 
 shortest time possible. They exported as much as 80,000 
 piculs of sugar to Japan in 1627, silk piece-goods, porcelain, 
 and gold to Batavia ; and they imported into Formosa 
 paper, spices, amber, tin, lead, and cotton. In addition, 
 Formosa products, such as rice, sugar, rattans, deer-skins, 
 deer horns, and drugs, were exported to China. The trade 
 was fairly considerable, for at this time in one year five 
 cargoes of raw silk valued at 621,855 guilders were sent to 
 Japan, and two cargoes of silk piece-goods valued at 559,493 
 guilders to Batavia and Holland. The whole Chinese trade 
 amounted to one million gold dollars a year, and generally 
 meant 100 per cent, profit. The expenses of the Dutch 
 colony were 214,000 guilders, and after all these were 
 settled there remained over for the Batavia Government 
 85,000 guilders. The employees of the Company in Formosa, 
 as elsewhere, were miserably paid, and were accordingly 
 obliged to engage in trade on their own account to recom- 
 pense themselves. 
 
 The Spanish, who were estabhshed in North Formosa at 
 Keelung, were exceedingly annoyed to find the Dutch making 
 such progress in the south of the island, but were powerless 
 to do anything. In 1627 the first Dutch missionary, George
 
 RISE OF DUTCH POWER IN THE EAST 203 
 
 Candidius, arrived, and at once set about learning the 
 language, which he soon mastered. Most of the villages 
 round Fort Zeelandia were Christianised, and in each of 
 them schoolmasters weie put to instruct both young and 
 old in the Scriptures. In 1629 the Dutch decided that it 
 was no longer desirable that the Spanish should remain iii 
 the island, and decided, if possible, to get rid of them by 
 pacific means, only resorting to force if they proved intract- 
 able ; but Peter Nuits, the Dutch governor at Formosa, 
 received no encouragement from Batavia, where they were 
 much too occupied to spare any more ships at the moment. 
 In 1641, however, the following despatch was sent by the 
 Dutch governor in the south to the Spanish governor in the 
 noith : — 
 
 " To Gonsalo PortiHs, Governor of the Spanish Fortress, in the 
 Island of Keelung. 
 
 " Sir, — I have the honour to communicate to you that I have 
 received the command of a considerable naval and military 
 force with the view to making me master by civil means or 
 otherwise of the fortress Santissima Trinidad in the isle of Keelung, 
 of which your Excellency is the governor. 
 
 " In accordance with the usages of Christian nations to make 
 known their intentions before commencing hostiUties, I now 
 summon your Excellency to surrender. If your Excellency is 
 disposed to lend an ear to the terms of capitulation which we 
 offer and to make dehvery to me of the fortress of Santissima 
 Trinidad, and other citadels, your Excellency and your troops 
 will be treated in good faith according to the usages and customs 
 of war, but if your Excellency feigns to be deaf to this command 
 there will be no other remedy than recourse to arms. I hope 
 that your Excellency will give careful consideration to the 
 contents of this letter and avoid the useless ejffusion of blood, 
 and I trust that without delay, and in a few words, you wiU make 
 known to me your intentions. 
 
 " May God protect your Excellency many years. 
 
 " The friend of your Excellency, 
 
 " Paulus Tradenius. 
 
 " Fort Zeelandia, 
 
 " August 26th, 1641."
 
 204 JAA^A 
 
 The reply was courteous but formal : — 
 
 " To the Governor of Tanvan. 
 
 " Sir, — ^I have duly received your communication of 
 August 26th, and in response I have the honour to point out to 
 you, that as becomes a good Christian who respects the oath ho 
 has made before his king, I cannot and will not surrender the 
 forts demanded by your Excellency, as I and my garrison have 
 determined to defend them. 
 
 " I am accustomed to find myself before great armies, and I 
 have engaged in numerous battles in Flanders, as well as other 
 countries, and so I beg of you not to take the trouble of writing 
 me further letters of like tenor — may each one defend himself 
 as best he can. 
 
 " We are Spanish Christians, and God in whom we trust is our 
 Protector. 
 
 " May the Lord have mercy on you. 
 
 " Written in our principal fortress, San Salvador, the 6th of 
 September, 1641. 
 
 "GONSALO PORTILIS." 
 
 In anticipation of attack, the Spanish commander asked 
 Manila to send reinforcements, which were the more neces- 
 sary as just before the Dutch governor's letter was received 
 the authorities had withdrawn three out of the four com- 
 panies stationed in North Formosa. 
 
 The reinforcements arrived, and consisted of eight 
 Spanish soldiers with a little ammunition. This was all 
 that could be spared, as the Spanish were fighting in the 
 Moluccas and required all the men they could. In August, 
 1642, the Dutch, after a six days' incessant bombaidment, 
 captured the Spanish forts, with forty pieces of large 
 artillery, a large quantity of ammunition, 25.000 dollars in 
 silver and goods to the value of more than one million 
 dollars. The Dutch were now complete masters of Formosa, 
 and erected forts at both Tainsin and Keelung in the north. 
 The former still exists and is the office of the British 
 consulate.
 
 RISE OF DUTCH POWER IN THE EAST 205 
 
 Round Keelung, six years later, the Dutch conti oiled 
 forty-eight villages, and their rule extended everywhere in 
 the island. In 1650 the number of villages controlled had 
 risen to two hundred and ninety. 
 
 The East India Company was now making an enoimous 
 revenue from taxes alone, and the island was well ruled by 
 it. There were at least five or six thousand Dutchmen now 
 living in the " Beautiful Isle " with their wives and children, 
 and their occupation of the island seemed at this moment 
 likely to be a permanent one, when there appeared a Chinese 
 pirate, Koxinga by name, who in 1662, after a prolonged war, 
 defeated the Dutch and caused Fort Zeelandia to surrender. 
 The Dutch authority in Formosa now ended, for although 
 Keelung was again taken by them in 1664, it was abandoned 
 in 1668. 
 
 When the news reached Batavia that Formosa had been 
 lost, and that the garrison with all its storey had capitulated, 
 the Government was somewhat disheartened, and with this 
 ended all thoughts of the conquest of the Portuguese citadel 
 of Macao, which they had firmly made up their minds to 
 reduce and make a Dutch possession. 
 
 In the Formosa business they had lost, besides, one 
 thousand two hundred soldiers, seven ships, and property 
 valued at £835,000, which fact caused the Company to take 
 thought before it launched out into further ventures of a 
 speculative kind. It was later on argued to the directors in 
 Europe when explanations were demanded that the acquisi- 
 tions and successes of the Company in the Moluccas, 
 Malacca, Celebes, and Ceylon more than counterbalanced 
 its loss of Formosa, which, though a blow, did not actually 
 affect its commercial prosperity or its superiority any- 
 where else ; nay, that, in point of fact, it strengthened the 
 Company in holding that which it had now in its possession. 
 
 This may have been so to a certain extent, for the enemies 
 of the Dutch, the Enghsh, Portuguese, and Spanish, who
 
 206 JAVA 
 
 had now been driven afield, were looking out to find an 
 opportunity to turn them out of their acquisitions. At the 
 same time there is no doubt that the loss of Formosa was a 
 distinct blunder, for which, as far as one can perceive, there 
 was little or no excuse, for had the newly-appointed governor 
 of Formosa, who was named Coyett, a Swede by birth, 
 taken things firmly in hand, as he was instructed to do by 
 the authorities at Batavia, who sent money and all the 
 ships they could spare, in all likelihood the result would 
 have been very different. As it was, a strong suspicion 
 was aroused as to whether this " outsider " was not a 
 traitor to the Dutch, for although he proceeded to Tain- 
 vanfoo, in accordance with his instructions, he made the 
 excuse that, on account of the Chinese pirate Koxinga being 
 rather tightly drawn round Fort Zeelandia, he saw no 
 advantage in landing to take charge ; yet he deposited there 
 all the money belonging to the Company, to the extent of 
 £12,000, and other valuables which he had brought with 
 him instead of withdrawing all he could, as he should have 
 done if he thought the citadel must fall. In any case, in 
 allowing in the terms of capitulation all property and money 
 to be handed over to Koxinga, he committed a mistake 
 which nearly cost him his life, for on his return to Batavia 
 he was seized and charged with duplicity and sentenced to 
 imprisonment for life, narrowly escaping death. It would 
 almost seem as if he had richly deserved his punishment.^ 
 
 1 Tlie following is a list of the senior Dutch clergymen who served in 
 Formosa, with the period of their arrival in the island and the date of their 
 departure or death :- 
 
 
 From 
 
 Till 
 
 Georgius Candidius 
 
 . 1627 . 
 
 1631 
 
 Robertus Junius . 
 
 . 1629 
 
 1641 
 
 Georgius Candidius 
 
 . 1633 
 
 1637 
 
 Assuerus Hoosgeteyn . 
 
 . 1636 
 
 1637 (died in Formosa 
 in this year). 
 
 Joannes Lindeborn 
 
 . 1637 . 
 
 1639 
 
 Gerardus Leeuvins 
 
 . 1637 . 
 
 1639 (died in Formosa 
 in this year).
 
 ROAD TO TJIPANAS GAKOET. 
 
 VOLCANO OF SALAK. (fROM THE HOTEL •' BELLE VUE," BUITEXZORG.)
 
 RISE OF DUTCH POWER IN THE EAST 207 
 
 Dutch Settlement at Firando, Nagasaki, Japan (1611 — 
 1812). — The golden age of the Dutch m the East was between 
 1640 and 1750. They ruled and colonised everywhere. 
 Ceylon, Java, and Formosa were in their possession ; Malacca 
 was taken from the Portuguese in 1641 ; and they monopo- 
 hsed all the trade, so to say, of Sumatra, the Moluccas, 
 Amoy, Ningpo, Canton, Cambodin, Siam, Tonquin, and 
 Japan, besides controlling the only recruiting station on the 
 voyage to and from the East, the Cape of Good Hope. In 
 India they were doing a large and lucrative trade, and there 
 is no doubt, had there been only a little more energy dis- 
 
 of senior Dutch clergymen 
 
 — contd. 
 
 
 
 From 
 
 Till 
 
 Joannes Schotanus 
 
 . 1638 
 
 1639 
 
 Joannes Bavins . 
 
 . 1640 
 
 1647 
 
 Robertus Junius . 
 
 . 1641 
 
 1643 
 
 N. Mirkinius 
 
 . 1641 
 
 — 
 
 Simon van Breen 
 
 . 1643 
 
 1647 
 
 Joannes Happartus 
 
 . 1644 
 
 1646 
 
 Daniel Gravius 
 
 . 1647 
 
 1651 
 
 Jacobus Vertreclit 
 
 . 1647 
 
 1651 
 
 Antonius Hambroek 
 
 . 1648 
 
 1661 (beheaded by 
 
 Gilbertus Happartius . 
 
 . 1649 
 
 Koxinga). 
 1652 
 
 Joannes Cruyf 
 
 . 1649 
 
 1662 
 
 Rutger Tesschemaker . 
 
 . 1651 . . , 
 
 
 Joannes Ludgens 
 
 . 1651 
 
 
 Guillelmus Brake! 
 Gilbertus Happartius . 
 Joannes Bakker . 
 
 . 1652 
 . 1653 
 . 1653 
 
 All died before 1665, 
 or about that time. 
 
 Abrahamus Dapper 
 
 . 1654 
 
 
 Robertus Sassenius 
 
 . 1654 
 
 
 Marcus Masius 
 
 . 1655 
 
 1661 
 
 Petrus Mus 
 
 . 1655 
 
 1662 (beheaded by 
 Koxinga). 
 
 Joannes Campius 
 
 . 1655 
 
 1662 (beheaded by 
 
 Hermannus Buschof 
 
 , 1655 
 
 Koxinga). 
 1657 
 
 Arnoldus A. Winsem 
 
 . 1655 
 
 1662 (beheaded by 
 
 Joannes de Leonardis . 
 
 . 1656 
 
 Koxinga). 
 1662 
 
 Jacobus Ampzingius 
 
 . 1656 
 
 1662 (beheaded by 
 Koxinga). 
 
 Gulielmus Vinderus 
 
 . 1657 
 
 1659 (died in Formosa 
 this year).
 
 208 JAVA 
 
 played in this quarter, they would have secured the entire 
 monopoly and, as a sequel, possibly the government as 
 well. 
 
 There was no withstanding their competition — ^it was not 
 spasmodic hke the Enghshman's, but it was regular, sus- 
 tained, and thorough. 
 
 In 1611 the Dutch sent their first ship to Japan ; they 
 called at the port of Nagasaki, and were well received by the 
 JapaneS^e,who-'were- already tiring of the Portuguese, who 
 had been estabhshed there nearly seventy years. Twenty- 
 eight years later the Dutch had entirely replaced them. 
 The reason was plain : they were tactful and more com- 
 placent than the Portuguese, for, seeing the great profits 
 which were likely to result to their Company from so 
 advantageous a branch of trade, they decided to maintain 
 themselves in good credit and favour with this nation and 
 blindly and passively obey whatever commands were made 
 upon them, however hard and unreasonable they might 
 appear. 
 
 Their first warehouse was built in the island of Firando, 
 at Nagasaki, where they remained until 1641. They were 
 not allowed to move off this island on any plea whatever, 
 unless with the special permission of the governor of Naga- 
 saki and under escort. The first Dutch governor here was 
 one Kockebecker, about 1635, and one of his first acts was 
 to assist the Japanese against the people of Simbara, where 
 there were about forty thousand Japanese who had been 
 Christianised by the Portuguese, and whom the emperor, to 
 show his intense hatred for this latter race, condemned to 
 death. For months they had been besieged, but there were 
 no signs of their giving in, although they were reduced to 
 the most desperate counsels by the many unparalleled 
 cruelties and torments which many thousands of their 
 brethren had already suffered, and which they themselves 
 had till then very narrowly escaped by retiring into their
 
 RISE OF DUTCH POWER IN THE EAST 209 
 
 old fortified place with a fii'm resolution to defend their lives 
 to the uttermost. 
 
 The Dutch ships lying at Firando, acting on the instruc- 
 tions of their governor, sailed for Simbara, and within two 
 weeks' time had battered the town with four hundred and 
 twenty-six cannon balls, both from on board the ships and 
 from a battery raised on shore, and equipped with Dutch 
 cannon. This immediate compliance of the Dutch, and 
 their conduct during the siege, was entirely to the satisfac- 
 tion of the Japanese, and although the besieged had not yet 
 given in, they were greatly reduced in numbers ; their 
 strength was now broken, so that Governor Kockebecker 
 had leave to depart provided he obligingly left his hand 
 battery of six guns, together with a further six from the 
 ships with which to erect another one. Governor Kocke- 
 becker was only too delighted to assist his friends the 
 Japanese, although it meant sending his ships to Batavia, 
 wiiich was a long journey, taking months in those days, in 
 an absolutely defenceless condition ; for, without cannon 
 to defend itself with, any ship would be at the mercy of the 
 pirates who infested these seas at the time, and even for two 
 hundred years after. The trade on the island of Firando 
 increased in a wonderful way, and the Japanese took it very 
 seriously, so much so that in 1641 they allowed the Dutch 
 to move to Nagasalii itself, and a corporation was founded 
 called " Hollanda T^junsi," or " Dutch Interpreters," 
 which was to consist of one hundred and fifty persons. This 
 was done, not so much with the desire to assist the trade, 
 however, as to avoid the necessity of the Dutch learning 
 Japanese, which the emperor was not specially desirous of 
 their doing, for through it they would learn too much of the 
 inner workings of Japanese life. 
 
 There was another corporation called " Kairaono Tskaai," 
 or, as the Portuguese called it, " Compranakana " (" Com- 
 pradore " as it to-day is) — in other words, the commissioners 
 
 J. VOL. I. p
 
 210 JAVA 
 
 for victualling, not only the Dutch factory, but also the 
 Dutch ships which called there. 
 
 There were corporations from which they were to draw 
 their cooks, others from which to draw their servants, etc., 
 Btc. EverytMng was laid down for the Dutch and provided 
 for by by-laws, and thus early did this wonderful Japanese 
 race show the powers of organisation and administration 
 which have since astonished the whole world. 
 
 Once a year the Dutch governor travelled to court to pay 
 his respects to the emperor and to make the usual presents. 
 
 The loading and discharging of the ships were done by a 
 special corporation who provided the number of men 
 required, the Dutch not being allowed to discharge their 
 own vessels. At that time the following goods were im- 
 ported by the Dutch : — Kaw silk from China, Tonquin, 
 Bengal and Persia ; white gunnies from Coromandel ; 
 woollen stuffs and serges from Europe ; deer hides, ray 
 skins, wax, and buffalo horns from Nain and Cambodia ; 
 tanned hides from Persia, Bengal, and other places ; pepper 
 and sugar from the East Indies ; cloves and nutmegs from 
 Amboyna and Banda ; cinnamon from Timor ; camphire 
 de Baros from Bomso ; quicksilver and saffron from Madras ; 
 lead, saltpetre, borax, and alum from Siam ; musk from 
 Tonquin ; gum-lacquer from Siam ; rosmal or storax 
 liquida from Arabia ; corals and looking-glasses from 
 Europe (the looking-glasses they broke to make spy-glasses, 
 magnifying glasses, and spectacles out of them) ; mangoes 
 and other unripe East Indian fruits pickled with Turkish 
 pepper, garlic, and vinegar ; blacklead and red pencils, 
 files, needles, drinking glasses, and foreign curiosities. These 
 were some of the imports made by the Dutchmen into Japan, 
 and the profits earned were enormous ; for such was the 
 population of the country, that the demand, for which the 
 Dutch had the whole monopoly, was almost unlimited. It 
 is said that for many years during the golden age in Japan
 
 RISE OF DUTCH POWER IN THE EAST 211 
 
 they were clearing six millions of guilders, and sometimes 
 much more. When one comes to consider that only twelve 
 guilders are required to make one pound sterling, it was no 
 unwise precaution on the part of the Dutchmen to be on 
 their best behaviour in Japan and do their very utmost to 
 retain the monopoly of the trade they did until 1811, when 
 the English captured Java. The risks they ran were reduced 
 to the danger from frequent wrecks and losses of goods on 
 the coasts of Formosa and the Pescadores Islands. But 
 when this occurred it meant merely a temporary shortage 
 of supply which automatically caused an increase of profit, 
 which was scarcely decreased when the supply again met 
 the demand. As the Dutch were doing in Japan, so were 
 they doing in a smaller degree in Siam, China, Cambodia, 
 and Tonquin (the trade in the latter place opened in 1637). 
 The expenses of the Dutch Japan establishment usually 
 amounted to about £15,000 sterling, but it varied, as will 
 be seen from the following :- 
 
 For food and other provisions 
 Boarding 
 
 Extraordinary expenses 
 Charges for the ships 
 Presents .... 
 Interest and monthly wages 
 Warehouse rent 
 
 Total . . . 193,162 160,213 
 
 The ships homeward bound were loaded with the following 
 exports : — Copper, camphor (packed in wooden barrels), 
 bales of chinaware (packed in straw), boxes of gold thread, 
 japanned c^inets, boxes, chests of drawers, umbrellas, 
 screens, sacki (an intoxicant liquor brewed from rice), soya 
 (a sort of pickle), pickled fruits in barrels, tobacco, tea, 
 marmalade, and gold. This trade, but with decreased 
 
 p 2 
 
 A 
 
 Expenses 
 
 Expenses 
 
 in 1686 
 
 in 1688 
 
 (Guilders). 
 
 (Guilders) 
 
 . 23,580 
 
 13,166 
 
 9,791 
 
 6,828 
 
 14,097 
 
 4,993 
 
 10,986 
 
 7,589 
 
 . 107,086 
 
 100,789 
 
 8,092 
 
 7,318 
 
 19,530 
 
 19,530
 
 212 JAVA 
 
 profits, continued practically unchallenged right down to the 
 nineteenth century. 
 
 The following is a copy of the document by virtue of 
 which the trade was prosecuted : — 
 
 '* Gosju In [that is letters patent under the red imperial seal] 
 granted by the Emperor Gonggingsama [who was in his lifetime 
 called Ongoschio Sama] to Jacob Spex in behalf of the United 
 Company of Dutch merchants trading to the East Indies, and 
 their factory at Firando. 
 
 " ALL Dutch ships that come into my Empire of Japan, 
 whatever place or port they put into, we do hereby expressly 
 command all and every one of our subjects not to molest the 
 same in any ways nor to be a hindrance to them, but on the 
 contrary, to show them all manner of help, favour and assistance. 
 Every one shall beware to maintain the friendship, in assurance 
 / of which we have been pleased to give our Imperial word to these 
 
 people, and every one shall take care, that my commands and 
 promises be inviolably kept. 
 
 " Dated (stylo -Japonise) on the 25th day of the 7th Mane, 
 being the 30th of August, 161L" 
 
 / 
 
 \ 
 
 The Japanese never in any way disguised their dislike for 
 the Portuguese even after they had departed, as may be 
 seen from the following official document they handed to 
 the Dutch governor at Firando, containing *' strict Imperial 
 commands." 
 
 "GODSOMOKU. 
 
 Strict Imperial Commands. 
 
 " (1) Our Imperial predecessors have ordered concerning you 
 Dutchmen, that you shall have leave to come to Nagasaki on 
 account of the Japan trade, every year. Therefore, as we have 
 commanded you heretofore, you shall have no communication 
 with the Portuguese. If you should have any,., and we should 
 come to know it from foreign countries, you shall be prohibited 
 the navigation to Japan. You shall import no Portuguese 
 commodities on board your ships. 
 
 " (2) If you intend not to be molested in your navigation and
 
 RISE OF DUTCH POWER IN THE EAST 213 
 
 trade to Japan, you shall notify to us by your ships whatever 
 comes to your knowledge of any endeavours or attempts of the 
 Portuguese against us ; we likewise expect to hear from you, 
 if the Portuguese should conquer any new places or countries, 
 or convert them to the Christian sect. Whatever comes to your 
 knowledge in all countries you trade to, we expect that you 
 should notify the same to our Governor at Nagasaki. \ 
 
 " (3) You shall take no Chinese junks bound for Japan. 
 
 *' (4) In all countries you frequent with your ships, if there 
 be any Portuguese there you shall have no communication with 
 them. If there be any countries frequented by the nations, you 
 shall take down in writing the names of such countries or places, 
 and by the captains of the ships you send to Japan yearly deUver 
 the same to our Governors of Nagasaki. 
 
 " (5) The Liquejans being subjects of Japan, you shall take 
 none of their ships or boats. 
 
 " So be it . . . ." 
 
 The following document may also be quoted : — 
 
 " Japanese Regulations concerning the Dutch Settlement. 
 
 /" " (1) Whores only but no other women shall be suffered to 
 enter. 
 
 " (2) Ecclesiastics only of the mountain of Koja shall be 
 admitted. All other priests shall stand excluded. 
 
 " (3) All persons and all beggars that Hve upon charity, shall 
 be denied entrance. 
 
 " (4) Nobody shall presume with any ship or boat to come 
 within the palisades. 
 
 " (5) No Hollander shall be permitted to come out, but for 
 weighty reasons. 
 
 " (6) All the above-mentioned orders shall be punctually 
 obeyed." 
 
 Settlement of Ceylon (1638 — 1796). — It was not until 
 numerous sea-fights had taken place that the Dutch in 
 1639 were able to drive the Portuguese entirely out of the 
 island of Ceylon. 
 
 The Dutch had carried on these aggressions against the 
 Portuguese everywhere, and with such tremendous energy
 
 214 JAVA 
 
 that the latter's power in the East was at last crippled for 
 good and all. 
 
 In 1636 they attacked Goa, the Portuguese capital and 
 centre in the East, with a large fleet. This was the beginning. 
 In 1638 a still more severe action was fought, in which the 
 Dutch lost two of their largest ships. From Goa, however, 
 they turned to Ceylon, and attacked the Portuguese at 
 Batticalao on the 10th May with four ships. They arrived 
 just after the Portuguese had suffered reverses at the hands 
 of the Sinhalese. The Dutch landed three hundred soldiers 
 and some hundred sailors, and sent word to the King of 
 Kandy, with whom they had a treaty of some years' stand- 
 ing. In response to this message Eajah Sinha arrived with 
 an army of fifteen thousand men. The Portuguese fort was 
 then besieged, and after a few hours' fighting the garrison 
 of seven hundred men surrendered. On receipt of the news 
 of this success at Batavia a fleet of eleven vessels with a 
 complement of twelve hundred and fifteen men was 
 despatched at once to Point de Galle, which was taken in 
 1639. Here the Dutch immediately built a very strong fort 
 and a large church, and opened schools under their mis- 
 sionaries in the country around. There is no doubt that 
 their government as compared with that of the Portuguese 
 was a mse and careful one, and the Sinhalese were at once 
 much benefited by it. 
 
 After Point de Galle had been taken the Dutch turned 
 their attention to the important port of Negombo, which 
 they captured after a short but sharp fight. The Dutch 
 were now masters ; for although they had later on to settle 
 several more accounts with the remaining Portuguese 
 garrisons, and also to fight some stiff engagements with the 
 Sinhalese, their actual power was never affected, nor was 
 there any doubt as to the eventual result. The last fight 
 of any importance between the Dutch and Portuguese in 
 Ceylon was at Colombo (1656), when the latter were besieged
 
 RISE OF DUTCH POWER IN THE EAST 215 
 
 for several months before they gave in. The accounts 
 given in the Dutch histories show that the sufferings of the 
 garrison must have been intense. Dead bodies were dis- 
 covered lying about the streets in hundreds, and we are told 
 that the " stench was unbearable." 
 
 Jaffnapatam was the last Portuguese stronghold in the 
 island, and this was not long afterwards reduced by the 
 Dutch with the customary cruelty and butchery of the 
 time, most or all of the men being slain, the old women got 
 rid of, and all the young Portuguese maidens taken by the 
 common soldiery as part of the loot. 
 
 On learning of the capture of Colombo Rajah Sinha lost 
 no time in urging the Dutch to dehver it into his hands, in 
 accordance with the treaty entered into between them. 
 But the Dutch saw no necessity for doing so, for when 
 dealing with an Eastern monarch all is practically artifice 
 and stratagem. The treaty with the rajah was therefore 
 not ratified, and instead of complying with its conditions 
 they retained all the fortified possessions they had seized, 
 under the plea that they were awaiting the consent of the 
 king in Europe. 
 
 Enraged and mortified at such a breach of faith, the like 
 of which he had never known, as the Portuguese — to suit 
 their own convenience, of course — had always kept their 
 word with him. Rajah Sinha commanded his coast subjects 
 to lay waste all the districts in which they dwelt in order 
 to deprive the Dutch of any hope of commercial gains, which 
 he knew was the real reason for their coming there. The 
 Dutch, however, anticipated the order, and before it could 
 be carried out, or even attempted, had taken possession of 
 the districts about their strongholds. 
 
 The Sinhalese who lived near the forts do not appear to 
 have objected in the slightest to this measure — in fact, 
 were the truth known, they probably welcomed it. 
 
 In 1664, through the machinations of the Dutch, while
 
 216 JAVA 
 
 the rajah was hving at Milambe, in the Matale district, the 
 Sinhalese rose in rebeUion against him and proclaimed his 
 infant son as emperor. Their intentions were frustrated, 
 however, first by a refusal of the young prince to accept 
 the throne, then by the sudden appearance of Rajah Sinha 
 himself at the head of an overwhelming force. The end 
 was the annihilation of the rebel forces, the barbarous and 
 cruel murder by torture of several of the nobility, and even 
 of his own son. 
 
 Matters became generally quiet again, and the Dutch, 
 in their desire to gain greater commercial intercourse with 
 the island, laid themselves out to do all they could to keep 
 on friendly terms with the natives. 
 
 As to Rajah Sinha, they set about working upon what 
 they thought, as with other Eastern kings, was his weakness, 
 a love of flattery, and they despatched numerous embassies 
 to Kandy with rich and magnificent presents. The sus- 
 picions, however, of Rajah Sinha had already been awakened 
 by their past conduct, and were not to be entirely lulled by 
 their present apparently submissive demeanour. He 
 received, it is true, their ambassadors with similar assur- 
 ances, but it was all with the object of gaining time. 
 
 In 1672 a new European power attempted to settle in 
 Ceylon. This was France, which had been induced to turn 
 its attention to Ceylon owing to the wealth the Dutch were 
 securing from this island. Major Caron, formerly an officer 
 in the Dutch army, made proposals to the French to lead an 
 attack on Point de Galle, and M. de la Haye, the Governor 
 of Madagascar, sailed with a fleet of fourteen ships and 
 attacked the settlement. Here he was beaten off and 
 proceeded to Trincomalee, where he landed, built a fort, 
 and despatched three ambassadors with presents to Rajah 
 Sinha. One of the ambassadors, De Lanerolle, refusing to 
 submit to the court etiquette, was imprisoned, and the 
 result of the embassy was nil. Governor Haye then sailed
 
 RISE OF DUTCH POWER IN THE EAST 217 
 
 for Pondicherry, a French possession, but was met at sea 
 by a Dutch squadron, and four of his vessels were destroyed, 
 while the rest were dispersed in all directions. Shortly after 
 this the French fort and garrison, with all the artillery, were 
 captured by the Dutch, and this ended for good and all 
 France's hope of seizing the island for herself, besides the 
 fact that her prestige was temporarily lowered in the East 
 by her complete failure. 
 
 Eajah Sinha, after the disaster of the French endeavours 
 to gain a foothold in the island owing to the strength of the 
 Dutch, began to feel alarmed lest this incubus would 
 eventually oust him too, as he felt that their power, by 
 careful and calculated diplomacy, was increasing day by 
 day. This uneasiness of the rajah was not without grounds, 
 as the territories over which the Dutch ruled were increasing 
 so much in all directions that action was at last necessary 
 to prevent his being entirely hemmed in. In 1680, there- 
 fore, at the head of an army of thirty thousand men, he 
 attacked the fortress of Malvana, knowing well that if this 
 fell it would encourage his men and enable him to win 
 others. Owing, however, to the treachery of one of his 
 principal generals (who had been privately bribed) who went 
 over to the Dutch with more than half his army, he was 
 badly beaten. This broke the old rajah's heart, and, 
 although he lived for still another seven years, he was never 
 the same man again.^ Treachery from without he could 
 stand, but, coming from within, it was more than could be 
 borne. 
 
 After the rajah's death the Dutch endeavoured with 
 flattering proposals to secure still greater commercial gain, 
 and there is no doubt that by one way and another they 
 did so. 
 
 Most of the governors whom the Dutch East India Com- 
 
 1 He was 87 years when he died, having been born in 1600. He reigned 
 fifty years.
 
 218 JAVA 
 
 pany sent to administer in Ceylon were, for their times, able 
 men. It is, of course, true that one or two, more than the 
 others, were cruel and harsh towards the natives and ruled 
 with a rod of iron ; but in most cases, however harsh they 
 were, it could not have been worse than the rajah's rule, who 
 kept trained elephants to crush the life out of those who 
 oilFended or tear the limbs off the hapless victim, or who tied 
 them by their heels to gallows and then split them in two. 
 
 Van Goens, Peil, and Becker seem all to have been 
 merciful governors, whilst the rule of Eumph seems specially 
 to have been distinguished as much by ability as by 
 humanity. His follower, however, Arnold Moll, was a 
 ruffian, and his exactions caused a serious insurrection at 
 Colombo, and ended in the murder of some of the Hollanders. 
 Then came Petrus Vuyst, who, like so many men in other 
 places, endeavoured with all in his power to make himself 
 an independent sovereign, and with this object had recourse 
 to a curious system of barbarity. All persons who had any 
 influence in Ceylon or possessed wealth were subjected to 
 terrible tortures as a means of preventing their thwarting 
 his schemes. Vuyst was eventually made a prisoner and 
 sent to headquarters at Batavia to the viceroy, where he 
 met with a condign punishment. He was broken alive on 
 the wheel, his body quartered and burnt, and the ashes 
 thrown into the sea. 
 
 His successor was Stephanus Versluys, who, not profiting 
 by the example of Vuyst and denring to make as much gain 
 as he could in the shortest space of time, raised the price of 
 rice to such an extent that a severe famine was the result 
 and hundreds died. On hearing this the viceroy at Batavia 
 decided again to make another change, and sent a Company's 
 ship with a new governor called Domburg on board to replace 
 him. Versluys, knowing what was in store for him, refused 
 to resign, and when the Company's ship hove in sight 
 ordered the forts to fire on her and drive her off. They
 
 RISE OF DUTCH POWER IN THE EAST 219 
 
 easily succeeded in doing this, of course, but he was even- 
 tually compelled to submit to a superior force, and was sent 
 a prisoner to Batavia for punishment, which he duly 
 received. 
 
 With the arrival of Gustaff, Baron van Imhoff, in 1736, 
 the settlements of the Dutch in Ceylon made a great advance. 
 Hitherto the only article of commerce had been cinnamon, 
 but he introduced coffee, pepper, and cardamoms with very 
 successful results, and enormous sums of money were raised 
 out of these articles. Van Imhoff was succeeded by 
 governors who followed his policy, and Ceylon prospered 
 accordingly. 
 
 It was during the time of Golnesse, in 1747, that Kirta Sri 
 Eajah Sinha took up arms against the Dutch. The pro- 
 vinces of the Kandy chief were growing smaller and smaller, 
 and the inroads made on his former absolute sway were 
 almost too much for an independent chief to take uncon- 
 cernedly. He therefore determined to try once more to 
 expel the Dutch. That he was not successful was a fore- 
 gone conclusion. 
 
 In 1763 the Dutch themselves, however, took up the 
 cudgels, and, encouraged by dissensions among the Kandy 
 chiefs, marched with an army of eight thousand men, seized 
 the capital, Kandy, and occupied it for nine months. Baron 
 van Eck was then the governor, a man of character and 
 determination. The Dutch forces at Kandy were con- 
 tinually harassed by the natives, and as their numbers were 
 being daily thinned by fevers, dysentery, ague, and all those 
 diseases which follow an army all the world over, but in the 
 tropics in particular, it was finally decided to abandon 
 Kandy and retreat into their own country again. The 
 retreat was a disaster, and Governor van Eck, to uphold 
 his prestige, was then obliged to attack the Sinhalese, who 
 numbered probably nearly forty thousand men, in the 
 Kandy an mountains and forests. He defeated them with
 
 220 JAVA 
 
 heavy loss. He then forced the rajah to make a treaty, 
 and secured the forts of Putlalam and Batticaloa as in- 
 demnity. 
 
 The Dutch now settled down to a long period of peace and 
 the Rajah of Kandy was left to his own devices. Agricul- 
 ture now made rapid progress, and good and wise govern- 
 ment was the order of the day. 
 
 The Dutch held Ceylon without interruption until the 
 15th February, 1796, when the English, who have remained 
 there ever since, estabhshed themselves there in order to 
 prevent the island falling into the hands of the French, when 
 Napoleon was overrunning Europe and the w^orld. Had 
 Holland not given way to the solicitations of France to 
 make common cause with her against Great Britain at the 
 close of the American war, there would have been perhaps 
 no reasonable excuse for the English Government of Madras 
 sending the expedition which put an end to the Dutch rule. 
 The Dutch made no show of resistance — they had really 
 settled in Ceylon as shopkeepers, not as soldiers. Their 
 paid mercenaries were soon tired, although the Malaj^s 
 fought well at Trincomalee. Three days after the British 
 landing at Negombo, the gates of Colombo were opened by 
 the Dutch governor to the British invaders. The British 
 now speedily spread their control over the island, and in 
 1815 the Sinhalese king was captured and deported. The 
 line of Sinhalese rajahs thus came to an ending. The 
 English therefore succeeded in doing what two European 
 powers had been trying to do for three centuries, namely, 
 conquer the kingdom of Kandy. From this time on there 
 has been no one to dispute the supreme power of the British 
 raj. The King-Emperor's writs run in the farthest corners 
 of the island, and, with the exception of a trivial outbreak 
 in 1834, there has never occurred anything to disturb the 
 tranquillity of the island and its perfect contentment. 
 The prosperity of Ceylon since it became a British colony
 
 -WAN LA]>V FK(iM miKK AKA 1; F >, .
 
 RISE OF DUTCH POWER IN THE EAST 221 
 
 has been quite phenomenal. The population has quadrupled 
 itself, for whereas it stood at less than one miUion when 
 Dutch domination came to an end, to-day it stands at over 
 four millions. 
 
 The following is a copy of a despatch from William V., 
 Prince of Orange, to the Dutch governor of Ceylon, in which 
 he agrees to the capitulation of the island : — 
 
 Letter from William V., Prince of Orange, to Governor 
 van Angelbeck, 7th February, 1795 (translated from the 
 original preserved in the English Government Archives, 
 Colombo) : — 
 
 " Noble and Most Honoured Confidante, Our Trusty and Well- 
 beloved. 
 
 " We have deemed it necessary to address you this communica- 
 tion, and to require you to admit into Trincomalee and elsewhere 
 in the Colony under your rule, the troops of His Majesty, the 
 King of Great Britain, which will proceed there, and also to 
 admit into the harbours, and such other places where ships 
 might safely anchor, the warships, frigates, and armed vessels 
 which will be despatched there on behalf of His Majesty of 
 Britain ; and you are also to consider these as troops and ships 
 belonging to a Power that is in friendship and alUance with their 
 High Mightinesses, and who come to prevent the Colony from 
 being invaded by the French. Wherefore, Noble and Most 
 Honoured Confidante, Our Trusty and Well -beloved, we commit 
 you to God's holy protection, and remain 
 
 ** Your well-wishing friend, 
 
 William, PRmcE of Orange. 
 
 " Kew, 7th February, 1795." 
 
 The following is the list of Dutch governors of Ceylon, 
 with the dates of their appointments, from the full occupa- 
 tion in March, 1640, until February, 1796 :— 
 
 At Galle. 
 
 
 Wilham Jacobson Coster . 
 
 . 1640 
 
 Jan Thysz .... 
 
 . 1640 
 
 Joan Matsuyker 
 
 . 1646 
 
 Jacob van Kittenstein 
 
 . 1650 
 
 Adrian van der Meyden . 
 
 . 1653
 
 222 
 
 JAVA 
 
 At Colombo. 
 
 
 
 
 Adrian van der Meyden 
 
 Ryklof van Goens . 
 Jacob Hustaar 
 
 
 
 
 
 . 1656 
 1660 
 1663 
 
 Ryklof van Goens . 
 Lourens van Peil 
 
 
 
 
 
 1664 
 1680 
 
 Thomas van Rhee . 
 
 
 
 
 
 1693 
 
 Paulus de Rhoo 
 
 
 
 
 
 1695 
 
 Gerrit de Heer 
 
 
 
 
 
 1697 
 
 CorniKs Johannes Simonsj 
 
 
 
 
 
 1703 
 
 Hendrick Becker 
 
 
 
 
 
 1707 
 
 Ssaak Augustin Rumph . 
 Arnold Moll . 
 
 
 
 
 
 1716 
 1723 
 
 Johannes Hertenberg 
 Jan Paulus Schagen 
 
 
 
 
 
 1724 
 1725 
 
 Petrus Vuyst . 
 Stephanus Versluys . 
 Gualterus Nontersz 
 
 
 
 
 
 1726 
 1729 
 1732 
 
 Jacob C. Pielaat 
 
 
 
 
 
 1732 
 
 Diedrich van Domburg 
 
 
 
 
 
 1734 
 
 Jan Maccara . 
 
 
 
 
 
 1736 
 
 Gustaff W. Baron van Imhofi 
 
 
 
 
 1736 
 
 William Mauritz Bruinink 
 
 
 
 
 1740 
 
 Daniel Overkeek 
 
 
 
 
 1742 
 
 J. V. Stein van Golnesse . 
 
 
 
 
 1743 
 
 Gerard van Vreeland 
 
 
 
 
 1751 
 
 Jacob de Jong 
 
 
 
 
 1751 
 
 Ivan Gideon Loten . 
 
 
 
 
 1752 
 
 Jan Schrender 
 
 
 
 
 1757 
 
 Subhert Jan Baron van Eck 
 
 
 
 
 . 1762 
 
 Anthony Moyaart . 
 Imann Willem Falck 
 
 
 
 
 . 1765 
 1765 
 
 Willem Jacob van der Graff 
 
 
 
 
 . 1785 
 
 Joan Gerrard van Angelbeck 
 
 
 
 
 . 1796 
 
 (under whom Colombo, and with it the entire 
 
 coast, was surrender 
 
 ed to 
 
 the ] 
 
 Britisl 
 
 I). 
 
 
 Dutch Settlement at Cape of Good Hope (1600 — 1795). — 
 From 1600 onward the Dutch had more or less looked upon 
 the Cape of Good Hope as belonging to them, and all their 
 ships called " out and home " at Table Bay to water and 
 refresh. 
 
 In 1620 Captains Humphrey Fitzherbert and Andrew 
 Shilling arrived there, and, landing, planted the Enghsh
 
 RISE OF DUTCH POWER IN THE EAST 223 
 
 flag and took possession in the name of King James. No 
 effective steps were, however, taken to follow this up. In 
 1652 the Dutch sent a large expedition to the Cape, and 
 took formal possession. A protest was lodged by the 
 English East India Company but disregarded, and the 
 colony remained Dutch until 1796, when the English 
 again took possession of it and have ever since remained 
 there. 
 
 Dutch Settlement of Malacca (1541— 1796).— When all 
 their strongholds in Ceylon had fallen to the Dutch, the 
 Portuguese at last began to realise that they were no match 
 for their enemy, who had supplanted them everywhere 
 except at Goa and Malacca with a cunning and ingenuity 
 beyond words. It is true that, as far as the former citadel 
 was concerned, the power of the Portuguese had in no way 
 waned, but then the governor-general of the Portuguese 
 East Indies took very good care to keep himself surrounded 
 by a large force of soldiers and a " goodly number of ships." 
 The outward magnificent style this personage kept up was 
 such as to entirely overawe the natives, who gained an 
 exaggerated opinion of his real importance. He was served 
 with gold plate, and each meal was a banquet. He was 
 waited on by Knights of the Cross, and no Indian was 
 allowed to approach him. Fanfares were sounded and 
 cavalry paraded when he took an airing, and a salute of 
 twenty-one guns was fired from the fort each time he left 
 and returned to his palace. Proud and pompous display of 
 wealth attained by illicit means now took the place of that 
 generous virtue and laudable ambition which enabled the 
 ancestors of the Portuguese to lay the foundation of their 
 empire in the East. The clergy, too, following the example 
 of the laity, to whom the lead had been given by the 
 governors, with its consequent ill-effects on all subordinate 
 officers, also began to degenerate, and instead of promoting, 
 as in the beginning, the conversion of the natives, traded
 
 224 JAVA 
 
 freely and did a large business with their proselytes in 
 diamonds. 
 
 It was this degeneration of their officers that lost the 
 Portuguese their colonies in the East. 
 
 When the Dutch governor at Batavia decided in 1541 to 
 attack Malacca and make an end to Portuguese rule there, 
 he sent a fleet of twenty ships to capture the place. As 
 soon as the fleet arrived at Malacca the Dutch admiral sent 
 a message to his Excellency the governor informing him 
 politely it was his intention to begin the attack the following 
 day at twelve o'clock, to which letter the Portuguese governor 
 replied that the Dutch admiral could open the attack when 
 he pleased, as they were quite ready. After fighting for 
 two months the Dutch were obliged to give up, returning to 
 Bantam to refresh and feeling rather ashamed of themselves. 
 
 A letter was now sent by the Dutch governor-general to 
 the Kajah of Johore, couched in terms of great friendship 
 and conveying the suggestion that they should attack 
 Malacca together. The Kajah of Johore was pleased with 
 this idea, as he had gained the impression that the Dutch 
 were of not so much account as the Portuguese, and there- 
 fore, if he could get rid of the latter, the former could easily 
 be disposed of later. 
 
 An agreement was therefore entered into between the 
 Kajah of Johore and the Dutch that, as far as Malacca was 
 concerned, they were one. Under this arrangement it was 
 agreed that the Dutch were to attack by sea and the Malays 
 of Johore by land, and in the event of the country sur- 
 rendering the Dutch were to retain Malacca and all the 
 cannon, while everything else that was found in the town 
 was to be equally divided between the people of Johore and 
 the Dutch — a very fair and equitable arrangement for the 
 Dutch. When the Dutch fleet arrived at Malacca for the 
 second time they found a Portuguese fleet awaiting them, 
 and a very severe struggle began, the Malays attacking on
 
 RISE OF DUTCH POWER IN THE EAST 225 
 
 the land side ; but after fifteen days of more or less incessant 
 attacks and counter-attacks nothing had been achieved, 
 and beyond a large number of slain on both sides the Dutch 
 were not any nearer capturing the forts than they were at 
 the beginning. 
 
 The Malays now held a consultation, and began to think 
 that if they fought against the white man according to his 
 own fashion Malacca would not fall for ten years. They 
 therefore decided that fifty men should gain entrance to 
 the fort and run " amok." On the day fixed at five o'clock 
 in the evening fifty Malays entered the fort and ran " amok," 
 and every Portuguese was either put to death or forced to 
 fly into the interior. The Dutch now" destroyed the Portu- 
 guese fleet, and Malacca was theirs. 
 
 This new acquisition by the Dutch ended their ideas of 
 expansion, and they now began to colonise their settlements 
 as only the Dutch know how to do ; each of them became 
 the home for life of those who came there, no thought of 
 return to Europe ever occurring to these colonisers. 
 
 The Dutch remained the undisputed masters of Malacca 
 until 1795, when the English took their place, but returned 
 it to them in 1819. Li 1824, however, the Dutch exchanged 
 Malacca with England for the residency of Bencoolen, in 
 Sumatra. 
 
 Malacca, the oldest and largest of the Straits Settlements, 
 is a triangular piece of territory on the west coast of the 
 Malay peninsula. It covers 659 square miles, has a coast 
 line of fifty miles, and is adjacent to the States of Johore 
 and Negri Sembilan. 
 
 List of the Dutch governors of Malacca^ : — 
 
 Johan van Twist (governor and extra- 
 ordinary councillor of India) . . 1641 — 1642 
 Johan van Whet (ditto) . . . 1642—1646 
 Arnold de Vlaming van Outshoom (ditto) 1646 — 1662 
 
 ^ As far as has been discovered by the author. 
 J. — VOL. I- Q
 
 226 
 
 JAVA 
 
 Johan van Rebeek (commander-resident) ^ 
 Balthasar Bort (ditto) . 
 Jacob Jorrissoon Pits (governor) 
 Cornelis van Quaalberg (ditto) 
 Nicolaas Schagen (governor and extra 
 
 ordinary councillor of India) 
 Dm-k Komans (commander) . 
 Thomas Slicher (governor and extra 
 
 ordinary councillor) 
 Gelmer Vosburg (governor) 
 Govert van Hoor (ditto) 
 Bernard Phoonsen (ditto) 
 Johan Groolenhuys (commander) 
 Karel Bolner (governor) 
 Pieter Rooselaar (ditto) 
 Wilham Six (ditto) 
 William Moerman (governor) . 
 Herman van Suchtelen . 
 
 1662—1665 
 1665—1679 
 1679—1680 
 1680—1684 
 
 1684—1686 
 1686—1686 
 
 1686—1691 
 1692—1697 
 1697—1700 
 1700—1704 
 
 1704—1707 
 1707—1709 
 1709—1711 
 1711—1717 
 1717 
 
 Superintendents of Peirah^ (established in 1655) : — 
 
 Isaak Ryken 1655—1656 
 
 Pieter Buytzen 1656—1656 
 
 ComeKs van Gunst .... 
 
 (factory abandoned 1656, re-established 1659). 
 
 JuHan Massis 1659 — 1660 
 
 Abraham Schats 1660—1660 
 
 Adrian Lucassoon ..... 1660 — 1661 
 
 Superintendents of Ligor :- 
 
 Balthasar Bort 
 Johannes Zacharias 
 Michiel Curre 
 Juhan Massis 
 Nicolaas Muller 
 
 1656—1656 
 1656—1657 
 1657—1660 
 
 1661 
 1667—1669 
 
 Superintendents of Oedjong Salang :- 
 
 Cornelis van Gunst 
 Jacob Jorrison Pits 
 
 (abandoned in 1660). 
 
 1656—1658 
 1658—1660 
 
 ' The senior Engliahman at this time was WilUam Turner. 
 '■* Called Perah, or Perak. All these factories were under Malacca, and 
 the superintendents were styled " onder koopmen," or junior merchants.
 
 RISE OF DUTCH POWER IN THE EAST 227 
 
 Superintendents of Quedah : — 
 
 Pieter Buytzen 1654 — 1656 
 
 Arend Classon Dray .... 1656 — 1656 
 (abandoned in 1657, reoccupied 1660). 
 
 Ja<;ob Kerklioven 1660 — 1662 
 
 Hendrick Pelgrom . . . . 1710 
 
 Pieter du Quesne . . . . . 1711 
 
 St. Helena. — St. Helena, so named by the Portuguese, 
 who discovered it on St. Helen's Day in 1502, was taken as 
 the Enghsh Company's property in 1651, all their ships to 
 and from the East calling there. In 1661 a certain Captain 
 Stringer divided up the island into one hundred and fifty 
 small farms, and let them to settlers at a trifling rate. 
 Slaves were immediately imported and made to work under 
 fear of the lash and torture. 
 
 A Dutch Possession 1673. — In 1673 a Dutch fleet arrived 
 and took possession of the island. For years the Dutch had 
 cast eyes on it, finding it a most convenient place for their 
 ships to call to and from Java. 
 
 The English, however, were not prepared to allow this, and 
 sent Sir WiUiam Munden to retake the island the same year. 
 
 This new governor, who was angry with the inhabitants 
 for their treatment of the Dutch, a nation he was apparently 
 very jealous of, proved a tyrant of the worst description. 
 He branded whites and blacks alike with hot irons on the 
 very shghtest provocation, and lashings were of daily 
 occurrence. One unfortunate woman, a planter's wife, 
 was ordered twenty-one lashes, and then to be ducked three 
 times, for merely remarking that to incur the Government's 
 displeasure was tantamount to being murdered. 
 
 This bloodthirsty governor seemed in perpetual dread 
 that the Dutch would return and that the islanders would 
 assist them, and any one whom he had a suspicion of was 
 promptly punished. 
 
 In 1815 the Crown took over the island from the Company 
 and ransomed 614 slaves for £28,062. 
 
 Q 2
 
 RISE OF DUTCH POWER IN THE EAST 229 
 
 APPENDIX TO CHAPTER V 
 
 Dutch Possessions 
 
 In the great wars between 1781 and 1811 Holland, of course, 
 lost all her colonies to England, but in 1814, Holland was 
 returned to the House of Orange, when Java in 1816 and 
 Malacca in 1819 were handed back. The latter, however, was 
 given once more back to England in 1824 in exchange for Ben- 
 coolen, or one might say Sumatra. 
 
 The Dutch have possessed at one time or another the following 
 settlements or agencies in the East (from an old list compiled by 
 the Dutch Company for the States -General on the 22nd October, 
 1664) :— 
 
 Nominally, the entire East Indian Archipelago ; Malacca 
 (without factories) ; Siam, Aracan (an agency for rice and slaves 
 only), Tonquin Ava, Sirian. In Coromandel : Pulicat, Negapatam, 
 MasuHpatam. Bengal : Hughly, Cossimbazaar, Dacca, Patna, 
 Orixa. The island of Ceylon ; the island of Formosa. In 
 Malabar : Cochin, Cranganore, Quilon, Cananore ; Calicut. 
 In Ouzerat : Surat, Amedabad, Agra. In Persia : Gombroon, 
 Ispahan, Bussorah. In Arabia : Mocha. The island of Mauritius ; 
 the island of St. Helena. The Cape of Good Hope. In Japan : 
 Eirando. In China : Amoy, Ningpo (?).
 
 CHAPTEE VI 
 The Dutch in Java, 1623 to 1811 
 
 The Growth of the Dutch Poiver in the East. — A certain lust 
 of conquest on the part of her rulers, but mainly the desire 
 for the commercial gain to be won from directly tapping 
 the sources of the fabulous riches of India, were the reasons 
 why Portugal sought a passage by sea to the East. 
 
 The English, in following this example, although no 
 doubt actuated by their independent spirit and desirous 
 of a direct trade with India in preference to having to 
 import their goods through the medium of a foreign power, 
 not always friendly, were unquestionably more influenced 
 by the opportunity that offered for making profits than by 
 the likelihood or desire of establishing colonies. 
 
 The objects of the Dutch, however, were openly shown, 
 and it is quite clear that their one wish was to engross and 
 monopoHse the trade of the Spice Islands. 
 
 Therefore, however much their political spirit in the East 
 Indies at the present day may be admired, and themselves 
 counted as the only great colonising nation besides ourselves 
 in the world, it has always to be remembered that, as in the 
 case of the EngHsh East India Company, the Dutch East 
 India Company was created wholly and solely with the 
 object of commercial profit, though from this arose after- 
 wards, as a natural sequence, the desire for, or, indeed, the 
 necessity of, territorial aggrandisement. The result was 
 therefore that both Companies found themselves, sometimes, 
 perhaps, almost against their wills, getting possession of an 
 ever-increaisng Eastern empire, and that from being merely 
 traders they gradually came to be practically ruling powers. 
 At this day the Dutch, except for a strip on the north coast
 
 THE TORMENTS INFLICTED BY THE DUTCH OX THE ENGLISH IN AMBOYNA. 
 
 THE CONDITION- OF THE ENGLISH IX THE DLXGEOX AND THEIR EXECUTION 
 
 (amboyxa).
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAVA, 1623 TO 1811 231 
 
 of Borneo, are the masters of the whole East Indian Archi- 
 pelago, and it is possible that, with a less narrow spirit and 
 a more magnanimous, far-seeing, and hberal pohcy in India, 
 this country also might have been theirs — in any case 
 temporarily. It therefore seems fortunate for the English 
 that, after the troubles at Bantam and Amboyna, when 
 they saw that they had no chance in the East Indies against 
 the Dutch, the East India Company decided to transfer its 
 seat of government from Bantam and the Moluccas to 
 India, where its servants put their shoulders to the wheel 
 to push on the trade and, profiting by previous experience, 
 kept a larger staff at their factories than the Dutch did at 
 theirs. Their previous lessons were therefore perhaps 
 beneficial, and yielded their profit in due season in India. 
 
 From this day Dutch power waned in India before that 
 of the English, just as Portuguese power had previously 
 given way on the coming of the Dutch. 
 
 On the other hand, the Dutch power in the East Indies, 
 by the removal of the English seat of government, was 
 henceforth assured, and no cloud of any further interference 
 from a European Power rose on the horizon until Napoleon 
 began to turn Europe into a playfield for his armies. 
 
 Having in the previous chapter shown how the Dutch 
 conquered their principal possessions in the East, the thread 
 of their successes in Java may be taken up again. 
 
 Troubles in the Moluccas. — It seems that after the English 
 had been turned out of Amboyna the Dutch endeavoured 
 to prevent the natives from growing, or in any case from 
 plucking, so many cloves and nutmegs. The natives, who 
 viewed this interference with their only means of livelihood 
 as highly prejudicial to their welfare, revolted, but the rising 
 was temporarily crushed with a heavy hand. This, however, 
 was merely the beginning of a long series of troubles in these 
 islands, which were very naturally to be expected, as the 
 natives for centuries had cultivated nothing else but nutmegs
 
 232 JAVA 
 
 and cloves, and the wealth of then- rajahs was derived solely 
 from this source. 
 
 When the Dutch found it was impossible to restrict either 
 the plucking or the clandestine export, they destroyed the 
 spice trees, and in those islands which they did not consider 
 it worth while to protect, or which were possibly too far 
 away from their centres of commerce for control, the trees 
 were cut down wholesale. Under such conditions affairs 
 went from bad to worse, and on two occasions when the 
 position of the Dutch became serious, and even alarming, 
 the governor-general at Batavia proceeded to Amboyna to 
 look into matters for himself. Beyond, however, the 
 settlement of a few minor points and the punishment of the 
 natives, it does not appear that he greatly altered the poHcy 
 or disapproved of the actions of his lieutenants. 
 
 The Dutch secure the Monopoly of the Spice Trade to the 
 Exclusion of the Portuguese and English. — Fights and troubles 
 therefore continued and lasted, in fact, in the Moluccas for 
 the best part of a century. In the end, however, the Dutch 
 appear to have had their own way entirely, and the Portu- 
 guese and Enghsh were excluded by treaty from trading 
 with the native princes at any port whatsoever. The 
 Dutch, with this monopoly, controlled the supply of spices 
 for the European market, and prices were therefore also 
 regulated by them. 
 
 '^ All this does not appear to have been attained, however, 
 without considerable sacrifice of human life. 
 
 The Dutch were no sooner firmly established at Batavia 
 than the Susuhunan of Matarem with a tremendous army 
 of Javans attacked them. The siege lasted for several 
 months, assaults on the town and fort with elephants and 
 cavalry being followed by the sallies of the besieged. _h\ 
 the end the Dutch imported a number of Japanese soldiers, 
 and with their assistance made a final grand effort and 
 drove their assailants off, who withdrew and reinforced
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAVA, 1623 TO 1811 233 
 
 themselves at Kaliewoengoe. This war, it is said, cost the 
 Javan forces from famine, disease, and death in the field, 
 about 120,000 lives. The losses of the Dutch were also not 
 slight, and the troops must have suffered intensely, especially 
 when obhged to take the field. 
 
 However, the progress of the Dutch in Java, notwith- 
 standing great difficulties, was steady, and one cannot help 
 admiring the first brave little body of men who were 
 endeavouring, by all the means at their disposal, to colonise 
 these Eastern lands and thus enrich their country by the 
 trade to be secured therefrom. 
 
 Treaties with all the Sovereigns of Java. — By 1646 they had 
 successfully concluded written treaties with all the sovereigns 
 in Java, and on the 24th September, 1646, signed one at 
 Batavia with the susuhunan, one of its clauses being that 
 the Dutch should send him a yearly ambassador to inform 
 him of the nature of all the curiosities that had arrived from 
 Europe, and further that all priests or other persons whom 
 the susuhunan might be desirous of sending to foreign 
 countries should be conveyed thither in the Company's ships. 
 It was also agreed at the same time that all persons who 
 should desert to either country for the purpose of avoiding 
 their debts should be given up, and that the Company and 
 the susuhunan should assist each other against their common 
 enemies ; also that the vessels of the susuhunan 's subjects 
 should be allow^ed to trade to all places under the Company's 
 authority except Amboyna, Banda, and Ternate, and that 
 those bound to Malacca or places northward of that settle- 
 ment should be obliged to touch at Batavia and to apply to 
 the Dutch for passes. 
 
 Trouble with the Sultan of Bantam. — During 1652 the 
 Sultan of Bantam, who for many years had been carrying 
 on a desultory war with the Dutch, attacked Batavia with 
 sixty thousand men. On the road he laid waste, burned, 
 and pillaged all the villages that were friendly to his enemy.
 
 234 JAVA 
 
 Beyond this, however, nothing much appears to have been 
 effected. 
 
 Treaty with the Sultan of Bantam. — On the 10th July, 
 1659, the Dutch managed to conclude a treaty with the 
 Sultan of Bantam, through the mediation of the ambassadors 
 of the Pangeran of Janibi, in which it was stipulated that 
 all prisoners of war and deserters should be restored by 
 either side, and that the Dutch should as heretofore have a 
 permanent residence at Bantam, for which purpose the same 
 building was to be given which they had occupied before 
 the war began, and free of rent, and that this building was 
 to be secured by the sultan against any hostile attempt. 
 
 Closing of English Factory at Batavia. — On the 19th 
 October, 1677, a new treaty was also made with the susii- 
 hiinan, by which the Dutch secured the monopoly of all the 
 trade in the Matdrem provinces,^ to the chagrin of the English, 
 who were now obliged oflScially to close their factory at 
 Batavia. As, however, it had for a good many years 
 already been merely a nominal affair, not very much can 
 have been lost to the English Company through this. 
 
 Trouble again at Bantam. — In the same year (1677) 
 trouble again arose at Bantam. The old sultan, feeling 
 the advance of years, invited his son to share his regal power 
 and help him rule his kingdom. This measure was attended 
 by the inevitable results. Jealousy arose between father 
 and son, which very soon became an open hostility. The 
 policy of the Dutch led them to take an active part in favour 
 of the young sultan, who had inclined most towards their 
 interests and now solicited their aid. In return for this he 
 was willing to give them special advantages. The English, 
 on the other hand, discouraged what they considered open 
 rebellion on the part of the young sultan, but declined to 
 interfere in any other character than as mediators, or to 
 afford military assistance to either party. This neutrality 
 
 ' Batavia was of course among them.
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAVA, 1623 TO 1811 235 
 
 was probably sincere, owing to their extreme weakness, 
 for since 1668, when their factory had been taken by 
 the Dutch and afterwards virtually ceded back to them, 
 the Enghsh had been residing at Bantam partly on suffer- 
 ance and consequently did not dare meddle much in 
 pohtics. 
 
 Murder of English Agent at Bantam. — They nevertheless 
 suffered, for on the 21st May, 1677, the rabble of the young 
 sultan, incensed at the want of sympathy shown by the 
 Enghsh, barbarously murdered the agent, Arnold "White, 
 with many of his staff. The English Company in Janibi 
 immediately reinforced the Bantam factory with every man 
 they could spare, so that the ^\ish of the new sultan and of 
 the Dutch to rid themselves of the Enghsh was for the time 
 frustrated. 
 
 On the 28th March, 1682, the trouble between the two 
 sultans, which had been smouldering, broke out afresh, and 
 the Dutch decided on landing a considerable force from 
 Batavia, which soon put an end to the war. This done, 
 they placed the young sultan on the throne, delivering his 
 aged father into his custody, and thereby obtained from 
 him the exclusive privilege for all the trade in his terri- 
 tories.^ This, it is quite apparent, was the main object they 
 had in view. 
 
 Closing of English Factory at Bantam in 1682. — This treaty 
 naturally carried ^dth it the extinction of the English 
 factory at Bantam. The factory was taken formal possession 
 of on the 1st April, 1682, by a party of Dutch and native 
 soldiers, and eleven days later the agent, Kobert Parker, 
 and his council were forced to embark ^dth their property 
 on vessels provided for the purpose, and were taken to 
 Batavia, whence they were sent to Sui'at on the 22nd August. 
 The Bantam treaty was a very important one for the 
 
 1 The treaty was not actually signed until the 17th April, 1684. By this 
 treaty the Portuguese, French, and Danes were also driven out.
 
 286 JAVA 
 
 Dutch, and is one more proof of their slow but sure per- 
 severing methods. They have always been earnest in 
 making treaties with the native rulers, each time gaining a 
 little more than they had had before. The loss of Bantam 
 was the final blow to the English East India Company in 
 Java.^ The Dutchmen had stood up boldly against them 
 and had shown themselves hard to beat down. The Enghsh 
 Company, despite, however, all its manifold troubles and 
 vicissitudes, had lasted no less than eighty years in the 
 Island. Bloodshed, death, perpetual disappointment, and 
 continual rows with the Dutch marked the conduct of the 
 past at Bantam and Jacatra. When one reads the records 
 of the time, it seems that the Company's agents and admirals 
 in Java, although men of grit, were no match in commercial 
 dealings with the Dutch, who trusted in themselves and 
 themselves alone. The English, on the other hand, were 
 too much inclined to place reliance in the local native chiefs, 
 who invariably proved very weak reeds, and generally ended 
 in supporting the party which showed the greatest strength 
 and gave the most trouble. 
 
 Then, again, the Enghsh Company's agents were con- 
 tinually changing, owing to frequent deaths and other 
 reasons. The Dutch agents seem, however, to have been 
 better fitted constitutionally to stand the effects of the rough 
 life, the unwholesome tropical climate, and the infected 
 water of old Bantam.^ Still, however, the English did not 
 give in to the Dutch, although they at last fell victims to 
 them in a political struggle.' 
 
 There is rather a good insight into what life was like at 
 Bantam at this period to be gained from Edmund Scott's 
 
 ' The factory at Japara lasted until 1677. The remaining English in 
 other parts of Java were finally expelled in 1684. 
 
 ^ There -were 100,000 inhabitants in Bantam at this time, at least 
 according to J. Hageman. 
 
 ^ For Hst of Company's agents and staff at Bantam and Batavia, see 
 Chapter XII.
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAVA, 1623 TO 1811 237 
 
 journal from 1602 to 1605, and Captain John Saris 's account 
 from 1605 to 1609, given in Chapter XII. 
 
 The loss of Bantam was a somewhat severe blow, and the 
 English Company experienced the accumulated loss of 
 principal and interest expended on their dead stock at 
 Bantam and its dependencies, the amount of which can 
 only be roughly calculated. When the Bantam agent, 
 Robert Parker, and his council arrived at Surat, they 
 handed over goods and money to the value of 39,000 pieces 
 of eight, which was charged to the Surat account, as were 
 the debts of the factories formerly subordinate to Bantam, 
 namely, Siani, Tonquin, Taiyuanfoo (in Formosa), and 
 Jamhi, amounting to 176,000 pieces of eight. The trade, 
 however, of all these subordinate factories might be termed 
 a failure, the cause of which was the usual one, namely, that 
 Dutch competition proved too strong. 
 
 The Macassars in Java. — Several years before the depar- 
 ture of the English from Bantam a Celebes chief, with all 
 the desperadoes he could gather, landed at Besuki and soon 
 collected a following of similar rascals, with whom he com- 
 mitted great depredations. 
 
 The Independence of Madura proclaimed hy Truna Jaya. — 
 At the same time Truna Jaya, who was a nephew of the 
 Adipdte of Madura, declared the independence of Madura, 
 freeing that country from the hated rule of Matdrem. 
 
 An army sent against the Macassars from Matdrem was 
 repulsed, and the provinces of Pasuruan, Proholingo, Wira- 
 saba and Japara ^ submitted to the new rule. 
 
 The Susuhunan solicits the aid of the Dutch. — In this pre- 
 dicament the susuhunan, finding himself unequal to dis- 
 lodging the Macassar establishment, or to reducing the 
 Madurese to submission, solicited the aid of the Dutch. 
 
 A second Javan army was at once prepared and directed 
 to assemble at Japara and to procure the assistance of all 
 
 ' Modjokerto.
 
 238 JAVA 
 
 the white people who had factories there, Dutch, French, 
 Enghsh, and Portuguese. The Dutch commandant at 
 Japara, when asked for aid, rephed that " this apphcation 
 on the part of the susiihunan was just what the Dutch had 
 been long anxious for, and that he was ready to obey his 
 orders and sacrifice his life in his service." 
 
 Madura attacked by the Dutch. — The Dutch sent four ships 
 and some smaller vessels with soldiers, which were reinforced 
 at Japara by the susuhunan's troops and vessels. They 
 arrived off the north of Madura at night-time and at once 
 landed the troops in the forest. In the morning they 
 requested the enemy to allow them to take in water which 
 their ships were in need of, promising to depart immediately. 
 This request being granted, the guns were landed in water 
 casks and batteries quickly thrown up. An attack was then 
 made on the enemy's works, and in a few days they were 
 demolished, the enemy dispersed, and numerous prisoners 
 taken. 
 
 Trii^ia J ay a escapes. — Those that escaped joined Truna 
 Jaya ; and the latter, feehng himself now strong enough, 
 crossed over to the mainland and took possession of 
 Surabaya. 
 
 Dutch again asked for their Aid. — The Dutch were again 
 asked for their assistance, and Admiral Speelman was 
 despatched from Batavia with a strong land and sea force. 
 
 Admiral Speelman reduces all Ports from Cheribon to 
 Japara. — On the way to Japara he stopped at Cheribon and 
 reduced to submission this and all the other ports between 
 there and Japara. After a severe fight Truna Jaya was 
 defeated with the loss of a hundred cannon. He now fled 
 with his army to Kediri, and there he was attacked by the 
 combined forces of Admiral Speelman and the susuhiinan. 
 
 Truna Jaya defeated at Kediri. — The siege lasted nearly 
 two months, and the town was at last taken by assault. 
 Truna Jaya escaped, but the enormous accumulations of
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAVA, 1623 TO 1811 239 
 
 riches that fell to the Dutch thoroughly repaid them for 
 their assistance. Chests and chests of Spanish dollars were 
 discovered in the old palace, besides ingots of gold and jewels 
 in profusion. The old crown of Majapahit together with 
 the regalia, already spoken of in a previous chapter, was also 
 found. The Dutch could now demand what they wished. 
 
 New Treaty with the Susuhunan. — A new treaty was con- 
 cluded and the district actually under Dutch jurisdiction 
 was extended to the Krawang river, whilst all their goods 
 were to be free everywhere in Java from export and import 
 duty ; further, they might build factories or forts anywhere 
 they pleased. The susuhunan had also to find 250,000 
 dollars and three thousand lasts of rice to be delivered at 
 Batavia, for the expenses of the Dutch in the late war. For 
 their assistance Admiral Speelman gave the French and 
 English at Japara 20,000 dollars apiece as a gift from the 
 susuhunan. He then put them on board two Dutch vessels 
 and told them never to return. They were never again 
 heard of, from which it must be concluded they were 
 captured by pirates. 
 
 First War of Succession. — In 1700 the first war of succes- 
 sion began, and the assistance of the Dutch was again asked 
 for by one of the heirs. This was another opportunity for 
 pohtical advantage which the Dutch did not lose sight of, 
 and therefore before granting any aid they explicitly stated 
 their requirements. These were : — 
 
 Great Advantages gained by the Dutch. — That all the sea- 
 ports from Krawang to the eastern extremity of the island, 
 and the whole of the revenues of these places, including all 
 the rice, be delivered to the State in diminution of the 
 susuhunan' s debt. 
 
 That the whole of the kingdom of Jacatra be likewise 
 permanently ceded to them. 
 
 That the sugar trade of Japara^ be placed entirely in the 
 
 ^ It is said sugar was being made at Kling (Klaliug ?), an old Hindu town.
 
 240 JAVA 
 
 hands of the Dutch, together with the sole management of 
 the town of Semarang and the village of Kaligaivi, with the 
 proviso, however, that the revenues collected were for 
 account of the susuhunan. As, however, his Highness was 
 always in debt to the Dutch, the revenues were kept in 
 diminution thereof. 
 
 The claimant PangSran Puger (as related in Chapter II.) 
 was publicly installed at Semarang on the 19th June, 1704, 
 and he was shortly afterwards required to sign fresh deeds 
 and treaties by which the Dutch were more or less confirmed 
 as the overlords of the island. Oenarang and Salatiga were 
 unfortified, and the troops of the would-be susuhunan were 
 disbanded. 
 
 Another Treaty ivith the Susiihunan. — The district of 
 Gehdng and all the territory between the river Dondn and 
 Pasuran w^as ceded to the Dutch by a treaty of the 5th 
 October, 1705. 
 
 They now held at last all the ports of the island in their 
 possession, collecting their revenues and regulating their 
 trade.^ 
 
 The English Factory at Pulo Condore. — In 1706 news was 
 brought to the Dutch Company at Batavia that the English 
 garrison at Pulo Condore, which had been established by 
 Catchpoole, had been massacred by the Malays. It appears 
 that an insurrection among the native soldiery had occurred 
 as far back as the 2nd March, 1705, the mutineers having 
 first set fire to the Company's warehouse and murdered 
 Governor Catchpoole and most of the Enghsh in the island. 
 It was generally beheved that this treachery was instigated 
 by the Cochin Chinese, in order to get possession of the Com- 
 pany's treasure. 
 
 1 The dates of the great treaties of the East India Company in Java are 
 as follows : — 
 
 W^ith the Susuhiman of Solo, 19th October, 1677 ; with the Sultan of 
 Cheribon, 7th January, 1681 ; With the Sultan of Bantam, 5th October, 
 1705 ; with the susuhunan (in regard to Preangev), 1706.
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAV^A, 1623 TO 1811 241 
 
 The English Colony at Banjermassin, — The only factor who 
 survived was one Baldwm, who, after many adventures, 
 managed to escape to Banjermassin. Here the Enghsh 
 Company, much to the chagrin of the Dutch, had secured 
 a firm footing and had fortified the place as early as 1698. 
 The factory staff consisted of a governor and four members 
 of coimcil, one factor, three writers, one ofi&cer, twenty-five 
 EngHsh, three Dutch, and ten Macassar soldiers, thirty 
 Japanese carpenters, five Chinese carpenters, two Chinese 
 bricklayers, seventy labourers, thirty slaves, and nine 
 European seamen. 
 
 More European artisans were asked for, an indent for a 
 large supply of mihtary stores made, and everything seemed 
 liighly promising, when in the following year a catastrophe 
 happened in the shape of a native attack which drove the 
 English out of the place. 
 
 Cunningham, one of the Company's servants, stated that 
 the attack was due to the Chinese stirring up the " Ban- 
 jareens " on account of their jealousy at the Enghsh 
 monopolising the pepper trade. 
 
 English Factory opened at Anjer. — In 1708 the English 
 established a factory at Anjeram, or Anjer, in the Straits 
 of Sunda.^ 
 
 The War continues. — The fighting between the Javan 
 claimants and their adherents meantime still continued, and 
 every now and again broke out into flames. Fanjiran 
 Fuger, whom the Dutch had installed at Semarang, not 
 being the rightful heir, the real Susuhiinan or Emperor of 
 Matdrem held out resolutely for his rights. 
 
 The effects of this civil war being at last severely felt by 
 the Dutch themselves, the country being laid waste, and 
 the crops of rice being short, it was decided to put a large 
 
 1 Here is tlie tomb of Colonel Cathcart, who died on Ms voyage out to 
 China as British Ambassador to the Court of Peking, and was buried here 
 in 1788. 
 
 J. — VOL. I. R
 
 242 JAVA 
 
 force into the field and re-establish tranquillity. On the 
 arrival of this force at Madura it was discovered that the 
 king of that island had made two unsuccessful attacks on 
 the Dutch garrisons of Pamakasan and Sumanep and been 
 forced at last to leave his capital with his family. 
 
 When the king, Pangeran Chdkra Deningrat, saw there 
 was nothing else to be done, and that his enemies were too 
 strong for him, he decided to throw himself upon the help 
 of the Dutch. 
 
 When a Dutch ship arrived at Madura he sent a letter on 
 board, which was forwarded by the captain to the admiral 
 at Surabaya ; the captain received in reply a message to 
 take the prince and his family on board and bring them to 
 Surabaya. The captain now informed Pangeran Chdkra of 
 the admiral's instructions and invited him to come on 
 board. Pangeran Chdkra, who was unconscious of treachery, 
 accepted the invitation and proceeded immediately with his 
 wife and children on board. When his boat arrived along- 
 side, his ministers with the emblems of State preceded him ; 
 after them came the pangiran, then his wife, Baden Ayu 
 Chakra Biningrat, and lastly his children. 
 
 When the pangeran reached the top of the ladder. Captain 
 Curtis came forward, took his hand, and delivered him over 
 to the officer on watch, who led him to his cabin. The 
 captain remained until the Bdden Ayu had come up, and as 
 soon as she stepped on deck took her also by the hand and 
 kissed her. Not understanding this custom and believing 
 Captain Curtis wished to insult her, she called for her 
 husband, saying *' the captain had evil intentions." The 
 pangeran, hearing the cries of his wife, became wild with 
 excitement, rushed on deck, kris in hand, and without 
 further to-do stabbed Curtis. The ministers and attendants 
 who had come on board, following the example of their 
 master, raised the cry of artiok and instantly fell on the 
 crew.
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAVA, 1623 TO 1811 243 
 
 These, however, were too strong for them, and in a 
 few minutes all the Malays, including the chief, were 
 killed. 
 
 The rebels both in Eastern Java and Madura were now 
 joined by contingents from the island of Bah. Those, 
 however, in Madura were soon accounted for by the Dutch 
 and obhged to fly ; but those on the mainland secured a 
 temporary success, and, movmg from Surabaya towards 
 Kertasura, they carried the provinces of Japan (Modjokerto), 
 Wirasaha, Kediri, and Mddion Sukaicati with them, and a 
 headquarters station, with a sort of government, was 
 established at the latter place 
 
 The susuhmian's position now became more precarious 
 than before, for, added to the worries arising from a long 
 war with a troublesome enemy, his oa\ti family began to 
 cause him much annoyance, his two brothers plotting 
 against him. Battles were fought successively at Kediri, 
 Blitar, and Malang. The operations proved once more the 
 superiority of the susuhunan's warriors, for they carried 
 the day everywhere. His Highness, however, notwith- 
 standing the joy at his successes, succumbed at last to the 
 worries and fatigues of a campaign carried on under such 
 particularly difficult and trying circumstances. 
 
 End of the War. — His death had the effect, however, of 
 ending a long and tedious war. 
 
 The Elberfeld Conspiracy. — It was during the year 1722 
 that the famous conspiracy always known as the " Elberfeld 
 plot " was conceived. For some time there had been a 
 desire among some of the native princes once more to try 
 and get rid of the hated Dutch, and plans were continually 
 made, but ended in notliing. This one, however, was very 
 near being successful,, although, of course, it is plain that 
 the success could only have been temporary. The con- 
 spirator who stands out most prominently is a man named 
 Pieter Elberfeld, whose skull, thickly plastered over, is to 
 
 R 2
 
 244 JAVA 
 
 be seen to this day in the top of a wall in the old city of 
 Jacatra. 
 
 The skull has a spear run through it, by which it is per- 
 manently transfixed. Below it there is a small tablet on 
 which is written in the Dutch language : — 
 
 " Wik eene verfoeyelyke gedachtenise tegen den gestraften, 
 landverrader Pieter Elberfeld zal niemand vermogen ter dezer 
 plaats te bouwen, timmeren, metselem, planten, im of teneourrige 
 dage." 
 
 the translation of which is : — 
 
 " In consequence of the detested memory of Pieter Elberfeld, 
 who was punished for treason, no one shall be permitted to build 
 in wood, or stone, or to plant anything whatsoever, in these 
 grounds, from this time forth for evermore." 
 
 The story is worth relating. The father of Pieter Elber- 
 feld was a native of Westphalia, the " Land of Hams," who 
 had come to Java for the purpose of making his fortune, and 
 who, on arriving in the island, had set up in business as a 
 merchant. After some time he formed a connection with a 
 native woman by whom he had six children, all sons, the 
 five elder of whom followed the manners and the European 
 habits of their father ; but Pieter, the youngest, born in 
 the year 1663, with strange pertinacity from childhood 
 clung to native ideas and customs, and this subsequently 
 led him to become an enthusiastic and daring patriot. 
 Hating the Dutch and all connected with them, looking upon 
 everything done by them as an injury to those whom he 
 regarded as his own people, he resolved on the extermination 
 of every foreigner from the soil of Java, and bent all his 
 thoughts to the consideration of the time when, and the 
 means by which, he might best accomplish this great object. 
 Hearing of the disaffection of some of the princes in the 
 interior, he privately communicated his designs to them, 
 endeavouring to gain their support to his bold and dangerous
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAVA, 1623 TO 1811 245 
 
 plans ; for, courageous though he was, Elberfeld could not 
 have dreamt of success in carrying out the scheme he had 
 formed without the promise of assistance and co-operation 
 from men of more power and influence than himself. He 
 ultimately succeeded in gaining over to his side the two 
 sons of Paku Buvana and several minor princes. The 
 Susiihiinan Paku Buvana, whose empire of Matarem still 
 comprised about a third of the island, died in the year 1719 
 and was succeeded by his son, who, but for a fortunate 
 circumstance (to be related below), might only have occupied 
 the throne of his fathers for a very short time. Two of 
 his brothers, the princes alluded to above, growing jealous 
 of his ascendency and aiming at imperial power, allied them- 
 selves with Elberfeld for the express purpose of dethroning 
 him, making this condition, that if their designs succeeded 
 one of them should assume the title of Emperor, and the 
 other that of Sultan of some small independent State. 
 Elberfeld was to be raised to the dignity of Bin Hamid bin 
 Abdul Sheik al Islam, or High Priest of all Java. The plan 
 they adopted was a very bold and daring one, measures 
 being taken by which the different leaders might carry 
 it out simultaneously. Elberfeld, with thirty thousand 
 followers, was to attack and blow up the town and slaughter 
 all the European inhabitants throughout the residency of 
 Batavia ; while the two princes with their adherents were 
 to dethrone their brother, the emperor, take possession of 
 Matarem, and proclaim themselves simultaneously emperor 
 and sultan. Elberfeld's house was situated a short distance 
 from the gate in Jacatra which opened on the road, and here 
 it was determined to hold the nightly meetings of the dis- 
 affected chiefs and people, amongst whom were several 
 women. Here adherents were sworn and enrolled and ail 
 the proceedings connected with this terrible plot discussed, 
 such caution being used to avoid detection that the con- 
 spirators never raised their voices above a whisper, and were
 
 246 JAVA 
 
 it not for the fortunate circumstance before alluded to, 
 there is not the shghtesfc doubt that some, if not all, of the 
 Dutch inhabitants and the adherents of the reigning native 
 emperor would have fallen at the hands of their midnight 
 foes. 
 
 Elberfeld had living with him a young niece, a brother's 
 child, whom at her father's death he had adopted as his own, 
 separating her from her brothers and sisters and educating 
 her as a native. Meeda (this was her name), whose mind 
 and tastes, despite the love she felt for her uncle, inclined 
 her to the European side, was very beautiful, inheriting the 
 fair skin of her grandfather, with the dark e5^es and locks of 
 her grandmother, and could not help expressing the disgust 
 she felt for every suitor for her hand whom her uncle 
 approved of. In her walks and drives she had frequently 
 observed a young Dutch officer attentively regarding her, 
 and this circumstance inspiring her with the desire of 
 marrying a European, she ardently hoped the young 
 soldier would pay his addresses to her, little doubting that 
 she would be able to gain her uncle's consent to such a union. 
 The Dutch officer had, indeed, frequently attempted to 
 speak to Meeda, but so closely was she watched by her 
 anxious relative that he saw that his only chance of obtain- 
 ing her hand lay in openly demanding it of the wealthy 
 uncle. Accordingly he did so, and his surprise exceeded all 
 bounds when he was informed that no child or relative of 
 Elberfeld's should marry a white man, and that, fondly as 
 he loved his niece, he would rather see her dead than the 
 wife of a Dutchman. 
 
 At once disappointed and exasperated, the officer left the 
 house, determined on defeating the views of the uncle by 
 some plan, for though the lovers had never interchanged 
 words, their eyes had faithfully interpreted those feelings 
 of the heart by which both were inspired. 
 
 Affairs connected with the conspiracy in which he was
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAVA, 1623 TO 1811 247 
 
 engaged demanding Elberfeld's utmost attention, and the 
 vigilance with which he watched Meeda being in consequence 
 relaxed, it was not long before the officer found oppor- 
 tunities to meet his inamorata, and soon he obtained her 
 consent to a private marriage. 
 
 Meeda, however, could not thus set herself in opposition 
 to her uncle without some conflicting feelings. The remem- 
 brance of his uniform kindness to her, the thought of the 
 sorrow her desertion would cause him, often banished sleep 
 from her eyes till long after the other inmates of the house, 
 as she thought, had retired to their beds and mats. Still 
 love conquered every other feeling, and one night when she 
 met her lover she was induced to give him her faithful 
 promise in three days to become his bride. The thought of 
 her disobedience to her uncle rendered her that night even 
 more restless than usual, and she was unable to sleep. It 
 was a warm, sultry evening, and the air of the room seemed 
 to stifle her. Opening her window, therefore, she stepped 
 lightly into the small verandah which was attached to her 
 apartment, and here she remained for some time gazing 
 into darkness, for the air was thick and the moon obscured. 
 By-and-by she was startled from her reverie by a gleam of 
 light apparently proceeding from a lower window, which 
 threw its rays across the path, a circumstance which in 
 itself would have seemed trifling had it not been followed 
 by others of a more suspicious nature. Meeda had only 
 just recovered from her momentary alarm, and had settled 
 in her mind that her uncle had business which obliged him 
 to sit up late, when on looking down again she was surprised 
 to see the hght on the path frequently obscured, as if by 
 some dark body passing over it, and, this occurring again 
 and again, she discovered to her inexpressible surprise that 
 it arose from the entrance of several men through the window. 
 Meeda, who was a girl of no ordinary courage and strength 
 of mind, at once determined on the course to pursue. Gain-
 
 248 JAVA 
 
 ing her own room, she proceeded noiselessly across the 
 passage which separated it from Elberfeld's, determined to 
 acquaint him at once with, as she imagined, their danger. 
 To her smprise, however, she found her uncle's room 
 empty ; and by the light of the oil-lamp she perceived that 
 the pillow on the mat which her uncle, true to his native 
 taste, made his sleeping-couch, had never been pressed that 
 night. 
 
 Quite perplexed as to what step to take next, the be- 
 wildered girl regained her own apartment, and probably 
 would have remained there until daybreak but for a foot- 
 step which she heard cautiously moving along the passage, 
 which caused her again to venture forth to watch unseen 
 the movements of the man whom she had dimly perceived 
 entering the room of Elberfeld. 
 
 In a few minutes her vigilance was repaid : the door re- 
 opened, and her uncle appeared within a few paces of where 
 she stood, shaded by a projecting wall, with a paper in his 
 hand and a dark, sinister expression on his face. Meeda's 
 first impulse had been to rush up to him and acquaint him 
 with what she had seen, but second thoughts determined 
 her to wait and see what he was about to do, for the expres- 
 sion of his face filled her with an undefined dread. Cautiously 
 he stole along the passage and down the stairs, followed at 
 some distance by his niece, who carefully selected the most 
 shadowy side for her dangerous midnight adventure, 
 fearful lest a false step, or even a loud breath, might betray 
 her. Having followed Elberfeld to that part of the house 
 near which the dining-room was situated, she fomid all in 
 complete darkness, all the lamps having been purposely 
 extinguished, a circumstance which by no means tended to 
 lessen her apprehension that something was seriously wrong. 
 Her uncle meanwhile had disappeared, and she stood 
 irresolute what next to do, when, her attention being drawn 
 by the sound of a door being opened gently, she perceived
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAVA, 1623 TO 181] 249 
 
 to her astonishment their large dining-room dimly hghted 
 and full of people. Perplexed and alarmed by this un- 
 expected circumstance, she was deliberating whether she 
 should proceed or retire, when the door was again closed 
 and she was left in total darkness. Eesolved not to be 
 baffled in the desire to penetrate this mystery, she groped 
 her way to the door, and, determined to ascertain what was 
 the secret object of this numerous assembly at such an hour, 
 she placed her ear to the keyhole. It was some minutes 
 before she could catch any distinct word, but as her ear 
 became accustomed to the whispers in which they spoke it 
 was not long before she became acquainted with the nature 
 of the plot in which they were engaged. It was with in- 
 expressible horror that she heard her uncle himself addressing 
 the assembly and naming the day and hour when every man, 
 woman, and child of purely Dutch parentage was to fall by 
 the sword or by fire. Putting her eye to the keyhole, she 
 then distinctly saw every man m the room place his hand on 
 his kris, and, after kissing the hand that had touched the 
 weapon, again perform the same ceremony with the Koran. 
 Horrified at what she had heard and seen, Meeda turned 
 from the door, and in a very few minutes succeeded in 
 finding her way back to the hghted part of the house and 
 thence to her room, where, carefully fastening her door, she 
 sat down to consider what step she ought to take on the 
 morrow. Next morning she contrived to write a letter 
 secretly to her lover informing him of the whole affair, only 
 begging of him if possible to avoid mentioning her uncle's 
 name as one of the conspirators. The young officer on 
 reading this communication of his mistress was equally 
 perplexed and horrified ; for he saw no reasons by which 
 he could avoid naming the principal in a plot so daring, 
 more especially as it was at his house that the secret meet- 
 ings were held. He therefore divulged the whole matter to 
 the authorities, who lost no time in warning the emperor
 
 250 JAVA 
 
 and their own agents in different towns of the impending 
 danger, at the same time advising them on no account to 
 allow any indications of the fact that the plot had been 
 discovered to become known to the conspirators. 
 
 All, therefore, went on as usual till the night preceding 
 the one fixed for the massacre. On that night nearly all 
 the conspirators had met for the last time to concert their 
 final measures. " Be ready an hour before daybreak " were 
 Elberf eld's parting words as he stood by his door ready ta 
 close it when the last of his accomplices had gone forth. 
 But already the troops sent out to secure the conspirators 
 had surrounded the house. Before the last man had left, 
 their place of meeting a clashing of swords and the loud 
 report of firearms were heard. " We are betrayed,'* cried 
 Elberfeld. " Escape who can." 
 
 This, however, was now too late, for even while Elberfeld 
 and his fellow- conspirators were debating in fancied security^ 
 every place of exit had been carefully guarded by soldiers^ 
 and a strong body now entered the house, calling on all ta 
 lay down their weapons, and mercilessly cutting down every 
 one who showed the slightest sign of resistance. It after- 
 wards appeared there were several females amongst the 
 conspirators, most of whom were presently smothered with 
 pillows, a few only of both sexes being pardoned, one of 
 whom was a woman of high rank from the emperor's court,, 
 called Karta Drya. The dreadful sentences passed on the 
 perpetrators read as follows : 
 
 " Sentence against Pieter Elberfeld and his accomplices pro- 
 nounced at Batavia, April 8th, 1722. 
 
 " Forasmuch as Pieter Elberfeld, burgess, born at Batavia 
 of a white father and a black mother, of the age of 58 or 59, and 
 his accomplices Catadia, otherwise called Rahding, Javanese of 
 Kartasura, etc., etc. 
 
 " We the Judges having heard and examined the inform ation^ 
 etc., etc. 
 
 " We hereby order and decree that the criminals shall be
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAVA, 1623 TO 1811 251 
 
 delivered into the hands of the hangman in order to receive the 
 following punishments in the following manner. The two 
 criminals Elberfeld and Catadia shall be extended and bound 
 each of them on a cross where they shall each of them have their 
 right hands cut off, and their arms, legs, and breasts pinched 
 with red-hot pincers, till pieces of the flesh are torn away. They 
 shall then have their bodies ripped up from bottom to top, and 
 their hearts thrown in their faces ; after which their heads shall 
 be cut off and fixed upon a post, and their bodies being torn in 
 pieces shall be exposed to the fowls of the air without the city of 
 Jacatra. 
 
 "The other [four principal] criminals are each of them to be 
 bound upon a cross, and have their respective right hands cut 
 off, their arms, thighs and breasts pinched, their bodies ripped 
 open, and their hearts thrown in their faces, and their limbs 
 exposed upon a wheel, there to become the prey of birds. 
 
 "The [last] three are condemned each of them to be tied to 
 a stake, and there strangled till they are dead. Their bodies 
 shall be then carried like the rest to the common place of execu- 
 tion, and there exposed on wheels, for the nourishment of the 
 birds, etc., etc. 
 
 " Done and decreed in the Assembly of the Lords the Coun- 
 sellors of Justice this Wednesday, the 8th of April, all the Judges, 
 except iVIr. Craivanger, being present." 
 
 The sentence was pronounced and executed on Wednes- 
 day, the 22nd April, 1722. 
 
 Such were the punishments of the eighteenth century. 
 Not content even with this dire revenge, the governor- 
 general gave orders to raze this Eastern Eye House to the 
 ground, the gate was walled up, and the inscription already 
 given was placed there. 
 
 The fixing of the ghastly head by a spear to the top of 
 the wall at the spot where the gate had formerly stood, and 
 where Elberfeld had frequently meditated on his dangerous 
 plot, was the last act of vengeance by which their European 
 masters hoped to remind future generations of natives of 
 the fearful punishment with which they had visited treason 
 against their authority.
 
 252 JAVA 
 
 To this day the natives say that on certain nights ominous 
 sounds are heard at this spot, and even apparitions are said 
 to have been seen. The Emperor of Maidrem, in his 
 gratitude to the Dutch for the service they had done him, 
 extended their territories. 
 
 Commodore Boggewein at Batavia. — Shortly after this 
 occurrence Commodore Roggewein arrived at Batavia with 
 his fleet of three ships, the Eagle, with thirty-six cannon and 
 one hundred and eleven men, commanded by Captain Job 
 Coster, on board of which was Roggewein himself ; the 
 Tienhoven, of twenty-eight cannon and one hundred men, 
 Captain James Bouman ; and the African Galley, of 
 fourteen cannon and sixty men. Captain Rosenthal. 
 
 This fleet sailed from Amsterdam on the 16th July, 1721, 
 under the charter of the West Indian Company, and after 
 battling round the Straits of Magellan arrived at Batavia, 
 only to be confiscated by the East Indian Company, the 
 crews being sent home by their ships. The East Indian 
 Company maintained that only they, and not the West 
 Indian Company, held the charter for trading in the 
 East Indies, and that therefore Roggewein had been 
 guilty of an infringement for which he must pay the 
 penalty. 
 
 The Great Chinese Rising. —The city of Batavia was now 
 in the highest state of prosperity, and trade was being 
 carried on by the Dutch with Europe and nearly every port 
 of anj'" importance in the East. The production of the 
 country had reached a magnitude never dreamed of, and 
 luxury and wealth went hand in hand and pervaded all 
 social life. The Dutch officials lived in a style beyond any- 
 thing ever contemplated in Europe. Slaves they had in 
 abundance to attend to their every want, and their money 
 flowed into numberless channels. The proverb says, " Like 
 master, like man " ; and this is often found true, for here 
 the slaves now became arrogant in the extreme, and began
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAV^A, 1623 TO 1811 253 
 
 at first bullying, later on outraging, the Chinese, who were 
 the real merchants of Batavia, in fact of Java. At first 
 they caught the luckless Chinese one by one and flogged 
 them ; then they tried to kill them. In fact they went 
 from one step to another, until the Chinese could stand it 
 no longer and apphed to the Dutch authorities to put an 
 end to these outrages and punish the offenders. They 
 obtained, however, little or no redress, the slaves swearing 
 with one accord that the Chinese were the aggressors, and 
 in the end, seeing they could secure no justice from the 
 Dutch, the Chinese assembled at some sugar mills at 
 Ganddria to the number of a couple of thousand and held a 
 meeting to protest against their treatment. They then 
 chose a chief, with the determination to oppose the Dutch 
 and thrash the slaves. When this came to the Dutchmen's 
 ears they imported natives from the outside islands to try 
 and secure the Chinese, and managed to catch two hundred 
 of them. These were put on board a ship and ostensibly 
 banished to another country, but when some distance from 
 the land it is said they w^ere all thrown overboard, and most 
 were drowned. One or tw^o, however, managed to reach 
 the shore and sought out their companions at Gandaria, to 
 whom they related all that had occurred. The Chinese 
 concluded therefrom that the Dutch quite intended to 
 extirpate their race, and notified all their countrj'-men at 
 Batavia and Jacatra accordingly, suggesting a grand 
 assembly at Ganddria with all the arms they could collect. 
 The Chinese at Batavia and elsewliere, who had been equally 
 harassed by the slaves, against whom no appeal was gi-anted, 
 as soon as they heard about the Dutch having thrown their 
 countrymen overboard proceeded at once to Ganddria to 
 the number of more than five thousand. Here they placed 
 themselves under the orders of the chief, Sipan Jang. 
 
 Another account is that the governor-general, Adriaan 
 Valkenier, was very liberal in his favours to the Chinese,
 
 254 JAVA 
 
 which enabled them, a race of born traders and shopkeepers,^ 
 to grow very wealthy. This caused general discontent 
 among the native races, who, from their indolent and lazy 
 nature, remained poor. These latter now sought on every 
 occasion to bring charges in the law courts against the 
 Chinese, against whom the cases were always decided, the 
 evidence of the slaves proving too weighty. The Chinese 
 now congregated together and began pillaging the villages. 
 Just as this began a certain Baron Gustaff Willem van 
 Imhoff, who became later on governor-general, arrived at 
 Jacatra from Ceylon, and when he was told of the Chinese 
 depredations he suggested that as many as possible be 
 deported to Ceylon. A council was held of the " Eaad van 
 Indie " (viceroy's council) and the suggestion brought for- 
 ward, and accepted unanimously, it being agreed that the 
 Government should advance the cost of transporting the 
 Chinese, reimbursing themselves in due course by the 
 collection of the money from the Chinese themselves as 
 soon as they had settled down and were earning money 
 in their new place of abode. 
 
 The Chinese captain was now sent for, and told to go and 
 beat his gong and read out the governor-general's proclama- 
 tion, but naturally no single Chinaman came forward to be 
 deported. 
 
 The captain Chinaman was now ordered to arrest his 
 countrymen, all those that were poor to be captured first. 
 This he declined to do. Van Imhoff then inquired how a 
 rich Chinaman might be known from a poor one, and he was 
 told by his clothing, that of the latter being blue-black. 
 The authorities now themselves arrested all those that could 
 be found in blue-black clothes, and many others, among 
 whom were some belonging to highly respectable and 
 wealthy families. Those taken were placed on board ships 
 
 ^ John Deans, a merchant of Java, 1810 — 1826, gives an excellent report 
 on the Chinese as traders.
 
 
 
 i 
 
 ^iSSlfli.SIIA 
 
 "•r- 
 
 THK OLD TUWN HALL. BATAVIA. (iT IS NOT MUCH CHANGED SINCE ITS ERECTION 
 IN THE SEVENTEENTH CENTURY.) 
 
 RIVER AND STORKHOUSES AT PKKALONGAN.
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAVA, 1623 TO 1811 25.5 
 
 and deported. A short way from the shore they were 
 amoked and thrown into the sea, at least so the Chinese say. 
 One or two reaching the land told their countrymen all that 
 had happened. The Chinese now became roused, and 
 decided to rebel against the Dutch and if possible seize the 
 fort,^ and assembled at Ganddria for that purpose. One 
 Chinaman, however, determined to remain on the side of 
 the Dutch, and for a sum of eighty ducats, sundry valuable 
 presents, and the promise of future patronage agreed to spy 
 on his countrymen and report all their movements to the 
 Dutch. He first went to the Chinese camp and sought out 
 the chief, whom he asked if he would submit to the Dutch 
 on the promise of a free pardon ; but Sipan Jang refused, 
 flaying they would sooner or later revenge themselves on 
 the Chinese, and that therefore the free pardon was worth- 
 less. The Dutch then ordered that those who wished to 
 join their countrymen should do so, but that those who 
 desired to follow the Dutch should shave off their moustaches 
 as a sign and deliver up all their arms, even to the last pen- 
 knife, and neither burn a lamp nor make a fire at night. 
 
 All the Chmese within the city of Jacatra who still 
 remained decided to follow their instructions. The Dutch 
 troops now shut the gates of the city, hearing that the 
 Chinese from Ganddria were arriving. These came on in 
 three columns, burning and laying waste on their way, and 
 numbered on arrival at the fort more than ten thousand 
 men. They made a furious assault on the fort, but were 
 unable to make any impression, being repulsed with loss of 
 seventeen hundred and eighty-nine lives. In confusion they 
 retreated to Gending Melati. 
 
 Next day the Dutch landed all the sailors from the 
 shipping lying in Batavia roads, and, having confined the 
 Chinese to their houses, gave orders to the Malays to slay 
 all the male Chinese, old and young, who were within the 
 
 1 Oude CaeteU (Old Castle).
 
 256 JAVA 
 
 city. There were nine thousand of these, and only one 
 hundred and fifty escaped, who joined their countrymen at 
 Kampong Melati. The property of those that were killed 
 was appropriated by their slaughterers, not one of whom 
 was killed, all the weapons of the Chinese having been 
 handed over beforehand to the Dutch. After this massacre 
 the Dutch troops, numbering eight hundred Dutchmen, 
 together with two thousand Malays, marched to Kamipong 
 Melati'^ and attacked the Chinese, who had entrenched 
 themselves, and drove them with heavy loss out of their 
 position. They retreated now to Paning Gar an, where they 
 were also defeated with a loss of eight hundred, the Dutch 
 losing fom' hundred and fifty. 
 
 Whilst this was going on reports reached the Dutch that 
 the Chinese in Mid-Java had revolted and selected a chief 
 called Sing Seii. This news v/as soon confirmed by the 
 Bopatis of Demdk and Grohogan, who advised the susuhunan 
 thereof. The emperor advised the hopdtis not to interfere 
 with the Chinese and let them fight it out with the Dutch, 
 but if they did take action, rather to assist the Chinese than 
 the Dutch, as he would be glad to be rid of the latter, for 
 they interfered with the land and laid intolerable burdens 
 on the populace. One of the princes now wrote to the 
 Dutch commander at Samarang, telling him that he had 
 orders to attack the Chinese at Grohdgan and requesting a 
 large supply of ammunition. The Dutch were completely 
 deceived, and sent twenty muskets, eight carbines, and 
 eight pistols, together with eight barrels of powder and 
 thirty Dutch soldiers. A sham fight had meantime been 
 arranged and fought, and to give the semblance of truth the 
 Chinese were sent away to assemble elsewhere, and three 
 horses were shot, which the prince informed the Dutch 
 soldiers had been wounded under him when he was leading 
 the troops into battle. 
 
 ^ Bidaxa Tjina, quite near Batavia.
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAVA, 1623 TO 1811 257 
 
 The captain and lieutenant, Chinamen of Samdrang, 
 having been imprisoned by the Dutch governor, the Chinese 
 here rose and joined their countrymen, who now moved to 
 Karang Anger (Karang Anjer), where they were attacked. 
 Semarang was now laid siege to by the Chinese under Sing 
 Sell, in concert with the Javanese, under the Prince M6rta 
 Pura, and the Chinese of Ambarawa started to attack the 
 Dutch fort of Kerta Sura and marched as far as Salatiga, 
 when for some inexplicable reason a certain Javan, Aria 
 Pringaldya, caused ten Chinese to be put to death, and sent 
 their heads to Kerta Sura — in baskets. At this time the 
 susuhunan discovered that one of his sons was intriguing 
 with the Dutch commander of the fort at Kerta Sura and 
 caused him to be instantly bow-stringed. 
 
 The Chinese, besides laying siege to Semarang, had also 
 taken and destroyed Bemhang ; the Dutch had soon also to 
 abandon Jawdna (Joana) and Demdk. 
 
 The emperor now decided to destroy the Dutch fort at 
 Kerta Sura, which was quite near his palace. Nearly the 
 whole garrison was brutally murdered, those soldiers not 
 killed being distributed with their wives amongst the 
 Javanese, who circumcised the men and forced them ta 
 adopt the religion of Mahomet. 
 
 The Dutch state that the emperor was impelled to this by 
 acts of oppression and injustice exercised against his subjects 
 and by total disregard of all his representations for redress, 
 also by the harsh and uncivil conduct of the Dutch resident 
 towards the court, which was the more obnoxious on account 
 of his having a Javan mother, and for that reason and the 
 illegitimacy of his birth being much despised by the natives. 
 When news of the disaster at the fort reached the Dutch 
 they began to open their eyes to the seriousness of the affair, 
 and decided on immediate action. 
 
 Their first step was to absolve the Pangeran of Madura of 
 his allegiance to his emperor, making him independent. 
 
 J. — VOL. I. s
 
 258 JAVA 
 
 The deed was formally signed at Semdrang, and the pangeran 
 returned his wife, a sister of the emperor, to her brother. 
 On his return to Madiira he immediately ordered the death 
 of all the Chinese in Madiera, and with a force took possession 
 of Siddyu, Tuban, Jipang (Blora), and Lamungan. At 
 Gresik alone four hundred were put to death. 
 
 The Chinese, now reinforced by the Javans, spread over 
 the whole country without opposition, and laid siege to all 
 the Company's settlements from Tegdl to Pasuruan, but 
 after many attacks on the fort of Semdrang and the loss of a 
 number of lives, the united forces of the Chinese and the 
 Javans had to give up. The emperor now perceived the 
 mistake he had made in assisting the Chinese and desired 
 to renew his alliance with the Dutch. 
 
 The Dutch, on their part, considering the circumstances, 
 found it advisable to enter into friendly relations, and con- 
 cluded a peace by which were ceded to them the island of 
 Madura, Surabaya, the sea coast, with all the districts to 
 the eastward as far as Balamhangan and Bemhang, Japara 
 and Semdrang, with all their subordinate ports. ^ 
 
 It was also secretly arranged that the Chinese were to 
 be kept in ignorance of the treaty concluded, and that the 
 emperor was to assist the Dutch in slaughtering them all. 
 
 The Chinese hearing, however, of this, moved off to the 
 eastward and vowed vengeance on the emperor for his 
 duplicity. 
 
 They marched to Kerta Sura and surprised the emperor, 
 who fled, leaving his court and treasures and family to the 
 Chinese. The empress, his sister, and children on horse- 
 back, together with his mother, carried by two Europeans, 
 under the conduct of two Dutch officers, escaped through a 
 back-way, but were pursued and overtaken. The Chinese, 
 now beyond all discipline, outraged the princesses of the 
 royal family. 
 
 ^ Without the previous restrictions as to revenues.
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAVA, 1623 TO 1811 259 
 
 The emperor collected his troops together as soon as 
 possible and attacked the Chinese, who were not ready. A 
 pitched battle was fought, and the emperor drove them 
 away to Brambanan, taking up his abode again in his 
 desecrated and partially -destroyed and now filthy palace, 
 which had been the scene while the Chinese resided there of 
 dreadful orgies. 
 
 At Brambanan after two months the Dutch troops 
 defeated the Chinese once again, and compelled them to 
 retire over the southern hills in disorder. 
 
 A general amnesty was now proclaimed, and, the Chinese 
 availing themselves of it, the war was terminated. 
 
 The Dutch, according to the old " Dagh Kegister " of the 
 " Oude Kasteel " (the day-book of the old Batavia castle), 
 as soon as the Chinese were conquered, sent a long address 
 to the Emperor of China explaining to him their side of the 
 rising and massacre, and proving to him that the Chinese 
 had really brought all their trouble upon themselves by their 
 own foolish behaviour. It seems they were not particularly 
 easy about the matter, and feared a Chinese invasion. 
 
 The reply of the emperor was reassuring, however, as he 
 stated that any countrymen oi his who left the fatherland 
 were worthless and unpatriotic renegades, who deserved any 
 punishment that might fall upon them. Such was the gist 
 of the laconic reply. 
 
 New Capital of Susuhunan at Sura Kerta. — A new capital 
 was now estabhshed called Sura Kerta, which is the present 
 residence of the emperors of Java. 
 
 On the subsequent succession of Baron van Imhoff to the 
 post of governor-general he was of opinion that, notwith- 
 standing the favourable terms granted by the susuhunan, 
 due atonement had not yet been made to the Dutch nation 
 for the outrage committed against the Christian religion and 
 the barbarous treatment of the garrison of the fort at 
 Kerta Sura. 
 
 s 2
 
 260 JAVA 
 
 The two ringleaders were therefore demanded, and, to 
 enforce comphance, measures were taken to seize the emperor 
 and his son. But the susiihunan compHed at last and 
 delivered over two priests to the Dutch. 
 
 Further Troubles at Madura (1742).— The Pangeran of 
 Madura now gave trouble, and, being of a haughty character, 
 declined to make his v early submission at court. The 
 emperor therefore applied to the Dutch, who did their best 
 to settle matters, but found it difficult to undo what they 
 had themselves done. 
 
 As before stated, the Prince of Madura had taken posses- 
 sion of Sidayu, Tuhan, Jipang, and Lamungdu, and he now 
 refused to restore them either to the emperor or to the 
 Dutch, to whom they had been ceded, and was determined 
 to keep them, if necessary by force. He therefore hired a 
 number of men from Bali, and fortified the island of Mendri 
 so as to command the harbour of Surabaya. He then 
 opened hostihties himself by attacking a Dutch vessel and 
 putting to death several European seamen. 
 
 Two thousand Madurese now entered Surabaya and burnt 
 a number of kampongs (villages), laying the country waste, 
 and five thousand Balians awaited his orders near Pame- 
 kasan. 
 
 The prince, after being thrice defeated, attacked the 
 Dutch forts at Sumenap and Pamekasan, gaining a complete 
 victory and killing six thousand Javans under Dutch 
 commanders. 
 
 It was not long, however, before the Dutch regained 
 these forts, but they could not dislodge the prince from his 
 stronghold ; and he now besieged Eembang with six 
 thousand men. Lasem, Pajang Kungung, and all the villages 
 as far as Paradesa were in his possession. At last the fort 
 at Rembang was taken, together with the building yard 
 estabhshed there. The Dutch now attacked him vigorously, 
 but the prince, though he left Madura and fled to Banjer-
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAVA, 1623 TO 1811 261 
 
 massin, would not give in. Here he took passage in an 
 English ship bound for Bencoolen. Before, however, the 
 ship sailed the Sultan of Banjermassin seized him and one 
 of his sons, and sent them at the request of the Dutch to 
 Batavia, who sent the former to the Cape of Good Hope and 
 the latter to Ceylon. 
 
 Prince Mangkuhumi now rebels. — It was not long, how- 
 ever, before another rebellion broke out, this time the prime 
 mover being Pangermi Mangkuhumi, a younger brother of 
 the emperor. During the Chinese war he obtained con- 
 siderable experience, was distinguished for great boldness 
 of character, and became very friendly with the Dutch. 
 Next to Mangkuhumi the most prominent character was 
 Paku Negdra. The former lay with his forces at Bundran 
 (Banaran).^ Continual fights took place, which were at 
 last interrupted by the death of the emperor himself. 
 Mangkuhumi had evinced a desire to come to terms, and 
 given assurances of his attachment to the Dutch to the 
 governor at Yogija Kerta, but demanded that his son 
 should be proclaimed Pangeran Adipati Matarem (heir- 
 apparent), a condition the Dutch would not listen to. 
 
 More Political Advantages gained hy the Dutch. — The 
 reduced state of the emperor's authority before he died 
 gave the Dutch an opportunity for procuring further 
 political advantages for themselves. A weak prince on 
 his death-bed was under existing circumstances easily 
 brought to any terms, in the hope of continuing even the 
 nominal succession in his family. He was compelled by a 
 formal official deed to abdicate for himself and his heirs the 
 sovereignty of the country, conferring it on the Dutch East 
 India Company, and leaving it to them to dispose of it in 
 future to any person they might think competent to govern 
 it for the benefit of the Company and of Java. 
 
 1 Donald Maclean in 1845, and later Baron C. W. van Heeckeren in 
 1900 owned a coffee estate of this name here.
 
 262 JAVA 
 
 After recommending his children, and especially the 
 heir-apparent, to the protection of the governor, the un- 
 fortmiate monarch died. 
 
 This very singular, but none the less important, deed was 
 dated the 11th December, 1749. 
 
 Manghiihumi now caused himself to be proclaimed 
 emperor, but a son of the deceased emperor was preferred, a 
 boj'' nine years old. 
 
 Maiigkubumi inflicts a Crushing Defeat on the Dutch. — 
 This led to more conflicts, and Mangkuhumi in the Baglen 
 and Kedu provinces inflicted a tremendous defeat on the 
 Dutch, and of those that escaped the sword many were 
 drowned in an adjoining marsh and the rest were murdered 
 in great numbers by the country-people. Mangkuhumi now 
 marched to Pekalongan, which he plundered. 
 
 He then carried all before him, and encamped on the 
 alun-alun at Solo. The Dutch now listened to his proposals, 
 and decided to divide up the kingdom of Matdrem. 
 
 Ma7igkuhumi Sultan of Yogyakarta (1755). — A meeting 
 was arranged at Gingdnti, a village near Solo, and Mangku- 
 humi was recognised as Sultan of Yogyakarta, on condition 
 he used his utmost exertions to subdue Paku Negara, the 
 other claimant. 
 
 After a considerable amount of further fighting in which 
 the new Sultan of Yogyakarta and the susuhunan at Sura- 
 karta joined forces, Paku Negara was defeated and sur- 
 rendered. He, however, received an assignment of land to 
 the extent of four thousand chachas. 
 
 Thus ended a war which had lasted for twelve years in 
 the finest provinces in the island, these being laid waste, 
 thousands slain on both sides, and the independence of the 
 empire being finally extinguished. 
 
 The expenses incurred by the Dutch for this war are said 
 to have amounted to 4,286,000 guilders ; but as a result 
 they obtained, if not the acknowledged sovereignty of the
 
 \IKW lit THK >ALAK. 
 
 T.II1^\NA> UAKUEI.
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAVA, 1623 TO 1811 263 
 
 whole island, at least an effective control over its adminis- 
 tration, which after all was what they wanted. 
 
 Peace in Java once more. — By this final settlement of the 
 comitry the Dutch reserved to themselves the direct adminis- 
 tration of all the provinces lying on the northern sea coast 
 from Cheribon to the eastern extremity of the island of 
 Madura, but the inland and southern provinces stretching 
 from the highlands of Cheribon to Malang were restored to 
 the native princes, between whom the lands were divided in 
 nearly equal portions — according to the population and 
 chachas^ (that peculiar usage of the country). 
 
 Straits of Sunda. — The Dutch claimed now an absolute 
 sovereignty over the Straits of Sunda, and saw to its being 
 acknowledged by all the other Powers whose ships passed 
 through the straits. Of these they required a salute, and 
 held the right of shutting the passage to all nations, though, 
 rather prudently, they never enforced it. This right they 
 explained and maintained to proceed from the circumstance 
 that the land on both sides of the straits was tributary to 
 the country they now owned. From what has preceded the 
 importance of the island of Java to the East India Company 
 will have become evident. The comitry had been always 
 fertile in productions, which now became articles of great 
 value. With peace wealth increased by leaps and bounds, 
 and the prosperity of the land, at last pacified and governed 
 with a strong hand, exceeded all bounds. The princes of 
 the country, although sovereigns over their own subjects, 
 were nevertheless vassals of the Dutch, and this so far that 
 their heirs were chosen for them. 
 
 The dismemberment of the empire of the susuhunan and 
 the possession of the entire sea coast rendered the East 
 India Company secure from that power once so formidable, 
 and from the consequences of such prejudicial engagements 
 and alliances as might be entered into by the native princes 
 
 1 Families.
 
 264 JAVA 
 
 with European Powers ; for although these princes now 
 bowed with reluctance under the yoke which was imposed 
 upon them, they were clever enough to know that, if they 
 were ever fortunate enough to disengage themselves from 
 their present bondage, their power had been so broken that 
 they would still be obliged to yield to the first foreign nation 
 which should have the inclination or power to establish 
 itself upon the island, and perhaps therefore be reduced to 
 a still worse state of servitude than they at this moment 
 experienced under their mild Dutch taskmasters. 
 
 The Dutch East India Comiiany (1790). — If the Dutch, 
 however, had gained the supremacy of the island, and had 
 secured the monopoly of a great trade, it had cost them 
 large sums of money. This naturally had its result on their 
 exchequer, although this might have been borne had its 
 disbursers been honester. 
 
 The East India Company, which had been going on now 
 for nearly two centuries and had been the means of raising 
 very high the prestige of the Dutch nation, to say nothing 
 of its years of great commercial prosperity, was at last 
 unfortunately overwhelmed in the deep waters of financial 
 difficulties. Some seek the cause in the strain on the 
 exchequer caused by the expensive wars the Company was 
 obliged to undertake to maintain its political ascendency, 
 but the main reason, of which there does not seem to be 
 much doubt, was the monstrous and iniquitous peculations 
 of the Company's servants. One hears of governor-generals 
 during a five years' term of office " accumulating out of 
 perquisites " eight or nine lakhs of guilders (£80,000 sterling); 
 of governors of Semarang retiring after three years' service 
 with two million guilders (not far from £200,000) " without 
 having defrauded any one " (the Company was presumably 
 not included) ; of subordinates with £20,000 and £10,000 ; 
 and so on right down the scale to the lowest. 
 
 The weakness showed itself first as early as 1781, when
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAVA, 1623 TO 1811 265 
 
 the Company was uuable to pay the interest due and had 
 to ask for time. Its credit was gone., and more loans could 
 only be raised under State guarantee. The States -General 
 decided, therefore, to send a " commission " to look into the 
 affairs ot the Company and appointed six commissioners. 
 
 By 1793 the Company was in still deeper difficulties, not 
 having sufficient cash to carry on with, and having a debit 
 of 112,000,000 guilders, which by the 1st March, 1796, had 
 become 120,000,000. The Government therefore appointed 
 a committee to take over the affairs and management of 
 " Netherlands India." The old Company was then wound 
 up, and a new body called the " Coimcil for Asiatic Posses- 
 sions and Establishments " was appointed on behalf of the 
 State, who took over all the property of the bankrupt 
 Company, together with its debts, in 1798. The new body 
 began its formal functions in 1800. 
 
 The dividends of the Dutch East India Company from 
 1605, as will be shown below, were erratic, and in the last 
 years they were paid out of capital. 
 
 Years. 
 
 1605 
 
 1606 
 1607 
 1608 
 1609 
 1610 
 
 Per cent. 
 15 
 75 
 40 
 20 
 25 
 75 
 50 
 
 * In this 
 year three 
 dividends. 
 
 1612 
 1615 
 1616 
 1620 
 1623 
 1625 
 1627 
 1629 
 1631 
 1633 
 1635 
 
 57i 
 
 42| 
 
 62| 
 
 37i 
 
 25 
 
 20 
 
 m 
 
 25 
 17i 
 20 
 20 
 
 In what manner 
 paid. 
 
 Money 
 
 Mace 
 
 Pepper 
 
 Money 
 
 Cloves 
 Money 
 
 Cloves 
 
 Yeara. 
 
 Per cent. 
 
 1635 . 
 
 .12 
 
 1836 . 
 
 .25 
 
 »> 
 
 . m .. 
 
 1637 . 
 
 .15 
 
 >» • 
 
 .25 
 
 1638 . 
 
 .19 
 
 >> • 
 
 .25 .. 
 
 1640 . 
 
 .15 
 
 f» • 
 
 .25 
 
 1641 . 
 
 .15 
 
 99 • 
 
 .25 
 
 1642 . 
 
 .50 
 
 1643 . 
 
 . 15 
 
 1644 . 
 
 .25 
 
 »> 
 
 .20 
 
 1646 . 
 
 . 22J . . 
 
 >> 
 
 .25 
 
 1648 . 
 
 .25 
 
 1649 . 
 
 .30 
 
 1650 . 
 
 .20 
 
 1651 . 
 
 .15 
 
 1652 . 
 
 .25 
 
 1653 . 
 
 . 12i .. 
 
 In what manner 
 paid. 
 
 Cloves 
 
 Spices 
 
 >» 
 Cloves 
 Money 
 Cloves 
 
 >> 
 
 Money 
 
 >» 
 Cloves 
 
 Money
 
 266 
 
 JAVA 
 
 Years. 
 
 1654 
 1655 
 1656 
 1658 
 1659 
 1660 
 1661 
 1663 
 1665 
 1668 
 1669 
 1670 
 1671 
 
 1672 
 1673 
 
 1676 
 1679 
 
 1680 
 1681 
 1682 
 1685 
 1686 
 1687 
 1688 
 1689 
 1690 
 1691 
 1692 
 1693 
 1694 
 1695 
 1696 
 1697 
 
 1698 
 
 1699 
 
 1700 
 1701 
 1702 
 1703 
 1704 
 1705 
 1706 
 1707 
 1708 
 1709 
 1710 
 
 Per cent. 
 
 15 
 
 12^ 
 
 27^ 
 40 
 
 40 
 25 
 30 
 27i 
 
 m 
 
 40 
 45 
 15 
 15 
 331 
 
 25 
 
 m 
 
 25 
 
 22J 
 33^ 
 40 
 
 20 
 33J 
 
 40 
 20 
 25 
 20 
 20 
 25 
 15 
 15 
 15 
 15 
 15 
 20 
 16 
 25 
 20 
 20 
 25 
 25 
 25 
 25 
 25 
 25 
 25 
 25 
 
 In what manner 
 paid. 
 
 Money 
 
 5* 
 
 In bonds pay- 
 able by the 
 province of 
 Holland. 
 
 Bonds at 4 
 per cent. 
 
 Bonds on 
 
 Holland at 
 4 per cent. 
 
 Company's 
 bonds. 
 
 Money 
 
 Bonds of the 
 Company 
 at 3 1 per 
 cent., pay- 
 able in 
 1740. 
 
 Money 
 
 Tears. 
 
 Per cent. 
 
 1711 . 
 
 .25 
 
 1712 . 
 
 .15 
 
 1713 . 
 
 .30 
 
 1714 . 
 
 . 33i .. 
 
 1715 . 
 
 . 40" . . 
 
 1716 . 
 
 .40 
 
 1717 . 
 
 .40 
 
 1718 . 
 
 .40 
 
 1719 . 
 
 .40 
 
 1720 . 
 
 .40 
 
 1721 . 
 
 . 33i . . 
 
 1722 . 
 
 .30 
 
 1723 . 
 
 . 12i .. 
 
 1724 . 
 
 .15 
 
 1725 . 
 
 .20 
 
 1 1726 . 
 
 .25 
 
 1727 . 
 
 .20 
 
 1 1728 . 
 
 . 15 
 
 1729 . 
 
 .12^.. 
 
 1730 . 
 
 . 12i .. 
 
 1731 . 
 
 . 12i .. 
 
 1732 . 
 
 . 12* .. 
 
 1733 . 
 
 . 12| .. 
 
 1734 . 
 
 . 12^ .. 
 
 1 1735 . 
 
 . m . . 
 
 1 1736 . 
 
 . 12J .. 
 
 j 1737 . 
 
 . 12J .. 
 
 i 1738 . 
 
 .12^.. 
 
 1739 . 
 
 . m •• 
 
 1740 . 
 
 .12^.. 
 
 1741 . 
 
 . 12i . . 
 
 1742 . 
 
 .12^.. 
 
 1743 . 
 
 . 12i .. 
 
 1744 . 
 
 . 12.^ .. 
 
 1745 . 
 
 . 12i .. 
 
 i 1746 . 
 
 . 12i .. 
 
 1747 . 
 
 .12^.. 
 
 1748 . 
 
 .12^.. 
 
 1749 . 
 
 . 12h .. 
 
 1750 . 
 
 . 12| .. 
 
 1751 . 
 
 . m ■' 
 
 1752 . 
 
 . 12i .. 
 
 1753 . 
 
 . 12^ .. 
 
 1754 . 
 
 . m ■■ 
 
 1755 . 
 
 . m .. 
 
 1756 . 
 
 . J2i .. 
 
 1757 . 
 
 . i2i . . 
 
 1758 . 
 
 . m •• 
 
 1759 . 
 
 . 12i . . 
 
 1760 . 
 
 . 12A .. 
 
 1761 . 
 
 . 12| .. 
 
 1762 . 
 
 . 12^ .. 
 
 1763 . 
 
 . 121 .. 
 
 1764 . 
 
 . 12^ . . 
 
 1765 . 
 
 . 12* .. 
 
 1766 . 
 
 . 12| .. 
 
 In -what manner 
 paid. 
 
 Money
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAVA, 1623 TO 1811 267 
 
 
 
 In what manner 
 
 
 
 In what manner 
 
 Years. 
 
 Per cent. 
 
 paid. 
 
 Years. 
 
 Per cent. 
 
 paid. 
 
 1767 . 
 
 . 12J . 
 
 Money- 
 
 1775 . 
 
 . m . 
 
 Money 
 
 1768 . 
 
 . m . 
 
 
 1776 . 
 
 . 12i . 
 
 
 1769 . 
 
 . \2h . 
 
 
 1777 . 
 
 . 12| . 
 
 
 1770 . 
 
 . 12| . 
 
 
 1778 . 
 
 . m . 
 
 
 1771 . 
 
 . Uh . 
 
 
 1779 . 
 
 . 12^ . 
 
 
 1772 . 
 
 . 12| . 
 
 
 1780 . 
 
 . 12^ . 
 
 
 1773 . 
 
 . 12i .. 
 
 
 1781 . 
 
 . 12J . 
 
 
 1774 . 
 
 . 12i .. 
 
 
 1782 . 
 
 . 12.i . 
 
 
 The Old Dutch East India Company. — Thus ended the 
 good old Dutch East India Company, which had served its 
 day, but grown antiquated and unscrupulously dishonest, 
 in so far that its agents had been more intent on making 
 money for themselves than for their employers. The old 
 Company was, in fact, rotten to the core, and had become a 
 monstrous creature of iniquity, bribery, and corruption. 
 
 The organisation and framework of the administration, 
 however, seem to have been good. They compare, moreover, 
 in no way unfavourably with those of the English East India 
 Company ; and had it nat been for the permission for private 
 trade on the part of its servants the Company might have 
 survived long after it did. 
 
 Organisation of the Company. — The Company's administra- 
 tion was divided into subordinate governments, who all 
 looked to Batavia for assistance and instructions. The pay 
 of the officials was, however, always poor, notwithstanding 
 the large dividends the shareholders were making in the 
 years of the " golden age." This poor pay was no doubt 
 originally based on the cheapness of the cost of living at 
 Bantam when the Company was first installed there, and no 
 allowance was ever made for the greater expense of living 
 which became more or less necessary for its servants when 
 Batavia was opened, and much splendour kept up, to uphold 
 their status in the eyes of the native races, but also for their 
 o"WTi personal comfort. The times no doubt demanded it, 
 and the Company, with more foresight, should have in- 
 creased their scale of salaries. This, however, was not done,
 
 268 JAVA 
 
 and, as a result, bribery and corruption to meet daily- 
 expenses was the order of the day, and the pockets of the 
 officials were filled at the expense of the Company, their 
 servants having everything to gain and nothing to lose by it. 
 The divisions for government in 1728 were as follows : — 
 
 (1) Batavia, with its large castle, capital of the Dutch 
 East Indian empire : a governor-general. All other gover- 
 nors, factors or agents subordinate. Accounts-general kept 
 here. The governor-general had under him at Batavia a 
 governor and council ; at Japan, an agent ; at Tonquin, an 
 agent ; at Macassar, a commandant ; at Bantam, a factory 
 with a factor ; at Siam, an agent ; at Japara, a factory with 
 a factor ; at Jambi, an agent ; at Palembang, an agent ; at 
 Arrakan, an agent. 
 
 (2) Amboyna : a governor and council, responsible, as 
 usual, to Batavia. A number of islands, with agents, under 
 this station. A yearly pension was paid to the inhabitants 
 that they should not grow cloves or other spices. 
 
 (3) Banda : a governor and council. A number of 
 islands subordinate. Pension paid to the inhabitants for 
 them to destroj^ a portion of their spice-crops. 
 
 (4) Ternate : a governor and council. 
 
 (5) Malacca : a governor and council. 
 
 (6) Ceylon (or Zelon) : a governor and council. A num- 
 ber of factories, with agents and factors on the island. All 
 accounts sent to Colombo, which was the capital. 
 
 (7) Cochin : a governor and council. All stations and 
 factories on the Malabar coast subordinate to them. 
 
 (8) Policat (Calicut) : a governor and council, under whom 
 all stations and factories on the Coromandel and Pegu coasts 
 were subordinate. 
 
 (9) Bengal: a governor (with special high powers) and 
 council, but still subordinate to Batavia, whither all accounts 
 were sent. All factories in the Bay of Bengal subordinate 
 to them. Hughh^ (or Hooghly) was the capital.
 
 KANDJENG PAXGARAN ARIO JOEDO 
 NEGOEO. (adopted SON OF THE 
 SDLTAN.) 
 
 kandjeng pangaran ario adi ^kgoeo. 
 (son of the sultan by a secon- 
 dary WIFE.) 
 
 goesti pangaran ario boemi noto. 
 (brother to the sultan.) 
 
 GOESTI PANGARAN ADIPATI MANGHOE 
 BOEMI. (brother TO THE SULTAN. 
 COLONEL-ADJUTANT TO THE GOVER- 
 NOR-GENERAL.)
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAVA, 1623 TO 1811 269 
 
 (10) Surat : a governor and council, under whom were 
 numerous factories. 
 
 (11) Persia : a governor and council. The chief residence 
 was at Gombroon, but estabUshments at Ispaha7i and 
 Bussorah. 
 
 (12) Cape of Good Hope : a governor and council, and 
 under them the island of Mauritius (or Prince Maurice). 
 
 The lowest step in the ladder of the Company was that of 
 " under-assistant," or " scrive " (writer) ; this position was 
 filled chiefly by soldiers, generally from the Guards, which 
 latter were supposed to be better educated ; their pay was 
 £14 per annum. 
 
 Next came the " assistant," who received £20 per 
 annum, and an allowance for subsistence (about £6 per 
 annum). 
 
 After the " assistants " came the " upper assistants," 
 " book-keepers," or '* secretaries " as they usually were 
 called. They were paid £28 to £36 per annum, and about 
 £6 for subsistence. 
 
 Next came the ** under-copeman " (or " koopman "), that 
 is, *' salesman " ; he received £36 to £45 per annum, and 
 about £12 for subsistence. 
 
 Then the " copeman," with from £50 to £65 per annum, 
 and about £12 for subsistence. 
 
 Next was the " upper copeman " (or " head salesman "), 
 with £80 to £120 per annum, and £18 for subsistence. 
 
 At Batavia and in Ceylon, where provisions were ex- 
 ceptionally dear, the " upper copeman " stationed there 
 received a little more per annum for subsistence than in the 
 other places, but as this only amounted to about £1 per 
 annum it was of no importance. 
 
 After " upper copeman " came " commandore," with a 
 pay of £150 per annum, and about £40 per annum for sub- 
 sistence. 
 
 Then came '* commandant," who was of sHghtly less
 
 270 JAVA 
 
 importance than a " commandore." It was a new title for 
 a junior man. 
 
 The next title was ** director," with £200 salary, and £50 
 for subsistence. 
 
 A " governor," or a member of the governor-general's 
 *' council-extraordinary for India," received the same pay. 
 
 A " member ordinary " of the council at Batavia received 
 £350 salary, and £150 for subsistence. 
 
 These were the men who did all the work. 
 
 The " governor-general " of Batavia received £1,200, and 
 about £300 for subsistence. Besides this, every time he 
 called upon the fleet he had £100 as a gratuity. This 
 was supposed to be done when a squadron sailed for 
 Europe. 
 
 All persons in the service of the Company, whether 
 merchants, clerics, civil magistrates, soldiers or seamen, 
 were ranked in degrees. 
 
 The " governor-general " was allowed wine and all other 
 liquors and provisions from the Company's warehouse to 
 what extent he desired. All the other officials down to the 
 assistants, according to their rank, were allowed a certain 
 quantity of liquor, spices, oil, wood, rice, vinegar, and 
 candles. 
 
 The " upper copeman " received monthly a special allow- 
 ance of Spanish wine and white wine, 24 lbs. of wax for 
 candles, corn for his poultry, and rice for his slaves. This 
 special treatment was due to the fact that the selling of 
 the Company's goods was entirely left to him, and he 
 could accept what price he chose from the Chinese mer- 
 chants. 
 
 A common soldier, or private sentinel, received £9 to £14 
 per annum. 
 
 A sergeant received the same pay and subsistence allow- 
 ance as an " assistant," an ensign the same as a " copeman," 
 and a captain the same as an " upper copeman."
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAVA, 1623 TO 1811 271 
 
 A major ranked with a " commandore," and received the 
 same pay and conditions. 
 
 There seem to have been only three majors in the East, 
 one at Batavia and the others in Ceylon aAd Amboyna. 
 
 The seamen were also ranked in a very similar way to 
 the soldiers. 
 
 The clergymen were also ranked ; first came the 
 " preacher " (he received the same pay as an " upper 
 copeman ") ; then the " dominees," or " visitors to the 
 sick," who received the same pay as an " assistant." 
 
 A surgeon's pay was £40 to £50 per annum. 
 
 The " assistants " were under contract to remain in their 
 positions five years, which through ill-health could be 
 reduced to three ; they might then leave the service or 
 receive promotion (if they had a mark of merit), as they 
 might wish. 
 
 The Company found accommodation for all their servants. 
 
 Everything seems to have been well and methodically 
 arranged. 
 
 At every castle or factory a day register was kept, in 
 which everything of importance was noted, a copy of it 
 being sent with the accounts to Batavia and Amsterdam. 
 
 There was a chamber for protecting the interests of 
 the orphans. There was, too, a body to look after the 
 poor. 
 
 Money in the " Court of Chancery " was given 9 per cent, 
 interest, and lent by the court, at their own risk, to civilians 
 or others at 12 per cent. 
 
 The old papers and documents show that the administra- 
 tion of the country, the welfare of the inhabitants, and the 
 general conduct of all the of&cials was, speaking broadly, 
 fairly good. Theirs was a great task, and it was, for the 
 times, well performed. 
 
 As already stated, the foundations of this organisation 
 were undoubtedly good, but the material for the administra-
 
 272 JAVA 
 
 tion was generally poor, the riff-raff of Holland often being 
 sent to Java. The Dutch have proved, however, the 
 wisdom of their early measures in the days of the old Com- 
 pany, for many of them are in force to this day. 
 
 There may, of course, have been times when the Dutch 
 laid themselves open to severe criticism, like all the nations, 
 but the age was rough and the methods uncouth ; great 
 allowances must be made, and actions must not be measured 
 by twentieth century standards. 
 
 Marshal Herman Willem Daendels as Governor-General. — 
 Between 1794 and 1797, when the army of the French 
 Republic carried all before it and the conquest of Holland 
 was completed, one Herman Willem Daendels, a Dutchman, 
 who had been obhged to leave Holland for some political 
 offence, waited upon Napoleon and suggested his forming a 
 large French colony in the East and making Java his 
 base for seizing British India. The idea was favourably 
 received, but Napoleon had then no time to carry out large 
 plans for expansion in the East, as his hands were full and 
 the English were beginning to make preparations for 
 worrying him in Europe. He was, however, willing to 
 consider it, and here, for the time, the idea ended. 
 
 In 1808, however, Daendels was sent to Java as governor- 
 general by special appointment from Napoleon. He had 
 also " special instructions," for various abuses had again 
 crept into the administration of the East Indies, and the 
 Government wished to remove them. In some ways it 
 could not have chosen a better man than Daendels, for, 
 although his temper was fiery and his character erratic, he 
 had a will of iron, and he saw that his orders were carried 
 out to the very letter, which was what the Government at 
 home needed. On the other hand, like many great men, 
 he went too far, and mistakes were made which led to the 
 recall of Daendels ; but whether he or the home Government 
 were to blame is as yet not clear. Probably there were
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAVA, 1623 TO 1811 273 
 
 faults on both sides. He arrived at a difficult time, and was 
 severely handicapped. 
 
 A year or so before Daendels' arrival the British Admiral, 
 Pellew, arrived in Java (1806), sought out the Dutch 
 squadrons, and destroyed the main units at Batavia, 
 Sourabaya, and Gressie. 
 
 Daendels' first task was to place the defences in order, 
 for instead of the Dutch attacking the English in British 
 India it was the English who might at any moment sweep 
 down on Java and attack him. The French flag was now 
 hoisted by him for the first time at Batavia. 
 
 Daendels now became most active and unremitting in his 
 exertions ; after the fall of Mauritius he did not doubt 
 Java's turn would be next, and amongst the Dutch colonists 
 in Java there was a kind of reign of terror, for they felt 
 that now Holland was a French department their fate lay 
 between the English and the French, and they did not know 
 which they preferred. 
 
 Daendels marshalled the army, which seems to have 
 consisted of about thirty thousand men. 
 
 Cavalry (one regiment of five squadrons) 
 
 1,200 
 
 Infantry (seven regiments of three battalions of 
 
 
 five companies each) .... 
 
 21,000 
 
 Artillery ....... 
 
 3,000 
 
 Chasseurs ....... 
 
 3,000 
 
 Horse artillery ...... 
 
 1,000 
 
 Total 
 
 29,200 
 
 Besides which there were about two thousand natives, 
 armed with pikes, from Timor and Bali. These troops 
 Daendels concentrated for the most part at Weltevreden, 
 outside Batavia. 
 
 The fortifications of old Batavia were dismantled, stores, 
 ammunition, and archives being removed ; while an 
 endeavour was made to force the inhabitants to desert it 
 
 J.— VOL. I. T
 
 274 JAVA 
 
 likewise. The seat of the Government was moved to 
 Buitenzorg, a hill station forty miles outside Batavia, 
 situated in what in those days were called the Blue Moun- 
 tains. 
 
 Weltevreden was made a military post of first importance 
 — a fortified camp, so to say — and at Meester Cornehs, on 
 the main road to Buitenzorg, a strong fort was erected, with 
 batteries which commanded the country around. 
 
 A fortress was also built at Marah Bay, in the west of 
 Bantam, being a likely place for the enemy to land ; this, 
 however, was destroyed by the British fleet before it was 
 even completed. It was intended to hold three thousand 
 soldiers, but the spot was such an unhealthy one that it is 
 very doubtful whether any could have lived there. The 
 first thousand Javan workmen from Bantam died off here 
 in a very short time from fever. A demand was therefore 
 sent to the Sultan of Bantam for a second party of a thousand 
 men, but exemption was requested on account of the un- 
 healthiness of the bay. Daendels, however, would not hear 
 of it and threatened to remove the Sultan, whereupon the 
 Bantamese rose, seized the European guard at the Sultan's 
 palace, and stabbed the Dutch resident, Du Pay, to death 
 as he was leaving the Sultan's palace after an extremely 
 violent altercation. Daendels now marched to Bantam 
 with a force and surrounded the palace, planting his artillery 
 so as to command it. He now rode inside alone and ordered 
 the Sultan to come out to receive him, which he did. Daen- 
 dels' next step was to enter the throne-room with his suite 
 and sit on the Sultan's throne. The palace was now plun- 
 dered by the Dutch troops, and Bantam was annexed by the 
 Government. It w^as several years, however, before this 
 residency was pacified. 
 
 Fort Ludowyck w^as next erected to command the Straits 
 of Grissee, and mihtary roads of great length were con- 
 structed at a prodigious loss of life.
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAVA, 1623 TO 1811 275 
 
 Daendels next had trouble with the Sultan of Djockja- 
 karta,^ whither he proceeded in person, and by his energy 
 and personal pluck soon settled the matter. His ways were 
 high-handed, but the results always satisfactory. 
 
 Before his term of governor-generalship was over Java 
 was being harassed by British cruisers, who controlled all 
 the main routes and the bulk of the stations on the outside 
 islands. Consequently the trade of the island was restricted 
 and the coasting trade had completely died. Under this 
 paralysing influence the internal trade of Java suffered also, 
 and Daendels has been severely blamed for not having done 
 more to rectify this state of affairs than he did. 
 
 Arrival of Governor-General Janssens. — Towards the end 
 of 1810 very adverse reports must have reached Napoleon 
 regarding Daendels, for Jan Willem Janssens was sent out 
 to Java early in 1811, with special orders peremptorily 
 calling on Daendels to resign the Government at twenty- 
 four hours' notice, and instructing him to embark for France 
 immediately, no reasons being given. 
 
 Departure of Daendels. — It was scarcely with any feelings 
 of regret that the European inhabitants, civihans and 
 ofi&cials alike, saw Daendels depart, for he was hated by all 
 with an intensity difficult to describe, being looked upon, in 
 fact, by some as a monster in disguise. Lord Minto's 
 strictures upon Daendels are plain and unvarnished : — 
 
 " Daendels was a wretch in every imaginable way, one of the 
 monsters which the worst times of the French Revolution 
 engendered, or rather hfted from the mud at the bottom to 
 flounce and figure away their hour upon the surface. He was 
 greedy, corrupt, and rascally in amassing money for himself, 
 and equaUy unjust and oppressive in procuring pubHc supphes. 
 He was cruel, and regardless of men's hves beyond most of the 
 revolutionary tyrants in the reign of terror. He ordered two 
 Javanese princes, confined by him as state prisoners, to be 
 privately murdered, and became savage from the delay which 
 
 ^ Old Jayan spelling, Joggakerta. 
 
 T 2
 
 276 JAVA 
 
 arose from the scruples of the officer in whose custody they were, 
 a Providential delay, for Janssens arrived in the interval, and 
 passing through the place on his way to Batavia, saved the 
 victims. Daendels was as great a brute as tyrant in his pleasures, 
 and no man's family was safe. In short, none of the worst of 
 the Roman pro-consuls ever vexed and scourged their provinces, 
 too distant for control, with more extortion and cruelty than this 
 villain." 
 
 On the other hand, it must not be forgotten that Daendels 
 arrived at a time when everything was abnormal, and that 
 he had many disadvantages continually to struggle against. 
 On his arrival in Java he apparently foresaw trouble and 
 criticisms, and in a despatch to the home Government he 
 described the situation very vividly as follows : — 
 
 " A powerful enemy threatened us by sea, and the Javan 
 princes, acquiring audacity in proportion as they saw proofs of 
 our weakness, thought the moment had arrived for prescribing 
 the law to their former superiors. The very existence of our 
 dominions in Java was thus in the greatest danger. Our internal 
 resources of finance were exhausted, while a stagnation of trade 
 caused by the blockade of our shores cut ofi all hopes of procuring 
 assistance from without. In the midst of such disastrous circum- 
 stances and the failure of so many attempts to introduce reform, 
 and to maintain the dignity of government, / found it necessary 
 to place myself above the usual formalities, and to disregard every 
 law hut that which enjoined the 'preservation of the colony entrusted 
 to my management. The verbal order which I received at my 
 departure from Holland had this for its object, and the approba- 
 tion bestowed upon my ear by attempts to carry it into execution 
 encouraged me in the course of proceedings which I had begun." 
 
 Moluccas once more under the Control of the English. — In 
 1810 the Moluccas came once more under the control of the 
 Enghsh, who sent an expedition to Amboyna, which was the 
 capital and seat of government of all the Spice Islands. 
 
 The fort here, held by a garrison of six hundred Dutch 
 soldiers, mounted sixty cannon. 
 
 The capture of this place by the small squadron under
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAVA, 1623 TO 1811 277 
 
 Captain Edward Tucker, of H.M.S. Dover, was a meritorious 
 deed. 
 
 The troops employed in this service landed at 2 p.m. on 
 the 16th February, 1810. They consisted of : — 
 
 Detachment Madras Artillery, under Lieu- 
 tenant Stewart ..... 46 men. 
 Madras European Regiment . . . 130 „ 
 Seamen, Royal Marines of H.M.S. Dover . 85 ,, 
 ,, „ oi^M.S. Cornwallis. 105 ,, 
 Seamen of H.M. sloop Samarang . . 38 „ 
 
 Total . . 404 
 
 Captain Court, attended by Captains Philhps and Forbes, 
 had previously reconnoitred the enemy's position, and there- 
 fore knew where was the best place to land ; and under cover 
 of a tremendous fire from the squadron, which bombarded 
 the fort in line of battle up the harbour, the landing party 
 endeavoured to rush the fort. Next morning a summons 
 was sent to Governor Lavinius Hankurlugt to surrender, and 
 a reply was returned by Colonel Fitz, the military com- 
 mander-in-chief of the Moluccas,^ and the fort was surren- 
 dered on the 19th February. 
 
 Afterwards an interesting scene took place, when the 
 British landing party was drawn up outside the fort to wait 
 for the Dutch force of Europeans and Malay soldiers, with 
 the crews of several vessels, to come out ; the latter marched 
 in order four deep from the fort and outflanked the British 
 by double the length of their hne. When this was discovered 
 their vexation and mortification was great, for they had, so 
 to say, been beaten by a handful of men. Execrations were 
 vented, and several of the officers broke their swords in 
 anger, whilst the rank and file wanted to receive their arms 
 back to begin fighting again. 
 
 1 As soon as Colonel Fitz arrived at Batavia he was shot for surrendering 
 this post by Governor- General Daendels.
 
 278 JAVA 
 
 Ternate taken by the English. — Ternate was taken by 
 Captain Tucker on the 28th August of the same year, with 
 the following force under Captain David Forbes : — 
 
 Madras European Regiment of Artillery . 74 men. 
 
 Amboynese Corps . . . . . 32 ,, 
 
 Royal Marines . . . . . * . 36 ,, 
 
 Seamen . . . . . . . 32 ,, 
 
 Total . .174 
 
 The fort Kays Meirah, commanded by the governor, 
 Colonel Mittman, received a summons from H.M.S. Dover 
 to surrender, but returned a spirited answer. Next day 
 Captain Forbes, accompanied by Lieutenants Jefferies, 
 Royal Navy, Higginson, Royal Marines, and Forbes and 
 Curshaw, of the Madras Service, placed ladders against the 
 fort, after having crossed the ditch under a heavy grape fire, 
 escaladed the walls, and carried it, killing a number of the 
 garrison, and taking the governor and sixty-eight men 
 prisoners. 
 
 The British loss was the sergeant-major and two privates 
 killed, and one lieutenant, one sergeant, one seaman, one 
 guide, and twelve privates wounded. 
 
 The other forts in the neighbourhood, Kota Baroo and 
 Fort Orange, were then silenced by H.M.S. Dover and 
 hoisted a flag of truce. 
 
 On the 31st August all the forts and batteries of Ternate 
 surrendered. These works were defended by ninety- two 
 guns of heavy calibre, five hundred regular troops, of which 
 many were Europeans, besides a number of civihans, and a 
 large body of soldiers suppHed by the rajahs there. 
 
 All the stations dependent on Amboyna naturally 
 followed the same course, and were taken possession of by 
 H.M.S. Cornwallis. This ship (on the evening of the 
 1st March) saw a strange sail under an island called Amblaw, 
 and sent Lieutenant Peachey, Mr. Garland (master), and
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAVA, 1623 TO 1811 279 
 
 Mr. Sanderson (master's mate) to proceed in the yawl and 
 find out to what nation she belonged. On drawing near 
 they found she was the Margaretta Louisa, a Dutch man-of- 
 war under Captain G. Ruyter, with eight guns and forty 
 men. Lieutenant Peachey under fire boarded the ship with 
 his men and captured her with a loss of five men wounded, 
 whilst the Dutch lost one officer killed and twenty men 
 wounded. 
 
 Ceram taken hy the English. — Ceram was also taken, and it 
 was here that Captain Blanckenhagen, of the Bengal Service, 
 lost his life in an unsuccessful attack on a refractory Rajah. 
 
 Banda taken. — H.M.S. Cornwallis, under the command of 
 Captain Christopher Cole, seized Banda, in spite of con- 
 siderable difficulties, in August of the same year, and named 
 the fort " Fort Drury " after the British admiral. 
 
 These were the few preliminaries to the arrival of the 
 British expedition which Governor-General Janssens and 
 the Dutch inhabitants were daily expecting. 
 
 NOTES TO CHAPTER VI 
 
 Note I. — List of the Early English Expeditions to Java 
 AND the East Indies during the First Years of the 
 East India Company's Existence. 
 
 Date of 
 Departure 
 
 from 
 England. 
 
 Voyage of 
 Company's 
 
 Ships. 
 
 Commander. 
 
 Xame of 
 Ships. 
 
 1677, 
 Nov. 5 
 
 1586, 
 July 10 
 
 1691 
 
 Francia Drake i ^ 
 
 Thoina8 Caven- 
 George Raymond 
 
 Hind 
 Elizabeth 
 Marigold 
 Swan 
 
 Christopher 
 Desire 
 Content 
 Hiigh Gal- 
 lant 
 Penelope 
 
 100 
 80 
 30 
 50 
 15 
 
 140 
 60 
 
 40 
 
 Arrived Moluccas, Nov. 8, 
 
 1578 
 Arrived Bantam, Feb. 8, 
 
 1579 
 
 Arrived Bantam, March 
 
 1, 1587 
 Left Bantam, March 16, 
 
 1587 
 Lost off the Cape with all 
 
 hves 
 
 ^ Afterwards knighted. 
 
 * See account of voyage in Chapters IV. and X.
 
 280 
 
 JAVA 
 
 
 
 Note I 
 
 , — (continued) . 
 
 
 Date of 
 
 Voyage of 
 
 Company's 
 
 Ships. 
 
 
 
 
 
 Departure 
 
 from 
 England. 
 
 Commander. 
 
 Name of 
 Ships. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Rpinarks. 
 
 1591 
 
 — 
 
 James Lancaster 
 
 Edward 
 Bonadven- 
 
 — 
 
 1 
 
 1 Arrived Acheen, 1592 
 
 
 
 
 hire 
 
 — 
 
 )■ Sent back from Cape with 
 
 
 
 
 Merchant 
 
 
 1 sick 
 
 
 
 
 Royal . 
 
 — 
 
 J 
 Arrived Acheen, Nov. 
 
 1601 
 
 First . 
 
 James Lancaster * 
 
 Red Dragon 
 
 600 
 
 1602 (arrived Bantam, 
 
 
 
 
 Hector 
 
 300 
 
 Dec. 16, 1602) 
 
 
 
 
 Sussanah 
 
 200 
 
 { Sent back from Acheen 
 
 
 
 
 Ascension 
 
 200 
 
 with pepper and de- 
 
 
 
 
 Guest 
 
 130 
 
 spatches 
 1 Sent to the Moluccas 
 ^ Arrived Bantam, Dec. 20, 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1603 
 
 Second 
 
 Henry Middle- 
 ton i 2 3 
 
 Red Dragon 
 Hector 
 
 600 
 300 
 
 1604 
 
 Left Bantam, Oct. 4, 
 < 1605 
 
 Henry Middleton ex- 
 tended the Company's 
 
 
 
 
 Sussanah 
 Ascension 
 
 ?200 
 ?200 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 trade to Banda 
 
 1604, 
 
 — 
 
 Edward Michel- 
 
 Tiger 
 
 246 
 
 Arrived Bantam, Oct. 28 
 
 Dec. 5 
 
 
 borne 8 * 
 
 Tiger's 
 
 
 1605 
 
 
 
 
 Whelp . 
 
 50 
 
 Left Bantam, Nov. 1, 
 1605, for Bata\aa 
 
 
 
 
 Another 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ship 
 
 — 
 
 
 
 Third . 
 
 William Keeling ^ 
 
 Red Dragon 
 
 600 
 
 Arrived Bantam, Oct. 4, 
 
 1607, 
 
 
 
 
 
 1608 
 
 April 1 1 
 
 
 William Hawkins 
 
 Hector 
 
 300 
 
 Arrived Bantam via 
 
 
 
 
 
 Surat 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Arrived Bantam, Nov. 
 
 March 12 
 
 — 
 
 David Middleton » 
 
 Consent . 
 
 115 
 
 14, 1607 
 Left Bantam, Dec. 6, 
 1607, for the Moluccas 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 All three ships loaded 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 pepper and returned to 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 England 
 
 1608? 
 
 Fourth . 
 
 Sharpey or Shar- 
 peigh 5 
 
 Ascension 
 
 
 Visited Diu, and ship was 
 wrecked here ; came in 
 another ship to Ban- 
 tam 
 
 1 Afterwards knighted. 
 
 2 There had been no ships for the English factory for two years. 
 ® See account of voyage in Chapter X. 
 
 * Michelborne, when he arrived in the East, instead of trying to find new 
 ports for trade, appears to have followed the pernicious example of the 
 Portuguese in plundering the native traders among the islands of the 
 archipelago. By this means he secured great booty, but brought great 
 disgrace on the British name, and thus hindered the Company's business at 
 Bantam. 
 
 ^ Some give WiUiam Keeling as in command of the Ascension ; even 
 Sir G. Birdwood, on p. 208 of " Report on the Old Records of the India 
 Office," does so. I believe this is incorrect.
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAVA, 1623 TO 1811 281 
 
 Note I, — {continued). 
 
 Date of 
 Departure 
 
 from 
 England 
 
 1609, 
 April 24 
 
 1610 
 
 1610, 
 Jan. 3 
 
 1611, 
 April 18 
 
 Voyage of 
 
 Company 
 
 Ships. 
 
 1612 
 
 1612 
 1614 
 
 1615 
 
 Fifth . 
 Sixth . 
 
 Seventh 
 Eighth . 
 
 Ninth . 
 
 Tenth . 
 Eleventh 
 
 Twelfth. 
 
 Commander. 
 
 Richard Rowles 
 
 David Middleton i 
 
 Sir Henry Middle 
 
 ton 2 
 
 Nicholas Daunton 
 or Down ton 
 
 Name of 
 Ships. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Anthony 
 Hippon 
 
 John Saris ' 
 
 Edmund Mar- 
 lowe * 
 
 Thomas Best 
 John Milward . 
 
 Christopher New- 
 port 
 
 Union 
 
 Expedition 
 
 Trades 
 Increase . 
 Peppercorn 
 Darling . 
 
 Globe 
 
 Clove 
 Hector 
 
 Thomas . — 
 
 James 
 
 Hoseander ^ 
 Hector I 
 James j 
 
 Solomon J 
 Solomon . 
 
 James 
 
 Expedition 
 
 Remarks. 
 
 Loaded with pepper at 
 Priaman, on coast of 
 Sumatra, and was lost 
 on her way home off 
 coast 
 
 Took in a cargo at 
 Puloway. Left Nov. 
 16, 1610, for England 
 
 Arrived Bantam, Oct. 9, 
 1610 
 
 Sir Henry Middleton 
 loaded the two ships 
 with pepper and spice 
 and sent them home 
 
 Arrived Bantam, April 
 26, 1612, having visited 
 Siam and Malay 
 Peninsula 
 
 Arrived Bantam, Oct. 24, 
 1612 
 
 Left Bantam, Jan. 14, 
 1613, leaving ten men 
 behind 
 
 Returned to Bantam, 
 Jan. 3, 1614; found 
 only five of his men 
 alive 
 
 Arrived Bantam, Dec. 20, 
 1612 
 
 Left Bantam, Feb. 4, 
 1613 
 
 Visited India 
 
 Arrived Bantam, Feb. 14, 
 
 1615 
 Left Bantam, March 14, 
 
 1615 
 Globe arrived Jan. 3, 
 
 1615; left Feb. 22, 
 
 1615 
 Visited India 
 
 This was the last separate 
 voyage of the Com- 
 pany. After this came 
 " joint stock " voyages 
 
 ' See account of voyage in Chapter X. 
 
 2 Died at Matsjan, in the Moluccas, in 1615, from broken heart, caused 
 by sorrow at the ill-luck of factories in the Moluccas. 
 ^ Died Bantam, the 5th August, 1615.
 
 282 
 
 JAVA 
 
 Note I. — {continued). 
 
 Date of 
 Departure 
 
 from 
 England. 
 
 1616 
 
 1617 
 
 1618 
 
 1619 
 1620 
 
 Voyage of 
 
 Company's 
 
 Ships. 
 
 Commander, 
 
 Eichard Hunt . 
 
 Martin Pring 
 
 Thomas Dale 
 
 Name of 
 Ships. 
 
 Tons. 
 
 Remarks. 
 
 Five ships 
 
 Six ships 
 
 Three ships 
 Six ships . 
 
 Attacked Hollanders at 
 Bantam, but was 
 wounded in three 
 places and died July 
 24, 1617 
 
 Arrived Bantam, July 19, 
 1618 
 
 Arrived Jacatra, Sept. 2, 
 1618 
 
 Left Jacatra, Oct. 31, 
 1618 
 
 Arrived Bantam, Nov. 
 22, 1618 
 
 Arrived Jacatra, Dec. 17, 
 1618 
 
 Admiral Dale died 
 Masuhpatam, Aug. 19, 
 1619 
 
 Admiral Pring remained 
 at Bantam till July, 
 1620, and then sailed 
 with two ships to 
 Japan 
 
 Arrived Bantam 
 
 Arrived Bantam 
 
 At end of 1618, begin 
 1619, Dale attacked 
 Hollanders at Batavia 
 with eight ships, whilst 
 Pring, with six ships, 
 watched the Straits of 
 Sunda to prevent any 
 new Dutch ships pass- 
 ing to their friends' 
 assistance. Pring had 
 no success, however 
 
 Note II. — ^A List showing wheee the English have possessed 
 Factories at Different Times in the East Indies before 
 1811. 
 
 Malay Peninsula. — Siam, Cochin China, Pegu, Quedah, Johore, 
 Camodia, Patany, and Ligore. 
 
 Island of Sumatra. — Acheen, Jambee, Passaman, Priaman, 
 Sillebar, Ticcoo, Fort York, Bencoolen or Fort Marlborough, 
 Idapur, Tyamong, and Padang. 
 
 Island of Java. — Bantam, Japara, Jacatra (later called 
 Batavia), Balambangan, and Aujer.
 
 THE DUTCH IN JAVA, 1628 TO 1811 283 
 
 Island of Borneo. — ^Banjarmassin, Succadana, and Sambas. 
 
 Island of Celebes. — ^Macassar and Menado. 
 
 Molvxxas. — ^Lantore, or Great Banda, islands of Rosengyn, and 
 Puloway, Island of Amboyna and Pulo Boon (the East India 
 Company's own Property). 
 
 Note III. — 1811. — ^Members of the Dutch Government just 
 
 BEFORE THE ARRIVAL OF THE ENGLISH. 
 
 Herman Willem Daendels, Governor-General. 
 
 Nicolaus Engelhard, Governor of the Eastern Districts in Java. 
 
 J. A. van Braam, President of the Supreme Comicil. 
 
 W. H. van Ysseldyk, Director -General and Member of Council. 
 
 P. T. Chasse, Director -General and Member of Council. 
 
 W. van Hoesen, 
 
 H. A. Parve, 
 
 W. Wardenaar, 
 
 J. C. Romswinckel, 
 
 W. A. Senn van Basel, 
 
 F. J. Rothenbuhler, 
 
 H. W. Muntinghe, 
 
 W. V. H. van Riemsdyk, 
 
 M. Q. A. Canter Visscher, 
 
 J. M. Baljee, 
 
 J. J. Vogelaar, 
 
 1 
 
 j. Members of Council.
 
 THE BRITISH PERIOD
 
 CHAPTER VII 
 
 LIFE OF SIR THOMAS STAMFORD RAFFLES 
 
 It would be inappropriate to proceed further in this 
 history before giving an account of the Hfe of that great 
 statesman, empire maker, administrator, and naturahst, 
 founder of the colony and city of Singapore, and maintainor 
 of British supremacy and honour in the East Indian Archi- 
 pelago at the beginning of the nineteenth century, Sir 
 Thomas Stamford Raffles. 
 
 Thomas Stamford Raffles was born at sea on board the 
 ship Ann in the harbour of Port Morant, Jamaica, on the 
 5th July, 1781. He was the only son of Benjamin Raffles, 
 one of the oldest captains in the East India trade, from the 
 port of London, a man of good birth and education ; and 
 his mother was a Dutch lady born in Amsterdam, Miss 
 Lindemann. Raffles' grandfather held a high Government 
 position with an unblemished reputation. 
 
 The family came from Beverley, Yorkshire, where the 
 name Raffles frequently occurs in the old registers for up- 
 wards of three centuries. 
 
 After education at a school at Hammersmith, he secured 
 a position in the year 1795 as an extra clerk in the East 
 India House. He was at the time only fourteen years of 
 age, consequently his education could not have been com- 
 pleted. However, the deficiency was made up by his own 
 exertions in the few leisure hours a close attendance at office 
 permitted. 
 
 Stamford Raffles was early remarked for his assiduity and 
 great application to business. He displayed the thoughtful- 
 ness and vigour of mind, fertility in resource, punctuality and
 
 288 JAVA 
 
 devotion to his duties, and several other attributes which 
 distinguished him in after years, and which placed him above 
 all his colleagues. 
 
 His mind was a high and noble one, but few understood 
 him or his intense earnestness and desire to achieve a great 
 name and position ; and he regarded appreciation and 
 recognition of his services, like all high-minded men, above 
 anything else obtainable. 
 
 In 1805 the Court of Directors of the East India Office 
 decided on sending out an establishment to Penang, or, as it 
 was then known. Prince of Wales Island, and one of the 
 departmental chiefs, being aware of the peculiar fitness and 
 talents of Raffles for office, mentioned his name to Sir Hugh 
 Inglis, who from this strong recommendation gave him the 
 appointment of assistant secretary of the new establishment, 
 Mr. Philip Dundas being appointed Governor, Mr. John 
 Oliphant first member of Council, and Mr. Pearson secretary. 
 A number of civilians who desired to open up trade there also 
 went, many of whom succeeded in making fortunes. 
 
 Raffles arrived at Penang in September, 1805, in the Com- 
 pany's ship Ganges, which was commanded by Captain 
 Harrington, a brother of the late member of Council at 
 Bengal. Before he arrived he was master of the Malay 
 language. 
 
 Ten years' practice and experience in the India House 
 gave the assistant secretary many advantages over his 
 fellows in the new Government, and he appears to have 
 immediately made his value felt in the new colony. He 
 was very fond of the Malays, and devoted his spare hours 
 to the study of their manners, customs and character, and 
 among them, for his courteous and amiable demeanour, he 
 soon became esteemed. His house was always open to 
 them, and the natives delighted to visit a man who would 
 condescend to be polite and take an interest in their affairs. 
 Through the advantages derived from this intercourse and
 
 SIK THOMAS sT.\MhOKl> KAI••|•LK^
 
 LIFE OF SIR T. S. RAFFLES 289 
 
 his evening labours, Baffles was enabled to distinguish 
 himself when the opportunity, which was not long delayed, 
 presented itself. 
 
 The chief secretary, Mr. Pearson, falling ill, Raffles took 
 his place, and his abihty became more and more marked, 
 and when the former had to proceed to Europe, Raffles 
 received a seat in the Council. 
 
 In the year 1806 Dr. Ley den visited Penang for the 
 benefit of his health and resided with Raffles for some 
 months. Dr. Leyden was delighted with the industry and 
 evident talent of his host, and when he returned to Bengal 
 they continued to correspond. 
 
 Raffles gave to his letters the style of essays, and the 
 amiable doctor took every opportunity of bringing them and 
 their author to the notice of his patron, the Earl of Minto, 
 at that time Governor-General of India. After reading the 
 paper on the Malay race^ his lordship told Dr. Leyden to 
 inform Raffles that he was much pleased, and begged that 
 any further information relating to the Eastern settlements 
 might be forwarded direct to himself. 
 
 In 1808 Raffles completely broke down from overwork ; 
 he being never very robust, the fatigue, responsibility, and 
 worry attaching to the office of secretary in the organisation 
 of a new Government, and in a climate which had already 
 proved fatal to many, was too much for him. His seniors, 
 always solicitous for his health and welfare, suggested a long 
 voyage, but Raffles would not hear of it, and his only desire 
 was quickly to recover in order to do his duties ; he, how- 
 ever, proceeded to Malacca for a change of air. 
 
 It was here he had the opportunity of mixing with an 
 Oriental population, people from all parts of Asia, Java, 
 Amboyna, Celebes, Borneo, New Guinea, China, and Bengal. 
 With them he enjoyed conversing, and gaining all the 
 
 1 See Lady Raffles' "Life, etc.," p. 15. 
 J. — VOL. I. U
 
 290 JAVA 
 
 information they could impart to him about the surrounding 
 countries. 
 
 Whilst he was away at Malacca the Governor wrote to 
 him as follows : — 
 
 " My dear Sir, — A thousand thanks for your kind letters, which 
 I had the pleasure to receive from you. . . . 
 
 It is distressing to me, my dear Sir, to be under the necessity 
 of stating in this pointed manner the unavoidable exigence of 
 the case, but such is the case, that we cannot make up any 
 despatches for the Court (in London) without your assistance. 
 This is truly hard on you, under your present delicate state of 
 health, but I trust you will believe that nothing else would induce 
 me to press so hard on you at this time. . . . 
 
 " To Mr. Raffles." 
 
 Within a few years after his arrival KafEes had made a 
 name for himself in the East Indies as second to none in his 
 knowledge of all the surrounding islands and their in- 
 habitants, and his name was repeatedly brought before the 
 Viceroy of India, who placed himself in private corre- 
 spondence with him, and when the Moluccas were seized by 
 the EngHsh in 1810 wished to send him there to govern, 
 such a high opinion had he of his talents. Penang, however, 
 still had need of his services, and it was clear that he was 
 merely being kept by the Government for still greater 
 things. 
 
 When Napoleon was carrying out at this period his great 
 schemes for conquering the world, the annexation of Holland 
 to France placed all the valuable and extensive possessions 
 of the Dutch at his mercy. The Enghsh, however, not 
 desirous of seeing the French nation become as powerful in 
 the East as it already was in the West, immediately decided 
 upon the occupation of the French islands of Mauritius and 
 Bourbon. It now became known that General Daendels 
 was on his way out to make Java the base of operations for 
 obtaining the French political ascendency by the occupation
 
 LIFE OF SIR T. S. RAFFLES 291 
 
 and annexation of British India. His opportunity had been 
 given to Raffles when he began his direct correspondence 
 with Lord Minto, and he was prepared to improve it. 
 Towards the end of 1810 he proceeded to Calcutta, where he 
 was received with great kindness, and on his return was 
 appointed to be Governor-General's Agent for the Eastern 
 Seas, and directed to reside at Malacca. The Indian 
 authorities were now occupied in the attempt to drive the 
 French out of these seas, their privateers having done so 
 much damage to English shipping that no exertions were 
 spared to deprive them of any place for refitting their ships. 
 The Dutch had been forced into a European war, and their 
 colonies were in consequence liable to capture. Raffles now 
 furnished the Court of Directors with the fullest information 
 respecting the East generally, and more particularly Java, 
 against which place Lord Minto decided, after a study of 
 Raffles' very full information, to send a force. 
 
 After all the preliminary arrangements had been made 
 and Raffles had got into communication with all the chiefs 
 in the Archipelago, the expedition left India in 1811, with 
 Lord Minto in command. The rendezvous was Malacca, 
 where his lordship arrived on the 9th May, having previously 
 landed at Penang on the 18th April. Every possible 
 information had been provided beforehand by Raffles for 
 the purposes of the expedition, even to the deciding on the 
 best route for the ships to sail from Malacca to Batavia. 
 
 Lord Minto was astounded at Raffles' forethought and 
 intelligence, for the latter had made use of every one who 
 could give the slightest piece of information regarding Java, 
 which the Dutch had for centuries been jealously guarding, 
 that other nations should never learn its real value. Captain 
 Burn, an Englishman trading at Pontianak, Robert Scott, ^ 
 who had a private dwelling-house at Penang, called " Kelso " 
 (which Lord Minto visited), Captain John Greig, and 
 
 ' See Robert Scott, merchant, in the material to be published later. 
 
 u 2
 
 292 JAVA 
 
 Mr. Stewart were all requisitioned in turn by Raffles and 
 
 closely interrogated by him, being given lists of questions to 
 
 which to furnish replies. 
 
 The route marked out by Raffles Lord Minto decided, 
 
 against the advice of all the naval officers, to adopt, and 
 
 the fleet proceeded by the direct way instead of by that 
 
 way hitherto used along the coast of Borneo. 
 
 The fleet was in one long line of ninety sail, with H.M.S. 
 
 Modeste, on board of which were Lord Minto and Raffles, 
 
 closing up the rear. 
 What Raffles' feelings must have been when standing 
 
 beside Lord Minto as the ships one by one dropped anchor 
 
 in the Bay of Chillinching on the 30th July, without a 
 
 single mishap, may be better imagined than described. 
 No doubt he felt that at last his great and well-formed 
 
 ideas for the aggrandisement of his nation in the East were 
 
 about to be realised. 
 
 The troops disembarked on the 4th August in splendid 
 order, and after a brilliant feat of arms captured Batavia, 
 Governor-General Janssens capitulating the island on the 
 18th September, 1811. 
 
 Raffles was appointed to be Lieutenant-Governor of Java 
 and its dependencies, not only as a mark of his peculiar 
 fitness for this office but as a special acknowledgment of the 
 valuable services he had rendered ; and thus six years after 
 his arrival in India, without interest or friends, and solely 
 dependent on his own exertions, he was elevated to one of 
 the highest offices in the Empire. 
 
 It is not necessary here to enter into an extended exami- 
 nation of Raffles' policy in Java, but, as it turned out, all 
 Englishmen and well-read Dutchmen will agree that no 
 better choice could have been made, and the vigorous energy 
 he displayed during the five years the English ruled Java 
 is a marvel to all those who have had the advantage of 
 closely studying his administration.
 
 FOKT TAGGAL (tEGAl), 1811. (BRITISH FLAG IS FLYING 
 
 FORT CHKRIBON, IHll.
 
 LIFE OF SIR T. S. RAFFLES 293 
 
 He was everywhere and did everything, travelHng, when 
 time permitted, from one end of the island to the other to 
 inquire personally whether his orders were being carried 
 out in the spirit he desired, in one tireless effort conscien- 
 tiously to do his duty to God and man. The Dutch before 
 the arrival of the English had possession only of Sunda and 
 the western part of the island, but under Raffles' govern- 
 ment Soerakarta and Djockjockarta were reduced, and, as 
 Raffles in one of his famous despatches stated, " the Euro- 
 pean power is for the first time paramomit in Java." 
 Except in the neighbourhood of Batavia, the native regents 
 had been permitted to govern the country as they pleased, 
 provided they were civil to the European officials and 
 supplied their proper share of grain and labour when called 
 on. The revenues had been derived from a monopoly of 
 the retail sale of opium, spirits, toddy, etc., from gambling 
 and cock-fighting farms, from transit and customs duties, 
 and from the forced dehvery of produce at prices below the 
 market value. 
 
 Raffles introduced a new system. Availing himself of 
 the acknowledged Asiatic right of sovereignty over the soil, 
 he fixed on an equable and moderate land rent, and abolished 
 the forced deliveries of produce, the right to exact labour, 
 and all tolls and imposts, which had hitherto been a bar to 
 improvement and had impoverished the island, neither the 
 Dutch nor the Javans reaping much benefit therefrom, the 
 only people winning any advantage from these ancient and 
 out-of-date methods being the Chinese, who had already 
 grown inordinately rich all over the island. 
 
 Raffles was also very fond of conomittees, establishing a 
 *' Revenue Committee,"^ a " Commercial Committee,"^ a 
 *' Committee for the Improvement of the Town Suburbs," 
 
 > The Revenue Committee was established on the 13th August, 1813. 
 ^ The Commercial Committee was established between the 9th and 17th 
 June, 1813 (see " Engelschen op Java," door J. Hageman).
 
 294 JAVA 
 
 a chief paymaster with a committee/ and so forth. All 
 these bodies had definite duties to perform, and were ex- 
 pected to furnish full particulars on certain prescribed 
 subjects when called upon by the central Government. 
 Before, however, sufficient time had been allowed to test 
 the value of the new system, which was obviously a great 
 improvement on the earlier one, Java was restored to the 
 Dutch. No question in connection with Eastern Asia has 
 ever been canvassed more than the restoration of this island 
 to its former masters, and EafHes at the time, in a bitter 
 letter of reproach to a friend, says " the island has been 
 transferred by the English Government in total ignorance 
 of its value to the Dutch." 
 
 It has also been asserted that the national interests were 
 unjustifiably sacrificed ; that the real value of the island 
 was unknown ; that the Lord Castlereagh was imposed 
 upon by the flattering attention of the allied sovereigns, 
 who were loud in their praise ot the generous magnanimity 
 of the great Enghsh nation which had fought the battle of 
 Europe on the most disinterested principles ; and that he 
 consented to the restoration without having sufficiently 
 considered the matter. It must, however, be recollected 
 that in consequence of the large military force necessary to 
 maintain possession the expenses far exceeded the revenue. 
 The arrangements of Raffles not having had time to produce 
 the expected results in improving the financial condition of 
 the settlement, he was obhged to draw on Bengal at a time 
 when the treasury in that residency was exhausted by the 
 Pindarrie and Ghoorka wars. It was argued, in ignorance 
 of the new financial arrangements and the prosperity 
 expected therefrom, that the island was not worth keeping, 
 and therefore neither the Crown nor the Company exerted 
 themselves to retain it. In the general political view it 
 must also be recollected that it was the object of the Treaty 
 
 ' Called " Account General Office."
 
 LIFE OF SIR T. S. RAFFLES 295 
 
 of Vienna to re-establish the balance of power, and however 
 much the Enghsh Minister was ignorant of the great value 
 of Java, it is not to be supposed that the Dutch neglected 
 any means to obtain restitution of what was their most 
 valuable possession. The nations of Europe have always 
 been jealous of the extraordinary power of the English in 
 India, and the opportunity was not lost for depriving them 
 of the preponderance which the possession of eJava would 
 have given them in the East, to the exclusion of another 
 weaker, and, therefore, in the event of future differences, 
 more easily influenced nation. 
 
 This decision was also doubtless not uninfluenced by the 
 fact that the English had already deprived the Dutch of 
 all their other valuable colonial possessions — Ceylon, the 
 Cape of Good Hope, etc. 
 
 The Court of Directors disapproved of Baffles' arrange- 
 ments in Java, and took the opportunity to supersede him 
 when charges of maladministration were made by General 
 Gillespie, the commander-in-chief of the troops. It is 
 scarcely necessary to allude to these charges further than 
 to state that Raffles found no difficulty in answering them, 
 and that they were most probably brought forward through 
 misunderstandings as to the relations between the Crown's 
 and the Company's officers at a time when it was still 
 expected the island would be retained by the Crown. The 
 Crown officers were accustomed to see in the Indian civihan 
 the clerk rather than the administrator of empires. One of 
 the charges, that arising out of the question of " the sale of 
 lands in perpetuity," which has ever since caused trouble 
 to the Dutch Government, was the main ground for attack- 
 ing Raffles, and out of which his enemies — and he had, like 
 all great men, many of them — made the most. That 
 Raffles himself decided upon the sale of these lands there 
 can be no doubt of, but there was no fault to be found in 
 this ; there were precedents, Marshall Daendels having also
 
 296 JAVA 
 
 sold large tracts of country. During his tenure of office, for 
 instance, the whole of the residencies of Bezoekie and 
 Panaroekan had been sold on the 30th June, 1810, to the 
 Captain Chinaman of Sourabaya, Han Tjan Pit, for 400,000 
 Spanish matten ; and the residency of Probolingo on the 
 3rd December, 1810, to the Captain Chinaman of Pasoeroean, 
 Han Tik Ho, for 1,000,000 ryks dollars ; as also later on 
 lands in Oedjoeng, Krawang, Tjikarang Tjawang Boengien, 
 Tjibarassa, Sumadangan, and Tegal Waroe. Where, how- 
 ever, the mistake lay was in the methods employed by 
 Baffles' lieutenants, Thomas Macquoid and Nicolaas Engel- 
 hard, in carrying out the sales, which resulted, after several 
 postponements, in large slices of territory being sold for 
 nominal prices. Even this, however, might have survived 
 criticism had Baffles not unfortunately been a member of a 
 syndicate (consisting of Macquoid, Engelhard, and A. de 
 Wilde) which bought the estate of Soekaboemi, reaching 
 from Bandoeng to nearly Buitenzorg, for a ridiculous trifle. 
 It must, however, be taken into account that in those days 
 it was quite a common thing for the Company's servants to 
 buy land as a speculation, so that it was merely a question 
 of the methods employed for securing the estates for privi- 
 leged persons which raised the storm of indignation among 
 the army officers, who viewed the affair with sanctimonious 
 horror and disgust ; and the Com't of Directors when they 
 heard of it gave it as their candid opinion that it was a 
 '* questionable proceeding." The broad-minded Governor- 
 General of India, Lord Minto, registered, however, as his 
 opinion that the sale of lands was a " wise proceeding during 
 a period of great necessity." Be this as it may, there can 
 be no doubt that Baffles never wholly disproved the 
 charge which lay on his administration that he had been 
 mixed up, directly or indirectly, with his lieutenants in 
 a questionable transaction, although there also can be no 
 doubt that he was in no way implicated in these " doubt-
 
 laiTSCH BESTUUR. 
 
 iSu - j8iff. 
 
 JAYAN COINS UNDKR THK KKITISH OCCL-PATIOX (1811-1816).
 
 LIFE OF SIR T. S. RAFFLES 297 
 
 ful " proceedings, his own share in them being open and 
 honourable. 
 
 Mr. Fendall, a member of the Supreme Council, was ordered 
 to relieve Eaffles, and took over the administration from 
 him on the 12th March, 1816 ; but shortly after this the 
 island was restored to the Dutch. The Marquis of Hastings, 
 who succeeded Lord Minto as Governor-General, was one of 
 those who reported unfavourably on the acquisition, and 
 the constant requisitions on the Bengal treasury did not 
 leave room for any hesitation on the Company's part in the 
 desire to be reheved from a useless acquisition. Lord 
 Minto's early death after his return from India precluded 
 Raffles from having the advantage of his support in laying 
 before Parliament and the country the great advantage, 
 from a political point of view, of the possession of Java, and 
 at the same time in explaining the vast agricultural and 
 trading resources of the island, which would soon have had a 
 large surplus revenue and have afforded an extensive market 
 for British manufactures. 
 
 It appeared doubtful after the capture of Java whether 
 it would be held by the Royal Government or be made over 
 to the Company, and Lord Minto's thoughtful consideration 
 had secured a retreat for Raffles in the residency of Ben- 
 coolen, in Sumatra, in case his services should no longer be 
 required in Java. On his supersession, however. Raffles 
 proceeded home in the ship Ganges, broken in health from 
 overwork and worry, broken in spirits, and a disappointed 
 man.^ His object was to recruit his health and at the same 
 time to set himself right with the Court of Directors and the 
 public, for his public and his private character had been 
 violently and wantonly attacked. 
 
 The charges were easily disposed of, and his services in 
 Java were acknowledged by the Prince Regent, who con- 
 
 1 On the way home the Ganges called at St. Helena, and Kafiies had a 
 long interview with Napoleon.
 
 298 JAVA 
 
 f erred on him the honour of knighthood, while the Court of 
 Directors, on Raffles addressing them and stating that for 
 ten years he had laboured with unwearied zeal to promote 
 their best interests and so claimed a consideration of his 
 services, was reluctantly forced to notify him in October, 
 1817, of their appreciation of his services and of their having 
 appointed him the Lieutenant-Governor of Bencoolen, with 
 greater powers than had been held before by the chief of 
 that factory. Their dispatch contained the following 
 words : — 
 
 " The Court of Directors, in consideration of the zeal and 
 talents displayed during the period he filled the office of Lieu- 
 tenant-Governor of Java, confer upon him the title of Lieutenant- 
 Governor of Bencoolen as a peculiar mark of the favourable 
 sentiments which the Court entertain of his merits and service." 
 
 He was also empowered to attend to the general interests of 
 the English in the archipelago, more particularly in relation 
 to the Dutch. 
 
 This is the beginning of the second portion of Sir Stamford 
 Raffles' career in these seas. At an early period of his 
 service at Penang he had made himself acquainted with the 
 conditions and with the earher history and commercial 
 relations of nearly every native State in the archipelago ; 
 he had traced the connection of the several foreign nations 
 with each State, and had arrived at the conclusion that it 
 was necessary for the welfare of the native population that 
 the Enghsh should be the paramount power in the Malay 
 countries, and that the Dutch influence should be weakened. 
 
 With Java the Dutch had lost their last hold on the archi- 
 pelago, their other positions having been previously captured, 
 and Sir Stamford, for the time, saw his fondest hopes 
 reahsed ; his disappointment on the restoration of these 
 possessions at the peace of 1815 was consequently very 
 great, and he now set himself to work to counteract the 
 Dutch influence in every possible way. This became the
 
 LIFE OF SIR T. S. RAFFLES 299 
 
 master passion of his life, and is the key to all his after 
 proceedings. He had succeeded in instilling some of his 
 pohcy into the minds of the Eoyal and of the Company's 
 Government at home, and he was now entrusted with 
 extensive powers to watch over British interests in the 
 archipelago under the name of Lieutenant-Governor of 
 Bencoolen, an office in itself without these extra powers. 
 
 On arriving at Bencoolen on the 22nd March, 1818, Sir 
 Stamford found everything in a state of the most extreme 
 disorder, morally and physically. The roads were impass- 
 able, the highways over-run with rank grass, and Govern- 
 ment House, which was built of bamboos, was a den of 
 ravenous dogs and pole-cats. It was the most wretched 
 place he had ever beheld ; but his buoyant spirits did not, 
 however, give way, and he prayed and hoped God would 
 grant him health to carry out his task. The day before his 
 arrival an earthquake had destroyed the town : while the 
 state of morals among all classes was described as disgraceful 
 to civihsation. In writing to Sir E. H. Inglis under date 
 12th June, 1819, he says : — 
 
 " The state of society, even among the Europeans, was very 
 bad on my arrival. I trust it is improving : an instance has just 
 occurred which will, I hope, impress on the higher authorities 
 the necessity of attending more closely to the religious and moral 
 character of their establishment." 
 
 Bencoolen, although it had been seized by the English as 
 early as 1682 and a factory was erected a few years later, 
 had never prospered. For some unaccountable reason it 
 did not in these days attract the Malays, who called it tanah 
 mate, or " the dead land of their ancestors," and the Chinese, 
 although offered all sorts of alluring prospects and induce- 
 ments, steadfastly refused to go there. The reason the 
 Enghsh had made an estabhshment here was that there 
 were pepper gardens in the neighbourhood, but the expenses
 
 300 JAVA 
 
 of the Government being about £100,000 per annum, no 
 profitable return could be expected from the few tons of 
 pepper exported. 
 
 Li 1801 the Court of Directors sent orders to reduce the 
 estabhshment to a resident, four assistants, and four writers, 
 and to withdraw the sub-residencies, which extended from 
 Padany to the south of the island. 
 
 Sir Stamford Eaffles set himself vigorously to work to 
 improve the place. He found a number of young men in 
 the establishment who had no adequate duties to occupy 
 their attention : these he formed into committees, presided 
 over by members of his own staff, who had accompanied 
 him from Java ; and the promotion of agriculture, educa- 
 tion, religion, and general amelioration formed subjects of 
 occupation and amusement where hitherto dissipation had 
 been the only relief from a dull and monotonous existence. 
 The revenues of Bencoolen had been derived from gambling, 
 opium, cock-fighting farms, the almost forced delivery of 
 produce at rates below its marketable value, and from the 
 labour of the Company's African slaves, of whom there were 
 two hundred, all born in the settlement, the children of 
 slaves purchased in the earlier days of the English East 
 India Company. They loaded and unloaded the Company's 
 ships, and a more depraved, dissolute lot it would not be 
 possible to imagine,^ given over as they were to profligacy 
 and vices of the worst description. 
 
 Sir Stamford abolished the gambling and cock-fighting 
 farms and emancipated the slaves. These acts would 
 require no explanation or apology in the present day, but 
 in the year 1819 the policy was too far in advance, and, as 
 no adequate provision was made to supply the deficiency of 
 revenue, the moral considerations were not allowed to weigh 
 against the pecuniary loss. The result of these and other 
 
 ^ There were also a few Bengaleae slaves sent to Bencoolen in 1797 for 
 life as a punishment for crimes they had committed.
 
 LIFE OF SIR T. S. RAFFLES 301 
 
 operations about this period was very nearly fatal to their 
 projector's prospects and position in the Indian service. 
 
 On the 19th May, 1818, Raffles made one of his celebrated 
 trips to the interior of Sumatra ; he was accompanied by 
 Lady Raffles, Dr. Arnold, and Mr. Presgrave, the British 
 Resident of Manna (a station near Bencoolen), six native 
 chiefs, and fifty coolies, carrying the baggage and food. It 
 was on this journey that the gigantic flower now called 
 ** Rafflesia Arnoldi " was discovered. Raffles writes of his 
 journey : — 
 
 " There is nothing more striking in the Malayan forests than 
 the grandeur of the vegetation, and the magnitude of the flowers, 
 creepers, and trees, contrasts strikingly with the stunted, pigmy 
 vegetation of England. Here we have creepers and vines 
 entwining larger trees, and hanging suspended for more than 
 one hundred feet, in girth not less than a man's body, and many 
 much thicker, the trees seldom under one hundred feet, and 
 generally approaching one hundred and sixty to two hundred 
 feet in height." 
 
 One tree which Raffles measured was nine yards in 
 circumference. 
 
 The account of the journey is most interesting, but too 
 long to relate here. Everywhere Raffles was received by 
 the villagers with acclamation ; his name, which was now 
 revered in the archipelago, had preceded him. At Tanjung 
 Alem, a kampong (small village) where they stopped for the 
 night, the chiefs insisted on making a treaty by which they 
 placed themselves under the protection of the British 
 Government.^ 
 
 In July of the same year Raffles proceeded to Padang, 
 where the chiefs were under some consternation, fearing 
 that he was coming to hand the settlement over to the Dutch. 
 Twenty-five years had elapsed since the Dutch left the place, 
 
 * This journey was performed for a second time later by Presgravo, 
 Osborn, Church, and CudUpp.
 
 302 JAVA 
 
 so that a large proportion of the natives were born during 
 the period of the EngUsh occupation, and they feared, with 
 an unholy terror, that if the Dutch returned they would be 
 punished and degraded for their fealty towards the Enghsh — 
 a mistaken idea, of course. 
 
 The chiefs here explained to RafEes that the Dutch had 
 no right to Padang, and that any treaties that they had 
 made were purely of a commercial nature. 
 
 Raffles now began making inquiries about Meiidngkabu 
 (the power of which in ancient times extended over the whole 
 of Sumatra), which he was very anxious to visit. 
 
 Mendngkahu was famous at the time of the Egyptians, and 
 was known not only as the cradle of the Malayan race, but 
 as a place abounding in gold mines. It is said that it was 
 from Mendngkahu, and chiefly down the Siak, Sudragiri, 
 and Sunda rivers, that the gold which the traders of Solomon 
 loaded at Malacca was carried. It was to the gold of 
 Mendng/cafew that Malacca probably owed in part its designa- 
 tion as the " Golden Chersonesus," and navigators, only a 
 century ago, distinguished in their charts two mountains in 
 its neighbourhood, each called Mount Ophir, one on the 
 peninsula of Malacca and one in West Sumatra. Having 
 secured all the information he could. Raffles left on the 
 14th July for Mendngkahu, accompanied by his wife and 
 Dr. Horsfield, the great botanist, who presented to the 
 scientific institutions of the world such a vast collection of 
 information regarding Java. 
 
 When Raffles arrived on the borders of the Tigablas 
 country the chiefs were so delighted to see him that they 
 desired him to remain with them for three days, a request 
 he was unable to comply with. The country here was 
 highly cultivated ; on the slopes of the mountains coffee, 
 indigo, maize, oil-yielding plants, and even sugar-cane were 
 growing, whilst on the plains there were " sawahsj' or rice- 
 fields, cultivated on the same principle as in Java.
 
 LIFE OF SIR T. S. RAFFLES 303 
 
 Eaffles also remarks on an abundant fine breed of small 
 cattle, which the inhabitants of the Mendngkabu country 
 preferred to the water-buffalo introduced into Java from 
 India^ at a later period. These animals stood about three 
 feet four inches high, and were very beautiful, being mostly 
 of a light fawn colour, with black eyes and lashes. They 
 were sold at about three dollars a head. 
 
 Baffles says, " They are without exception the most 
 beautiful little animals of the kind I ever beheld." 
 
 In this country the women wore their hair parted over 
 the forehead and combed smooth down the sides, and the 
 children and young girls were frequently seen with their 
 hair plaited down their back. The women had the lobe of 
 their ears distended to an enormous extent, in order to 
 receive an immense ear-ring about two inches in diameter 
 made of wood, silver, or copper. The people of Mendngkabu 
 were not good looking ; whilst in manners ruder and less 
 cultivated than their neighbours, they were superior in the 
 knowledge of agriculture, and generally speaking their 
 economic condition was better. 
 
 Their houses were large and well built — in length about 
 sixty feet, with an interior hall and several rooms. In front 
 of each house were the usual two lombongs or granaries, on 
 the same principle as in Java, but much longer. The wood- 
 work in the houses was carved. 
 
 When Eaffles arrived at last at Mendngkabu he found 
 only the remains of ancient grandeur ; everywhere there 
 was the wreck of a once large and populous city, waringin 
 trees in hnes marking the ways, fruit trees showing where 
 the orchards had been, and various signs showed where the 
 boundaries had been of this great town. The halls of the 
 palace were covered with grass. This was a large planked 
 house, situated in a beautiful position on the banks of the 
 Golden River, but fast falling into decay. In its day 
 
 ^ Some think China.
 
 304 JAVA 
 
 Mendngkabu was the centre of a mighty empire, that was 
 three times sacked by the Persians and Arabs. Here Eaffles 
 to his dehght found a stone with Kawi (Sanscrit) characters 
 on it, which proved to him the Hindu origin of its early 
 inhabitants. He also found the throne of stone, where the 
 sultan used to sit in state. The royal and ancient burial 
 ground was also discovered in the forest. 
 
 While engaged in matters of domestic policy Sir Stamford 
 did not forget the political duties attached to his office. 
 The Dutch, on being reinstated in Java, had again taken 
 over the dependencies in Sumatra, among others the State 
 of Palembang, which, previously only a nominal possession, 
 had been reduced to complete subjection by a force under 
 General Gillespie. Their policy was always somewhat 
 aggressive, and now, having the State of Lampong under 
 their government, they at once came into collision with the 
 English over the boundaries of that State, which marched 
 with Bencoolen. The encroachments of the Dutch were 
 embarrassing, and Sir Stamford conceived the idea of 
 forming a settlement to offer a check to their further advance. 
 He had already declared Bencoolen to be a free port, but its 
 position was unfavourable for trade, being outside the great 
 routes through the Sunda and Malacca Straits. He de- 
 manded an anchorage at Simangka Bay, in the Straits of 
 Sunda, in order, as he stated in a letter to Mr. Marsden, 
 dated the 7th April, 1818, " to be able to set up our shop 
 next door to the Dutch." The settlement was a failure, 
 and he then began that policy by which his name and 
 reputation were ultimately established in the Straits. He 
 had already in prospect the idea of a mercantile competition 
 with the Dutch, as the following passage in the letter above 
 referred to will show : "It would not, I think, be many 
 years before my station in the Straits of Sunda [Simangka 
 Bay] would rival Batavia as a commercial entrepot.'' His 
 position at Bencoolen gave him constant opportunities for
 
 LIFE OF SIR T. S. RAFFLES 305 
 
 experiencing the aggressive, or so-called aggressive, policy 
 of the Dutch, who aimed, and naturally so, at an exclusive 
 authority in the Malay countries. In order to oppose this 
 design and put a check on their further .progress in the 
 Straits, Sir Stamford proposed the formation of one or more 
 trading settlements, which by the more liberal policy of the 
 English would become " depots " for the trade of the 
 Archipelago. 
 
 Penang was situated too far to the north, and traders on 
 going to it from the eastward would be obliged to pass 
 Malacca, soon to be restored to the Dutch. What was 
 Tv^anted in his settlement was that it should be a convenient 
 place for the Company's ships to call at for trade or refresh- 
 ment, for the collection, according to the old-estabhshed 
 course of trade, of the produce of the archipelago and the 
 subsequent distribution of English goods in return, and for 
 the exercise of a political influence over the Eastern Seas. 
 In order to carry out this policy it was necessary for Sir 
 Stamford to have the sanction and co-operation of the 
 Supreme Government, and he deteiTnined to proceed to 
 Bengal, for the purpose of urging his views on the Governor- 
 General. The Marquis of Hastings, then Governor-General, 
 on reUeving Lord Minto had taken an unfavourable view of 
 affairs to the eastward, and Sir Stamford had many mis- 
 givings as to the success of his undertaking. However, after 
 a few interviews, he succeeded in placing himself on a 
 friendly footing, and laid his information and views before 
 Hastings in such a masterly manner that all objections and 
 difficulties were overruled. He returned to the Straits 
 invested, for the second time, with the authority of Governor- 
 General's Agent in the Eastern Seas, and with powers 
 generally to oppose the Dutch and, if possible, to form an 
 estabhshment to the south of Malacca. 
 
 Previous to the capture of Malacca by the English in 1795 
 the trade of Penang had been confined to the northern 
 
 J. — VOL. I. X
 
 306 JAVA 
 
 portions of the peninsula, Sumatra, and the continent of 
 India. The possession of Malacca, on the highway to the 
 entrance to the archipelago, enabled the Dutch to check any 
 attempt on the part of the Bugginese and other Eastern 
 traders to visit Penang. By the Treaty of Vienna the 
 settlement of Malacca was restored to the Dutch, and it was 
 not doubted but that the same policy which had marked 
 their previous occupation would be resumed, and that 
 Penang, which by this time had acquired a very considerable 
 portion of Bugginese, Chinese, and other Eastern trade, 
 would be again deprived of these advantages. Major 
 Farquhar, an officer of the Madras Engineers, who had been 
 a long time at Malacca in a semi-civil capacity, had, after 
 it became known that he was to restore Malacca, in the 
 year 1816 brought this subject to the notice of the Penang 
 Government, and pointed out the Carimon Islands as a fit 
 place for an English settlement. 
 
 In the year 1818 he was authorised by the Penang 
 Government to visit the prince of those islands, and he in 
 consequence proceeded to Ehio, then in the hands of the 
 Malays.' 
 
 Major Farquhar found the Rajah Mudah Jaffir to be the 
 only person with whom his negotiations could proceed, and 
 ■svith that prince he concluded a treaty, dated the 19th 
 August, 1818, in the name of Sultan Abdulrahman of Johore. 
 
 The Penang Government attempted to form an establish- 
 ment on the island of Bentan ; but before their measures 
 were taken the Dutch had forestalled them at Rhio, and they 
 retired as usual from any future attempt, in the conviction 
 that it was impossible for them to effect their object in these 
 Malay countries. 
 
 It was under these circumstances that Sir Stamford came 
 
 * When Malacca was taken in 1795 the smaU station or dependency of 
 Rhio followed, but after a short time the EngUsh abandoned the place, 
 which in consequence fell into the hands of the Malays.
 
 THE CANTONMENTS, TANCiSI. 
 
 PLASSEN PASSAR, OK MARKET, AT TJILATJAP.
 
 LIFE OF SIR T. S. RAFFLES 307 
 
 down to the Straits, with, as before stated, the rank of 
 Governor-General's Agent in the Eastern Seas ; he was 
 bound for Acheen, where, in conjunction with Major Coombs, 
 agent of the Penang Government, he was appointed to 
 mediate concerning a disputed succession to that throne. 
 
 Colonel Farquhar, on the cession of Malacca, was proceed- 
 ing to England when it occurred to the supreme Government 
 that his local knowledge, the result of fifteen years' duty at 
 Malacca as Kesident and Commandant, might prove useful 
 in the formation of the new settlement in the immediate 
 neighbourhood of his former residency. Sir Stamford was 
 furnished with a letter to him, dated the 28th November, 
 1818, in which the thanks of the Government were conveyed 
 for his able report of his negotiations under the direction of 
 the Penang Government, and a desire was expressed on the 
 part of the Governor-General that the benefit of his further 
 services might be secured to improve the relations already 
 estabhshed with the native chiefs. His lordship now re- 
 quested him to accompany Sir Stamford RafEes in his 
 expedition, and to take charge of the infant settlement under 
 the directions of Sir Stamford, who would be obliged soon to 
 return to his own Government at Bencoolen. 
 
 The time had now arrived for the crowning act of Sir 
 Stamford's career, the act that was to make his name 
 famous for ever. 
 
 At this moment every man's hand was against him — his 
 success had been too great, and he was surrounded by 
 jealous enemies. The ears of the Court of Directors were 
 filled with the grossest and basest calumnies, and when they 
 found they could not attack him officially they descended 
 to the lowest depths of infamy by doing so personally. The 
 great man bore up well, however, and laid his plans in 
 secret. Every place in the archipelago had been in the 
 possession of the English, in nearly all cases by direct treaty 
 with the rajahs, but the Dutch, with persistent energy, had 
 
 X 2
 
 308 JAVA 
 
 induced the Court of Directors to give them all up. Banca 
 and BilHton had been quixotically returned, Padang and 
 Palembang likewise ; Acheen was point-blank refused, and 
 Ehio had slipped through their fingers. On Sir Stamford's 
 arrival at Penang his mind was not yet made up as to where 
 he should plant the British flag, and even on leaving this 
 place he was apparently still cogitating. Sir Stamford was 
 seen during this time in Penang in deep thought on the sea- 
 shore, looking southwards. The Viceroy of India's last 
 words, " Sir Stamford, you may depend on me," were 
 apparently uppermost in his mind, for he was continually 
 heard muttering, " I think I can rely on the marquis." He 
 found later on, when discussions arose regarding the advisa- 
 bility of giving in to the Dutch and letting them have the 
 new settlement, that Hastings was a man of his word. 
 
 Sir Stamford left Penang and sailed down the Straits with 
 a small handful of troops under Colonel Farquhar, which 
 had been reluctantly lent by the Governor. Sir Stamford 
 gave instructions to the captain of the ship to sail on past 
 Malacca, as it was to the south of this place that the station 
 was to be fixed. He was himself on dock the whole time 
 scanning the horizon. Siak was quickly given up, where- 
 upon they proceeded to the Carimons, which place had 
 been pointed out by the colonel as a likely site ; but on 
 examination it proved to be inconvenient in its capacity as 
 a harbour, and they went on towards Johore, to which 
 locality Sir Stamford's views were then directed. On 
 passing through the Straits of Singapore Colonel Farquhar 
 suggested that they should land to visit the Tumonggong 
 of Johore, who had lately settled himself on that island, 
 and who was known to the colonel. 
 
 On arriving in the harbour the evident advantages of the 
 place struck them both. " This," said Sir Stamford, " is 
 where we shall form a settlement," and the British flag was 
 unfurled.
 
 LIFE OF SIR T. S. RAFFLES 309 
 
 The date was the 29th January, 1819. Sir Stamford 
 Raffles sent Colonel Farquhar on at once to Rhio to request 
 that the permission which had formerly been given to him 
 by the Rajah Mudah to form a settlement on the Carimons 
 might now be extended to the site of the ancient city of 
 Singapura. 
 
 The Dutch, however, ere this had resumed their former 
 position of lords paramount in the Johore archipelago, and 
 had already extracted a treaty from the Rajah Mudah and 
 his creature. Sultan Abdulrahman, restraining these rulers 
 from granting a footing to any European Power in Johore. 
 After some management, however. Colonel Farquhar suc- 
 ceeded in obtaining an implied permission, with which he 
 returned to Singapore, where Sir Stamford concluded a 
 treaty with the Tumonggong, dated February, 1819. 
 
 This treaty was to be subject to the approval of Sultan 
 Houssain of Johore. The following day Sir Stamford 
 sailed on his mission to Acheen, leaving the colonel in charge 
 of the newly-formed settlement. After some communication 
 with the Tumonggong as to Sultan Houssain it appeared 
 that there was a difference among the Malays as to their 
 sultan, and that, in consequence of the last sultan's death 
 having taken place unexpectedly before suitable arrange- 
 ments could be made for the succession, the throne at 
 present was irregularly occupied. Tuanku Abdulrahman 
 was younger brother to Tuanku Houssain, who ought to 
 have been sultan, but was kept out of his rights by the Rajah 
 Mudah Jaffir, who was at enmity with the relatives of his 
 mother, and, finding the weak and complying disposition 
 of Tuanku Abdulrahman suited to his purposes, had 
 patronised the younger prince, in whose name he ruled the 
 country. On inquiring further Colonel Farquliar was 
 informed that the late Sultan Mahamed, before his death, 
 had arranged that Houssain, his eldest son, should succeed, 
 and that Abdulrahman, the yomiger, who showed a reserved
 
 310 JAVA 
 
 and timid disposition, should perform the Haj with a view 
 to the priesthood. Houssain, as heir presumptive, was sent 
 to Pahang, in order to complete an alliance with the daughter 
 of the Bandahara ; his father, the Sultan, accompanied him 
 part of the way, and soon after, on his return to Lingga, died, 
 not without a suspicion of poison. On his death Jaffir, in 
 order to fulfil one of the requirements of a royal funeral, 
 induced Abdulrahman to allow himself to be installed as 
 sultan. The north monsoon, at that time in full strength, 
 prevented any communication witli Houssain at Pahang, 
 and it was not for some months after that he could come 
 down. When he arrived he found the Kajah Mudah too 
 strong for him, and in consequence he was obliged to give 
 way. 
 
 With this information, which Colonel Farquhar trans- 
 mitted to Sir Stamford, it became a question how far it was 
 advisable to inquire further into the matter of the better 
 title of Houssain. As the rights of the English at the new 
 settlement w^ould entirely depend on the question. Sir 
 Stamford, on his return from Acheen in June, determined 
 to recognise Houssain. On that prince being sent for by 
 the Tumonggong he was installed publicly as Sultan, and 
 with the Tumonggong executed a fresh treaty. The treaty 
 provided shortly as follows : — 
 
 Firstly. The occupation by the English of a tract of land 
 extending from Tandjong Malang on the west to Tandjong 
 Katong on the east, and inland as far as the range of a 
 cannon shot from the factory. (The jurisdiction within this 
 tract was to belong to the English, excepting the campongs 
 of the Sultan and Tumonggong.) 
 
 Secondly. Justice was to be administered jointly by the 
 Sultan and Tumonggong under the English Eesident. 
 
 Thirdly. Captains and heads of tribes were to attend and 
 report occurrences every Monday morning and to adjudicate 
 in minor matters.
 
 LIFE OF SIR T. S. RAFFLES 311 
 
 Fourthly. An appeal was allowed from decisions of 
 captains and heads of tribes. 
 
 Fifthly. No customs or duties were to be levied, or other 
 important matter to be decided, without the consent of the 
 sultan, Tumonggong, and of the Resident. 
 
 Such was the primitive constitution under which Singapore 
 was settled, and under which it rapidly rose to importance. 
 
 The question to whom is due the credit of fixing on the 
 site of Singapore for the great emporium has been much 
 discussed, and as it is one of some interest a few remarks 
 may be here allowed. 
 
 Sir Stamford's first idea was to have a port in the Sunda 
 Straits, and writing in x\pril, 1818, he says : "To effect the 
 object contemplated some convenient station within the 
 archipelago is necessary ; both Bencoolen and Prince of 
 Wales Island are too far removed, and unless I can succeed 
 in obtaining a position in the Straits of Smida, we have no 
 alternative but to fix it in the most advantageous situation 
 we can find within the archipelago : this would be some- 
 where m the neighbourhood of Bintang." In the same 
 letter he goes on to say, " another station at Rhio, or its 
 vicinity."^ 
 
 Writing from Calcutta on the 14th November, 1818, he 
 says : "I have to inform you that it is determined to keep 
 the command of the Straits of Malacca by forming establish- 
 ments at Acheen and Rhio." Again, writing to Marsden 
 from Sand Heads,^ under date the 12th December, 1818, he 
 says : " We are noAv on our way to the eastward, in the hope 
 of doing something, but I much fear the Dutch have hardly 
 left us an inch of ground to stand upon. My attention is 
 principally turned to Johore, and you must not be surprised 
 if my next letter to you is dated from the site of the ancient 
 
 ^ Rhio is a small island separated by a narrow strait from the island of 
 Bintang, or properly " Bentan." 
 ^ Mouth of Calcutta river.
 
 312 JAVA 
 
 city of Singapura." John Crawfurd^ states that the 
 Carimons were the origmal objective of Sir Stamford. Lady 
 Raffles, however, says that the Carimons were only surveyed 
 out of deference to Colonel Farquhar, who had, while at 
 Malacca, fixed on these islands as a fit situation. Finally, 
 it would appear clear, both from native and European 
 authority, that he went into Singapore casually, at Colonel 
 Farquhar's suggestion, to obtain information from Farquhar's 
 friend, the Tumonggong, whom the latter had known while 
 employed at Malacca. There is, however, nothing in this 
 to prevent Sir Stamford, especially in view of his letter to 
 Marsden of the 12th December, 1818 (which was received 
 by him five or six months later), from fully intending to fix 
 on Singapore ; but knowing it was the last card the English 
 could play, he purposely kept his secret from every one, and 
 allowed Colonel Farquhar to think they were just calling in 
 at Singapore by chance on his suggestion, whereas be had 
 fully intended to do so all the time as a result of the idea 
 given him by Farquhar. He had seen how Rhio had slipped 
 through their fingers, and this time he was determined not 
 to allow the Dutch to have any inkling of his intentions. 
 
 Whatever doubt, however, may arise as to whether the 
 exact locality of Singapore was the fruit of an accident or 
 of a preconceived plan, there can be no hesitation in stating 
 that its advance was entirely due to the energy and influence 
 of Sir Stamford Raffles. 
 
 The Penang Government, after the failure of its own 
 endeavour to form a subordinate station to the south, was 
 not very well pleased that one of its servants should be 
 permitted to attempt what it had itself failed in doing and 
 declared to be impossible. It had always watched the 
 proceedings of Sir Stamford with suspicion, and when the 
 principles on which his new settlement was to be adminis- 
 tered became known it felt bound to offer every opposition 
 1 See Ms account of the mission to Siam.
 
 OFFICERS QUARTKRS. 
 
 THK KIVKK OSSO.
 
 LIFE OF SIR T. S. RAFFLES 313 
 
 in its power, as it quickly foresaw its own decline and ruin 
 from the prosperity of a neighbouring settlement conducted 
 on such opposite principles. Its protests to Bengal and to 
 the Home authorities had the effect of cooling the support 
 with which Sir Stamford's proceedings had been favoured 
 by both these high authorities ; but another and a more 
 formidable adversary had to be met, and in a field where 
 Indian influence had less weight. 
 
 The Dutch had seen with indignation and dismay the 
 efforts of the English to encroach on their territories at the 
 south of the peninsula. In former times they had had the 
 exclusive jurisdiction over the whole peninsula from Perak 
 downwards. On Malacca being restored to them in 1818 
 they considered that all their former rights and immunities 
 accompanied that restoration, and in consequence any 
 attempt by the English or any other European nation on 
 the Malay peninsula to be an infringement of their exclusive 
 rights. 
 
 The proceedings of Sir Stamford RafHes, who had already 
 distinguished himself by his opposition to their interests, 
 were looked on as past all bearing, and the strongest remon- 
 strances were made to the Indian Government as well as to 
 the Foreign Office in England. 
 
 Dutch Indian affairs had been for some time under the 
 Crown, and the complaint now brought before the British 
 Ministers of the improper conduct of the English Company 
 and its servants in the Indian Archipelago was urged forward 
 against the feeble efforts of the corporation with all the 
 weight and authority of the Dutch ambassador. It is 
 obvious that with the lukewarm and almost powerless 
 authorities at home and in India Sir Stamford RafHes and 
 his Settlement, if not otherwise protected, must have been 
 at once offered up as a peace-offering to the Dutch ; and it 
 is here that the credit is due to Sir Stamford in having 
 carried his project to a successful termination. He had
 
 314 JAVA 
 
 early foreseen the battle which must be fought at home, 
 and had provided friends to support his settlement. The 
 long struggle from 1819 to 1824, when the question was 
 finally settled, was only kept up by the aid of powerful 
 influences which Sir Stamford had secured by his picture 
 of the incalculable benefits which his settlement, if properly 
 supported, would confer on British trade. To these 
 influences, supplying to the Foreign Secretary a sufficient 
 motive to resist the Dutch demands, must be attributed the 
 long resistance made to those demands in a question to 
 which the Company and the Home and Bengal Governments 
 were indifferent and the Penang Government decidedly 
 hostile. 
 
 After remaining a few weeks at Singapore, giving instruc- 
 tions as to laying out the town and forming provisional 
 arrangements for the government of the new Settlement, 
 Sir Stamford returned to Bencoolen, where he occupied 
 himself, as before, in endeavours to improve the condition 
 of the people, as well as to elevate the tone of society at 
 that residency, till the-^month of October, when the news 
 arrived of the death of Colonel Bannerman, Governor at 
 Penang. In his last visit to Bengal Sir Stamford had 
 proposed to consolidate the Eastern possessions under one 
 governor residing at Singapore, with residents at each of 
 the stations of Bencoolen, Penang, etc. The plan was 
 favourably received, under the influence of the almost 
 expiring interest in Eastern affairs which had guided Lord 
 Minto's policy in that direction. A difficulty, however, 
 existed in the disposal of the Governor of Penang, as, of 
 course. Sir Stamford would himself have been head under 
 the proposed arrangement. This difficulty now overcome. 
 Sir Stamford proceeded to Bengal again to urge his plan on 
 the notice of the supreme Government. By this time, how- 
 ever, other matters of more pressing interest were occupying 
 the Government, and in consequence impediments, one of
 
 LIFE OF SIR T. S. RAFFLES 315 
 
 the cliief of which was the difficulty of breaking up the 
 Penang Government, were allowed to interfere to prevent 
 an arrangement which Avould most probably have placed 
 British interests in the archipelago and the surrounding 
 countries on a firm footing, and have obviated the dis- 
 advantages now felt in the practical suppression of British 
 commerce with three-fourths of the archipelago, which the 
 Dutch had been permitted virtually to monopolise. 
 
 Another scheme of Sir Stamford's may be here properly 
 mentioned. He conceived the design of reducing and 
 colonising the whole island of Sumatra. His plan was to 
 re-estabhsh a central authority (himself) ; to open up all 
 the navigable rivers flowing into the Straits of Malacca ; to 
 hold the west coast stations as military posts, commanding 
 the rivers and the interior of the country ; to open a great 
 central road through the whole length oi Sumatra ; to 
 assume the position of protector of the native States ;^ to 
 introduce 20,000 or 30,000 Enghsh colonists ; and in fact 
 to make a colony as valuable to English trade as all the 
 West India Islands. This magnificent result was to be 
 accomplished at a cost not exceeding the yearly expenditure 
 at Bencoolen. 
 
 Disappointed in his hopes arising from the vacancy at 
 Penang, Sir Stamford returned to Bencoolen, there to await 
 the result of the references made to the Dutch and English 
 Home authorities as to Singapore. While thus waiting, his 
 energetic mind found occupation in promoting agriculture 
 at that station. 
 
 He early saw that Singapore would draw off the little 
 trade his liberal port regulations were bringing together at 
 Bencoolen, and. as the settlement must then depend on its 
 internal resources, he endeavoured to increase agricultural 
 production. The land surrounding his own house, which he 
 
 * On a former occasion lie recommended to Lord Minto to assume the 
 title of " Bitara," in imitation of the former Hindu sovereigns of Majapalut.
 
 316 JAVA 
 
 had built in the country, was planted with a variety of tropical 
 fruits, spices, coffee, etc. ; the Government officers were 
 encouraged to plant spice trees ; the convicts were employed 
 in agricultural labour ; every one was called on to grow 
 sufficient grain for his own consumption ; and finally the 
 system of the forced growing of pepper by the natives, under 
 the semblance of a contract, was abolished. This policy 
 had the effect of improving the condition of the people, and 
 added materially to the value of the settlement. The 
 Englishmen engaged in spice planting set the example of 
 enterprise, perseverance, and liberal expenditure of capital, 
 which has always been attended by the happiest results, 
 and the effect of which is the surest proof oi the vast benefits 
 which necessarily accompany the residence of the European 
 in these countries. It was an unfortunate circumstance that 
 the result of this official spice planting was not satisfactory 
 to those concerned ;• nearly all of them were ruined at the 
 subsequent transfer of the settlement to the Dutch, when 
 their properties were sold at almost nominal prices. The 
 English families of Bencoolen — the Anguses, Bogles, 
 Bradleys, Greens, Burnetts, Coles, Days, Gibsons, Grants, 
 Lewises, Leicesters, Mitfords, Palmers, Eogers, Hays, and 
 many others — still lingered on here, however, until well into 
 the sixties, gradually dying out under depressing circum- 
 stances, or leaving offspring who for a living had gradually 
 reverted to the campongs. 
 
 The nature of Sir Stamford's political duties had brought 
 him much in unfriendly contact with the Dutch. After the 
 foundation of Singapore his connection with that settlement 
 heightened the feeling, already sufficiently bad, and he could 
 see neither justice nor moderation in the actions of his 
 opponents. The recollection of the Cape of Good Hope, 
 North America, Ceylon, South America, the Spice Islands, 
 the West India Islands, Java, Sumatra, all the Dutch 
 colonial possessions successively wrested from this great
 
 LIFE OF SIR T. S. RAFFLES 317 
 
 nation during a time of affliction and tribulation had no 
 effect to soften his exasperated feehngs ; and he would have 
 confined it to the narrowest bounds in these seas wherever 
 it w^as opposed to British supremacy. His ideas on the 
 subject found vent in a " protest " against Dutch aggi'ession, 
 which protest, with the remarks of the old enemy, the Dutch 
 Ambassador at St. James's, was brought forward in Parlia- 
 ment, when Lord Bathurst, worn out by constant complaints, 
 felt called on to declare that Sir Stamford Raffles had 
 exceeded his authority, that he was, in fact, a " mere 
 pepper-collecting agent of the East India Company," and 
 had no power to interfere in such matters. At the India 
 House Sir Stamford fared no better. His measures were 
 totally disapproved : the Directors censured him for 
 emancipating the Company's slaves, for opening the port 
 of Bencoolen, and for abolishing the gambling and cock- 
 fighting farms. 
 
 In a letter from Mr. Grant, one of the Directors, dated the 
 19th July, 1820, the following ominous passage occurs : — 
 
 " You are probably aware of the obstacles which you have 
 opposed to the adoption of your measures, and even threatened 
 your position in the service : your zeal considerably outstripped 
 your prudence, and the first operations of it became known at an 
 unfavourable juncture." 
 
 With all the authorities of his own country now against 
 him, with the embittered opposition of the Dutch, influen- 
 tially voiced as it was at the Foreign Office, Sir Stamford, 
 his new colony and his policy, would inevitably have been 
 overwhelmed had he not succeeded in enlisting a powerful 
 mercantile feeling in his favour. The Indian trade had just 
 been opened, and the pubhc feeling was still excited as to 
 the immense advantages to be derived to the nation from a 
 participation in that trade ; here was anIEnglish colony, 
 settled in the centre of the trade of at least thirty centuries.
 
 318 JAVA 
 
 and that colony flourishing in a manner without parallel in 
 mercantile history. It is most probably to the mercantile 
 interest excited in favour of Singapore that we are indebted 
 for its preservation ; once established and ruled under the 
 statesmanlike liberality of Sir Stamford's regulations its 
 progress was rapid, and although he was thwarted by the 
 insubordination and narrow views of his subordinates in 
 the management of the infant colony, the foundations of his 
 measures were so solid that minor difficulties were overcome. 
 It is not necessary to enter into any examination of the 
 differences which occurred between Sir Stamford and the 
 first Resident of Singapore, Colonel Farquliar. It is doubt- 
 ful from the records of his rule whether the Resident ever 
 saw in that station more than a mere village, fitted for the 
 accumulation of a small supply of goods, and the temporary 
 residence of traders. Thus, while Sir Stamford was founding 
 a settlement which was to be second to none in Asia, his 
 subordinate confined his views to present requirements and 
 thought not for an instant of its brilliant future. 
 
 There can be no doubt that the presence of the Resident 
 and the influence arising among the natives from his long 
 service at Malacca induced many natives to come to Singa- 
 pore to settle and to supply provisions, stores, etc. ; but it 
 may well be doubted whether the irregularities permitted 
 in a weak administration, peculiarly subject to native 
 influence, and governed by native ideas, did not counter- 
 balance such benefits. 
 
 On his last visit to Singapore Sir Stamford had the proud 
 satisfaction to find his colony successful beyond his most 
 sanguine expectations. 
 
 When the flag was first hoisted it was merely a fishing 
 village with scarcely 300 inhabitants, men, women, and 
 children, all told ; in three months there were 3,000 ; and 
 now he found a population of 10,000 souls and a trade 
 aggregating £2,000,000. The shipping, too, had already
 
 LIFE OF SIR T. S. RAFFLES 319 
 
 taken large proportions, every vessel to and from the East 
 calling here for water and supplies. 
 
 Sir Stamford now set about preparing a code of laws and 
 estabhshing more suitable courts of justice, to be worked 
 under the treaty which he concluded with the native chiefs. 
 
 He appointed committees to lay out and improve the 
 town, and effected various other arrangements. Li all his 
 work he was assisted by a fine body of mercantile men, 
 prominent among whom were A. L. Johnstone, J. A. 
 Maxwell, Hugh Syme, D. A. Fraser, Charles Scott, John 
 Purvis, John Morgan, C. R. Read, A. Guthrie, Alexander 
 Morgan, G. Finlayson, Alexander Hay, W. G. Mackenzie, 
 William Paton, and others. 
 
 Whatever may be said of the want of detailed knowledge 
 by Su- Stamford in the matter of law-making, there can be 
 no doubt that his ideas were far-seeing and liberal. He set 
 the example of entrusting the European residents with a 
 degree of power commensurate with their position in the 
 community, as appears in the following passage in a letter 
 to the Supreme Government, dated 29th March, 1823 : — 
 
 " I am satisfied that nothing has tended more to the discomfort 
 and constant j airings which have hitherto occurred in our remote 
 settlements than the poHcy which has dictated the exclusion 
 of the European merchants from aU share, much less credit, in 
 the domestic regulation of the settlement, of which they are 
 frequently its most important members." 
 
 During this visit Sir Stamford, fmding this course neces- 
 sary to the well-being of the station, suspended the Resident, 
 Colonel Farquhar, and took the management of the whole 
 settlement upon himself till the 4th June, 1823, when John 
 Crawfm^d,^ of the Bengal Medical Service, and late Resident 
 in Java, now on a mission as ambassador to Siam, arrived. 
 Crawfurd was appointed Resident by the supreme Govern- 
 
 1 Full particulars of Crawfurd will be given when tke further matter 
 referred to in tlie Preface is published,
 
 320 JAVA 
 
 ment, under whose authority the settlement was m future 
 to be directly placed. 
 
 On the 6th June, 1823, Sir Stamford EafHes paid his final 
 farewell to Singapore, having now brought it to a state of 
 prosperity with which even he was satisfied. To John 
 Crawfurd, the new Resident, he gave his final instructions 
 as to the government of the colony, leaving it to him to 
 uphold the honour of the English in the archipelago. 
 
 On his departure he received a lengthy address from the 
 merchants of Singapore under Alexander Morgan thanking 
 him for his unwearied zeal and vigilance and for his com- 
 prehensive views, which had enabled the settlement to go 
 forward with such unparalleled success. 
 
 He now returned to Bencoolen, the ship on which he 
 travelled, the Hero of Maloiv7i, calling at Batavia to land 
 goods on the 28th June, 1823. 
 
 As soon as it was known that Raffles was in the roads the 
 greatest consternation arose amongst the Dutch officials, 
 and the Governor-General, Baron van der Capellen, came 
 down from his country seat at Buitenzorg. To such a 
 height had the animosity of the Dutch authorities at Java 
 agamst him gone that they would not allow him to land, 
 and only as a special mark of consideration to Lady Raffles, 
 who was suffering badly on a wretched ship, was she, owing 
 to her delicate state of health, permitted to come on shore 
 and remain with the Macquoid family. During the stay of 
 the Hero oj Maloivn in the Batavia roads the ship was 
 visited by thousands of natives and by the whole British 
 colony, among whom were John Deans, Captain J. Drury, 
 R.N., Thomas Macquoid, A. L. Forestier, John Davidson, 
 Captain C. W. Allen, John Greig, G. Haswell, John Hay, 
 P. Jessen, J. Milne, 0. M. Roberts, James Wilson, G. 
 Maclaine, E. Watson, J. Traill, W. Thompson, Thomas 
 Anderson, Robert Morris, etc. Another instance of the 
 feeling of the Dutch against Sir Stamford Raffles at this
 
 LIFE OF SIR T. S. RAFFLES 321 
 
 moment was the fact that the usual official circular from 
 him communicating the change of government at Singapore, 
 sent to Batavia in common with the other neighbouring 
 countries, was returned unanswered. 
 
 Sir Stamford's mission was now complete ; his health had 
 suffered very much of late, he had lost three of his children,^ 
 and there appeared to be no further work for him to do in 
 these seas. He therefore set about preparing for his final 
 return to England. He had his immense collection of 
 books, manuscripts, drawings, maps, preserved specimens 
 of natural history, etc., packed into boxes, of which there 
 were such numbers as to require a large proportion of the 
 ship's freight for their accommodation. 
 
 There was here collected the fruit of years of patient 
 labour and inquiry into the literature of the Malays, Javans, 
 etc., and the finest and most complete collection of books in 
 those languages ever made. 
 
 The materials from which to have drawn up an account of 
 the archipelago, more complete in its various details than 
 any yet given, and to have formed the nucleus of a valuable 
 museum, were lost in the burning of the ship Favie on the 
 3rd February, 1824,^ the day after her departure from Ben- 
 coolen. Sir Stamford, after seeing the labour of seventeen 
 years thus gone in an hour, set about, after his fortunate 
 escape and return to Bencoolen, bringing together duplicate 
 collections. Again, on the 8th April, Sir Stamford, with his 
 wife and family, embarked on the ship Mariner in company 
 with the ship Lady Flora (Captain McDonnell), and arrived 
 safely after a perilous and stormy passage at Plymouth on 
 the 22nd August, 1824. 
 
 Raffles' health now began to fail him, and when he found 
 
 » Two to Ms great grief he buried at Bencoolen. 
 
 2 Tlie ship was fifty miles from land, when, owing to the carelessness of 
 the steward going with a naked hght to draw some brandy from a cask and 
 letting this fall, in a few minutes the ship was in flames from end to end. 
 Fortimately no lives were lost. 
 
 J. — VOL. I. Y
 
 822 JAVA 
 
 that the Company instead of recognising with thanks his 
 labours preferred complaints against him and heaped 
 reproaches upon his head, he got his death-blow. His joy 
 in life was as great as ever, but his ardour was cooled and 
 his hopes had gone. The Directors had done their worst, 
 and on the 5th of July this brave man, one of the finest 
 examples that old England has ever sent forth, noble, just, 
 honest, loyal, and true, answered the summons to the throne 
 of God in his 45fch year. 
 
 His last and often-expressed hope was that he had experi- 
 enced sufficient trials to purify his soul, and he humbly 
 trusted that the many and heavy afflictions with which he 
 had been visited were sanctified by the grace of the Almighty 
 God, the Euler of the Universe, and were made instrumental, 
 through faith in a Saviour, to prepare him for the world 
 where sorrow and sighing are no more. 
 
 Thus was Sir Stamford Eaffles cut off in his prime at a 
 moment when his friends still expected a long life of labour 
 in the cause of philanthropy. 
 
 Looking back after a century on his record in Java, so 
 learned and eminent a Dutch official as Dr. F. de Haan,^ who 
 has had the means of studying his governorship, is able to 
 state that Sir Stamford was an honest, upright, and straight- 
 forward Governor, who had the courage of his convictions, 
 and did his best, regardless of race or creed, for the people 
 placed under his care. 
 
 This is a testimony of the highest value, and still more so 
 coming from a Dutchman. This is, however, not the only 
 Dutchman who approved his administration of Java, as will 
 be observed from Chapter IX. 
 
 Of one thing all Englishmen can make quite certain, that 
 had it not been for this great and far-seeing statesman 
 England would have no place in the East Indian Archipelago 
 or in the Malay Peninsular to-day. 
 
 * The keeper of the records at Batavia.
 
 LIFE OF SIR T. S. RAFFLES 323 
 
 Sir Stamford Raffles was buried in the church at Hendon, 
 but it is regrettable to learn from a very able letter Mr. 
 Arnold Wright sent to The Times in March, 1912, that " the 
 exact position of his grave is unknown, although tradition 
 points to a spot close to the third window in the south front 
 of the sacred building as being the site, but there is not a 
 vestige of real evidence." ^ 
 
 May his soul rest in peace. 
 
 > Sir Stamford Raffles was twice married — ^firstly to the widow of 
 W. Fancourt, of Lanark, in 1805, who died at Buitenzorg, in Java, in 1815 
 (see Chapter XII.) ; secondly, in 1817, to Sophia Hull, a daughter of 
 I. W. Hull, Esq., of the county of Down, who survived him. 
 
 To compose and complete this chapter. Lady Raffles' "Memoirs" and a 
 pamphlet on his Hfe in the old journal of the archipelago have been freely 
 made use of. 
 
 A tablet exists in Hendon Church, which reads as follows : — 
 
 In memory of 
 SIR THOMAS STAMFORD RAFFLES, 
 
 F.B.S., LL.D., etc. 
 
 Statesman, Administrator and Naturalist, 
 
 Founder of the Colony and City of Singapore, 
 
 January 29th, 1819. 
 
 Born July 5th, 1781. Died at Highwood, Middlesex, 
 
 July 5th, 1826, 
 
 and buried near this tablet. 
 
 Erected in 1887 by Members of the Family. 
 
 In Westminster Abbey there is a statue to him, in the choir, north aisle ; 
 it was executed by Chantry, and cost the country £2,000. 
 
 Y 2
 
 OQ 
 
 
 CI • .^ '- . 
 
 -2 ^"^"l 00 .-H (M 
 
 ^ S -i^ "^ ^- • 
 
 
 
 '—■ t^ xi a • eo __! si 
 
 
 Jrl c6 
 
 -S^ 
 
 
 a 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ^^ a 
 
 2 •»» . ''s 
 
 -:::" 9 -^ 00 T) s 
 
 a i-H 
 
 pq 
 
 W 
 
 Ph a i>oo2- 
 
 2. -oa-o 
 
 II « ,£5'o O 
 
 
 hi ^ 
 
 P O O l-H 
 
 a T3 
 
 ijj 'TJ CO ''^ 
 
 . jj a "S "3 S s gg 
 
 <i ;^- ;^ 
 
 ^_^c6 ^ <D •-4)00^ 
 
 ti"^ is! 00 5! 00 
 cS "^ f-i "^ ^^ 
 
 g^ '6 
 ti P mS 00 « " 
 
 cd cj ^ I-H '^ _ir 
 
 "B o a J 2 ^ °° 
 
 00 
 
 -2 --^00 2^" • 
 ^ o rt ^- 00 a . c^ 
 
 CS O r " ■ «S
 
 CHAPTER VIII 
 
 The British Expedition to Java, 1811 
 
 After our digression on the life of Raffles we now return 
 to our history. 
 
 The expedition for Java being ready, the first division, 
 under the command of Colonel Robert Rollo Gillespie, 
 sailed for Malacca via Penang from Madras on the 18th April, 
 1811, under the convoy of Captain Cole, of H.M.S. Caroline. 
 
 The remainder sailed a week later under Major-General 
 Wetherall. 
 
 On the 18th May the expedition arrived at the first 
 rendezvous, Penang Harbour. 
 
 The Commander-in-Chief, Sir Samuel Auchmuty, in the 
 frigate Akhar, and Lord Minto, in the frigate Modeste, had 
 also arrived. On the 1st June it was at Malacca, where the 
 troops from Bengal, under convoy of Captain Edgell, of 
 H.M.S. Cornelia, had already arrived, as also the commodore, 
 Broughton. 
 
 The first thing Lord Minto did on his arrival was to make 
 a bonfire of the various instruments of torture, such as the 
 rack, the wheel, and so forth, which had been in use by the 
 Dutch. 
 
 On the 11th June, the army having been brigaded, the 
 different convoys got under weigh. 
 
 The Bengal division sailed first, followed by the first 
 division from Madras, and so on in succession. On the 
 15th June the Straits of Singapore were entered. 
 
 Sir Samuel Auchmuty was now deliberating with his two 
 engineers, Lieutenant-Colonel Mackenzie and Lieutenant 
 Blakiston, who had been entrusted with the occupation 
 plans, where he was to land. The choice was for Batavia,
 
 326 
 
 JAVA 
 
 but it had come to these officers' knowledge that the Dutch 
 division from Sourabaya had been moved up there, which 
 made Sir Samuel think Cheribon would be more advisable 
 for the landing. 
 
 On the 30th July the fleet was off the Indramayoe river 
 and proceeded towards Batavia. Colonel Mackenzie had 
 gone ahead to reconnoitre, and returned with the advice 
 that it was better to land at the village of Chillingching, 
 which lay on the coast only about ten miles from Batavia. 
 
 Whilst reconnoitring Colonel Mackenzie landed with a 
 few men, but was surprised by the enemy. He himself 
 managed to escape, but an officer and several men of the 
 69th Eegiment were taken prisoners. It appeared, however, 
 afterwards that the enemy learnt nothing from them, as 
 they pretended they were marines. 
 
 On the 3rd August the fleet was off Cape Krawang, and 
 the next morning off the Marandi river. At 2 o'clock a 
 portion of the fleet arrived, and at 4 o'clock on Sunday, the 
 4th, the whole fleet being off Chillingching, the signal was 
 made for the troops to land. 
 
 The fleet employed in this expedition consisted of the 
 following ships : — 
 
 Line of Battleships. 
 Scipion, Rear- Admiral Stopford, joined at Batavia. 
 Illustrious, Commodore Broughton, Captain Festing. 
 MiTiden, Captain Hoare. 
 Lion, Captain Heathcote. 
 
 Frigates. 
 
 Akbar, Captain Drury. 
 Doris, Captain Lye. 
 Nisus, Captain Beaver. 
 President, Captain Warren. 
 Bucephalus, Captain Pelly. 
 Phoebe, Captain Hillyar. 
 Modeste, Captain George Elliot 
 (son of Lord Minto). 
 
 Hussar, Captain Crawford. 
 Drake, Captain Harris. 
 Phaeton, Captain Pellew. 
 Leda, Captain Sayer. 
 Caroline, Captain Cole. 
 Cornelia, Captain Edgell. 
 Pysche, Captain Edgecumbe.
 
 BRIDGE OVER THE RIVEK TJILEWOXG AT BATAVIA BETWEEN' PEGAXSAAX AND 
 MEESTER CORXELIS, WHERE THE GREAT BATTLE WAS FOUGHT BETWEEN 
 EXGLISH, FRENCH AND DUTCH TROOPS ON AUGUST •26tH, 1811. 
 
 THE SOURCES OF THE TJILEWdNL 1;IVKI;.
 
 BRITISH EXPEDITION TO JAVA, 1811 327 
 
 Sloops. 
 
 Barracouta, Captain Owen. 
 Hesper, Captain Reynolds. 
 Hecate, Captain Peachey. 
 Dasher, Captain Kelly. 
 
 Samarang, Captain Drury.' 
 Harpy, Captain Bain. 
 Procris, Captain Mansell. 
 
 Honourable Company's Cruisers. 
 
 Malabar, Captain Hayes and 
 
 Captain Maxfield. 
 Aurora, Captain Watkins. 
 Mornington, Captain Pearee. 
 Nautilus, Captain Walker. 
 
 Vestal, Captain Hall. 
 Ariel, Captain Macdonald. 
 Thetis, Captain -Lieutenant 
 
 PhilHps. 
 Psyche 
 
 and fifty-seven transports and several gunboats, amounting in 
 all to one hundred sail, all of which arrived safely at Chilhngching, 
 Batavia, on the 4th August, 1811, where the British flag was 
 flown. 
 
 The army, it will be seen, was divided into four brigades, 
 one forming the advance, two the line, and one the reserve. 
 The following is the general abstract of the army on the 
 4th Jane, 1811, at Malacca : — 
 
 
 Officers. 
 
 Native 
 Officers. 
 
 Xoii- 
 
 commissioned 
 
 Officers and 
 
 Privates. 
 
 Total. 
 
 European Force . 
 I^ative Force 
 
 200 
 124 
 
 324 
 
 123 
 123 
 
 5,144 
 6,530 
 
 5,344 
 
 5,777 
 
 Pioneers, Tiascars . 
 
 10,674 
 
 11,121 
 839 
 
 Grand Total 
 
 11,960 
 
 Of this number, however, about twelve hundred were 
 sick at Malacca and about fifteen hundred on landing in 
 Java. 
 
 The advance under Colonel Gillespie proceeded first, of
 
 328 JAVA 
 
 course, ashore, and immediately moved forward to gain 
 possession of the road to Meester Cornehs. 
 
 The brigades of the Hne landed next and moved for the 
 road to Batavia. 
 
 The landing was excellent and without mishap, the horse 
 artillery, the horses of the cavalry, and the bullocks for the 
 heavy guns being landed immediately after the troops were 
 ashore. 
 
 The enemy disappeared. 
 
 General Wetherall marched along the canal to the Anjol 
 river, and then on to the Batavia road. 
 
 The labours of the first few days were excessive, and man}'' 
 died of sunstroke, for every man who did not carry a 
 musket had to carry a load, and all were on the march. 
 
 Tandjong Priok/ a small fishing village, was occupied. 
 The Anjol river was crossed in single file by a bridge of boats, 
 rapidly constructed at 10 o'clock at night by Captain Sayer, 
 of the Leda, and Captains Eeynolds and Mansell, of the 
 Hesper and Procris, At dawn the next day (the 8th August) 
 the troops were one mile from Batavia, and Captains Tylden 
 and Dickson, A.D.C. to the Commander-in-Chief, rode 
 forward with an escort and summoned the town, returning 
 with the mayor, Hillobrink, who was deputed on behalf of 
 the civihans to beg the protection of the English. 
 
 All the private houses and business houses of Batavia 
 were deserted, as all the respectable people had been com- 
 pelled by Governor-General Janssens to retire into the 
 interior, so that as little inteUigence or assistance were 
 given to the enemy as possible. 
 
 Two companies of the 59th Kegiment under Captain 
 Watts, and accompanied by the brigade-major. Captain 
 Thorn, now advanced into the town, upon which the enemy's 
 scouts galloped off to Weltervreden.^ 
 
 1 The harbour had not yet been constructed. 
 
 2 The Malays were found busy removing the contents of the stores, and 
 the streets were strewed with sugar and coffee.
 
 BRITISH EXPEDITION TO JAVA, 1811 329 
 
 Occupation of the Town House. — The Town House (called 
 Stadt Huis) was now occupied ; the adjutant-general, 
 galloping up, read a proclamation to the few inhabitants 
 left, and the British flag was hoisted. The fleet in the 
 roads now fired a royal salute. 
 
 Colonel Gillespie, with nearly the entire advance, arrived 
 in the evening, and drew up in the square in front of the 
 Town House and dismissed his troops to their various 
 quarters round about. 
 
 Captain Eobison, A.D.C. to Lord Minto, carried a sum- 
 mons to Governor-General Janssens at 10 p.m. to surrender 
 the island, but received a reply from him that as a French 
 officer he could not comply with the request. The last part 
 of Captain Robison's journey was done blindfold and 
 through the French lines ; he said the bustle was great, and 
 the artillery w^as being shifted. French officers were hanging 
 about everywhere. 
 
 Fight at Glodok. — At 11 o'clock at night the troops in the 
 Town House square lay down to sleep, but had hardly done 
 so when the picquet at the bridge over the river on the way 
 to Weltervreden^ was fired upon. Captain Trench, of the 
 89th Regiment, in command of the picquet, fortunately, 
 however, raised the drawbridge in time and thus prevented 
 the enemy crossing. Colonel Gillespie, hearing the con- 
 tinued fire, rode out at the head of a party and charged the 
 enemy in the flank, which had the desired effect of driving 
 them away. 
 
 It appeared afterwards that the enemy did not learn until 
 too late, and after several of this advance party of theirs had 
 been killed, that Colonel Gillespie had already arrived at 
 the Town House. They had also fully expected they would 
 meet with no opposition, as the Chinese and other inhabitants 
 (in conformity no doubt to instructions) pressed a potent 
 but deleterious liquor on the soldiers when asked for water, 
 
 1 This is what is now known as the " Glodok " Plain.
 
 1J30 JAVA 
 
 which the enemy anticipated would have the effect of making 
 them ah incapable. 
 
 Colonel Gillespie's decisive orders counteracted all this. 
 
 The troops remained under arms the whole of the first 
 night in front of the Town House, and next day were joined 
 by the horse artillery and a troop of dragoons. 
 
 In the Castle and the arsenals at the wharf, near the 
 proper landing-place,^ a number of guns, mostly brass, and 
 a great quantity of naval and military stores were found. 
 
 The following night the town, with every soul in it, was 
 nearly destroyed by a Malay, who was discovered with a 
 firebrand in the act of firing a magazine containing gun- 
 powder. The incendiary was at once hanged. 
 
 By the 10th August, a bridge over the Anjol river was 
 ready and the heavy guns were taken over. 
 
 Battle of Welter vreden. — Colonel Gillespie now prepared to 
 advance with one thousand European and four hundred and 
 fifty native (Sepoy) troops, moving quietly along the main 
 road to Weltervreden, passing Molenvleet at just after four 
 in the morning. 
 
 A little before leaving the headquarters, which were kept 
 by a Frenchman who had previously been a servant of 
 General Daendels, Colonel Gillespie and his staff drank their 
 €offee ; but this had been poisoned with some villainous 
 drug, the result of which was that they were all seized with 
 most violent pains and vomitings. The Frenchman was at 
 once taken and a large cup of this mixture was forced down 
 his throat by the British soldiers, producing a very powerful 
 effect on him. He afterwards escaped to America, and no 
 further thought was given to the man. 
 
 When the troops arrived near the Koningsplein they were 
 met by the enemy, who were in five times their number. 
 The action lasted two hours, the British troops burning all 
 the villages and clearing the Koningsplein at the point of 
 
 1 That is the old boom, or wharf.
 
 BRITISH EXPEDITION TO JAVA, 1811 331 
 
 the bayonet. The European houses all around were 
 described as being very superb buildings. They were 
 deserted, but the troops left them unscathed. 
 
 The enemy lost all their guns and a large number of 
 killed and wounded, besides prisoners, both Europeans and 
 natives, amongst whom were many French officers of dis- 
 tinction. General Jumel and Brigadier Lutzow bolted when 
 it was getting too hot. The British cavalry, with Colonel 
 Gillespie at the head, drove the fugitive army as far as the 
 fort at Meester Cornelis, only drawing rein when a shower 
 of grape and round shot poured over their heads from the 
 batteries. Before the guns could be depressed, however, 
 the cavalry were again out of sight to the last man. 
 
 The arsenals at Weltervreden were now taken and found 
 to contain more than three hundred pieces of ordnance and 
 a quantity of military stores, abandoned in haste by the 
 French when they heard of the approach of the English. 
 
 The advanced posts were next seized and the French 
 driven out of their redoubts with a loss of five hundred men 
 and four horse artillery guns. 
 
 Weltervreden was now completely in the power of the 
 British, and the enemy were shut up in their forts on the 
 Meester Cornelis road. 
 
 Copy of Colonel Gillespie's official Report to Colonel 
 Agnew, Adjutant-General : — 
 
 " Weltervreeden, 11th August, 1811. 
 " Sir, — I have the honour to report to you for the information 
 of H.E, the Commander-in-Chief that in conformity with H.E.'s 
 permission I moved with the advance from Batavia yesterday 
 morning at 4 a.m. with the following corps : — 
 
 Horse Ai'tillery (four guns). Captain Noble. 
 
 Troops of the 22nd Dragoons, Captain Chadwick. 
 
 Right flank battalion, Major Miller. 
 
 Left flank battalion, Major Fraser. 
 
 Detachment of the 89th Regiment, Major Butler. 
 
 Governor-Generars bodyguard. Captain Gall.
 
 332 JAVA 
 
 Detachment of the 22nd Dragoons (dismounted), Lieutenant 
 
 Dudley. 
 Detachment of the Bengal Light Infantry, Captain Leys. 
 Madras Pioneers, Major Smith Wayte. 
 
 " After passing through the cantonment of Weltervreden in two 
 columns, I found the enemy strongly posted beyond it in a 
 difficult country, having a battery of guns on the road to Cornehs 
 behind an abbatis. 
 
 " The action commenced soon after day dawned. From the 
 disposition made for the advance we succeeded in attacking the 
 enemy in front and both flanks, which enabled us to force their 
 position, and this appears from what we afterwards saw of the 
 ground, and the very great strength of the post they occupied, 
 to have presented a greater effusion of blood on our side. 
 
 " After an action of full two hours we pursued the enemy 
 under their works of Cornehs, and when on the point of advancing 
 the cavalry to attack, a very heavy fire opened from the batteries, 
 which obhged me to recall them under the shelter of the wood. 
 
 " His Excellency had the opportunity of witnessing a part of this 
 business, it is unnecessary therefore to enter into a further detail. 
 
 " The enemy's guns were taken at the point of the bayonet, 
 after a defence of the most determined and obstinate nature. 
 It is reported that the greater part of the European force of 
 Marshall Janssens were at that spot ; and from the number of 
 European officers killed and taken we have every reason to suppose 
 that it was so. 
 
 " In appreciating the heroic conduct of the troops in this 
 sharp service I can hardly find words to express myself. The 
 fatigue they have suffered since they came on shore, and the 
 almost impassable country through which they had to penetrate 
 and push the enemy, will, I hope, be considered by H.E. the 
 Commander-in-Chief as it deserves. 
 
 " Of the conduct of the officers commanding different corps 
 and companies I have to express my admiration, particularly 
 Major Eraser, and the left column under his command, who bore 
 the severest part of the action. In the capture of the guns, 
 Major Butler and Captain French, 89th Foot, Captain Forbes, 
 78th, and the officers and men comprising these corps, I have 
 particularly to mention. 
 
 " Captain Lindsay, commanding the light company of the 
 69th Regiment, Captain Cameron, commanding the rifle company
 
 BRITISH EXPEDITION TO JAVA, 1811 333 
 
 of the 78th Regiment, Captains Oakes, Nunn, Rose, and Ramsay, 
 which last was severely womided, and Lieutenant Young, 89th 
 Regiment, in fact all the officers and men of this column fought 
 like British soldiers ; and their gallant commander, Major Butler, 
 ably seconded by Captain French, deserves my warmest acknow- 
 ledgments, as does Captain Forbes of the 78th Regiment, for the 
 same gallantry. 
 
 " I cannot say too much of Captain Noble and the officers and 
 men under his command who so gallantly fought the two guns 
 that drew a most terrible fire from the enemy : indeed, the zeal 
 and abihty displayed by Captain Noble throughout the service 
 demand my particular commendation. 
 
 " I must also express my acknowledgments to Major Miller, 
 commanding the right column, to Captain Stanus, of the 14th 
 Light Infantry Company, Captain Watts, of the 59th Regiment, 
 Lieutenant Cochlan, commanding the rifle company of the 
 14th Regiment, and Lieutenant McPherson, commanding the 
 rifle company of the 59th Regiment, and the officers and men of 
 the different corps, as that column contributed much to the 
 success of the day by turning the enemy's left flank. I have 
 also to thank Captain Leys, officers, and men of the Bengal 
 Light Infantry Battahon, and Captain Evans and Captain 
 McPherson, the officers and grenadiers under their command of 
 the 5th and 6th Bengal volunteer battahons attached to the 
 flank battahons ; Captain Leys commanded the detachment of 
 Bengal hght infantry, in the absence of Captain Fraser, and Major 
 Dalton, whom I found it necessary to leave in command of Batavia. 
 
 " I have also to thank Captain Gall of the bodyguard. 
 Lieutenant Dudley of the dismounted dragoons, 22nd Regiment, 
 and Captains Smith Wayte and McCraith of the Madras Pioneers 
 for their support during the affair. 
 
 " To Captain Taylor of H.M.'s 24th Dragoons, military secretary 
 to the Governor -General, I have to return thanks for his indefatig- 
 able assistance during the whole affair, and his very zealous 
 exertions during the vvhole time since we landed, as also to 
 Captains Dickson and Blakiston, H.E.'s A.D.C, from whom I 
 experienced every assistance, and whose conduct has been most 
 gallant. 
 
 " Captain Mears of the 17th Madras native infantry, who 
 volunteered with me on this service, Lieutenant Hanson of the 
 Quartermaster -General's department, and Lieutenant Taylor,
 
 334 
 
 JAVA 
 
 25th Dragoons, who have been attached to me since the commence- 
 ment of the service, I have to thank for their gallantry, activity 
 and persevering conduct. 
 
 " To Captain Thorn, of H.M. 25th Dragoons, my brigade 
 major, who I can venture to say has hardly slept since we landed, 
 it is difificult to express my value of his services ; they are great, 
 but I am sorry to say he has met with two contusions. 
 
 " I should not thus have entered into a detail of the individual 
 services of so many officers, had I not ocular demonstration of 
 their fully deserving notice, and should feel myself remiss were 
 I to remain silent. 
 
 " I have the honour to be 
 (Signed) " R. R. Gillespie, Colonel. 
 
 " P.S. — Subjoined is a Hst of killed and womided." 
 
 Return of Killed and Wounded of the advance commanded 
 by Colonel R. R. Gillespie, in the action of the 10th August, 1811, 
 near Weltervreden : — 
 
 
 
 KiUed. 
 
 Wounded. 
 
 
 Horses. 
 
 
 a 
 'S 
 
 p. 
 a 
 O 
 
 3 
 
 
 1 
 
 GO 
 
 
 "3 
 1 
 
 c 
 p. 
 
 6 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 a 
 a 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 s 
 H 
 
 1 
 
 & 
 GO 
 
 _ 
 
 2 
 2 
 
 a 
 '£ 
 "O 
 
 B 
 
 1 
 
 4 
 
 3 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 3 
 33 
 
 1 
 E-i 
 
 I 
 
 4 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 16 
 
 3 
 38 
 
 ■a 
 c 
 
 C3 
 
 a 
 
 i 
 
 bZ 
 
 p 
 
 i 
 1 
 
 5 
 
 o 
 
 St 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 5 
 
 4 
 3 
 
 3 
 24 
 
 4 
 
 47 
 
 •a 
 
 _ 
 
 1 
 2 
 
 i 
 
 •a 
 1 
 
 2 
 2 
 
 c 
 
 i 
 
 1 
 
 Brigade 
 Horse A 
 Detachi 
 Bodygu 
 
 Right 
 
 Flank 
 
 Batta- ' 
 
 lion 
 
 Left 
 Flank 
 Batta- " 
 
 lion 
 
 Detachi 
 
 Detachi 
 
 fantr 
 
 Staff 
 
 irtillery . 
 
 nent 22nd Dragoons . 
 ard 
 
 ' Detachment 14th 
 Regt. . 
 Detachment 59th 
 
 Regt. . 
 Grenadier Company 
 , 5th V. Bat. 
 ' Light Infantry Com- 
 pany 69th Regt. . 
 Detachment 78th 
 
 Regt. . . 
 Grenadier Company 
 6th V. Bat. 
 nent H.M. 89th Regt. 
 nent Bengal Light Li- 
 7 Bat. 
 
 - 
 
 1 
 
 
 - 
 
 7 
 9 
 
 8 
 9 
 
 1 
 
 4 
 
 2 
 
 
 
 - 
 
 1 
 
 - 
 
 - 
 
 16 
 
 17 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 14 
 
 62 
 
 73 
 
 1 
 
 91 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 - 
 
 7
 
 BRITISH EXPEDITION TO JAVA, 1811 335 
 
 Officers' Names. 
 
 Killed. — Lieutenant Munro, H.M. 78th Regiment. 
 
 Wounded. — Captain Thorn, 25th Dragoons, Brigade Major to 
 advance ; Lieutenant and Adjutant DriflEield, Horse Artillery, 
 died of his wounds ; Ensign Nickison, 14th Regiment ; Captaiji 
 Cameron, 78th Regiment ; Captain Ramsay, 89th Regiment, 
 severely ; Lieutenant French, 89th Regiment ; Lieutenant and 
 Adjutant Young, 89th Regiment ; Lieutenant Robinson, 69th 
 Regiment, 
 
 On the side of the enemy (killed or wounded). 
 
 One general officer ; one brigadier ; several field officers ; 
 several subalterns. 
 
 Bomhardment and Battle of Meester Cornells, 26^/i August, 
 1811. — Preparations were now set on foot for driving the 
 enemy out of their stronghold of Cornelis, defended by a 
 number of redoubts and batteries, the circumference of the 
 fortified lines being nearly five miles, and defended by two 
 hundred and eighty cannon. 
 
 Here the whole French force was concentrated under the 
 command of General Janssens, Governor-General, and 
 General Jumel, senior military officer. The force had been 
 augmented by a lot of French troops just arrived from 
 France. 
 
 After long consideration, the Commander-in-Chief decided, 
 on account of the season being too far advanced to admit of 
 regular approaches, to carry the forts of Cornelis by assault, 
 and for two days an incessant heavy fire from twenty 
 eighteen-pounders and eight mortars and howitzers was 
 kept up. The execution was great, and soon the nearest 
 batteries were silenced. 
 
 Meanwhile there had been two severe skirmishes, in the 
 neighbourhood of Meester Cornehs, on the 22nd and 24th 
 August. 
 
 On the first day, when the English were much exposed in
 
 S36 JAVA 
 
 carrying cartridges to the batteries, they lost in killed and 
 wounded : European soldiers, 67 ; native soldiers, 29. 
 
 Lieutenant-Colonel Clarges, of the 69th Regiment, had 
 advanced against the enemy from the lines at Struiswyck,^ 
 supported by Colonel Gibb's brigade, which foiled the enemy 
 in their attempt to render the new batteries untenable. As, 
 however, is seen above, the tremendous fire from their 
 redoubts had its effect. The work in the batteries was 
 assisted by Captain Sayer, of H.M.S. Leda, coming up at a 
 critical moment with five hundred bluejackets.^ 
 
 On the 24th August the enemy's batteries, after a day's 
 silence, in which they had been repairing the damage done 
 to the old forts and rapidly constructing new ones, opened 
 with renewed spirit ; but although the enemy was superior 
 to the English in the number of guns it was clearly proved 
 they were inferior in their handling.^ 
 
 By now Sir Samuel Auchmuty had gained a complete 
 knowledge of the position he was going to attack through 
 the help of an intelligent sergeant, and keeping his plans 
 secret so that the enemy could gain no knowledge of them, 
 he gave instructions for the assault to take place on the 
 26th August. This is the memorable day on which all the 
 native inhabitants from one end of the island to the other 
 learnt that the British had stormed the formidable lines of 
 
 1 Later called Nordwyck. 
 
 2 List showing officers killed and wounded on the 22nd August, 1811 : — 
 Captain Stopford, R.N., lost Ms arm ; Lieutenant Farnaby, Bengal 
 
 Artillery, killed ; Lieutenant Munro. Madras Horse Artillery, lost his arm ; 
 Lieutenant Colebrook, Royal Artillery, wounded ; Lieutenant Shephard, 
 Madras Pioneers, killed ; Lieutenant-Colonel Clarges, 69tli Regiment, 
 mortally wounded ; Ensign McLeod, Madras Pioneers, mortally wounded ; 
 Lieutenant Mitchell, 69th Foot, wounded ; Captain Shaw, 6th Battalion 
 N. I. Bengal, wounded (since dead) ; Ensign Pringle, 6th Battalion N. I. 
 Bengal, wounded (since dead). 
 
 3 List of casualties which occurred on the 24th August, 1811 : — 
 Lieutenant Paston, Royal Artillery, killed ; Captain Richards, Royal 
 
 Artillery, wounded ; Captain Smith, Engineers, wounded ; Ensign Sim, 
 Madras Engineers, wounded.
 
 BRITISH EXPEDITION TO JAVA, 1811 337 
 
 Meester Cornelis, defended by the French and Dutch com- 
 bined, in their eyes a wonderful feat. 
 
 The following distribution of the artillery and seamen was 
 ordered for the service of the several batteries, under the 
 superintendence of Lieutenant-Colonel Caldwell, Bengal 
 Artillery : — 
 
 Captain Napier, Royal Artillery, Commanding the Batteries. 
 No. I. No. III. 
 
 Twelve Iron eighteen -pounder 
 
 Battery. 
 Captain Richards. 
 Captain Dundas. 
 Lieutenant Colebrook. 
 Lieutenant Ralfe. 
 Bengal Artillery, 36 men. 
 Royal Artillery, 36 men. 
 Seamen, 96 men. 
 Madras Lascars, 18 men. 
 Bengal Lascars, 18 men. 
 
 No. II. 
 
 Eight Iron Eighteen -pounder 
 
 Battery. 
 Captain Smith, commanding. 
 Lieutenant Munro, Madras 
 
 Artillery. 
 Lieutenant Farrington. 
 Royal Artillery, 18 men. 
 Bengal Artillery, 30 men. 
 Seamen, 64 men. 
 Madras Lascars, 12 men. 
 Bengal Lascars, 12 men. 
 
 Eight -inch Howitzer Battery. 
 Captain Faithful, commanding. 
 Lieutenant Scott. 
 Bengal Artillery, 18 men. 
 Seamen, 18 men. 
 Bengal Lascars, 12 men. 
 
 No. IV. 
 
 Eight -inch Mortar Battery. 
 Captain Byers, commanding. 
 Lieutenant Paston. 
 Royal Artillery, 19 men. 
 Seamen, 24 men. 
 Madras Lascars, 16 men. 
 
 No. V. 
 
 Two Howitzer Batteries in the 
 Rear of the Right-hand Bat- 
 tery to Fire across the River. 
 
 Lieutenant Harris, command- 
 ing. 
 
 Bengal Golandanze, 12 men. 
 
 Seamen, 20 men. 
 
 Total men to work the guns, 
 479. 
 
 Advance column in the following order : — Sharp Shooters, 
 14th Regiment, Lieutenant Coghlan. Pioneers Madras, Captain 
 Smith wayte. Grenadier company, 78th Regiment, Captain 
 McLeod. 
 
 Eight Flank Battalion (Major J^Iiller), consisting of Light 
 Company, 14th Regiment, Captain Stanus. Light Company, 
 J. — VOL. I. Z
 
 338 JAVA 
 
 59th Regiment, Captain Bowen. Grenadier Company, 5th 
 Volunteer Battahon, Captain Evans. Rifle Company, 59th Regi- 
 ment, Lieutenant McPherson. 
 
 Left Flank Battalion (Captain Forbes, 78th Regiment), con- 
 sisting of Light Company, 69th Regiment, Captain Lindsay. 
 Light Company, 78th Regiment. Grenadier Company, 6th 
 Volunteer Battalion, Captain McPherson. Rifle Company, 78th 
 Regiment, Captain Cameron. Detachment, 89th Regiment, five 
 companies, Major Butler. Royal Marines, Captain Bunce. 
 Dismounted Dragoons, 22nd Regiment, Lieutenant Dudley. 
 Governor -General's bodyguard dismounted, Captain Gall. 
 Detachment of Volunteers Light infantry Battahon, Captain 
 Frazer. Detachment of 4th Volunteer Battahon, Major 
 Grant. 
 
 Colonel Gibhs' Column, consisting of Grenadier Company, 
 14th Regiment, Captain Kennedy. Grenadier Company, 59th 
 Regiment, Captain Olphert. Grenadier Company, 69th Regiment, 
 Captain Ross. His Majesty's 1st Battahon 59th Regiment, 
 Lieutenant-Colonel A. McLeod. Detachment of Volunteers Light 
 Infantry Battahon, Major Dalton. Detachment 4th Volunteer 
 Battalion. 
 
 Fight at Pegansaan. — The troops, under Colonel Gillespie, 
 moved off soon after midnight on the 26th, and after groping 
 in the dark across cocoanut plantations, sometimes in single 
 file led by Captain Dickson, A.D.C., who had gone over part 
 of the ground in daylight, the column came out of a wood 
 quite close to the enemy's first works near the Cornelis 
 bridge by Pegansaan. Colonel Gillespie now had to wait in 
 awful suspense, within sight of the enemy, for the rear, 
 under Colonel Gibbs, to come up. 
 
 The day was fast approaching, and a retrograde move- 
 ment was impossible ; the honour and credit of a whole 
 army was at stake ; thousands of lives depended on the 
 success or failure of this battle. Gillespie therefore decided 
 to attack, trusting that Gibbs, whose gallantry and ardour 
 he knew he could rely on, would arrive in time. 
 
 The English therefore pressed forward in order to secure
 
 i- .' 
 
 fe 
 
 
 \-;
 
 BRITISH EXPEDITION TO JAVA, 1811 339 
 
 the redoubt directly facing the bridge, and defended by 
 four horse artillery gims and enfiladed by others. After a 
 short struggle they captured it. Gillespie now turned to 
 the left and attacked a second redoubt ; here the English 
 were met with an overwhelming fire, both musketry 
 and grape. It was taken, however, at the point of the 
 bayonet. 
 
 These two captured redoubts mounted each twenty 
 eighteen-pounders and several twenty-four-pounders and 
 thirty-two pounders, while the ditches swarmed with 
 musketmen. 
 
 Gibbs now came on the field at the head of the 14th, 59th, 
 and 69th Eegiments, and was directed by Gillespie to take 
 another redoubt, w^hich he did under the same circumstances 
 and in the same manner as the former had been taken. A 
 dreadful explosion took place in this redoubt when the 
 powder magazine and a number of shells and rockets blew 
 up, killing two French captains, Muller and Osman, who 
 are said to have fired it. A heavy loss of hfe followed, one 
 thousand at least being buried in the works, mangled bodies 
 and scattered limbs strewing the ground in a horrible 
 manner. 
 
 The French brigadier Jauffret was taken prisoner here 
 by Gillespie in person. 
 
 All the batteries were stormed and taken in succession, 
 and Lieutenant-Colonel Alexander McLeod now coming up 
 with his regiment, an attack was directed on the enemy's 
 park of artillery and their reserve. 
 
 The enemy's cavalry then prepared to charge, and the 
 59th Regiment opened fii'e on them. 
 
 The attack was now carried forward briskly on all sides, 
 under showers of grape and a sharp musketry fire. Major 
 Yule was now with his flying column at Kampong Melayo, 
 while McLeod, of the 69th Regiment, made an assault on 
 redoubt No. 1. 
 
 z 2
 
 340 JAVA 
 
 The remainder of the army, with the Commander-in-Chief 
 at its head and Major Wetherall and Colonel Wood command- 
 ing the reserves and Colonel x\dams with the left brigade of 
 the hne, now threatened the enemy's front, where the 
 highest artillery was drawn up. Captain Sayer, with his 
 body of bluejackets armed with pikes, joined the main 
 body ; and they were soon all mounted at the expense of 
 French officers, and obtained the title of " H.M. Marine 
 Light Dragoons." 
 
 The enemy deceived, and thinking a frontal attack was 
 intended, moved their artillery to this point. On receipt 
 of this news Gillespie ordered a general advance and final 
 assault. 
 
 Colonel Gillespie was now overcome with fatigue, suffering 
 as he was from a low fever, which was increased by a 
 contusion on the head, and he fainted, after his last instruc- 
 tion, in the arms of Captains Dickson and Thorn. 
 
 Eecovering, however, he heard the main attack was 
 successml, and the enemy, discovering parties rushing in 
 from all sides, began to flee. The cavalry was now ordered 
 up, and Gillespie, placing himself at the head, led the 
 pursuit. 
 
 Lord Minto and Baffles now came on to the field to inquire 
 after the wounded and to see the hospital. The Com- 
 mander-in-Chief, Sir Samuel Auchmuty, hearing this, rode 
 up to meet them, reporting his triumph with a radiant 
 countenance. 
 
 The enemy was followed up for ten miles, and although 
 they tried now and again to rally, a detachment of horse 
 artillery which followed the dragoons dislodged them and 
 the cavalry then cut them down. 
 
 At Kampong Macassar a stand was made behind broken- 
 down carts and thick hedges, supported by four horse 
 artillery guns, which were all they had saved from the wreck 
 of their army ; but the cavalry cut through everything,
 
 BRITISH EXPEDITION TO JAVA, 1811 341 
 
 fearing neither grape nor musketry. The enemy now 
 dispersed. 
 
 Arms, caps, accoutrements, and pouches were flung away 
 and marked their course. Six thousand prisoners were 
 taken, and only a handful of men reached the newly-erected 
 batteries at Buitenzorg, so that there was no one to man 
 them. 
 
 Two French generals were taken ; General Jurnelle 
 remained in a bog up to his chin for hours and escaped in 
 the dark. Two of General Janssens's A.D.C.'s, the chief of 
 engineers, the French commissary-general, all the heads of 
 departments, five colonels, four majors, twenty-one lieu- 
 tenant-colonels, seventy captains, one hundred and thirty- 
 four lieutenants, seven Amboynese lieutenants, three native 
 lieutenants, five sub-adjutants, and one cadet were taken 
 prisoners. 
 
 Two hundred and eight cannon and several stands of 
 colours were also captured. 
 
 The whole of the French and Dutch army was either 
 taken or destroyed, amounting to more than thirteen 
 thousand regular and well-disciplined troops. 
 
 Only a very small party on horse under Major Le Blanc 
 managed to get off with General Janssens. 
 
 There scarcely ever was such a thorough rout. 
 
 The loss on the English side was also severe ; there were 
 more than five hundred men killed and wounded, among 
 whom were forty-eight officers. 
 
 The humanity of the English to their wounded prisoners 
 on that day was admirable. No distinction of colour was 
 made. English, Dutch, or Malay were carried to hospital. 
 The Malays and other natives were all in amazement, having 
 been made to believe that the English were savages, who 
 treated their prisoners with unheard-of barbarities. 
 
 When the disaster to the French army was learnt two 
 French frigates which were blockaded in Sourabaya Harbour
 
 342 JAVA 
 
 (La Nymphe and La Medusa), under the command of Com- 
 modore Reval) succeeded in escaping the British cruisers. 
 In these ships several officers, aides-de-camp to General 
 Janssens, with Dibbatz, chef de battalion, Major Godders, 
 Larienty, auditor to the Council of State, and Monsieur 
 Panat went as passengers, carrying home to France the 
 account of the defeat. 
 
 When Sir Samuel Auchmuty discovered the flight of 
 Janssens to the east he immediately dispatched a small 
 force to Cheribon, in order to cut off the communications. 
 A squadron of frigates commanded by Captain Beaver, of 
 H.M.S. Nisus, and a battalion of Sepoys under Colonel 
 Wood were employed on this service. The frigates left 
 Batavia on the 31st August, and when they appeared off 
 Cheribon the fort surrendered. General Janssens had 
 passed, however, two days previously, but General Jumel 
 arrived shortly after, and, not knowing Cheribon was now 
 in the hands of the Enghsh, walked into their hands. It 
 appears that when he arrived at Buitenzorg he assumed 
 command of the Malays, but they mutinied and murdered 
 an officer, which caused him to leave them in haste and 
 follow Janssens. 
 
 The fort of Tegal surrendered now to Captain Hillyar, of 
 H.M.S. Phoehe, H.M.S. Sir Francis Drake, Captain Harris, 
 and H.M.S. Phaeton, Captain Fleetwood. Pellew, with 
 marines and a part of the 14th Regiment, captured the fort 
 of Sumenap, Madura. An attempt was made by the natives, 
 under Dutchmen, to recapture the place, but it was un- 
 successful. 
 
 Sir Samuel Auchmuty with a force left Batavia on the 
 5th September to capture Janssens, who he supposed had 
 fled to Sourabaya ; calling at Cheribon on the way he inter- 
 cepted letters to Janssens and found he was at Samarang. 
 The fleet under Commodore Broughton was now ordered to 
 that place.
 
 a a. *i; 
 
 >^^^^^^ 
 
 C^-^;.'
 
 BRITISH EXPEDITION TO JAVA, 1811 343 
 
 On his arrival at Samarang, Sir Samuel sent Janssens the 
 following dispatch : — 
 
 ** General Sir Samuel Auchmuty, and Rear -Admiral Stopford to 
 General Janssens. 
 " Samarang Roads, the 10th September, 1811. 
 
 " Sir, — After the proposals made to your Excellency at Buiten- 
 zorg,^ we might be excused again offering you favourable terms 
 of surrender. But your Excellency was not then perhaps aware 
 that the whole of your efficient force was killed, taken, or dispersed 
 in the action of the 26th. 
 
 " You had not perhaps reflected on the miseries to which the 
 European inhabitants of the colony must be exposed from a 
 protracted warfare. 
 
 " You must be now sensible that the colony is lost to France, 
 and though by intriguing with native Powers its possession may 
 be rendered for some time inquiet, the unfortimate colonists 
 alone will be the sufferers. 
 
 " Enough, Sir, has been sacrificed to reputation ; think now 
 of the interests of those placed under your protection. 
 
 " By submitting to a destiny that cannot be avoided, you 
 immediately arrest the hand of the armed ruffian that now riots 
 in the blood of the colonists. 
 
 " The British troops will then be employed in the grateful 
 office of giving them protection. But if. Sir, you continue deaf 
 to the cries of a distressed people, if blood must necessarily be 
 shed, if the natives must be let loose to plunder and massacre 
 the European inhabitants of Java, we shall hold you, Sir, and 
 those who continue to support you, as answerable for the conse- 
 quences. 
 
 " It is our earnest intention to prevent these horrors. 
 
 " Your perseverance in a hopeless cause will counteract our 
 efforts. 
 
 " We have directed Captain Agnew, of the Army, and the 
 Hon. Captain Elhott, of the Navy, to wait on you with this 
 letter, and we beg to refer you to them for particulars. 
 
 " We have the honour to be etc., etc. 
 
 " S. AucHivnjTY. 
 " P. Stopford." 
 
 • The Commander-in-Chief asked his surrender, but he declined.
 
 344 JAVA 
 
 Answer. 
 (Translation). 
 
 " Samarang, the 10th September, 1811. 
 " The Governor -General to his Excellency Lieutenant -General 
 Sir Samuel Auchmuty, Commander-in-Chief of the Army, 
 and Rear-Admiral Stopford, Commander-in-Chief of His 
 Britannic Majesty's Naval Forces. 
 
 " Generals, — Colonel Agnew and the Honourable Captain 
 ElUott have delivered to me the letter your Excellencies did me 
 the honour to address to me. 
 
 " Notwithstanding the losses of the 26th of last month, there 
 yet remain resources in the colony. The faithful vassals of the 
 Government have the same cause to defend with ourselves, and 
 I owe to them the same protection as to the Europeans, the 
 direct subjects of His Majesty the Emperor and King. I am not 
 insensible to the evils which the colony suffers, but it is not I 
 that am the cause of their sufferings. 
 
 " I have the highest opinion of the personal qualities of your 
 Excellencies, not to be persuaded that in the same manner that 
 you combat those who carry arms you will protect the peace- 
 able colonists and natives who inhabit the territory occupied 
 by the troops of His Britannic Majesty and prevent those 
 horrors, which are not the necessary consequences of a state 
 of war. 
 
 " I have the honour to be with perfect consideration, 
 
 " Janssens." 
 
 On the night of the 10th September, in view of the un- 
 satisfactory nature of Janssens's reply, Captain Maxwell, 
 of H.M.S. Procris, took charge of the armed boats ot the 
 squadron, which proceeded to the shore with a view to 
 cutting off six vessels lying close in and flying the French 
 flag. These were taken possession of, but the crews had 
 abandoned them already, so the guns were taken out to 
 render them useless. Another party of boats had sailed up 
 the river. 
 
 On the 12th September preparations were made to land, 
 owning to the formidable works which commanded the
 
 BRITISH EXPEDITION TO JAVA, 1811 345 
 
 landing having, it was ascertained, been dismantled. When 
 everything was ready it was found the town had been 
 evacuated, on which Colonel Gibbs took quiet possession of 
 it that same evening. 
 
 General Janssens had moved outside Samarang beyond 
 the Tjandi Hill, where a large land house stood, to 
 the top of the Djatingaleh (or Big Gombel) Hill. His 
 force of one battalion from Som-abaya had been joined 
 by fifteen hundred natives under one of the Surakerta 
 princes. 
 
 The British force, of twelve hundred firelocks and six 
 cannon, marched to attack Janssens at 2 a.m. on the 16th 
 September. The enemy was posted on lofty and rugged 
 hills on the high road to Solo, with thirty pieces of cannon 
 on platforms covering their front on a spit on the right of 
 the road, which had a valley in front twelve hundred yards 
 at least in breadth.^ 
 
 The Enghsh general sent a detachment with two guns to 
 occupy a hill on the left of the road which somewhat over- 
 looked the enemy, and the other four guns were brought to 
 throw shot at a great elevation across the valley into their 
 position. The infantry now prepared to cross the valley, 
 and, as soon as they had recovered their breath, rushed 
 across on the enemy, who fled, leaving their guns behind 
 them. 
 
 Colonel Gibbs now followed on the main road as fast as 
 he could, capturing some European officers and men. The 
 rest of the Dutch force (there were scarcely any French in 
 it), however, owing to its being mounted, escaped. 
 
 An advance was now made on Oenarang, after a good 
 rest at Serondol. 
 
 1 Some cannon are still lying there ; whether they are the same as used 
 on this occasion, however, is uncertain, and it appears more hkely that they 
 were cannon used in the Java war of 1825, although the natives say 
 otherwise.
 
 346 JAVA 
 
 Here there was a square fort, constructed in 1786, 
 on the main road to Solo, about twelve miles from Sama- 
 rang. It was one of those chain of forts the Dutch built 
 to keep open the way to the Javan sultans at Solo and 
 Djockjakarta. 
 
 A force had collected here, and on the British army of 
 English and Sepoj^s advancing the Dutch fired from the 
 fort the moment they were in sight. Seeing, however, that 
 the fort was being gradually surrounded, they evacuated it 
 and fled to the fort at Salatiga. This was General Janssens's 
 final effort, for, finding himself on his arrival at Salatiga 
 practically deserted, he sent the same night a request to the 
 British commander for a cessation of arms and an offer to 
 treat for capitulation/ The proposal was the more accept- 
 able as the British commander had no intention of proceed- 
 ing further for the time. 
 
 On the 19th September Gressie was occupied, and on the 
 22nd Sourabaya surrendered without opposition ; and this 
 ended the campaign. 
 
 A medal was struck, with a bar for each battle, in remem- 
 brance of this short but " brilliant passage of arms " for the 
 British army. 
 
 Sir Samuel Auchmuty now returned to India, appointing 
 Colonel Gillespie as Commander-in-Chief of the British army 
 of occupation in Java and its dependencies. 
 
 1 This was the second time Janssens had lost a colony to the English, the 
 first being the loss of the Cape of Good Hope to Sir David Baird.
 
 BRITISH EXPEDITION TO JAVA, 1811 347 
 
 NOTES TO CHAPTER VIII 
 
 Note I. 
 
 Seamen and Marines Killed and Wounded from the Uh August 
 to the 26th August, on shore. 
 
 
 Killed. 
 
 Wounded. 
 
 
 Seamen , 
 
 . 11 
 
 Officers 
 
 . 6 
 
 Marines 
 
 4 
 
 Seamen 
 
 . 29 
 
 
 — 
 
 Marines 
 
 . 20 
 
 %fa1 • 
 
 15 
 
 
 55 
 
 jTiOiL .^— 
 
 KiUed 
 
 . 15 
 
 
 
 Wounded . 
 
 . 55 
 
 
 
 Missing 
 
 . 3 
 
 
 
 Grand Total 
 
 . 73 
 
 
 Names of Officers wounded. 
 
 Captain Stopford, severely. Lieutenant Noble, H.M.S. Scipion, 
 slightly. John D. Worthy (master's mate), slightly. Robert 
 Dunlop (master's mate), slightly. Lieutenant Haswell, marines 
 (already mentioned). Lieutenant ElUott, Marines (already 
 mentioned). 
 
 • 
 Note II. 
 
 General Orders by the Commander-in-Chief. 
 
 " Headquarters, Weltervreeden, 19th August, 1811. 
 
 Parole. Madras. 
 
 *' The Commander-in-Chief having received the reports of the 
 officers commanding the several divisions employed in the late 
 attack of the enemy's assembled forces, performs a pleasing part 
 of his duty in expressing to the gallant army he has the honor 
 • to command, and to the officers and seamen of the Royal Navy and 
 battalion of Royal Marines, who by the kindness of the Hon. Rear- 
 Admiral Stopford were placed under his orders, his highest 
 approbation and admiration of the ardent zeal and irresistible 
 bravery which marked their conduct during the whole of the 
 recent operations, and particularly in the decisive assault by which 
 on the morning of the 26th inst. the strongly fortified position
 
 348 JAVA 
 
 of the enemy at Cornelis was carried, and their army completely 
 dispersed, their Commander-in-Chief with a few cavalry saving 
 himself by precipitate flight, while a large proportion of his 
 generals, staff officers, and troops were made prisoners in the 
 action and pursuit. 
 
 " Where ardent gallantry was universally displayed, both by 
 the European and native troops, the Commander-in-Chief can 
 only particularise those whose rank and situations of particular 
 trust, in the course of the attack, rendered their conduct pre- 
 eminent. 
 
 " To Colonel Gillespie, who commanded the principal attack, 
 and to Colonel Gibbs, who headed the second column under 
 that officer's orders, it is impossible to say too much, but the 
 Commander-in-Chief will confine himself to the public declara- 
 tion that those officers fully performed every service which 
 he had expected to derive from their well-known gallantry and 
 conduct, displayed throughout the attack that heroic spirit of 
 enterprise which proved them worthy to command the gallant 
 troops they led. 
 
 " To Major-General Wetherall the Commander-in-Chief offers 
 his cordial thanks for the great assistance he has constantly 
 derived from his zealous exertions, as well as on the last attack 
 on the enemy's position at Cornelis as on the various operations by 
 which it was preceded. 
 
 " The full success of the several attacks led by Colonel Wood, 
 of the Bengal Native Infantry, by Lieutenant-Colonel McLeod, of 
 H.M. 69th Regiment, who fell in conducting his column with 
 that distinguished gallantry which had ever marked his long 
 career of active mihtary service, and by Major Yule, of the 
 20th Regiment Bengal Native Infantry, attacks expected only to 
 distract and divide the attention of the enemy, is the best proof 
 of the ability and energy with which those officers conducted the 
 divisions entrusted to their direction. 
 
 " The prominent and meritorious exertions of Lieutenant- 
 Colonel Adams, H.M. 78th Regiment, commanding the Left 
 Brigade of the Line, of Lieutenant-Colonel Alexander McLeod, 
 of H.M. 59th Regiment, Lieutenant-Colonel Watson, of the 
 14th Regiment, Lieutenant-Colonel Campbell, of the 78th Regi- 
 ment, Major Miller, of the 14th commanding the Right Flank 
 Battahon, Major Butler, of His Majesty's 89th ; Major Grant, of 
 the 4th Bengal Volunteer Battalion, Major Dalton, Bengal Light
 
 THK KAXARIE LANK AT T.IILAT.IAP 
 
 THE UKSIDEN'T's HOUSE, PASUEROEAN.
 
 BRITISH EXPEDITION TO JAVA, 1811 349 
 
 Infantry Volunteer Battalion, Captain Forbes, of His Majesty's 
 78th Regiment, commanding the Left Flank Battalion, Captain 
 Fraser, commanding detachment Light Infantry Battalion, 
 Lieutenant Dudley, commanding dismounted party 22nd 
 Dragoons, and Captain Gall, the Governor-General's bodyguard, 
 have been reported to the Commander-in-Chief in terms of strong 
 applause, and the conduct of Major Travers, of His Majesty's 
 22nd Dragoons, and Captain Noble, of the Horse Artillery, with 
 the detachments under their command, in their eager and 
 animated pursuit and dispersion of the enemy when the roads 
 were cleared for their advance merits every commendation. 
 
 " The Commander-in-Chief thinks it proper to express his 
 satisfaction at the support he has received from all the officers of 
 the Staff, but he deems it particularly incumbent on him to mark 
 his full approbation of the active energy and gallantry of Captain 
 Dickson and Lieutenant Blackiston, his aides-de-camp, whom 
 he permitted to act with Colonel Gillespie on the morning of the 
 attack. 
 
 " Colonel Gillespie has also reported the conduct of Captain 
 Taylor, Captain Thorn, and the officers particularly attached to 
 his staff as highly meritorious. 
 
 " The Commander-in-Chief requests Captain Sayer, the senior 
 officer of the detachment, and all the officers and seamen of the 
 Royal Navy under his command, to accept his thanks for the 
 able and active assistance rendered by the naval detachment 
 from the moment of their disembarkation to join the army and 
 assist in the batteries. The eager exertions of the corps of seamen, 
 when permitted at their request to leave the batteries and join 
 in the pursuit of the enemy, gave the most satisfactory proof that 
 British sailors, though not acting on the element pecuharly their 
 own, are in every situation ready, able, and happy to oppose with 
 vigour and effect the enemies of their King and country. 
 
 " The Commander-in-Chief laments in common with the whole 
 army the many brave men who fell in the late arduous attack, 
 but it is ever a pleasing consolation to the sorrowing friends and 
 relatives of a gallant officer, when he meets that fate which 
 sooner or later is common to all men, in the execution of his 
 noblest duties — dies with honour, as these brave men whom 
 he now laments have done, gloriously supporting the cause of 
 their beloved Sovereign and their country. 
 
 " P. Agnew, Adjutant-General."
 
 CHAPTER IX 
 
 The British Occupation of Java and its Dependencies, 
 
 1811 TO 1816 
 
 Stamford Raffles appointed Lieutenant-Governor of Java. — 
 Lord Minto, now that the campaign was over, appointed 
 Thomas Stamford Raffles as Lieutenant-Governor, a post, 
 indeed, for which he was so fully qualified. 
 
 Lord Minto's dispatch to the Court of Directors upon the 
 capture of Java was quietly recorded — in fact so quietly 
 that little actual notice of it appears to have been taken by 
 them. It read as follows : — 
 
 " An Empire which for two centuries has contributed greatly 
 to the power, prosperity, and grandeur of one of the principal 
 and most respected States in Europe has been thus wrested from 
 the short usurpation of the French Government, added to the 
 dominion of the British Crown, and converted from a seat of 
 hostile machination and commercial competition into an augmen- 
 tation of British power and prosperity." 
 
 Raffles at once saw that his charge was of the most 
 extensive, arduous, and responsible nature, comprising 
 thirty residencies, with divisions under powerful and 
 autocratic chiefs desirous of throwing off the European 
 yoke, and with a population of nearly six millions. The 
 rule of the Dutch up to now, on no less authority than Lord 
 Minto's, had not been a good one, and all the grievous and 
 mischievous maxims of a narrow and somewhat harsh 
 policy had until the arrival of the English more or less 
 swayed every department of affairs. This system Raffles 
 declared to be a vicious one and against the interests of 
 Government and people, and one that must be ended.
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 351 
 
 The collection of the revenues was promptly taken in 
 hand by him as a matter needing immediate reorganisation. 
 
 The old method of " farming " to Chinese was not only 
 undesirable but the cause of a heavy loss to the exchequer. 
 The reform meant much preparation, both in making 
 regulations and providing instruments for the proper 
 collection. 
 
 Raffles then took up the question of paying duties on 
 exports and imports, appointing special customs authorities, 
 and an organised staff and service under the direct control 
 of higher authorities. Regular custom-houses were soon 
 established at Batavia, Samarang, and Sourabaya. 
 
 Gaming and cock-fighting, which had also been " farmed " 
 out, were aboHshed as injurious to the interests of the 
 colony. 
 
 Plans were formed for the suppression of piracy, which 
 was a regular scourge in the Archipelago. 
 
 Raffles was also determined to put an end to the slavery 
 which had existed for nearly three centuries, not because it 
 was particularly grievous to the slaves, whose servitude 
 was purely domestic or menial, but because it was un- 
 dignified for a great Power to allow such an institution 
 within her colonies, the principle involved being a monstrous 
 one. As a means towards attaining this object Government 
 ceased entirely to purchase slaves, and the importation by 
 private individuals or concerns was thereby immediately 
 checked. 
 
 Everything had Raffles' attention ; the large public 
 offices in the Waterloo Plain, Batavia, are really due to 
 him^ ; likewise the Harmonic Club, the improvements to 
 the large Governor-General's palace at Buitenzorg, and the 
 Resident's palace at Samarang. He took each department 
 in hand by tm'n and reorganised it in a thorough and highly 
 efficient manner ; for, as he and Lord Minto were in agree- 
 ^ They were conceived, however, by Marshal Daendels.
 
 852 JAVA 
 
 ment, although it was not yet certain whether the EngUsh 
 would remain in Java, still while they were there they 
 meant to do as much good as they could. 
 
 There is also no doubt that it was in great measure owing 
 to the five years the English spent in the island that the 
 present great system which rules the colony could be 
 brought into being. Up to the time Raffles arrived the 
 Government had not, as we know, been all that it should, 
 and many scandalous grievances had crept into officialdom. 
 Raffles cleansed all this with a strong hand, enabling the 
 Dutch on their return into possession to open a fresh book 
 and work on new principles, as in fact they did. 
 
 These faults of theirs were not exactly the faults of a 
 nation, but the faults of the times, their regeneration not 
 having kept pace with that of the English, whose broader 
 and more humane principles of government had developed 
 more quickly.^ 
 
 During Raffles' first six weeks as Lieutenant-Governor of 
 Java Lord Minto remained with him, to give his assistance 
 to his young protege. On every point these two master- 
 minds agreed and resolved that Java must be made an 
 English colony as quickly as possible, with EngUsh colonists, 
 Enghsh capital, and therefore an EngUsh interest. The 
 country was flourishing, but the field for improvement and 
 employment was inexhaustible. It was in point of fact not 
 only the other India, but with its dependencies the richest 
 empire in the world, Borneo and Sumatra from the sUght 
 scratches made on their surface proving that wealth inex- 
 haustible, to which that of Peru, Chile, and Mexico would be 
 as nothing, was procurable for the asking. The civil service 
 for the administration of the new possessions was also more 
 or less reorganised, Britishers receiving nearly aU the 
 principal posts, but the services of many Dutchmen, among 
 
 » Owing to the great quantity of prize property, chiefly cofiee, seized, 
 Eafflea appointed a prize court with Colonel Cohn Mackenzie as President.
 
 FORT JAPAKA, iHll. (HKITISH FLAG IS FLYING. 
 
 FOKT SALATIGA, iHll.
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 353 
 
 whom were such men as Muntinghe, Crausen, N. Engelhard, 
 James Du Puy, and several others, were retained by Raffles, 
 and they were given high posts. The staff when completed 
 was undoubtedly a good and strong one, which well assisted 
 Raffles in his great plans. 
 
 It must not, however, be forgotten that the tools, in the 
 shape of this valuable Dutch staff, were in the island on the 
 arrival of the Enghsh, and, although the end might have 
 eventually been the same, there can be no doubt that with- 
 out these capable Dutch officials the difficulties with which 
 Raffles was first faced would have been greatly magnified, 
 and in some cases have proved insurmountable. 
 
 We learn that Raffles at this time was buoyant in spirits 
 and firm in courage, and so judiciously had all these changes 
 been introduced that not a single individual, high or low, 
 felt aggrieved by them ; and the native population, chiefs, 
 subordinates, and people, with one accord hailed the new 
 order of things as a boon conferred upon them by British 
 philanthropy, and entered on the enjoyment of its advan- 
 tages with confidence and improving industry. 
 
 Raffles examined closely into the Department for the 
 Interior and found mistakes everywhere. He, however, set 
 to work himself from daylight until well into the night, and 
 drew up every detail and instruction, with all the courage 
 of a pure, honest, and ardent mind, and with that unwearied 
 assiduity which he displayed until the end of his administra- 
 tion when he retired from Java, more or less broken in health 
 and spirits. 
 
 His zeal and activity, his exertion and the fatigue he 
 underwent, were astonishing, and only later on was it 
 reahsed how much apphcation and attention he devoted to 
 his duties and to the welfare of the inhabitants. His Dutch 
 assistants who held high office were altogether unaccustomed 
 to witness such action of mind and body, and were unable to 
 keep pace with him. They held, however, the very deepest 
 
 J. — VOL. I. A A
 
 354 JAVA 
 
 respect and confidence in him, his mild, conciliatory, and 
 unassuming manners entirely captivating them ; and when 
 troubles arose with the Government in India and the Court 
 of Directors, in which Raffles' conduct was assailed, they 
 were the first to take up the pen vigorously in his defence. 
 
 Although Raffles left Ryswyck for Buitenzorg on Lord 
 Minto's departure, he came down every week to attend the 
 Council, which consisted of Gillespie (commander of the 
 forces), W. H. Muntinghe, Crausen, and Wardenar. At 
 Ryswyck he remained a day or two according to circum- 
 stances and dispensed hospitality with a liberal hand, being 
 most attentive to all the members of the former Government, 
 who were constant guests at his table. 
 
 As soon as he could. Raffles wrote from Buitenzorg to the 
 Court of Directors regarding the internal arrangements for 
 the government of Java as follows : — 
 
 " In this respect stand foremost the judicial and police arrange- 
 ments. Previous to the establishment of the British Govern- 
 ment in Java there was no distinction known between the police 
 and the judicial administration of justice. At Batavia, however, 
 there existed a Supreme Court of Judicature and a bench or 
 court of aldermen called the College of Schepenen : and at 
 Sourabaya and Samarang inferior Courts of Justice had been 
 established ; and in each district a court termed the Landrost, 
 consisting of the Landrost, Regent, and High Priest, exercised 
 both the police and judicial jurisdiction : the only distinction 
 which existed was that all the Company's servants should be 
 amenable to the regular Courts of Justice, or to the Supreme 
 Court of Batavia, while all other persons of every description were 
 imder the jurisdiction of the Schepenen. A difference of persons 
 was altogether so strongly against our principles of public justice 
 and public individual right, and the principle on which such 
 distinctions might originally have been fomided had so entirely 
 ceased by the abolition of all distinction between the servants of 
 the late Company and all other individuals, that an entire change 
 and separation of the police from the judicial authorities became 
 necessary, and was directed by the instructions left with me by 
 the Governor-General.
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 355 
 
 " The copy of the Proclamation pubHshed in our first Govern- 
 ment Gazette will sufficiently explain the principles on which 
 we proceeded, and I flatter myself with the approbation, not only 
 of the Governor-General, but of the authorities in England, of 
 the measure taken by us of establishing the trial by jury, which I 
 am happy to say has given miiversal satisfaction here, and 
 although with the other new arrangements giving rise to new 
 difficulties, it is not likely to meet with any serious obstacle. 
 
 " The Courts of Justice and poUce, as now modelled, are now 
 in full exercise, and I hope this colony may receive all the advan- 
 tages of British jurisprudence without entailing on it the disadvan- 
 tages of a judicial estabUshment from England, of all things the 
 most to be dreaded for the general prosperity and happiness of 
 the population. 
 
 " The British Courts of Justice fit with difficulty our permanent 
 English estabhshments in India, but here their introduction 
 would lead to anarchy, vexation, and trouble without end." 
 
 The following was Lord Minto's Proclamation before 
 leaving Java for Bengal : — 
 
 Proclamation. 
 
 " For the satisfaction of the inhabitants and people of Java, 
 the following provisions are made public in testimony of the 
 sincere disposition of the British Government to promote their 
 prosperity and welfare. 
 
 " The refusal of their late Government to treat for their interests, 
 although disabled by the events of war from affording them any 
 further protection, has rendered the consequent estabhshment 
 of the British authority unconditional. 
 
 " But an English Government does not require the articles of 
 a capitulation to impose those duties which are prompted by a 
 sense of justice, and a beneficent disposition. The people of 
 Java are exhorted to consider their new connection with England 
 as founded on principles of mutual advantage, and to be con- 
 ducted in a spirit of kindness and affection. 
 
 " Providence has brought to them a protecting and benevolent 
 Government : they will cheerfully perform the duties of allegiance 
 and attachment. 
 
 " 1. His Majesty's subjects in Java wiU be entitled to the same 
 general privileges as are enjoyed by the natural born subjects 
 
 A A 2
 
 356 JAVA 
 
 of Great Britain in India, subject to such regulations as now 
 exist, or may hereafter be provided, respecting residence in 
 any of the Honourable Company's territories. 
 
 "2. They will have the same freedom and privilege of trade 
 to and with all countries to the east of the Cape of Good Hope, 
 and also with His Majesty's European dominions as are possessed 
 by natural born subjects of Great Britain. 
 
 " 3. Dutch gentlemen will be eligible to all offices of trust, 
 and will enjoy the confidence of Government according to their 
 respective characters, conduct, and talents, in common with 
 British born subjects. 
 
 " 4. The vexatious system of monopoly, which is understood 
 to have hitherto prevailed in some instances to an oppressive 
 and inconvenient extent, will be revised, and a more beneficial 
 and pohtic principle of administration will be taken into considera- 
 tion as soon, and to such extent, as full information on the subject 
 can be obtained, as established usage and habit may admit, and 
 as may be consistent with a due regard to the health and morals 
 of the people. 
 
 "5. The Dutch laws will remain provisionally in force, under the 
 modifications which will be hereinafter expressed, until the pleasure 
 of the Supreme Authorities in England shall be known, and it is 
 conceived that no material alteration therein is to be apprehended. 
 
 " The modifications to be now adopted are the following : 
 
 " First. Neither torture nor mutilation shall make part of 
 any sentence to be pronounced against criminals. 
 
 " Secondly. When a British born subject is convicted of any 
 offence, no punishment shall be awarded against him more severe 
 than would be inflicted by the laws of England for the same 
 crime, and in. case of doubt concerning the penalty by English 
 law, reference shall be made to the Honourable the Recorder of 
 Prince of Wales' Island, whose report shall be sufficient warrant 
 for awarding the penalty stated by him to be agreeable to the 
 laws of England. No sentence against any British born subject 
 for any crime or misdemeanour shall be carried into execution 
 until a report shall have been made to the Lieutenant-Governor. 
 
 " Thirdly. No sentence of death against any person whatever 
 shall be carried into execution until report shall have been made 
 to the Lieutenant-Governor. 
 
 *' Fourthly. The Lieutenant-Governor shall have the power 
 of remitting, moderating, or confirming all penalties, excepting
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 357 
 
 inconsiderable fines, short imprisonment, or slight corporal 
 punishment. 
 
 " Fifthly. British born subjects shall be amenable to the 
 jurisdiction of the Dutch tribunals and to the Dutch laws, in all 
 cases of civil complaint or demands, whether they be plaintiffs 
 or defendants. 
 
 " Sixthly. All British born subjects shall be subject to the 
 regulations of police, and to the jurisdiction of the magistrates 
 charged with the execution thereof, and with the maintenance 
 of peace, and with public tranquillity and security. 
 
 " Seventhly. All persons belonging to or attached to the army, 
 who are by their condition subject to mihtary law, shall for the 
 present be tried for any crimes they may commit only by courts 
 martial, unless sent by the mihtary authorities to civil courts. 
 
 *' Eighthly. It being necessary in all countries that a power 
 should exist of forming regulations in the nature of legislative 
 provisions adapted to change of circumstances, or to meet any 
 emergency that may arise, and the great distance of the British 
 Authorities in Europe rendering it expedient that the said power 
 should for the present reside in some accessible quarter, it is 
 declared that the Lieutenant-Governor shall have full power and 
 authority to pass such legislative regulations as on deliberation, 
 and after due consultation and advice, may appear to him 
 indispensably necessary, and that they shall have the full force 
 of law. But the same shall be immediately reported to the 
 Governor-General in Council in Bengal, together with the Lieu- 
 tenant-Governor's reasons for passing the said regulations, and 
 any representations that may have been submitted to him 
 against the same, and the regulations so passed will be confirmed 
 or disallowed by the Governor-General in Council with the shortest 
 possible delay. The mode in which the Lieutenant-Governor 
 shall be assisted with advice will hereafter be made known, and 
 such regulations shall hereafter be framed as may be thought 
 more conducive to the prompt, pure, and impartial administra- 
 tion of justice, civil and criminal. 
 
 *' Regulations respecting the paper currency, as well as the 
 relative value of coins circulating in Java, will be published in a 
 separate paper of this date. 
 
 " Done at Molenvliet, the 11th September, 1811, by his Excel- 
 lency the Governor-General of British India, 
 
 " MmTO."
 
 358 JAVA 
 
 British Eesidents were appointed at all the capitals of the 
 various residencies in the island, and at the settlements in 
 the dependencies. In many instances they were officers 
 from the army or navy, several of whom remained on the 
 island in a private capacity for years after the Dutch had 
 returned to Java. A list of these Eesidents is given at the 
 end of this chapter. 
 
 Visit to the Sultan of Djockjakarta. — Raffles had hardly 
 had time to settle all the judicial and administrative 
 questions in Java, when trouble at the native courts of 
 Palembang and Djockjakarta made fresh demands upon 
 his valuable time. 
 
 The Sultan of Djockjakarta, a most turbulent and 
 intriguing prince, who naturally retained a rooted ani- 
 mosity against the Europeans in Java, now indulged, like 
 so many of his predecessors, in the hope that the time had 
 arrived for their expulsion. 
 
 Daendels had already once had to march an army against 
 him and to go in person to his capital. He fined him 200,000 
 Spanish dollars. He would have sacked his capital and 
 banished him, had he not feared to do so, as the arrival of 
 the English w^as expected daily, and the money at that time 
 was greatly needed, besides which Daendels cherished the 
 idea of being able to return another time and carry out his 
 wishes. 
 
 Raffles decided to visit the Sultan himself, and find out 
 why the treaty entered into between the British Government 
 and the Sultan had not been kept by the latter. In this 
 treaty the sovereignty of the British over Java was acknow^- 
 ledged by the Sultan, who confirmed to the English East 
 India Company all the privileges, advantages, and preroga- 
 tives which had been possessed by the Dutch and French 
 Governments. 
 
 To the Company also w^ere transferred the sole regulation 
 of the duties and the collection of tribute wdthin the
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 359 
 
 dominions of the Sultan, as well as the general administra- 
 tion of justice in cases where British interests were con- 
 cerned. 
 
 In December, 1811, Eaffles proceeded to Djockjakarta 
 with only a small escort consisting of a part of the 14th 
 Begiment, a troop of the 22nd Light Dragoons, and the 
 ordinary garrison of Bengal Sepoys in the fort and at the 
 Eesidency House. This smaU force was in no condition to 
 enforce terms in any way obnoxious to the Sultan, even if 
 Raffles had been so inclined. In fact the whole retinue at 
 one moment were in imminent danger of being murdered, 
 krisses being unsheathed by several of the Sultan's suite in 
 the audience hall where Eaffles received that i>rince, who 
 was accompanied by several thousands of armed followers, 
 whose behaviour expressed such an infuriated spirit of 
 insolence as plainly to indicate that they only waited for 
 the signal to begin the work of slaughter, in which case not 
 a man, owing to the way in which they were surrounded, 
 could have escaped. 
 
 The story of the audience is worth telhng. 
 
 When the Lieutenant-Governor arrived at the boundary 
 of the Residency of Djockjakarfca he was met by a large 
 multitude of Javans and a guard of honour, and by Resident 
 Crawfurd and the Sultan. Carriages with four horses 
 richly caparisoned to drive the illustrious party to the 
 capital were ready, the finest of all being that reserved for 
 the Sultan and standing at the top of the line. After the 
 necessary civilities had passed in the pavihon erected and a 
 salute had been fired, the Lieutenant-Governor proposed 
 to start, and began making his way to the first carriage ; 
 the Sultan, seeing his object, pushed ahead, but Raffles' 
 aides-de-camp kept him back, while the Lieutenant-Governor 
 jumped into the first carriage with his officers and forced 
 the coachmen and outriders to move on, surrounded by the 
 British cavalry. The Sultan had nothing else to do than
 
 360 JAVA 
 
 to take the second carriage, and, in a rage, followed to the 
 capital.. The insult to him was great, as he acknowledged 
 thereby to all his people his inferiority to the Lieutenant- 
 Governor. When they arrived at the Kesidency House 
 there were two grand golden thrones ready, one for the 
 Lieutenant-Governor and one for the Sultan. That for the 
 Lieutenant-Governor stood shghtly in front of the other. 
 Raffles took his stool, but the Sultan stood, declining to 
 sit down unless his throne or dampar was also pulled forward. 
 Eaffles refused to ahow this. In a minute all was uproar, 
 and Raffles, getting angry, unsheathed his sword with a 
 glance as if he would run the Sultan through. The Sultan 
 without an instant's hesitation drew his kris, and simul- 
 taneously several thousand krisses were drawn. The scene 
 was a dramatic one ; all was confusion, but Raffles, with 
 his brain packed in ice, kept his head, and quietly sheathed 
 his sword again, whilst a few quiet words from the Resident, 
 John Crawfurd, eased the tension of the situation. The 
 Sultan was at last induced to sit down, and Raffles began 
 to discuss matters with him, gaining every point he had 
 striven for. At the end of the diirhar Raffles proudly 
 marched out of the audience hall between the sullen and 
 infuriated Javans. 
 
 Next day the Sultan awaited the return visit of the 
 Lieutenant-Governor, with his troops, a guard of honour, 
 etc. ; but he waited in vain, for the Lieutenant-Governor, 
 to allow him fully to understand how inferior he stood to 
 the power paramount, and as a lesson to him for his behaviour 
 of the previous day, had returned with his staff to Batavia. 
 The Sultan, when John Crawfurd visited him, was very 
 dejected, but later on vowed vengeance for the insults he 
 imagined he had received from the Enghsh in the eyes of 
 his people. 
 
 Although no act of treachery had occurred, the Sultan 
 had made up his mind that the expulsion of the English was
 
 '^WUk^-' 
 
 i 
 
 the resident s office at tawang, samarang, during the english period. 
 
 (built about 1775.) 
 
 BRITISH officers' QUARTERS, SAMARANG (iN' DISTRICT OF TAWANg}, 1811-1816. 
 
 (these quarters were built about 1775.)
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 361 
 
 quite feasible and resolved to set about finding the means 
 of accomplishing it. Raffles also was assured that the 
 Enghsh would sooner or later come to blows with the Sultan, 
 and began shaping his jjlans accordingly. 
 
 All Arab sets himself up as a Sultan at Indramayoe. — In 
 the meantime, however, Raffles' attention was turned 
 elsewhere. Bagoos Rang In, a noted Arabian rebel, had 
 assembled in the district of Indramayoe a number of deserters 
 and fugitives from the French army after the battle of 
 Cornelis, and now began seizing villages and looting them. 
 
 He had been at large for six years, and the Dutch had 
 been unable to capture him, for he had imposed on the 
 credulity of the natives by assuming the title of High Priest, 
 and maintaining a position as a Prophet of Allah. Their 
 veneration for him was so great that no temptations or 
 rewards had led to his betrayal. 
 
 He now threatened Indramayoe, and the fort had to be 
 closed. 
 
 A detachment of Bengal Sepoys under Captain Pool was 
 sent at once by Raffles to strengthen the garrison, and 
 another detachment of Europeans and natives under 
 Captain Ralph, of H.M. 59th Regiment, followed soon after. 
 The rebel was now attacked, and it was found he had two 
 thousand musketmen, who were drawn up behind a bank in 
 an absolutely safe place. The British soldiers waded across 
 sloppy rice fields and charged with the baj^'onet, which 
 caused the rebels to flee, leaving numbers killed and wounded, 
 the loss to the Enghsh being only one rank and file of the 
 59th Regiment killed, and Captain Jones, of the Bengal 
 Service, and several rank and file wounded. 
 
 Bagoos Rang In escaped, though the effect was decisive, 
 and those of his men who escaped nearly all deserted him. 
 
 This little affair was scarcely over when serious trouble 
 arose at Palembang, where fearful cruelties had been 
 perpetrated by an unfeeling monster in the massacre of the
 
 362 JAVA 
 
 Europeans and natives belonging to the Dutch factory, 
 who had been put to death in cold blood. 
 
 To punish this act of perfidy on the part of the Sultan 
 Batu Achniet Baruddin (who had been raised to the throne 
 in 1780 by the Dutch) an expedition was immediately fitted 
 out, and sailed from Batavia on the 20th March, 1812, under 
 command of Colonel Gillespie, the Commander-in-Chief of 
 the forces in Java, to whom Baffles confided the whole 
 management, leaving it to his individual judgment and 
 direction to act as he considered best. 
 
 The fleet consisted of : — 
 
 H.M.S. Cornelia .... Captain Owen. 
 
 H.M.S. Bucephalus .... Captain Drury. 
 
 H.M. sloop Procris .... Captain Freeman. 
 
 The Hon. Company's cruiser Teign- Captain Howitson. 
 
 mouth. 
 
 The Hon. Company's cruiser Mercury Captain Conyers. 
 
 Gunboats : Schooner Wellington . Captain Cromy. 
 
 Schooner Young Barra- Captain Lynch. 
 couta. 
 Transports : Samdang, Minerva, Matilda, Mary Ann. 
 
 Captain Bowen, of H.M.S. Phoenix, met the fleet at sea, 
 and took its command as senior naval officer. 
 
 Troops embarked were : — 
 
 Detachment H.M, 59th Regiment, three companies, rifle and 
 flank companies. 
 
 Detachment H.M. 89th Regiment, five companies. 
 
 Detachment Madras Horse Artillery and Hussars dis- 
 mounted. 
 
 Detachment Bengal Artillery, detail ; and detachment of 
 Sepoys, 5th and 6th Battalions. 
 
 Detachment Amboynese. 
 
 A considerable number of guns and military stores 
 intended for the new settlement of Banca were put on board 
 the transports. 
 
 On the 3rd April the fleet reached Nangka Island and
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 363 
 
 remained there a week. Tents were pitched on shore, and 
 boats were constructed for the passage up the Palembang 
 river. 
 
 On the 17th April H.M.S. Procris, Barracouta, Wellington, 
 Teignmouth, and Mercury were all got over the bar, and the 
 greater part of the troops destined to proceed up the river 
 were transferred from the large ships and transports to the 
 armed brigs and small craft. Some flat boats were appro- 
 priated for the field artillery. 
 
 On the 18th the remaining troops were transferred to 
 their respective vessels, after which the whole got under 
 weigh and went ten miles up the river, coming to anchor at 
 midnight. 
 
 Major Eaban, of the Bengal Service, was detached with 
 the native troops, consisting of two hundred Sepoys and the 
 same number of Amboynese, to effect a landing at the point 
 which projects from Monapin Hill near Minta,^ in the island 
 of Banca. 
 
 The following directions were issued for the hne of battle 
 ahead and the order of sailing : — 
 
 Look-out boats. 
 
 ***** 
 Division of light boats. 
 
 Gun launches. Flat boats with field guns. 
 
 H.M.S. Procris. 
 
 Gunboat-schooner Young Barracouta. 
 
 Mercury. 
 
 Flats and other boats. 
 
 Wellington, 
 
 Teignmouth. 
 
 These orders were necessarj^ as Palembang was some 
 distance up river, and the Sultan possessed the means of 
 
 ^ Called now Muntok.
 
 364 JAVA 
 
 impeding the British advance, so that the utmost care was 
 necessary. 
 
 There were also the formidable batteries at Borang, which 
 from their favourable situation enabled the enemy to inflict 
 considerable havoc upon the flotilla. 
 
 The enemy also possessed fire-rafts, numerous armed 
 prows, and floating batteries, thus being well provided with 
 the means to repel the British. 
 
 The Battle Orders were as follows : — 
 
 " When the signal is made to anchor it will be accompanied 
 with a red pendant over. If the Squadron are to anchor in Une 
 ahead, with the same pendant under. If a line abreast, or 
 athwart the river, the Division of Light Boats under Lieutenant 
 Monday wiU always anchor in line abreast, about half a mile 
 ahead of the leader of the Une of battle. 
 
 " The other boats wiU anchor in their stations ; the gunboats, 
 flats and launches rather ahead of the leader of the hne, and on 
 each bow. The line of battle abreast will be formed by the 
 Division of Light Boats in advance, anchored in a Hne 
 abreast. 
 
 " The gunboats, flats, and launches ; in the next line, Mercury, 
 Wellington, Procris, Young Barracouta, and Teignmouth. In 
 this order, if it should become necessary to brmg the broadsides 
 of the ship to bear up the river, the signal will be made for the 
 boats, first and second line, to retire through the intervals of the 
 third hue, and form in the rear, in two lines as before. The hght 
 boats are to keep a strict look-out, and have the fire grapplings 
 and logs constantly ready. 
 
 " The look-out boats of the Light Division are never to be 
 more than one mile from the headmost ship or vessel of the 
 Squadron, unless otherwise directed by signal, and no boats 
 whatever except the mmander of the Forces be in her to pass 
 ahead of the headmost look-out boat without permission. The 
 boats of the Light Division are never to lose sight of the Squadron, 
 even though the winding of the river should enable them to do 
 so without exceeding their prescribed distance. 
 
 " On the approach of armed boats of the natives, the look-out 
 boats are to retreat in silence and good order to the body of their 
 division, which is also to fall back to the Procris, where they will
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 365 
 
 receive further orders. And no boats are on any account to fire 
 a shot or to attempt a dash, though the circumstances be ever so 
 favourable, nor, in short, commit any act of hostiHty without 
 orders. 
 
 " The Squadron are to observe and obey the signals of the 
 Barracouta, where the Commander of the Forces is embarked. 
 The Barracouta wears a Union Jack while the Commander of 
 the Forces remains on board. 
 
 " Here follow various signals for forming the line of battle, 
 according to circumstances." 
 
 The fleet having taken longer time to get to Palembang 
 than was expected, owing to contrary winds, the Sultan had 
 plenty of time to consider whether he would fight or flee. 
 With a view to the latter possibility, he removed his treasure 
 and his wives into the interior, sending messages of respect 
 to the British commander, hoping thereby to mislead him. 
 
 When the batteries of Borang were sighted it was found, 
 as was expected, that they were well armed, and the armed 
 prows had been joined hy a large Arab ship. These vessels, 
 with the floating batteries, were moored across the river in 
 echelon, raking with their guns the whole length of the 
 passage ; whilst the artillery from the fixed batteries bore 
 across the channel by which the British flotilla had to 
 advance, thus enabling the enemy to bring the fire of their 
 guns to a focus on any point in the line of the advance. 
 
 Fire-rafts were ready to cast adrift, to complete the 
 discomfiture. 
 
 Messengers still continued to arrive, congratulating 
 Colonel Gillespie on having come safely so far, and saying 
 that the Sultan would be happy to see him, but that he 
 hoped he would visit him without so large a force, as the 
 Sultan feared the appearance of so many armed men would 
 disturb the inhabitants of Palembang. It was easy enough 
 to see the insidiousness and falseness of this proposal, and 
 Colonel Gillespie knew the base and treacherous Sultan far 
 too well to aUow himself for one moment to be taken in.
 
 366 JAVA 
 
 The Sultan had insulted the Government by his offensive 
 want of attention to the British mission sent him during the 
 preceding November, and had added to the insult by sending 
 an ambassador to Batavia with false statements about the 
 iniquitous massacre of the Dutch, and no faith whatever 
 was to be placed in him. 
 
 Captain Meares, the Malay interpreter, now demanded the 
 surrender of the Borang batteries : no time was given for 
 consideration ; if they surrendered they would be taken 
 over amicably and without loss of life, if not, they would be 
 reduced to nothing. Gillespie was close at hand with 
 detachments of the 59th and 89th Eegiments in light boats, 
 supported by gun-launches and field artillery in flat boats. 
 
 Great, indeed, had been the fatigue and discomfort of the 
 soldiers and sailors on the passage up the river. During the 
 day while rowing they were exposed to the rays of a tropical 
 sun and deprived of sleep at night owing to incessant rain- 
 storms. Notwithstanding all, however, their ardour was 
 as great as ever ; and nothing could shake their desire to 
 get at the Sultan's troops, to let them see what stuff British 
 sailors and soldiers were made of. 
 
 The enemy, however, knew this, for no sooner had Captain 
 Meares put the question than the garrison, catching a glance 
 of the British coming up, were terrified, and, wholly un- 
 mindful of the strict and positive orders of the brutal Sultan 
 to defend the passage here to the very last, fled as fast as 
 they could to the eastern part of Borang Island and the 
 western side of Bintang Island, and here concealed them- 
 selves. 
 
 The guns taken amounted to one hundred and two, and 
 were already charged and primed. 
 
 The large Arab ship was seized, the crew deserting it in 
 the same manner, and was used as quarters for a good 
 portion of the soldiers, the remainder being lodged in huts 
 on shore and on floating batteries which had covers to them.
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 181G 367 
 
 When the flotilla again sailed on, the fire-rafts, which it 
 was found were filled with combustibles of all kinds, were 
 fired and let loose. They were extremely dangerous owing 
 to the fact that they were all fastened together and stretched 
 right across the river, the current carrying them down. 
 
 Captain Owen, with the crews of the hght boats, at 
 8 o'clock in the evening was successful, however, in cutting 
 the rafts asunder before they were thoroughly in flames. 
 The Cornelia's guns were moreover now able to reach the 
 enemy, and the parties of Malays who attempted to fire the 
 rafts more thoroughly, so as to make them blaze quicker, 
 were fired into and instantly dispersed. 
 
 On the 25th April (the day following) an Arab arrived, 
 who begged his ship back, which was given him. He gave 
 the news that when the Sultan heard of the loss of the 
 defences of Borang, on which it seems he had pinned his 
 faith, he had joined his wives and treasure, knowing there 
 was now nothing to prevent the further progress of the 
 determined British troops. The Arab said that on account 
 of the Sultan's flight the greatest confusion and plunder and 
 assassination prevailed in the fort, the palace, and even the 
 city. 
 
 On hearing this Colonel Gillespie did not delay an instant, 
 and hurried with the small boats as fast as he could go to 
 Palembang city, and by his presence prevented the entire 
 massacre of the wealthy Chinese and other inhabitants, 
 whose property was to have become the prize of the assassins. 
 
 Gillespie proceeded with the Arab chief in his canoe, and 
 was accompanied by Captain Meares and Mr. Villneruby (a 
 Spaniard), who acted as interpreters. 
 
 In this and another small canoe which accompanied them 
 were seven grenadiers of the 59th Eegiment, and these were 
 followed by Captain Bowen, E.N., Major Butler, D.A.G., 
 Major Thorn, D.Q.M.G., in the gig of the Phcenix, and by 
 ten more grenadiers in the barge of the same ship, with
 
 368 JAVA 
 
 Lieutenant Monday, E.N., and Lieutenant Forrest, of the 
 59th Kegiment. The remaining troops, under Lieutenant 
 McLeod, had orders to follow with all possible speed. 
 
 The distance to be traversed was about twenty miles, and 
 when Gillespie arrived at Old Palembang it was already 
 dark. 
 
 The canoes, in one of which was Gillespie, had shot well 
 ahead of the other two boats, which were not even in sight. 
 On a sudden a gun was fired by the enemy, and a dreadful 
 heartrending yelling and shrieking was heard on all sides, 
 and lights and conflagrations suddenly burst out along the 
 banks of the river for about seven miles. 
 
 Those in the two boats behind had also heard the uproar, 
 and seeing the lights, exhausted as they were, redoubled 
 their efforts and happily came up in time. 
 
 To describe the horrors of the situation is impossible. 
 Eomance could not tell anything more hideous ; nor could 
 any invention of the imagination ever be so appalling as that 
 which met this handful of Britishers in the middle of the 
 night, in the interior of a wild, unknown tropical country, 
 and surrounded by a hundred thousand demons of hell let 
 loose. Nor can the brave, plucky, and undaunted act of 
 this small party of Englishmen, who, to revenge the deaths 
 of Dutch fellowmen, took possession of the fort and palace 
 that night, be surpassed. To meet a ferocious foe face to 
 face in daylight is one thing ; to do so under the present 
 circumstances on a pitch-dark night was quite another. 
 
 Undismayed, however, by the terrible uproar, and in the 
 face of large bodies of armed Malays, Colonel Gillespie 
 stepped bravely on shore, and, accompanied by the seven 
 grenadiers and the officers ah'eady mentioned, and with the 
 Arab chief as guide, marched through a multitude of Arabs 
 and treacherous Malays, whose weapons, steeped in poison, 
 shone by the light of the torches they carried. 
 
 Battlements whose appearance in the dark looked massive,
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 369 
 
 with immense gates leading from one court to the other, met 
 Gillespie, and presented a fearful spectacle of human blood 
 reeking and flowing on the flagstones of the courtyard. 
 Once they were inside the gates closed upon the British 
 party, so that no escape seemed possible from this veritable 
 slaughter-house. A Malay pressed up to Gillespie with a 
 double-edged knife. The night was stormily inclined, and 
 at this moment a flash of lightning showed him the weapon 
 just as the man was drawing it up his sleeve to conceal it. 
 Totally regardless of the crowd around them, they seized 
 the fellow and took his weapon from him. 
 
 In the palace reigned devastation and cruelty. Murder 
 and rapine had joined hands, and the place had been 
 plundered from end to end. To add to the dreadfulness of 
 the situation, rain was coming down in torrents, as it only 
 can in the tropics, amid a storm of thunder and lightning. 
 The flames were now getting nearer and nearer to the 
 palace where Gillespie and his brave few were waiting. 
 The crackling of bamboos was like the discharge of muskets 
 — the burning roofs kept falling in ; and there was the 
 dreadful knowledge that the palace was surrounded by 
 assassins, into whose hands the approaching fire was going 
 to drive them. Gillespie, however, decided they must sell 
 their lives dearly and endeavour to hold the fort should 
 any attack be made on them before the arrival of the forces 
 under Colonel McLeod. The grenadiers were stationed at 
 the principal entrance, and a strict guard was kept. 
 
 At midnight Major Trench with sixty men of the 89th 
 Eegiment arrived, and was welcomed with great relief. 
 He had had literally to cut his way through. In the 
 morning McLeod, faithful to his promise, arrived with the 
 entire force ; the task had been a hard one, indeed almost 
 an impossible one, with the means at his disposal, but he 
 had done it. The fort, with its two hundred and forty- two 
 guns, was now taken without any struggle. 
 
 J. — VOL. I- B B
 
 370 JAVA 
 
 The rapidity of the movement, the arrival in the night 
 of Gillespie, and then Trench, the numbers with whom were 
 greatly magnified by a panic-stricken foe, whose terror was 
 not lessened by the unexpected arrival of McLeod with his 
 large force, paralysed the efforts of the Malays and threw 
 them into utter confusion, as always happens with Asiatic 
 races when the unforeseen arises. 
 
 There is no doubt that Gillespie's timely arrival saved 
 the town from absolute destruction and plunder. 
 
 An American, who was the supercargo of a large Chinese 
 junk then lying at Palembang, gave Gillespie an account of 
 what would have occurred that very night if he had not 
 arrived, the junk, with all on board, having in fact been 
 marked out as the first object for destruction. 
 
 The great body of inhabitants was really pleased at the 
 change of masters, having endured the tyranny of the 
 Sultan and his eldest son, Pangeran Katu, long enough. 
 
 The latter had been particularly notorious in the wanton 
 exercise of every species of oppression, cruelty, criminal 
 immorality, and bestiality. The vile, libidinous habits of 
 this prince indeed, it is said, were the first cause of the 
 terrible massacre of the Dutch ; it seems that he paid one 
 of his visits by night to the wife of a native, who resisted 
 his criminal designs on her honour, and yelled for assistance ; 
 and this brought out the guard of the Dutch factory, which 
 happened to be near. The guard, not knowing- who the 
 culprit was, pursued him to his prow on the river, which 
 was moored a few yards from the shore. Pressed by the 
 Dutch, he was obhged to swim to his boat, but once there 
 his escape was assured. No sooner, therefore, was he on 
 board, than he turned on his pursuers, shouting : ** You are 
 ignorant of the power you have defied. I am Pangeran 
 Eatu, and in three days you shall all of you be murdered 
 and your factory made the abode for birds to build their 
 nests in."
 
 ■M
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 371 
 
 The Sultan, hearing of this insulting treatment of his son, 
 sent a message to the Resident, the commandant, and the 
 principal officers of the garrison to visit him for the object 
 of transacting business of an important nature. When they 
 had left the fort for their visit to the Sultan, armed Malays 
 surreptitiously walked in, and once the Resident's party 
 was within the walls of the palace it was seized and all 
 were murdered. The fort was instantly captured, and the 
 garrison, both Europeans and natives, seized, bound, and 
 hurried with their weeping families on board the prows 
 prepared to carry them down the river to a place called 
 Soosang, where they were slowly put to death. Every 
 cruelty seems to have been practised to prolong the suffer- 
 ings of the unhappy men ; they were stabbed with krisses 
 in tender places, and lacerated in a shocking manner, 
 entirely midescribable here. The prows, with the unhappy 
 men still living, were then set on fire. 
 
 There was one Dutchwoman, the wife of an officer, who, 
 not able to bear the thought of a separation from her 
 husband, followed him on board one of the prows, although 
 forbidden to do so ; she carried her infant child with her. 
 Her fate was the fate of the other unhappy ladies, for, after 
 being first polluted by these monsters in a manner impossible 
 to relate, she was murdered and her body thrown over- 
 board. 
 
 The Resident's wife, who was pregnant, was thrown into 
 the jungle without food or shelter. The other unfortunate 
 ladies were sent as slaves up-country ; some with their 
 children took refuge in the w^nods, where they dragged out 
 a miserable existence among the wild beasts, naked, and a 
 helpless prey to hunger and disease. The very few who 
 survived were brought in a most deplorable state of wretched- 
 ness to the British headquarters after the capture of Palem- 
 bang, as the result of a search set on foot by Gillespie. 
 To detail the various miseries suffered by these poor 
 
 B B 2
 
 372 JAVA 
 
 women^ would take too much time and space. For months 
 they Hved on betel-nut and the refuse of the dunghill, and 
 there was no refinement of cruelty to which the Sultan and 
 his followers did not subject them. There was no persecu- 
 tion too great, no degradation too humihating, for these 
 unfortunate women.^ 
 
 At noon on the 28th April, 1812, the British flag was 
 hoisted, under a royal salute, on the Sultan's bastion. 
 
 Pangeran Adipatti, brother of the Sultan, was now 
 invited by the British Commander to a conference. He had 
 a good reputation, and, as it appeared afterwards, had 
 warned his brother of the results of murdering the Dutch 
 and had tried to dissuade him from the act. 
 
 The Pangeran at once called on Gillespie (the 29th April) . 
 He was received at the landing-place by Captain Meares and 
 all the officers of the general staff. At the door of the pubhc 
 hall Gillespie awaited him and conducted him to where 
 seats were arranged for all the company. On his landing 
 H.M.S. Mercury boomed out a salute of nineteen guns, 
 and as he entered the pubhc hall the land artillery gave 
 him another salute ; this considerably impressed the 
 natives. 
 
 After sitting for a short time, Gillespie and the prince 
 entered a private apartment and conferred alone, through 
 the interpreter. Captain Meares. 
 
 In the afternoon the Commander of the Forces returned 
 the visit. 
 
 The old Sultan, who had buried his treasure and put to 
 death all those employed in burying it, so that the secret of 
 its hiding-place might be known only to him, now gave up 
 
 ' The following ladies were eventually rescued by the British officers : — 
 Mrs. Harflegter and two children, widow of the Resident ; Miss Adriana 
 Peters, her sister ; Mrs. Volkers, widow of one of the writers ; Mrs. Johanna 
 Reignwits and Mrs. Catsey Veigser, widows of corporals. 
 
 '' When found, these ladies were taken under the special care of Gillespie, 
 who personally waited on them and saw their wants were suppUed.
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 373 
 
 all hopes of returning to his throne and withdrew far into 
 the interior. 
 
 Gillespie sent a long dispatch to the Lieutenant-Governor 
 of Java and its dependencies, in which, after detailing the 
 whole situation and the several operations, he concluded 
 as follows : — 
 
 " Palembang, 28th April, 1812. 
 
 " I cannot avoid expressing to you the high sense I entertain 
 of the cordial co-operation and support that has been afforded 
 to me by every branch of the Naval Service during the progress 
 of our voyage ; particularly the arrangements that were made 
 in the first instance by Captain Owen, of H.M.S. Cornelia, and 
 conducted subsequently by Captain Bowen, of H.M.S. Phoenix, 
 who relieved him in the command. Captain Drury of H.M.S. 
 Bucephalus, was necessarily separated from the body of the 
 expedition where he had previously manifested great anxiety 
 to forward the pubHc interest. I cannot refrain from offering 
 my most grateful thanks and acknowledgment to Captain Bowen, 
 and bearing public testimony to the energy, zeal, and exertion 
 displayed by those valuable officers in executing the important 
 duties of their situation. 
 
 " The military reputation and gallantry of Lieutenant-Colonel 
 McLeod, of H.M. o9th Regiment, are already so well established 
 that any panegyric of mine would add little to the fame he has 
 so justly earned. I shall therefore content myself on the present 
 occasion with returning him my very best thanks for the activity, 
 anxiety, and attention he has manifested during the progress of 
 the service. 
 
 " Major Trench and the detachment of the 89th Regiment, 
 Captain Campbell and the detachment of the 59th Regiment, 
 Captain Simond, of the Artillery, are all entitled to my warmest 
 approbation. To Major Butler, D.A.G., Major Thorn, D.Q.M.G., 
 and the Officers composing General, Personal, and Brigade 
 Staff I am much indebted for their assiduity and attention. 
 
 " I am desirous, however, of bringing particularly to your 
 notice the superior quahfications of Captain Meares, who has 
 been acting both as my Aide-de-Camp and Interpreter, and who 
 has displayed an activity, zeal, and acquirement that enable 
 him to discharge the dehcate and important duties of his situa-
 
 374 JAVA 
 
 tion with honour to himself and great advantage to the pubhc 
 service. 
 
 " I have the honour to be, etc., etc., 
 
 " Robert Rollo Gillespie 
 " (Colonel Commanding H.M. Troops)." 
 
 The day appointed for the coronation having arrived, at 
 9.30 in the morning Pangeran Adipatti landed at the stairs 
 in front of the palace. Here he was received by Lieutenant- 
 Colonel Alexander McLeod, attended by the officers of the 
 staff, and was conducted to the gate of the inner court, 
 where, being met by Colonel Gillespie, he was led by him to 
 the public hall, in which a throne had been erected under a 
 canopy of yellow silk. 
 
 Gillespie conducted him first to a couch on the left of the 
 throne, covered with crimson velvet, on which they seated 
 themselves. 
 
 The troops lined the way from the landing-place, keeping 
 back a large concourse of natives. 
 
 A proclamation was now read in Malay, at which Adipatti 
 was much affected, and wiped his eyes several times. 
 
 Gillespie then ordered Captain Meares to ask the crowd 
 " whether it was their wish to have Pangeran Adipatti as 
 their ruler over them," to which they gave hearty assent, by 
 loud acclamations. 
 
 Gillespie then led the Pangeran Adipatti and seated him 
 on the throne, which was raised three steps above the level 
 of the hall. When he had taken his seat a royal salute was 
 fired, the British colours hauled down, and those of the 
 Sultan hoisted in their stead, and the new monarch received 
 the salute from all the British officers, who passed him in 
 single file, with Gillespie at their head. As each officer 
 passed, the Sultan answered his full salute by taking off his 
 own hat. 
 
 The natives then came in their order of precedence ; some 
 kissed the hands, others the knees or the feet of the Sultan,
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 375 
 
 When this ceremony was over, the natives again seated 
 themselves, and, silence being ordered, the Commander of 
 the Forces, speaking through an interpreter, addressed the 
 Sultan in the following speech : — 
 
 " In the name of His Britannic Majesty and the Honourable 
 East India Company, I have the honour to place you, Pangeran 
 Adipatti, on the throne of your brother Mahmud Badruddin, 
 deposed for atrocious and barbarous murders, and now declare 
 you duly constituted Sultan of Palembang and its Dependencies, 
 under the title of Sultan Ratu Achmen Najmuddin. 
 
 " Long may you live to enjoy the high and exalted rank which 
 the EngHsh nation have conferred upon you. 
 
 " May God watch over j^our actions and direct your councils ; 
 and may the punishment inflicted on the late Sultan (who by 
 listening to evil counsellors and wicked men has drawn on himself 
 the vengeance of a great and powerful people) be a warning to 
 you to avoid similar errors. 
 
 " May J' our reign be prosperous and happy. May you con- 
 tribute by your goodness and justice to the happiness and welfare 
 of your subjects, and may they have reason to bless the nation 
 that have placed you on the throne of the City of Safety." ^ 
 
 The ceremony was striking and impressive throughout, 
 and had a powerful effect on the prince and all the natives. 
 It was in fact a brilliant display of that great magnanimity 
 for which the British character is celebrated. 
 
 The speech of Gillespie being concluded, he took the Sultan 
 by the hand and conducted him to the landing-place, where 
 the royal barge awaited him. 
 
 The British officers now stood at attention, saluting as 
 the Sultan left the stairs. x\t this moment the brigs-of-war 
 and all the sloops in the river, which were gaily decorated 
 for the occasion, as also all the native boats, fired a royal 
 salute. This circumstance immensely excited the admira- 
 tion of the native population. 
 
 J Palembang, in the old Malay historical works, is styled " the City of 
 Safety."
 
 376 JAVA 
 
 On the 16th May a State banquet was given by the Sultan, 
 at which Gillespie and all the British ofl&cers were present. 
 
 The next day the Sultan took possession of the palace and 
 the British troops embarked. 
 
 Eaffles was at Cheribon when he received the news of the 
 British victory. 
 
 General orders were, however, at once issued recapitulat- 
 ing the event, from which the following is a short extract : — 
 
 " Cheribon, May 27th, 1812. 
 " The Lieutenant-Governor has the highest satisfaction in 
 communicating to the army, during the absence of the Commander 
 of the Forces, and to the pubUc in general, the full and complete 
 accompHshments of the objects which the British Government 
 had in view in adopting measures of hostiUty against the Sultan 
 of Palembang, etc., etc. 
 
 " Signed by order of the Honourable Lieutenant-Governor, 
 
 " C. G. Blagrave 
 
 " (Ass. Sec. to Gov.)." 
 
 From Cheribon RafHes proceeded to Samarang, so as to 
 be near Djockjakarta and Soerakarta, which were sources 
 of continual trouble and friction. His family followed him. 
 At Samarang Raffles lost no opportunity for gaining local 
 knowledge, as was his invariable custom. 
 
 He lived in the new palace^ just constructed, a beautiful 
 building at the end of the Bodjing road, some distance out- 
 side the city walls, and surrounded by the forest on all sides, 
 and with a high hill on its right and a view of the mountains 
 behind it. 
 
 He entertained a great deal, the native chiefs being con- 
 stant guests, a.nd, although society at Samarang was small 
 in comparison with Batavia, sixty to eighty persons were 
 always present on public occasions at Government House, 
 and one hundred and fifty to one hundred and eighty on ball 
 nights. Raffles was always busy ; and the only recreation 
 
 ^ This palace was pulled down in 1908.
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 377 
 
 he allowed himself was an evening drive to the foot of the 
 Chandi Hills, and sometimes a morning ride to Kaliewongoe. 
 His dinner-hour was 4 o'clock, so that a drive could still be 
 taken afterwards ; but for public banquets 7 o'clock was 
 the hour. He was always affable, animated, agreeable, and 
 attentive to all. 
 
 No public servant ever applied himself with more care 
 and zeal to such arduous duties. He allowed himself no 
 relaxation, his motto being, *' My country first." 
 
 When Gillespie and the troops from Palembang arrived 
 in Java they were ordered on to Samarang. 
 
 On his arrival the following general orders were published : 
 
 " Samarang, June 6th, 1812. 
 
 " The Lieutenant-Governor is happy to congratulate Colonel 
 Gillespie on his return to Java and on the full accomplishment of 
 the objects of the late Expedition. 
 
 " The successful termination of these operations in a manner 
 so highly beneficial to the interests of humanity, and to the 
 security and advantage of the British possessions in those seas, 
 must be entirely attributed to the prompt, judicious and politic 
 measures adopted under the personal direction of the Commander 
 of the Forces. And although the applause so justly due on this 
 occasion may rather fall within the province of a higher authority 
 to whom the proceedings will be submitted, it is gratifying to 
 the Lieutenant-Governor that he is not precluded from bearing 
 public testimony to the services which have been rendered, nor 
 of expressing his admiration of the superior talent and character 
 which has been so conspicuous throughout. 
 
 " The Lieutenant-Governor requests Colonel Gillespie will 
 accept his best thanks for the zeal, ability, and precision with 
 which the service has been executed ; and in recordhig his entire 
 approbation and unreserved confirmation of the whole of the 
 arrangements made for the future security and advantage of 
 the British interests, the Lieutenant-Governor is satisfied that he 
 only anticipates the sentiments of the Supreme Government. 
 
 " By Order of the Honourable the Lieutenant-Governor, 
 
 " J. ECKFORD 
 
 '•' (Act. Sec.)."
 
 378 JAVA 
 
 Trouble at Native Court of Djockjakarta. — The Sultan of 
 Djockjakarta was becoming more and more impossible^ ; 
 he was bidding practically open defiance to John Crawfnrd, 
 the British Eesident. When he heard of the British troops 
 being occupied on the Palembang Expedition, not knowing 
 anything about the number employed, but having heard of 
 the great power of the Borang forts, which would need 
 thousands of men to capture them, the Sultan very naturally 
 concluded that the present time was a favourable moment 
 to expel the European power from Java. He formed, 
 
 ' In September, 1811, the ex-Sultan of Java resumed the government at 
 Djockjakarta, putting to death his first minister and the latter's father for 
 opposing his wishes. The following is taken from a despatch by Raffles to 
 the Resident there : — 
 
 " The Honourable the Lieutenant-Governor T. S. Raffles to Resident John 
 Crawfurd at Djockjakarta. 
 " You will also inform the Sultan and Regent jointly that the assumption 
 of authority by the former is in direct opposition to his bond or declaration 
 of 3l8t December, 1810, but this assumption cannot be admitted by the 
 British Government, and that in conformity to the said deed you are now 
 instructed to address the Regent only as holding the chief authority in 
 Djockjakarta. You wiU in consequence address the Regent in all future 
 communications that you may have with the Court. That after the Sultan 
 and Regent have jointly sent their Ambassadors to pay homage as directed, 
 the Sultan should without delay address to me a letter explaining by the 
 best means in his power the circumstances which led to the assumption of 
 the Government . . . acknowledging his errors and expressing regrets 
 . . . ; further that the Sultan should, as a proof of his sincerity, resign of 
 himself the throne to the Regent, stating in his letter that he had done so 
 in order that the British Government might make such arrangements for 
 Djockjakarta as may be deemed most advisable. On the above conditions 
 I have intimated to Notto Kosomo (Natoe Koesoema) that the Sultan may 
 possibly be again received into favour and restored to the throne. The 
 letter to be signed by the Sultan must be dictated by you, and you will be 
 careful to express it in such terms as may adequately answer the purposes 
 of atonement intended. The letter should contain the best excuse for his 
 conduct that can be adduced. The above will, in my opinion, be sufficient 
 atonement on the part of the Sultan and a justification for my again placing 
 him in power. 
 
 " It must be laid down as a principle in all our proceedings with the 
 Native Courts that in no case we must demand what we cannot enforce in 
 case of refusal. 
 
 " Samarang, 15th December, 1811."
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 379 
 
 therefore, a general confederacy of all the native courts, 
 constituting, so to say, the strength of Java, of which he 
 was the legitimate head. Even the well-known animosity 
 which existed between the Emperor of Solo^ and the Sultan 
 of Djockjakarta was on this occasion surmounted, and all 
 family feuds were buried, the chiefs combining their forces 
 to effect the destruction of the English, as well as of all the 
 Dutch colonists settled along a coast line of seven hundred 
 miles. 
 
 The magnitude of the threatened danger called for prompt 
 and vigorous action. The troops from Palembang, although 
 ordered to Samarang, were obliged to proceed there by way 
 of Banca and Borneo, where stores had to be landed. 
 
 Gillespie, however, had arrived, and, matters now coming 
 to a crisis. Raffles decided to move, with such military force 
 as could be collected, to break at once the chain of com- 
 bination, which if allowed to increase and strengthen would 
 very likely prove the entire ruin of the European settlements 
 in the East. 
 
 The Lieutenant-Governor Proceeds to Djockjakarta. — Raffles 
 left Samarang with Gillespie on the 14th June, 1812, arrived 
 at Klatten on the 16th June, and at Djockjakarta on the 
 evening of the 17th. On the 18th the Sultan, who had been 
 busy preparing for active operations, sent out strong bodies 
 of horsemen to cut off the communication in the rear of the 
 English by burning and destroying all the bridges and laying 
 waste the country. Gillespie, on hearing this, proceeded 
 with fifty dragoons to reconnoitre, and after several detours 
 fell in with a large body of the Sultan's horse. As offensive 
 measures had not yet finally been decided upon, Gillespie did 
 not charge them, as he would have wished, but through the 
 Resident, Crawfurd, tried to induce them to return peaceably 
 to their homes in the kraton. To all solicitations they paid 
 no regard, even throwing stones from slings, and at last their 
 
 * Soerakarta.
 
 380 JAVA 
 
 spears, by which a sergeant and four dragoons were 
 wounded. 
 
 Hostilities between the English and the Sultan of Djockja- 
 karta begin. — They were thus the first to provoke hostihties, 
 which ended in the dragoons cutting their way through the 
 surrounding multitudes and wholly dispersing them. The 
 dragoons only lost one man killed. 
 
 The Lieutenant-Governor, still anxious to avoid blood- 
 shed, sent a final communication, amicably couched, by 
 messenger to the Sultan ; but it fell on deaf ears, the 
 arrogant chief, feeling secure behind his large force and 
 his strong fortifications, returning the messenger with 
 
 insults. 
 
 The Lieutenant-Governor now saw clearly that the only 
 way to bring the recalcitrant monarch to his senses was 
 by a battle, further delay only increasing his power, and 
 adding to his insolence and the consequent injury to the 
 colony. 
 
 The Lieutenant-Governor communicated his views to the 
 Commander of the Forces and requested him to prepare for 
 instant battle. 
 
 The troops collected were as follows : — 
 
 A Detachment 14th Regiment. 
 
 A Detachment Bengal Light Infantry. 
 
 3rd Volunteer BattaKon Bengal Infantry. 
 
 Two troops 22nd Dragoons. 
 
 Artillery. 
 
 A further force, with a large supply of ordnance, was 
 expected at any moment, under the orders of Colonel 
 McLeod. 
 
 At Djockjakarta the Dutch had already built a fort during 
 a more peaceful time, and it was so constructed that the 
 kraton, or palace of the Sultan, was within reach of its guns. 
 
 The English Fort now O'pens Fire on the Kraton. — The fort
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 381 
 
 now opened fire on the kraton, to which the Sultan's batteries 
 there immediately replied. 
 
 The kraton was three miles in circumference, surrounded 
 by a broad ditch with drawbridges, and a strong rampart, 
 broad and high, with bastions, and defended by one hundred 
 cannon. Inside it were numerous squares and courtyards, 
 enclosed with high walls, all very strong in themselves and 
 highly defensible. At this time the principal square in 
 front had a double row of cannon facing the entrance, 
 besides which it was flanked with newly-erected batteries. 
 Seventeen thousand regular troops manned these works, 
 while an armed population of more than one hundred thou- 
 sand surrounded the exterior kampongs (villages) for miles, 
 and occupied the walls and various fastnesses along the sides 
 of the different roads leading to the kraton. 
 
 Soon after firing had begun one of the powder magazines 
 of the enemy blew up, and shortly after a similar accident 
 happened on the English side, several officers and artillery 
 soldiers being burned, some severely ; amongst these were 
 Lieutenant Young, Brigadier-Major, and Lieutenant Hunter, 
 of the Bengal service ; Captain Teesdale of the Royal Navy, 
 who volunteered his services, was wounded by this occur- 
 rence. This explosion set fire to one of the fort buildings, 
 but it was soon extinguished, and the bombardment of the 
 kraton continued, under cover of which parties began to 
 scour the kampongs to the right and left of the palace. This 
 kept the Sultan's troops in play, and prevented their cutting 
 off the rear of the British troops or harassing the detachment 
 of Colonel McLeod, which was hourly expected and anxiously 
 awaited ; it had left Salatiga for Djockjakarta by way of 
 Bojolah. 
 
 As evening was drawing near the Sultan sent out a flag of 
 truce under an escort of some thousands, to demand the 
 unconditional surrender of the British garrison. He was 
 apparently under the impression, seeing that no progress
 
 382 JAVA 
 
 had been made, that he was really victorious ; and in an 
 arrogant exultation arising from his immense superiority 
 in numbers, presumed he could now crush his enemy at 
 any moment. No reply was vouchsafed to the Sultan's 
 insult. 
 
 Major Dalton, with a part of his Bengal Light Infantry, 
 who occupied part of the Dutch town between the port and 
 the kraton, was unsuccessfully attacked four times during 
 the night. 
 
 The enemy, hearing of the momentarily expected arrival 
 of reinforcements under McLeod, began destroying all the 
 bridges and preparing obstacles for them. 
 
 The dragoons were sent to keep the way open, and in the 
 evening, under Lieutenant Hale, of the 22nd Regiment, 
 were ordered to force their way through to McLeod and ask 
 him to hasten along. The country swarmed with the 
 enemy ; not even a native could pass through unseen or 
 escape being murdered ; in fact McLeod had already sent 
 one with a message to Gillespie, but the message never 
 reached him. 
 
 Colonel McLeod, still wishing to communicate, offered a 
 reward to any man who would carry an order to Captain 
 Byers, commanding a detachment of the Royal Artillery, 
 who was a day's march in his rear. John O'Brien, a private 
 in the Madras Horse Artillery, offered to undertake this 
 perilous task. 
 
 He galloped as hard as his horse would carry him right 
 through the enemy's camps and returned unscathed. For 
 this he received public thanks and a gold medal. 
 
 The party of dragoons from Djockjakarta were soon 
 attacked from all sides, the enemy presenting an impene- 
 trable wall of spears. Lieutenant Hale was wounded, and 
 narrowly escaped being speared to the ground, a fate which 
 happened to six of the dragoons, who were found next day 
 mangled in a most barbarous manner.
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 383 
 
 On the 19th June the troops under Colonel McLeod 
 
 reached headquarters, consisting of : — 
 
 A detachment of Royal Artillery. 
 
 Grenadiers of 59th Regiment. 
 
 Flank companies and rifle company of 78th Regiment. 
 
 A troop of Hussars. 
 
 A detachment of Madras Horse Artillery. 
 
 The long forced marches of these troops and their exposure 
 
 to the sun had completely exhausted them. 
 
 The kampongs round the kraton were now set fire to and 
 
 the enemy burned out ; meanwhile the guns were pouring 
 
 shot into the palace itself. 
 
 In the evening Gillespie ordered all the troops, both 
 
 cavalry and infantry, into the fort, with a view to allowing 
 
 the enemy to think that no serious attack on the kraton 
 
 was contemplated. 
 
 The Sultan was now more than ever convinced that he 
 
 held the Enghsh in his hand and that they were afraid of 
 
 his strength. 
 
 The troops remained inside the fort, but the bombardment 
 
 continued to harass and weary the kraton. This went on 
 
 until 3 o'clock in the morning of the 20th June, when 
 
 Gillespie ordered the firing to cease. His secret was well 
 
 kept ; only the leaders knew that the kraton, this formidable 
 
 fortification, defended by men from the neighbouring 
 
 villages numbering twenty to fifty thousand, some say even 
 
 one hundred thousand men, was to be assaulted. The task 
 
 was a heavy one and its aspect appalling. Gillespie was 
 
 playing his last card, but the stake at issue was the very 
 
 existence of the British force ; the fate of the whole colony 
 
 depended on the result. 
 
 The Island of Java in a State of Suspense. — At Bantam, 
 
 Cheribon, Sourabaya, and other places hundreds of thousands 
 
 were willing to break loose against the colonists at the 
 
 Sultan's signal, which itself depended on the British garrison 
 
 at Djockjakarta. The danger was no imaginary one ; the
 
 384 JAVA 
 
 Sepoys at Sourabaya in their barracks had been fired upon, 
 and a fire of musketry opened from the Malay town into the 
 European quarter. 
 
 The Town of Sourabaya saved from being Sacked by the 
 Prompt Action of the English Commanding Officer. — The 
 Dutch inhabitants there shut themselves up in their houses, 
 expecting every moment to be massacred, but the troops 
 stationed at Sourabaya were put immediately under arms 
 and paraded under the commanding officer, Lieutenant- 
 Colonel Eraser, of the 78th Eegiment, through whose 
 vigilance and strong action the trouble was immediately 
 suppressed. The following day, on an inquiry being made 
 into this affair, it appeared that the rebellion could be 
 traced to a priest, who had dreamed of seeing two large 
 eagles, a black and a white, fighting in the sky, and that after 
 a long fight the white one was torn to pieces. The natives 
 understood the allusion, all eyes being then fixed on Djockja- 
 karta, and tried to anticipate events. 
 
 Gillespie and Eaffles were meanwhile discussing matters 
 in the fort ; they reahsed the seriousness of affairs, which 
 was enough to daunt the bravest mind. Baffles, however, 
 appeared as calm and collected as ever, with not a shadow 
 on his open countenance ; while Gillespie was concentrating 
 his thoughts on his own comprehensive, clear, and well-laid 
 plans for storming the fort. 
 
 The English Attack the Kraton of Djockjakarta. — A column 
 under Lieutenant- Colonel Dewar, with a part of the Bengal 
 Light Infantry, a volunteer battalion, and Prince Prang 
 Wedona's corps, proceeded at 4 o'clock in the morning by a 
 long and circuitous route to dislodge a strong body of 
 natives posted outside, southward of the kraton, after which 
 they were to try and force the South Gate, while at the 
 North Gate an attack was to be made under Major Grant. 
 
 A column under Lieutenant- Colonel Watson, with a part 
 of the 14th Begiment and a part of the Bengal Light
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 385 
 
 Infantry, with Lieutenant-Colonel McLeod's colainn of 
 grenadiers of the 59th Eegiment, flank companies and the 
 rifle company of the 78th Eegiment, composed the main 
 attack. 
 
 This column, headed by the brave grenadiers under 
 Captain Johnstone, rushed the ditch under a shower of 
 grape and drove the enemy from their guns. Lieutenant- 
 Colonel Watson now hurried them on to the top of the 
 ramparts, and rushed for the Prince's Gate, while a 
 party of Sepoys crossed the ditch at the angle of the 
 bastion first attacked, w4iich had now been blown up by 
 an explosion of the powder magazine below. After- 
 wards these passed along to the bottom of the rampart 
 and let down the drawbridge, enabling McLeod's column 
 to cross over. 
 
 The Prince's Gate, being very strongly barricaded, was 
 with difficulty blown open, but in the meantime the 
 troops, having cleared the ditch over the drawbridge, 
 climbed upon one another's shoulders through the em- 
 brasures and, meeting Watson's column, swept the ram- 
 parts clear. 
 
 All this time the fort was pouring shot and shell into the 
 centre of the kraton. 
 
 The fighting became desperate. Lieutenant-Colonel 
 Dewar's colunm now came up ; he had defeated the enemy 
 badly in the suburbs and killed Toomoogong Senoot Dinin- 
 grat, the Sultan's chief adviser, and the instigator of every 
 plot against the English. 
 
 The Kraton Captured. — With fixed bayonets the men now 
 swept through fort after fort hke a whirlwind, hand-to-hand 
 encounters taking place every minute. Gillespie now 
 secured ah the main ways out of the kraton, holding them 
 with artillery and cutting off the fugitives, who were 
 slaughtered by the thousand. His principal object was, 
 however, to see the Sultan did not escape. 
 
 J. — VOL. I. CO
 
 386 JAVA 
 
 The Sultan of Djockjakarta Prisoner in the hands of the 
 English. — To this course of action may be attributed the 
 complete success of the operations, for the Sultan, finding 
 escape impossible, gave himself up. 
 
 The Crown Prince also Prisoner. — The hereditary prince 
 also threw himself on the mercy of the English. 
 
 The enemy, however, were not yet beaten, and the 
 western bastion still held out ; but as soon as it was known 
 that the Sultan was a prisoner they lost hope and were 
 driven out of this last stronghold. 
 
 The fortifications being now cleared of the enemy, the 
 mosque on the outside of the fort, which was their last refuge, 
 had now to be cleared. A brisk fire was kept up over the 
 walls and through the apertures. Here Gillespie was 
 wounded in the arm by a shot from a blunderbuss. Two 
 horse artillery guns opened fire on the mosque and kept it 
 up for fully three hours before it gave in. This ended the 
 battle. 
 
 The loss of the English was one hundred killed and 
 wounded. Thus rather less than one thousand men defeated 
 a hundred times their number ; but the men had been 
 thoroughly impressed beforehand that it was a case of 
 death or victory. 
 
 Sultan of Djockjakarta Banished. — The old Sultan was 
 banished at once to Penang, the hereditary prince mounting 
 the throne as Paku Bavana III. 
 
 The Emperor of Solo, astonished at the result of the fight, 
 now readily acceded to all the Lieutenant-Governor's 
 proposals, to which before he had refused to listen, and 
 his example was followed by all the native princes in the 
 island. 
 
 Bagoos Bang In, the Bebel Chieftain, Captured. — Bagoos 
 Bang In, the so-called Sultan of Indramayoe, the well-known 
 rebel chieftain, after having eluded pursuit for a number of 
 years, was captured on the 28th June, together with his
 
 luKT JUANA, 1811. 
 
 FOKT DAMACK (dEMAK), 1811. (tHE BRITISH FLAG IS KLYING.)
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATIOX, 1811 TO 1816 387 
 
 nephew, Bagoos Manoch, and his uncle Griessen, otherwise 
 Sidja Djuda ; and on the 2oth June a party under the noted 
 Naireen was also defeated. Thus peace and tranquilhtj^ 
 were now restored, British supremacy was estabhshed on a 
 solid basis throughout the whole island, and Raffles was 
 able to boast in a despatch to the Governor-General, Lord 
 Minto, that at last a European Power for the first time was 
 absolute^ paramount in Java. 
 
 The population was quite stunned by the result of the 
 short war, while the pangerans, or princes, were astonished 
 and amazed at the tmii affairs had taken, one which thev 
 had not for one single moment anticipated or even believed 
 possible.^ 
 
 The following is the return of killed and wounded of the 
 
 forces employed in the capture of Djockjakarta by assault, 
 
 20th June, 1812 :— 
 
 Killed. 
 
 His Majesty's 22nd Dragoons . 
 His Majesty's 14th Regiment . 
 His Majesty's 78th Regiment . 
 Light Infantry Battalion 
 Djyang Sekars 
 
 8 rank and file 
 
 8 ,, ,, 
 
 3 ,, ,, 
 tJ J) >> 
 
 Total kiUed . 
 
 . 23 
 
 5> )> 
 
 Wounded. 
 
 Staff : Colonel Gillespie, Commander of the Forces. 
 Horse Artillery, 2 rank and file. 
 
 1 In the old British chronological table the following entry appears : — 
 
 " June 29th, 1812. 
 
 " The British march against the Sultan of Java, and declaring war against 
 him storm his fortified palace with less than one thousand men, and take it 
 without diflficulty, though defended by more than eight thousand (inside 
 the craton). 
 
 " The Sultan is made prisoner and his son placed on the throne by the 
 title of Mangku Buvano the Third. 
 
 " The Susunun and Sultan of Java cede to the British Government the 
 provinces of Kadu,t Blora, Jipang, Japan and Garobogan." 
 
 The territorial revenue of Kadu (Kedoe) in 1812 was 600,000 rupees. 
 
 C C 2
 
 888 
 
 JAVA 
 
 Bengal Artillery, Major Butler (slightly) ; 1 drummer, 
 11 rank and file. 
 
 22nd Dragoons, Lieutenant Hale (severely) ; 12 rank and 
 file. 
 
 His Majesty's 14tli Regiment, Lieutenant McLean (severely, 
 since dead) ; 30 rank and file. 
 
 His Majesty's 78th Regiment, Lieutenant Robertson 
 (slightly) ; 3 rank and file. 
 
 His Majesty's 89th Regiment, Lieutenant Young, Brigade- 
 Major. 
 
 Light Lifantry Battahon, Lieutenant J. H. Paul (see note) ; 
 7 rank and file. 
 
 Third Bengal Volunteer Battahon, 2 rank and file. 
 
 Fourth Bengal Volunteer Battahon, Lieutenant Hunter. 
 
 Ambojoiese, 1 havildar. 
 
 Royal Navy, Captain Teesdale. 
 
 Total wounded . . 76 
 
 Grand total 
 
 99 
 
 N.B. — Of Prince Prang Wedono's^ and Prince Nata Koesama's^ 
 corps the killed and wounded are not included.^ 
 
 List of Ordnance captured on the Fortifications of 
 Djockjakarta, June 20th, 1812. 
 
 Brass. 
 
 Brass. 
 
 
 Pounders. 
 
 Pounders. 
 
 
 Four. 
 
 Three. 
 
 Two. 
 
 Swivels. 
 
 Eigh- 
 teen. 
 
 Twelve. 
 
 Nine. 
 
 Six. 
 
 Four. 
 
 Three. Two. 
 
 One. 
 
 Total. 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 18 
 
 8 
 
 7 
 
 3 
 
 15 26 
 
 1 3 
 
 2 
 
 92 
 
 With a considerable quantity of powder, ammunition, and 
 shells. 
 
 1 Prince (Pangeran) Prang Wedono was rewarded with lands formerly 
 belonging to the Emperor of Solo. 
 
 ^ Nata Koesama was given lands in the district of Grobogan, formerly 
 belonging to the Sultan of Djockjakarta. 
 
 ^ Some time before this war broke out the following General Orders were
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 389 
 
 The following is an extract from the General Orders by 
 the Commander of the Forces : — 
 
 " Headquarters, Djockjakarta, June 21st, 1812. 
 
 " The Commander of the Forces congratulates the troops he 
 had the honour personally to command upon the late glorious 
 results of the arduous and honourable enterprize. 
 
 " Their remarkable steadiness and disciphne shall be brought 
 to the notice of higher authority, and it will be the duty of 
 Colonel Gillespie to obtain for this force the approbation they have 
 so justly merited.- 
 
 " To Lieutenant-Colonel Watson, who commanded the leading 
 column, the Commander of the Forces cannot convey the high 
 sense he entertains of his distinguished bravery, and of the 
 quickness and alacrity with which he conceived and executed 
 the attack. 
 
 " The animated style in which Captain Johnston and Lieu- 
 tenant Hunter crossed the Ditch, and at the Head of the 14th 
 Grenadiers escaladed the ramparts, under the fire of the East 
 Bastion, could only be equalled by the order and zeal of their 
 gallant followers. 
 
 " Lieutenant-Colonel McLeod for his prompt and decisive move- 
 ment in forcing the passage to the Prince's Gate and supporting 
 the leading column was equally daring and meritorious. 
 
 " The long detour of Lieutenant-Colonel Dewar towards the 
 Southern Gate, and his well-timed entrance through that passage 
 and spirited assault. 
 
 " It is right also to specify Captain Leys and part of the Light 
 
 issued in the Government Gazette regarding Prince Prang Wedono's 
 Legion : — 
 
 " General Orders of the Honourable the Lieutenant-Governor in Council, 
 Batavia, 13th February, 1812. 
 
 The Legion of Prince Prang Wedono to consist of — 
 
 Horse Artillery ...... 50 men 
 
 Cavalry 200 „ 
 
 Sharp Shooters of Light Infantry . . 100 „ 
 
 Infantry of the Line ..... 800 „ 
 
 1150 „ 
 
 With two three-pounders Horse Artillery complete. 
 
 The Prince Prang Wedono to be Colonel-Commandant, and native 
 
 officers to be appointed for his family. 
 Lieutenant J. H. Paul to be Adjutant of the Legion, with a special 
 
 moiety of one hundred and thirty -two rupees pei month."
 
 390 JAVA 
 
 Infantry Battalion who covered the Ditch at a fordable part, 
 and chmbed to an embrasure on each other's shoulders.^ 
 
 "It is also just to mention the conduct of Major Forbes, who 
 attacked the right of the Sultan's square, and detached Lieutenant 
 Douglas with a smaU party of His Majesty's 78th Regiment to 
 cover the guns that were directed with so much spirit and effect 
 by Lieutenant Cameron, of the Bengal ArtiUery. 
 
 " It would also be wrong not mentioning the spirited conduct of 
 Major Dalton and his battalion, who scoured the ramparts to the 
 left, and admitted Lieutenant-Colonel Dewar at the South Gate 
 after preserving the life of the Crown Prince [or Hereditary Prince]. 
 
 " It appears that Lieutenant Douglas had the honour of 
 capturing the person of the Sultan, 
 
 " Major Butler and the Foot Artillery, 
 
 " Captain Byers and the Royal Artillery, 
 
 " Captain Rudyerd and the Horse Artillery, 
 
 " and Lieutenant Dudley and the Hussars 
 were all conspicuous for the same bravery. 
 
 " Captain Colebrook, of the Royal Artillery, Captain Byers and 
 Lieutenant Black all rendered effectual assistance to Colonel 
 McLeod by blowing open the Prince's Gate with one of the Horse 
 Artillery guns. 
 
 " It now remains for the Commander of the Forces to particu- 
 larize instances of personal bravery and intrepidity ; and amongst 
 these may be classed the conduct of Lieutenant HiU, of His 
 Majesty's 14th Regiment, who reconnoitred the Kraton, and 
 ascertained the depth of water in the Ditch, and furnished a most 
 correct report. 
 
 " The behaviour of this officer will be brought to the knowledge 
 of his Excellency the Commander-in-Chief m Lidia, where just 
 claims to distinction are never disregarded. 
 
 ''It is also reported to the Commander of Forces that the 
 conduct of Private John O'Brien, of the Horse Artillery, was 
 particularly conspicuous, in having performed an important 
 point of duty under circumstances of great personal hazard. 
 
 " The Commander of Forces must also testify to the activity 
 and exertions manifested by Captain Dawes, and the officers and 
 men of His Majesty's 22nd Dragoons. 
 
 1 Three Sepoys, after crossing tlie ditch, passed rapidly along the Berm, 
 and let down the drawbridge at the Prince's Gate for Colonel McLeod' b 
 column.
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 391 
 
 " Also of Major Grant, of the 4tli Volunteer Battalion. 
 
 " The Commander of the Forces also performs a pleasing task 
 in recognising the valuable services of 
 
 " Major Butler, Commanding the Artillery ; 
 
 " Major Butler, Deputy-Adjut ant-General ; 
 
 " Major Thorn, Deputy-Quartermaster-General ; 
 
 " Captain Hanson, JMihtary Secretary ; 
 
 " Captains Parsons and Taylor, Aides-de-Camp ; 
 
 " Lieutenant-Colonel Mackenzie, of the Engineers ; 
 
 " Lieutenants Harris and Baker, of the Bengal Army ; 
 
 " Majors Campbell and Johnson ; 
 
 " Captains Jones and Bethune, also the Officers of the Honour- 
 able the Lieutenant-Governor's Staff. 
 
 " The conduct of Lieutenant Hector McLean, of His Majesty's 
 14th Rifle Company, of Lieutenant Robinson, of His Majesty's 
 78th Regiment, and of Lieutenant J. H. Paul, of the Bengal 
 Native Infantry, has also been reported zealous and meritorious. 
 They were wounded in the assault [see note], and although the 
 Commander of the Forces cannot help deploring the loss, however 
 small, that we have sustained during the progress of the service, 
 he cannot avoid reverting to the ardour and rapidity of the 
 attack which ensured to the gallant troops a most complete 
 victory, and lessened those bitter feelings of regret which the 
 loss of a brother soldier must always produce. 
 
 " Russa Khan Havildar, of the 4th Volunteer Battahon, and 
 Marwam Sing, Sepoy in the Light Infantry Battahon, are promoted 
 to the rank of Jamidars : and Roop Maran Sing, of the Light 
 Infantry Battahon, is promoted to the rank of Havildar for 
 their distinguished and conspicuous gallantry. These appoint- 
 ments are to be considered as having taken place during the 
 action, and they will also be subject to the confirmation of 
 Government. 
 
 " The exertions and assistance that were afforded by Mr. Craw- 
 furd. Resident, Mr. Robinson,^ IVIr. Deans,^ and Mr. Hardy ^ 
 
 1 William Eobinson. In 1813 made member of Revenue Committee, 
 Batavia ; second commissioner Court of Requests ; sub-treasurer of Pay- 
 master's Department and collector of Customs. At the end of 1813 sent 
 to Palembang temporarily as Resident. He died at Batavia, the 22nd of 
 June, 1815. 
 
 2 John Deans. Later head of Deans, Scott and Co. 
 
 3 John Hardy. Made, in 1813, commissioner of Court of Requests,
 
 892 JAVA 
 
 shall be brought to the attention of the Honourable the Lieu- 
 tenant-Governor. 
 
 (Signed) *' Richard Butler 
 
 " (Deputy- Adjutant-General)." ^ 
 
 The Lieutenant-Governor, happy and delighted with the 
 results of the battle, as well he might be, returned to 
 Samarang with all speed to carry on the government and 
 fulfil his arduous duties. 
 
 As showing his indefatigable spirit and energy, the 
 following instance may be mentioned. 
 
 The Lieutenant-Governor Beturns to Samarang and Batavia. 
 — ^Whilst at Samarang Raffles heard one day that a fleet 
 had arrived at Batavia bound for China, and decided to 
 proceed there at once to receive his despatches. He left 
 that day with Charles Assey, the secretary to the Govern- 
 ment, and his A.D.C., Captain Travers, in a vessel called 
 the Hamston, arriving at Batavia after a very quick passage 
 in seventy-two hours. During this time he drew up a 
 Report of the Capture of Djockjakarta. 
 
 He landed at 7 o'clock in the evening, when a grand ball 
 was being given in order to celebrate the anniversary of the 
 Prince Regent's birthday. Supposed to be at Samarang, he 
 attended the ball, and was the life and spirit of the assembly, 
 which was composed of three hundred of the Batavia Slite. 
 
 After remaining a few days at Batavia, Raffles returned 
 to Samarang overland, to superintend the arrangements 
 consequent upon the capture of Djockjakarta. This done, 
 
 Samarang, and magistrate of the town of Samarang. Brother of F. E. 
 Hardy, the Resident of Batavia, 1814, and Resident of Rembang, 1826, 
 where he died shortly afterwards. 
 
 ^ According to a Dutchman Uving at Djockjakarta, whose father was 
 present at the battle at Djockjakarta, and taking part in the assault of the 
 kraton, Lieutenant Hector McLean was not wounded in the fighting, but 
 on the taking of the palace was seen rushing towards the Sultan's harem, 
 from which he emerged with a ghastly Jcris wound. Whether Lieutenant 
 Robinson's and Lieutenant J. H. Paul's wounds were owing to the same 
 cause was not stated.
 
 sfm''^'T^.wmwvt-i'esmi.'^^WVfK^- 
 
 ^tev'*? 
 
 FOKT KAMBAXG, ISll.
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 393 
 
 and after obtaining all the local knowledge possible regarding 
 Samarang and the surrounding country, he returned with 
 his family to Buitenzorg at the end of 1812, where arrears 
 of public business awaited him. 
 
 Despatches were received shortly after from Lord Minto, 
 the Governor-General of India, approving of all that Baffles 
 had done. The most important reads as follows : — 
 
 " Government House, Calcutta, 15th December, 1812. 
 
 " My dear Sir, — I shall be impatient for the materials which 
 are called for, because I am anxious to dehver without reserve, 
 or qualification, the very high and favourable view I now have of 
 that whole series of measures, beginning with the expedition to 
 Palembang, and ending with the arrangement of the two courts 
 of Solo and Djockjakarta, connected and combined with each 
 other, as those measures were. I consider the result of the latter 
 proceeding as very glorious to your administration, during the 
 short period of which more wiU have been accompHshed for the 
 security of the European power, the tranquiUity of the island, 
 and the soHd improvement of general prosperity and happiness, 
 than several centuries have been able to perform, when the 
 superiority of European power was exerted, unencumbered by 
 the scruples of justice and good faith. 
 
 " Nothing can be more excellent than all your arrangements 
 in the eastern districts of the island. 
 
 " With regard to Palembang and Banca, your latest reports 
 have enabled us to approve, without reservation, the arrange- 
 ment formed at Palembang, and the annexation of Banca to the 
 territories of the East India Company, our minds being satisfied 
 upon the two points of justice and expediency. 
 
 " The sovereignty of the Sultan of Palembang in Banca is 
 placed beyond question, and leaves that dependence of Palembang 
 indisputably subject both to the laws of conquest in so just a 
 war and to the effect of cession from the authority under which 
 it is now held. 
 
 " Beheve me ever, my dear Sir, most truly and affectionately 
 yours, 
 
 " MiNTO." 
 
 Despatch Regarding the Appointment of Fdkoe Alam. — The
 
 394 JAVA 
 
 following is taken from a despatch from the Resident of 
 Jogjakarta, Captain R. G. Garnham, to the Honourable the 
 Lieutenant-Governor : — 
 
 " The intention of Government to appoint Pangeran Pakoe 
 Alam regent to the territories of Mataram during the minority 
 of his Highness the Sultan, I have received with much anxiety 
 and apprehension. This measure, although, I am inclined to 
 consider rather a provisional one, than the result of a selection 
 founded on any positive assurance of his unexceptionable character 
 and conduct. 
 
 " The obligation I have to perform requires that I should 
 definitely state for the information of the Honourable the Lieu- 
 tenant-Governor in Council the character drawn by my immediate 
 predecessor in office here of Pangeran Pakoe Alam. ' The 
 Pangeran is a man of ability and acquirement, but devoid of 
 sincerity and principle ; his ambition is great, and if personal 
 timidity did not restrain that passion, he would most assuredly 
 endeavour to give it full scope. His deposed brother (Sultan 
 Sepoeh) he cajoled, flattered, and after every solemn pledge of 
 loyalty and affection most deliberately betrayed and insulted 
 him. His letters to the Resident sounded a desired concurrence 
 that might favour views cherished by him of succeeding his 
 brother on the throne. His nephew the late Sultan (Sultan 
 Radja) he abused and vilified. 
 
 " ' The people also report this Pangeran to be avaricious, 
 and that those under his immediate authority must trust to 
 the protection of the Resident to prevent ex agitation and unjust 
 practices.' 
 
 " Where, then, after every possible hmitation such an important 
 trust must devolve into the hands of a Regent, and for such a 
 length of minority, I would most respectfully submit to the 
 immediate notice and consignment of Government whether after 
 the above statement, and founded on such authority, it may be 
 the final order of the Honourable the Lieutenant-Governor in 
 Council to place the regency of Mataram in the hands of the 
 Pangeran alluded to. 
 
 " Jogjakarta, 24th November, 1814. No. 46." 
 
 The reply contained the following : — 
 
 " The Honourable the Lieutenant-Governor in Council does
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 395 
 
 not deem it expedient to alter the arrangement made for the 
 Pangeran Pakoe Alam, for although part of the character given 
 him by the late Resident may no doubt be correct, it is on the 
 other hand to be recollected that this Pangeran has claims on 
 this Government, not only for the fidelity which he showed to 
 our cause at the time of the war against the ex-Sultan of Jogja- 
 karta, but also on account of the promises then held out to him." 
 
 Financial State of Java during the English Period. — 
 RafHes had already begun to feel the necessity of having 
 more cash in the colony. Until the revolution in Holland, 
 large sums of silver were annually sent out to pay the 
 establishments and purchase the investments. The impor- 
 tation, in fact, of bullion had been considerable. Specie was 
 sent to British India and procured either a return of silver, 
 or the proceeds, by which opium, cloths, and the principal 
 importations required by Java could be purchased. 
 
 During the years of Daendels' and Raffles' administra- 
 tions these advantages had been entirely lost, the only 
 supply of bullion being that received by the Americans — a 
 great number of whom were during this period in the East 
 Indian Archipelago — to buy coffee, pepper, and other 
 colonial produce. This supply, however, owing to the war 
 with America and the special Orders in Council regarding 
 the exports thereto, was lost to Java ; in the importation of 
 bullion for coffee alone nearly two millions of Spanish 
 dollars per annum were lost. The coffee lay in the godowns 
 in Java, awaiting shipment and literally rotting away under 
 the influence of the weevil. 
 
 Daendels, to rectify matters, obtained forced and volun- 
 tary loans from the inhabitants, in order to raise sufficient 
 money for the extraordinary measures rendered necessary 
 by the defence of the island, and four millions of rix dollars 
 and paper currency were thrown on the market. When 
 Raffles arrived, this same paper had fallen in the market to 
 the rate of 6^ rix dollars for 1 Spanish dollar silver. Later
 
 396 JAVA 
 
 on it fell to 12 and 13 for 1, making a difference of nearly 
 100 per cent, in its actual current value in the market. 
 
 Under these circumstances property was very insecure, 
 and pubhc confidence was shaken. 
 
 The Sale of the Private Lands in Java hy the English. — 
 EafHes decided, after a full and ripe consideration of the 
 matter, to meet this demand for money by selling lands and 
 withdrawing all the paper money from circulation. 
 
 The principle on which this measure was adopted was as 
 follows : — 
 
 The paper currency was a colonial debt ; therefore the 
 loss from depreciation would naturally fall upon the colony, 
 and not on the individual holder ; and the selling of a portion 
 of the Crown domains in liquidation, or partial liquidation, 
 of this public debt was a perfectly justifiable and legitimate 
 action. 
 
 There was in fact a precedent ; for Marshal Daendels in 
 1810, to raise ready cash for defence works, had sold various 
 lands, even whole provinces.^ The Lieutenant-Governor, 
 therefore, caused the following advertisement to appear in 
 the Java Government Gazette : — 
 
 " Notice is hereby given 
 
 " That it is the intention of Government to dispose of a quantity 
 of lands in the Batavia Regency, in Crawang, and in the environs 
 of Samarang and Sourabaya, to individuals. 
 
 " Buitenzorg, 14th Nov., 1812." 
 
 This notice was also printed in Dutch. 
 
 The following advertisements in this matter also appeared, 
 so that the proceedings were of a quite public character, 
 although the contrary has sometimes been stated : — 
 
 Th. McQuoid. 
 
 " {Java Government Gazette, \%th December, 1812.) 
 " Pubhc notice is hereby given, that a general description of 
 the boundaries of such lands as the Government intends selUng 
 
 ^ See a previous chapter.
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 397 
 
 in the Batavian and Preanger Regencies is now in readiness to 
 be seen at the Office of the Resident of Buitenzorg, and that a 
 more minute description is preparing with a map of the Lots, a 
 copy of which will be left at the Collector's Office in Batavia for 
 inspection ten days before the day of sale, of which due notice 
 will hereafter be given. 
 
 " Th. McQuoid 
 " (President of the Committee for Sale of Lands). 
 " Buitenzorg, 10th December, 1812." 
 
 *' {Java Oovernment Gazette, \Qth January, 1813.) 
 
 " In the former notice fixing the sale of lands in Crawang and 
 in the Batavia Regencies for Monday the 16th of January, a 
 mistake was made in the day ; and with a view to aid the intention 
 of purchasers who are desirous of a short delay in the sale of the 
 lands, this sale is now postponed until Monday the 25th instant, 
 on which date the lots which may not have already been sold by 
 private contract, will be disposed of agreeably to the conditions 
 published. 
 
 " A general hst and description of the lands may be seen at 
 the Office of the Magistrates and of the Collector. 
 
 " By order of the Honourable the Lieutenant-Governor in 
 Council. 
 
 " T. McQuoiD 
 " (Resident, Buitenzorg). 
 
 " Buitenzorg, 7th January, 1813." 
 
 The Lieutenant-Governor sold in 1813 the lands as 
 follows : — 
 
 Soekaboemi (which included the districts of Goenweng, 
 
 Parang, Tjimahi, Tjihenlang, Pagedangan, and 
 
 Pagasahan). 
 Tjipoetrie. 
 Oedjong Bron. 
 Kraioang} 
 Tjassem} 
 Pamanoekan} 
 Kandanghauer. 
 Indramogoe (Westf).^ 
 
 1 These lands had been hired out to Dutchmen for various periods by 
 the Dutch East India Company ever since 1705.
 
 398 JAVA 
 
 The lands Soekaboemi and Tjipoetrie were bought by the 
 Lieutenant-Governor ; the former Governor of Java's 
 north-east coast (Samarang), Nicolaus Engelhard ; the 
 Eesident of the Preanger, Thomas McQuoid ; and the 
 Government of&cial, A. de Wilde. 
 
 Baffles was the owner for one-half, while the three 
 others had each a share to the extent of one-sixth ; the 
 price paid was the ridiculous sum of 58,000 Spanish dollars. 
 The land Oedjong Bron, which lay to the north-east of 
 Bandoeng, was bought by the above-mentioned A. de Wilde 
 for 6,153.56 Spanish dollars ; he took it over, so to speak, 
 from the family of the first Dutch owner, Swalue. 
 
 The Pamanoekan and Tjassem or Tjiassem lands were 
 bought by Mr. Shrapnell and Mr. Skelton for Sir Charles 
 Forbes, of Bombay, whose relation, Major Forbes, of the 
 ■78th Begiment, was now in Java, and no doubt advised him 
 that the sales would take place, or else sent him a copy of 
 the Java Government Gazette. There were also sold one or 
 two other lands in the neighbourhood of Batavia, besides 
 a good many in the neighbourhood of Samarang and 
 Sourabaya ; for a full hst of these and their purchasers the 
 reader is referred to the end of Chapter XL, " Tow^ns in 
 Java." 
 
 With the sale of these lands the immediate pressure on 
 the finances of the country was reheved. Lord Minto, in 
 writing to Baffles on the matter, approved of his measures 
 very highly as " an able expedient to meet a case of great 
 emergency " ; and of his ability to form a correct and 
 impartial judgment there can be no doubt. It was, in fact, 
 the only immediate expedient that could have been 
 devised to support the credit of the new Government, 
 especially at a time when it was important to create a 
 favourable impression upon the population of their change 
 of rulers. 
 
 Trouble between the Lieutenant-Governor and the Com-
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 399 
 
 mander of the Forces. — The Commander of the Forces, 
 Colonel Gillespie, and the Court of Directors condemned the 
 expedient, however, in no measured terms ; and when full 
 particulars reached the latter, they qualified the same as 
 ** a ver}^ questionable proceeding." Gillespie's charges were 
 officially made and officially discussed, and there can be no 
 doubt, coming as they did from an officer whose high 
 military character and services were admired by every one 
 who knew him, that they were honestly made. That they 
 lacked, however, proof in so far as Eaffles w^as concerned 
 must be allowed ; for although it is clear that the intention 
 of Raffles was to become a large landowner in Java (which 
 he was quite entitled under the regulations to be), the means 
 by which he intended to become such, as far as he was 
 concerned, were absolutely honest, fair, straightforward, and 
 legitimate. 
 
 Gillespie had a long list of offences against Raffles, 
 relating chiefly to the disposal of the lands ; but his prin- 
 cipal charge was that he accused Raffles of improper conduct 
 in purchasing Government lands at a lower price than they 
 had been tendered for outside. This charge was found to 
 be entirely false, no higher tenders having ever been made 
 for the lands in question, and Gillespie, one of the most 
 honourable of men, was moved to Calcutta to fill a high 
 staff appointment, General Miles Nightingale being sent to 
 command the troops in Java in his stead. 
 
 Raffles wrote a full and complete reply to all Gillespie's 
 charges ; but although the Viceroy (Lord Minto) and the 
 Government in India approved of his explanations, and 
 nominated him for the Residency of Bencoolen if Java was 
 returned to the Dutch, the Court of Directors only accepted 
 his explanations in silence. 
 
 Pathetic Letter from the Lieutenant-Governor to one of the 
 Directors of the East India Company. — Raffles further 
 supplemented his offlcial letters by a private one to Mr.
 
 400 JAVA 
 
 W. B. Ramsay, one of the Directors in London, an extract 
 from which reads as follows : — 
 
 " Buitenzorg, March 21st, 1814. 
 
 " Without family pretensions, fortune, or powerful friends, it 
 has been my lot to obtain the high station I now fill, and I have 
 not been without my due proportion of envy in consequence. 
 You are aware of the differences which occurred between Major- 
 General Gillespie and myself, and that he in consequence applied 
 to be reheved of the mihtary command. Arriving in Calcutta, 
 after Lord Minto had left it, he found the new Governor-General 
 [and a new CounciP] unacquainted with all that had previously 
 passed, and succeeded to a certain extent in impressing him 
 favourably in his behalf.^ 
 
 " He was committed in the course of some of our differences 
 by assertions which he had made, and, finding that he had 
 succeeded in turning the current of pubhc opinion a good deal 
 against me, he has brought regular charges against both my 
 administration and my character. 
 
 " The whole are, I thank God, easily to be repelled, and the 
 closer the investigation, the purer my conduct will appear. 
 Lord Minto is fully aware of the violent faction which has taken 
 up arms against me, and will defend me in England. In Lidia I 
 have a possession, and a clear character to maintain it : let 
 Satan do his worst. 
 
 " My enemies have said much, and written much, but in the 
 end truth and honesty must prevail." 
 
 Death of the Governor-General, Lord Minto. — Before this 
 letter had reached London Lord Minto had breathed his 
 last, on the 21st June, 1814, a few days after his arrival. 
 
 This unfortunate occurrence meant the loss to Raffles of 
 the only man who could have relieved the Court of Directors 
 of their false impressions in regard to their Lieutenant- 
 Governor ; although they w^ere never able to prove the 
 accusations, in fact they had seen them disproved to an 
 extent which is seldom practicable in a case of defence, 
 
 ^ These words are inserted here. 
 
 2 Gillespie was killed in the war in Nepaxil in November, 1814, during an 
 assaiilt on the small fort Kalunga.
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 401 
 
 they still remained in that sceptical frame of mind which 
 did no credit to such a body of public men. 
 
 Even General Nightingale, after careful perusal of the 
 documents laid before him, declared with a full and firm 
 conviction the utter innocence of Baffles of every charge 
 brought forward by Gillespie. To the Directors, however, 
 this was of no avail. 
 
 Improved System of Internal Management Introduced hy 
 the English. — Raffles' last great w^ork was the introduction 
 of an improved system of internal management in Java and 
 the establishment of a land rental, a measure which added 
 lustre to his administration, and which was prepared dm'ing 
 a period of great anxiety and trouble. 
 
 When he first brought the proposal before the Council 
 and explained it, it was received with a cold and cautious 
 approval. 
 
 Some of the members spoke from long experience, and 
 with presumed knowledge of the native mind and character ; 
 and there was not a Hollander in the island who believed 
 the plan could succeed. It was moreover generally thought 
 that any attempt to introduce it would lead to serious 
 consequences. 
 
 Raffles, however, with a view to the introduction of this 
 new system, now personally visited each district, and 
 explained it to all the regents and chiefs, well knowing that 
 they trusted him. Sometimes he travelled sixty and 
 seventy miles a day in his exertions to reach some destina- 
 tion within a given time ; and he did not return to Batavia 
 until he had the satisfaction of seeing his new^ measure 
 introduced all over the island and proving a great success. 
 The old system was a vicious one, and gave no freedom to 
 an industrious population. 
 
 Eventually Raffles received the full support of Mr. 
 Muntinghe and Mr. Craussen in the introduction of the land 
 rental system, who made up in every possible way for the 
 
 J. — VOL. I. D D
 
 402 JAVA 
 
 coldness and alarm they had shown when it was first 
 proposed. 
 
 The Wife of the Lieutenant-Governor Dies at Buitenzorg 
 (1815). — Misfortune and anxiety clouded Eaffles' last 
 eighteen months in Java. In this time he had the sorrow 
 of losing his wife, the friend who had stood by him in all his 
 troubles. She died at Buitenzorg suddenly, and was buried 
 in the Tanah Abang cemetery at Batavia. A tomb was 
 erected to her memory in the beautiful gardens of the 
 Governor- General's palace at Buitenzorg, just outside the 
 lane of kanari trees. When the colony was restored to the 
 Dutch, a clause was inserted in the treaty which made this 
 memorial of Lady EafHes the lasting care of the Dutch 
 Government, an undertaking which they have faithfully 
 kept ; for after a century the tomb remains neat, clean, and 
 cared for, lying peacefully under the delicate rich foliage of 
 waving palms and bamboos, and making a touching link 
 with the by-gone English rule. 
 
 Java to he Beturned hy the English to the Dutch. — Jiist 
 before the loss of his wife Baffles received the news of Lord 
 Minto's death, and, as it were, to crown his sorrows, news 
 was brought that Java in all likelihood would be returned 
 to the Dutch. His buoyant spirit gave way, and for some 
 time he lay seriously ill. When better he removed to 
 " Ciceroa " (Tjisereuh). 
 
 Here he rose early, and began business before breakfast, 
 after which he went through the official duties of the day ; 
 then till 4 o'clock, when he dined, he occupied himself with 
 a party of intelligent native chiefs who Avere his guests ; 
 after dinner a walk for the sake of his health, and then until 
 he retired he read, translated, or compiled various manu- 
 scripts. His mind, however, remained restless, so that his 
 health could not improve. 
 
 A new English Lieutenant-Governor, Fendall, Appointed. — 
 It was while here that Baffles heard without any warning
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 403 
 
 that John Fendall was on his way to relieve him of the 
 government. He proceeded, therefore, to Eyswyck at once 
 to prepare for his reception. 
 
 The British governorship of Java was now about ending. 
 This " governorship " was, in fact, " Stamford Eaffles " ; 
 without him it would have been nothing. When he arrived 
 the revenue was four million rupees ; now it was more than 
 forty millions, and the finances of the colony were in such a 
 state as they had never been in before. When it was known 
 that Eaffles was leaving Java, Europeans and natives united 
 in expressing their deep regret at his departure, and acknow- 
 ledged in the warmest terms their gratitude for the benefits 
 which he had conferred upon them during his administra- 
 tion ; only the minority, a mean-spirited few, were pleased 
 to lose him. 
 
 March 26th (1816). — When he left by the ship Ganges on 
 the 26th March, 1816, the scene in the roads of old Batavia 
 was an indescribable one ; people of every nation were 
 anxious to pay theh^ respects and tribute to one for whom 
 they entertained the most lively affection. The decks were 
 covered with their offerings of fruit and flowers. With liim 
 travelled Lieutenant-Colonel Garnham, Captain Travers 
 (two of his aides-de-camp), and Sir Thomas Sevestre, his 
 medical attendant. 
 
 The high Dutch officials of to-day all recognise what 
 Eaffles did for Java, and do not hesitate to allow that his 
 policy was a broad and thorough one. Even Mr. van 
 Deventer, not always a favourable critic of Eaffles, ^mtes 
 most generously regarding his administration, and grants 
 his ^^■ide perception and single-hearted endeavour to sound 
 the depths and reach the core of every measure he advocated. 
 His administration was in short that of a brilliant statesman, 
 and upheld the honour of England in the East Indies to no 
 small degree. 
 
 The new Lieutenant-Governor Fendall, who took over 
 
 D D 2
 
 404 JAVA 
 
 charge from Baffles on the 12th March, 1816, entered upon 
 duties which consisted more or less in handing over the 
 administration of Java and its dependencies to the Dutch, 
 for back to them it was to go, in spite of all Baffles' 
 endeavours to prevent it. 
 
 Java Returned to the Dutch ; the British Flag Hauled 
 Down. — Shortly after his arrival Major Nahuys, in accord- 
 ance with the terms of the Treaty of Vienna, arrived with 
 three thousand five hundred Dutch troops, which relieved 
 the British garrisons all over the island, and the British flag 
 was hauled down everywhere on the 19th August, 1816.^ 
 
 British Forces in Java (1816). — The British forces at this 
 time in the island consisted of the following : — 
 
 His Majesty's 14th Regiment, 800 men. 
 
 His Majesty's 59th Regiment, 800 men. 
 
 His Majesty's 78th Regiment, 800 men. 
 
 Two troops 22nd Dragoons. 
 
 A detachment Royal Artillery. 
 
 Two troops Hussars. 
 
 Five battalions of Sepoys, each 800 men. 
 
 Corps of native cavalry. 
 
 A detachment Bengal Artillery. 
 
 Madras Pioneers. 
 
 Two regiments of Amboynese and Javanese, 3,200 men. 
 
 One Bengal European regiment, 350 men. 
 
 There was thus in all a force of about 11,000. 
 
 Troubles between the English and Dutch Representatives 
 over the Return of Java. — Of the troubles and difficulties, 
 indignant letters, remonstrances, and protests which arose 
 between the British Governor, Fendall, and the Dutch 
 Commissioners, Baron van der Capellen, Dr. C. T. Elout, 
 and Mr. A. A. Buyskes, appointed to take over the adminis- 
 tration of the East Indies, nothing is to be gained by here 
 
 1 When tlie Dutch Commissioner Nahuys arrived to take over Java, John 
 Fendall was the Lieutenant-Governor, Sir WiUiam Grant Keir Commander 
 in-Chief of the Forces, and Thomas Abraham and Willem Jacob Craussen 
 members of Council.
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 405 
 
 speaking ; the end was that England lost to Holland all 
 the settlements on the outlying islands which she had 
 possessed. The Commissioners were quite right in fighting 
 for them ; the fault lay with the English in giving them up. 
 
 The Bich Island of Banca Surrendered to the Dutch ; as 
 also the Rich Island of Billiton and the Settlement of 
 Banjermassin. — Thus we see the valuable island of Banca 
 given up in exchange for the insignificant town of Cochin 
 in India ; the island of Billiton and the settlement of 
 Banjermassin given up for no other reason than that the 
 Dutch Commissioners demanded them. Instead of the 
 difficulties decreasing they increased, and the feelings of the 
 Dutch Commissioners, and of Fendall, the secretary Assey, 
 and the other English assistants ran high. 
 
 Sir Stamford Baffles at Bencoolen (1818). — The Dutch 
 believed that the British were intent on depriving them of 
 their territorial rights in the East ; whilst the British 
 authorities — who now had Sir Stamford Baffles as their 
 adviser at Bencoolen, he having returned to the East — were 
 convinced that the Dutch intended to establish a monopoly 
 with a view to shutting British trade and influence entirely 
 out of the East. 
 
 This latter view, however much it appeared then a likely 
 one from the frantic haste the Dutch showed in taking 
 back their colonies, and the many regrettable incidents and 
 incessant friction consequently arising, cannot be admitted. 
 
 The culminating point was reached when Raffles occupied 
 Singapore on the 29th January, 1819. 
 
 The Dutch claimed Singapore under a treaty with the 
 Sultan of Johore, but the British pointed out that this 
 treaty had been made with a usurper, whereas the British 
 treaty had been made with the rightful Sultan. After 
 years of struggle the Dutch dropped their claim, for the 
 British, at least here, had taken a stand and meant to keep 
 to it.
 
 406 JAVA 
 
 The treaty of the 13th August, 1814, from the fact that 
 it was probably hastily drawn up, left the door open for 
 still further misunderstanding between the Dutch and 
 British officials, there being an entire lack of sympathy on 
 either side, the utmost jealousy prevailing — partly for 
 reasons already stated and partly on account of the fact 
 that the principals were ill-suited to each other. These 
 misunderstandings and regrettable incidents continued right 
 down to the end. 
 
 The Governments at home, tiring of these incessant 
 quarrels, appointed plenipotentiaries to carry out finally 
 the terms of the treaty. 
 
 Final carrying out of the Treaty {Bencoolen Handed over to 
 the Dutch; Malacca returned to the English). — The British 
 representatives were Mr. Canning and Sir Charles Watkin 
 Williams Wynn, with Mr. Valck and Mr. Vagel acting for the 
 Dutch Government. All questions were now settled ; Ben- 
 coolen was exchanged for Malacca and Chinsurah, and the 
 English agreed not to settle anywhere else in Sumatra or 
 make any treaty with any of the native princes in this island. 
 
 English Agree not to make any Treaties with Sumatran 
 Princes or Settle anywhere in that Island. — The British 
 plenipotentiaries withdrew their objections to the Dutch 
 occupation of Billiton ; and the Dutch likewise to the British 
 occupation of Singapore. The British Government also 
 agreed not to establish any settlements on the Karimon 
 Islands, or on the islands of Battam, Bintang, Lingin, or 
 any other islands south of Singapore, which they had some 
 right to do.^ Thus the Dutch became the undisputed 
 masters once more of the entire East Indian Archipelago 
 and England of the Malay Peninsula. 
 
 That the Governments on both sides were pleased with 
 the final settlement it is easy to imagine, for they had by 
 
 1 The Moluccas were also to be given up when the spice monopoly was 
 entirely abolished, which happened in 1824.
 
 BRITISH OCCUPATION, 1811 TO 1816 407 
 
 this time become almost hopeless of reaching an agreement 
 between the two countries. 
 
 Governor FendalP left Java in June, 1818, on the ship 
 Ccesar, with Sir William Keir, Captain Taylor, and the 
 whole English staff in Java, having already ceased to act 
 as Governor since 1816. The Dutch accorded him all 
 honours on his departure. 
 
 With him ended the British occupation of Java, as was 
 later notified in the Java Government Gazette Extraordinary 
 dated Monday, the 19th August, 1818.^ 
 
 1 John Fendall, who was born in London on the 9th October, 1762, was 
 in the service of the East India Company, and died at Calcutta on the 10th 
 November, 1825, after having served on the Viceroy's Council from 1824. 
 
 "^ See the Appendix for various records of the British Occupation of Java.
 
 CHAPTER X 
 
 Java once more under Dutch Rule : 1816 to the 
 Present Day 
 
 The Dutch again Bulers in Java. — The Dutch on their 
 return to power in 1816 had a difficult task to perform, for 
 they were no longer the agents of a bankrupt commercial 
 Company, which had wielded supremacy in the East Indies 
 only for the amassing of wealth and the paying of large 
 dividends to grasping shareholders, but they were now the 
 representatives of a sovereign who had a name to make and 
 maintain. It w^as necessary above all, therefore, that their 
 prestige in the East, which had lasted for more than two 
 centuries, but of late had been severely shaken, should be 
 re-estabHshed, and that all trace of the British administra- 
 tion should be wiped out. This policy was not especially 
 due to the fact that the character of this administration had 
 been actually disapproved of by them, but their name had 
 to be rehabiHtated at all costs. In many cases there can 
 be no doubt that any half-measures would have been 
 ineffective, but in other cases, through their haste to alter 
 existing privileges without first thoroughly examining into 
 these, they raised hornets' nests about their ears, which 
 took years to quiet down. 
 
 Trouble Brewing at Native Courts. — The conditions in Java 
 under the administration of Raffles had entirely altered; 
 more freedom was allowed to the natives ; slavery had been 
 more or less suspended ; an independent spirit had grown 
 up amongst the princes and regents, to which the young 
 Dutch officials were unaccustomed and which was not what 
 they had been led to expect from a race that their fore-
 
 JAVA UNDER DUTCH RULE FROM 1816 409 
 
 fathers had managed to keep so thoroughly in hand. These 
 new officials were naturally as full of zeal for their country 
 as it was possible to be, but they lacked experience. When 
 in the execution of their duties in the interior they assumed 
 a high and haughty tone in addressing the princes, and 
 dictated without giving a chance for a discussion of opinion, 
 the latter, who, under the British Government, had become 
 accustomed to a polite and deferential treatment, in accord- 
 ance with their inherited right as rulers, declined to put up 
 with these methods, or if compelled did so in a sullen and 
 dissatisfied mood which boded no good for the future. It 
 was apparent, therefore, to the merest beginner in politics 
 that such strained relations as at the time existed between 
 the hereditary house of Djockjakarta and Soerckarta and 
 the Dutch must sooner or later lead to a conflagration, once 
 a spark should be thrown on the ready fuel. 
 
 Java War 1825 to 1830 Breaks Out. — In an ill-advised 
 moment this spark was supplied through a tactless and 
 unnecessary order given by the authorities at Buitenzorg in 
 regard to the land tenure of Mid Java. The result was a 
 war which lasted five years, and depopulated some of the 
 finest provinces in the island. 
 
 The lands in the region mentioned had for a thousand 
 years past, in accordance with the Old Hindu laws, been 
 leased by the sovereigns to the princes, who in their turn 
 leased them to the agriculturists. The trouble arose 
 entirely through these lands having been hired in more 
 recent years by Chinese and Europeans, the latter being a 
 few French, but chiefly Dutch. 
 
 The existing regulations, it must be admitted, were far 
 from perfect, and the rightful owners of the soil were in 
 point of fact being fleeced in so far that full value was not 
 being paid for the properties hired. The princes or pangerans 
 were, moreover, nevertheless well satisfied with these 
 arrangements, for they were still in receipt of large incomes
 
 410 JAVA 
 
 drawn from the hirers of these lands, and in an easy and 
 entirely legitimate manner were able to keep up the standard 
 of luxurious living necessary for their positions. 
 
 The Dutch officials, however, doubtless had the twofold 
 end in view of clearing out these foreign leeches (possibly 
 not so much the Hollanders as the Chinese), and of regulating 
 once and for all the system. It looked, indeed, as if these 
 princes were lapped in wealth, but here a mistake was made. 
 Orders were sent by the Government at Buitenzorg that all 
 present contracts were to be annulled, or if executed to be 
 restricted by wholly impossible conditions. The Resident 
 at Djockjakarta, Baron de Salis, had been replaced at this 
 time by Jonkheer A. H. Smissaert, a man whose family and 
 personal gifts were under ordinary circumstances such as 
 wholly to warrant his being placed in this very difficult 
 position.^ The secretary at Djockja was also unfortunately 
 changed, Chevallier taking the place of D'abo. These 
 alterations were at this critical moment a mistake, for 
 Smissaert, not properly grasping the situation, endeavoured, 
 instead of arranging matters by a mutual understanding, 
 to carry out the Government's instructions to the letter ; 
 this he did in all their severity with no tact whatever. If 
 to this is added the circumstance that a stupid interpreter 
 translated documents of importance incorrectly, it can be 
 easily seen that the elements were all there for intensifying 
 the trouble. The princes were now told to reimburse the 
 hirers of their lands the sums advanced them, and to take 
 back the former, with the fabricks and houses included, at 
 the Resident's valuation. 
 
 The means to pay back such sums advanced were naturally 
 lacking, much more so to take over property which was of 
 no value to them. Moreover, a point which struck these 
 pangerans as entirely indefensible was the forcing of 
 them to cancel contracts which carried the seal of their 
 See note at end of this chapter.
 
 HI 
 
 Hi 
 
 HH^HK^/' T^ltt 
 
 ■M 
 
 HH 
 
 ■^ 
 
 
 ^^s^ 
 
 
 B ^hj^llPli 
 
 " 
 
 1 
 
 ^^H^PiiB 
 
 i 
 
 
 ilH 
 
 ^^^3 
 
 lyP(if-> 1 
 
 ' ^^H 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^^hHh 
 
 j!^'-. ...../ 
 
 ■ 
 
 ^^i^H^^^^^I 
 
 ^ 
 
 J 
 
 H 
 
 THE SULTAN OK JOCKJAKAKTA GOING IN PROCESSION FROM THE CRATON 
 SITI INGGIL AT THE GAREBEG FESTIVAL. 
 
 THE RESIDENT S HOUSE AT JOCKJAKARTA.
 
 JAVA UNDER DUTCH RULE FROM 1816 411 
 
 highly revered ancestors — an action to them worse than 
 sacrilege. 
 
 The prime mover in the rising was Dipo Negoro, an 
 illegitimate son of a former sultan, who was eventually 
 joined by Prince Mangkn Boemi, of the reigning house. 
 The former was a religious fanatic, and in taking up arms 
 he did so in the name of the Prophet Mahomet, wiiich 
 brought almost the whole population to his standard. 
 
 Eumours of the rising were more or less unheeded by the 
 Dutch, and before they knew it they found themselves in 
 the midst of a maelstrom the like of which they could never 
 have foreseen. The military force at their disposal was 
 found to be entirely inadequate, and reinforcements, such 
 as they were, had to be drawn from all the outlying stations 
 in the dependencies, leaving these settlements without 
 proper defences. 
 
 The Dutch turned immediately to the Susuhunan of Solo, 
 and tactfully managed to secure his neutrality, which was 
 naturally of immense value. After the first conflicts the 
 Government ostentatiously removed Smissaert from Djockja 
 and replaced him by H. MacGillavry,^ who was resident at 
 Solo, by an edict dated the 26th September, 1825. It 
 helped, however, in no w^ay. 
 
 The edict was signed by General Hendick Merkus de Kock, 
 the Governor of Java, who proved himself to be the strong 
 man that was needed for the occasion. 
 
 ^ This Henry MacGillavry was the son of Harry MacGillavry, a Scotch- 
 man who went to Holland about 1740. Henry came to Java at the begin- 
 ning of the nineteenth century and became Resident of Solo in 1825, just 
 before the war began. Being thought by the Government to be making 
 money out of the commissariat supphes — which, however, could not be 
 proved — he was transferred to Sumatra as Governor of the Padang High- 
 lands. His children were a son, who went into the factory ; Charles who 
 became assistant Resident ; Donald, administrator of a coffee estate in 
 East Java ; and Henry, who became owner of the coffee and cacao estate 
 near Djati Eoengo and died in 1911 ; and Robert, administrator of Nobo, 
 whose daughter married Burghard, the manager of the Koloniale Bank, 
 Samarang,
 
 412 JAVA 
 
 On the 28th July, 1825, Djockja was surrounded, and 
 shortly after the best part of Middle Java was in flames and 
 the population restless throughout the island. 
 
 To follow each skirmish and fight would entail volumes^ 
 and is unnecessary. 
 
 In all the first encounters, however, the Dutch found they 
 had an enemy to deal with whose skill in guerilla warfare 
 was of no mean order ; they frequently disorganised the 
 Dutch army by attacking them in ambush, or sneaking 
 through the sentries and pouring into their camps on pitch- 
 dark nights to the accompaniment of terrific soul-piercing 
 yells, dealing death with their klewangs ^ on all sides, and only 
 withdrawing into the forest when daylight appeared and 
 their enemy marched out to attack them. They would 
 renew these tactics at every opportunity, and harass the 
 army on the march by attacking them unseen from behind 
 the trees or bushes and cutting off stragglers. Towards the 
 end of August, 1825, even Samarang itself was threatened, 
 where an incident well worthy of mention occurred at the 
 beginning of the operations. 
 
 When the war broke out trouble appeared at Demak, and 
 the Samarang " schuttery " (a burger corps) and sixty 
 sailors from the frigate Javaan, which was lying in the roads, 
 were sent there, also a corps of mounted volunteers who had 
 placed themselves at the disposition of General de Kock, 
 whom they had ridden out from Samarang to meet, pro- 
 ceeded to the scene of hostihties near Demak. This corps 
 consisted of nineteen^ gentlemen of Samarang or elsewhere, 
 of whom thirteen were Englishmen, and was placed under 
 the command of Lieutenant Diedrich Borneman,"^ an of&cer 
 of the Bengal Lancers. 
 
 ^ Major Louw's work, "Java Oorlog," is the best record of this war. 
 
 2 Short, heavy native sabres. 
 
 3 According to my calculations there were twenty-two. 
 
 * Died at Samarang the 24th Jvdy, 1833, and was buried on Gegadjie 
 Hill, in a tomb standing out as a pyramid.
 
 JAVA UNDER DUTCH RULE FROM 1816 413 
 
 On the 2nd September the force marched to Dempet on 
 the road to Denidk. Here the following day the said little 
 corps of mounted volunteers, seeing the enemy in the dis- 
 tance, without any direct orders and following merely a 
 general one, charged the Javan centre with great spirit and 
 drove the left column back in disorder. The right and 
 centre columns of the enemy now, however, endeavoured to 
 surround them, so that Borneman was obliged to sound the 
 order to collect. This was immediately obeyed, and the 
 party again attacked the other columns. Unfortunately 
 these columns had muskets and kept up a continuous fire, 
 so that the order had to be given to retire. The men in the 
 corps were not sufficiently masters of their horses, and there 
 was also not any advantageous ground to which to retire, 
 so that they were obliged to retreat on the road to Samarang. 
 Here the village folk turned out in thousands, and, when 
 able, picked the men off one by one ; of the party of twenty- 
 two fourteen were cut to pieces, of whom seven were British. 
 A medal was struck and given to those that survived.^ 
 The Dutch had to eventually retire from Demak more or 
 less beaten, and when the news of this defeat reached 
 Samarang the consternation in the town was great, and all 
 the tenants of the houses in the Bodjong road left them and 
 retired inside the walls of the town. More troops now 
 arrived, and the safety of the Kesidency of Samarang was 
 guaranteed by General van Geen, in consequence of which 
 and of a public note from the Resident the Europeans 
 returned to their houses in Bodjong. General de Kock was 
 at this moment at Salatiga with fifteen hundred men pre- 
 paring for a new battle ; he had also seven eager volunteers.^ 
 The result of this was no better than the first fight. 
 
 1 See note at end of this chapter. 
 
 2 S. Hamar de la Brethoniere, Frenchman, owner of " Assinan " cocoa 
 and nutmeg estate ; Medard Louis, Frenchman, administrator and late 
 owner of Melambong coffee estate ; WiUiam Brown, EngUshman at
 
 414 JAVA 
 
 During the whole of 1825 and 1826 the enemy under Dipo 
 Negoro spread then' power through Kedoe Pekalongan, 
 Ledok, Selarong, and Madioen, where a Javan called Sentot, 
 a son of a former regent of this place, with a large number 
 of natives joined the standard. The Banjoemas fell also 
 under the influence of the enemy, so that the anxiety and 
 responsibihty of the commander-in-chief was very great. 
 Towards July, 1826, the crisis was reached, Dipo Negoro's 
 power was now at its height, and the Dutch had sustained 
 such heavy losses through battle and sickness that they 
 were no longer in a fit state to take the field. There were 
 no more troops from the outlying islands to be called in, 
 and matters looked very dark indeed. New troops were 
 therefore ordered out from Holland, and the army in 
 the field remained partially inactive whilst the reinforce- 
 ments were arriving. Small fights, however, occurred at 
 Delangoe and Kahtan, in which the Dutch again came 
 off badly. 
 
 The new troops from Holland, when they did arrive, proved 
 no use, as they were a raw, undisciplined crowd of youngsters 
 who, after being cooped up for nearly four and a half months 
 on board the ships, when brought on shore at Samarang 
 broke loose and committed all sorts of disgraceful outrages, 
 disgusting and frightening the Dutch and native inhabitants 
 of the place, who shut themselves up in their houses when- 
 ever they appeared. They were, however, eventually 
 brought to reason and sent up country, where they very 
 shortly fell victims to the hardships of life in the field, or if 
 by chance they succeeded in withstanding this (which very 
 few did) they died off from dysentery, fevers, and cholera. 
 From a private letter from Gillian Maclaine, the head of the 
 
 Melambong ; Jolin S. Cameron, Englisliman, brother of Lewis Cameron, 
 of Deans Scott and Co. ; H. Israel, Armenian, owner of Land, Tegal Tappen 
 1816 (or J. Israel, owner of Land, Karang, Anjer, 1818) ; A. E. Bromver, 
 Dutchman of Merchant House, Brouwer Nolthenius and Co. ; Verwoort, 
 planter, Salatiga.
 
 i'ALACK (IF TlIK (idVKKNOlI-GKN'KKAL AT UriTKXZdKd. 
 
 GOVERNOR-GENEKAL .^ PALA( K. KYSWVK. BATAVIA.
 
 JAVA UNDER DUTCH RULE FROM 1816 415 
 
 house of Maclaine, Watson & Co., Java, to his brother, dated 
 Samarang the 14th June, 1828, the following extract may- 
 be given : — 
 
 " Out of three thousand fine young men who marched through 
 here last season for the interior sixteen hundred have actually 
 died by the official returns made a month back. The number 
 of deaths now amount to eighteen hundred. This sad mortahty 
 is not occasioned so much by the climate as by want of care. 
 The Commissariat department is bad, the medical not much 
 better. The soldiers have no change of dress, no tents when in 
 the field ; in short, no comfort. I scarcely think Dipo Negoro's 
 generals manage matters so badly." 
 
 At one time the Dutch Government actually ran short of 
 guns, and had to ask the help of one of the English houses, 
 Thompson, Koberts & Co., to try and buy a supply for them 
 at Singapore. 
 
 In 1827 the Government, fully realising that this hand- 
 to-mouth method of procedure was likely to cost them more 
 in the end, set about improving matters. 
 
 The commissariat and transport departments were over- 
 hauled and taken in hand, provisions being improved and a 
 proper administrative staff being appointed. The soldiers 
 were to be paid regularly, and not, as heretofore, to have to 
 wait months for their pay, so that the officers were obliged 
 to advance them small sums to purchase absolute neces- 
 saries. The sick were to be better cared for instead of 
 being left to die in cowsheds, and the field forces were to be 
 properly clothed and housed. Clothes some of them had 
 none, and the bamboo sheds given them now and again to 
 live in were mere " kraals " fit for beasts but not for men, 
 being exposed on all sides to wind and weather. Proper 
 doctors in sufficient number were also to be secured. Up 
 till now several had been caring for the wounded with little 
 or no knowledge of medicine or the art of healing. This all 
 tended to there being an unprecedented percentage of
 
 416 JAVA 
 
 deaths, which was due, not to battle, but to the following 
 four main causes : — 
 
 1. Want of clothes. 
 
 2. Bad housing or want of housing. 
 
 3. Too little and poor food. 
 
 4. Bad doctors, and medical assistance. 
 
 By the middle of 1827 these improvements had been 
 carried out, and when a system of redoubts, which were 
 erected at intervals in regular order, was completed affairs 
 looked distinctly brighter. Each redoubt had its own com- 
 plement of men and two cannon which swept all sides, and 
 the officer in charge was responsible for keeping a certain 
 district quiet. As in general the redoubt garrisons Vv^ere 
 made up of men actually unfit for active service, very few 
 of those available were not in the field attached to the 
 mobile columns ; these de Kock now caused to be ever on 
 the march and thus give no peace or rest to the enemy. 
 
 The idea of this redoubt system originated in the mind of 
 Lieutenant A. J. C. Dezentje, who was adjutant to the 
 Emperor of Solo's legion for some years. ^ 
 
 An Englishman endeavours to secure Peace. — The discom- 
 fiture of Dipo Negoro and his generals was soon apparent, 
 and by August, 1827, Mr. William Stavers, an Englishman, 
 and the owner of an estate called Singo Sarie, managed to 
 open negotiations with one of Dipo Negoro's generals, and 
 sent the following correspondence to headquarters ^ : — 
 
 " Mr Stavers presents his respectful compliments to his 
 Excellency the Commissary-General of Netherlands, India, etc., 
 etc., and has the pleasm-e of forwarding the copy of a letter being 
 an answer to the letter written by the Pangeran de Patie Poerbaya. 
 After the usual compUments it commences as follows : — 
 
 " ' I have received your letter the contents of which I know 
 and understand. What you speak of that is my wish, the raising 
 
 1 An account of this man and his son is given at the end of this chapter. 
 
 2 This correspondence is to be found in Major Louw's great work, 
 " The Java War."
 
 JAV^A UNDER DUTCH RULE FROM 1816 417 
 
 or elevation of the Islam reUgion on Java, that is to say, that no 
 other rehgion may be above the religion of Islam, above it if 
 possible, but not the same.' 
 " 30 Doelkadji, 1242." 
 
 This letter, says Stavers, was written as Kjahi Madja 
 received the news of the defeat of his army at Pasar Gede 
 and was in a very bad humour. 
 
 " Another letter is ready for him, which, if possible, I am to 
 take myself. If I succeed I shall send your Excellency a copy of 
 it. If not, your Excellency shall have a copy of the answer that 
 goes to Dipo Negoro. Trifling as these letters may be, I hope 
 they may be the means of opening a correspondence. I know 
 the Resident MacGillavry has sent a letter with great difficulty 
 to Kjahi Madja by an old woman who has not returned yet. 
 One does suspect she will never return, as I hear the rebels will 
 have nothing to do with him. I am extremely sorry to hear 
 your Excellency has been so indisposed, but hope the fine air of 
 Buitenzorg wiU soon bring your Excellency sound again." 
 
 On the 13th August Stavers sent the Governor- General 
 two more letters. 
 
 The first was an answer to the letter he had said he would 
 send Kjahi Madja as above, and the second was his own 
 answer to this. The most important portion of the first is, 
 according to the translation Stavers gave, as follows : — 
 
 " His Excellency General De Kock and General Van Geen 
 both of them know the reasons why his Highness Dipanegara is 
 grieved, and you wish to know which is his Highness' wish, and 
 which I wish. We ask nothing. His Highness the Sultan 
 Dipanegara wish that he (the G.G.) will make him Radja Islam. 
 All the priests and all my family, and all the people proclaim him 
 Sultan, and ask it of God, and if possible do also ask of God to 
 make clean the rehgion of Islam on Java. If his Excellency 
 the Commissary-General will agree to his Highness' wish, yes 
 I will meet you both. 
 
 " 15th of Sura ; 8th Aug., 1827." 
 
 J. — VOL. I. E E
 
 418 JAVA 
 
 Stavers replied as follows : — 
 
 " We have told his Excellency the Governor-General De Kock 
 the contents of your letter. His Excellency -will settle about 
 his Highness being proclaimed Sultan Islam, and again about the 
 explanation of the reUgion of Islam. Yes, he will settle about 
 that also. The reason H.E. cannot give a decisive answer is he 
 must first refer it to his Excellency the Commissioner-General 
 at Batavia. Now we ask permission from his Excellency the 
 Governor-General if you think it good to stop all operations of 
 war that we may the better consult on the present business. 
 
 " His Excellency wishes Mr. Stavers and myself to meet his 
 Highness Dipanegara, and yourself Kjahi Madja, for the above 
 purpose, if his Highness has any doubts of our sincerity we can 
 ask his Excellency for his son, whom we are sure he will send 
 should you wish it. We escort your messengers to Klaten, where 
 we shall wait his Highness' orders, and hope H.H. will send 
 passes for us that we may both meet H.H. and yourself as soon 
 as possible. 
 
 " Mohammet ibn AU, and Mr. Stavers, to Kjahigoeroe Madja, 
 13 Aug., 1827." 
 
 Kjahi Madja duly answered this letter as follows : — 
 
 " To Mahommet ibn Ah Kitip and Mr. Stavers. 
 
 ** Your letter I have received, and the contents I understand. 
 The Governor-General will consult with the Commissary-General. 
 You speak of an end of war and you wish to meet the Sultan 
 and myself, that you wish a pass, and people to show you the 
 way. 
 
 " About the end of war I have spoken to the Sultan. Yes, he 
 agrees to stop all hostiUties, but both parties shall remain quiet 
 at their respective posts. 
 
 " You wish to meet his Highness and myself ; his Highness 
 does not wish to meet you himself, but will send myself and 
 Pangeran Ngabehi Abdul Rachman. 
 
 " Both of you had better consult together, that anything 
 may be more easy ; when you have consulted with the Commissary- 
 General send me word, and I will directly send people to meet 
 you." 
 
 " Jargo Lamy, Wednesday 22nd of the moon. Mahomad."
 
 JAVA UNDER DUTCH RULE FROM 1816 419 
 
 This letter was a somewhat awkward one, having gone a 
 step further than was expected before the Governor was 
 ready. Thus we find Stavers writing to De Kock as 
 follows : — 
 
 " The above letter puts me to my shifts. The only thing I 
 can beg of your Excellency to do is to send a letter to Mahommet 
 ibn Ali and myself, authorising us to parlementair with Kjahi 
 Madja, and Pangeran Ngabehi. Your Excellency will see he 
 wishes to consult with the Commissary-General, but this will lose 
 much time. 
 
 " He is near Klaten now and a few days would be a great loss. 
 His people are still with me . Please to write what your Excellency 
 should wish to show them, also that your Excellency authorises 
 me to meet them in half margin with your Excellency's seal, and 
 Mahommet ibn Ali will write it in Arab on the other side." 
 
 De Kock gave Stavers the necessary authority to visit 
 the rebel camp, but this visit ended in nothing — Stavers 
 was unable to get Dipo Negoro to alter his conditions, to 
 which the Dutch Government virtually declined to listen. 
 For his valuable services Stavers was appointed in September, 
 1827, a captain on the general staff and decorated. 
 
 Fighting began again, and although the new system was 
 found a very convenient one, it did not, on account of the 
 enemy changing their tactics, immediately answer all that 
 was expected of it, and the question was seriously considered 
 of giving it up. 
 
 In December, 1827, trouble broke out in Rembang, and 
 spread over all the whole residency to such a degree as to 
 be called another " Java war." The Resident was F. E. 
 Hardy, an Englishman by birth,^ who was in Java under 
 Raffles, and the \yorry of this little war caused his death on 
 the 6th February, 1828. 
 
 Further new troops were now sent out from Holland, and 
 a force of nearly twenty-five thousand men was put into the 
 
 1 A forefather, I believe, in Java of the well-known ProboHngo family of 
 that name. 
 
 E E 2
 
 420 JAVA 
 
 field by De Kock, who with restless energy at last was able 
 to begin drawing his lines closer and closer on a dis- 
 comfited enemy. The war was now only a matter of time. 
 The enemy began at last to suffer from want of provisions, 
 and was obliged to loot from the villagers, and who conse- 
 quently assisted them no longer. On the 6th August, 1829, 
 the family of Prince Mangku Boemi surrendered themselves 
 to the Dutch, followed very shortly afterwards by the 
 prince himself, who saw the day was lost. In October 
 Sentot and all his army went over to the Dutch. 
 
 Dipo Negoro still held out, however, and evaded the 
 Dutch for still another five months. His family, however, 
 was captured, and at last on the 28th March, 1830, he him- 
 self was taken prisoner, but not in a very direct manner. 
 The Dutch offering him terms of peace, he came in with his 
 followers with their krisses, and on account of this w^as taken 
 prisoner in the residency house at Magelango. He would, 
 however, in any case have been captured very shortly, as 
 his troops were being hemmed in between the rivers Bogo 
 Wonto and Progo, the former of which, on account of some 
 old superstition, they dare not cross. Dipo Negoro was at 
 once sent into captivity to Macasoar at Nice, where he died 
 in 1855. Thus ended a war that had lasted five years and 
 cost the Dutch Government at least twenty-five million 
 guilders, besides the loss of about fifteen thousand Europeans 
 and native soldiers. 
 
 A number of Dutchmen distinguished themselves in this 
 long war and deserve to be mentioned (see note at end of 
 chapter). 
 
 There were also many Frenchmen and several Englishmen 
 attached to the cavalry, who proved themselves men of 
 character. On the slightest occasion these cavalry squad- 
 rons, sometimes with, but more frequently without, orders, 
 would charge, with a loss more serious, however, to them- 
 selves than to the enemy, the ground being generally
 
 JAVA UNDER DUTCH RULE FROM 1816 421 
 
 unsuitable for cavalry operations. Thus nearly all the 
 Frenchmen in Java were killed. 
 
 Cultuur System (1831 — 1870). — The war was scarcely over 
 when the new Governor- General Johannes van den Bosch, 
 who took over the seals of office on the 16th January, 1830, 
 introduced his renowned system for raising money and 
 filling the sorely deplenished Dutch exchequer, called the 
 " Culture System." There can be no doubt that this 
 system was the greatest benefit the island ever had, and in 
 the forty years it was in vigorous operation the exports of 
 Java, and no less the population, increased tenfold. The 
 more successful the system became, the more the Dutch 
 nation was abused, the richer it became, the more it was con- 
 demned. Invective and condemnation, insults and threats, 
 were showered upon it by the so-called humanitarian 
 sections of English society. Had, however, England sub- 
 stituted this system for the very inefficient " ryot warree " 
 or land system she introduced in India, it would have been 
 better for that country to-day ; for as during this time 
 India, with an area sixteen times greater than that of Java 
 and with twelve times the population, only produced a 
 revenue four times as great, it is clear which system was the 
 more efficient. 
 
 While the " culture system " was more or less at its 
 height and public opinion regarding its iniquity at boiling 
 point, Mr. J. W. B. Money, a clever Calcutta barrister, 
 visited Java in 1859 and stated openly that he had nothing 
 but praise to bestow on all he saw. 
 
 This he declared in a two-volume book, entitled " Java ; 
 or. How to Manage a Colony." 
 
 Wallace, the great naturalist, who was m Java between 
 the 18th July and the 31st October, 1861, records his views 
 on the system as follows : — 
 
 " This brings us to the culture system which is the source 
 of all the wealth the Dutch derive from Java, and is the subject
 
 422 JAVA 
 
 of much abuse in this country because it is the reverse of free 
 trade. 
 
 " Natives of tropical climates have few wants, and when these 
 are suppUed are disinclined to work for superfluities without 
 some strong incitement. With such a people the introduction 
 of any new or systematic cultivation is almost impossible except 
 by the despotic order of chiefs whom they have been accustomed 
 to obey, as children obey their parents. 
 
 " The full competition of European traders however introduces 
 two powerful inducements to exertion. Spirits or opium is a 
 temptation too strong for most savages to resist, and to obtain 
 these he will sell whatever he has, and will work to get more. 
 Another temptation he cannot resist is goods on credit. The 
 trade offers him gay clothes, knives, gongs, guns and gunpowder 
 to be paid for by some crop perhaps not yet planted, or some 
 product yet in the forest. He has not sufficient forethought 
 to take only a moderate quantity, and not enough energy to 
 work early and late in order to get out of debt, and the conse- 
 quence is he accumulates debt upon debt, and often remains 
 for years, or for life, a debtor, and almost a slave. 
 
 " This is a state of things which occurs very largely in every 
 part of the world in which men of a superior race freely trade 
 with men of a lower race. It extends trade, no doubt, for a 
 time, but it demoralises, and does not lead to any permanent 
 increase in the wealth of the country ; so that the European 
 Government of such a country must be carried on at a loss. The 
 system introduced by the Dutch was to induce the people through 
 their chiefs to give a portion of their time to the cultivation of 
 coffee, sugar, and other valuable products. A fixed rate of 
 wages — low indeed but about equal to that of all places where 
 European competition has not artificially raised it — ^was paid to 
 the labourers engaged in clearing the groimd and forming the 
 plantations under Government superintendence. The produce 
 is sold to the Government at a low fixed price. Out of the net 
 profits a percentage goes to the chiefs, and the remainder is 
 divided among the workmen. This surplus in good years is 
 something considerable. On the whole, the people are well fed 
 and decently clothed, and have acquired habits of steady industry, 
 and the art of scientific cultivation, which must be of service to 
 them in the future. It must be remembered that the Govern- 
 ment expended capital for years before any return was obtained,
 
 JAVA UNDER DUTCH RULE FROM 1816 423 
 
 and if they now derive a large revenue, it is in a way which ia 
 far less burthensome, and far more beneficial to the people, than 
 any tax that could be levied. But although the system may be 
 a good one, and as well adapted to the development of arts and 
 industry, in a half civilised people, as it is to the material advan- 
 tage of the governing country, it is not pretended that in practice 
 it is perfectly carried out. The oppressive and servile relations 
 between chiefs and people, which have continued for perhaps a 
 thousand years, cannot be at once abolished, and some evil must 
 result from those relations till the spread of education and the 
 gradual infusion of European blood causes it naturally and 
 insensibly to disappear. It is said that the Residents desirous 
 of showing a large increase in the products of their districts have 
 sometimes pressed the people to such continued labour on the 
 plantations that their rice crops have been materially diminished, 
 and famine has been the result. If this has happened it is 
 certainly not a common thing, and is to be set down to the abuse 
 of the system by the want of judgment or want of humanity in 
 the Resident. 
 
 " A tale has lately been written in Holland and translated into 
 EngHsh entitled ' Max Havelaar, or the Coffee Auctions of the 
 Dutch Trading Company' (Nederlandsche Handels Maatschappij, 
 commonly called the 'Factory'), and with our usual one-sidedness 
 in all relating to the Dutch colonial system, this work has been 
 excessively praised, both for its own merits, and for its supposed 
 crushing exposure of the iniquities of the Dutch government of 
 Java. Greatly to my surprise I found it a very tedious and long- 
 winded story full of rambling digressions, and whose only point is 
 to show that the Dutch Residents and assistant Residents wink 
 at the extortions of the native princes, and that in some districts 
 the natives have to do work without payment and have their 
 goods taken away from them without compensation. 
 
 " Every statement of this kind is thickly interspersed with 
 italics and capital letters, but as the names are all fictitious, and 
 neither dates, figures, nor details are even given, it is impossible 
 to verify or answer them. Even if not exaggerated the facts 
 stated are not nearly so bad as those of the oppression by free 
 trade indigo planters, and torturing by native tax gatherers 
 under British rule in India, with which the readers of English 
 newspapers were famihar a few years ago. Such oppression, 
 however, is not fairly to be imputed in either case to the particular
 
 424 JAVA 
 
 form of government ; but it is rather due to the infirmity of 
 human nature, and to the impossibihty of at once destroying 
 all trace of ages of despotism on the one side, and of slavish 
 obedience to their chiefs on the other. It must be remembered 
 that the complete estabUshment of Dutch power in Java is much 
 more recent than that of our rule in India, and that there have 
 been several changes of government, and in the mode of raising 
 revenue. The inhabitants have been so recently under the rule 
 of their native princes that it is not easy at once to destroy the 
 excessive reverence they feel for their old masters, or to diminish 
 the oppressive exactions which the latter have always been 
 accustomed to make. 
 
 " There is, however, one grand test of the prosperity, and 
 even of the happiness, of a community which we can apply here, 
 the rate of increase of the population. 
 
 "It is universally admitted that when a country increases 
 rapidly in population the people cannot be very greatly oppressed 
 or very badly governed. 
 
 " Since the beginning of the century the population has 
 increased from 3,500,000 to in 1865 14,163,416 persons. If, as 
 I believe, this vast population is on the whole contented and 
 happy, the Dutch Government should consider well before abruptly 
 changing a system which has led to such great results. Taking 
 it as a whole, and surveying it from every point of view, Java 
 is probably the very finest and most interesting tropical island 
 in the world." 
 
 It will be seen from these remarks by Wallace, written at 
 the time by such a trustworthy and accurate recorder, that 
 the scathing remarks made against the Dutch nation at this 
 period were wholly undeserved. The system was carried 
 on in full vigour during the Governorships of their Excel- 
 lencies Jean Chretien Band, Dominique Jacques de Eereus, 
 Carel Girardus Willem, Count vanHogendorp, Pieter Merkus, 
 Jonkheer Joan Cornelis Keynot, and Jan Jacob Kochussen.^ 
 By this time various abuses had crept into the carrying out 
 of the regulations, but mostly of a local nature, and all in" 
 direct contradiction and in defiance of Van den Bosch's 
 
 ^ Grand -uncle of the present author.
 
 PAXUEKAN PRABOKNEXCiRAT (sUKAKARTa), BROTHER TO THE sUSLHLXaN.
 
 JAVA UNDER DUTCH RULE FROM 1816 425 
 
 provisions. Kochussen, one of the most humane of gover- 
 nors, did all that he could to put these abuses down v/hilst 
 in Java, and when he became colonial secretary he more or 
 less abolished them. The chief complaint was that too 
 much land was being used for sugar and coffee and too little 
 for food products for the ever-increasing population. In 
 1870 a scheme of reform was introduced which relieved the 
 natives a great deal and led the way to the system of free 
 cultivation which now exists in the island. When all is said 
 and done, however, the culture system did an immense 
 amount of good for Java. 
 
 Trouble with England over the Duties. — In 1834 the 
 Governor-General, Band, introduced a heavy scale of duties 
 which specially affected British goods, and gave a preference 
 to those of Dutch importation, and which was quite con- 
 trary to treaty. This led to a very strong protest being 
 lodged with the Dutch Government by Lord Palmerston, 
 who was then Foreign Secretary. Lord Palmerston seems 
 to have only pressed the matter when urged on by a request 
 presented by the Glasgow Chamber of Commerce, which was 
 induced to take this step by the house of James Finlay & Co. 
 
 Trouble with England over Siak. — Trouble also arose 
 between the two countries over the validity of a treaty 
 which had been made by the English with the Kajah of Siak 
 in 1818. The controversy was continued for a long time, 
 and at one period became almost acute.^ It was not finally 
 disposed of until 1871, when a new treaty gave the Dutch 
 absolute sway over Sumatra, in exchange for which England 
 assumed some rights which were theirs in West Africa, 
 which rights by some w^ere considered more imaginary than 
 real. 
 
 Trouble ivith E7igland over Sarawak, 1814. — Again trouble 
 arose with England over Saraivak, which in 1841 was ruled 
 over by Sir James Brooke as rajah. Brooke was an English- 
 
 1 See McGillian Maclaine'e letter of the 1st Marcli and the 1st May, 1833.
 
 426 JAVA 
 
 man who found his way into the Eastern Seas shortly after 
 the EngHsh occupation of Java, and having taken part in 
 an expedition to Burmah in 1825 was so taken with the 
 romantic side of hfe and the chance for adventure that he 
 left the Eoyal Indian Army in 1835 and bought his own ship 
 out of a legacy of £30,000 left him by his father. He now 
 began to roam about on his own account, in this small 
 schooner of a hundred and forty-two tons. During these 
 cruises he seems always to have frequented the islands round 
 Borneo, and became firm friends with the Eajah of Sarawak, 
 Muda Hassan. 
 
 Once when he was there the town was attacked by rebels, 
 and proceeding on shore with his men he assisted the rajah 
 to clear his dominions. 
 
 Sir James Brooke becomes Bajah of Sarawak, 1840. — By 
 1840 he had so entirely gained the affections of Muda Hassan 
 that the latter insisted on Brooke becoming a rajah in his 
 place. 
 
 Brooke, nothing loth and loving romance, accepted the 
 proposal, and was duly installed and confirmed in his 
 possession by the lord paramount, the Sultan of Brunei, on 
 the 18th August, 1840, at Kuching. 
 
 In 1843 Captain Keppel (afterwards admiral of the fleet) 
 visited him with a view to devising plans for destroying the 
 pirates in these seas, which had increased since the last raid 
 made by the English in 1813. The Dutch were not at all 
 satisfied with Sir James Brooke's installation, and kept an 
 eye on him, as despite his duties as Rajah of Sarawak he 
 still found time to visit other islands and ports in the neigh- 
 bourhood during his occasional cruises. 
 
 Sir James Brooke annexes Labuan, 1846. — When Labuan 
 was ceded to Brooke on the 18th December, 1846, their 
 patience gave out, and representations were made to the 
 British Government that this annexation was an infringe- 
 ment of article 12 of the Treaty of 1824. There were
 
 JAVA UNDER DUTCH RULE FROM 1816 427 
 
 certainly grounds for the protest, but the British Govern- 
 ment had ceased to be quixotic over the question of the 
 East Indian possessions, and the Minister for Foreign 
 Affairs, Lord Aberdeen, decHned to accept the Dutch 
 reading of the clause. This was to the effect " that the 
 British Government might not make any establishments 
 on the Carimon Java Islands, or the islands of Battam, 
 Bintang, Lingin, or any other islands south of the Straits 
 of Singapore." Lord Aberdeen maintained that Labuan 
 was only for use as a coaling station and not for making an 
 establishment on, and suggested the occupation would help 
 to keep down piracy. The Dutch from force of circum- 
 stances were obliged to accept this reply. 
 
 In 1857 the Chinese at Sarawak rose in a body and 
 massacred all the Europeans, Sir James Brooke escaping 
 by swimming the river. In due course, however, he returned 
 with his faithful Malays, and thrashed the Chinese, cutting 
 two thousand of them to pieces. In 1868 this remarkable 
 man died, leaving the kingdom to his heirs, who to this day 
 reside and nominally rule there, although Sarawak is no 
 longer an independent State but a part of the English 
 dominions (see note at end of chapter). 
 
 In 1877 the Kajahs of Brunei and Solok ceded a portion 
 of their territories to Messrs. Dent ^ and Overbeek, and these 
 rights were handed over to the British North Borneo Com- 
 pany in 1881. Seven years later, on account of the Russians 
 casting eyes on this part of Borneo to find a place for a 
 coaling station, the British Government extended the 
 Sarawak territories and placed Brunei and the British North 
 Borneo Company's lands, together with Sarawak, under the 
 protection of the British Crown, leaving the Brooke family 
 with certain ruling rights in perpetuity. The opportunity 
 was also now taken to appoint a commission to demarcate 
 the boundaries between the Dutch and British territories 
 
 ^ Of the great house of Dent «fe Co., Hong Kong.
 
 428 JAVA 
 
 of Borneo. The Dutch had no reason to be dissatisfied with 
 the results, as can be seen by a glance at the map, and the 
 boundless wealth of their portion has been proved by the 
 few scratchings on the surface made from time to time. 
 Borneo is one of the countries, together with Sumatra, whose 
 greatness will be in the future, and the riches that lie there 
 buried will place those of Mexico and Peru wholly in the 
 shade. Dutch Borneo, as it was then called, caused the 
 Dutch at first a considerable deal of trouble, the Chinese 
 hongsees, or guilds, offering an obstinate resistance to what 
 they considered an aggression on their ancient rights. The 
 grandfathers and great-grandfathers of the Chinese for 
 several generations back had been born in Borneo, and not 
 only did they own the land, but they assisted and encouraged 
 the pirates who practised their nefarious trade in these 
 waters. Several expeditions were sent to Borneo before 
 these were put down. At Banjermassin, especially, there 
 w^as trouble, and it was years before the Dutch were able 
 completely to put an end to their difficulties here. There 
 had been always a desire on the part of the sultan here, who 
 disliked the Dutch, to cultivate the acquaintance of the Eng- 
 lish, whose connection with Banjermassin went back as far as 
 the year 1614, and who had opened a factory here in 1703. 
 
 In 1846, and again in 1848, expeditions were sent to Bali 
 to bring into subjection the princes there, who were con- 
 tinually giving trouble ; in the final fight the stronghold of 
 Djagaraga was taken and Karang Assam occupied. Bali 
 and Lombock were now considered a portion of the Dutch 
 East Indies. This was rightly so, for as far back as 1597, 
 when Cornells Houtman's fleet was in these waters, they 
 visited Bali. A small account of this is given by Captain W. 
 Cool, a well-known Dutch engineer, in his handy and very 
 pleasant little book entitled " With the Dutch in the East," 
 which also embodies the story of the Lombock expedition 
 of 1894.
 
 JAVA UNDER DUTCH RULE FROM 1816 429 
 
 The nineteenth century seems one long period of expedi- 
 tions and strife with the neighbouring princes, on the part 
 of the Dutch ; for no sooner had one expedition returned 
 from one part of the Indies than another had to be sent in 
 the opposite direction. So was it with the Achin war. 
 This arose in quite a simple manner, but lasted more than a 
 quarter of a century. When the Dutch and British made 
 the treaty of November, 1872, by which the former acquired 
 an absolutely free hand in Sumatra, the Sultan of Achin, 
 who under a treaty made by one of his predecessors in 1819 
 with the Penang Government by the direction of Sir Stam- 
 ford Baffles claimed that the British and not the Dutch 
 were his overlords, began to make hostile demonstrations 
 against the Dutch, and refused to make any treaty with 
 them recognising their sovereignty. James London — a son 
 of the well-kno^^^l Englishman, Alexander London, who came 
 to Java with the British Expedition in 1811, and a small 
 account of whom is given elsewhere — was now Governor- 
 General, and had therefore nothing left to do but to launch 
 an invading army against Achin, thrash the Achinese, and 
 appropriate their country. The task had, however, been 
 underestimated, for the Achinese, like the men of the 
 ancient empire of Majapahit, were born fighters, and when 
 they had been aroused to defend their homes fanaticism 
 made them a formidable foe. In the first war in 1873, 
 despite the fact that all the best Dutch generals were at the 
 front (Generals Kohler van Sivieten and Verspyck ^), the 
 Dutch in the attack on the kraton (sultan's palace) and 
 missigit (temple) were badly beaten, and only a year later 
 was the missigit captured after a defence worthy of the most 
 disciplined troops in the world. The war was, nevertheless, 
 but in its infancy. Later Generals van der Heyden and 
 
 1 The uncle of Mr. Rudolph Verspyck, one of the partners of the firm of 
 Dunlop and Kolff, Samarang. General Verspyck died in 1909, at the age 
 of 84, covered with honours.
 
 430 JAVA 
 
 Wiggers van Kerchem were sent to the scene of operations, 
 and in 1878 the former began a vigorous poHcy somewhat 
 hke that of General De Kock in the Java war, namely, the 
 continual harassing of the enemy by keeping them ever on 
 the move and allowing them no rest. The coast was 
 blockaded and gradually the enemy's resistance was broken 
 down, so that by 1881 it at last looked as if the country had 
 been pacified, if not conquered. General van der Heyden 
 now left Achin, and a new civil Governor (up till now van 
 der Heyden had held the dual position of civil and military 
 head), Pruys van den Hoeven, took his place. Just before 
 this, in 1880, an unfortunate incident occurred. The British 
 steamship Nisero, from Sourabaya with a full cargo of sugar 
 on board, was wrecked on the Achin coast on the 16th 
 November, and eighteen British and six other sailors were 
 made prisoners. The chief of Pangah, a Malay dependant 
 of Toekoe Oemar Muda, Kajah of Tenom, in whose territory 
 the vessel was stranded, refused when requested by the 
 Dutch Government to release the prisoners. A ransom was 
 then offered to the rajah, but with no greater effect, and a 
 threat of warlike proceedings was laughed at. In 1884, under 
 pressure from Earl Granville, the Dutch stormed and took 
 Tenom the 7th January, but the prisoners, several of whom 
 in the meantime had succumbed to their hardships, had been 
 removed to some other stronghold. In May the British 
 Government, tired of procrastination, dispatched H.M.S. 
 Pegasus to the scene, and the commander opened communi- 
 cations with the rajah. The tone of the rajah was concilia- 
 tory, but what he wanted was to be placed under British 
 sovereignty and his country given free trading rights. This 
 communication was carried back to Singapore and sent to 
 Earl Granville. He returned messages to the rajah, recom- 
 mending him to put himself on good terms with the Dutch 
 Government and to hand over the prisoners whom he had 
 kept too long. The rajah at last, seeing nothing was to be
 
 HIS HIGHNESS THE PRINCE MANGKOE NEGERO VI.
 
 JAVA UNDER DUTCH RULE FROM 1816 431 
 
 gained by further delay, handed over the prisoners, now 
 only eighteen in number, to the commander of H.M.S. 
 Pegasus,^ and an indemnity of 50,000 dollars was paid to 
 him. 
 
 Mr. Pruys van den Hoeven had hardly assumed office 
 when the Achinese, thinking the moment opportune, 
 mobilised their forces and descended on the Dutch in full 
 strength, beating them everywhere, and forcing the garrisons 
 of all their outposts to withdraw to the coast. The con- 
 sternation amongst the Dutch was great ; they had quite 
 settled down in the country, and the officers had their wives 
 and famiUes with them in a line of forts and blockhouses 
 reaching from Kota Raja to Olehleh. These all had to 
 make a hurried retreat, fighting a losing battle the whole 
 time, added to which dysentery, cholera, and beri-beri 
 decimated the troops in a shocking manner. The struggle 
 continued for nearly another ten years without intermission, 
 the Dutch army making no headway, and the Achinese re- 
 maining practically as independent as they were when the 
 war broke out. The Dutch, however, felt some hope when in 
 1893 one of the powerful chiefs, Toekoe Oemar, came over 
 to them and assisted them to regain a portion of the country 
 lost. Rewards, honours, and so forth were showered on 
 Toekoe Oemar, but in 1896, becoming disgusted, he returned 
 again to liis countrymen, and it was not long before the whole 
 country rose, more determined than ever to free themselves 
 from the Dutch yoke. 
 
 General Vetter had now become commander-in-chief, and 
 Jonkheer Car el Herman Aart van den Wyk was Governor- 
 General ; the combination was perfect. When the latter 
 (who was one of the best Governor- Generals the Netherlands 
 India has ever had) took anything in hand he always carried 
 it through to success, and he was determined to put an end 
 
 1 There is a book all about this affair called, " The Wreck of the S.S. 
 Nisero.'^
 
 432 JAVA 
 
 to this state of perpetual warfare which was costing the 
 exchequer so many miUions. 
 
 General Vetter, an excellent cool-headed and calmly 
 calculating man, received his orders, and proceeding to the 
 scene of action he attacked the enemy with a vigour that 
 even they could not stand, defeating them time after time, 
 and won back the territory of Achin once more. In 1899 
 ToekoeOemar died, exhausted by his struggles, and in 1903, 
 the new sultan surrendering to the Dutch, the war was at 
 last at an end. Whilst the Achin war was at its height the 
 Sultan of Lombock, who had been restive for many years, 
 insulted the Governor- General of Netherlands India, 
 Pynacker Hordyk, by refusing to receive a letter from him, 
 and a small force was sent there in 1894 to bring him to a 
 better frame of mind. The troops landed, and marched to 
 Tjakra Negora and Matarem without opposition. Here they 
 stationed themselves whilst the Eesident made his demands, 
 which were instantly granted. All suspicions were at rest, 
 when on the night of the 25th August the enemy delivered 
 an attack on the Dutch camp at Tjakra Negora, causing a 
 loss of nearly four hundred killed and wounded, including 
 General van Ham. The story of this fight by the Dutch in 
 the middle of a very dark night with an enemy who had 
 surrounded them is one of the most thrilling ever told. It 
 is a story one can read and read again. Fresh reinforce- 
 ments were sent forward at once, and the battle of Tjakra 
 Negora was fought, which ended with the surrender of the 
 prince and his family. 
 
 Troubles have since occurred in various parts of Sumatra, 
 viz., Siak and Djambi,^ but these were never very serious 
 and were soon quelled. The Dutch East Indies, at the 
 present moment under a wise and beneficent administration 
 upon which it would be difficult to improve, are blessed with 
 peace. 
 
 * The old Jambee, or Jumbi.
 
 JAVA UNDER DUTCH RULE FROM 1816 433 
 
 One can only hope that this may long so continue. What 
 the future of the Dutch possessions is to be it is difficult to 
 say, but there can be no doubt that envious eyes have 
 already been cast upon them, and that their worth is well 
 known to others. 
 
 Looking back into the past, and recalling all the incidents 
 upon which our own gi'eat Eastern empire has been built 
 up, of those that have accompanied the rise of the Dutch 
 empu'e in the East we cannot but acknowledge that the 
 Dutch nation had wholly deserved through their pluck, 
 thoroughness, perseverance and energy all that it to-day 
 possesses, and that the gracious and good sovereign who 
 rules over it has a heritage of which she may well be proud, 
 and one which we cannot but hope she may never lose. 
 May this hope be fulfilled and may the Dutch flag long wave 
 over these lovely Eastern islands. 
 
 NOTES TO CHAPTER X 
 Note I. — Smissaert Family. 
 
 The following note deals only with those members of this 
 family who came to the East. In 1530 Johannes Smissaert was 
 raised to the nobility by the Emperor Karl V., who was also 
 Count of Holland. Holland was then a repubhc, and the comit 
 had sovereign powers. The seat of the family in 1500 was 
 Antwerp, but between 1550 and 1600 they moved to Amsterdam, 
 after spending a year or two (about 1576) in France, where at 
 one time they thought of establishing themselves. During the 
 eighteenth century the family was a very important one, and its 
 heads held the highest positions in the land. 
 
 The first of this distinguished family to come to Java was 
 Jonkheer Dirk Willem Heiidrik Smissaert, who was a son of 
 Hendrik and Jonkvrouw Anna Agneta van Brienan. He was 
 born at Rhenan on the 2nd May, 1751 ; went into the army 
 in 1765 ; joined the East India Company in 1774 ; was " onder 
 koopman " imtil 1775 ; a member of the court of chancery, 
 J. VOL. I. F F
 
 434 JAVA 
 
 1777. He married Johanna Antonia Dormieux on the 14th April, 
 
 1776, at Batavia. Died at Batavia on the 3rd December, 1779. 
 A brother of the latter's, Jonkheer Balthasar Smissaert, was bom 
 
 at Rhenan on the 30th July, 1747. He arrived in Batavia for 
 the East India Company in 1766, where he took up his position as 
 " onder koopman." From this he gradually rose to " boek- 
 honder " in 1772 ; captain-general, or " opperhoofd," of Killas 
 Ambonia in 1782 ; administrator at Batavia in 1803 ; president 
 of the court of chancery (" weeskamer ") at Batavia in 1808, in 
 which capacity he served the British Government under Raffles 
 both at Batavia and Somabaya. From the Java Government 
 Gazette of the 2nd May, 1812, it would appear that during April 
 of that year he was temporarily acting as resident, as he gave an 
 official party, the toasts of which were : (1) " God Save the 
 King " ; (2) " Prince Regent " ; (3) " Lord Mnto " ; (4) " Sir 
 Samuel Auchmuty " ; (5) " Mr. Raffles." He married on the 
 30th Jiuie, 1776, at Batavia, Wilhelmina Johanna Soual. Bal- 
 thasar died and was buried at Ambonia in 1814, where Raffles 
 had sent him on special service. He was a valuable ser\^ant to 
 the British Government. 
 
 The next to come to Java was Jonkheer Marinus Adriaan 
 Perpetuus Smissaert, a son of Jonl^heer Mr. Carel Smissaert and 
 Jonkvrouw Charlotta Balthasarina Godin. He was born at 
 Utrecht on the 11th November, 1773. He went into the army 
 and rose to be colonel (chef de legion). In 1815 he was engaged 
 on service in Java. He was a member of the court of finance, 
 1st October, 1816 ; inspector-general of the tin mines in Banca 
 and Billiton, 27th October, 1817 ; Resident of Banca, 1st June, 
 
 1818. He married on the 23rd March, 1799, Marie Feitama. 
 He was murdered at Banca in the night of the 1st November, 
 
 1819. He held several orders. 
 
 Jonkheer Anthony Hendrik Smissaert, a son of Jonkheer Dirk 
 Willem Hendrik Smissaert, was born at Batavia on the 8th March, 
 
 1777. He came to Java as " onder koopman " in 1802 ; was 
 superintendent of woods and forests, 1808 ; member of the 
 court of justice, 1809 ; Resident of Rembang, 1819 ; Resident 
 of Djockja Karta, 1823, and when war broke out, 1825. He 
 married on the 5th October, 1800, Clara EUsabeth, Baroness von 
 Liebeherr. Died at The Hague on the 25th October, 1832. 
 
 Jonkheer Jacob Willem Hendrik Smissaert, a son of M. A. P. 
 Smissaert already noted, was him on the 21st November, 1802.
 
 JAVA UNDER DUTCH RULE FROM 1816 435 
 
 He came to Java as a midshipman in the Netherlands Imperial 
 Navy, 1816 ; became clerk to Resident of Rembang (A. H. 
 Smissaert), 31st December, 1818 ; on special service, island of 
 Ceram, 1822 ; income tax duties, Magelang, 1823 ; Resident's 
 office, Magelang, 1826 ; vendu meester, Magelang, 1826 ; secre- 
 tary, Magelang, 1827 ; public notary, 1828 ; secretary, Soera- 
 karta, 1830 ; Resident of Bagelen, 1830 ; Resident of Cheribon, 
 1836 ; Resident of Samarang from 1843 till 1846, when he asked 
 for his pension. The night before he left Samarang the whole 
 town was illuminated and a grand farewell ball given, with a 
 display of fireworks. On his return to Holland he was given 
 high appointments and honours. He married AHda Maria 
 Catharina Klein on the 3rd December, 1835. Died at The Hague 
 on the 13th December, 1874. 
 
 Jonkheer Hendrik Ann Constantyn Smissaert, also a son of 
 M. A. P. Smissaert already noted, was born on the 1st January, 
 1805. He came to Java in 1824, and after being controleur and 
 secretary in Salatiga Banjoemas and Pasoervean became assistant 
 Resident of Probolingo in 1838. He was to have become President, 
 but took his discharge and bought the sugar fabrick Besito from 
 Jonkheer Lawick van Pabst. As mentioned elsewhere (see 
 Personeeha of Macquoid, Davidson Co. : John Davidson), he 
 married Emma Davidson, a daughter of John Davidson, on the 
 12th January, 1818. Died at The Hague on the 13th December, 
 1874. 
 
 Then Jonkvrouw Henriette Marie Claire Smissaert, a daughter 
 of A. H. Smissaert already noted, married on the 11th March, 
 1818, at Rembang, Jonkheer Otto Carel Holmberg de Beckfelt, 
 who was assistant Resident of Kendal in 1822, Resident of 
 Pekalongan, 1825, and Resident of the Preanger Regencies 1828. 
 A son of this marriage married a daughter of the Acting G.G. 
 Prins. The other two daughters of Prms were married as 
 foUows : Betsy to G. H. Mieregaes, of Maclaine, Watson Co., 
 and Madelon to one Raaders, who was working in Java in the 
 B.O.W. Department. 
 
 Jonkheer Jacob Willem Hendrik Smissaert, a son of Jonkheer 
 Joan Carel Smissaert, and his wife, Jonkvrouw Pauline Dorothee 
 van Eys, was bom on the 27th March, 1829, came to India in 
 1847, and joined the Netherlands Tradmg Company. He died 
 at Sourabaya on the 2nd November, 1855. 
 
 Jonkheer Marien John Smissaert, a son of Jonkheer H. A. C. 
 
 F F 2
 
 436 JAVA 
 
 Smissaert already noted, was bom at Pasoeroean on the 2nd 
 February, 1838. He married Mathilde Marie Isabelle Rombout 
 van Mechtelina on the 25th May, 1866, at ProboHngo. Of this 
 marriage there were nine children, among whom was Jacob 
 Willem, who became notaris, like his father, and married, on the 
 20th February, 1898, Nelly Eliza Margo van Hasselt, a daughter 
 of the assistant Resident of Banida Neira. There were three 
 daughters — ^IVIarie Jeanne, who married H. M. March, a partner 
 in Pitcairn, Syme Co., Batavia ; Mathilde Marie Isabelle, who 
 married D. Maclaine Campbell, a partner in Maclaine, Watson and 
 Co. (see personalia of that firm) ; and Eliza, who married Lambert 
 Hesterman, director and owner of the tea estate Tji Sampora, 
 in the Preanger. This brings us down to the present day. 
 
 Note II. 
 
 The following is the list of the gallant little body of EngHshmen 
 and others in the engagement at Dempet : — 
 
 John Macmaster, Scotchman, agent from 1822 at Samarang for 
 Messrs. G. Maclaine Co., Batavia. Killed on the way back to 
 Samarang (see G. Maclaine and Co. personalia). 
 
 W . Lindesay, Englishman, a son of W. Lindesay, formerly a 
 partner in the house of Scott and Co., Penang, 1796. Came to Java 
 in 1820. In 1823 commanded Captain John Greg's ship Ennore 
 Transit, a vessel of 237 tons. In 1824 he came to Samarang, and 
 started a ship chandlery business, which he continued to manage. 
 Killed on the field whilst retreating (sometimes spelt Lindsey). 
 
 J. C. Goldsmith, Englishman. Arrived in Java 1820. In 1824 
 commanded Captain Charles Kerr's (of Sourabaya) schooner 
 Anna, 174 tons. The vessel was probably at Samarang when the 
 trouble at Demak broke out, as in September, 1825, he was still 
 in command of the vessel. One of the few not killed, brother 
 of R. Goldsmith, assistant secretary's office, Buitenzorg, 1813 — 
 1816. 
 
 John Macneill,'^ Scotchman, agent from 1823 at Sourabaya for 
 Messrs G. Maclaine and Co., Batavia (see Maclaine, Watson and 
 Co. personaha). Not killed. 
 
 Peter Jessen, Englishman, the original partner of the firm of 
 Jessen, Trail and Co., Batavia (see Jessen, Trail and Co. personalia). 
 
 1 In Major Louw's " History of the War " John Macneill's name does 
 not appear, but in another it does. His name has therefore been included 
 here.
 
 JAVA UNDER DUTCH RULE FROM 1816 437 
 
 Happened to be passing through Samarang when the troubles 
 broke out at Demak. Not killed, 
 
 J . Bremner, Englishman, agent at Samarang for Thompson, 
 Wliiteman and Co., of Batavia, and in 1826 Thompson, Roberta 
 a.nd Co. Not killed, but wounded by a lance. 
 
 George Sutton, Englishman. Was in the Batavia house of 
 Addison and Co. and their agent at Samarang. Killed on the way 
 back to Samarang. 
 
 Robert Barrows, Englishman. Was in the Batavia house of 
 A. L. Forester and Co., and probably their agent at Samarang. 
 Killed on the way back to Samarang. 
 
 Lewis Cameron, Englishman. Was in the Batavia house of 
 Deans and Co., and probably their agent at Samarang. Killed on 
 the field whilst retreating. 
 
 Hammond, Englishman. Was in the Batavia house of IVIiln, 
 Haswell and Co. ; probably was at Samarang on a visit. Killed 
 on the field. 
 
 Spencer, Englishman. Was an employee of Macquoid, David- 
 son and Co. Not killed. 
 
 Philip Willis, Englishman. Was employed by John Macmaster 
 (see G. Maclaine and Co. personalia). Killed on the field whilst 
 retreating, 
 
 Russell Charles Page, Englishman. Was a partner in the 
 Batavia mercantile house of Stewart, Turing and Co. in 1823, which 
 was the year he came to Java. Whether he was only on a trip 
 to Samarang in 1825, when the war broke out, or whether he had 
 ah'eady opened a branch for them is not certain, but as Stewart, 
 Turing and Co. had no interests in Samarang, it is the more likely 
 he was only on a trip. In 1826, when Stewart, Turing and Co. had 
 closed, R. C. Page came to reside at Samarang, but left in 1828 
 temporarily. " R. C. Page is leaving Java and offers his house 
 and garden in Bodjong near Samarang for sale or to hire with or 
 without furniture " {Java Comant, 1st January, 1828). When 
 he returned to Java in 1830 he went to live on a coffee estate 
 near Salatiga, which he had apparently bought. This estate was 
 managed by his son Joseph le Page from 1836 to 1845 ; it was 
 then managed by Philip Terence Lacourt for a couple of years. 
 R. C, Page left Java for good in 1831 ; he must have come to Java 
 a rather elderly man, 
 
 C. Chatoir, Armenian working in the merchant's office of Jordan 
 Johannes. Killed on the field.
 
 438 JAVA 
 
 J. Martherus, Armenian. Came to Java in 1824 and worked in 
 Johannes' office. His brother, G. Martherus, captained and 
 owned a ship in 1825 called the Ondernemer, 180 tons, and was 
 afterwards owner of the Vrouwe Helena, and later on a merchant 
 at Sourabaya. Killed on the way back to Samarang. 
 
 F. A. Brandt, Dutchman. Formerly the partner of Roms- 
 winckel and Brandt, Batavia ; afterwards partner in A. E. 
 Soerman and Co., Batavia ; was probably on a visit to Samarang 
 to his brother, H. A. Brandt, who was a schoolmaster of the first 
 class there. Killed on the field. 
 
 J. Cramer, Dutchman. Employed in the Dutch Government 
 service. Killed on the field. 
 
 C. Lorch (L. F. C), Dutchman. Came to Java in 1816. In 
 1820 was trading from Pekalongang with his own ship, the 
 Jacoba Ambrosina, 128 tons. In 1821 this ship was sent to sea 
 in command of Captain J. A. Lang ; Lorch remained himself at 
 Pekalongang and did a merchant's business. In 1822 he removed 
 to Samarang and did a small business there, running the ship on 
 joint account with Lang. In 1823 he took to the sea again, and 
 became owner once more of the ship. He continued at sea until 
 1825, Samarang being his headquarters. He then settled on 
 shore, again sending his ship to sea in command of A. G. de Kater. 
 Killed on the field. 
 
 J. F. Ker sting, Dutchmen. Controller in the Binnenlandsche 
 Bestuur, or Dutch Government Service of the Interior. Killed 
 on the field. 
 
 There were three other Dutchmen — Van Braak, Henrich, and 
 Paulus — who were also said to have taken part in this fight, and 
 the last two named returned alive ; but Controller Van Braak was 
 taken prisoner. The prisoners were usually ground to death in 
 the rice blocks. 
 
 Note III. — Dezentje. 
 
 August Jan Casper Dezentje was of French descent, and like 
 many other Frenchmen, finding his way to Batavia, but how is 
 not quite clear, during the East India Company's rule about 
 1797 — 8. At first he did a small wine business at Batavia, but 
 about 1800, when recruits for the army were being sought, he 
 joined as a lieutenant, and was sent to Soerakarta to join the 
 garrison there. From all accounts he must have been a very
 
 JAVA UNDER DUTCH RULE FROM 1816 439 
 
 fine specimen of a man. At Soerakarta he married, it seems, a 
 Javan lady, and shortly afterwards was appointed adjutant to 
 the emperor's " legion." In 1812 he retired from this post to 
 make room for an English officer, and took an estate called Ampel 
 which he had hired from the emperor. Here he built himself 
 a fine house and settled down. When the British army of 
 occupation left Java in 1816 he took his final discharge from the 
 Dutch army, to which he was still nominally attached. 
 
 Whilst at Solo a son was born who was called Johannes 
 Augustinus, one of the greatest characters Java has ever seen, 
 and who eventually, owing to the influence of his father, became 
 a greater persona grata at the native court than the former was 
 himself. In 1820 " Augustinus," as he was generally called, 
 owned a considerable number of the emperor's estates, and was 
 shortly afterwards drawing an income of £25,000 a year. When 
 the Java war broke out in 1825 the neutrahty of the emperor was 
 greatly desired by General de Kock, who personally visited Solo 
 with a view to arranging it. Through the indirect assistance 
 of the Dezentjes he achieved his purpose. At the same time 
 Augustinus raised a corps of fifteen hundred men, which he 
 equipped and kept in the field at his own expense, thereby 
 rendering a service to the commander-in-chief which the Dutch 
 Government never forgot as long as he Hved, shutting their eyes 
 afterwards at all his vagaries and extravagances in Mid Java, 
 which led the native population to suppose he was almost an 
 independent prince. From worry or trouble, or more hkely 
 exposure in the field, August Jan died at Ampel on the 2nd 
 December, 1825. The Java war continuing and the whole of 
 Mid Java being in a state of uproar, Augustinus built a fort at 
 Ampel round his dwelling-houses in 1826, and to protect his 
 little army borrowed two cannon from the Dutch army. When 
 hard pressed in the field his men retired to the fort behind these 
 guns, which the enemy had a considerable respect for. When 
 the war was over Augustinus was rewarded for his services by 
 the order of the Netherlands Lion ; he then settled down to 
 attend once more to his estates, which had been more or less 
 ruined during the war, in consequence of which he thought fit 
 to enter a claim on one or more of the princes of the Solo court 
 for 22,000 guilders. The claim was of course never paid, but 
 Dezentje's complaisance in waiving it gave him — if it were 
 possible — still more power at court, which perhaps after all was
 
 440 JAVA 
 
 his only reason for entering it. His style and mode of living at 
 this moment was almost equal in magnificence to the emperor's, 
 and he dispensed hospitality with a royal and lavish hand. If 
 there is any doubt of this a perusal of Gilham Maclaine's account 
 of his visit to Dezentje (given later on) will dispel it. He enter- 
 tained the princes, even the emperor himself, with whom he was 
 at last on such close terms of intimacy that he took his sister in 
 marriage. The wedding was celebrated at the hraton in Solo with 
 great magnificence— lacs, it is said, being expended on the feasts. 
 After his wedding neither he nor his princess ever left Ampel 
 without a cavalcade of men on horseback and several dozens of 
 slaves following. His sentries called the guard out to salute 
 as he passed in or out of the fort. Ampel was in fact a small 
 royal residence, whilst the power that was wielded here was only 
 second to the emperor's (at least so some said). From 1822, when 
 Augustinus had coffee to dispose of from his estates, Gilliam 
 Maclaine had acted as agent for him, the two having struck up a 
 friendship when the latter was managing the coffee estate of 
 Melamboug, which was near. The coffee was received at Sama- 
 rang on behalf of Dezentje by John Macmaster at first, and when 
 he was killed, by John Macneill. He was allowed almost an 
 unlimited credit, but was nevertheless always in difficulties, and 
 more than once did G. Maclaine proceed to Ampel to assist him 
 to straighten out his affairs. 
 
 The last time G. Maclaine went there at Dezentje's request 
 was with his wife, and he was promised and received a royal 
 welcome. Until the fifties did the connection of the Dezentjes 
 with G. Maclaine's firm continue. 
 
 The Dezentjes have still many descendants Hving in Java near 
 the native court. Some have held high positions, but none have 
 risen like their distinguished grandfather. 
 
 The estate of Ampel, with its still existing old residence and 
 fort, has reverted once more to the native court, but each succes- 
 sive emperor makes it a sine qua non that it shall be administered 
 by a Dezentje, and it is considered as an hereditary position by 
 their family. 
 
 IV. — Notes on certain Persons who took part in the Java 
 War, ending in 1830. 
 
 Hendrik Merkus de Kock, born at Hensden . 1779 
 
 In French service as 2nd lieutenant of General 
 
 Daendel's staff 1794
 
 JAVA UNDER DUTCH RULE FROM 1816 441 
 
 Hendrik Merkus de Kock — continued. 
 
 In Dutch civil service ..... 1800 
 1st lieutenant by the fleet .... 1800 
 
 Chief of staff in squadron under Admiral VerheuU 1804 
 
 East India 1806 
 
 Adjutant-general to Governor-General Wiese . 1807 
 Colonel commandant East Java . . . 1808 
 
 Brigadier to army and commandant Samarang 
 
 division ....... 1809 
 
 Chief of the general staff . . . . .1811 
 
 Taken prisoner . . . . . .1811 
 
 Campaign against French in Europe . . 1813 — 1815 
 
 Colonel of 8th Battalion infantry . . . 1814 
 
 Commandant of Fort Hertogenbosch . .1814 
 
 Major-general . . . . . .1815 
 
 Returns to East Indies . . . . .1817 
 
 Governor of Moluccas . . . . .1818 
 
 Commandant of troops . . . . .1819 
 
 Commander-in-chief of Palembang expedition . 1821 
 Lieutenant-Governor of East Indian possessions. 1822 
 Commander-in-chief of the forces in Mid 
 
 Java 1825—1830 
 
 Acting Governor-General .... 1826 
 
 Lieutenant Governor-General . . . .1826 
 
 Resigned 1830 
 
 Returned to Holland 1830 
 
 Commander-in-chief in Zealand . . .1831 
 
 Created baron ...... 1835 
 
 Minister of Interior . . . . .1836 
 
 Resigned ...... 1841 
 
 Died at St. Gravenhage ..... 1842 
 
 Order of Unie, 1807 ; Commander of that order, 1808. 
 Commander de Reunie, 1813. Two orders, M.W.O., 
 1813 and 1821. Grand Cross, 1830. Metal Cross, 1832. 
 Grand Cross, Netherlands Lion, 1841. 
 Governor-General de Kock's portrait is to be seen at Weltwreden 
 
 in the building of the Masonic lodge, of which institution he was 
 
 Grand Master. 
 
 Frans David Cochitjs, born at Valkenburg . . 1787 
 
 Entered Engineers corps ..... 1804 
 
 Lieutenant . . . . . . .1809 
 
 Lieutenant on staff in French service . . 1810 
 
 2nd captain ....... 1811 
 
 1st captain ....... 1812 
 
 In French service ; took part in capture 
 of Leipzig and Lutzen and subsequent 
 operations ...... 1813 — 1814
 
 442 
 
 JAVA 
 
 Prans Daved Cochius — continued. 
 
 In Dutch service ...... 1814 
 
 Intends to proceed East Indies. . . . 1814 
 
 Quatre Bras ....... 1815 
 
 Arrives Java ....... 1816 
 
 Major, Engineers 1817 
 
 Lieutenant-colonel, Engineers . . . .1821 
 
 Palembang 1821 
 
 Adjunct director of fortifications . . . 1822 
 
 Colonel, Engineers ...... 1825 
 
 Java war 1825—1830 
 
 Pensioned 1829 
 
 Again in activity with army in field . . . 1830 
 
 Commander-in-chief of army in the field . . 1830 
 
 Commandant observation corps . . .1831 
 
 Major-general 1832 
 
 Commander-in-chief of Army .... 1835 
 Commissaris of Government, west coast Sumatra . 1837 
 
 Capture of Bondjol 1837 
 
 Lieutenant-general ...... 1843 
 
 Pensioned and thanked by Government for his 
 
 lengthy and valuable services . . . 1847 
 
 Order M.W., 1822. Honourably mentioned in des- 
 patches, 22nd November, 1828. Java medal, 1831. 
 Commander M.W.O., 1838. Adjutant to King, 26th 
 February, 1841. 
 
 Uncle of Frederic Cochius, employee of Messrs. Macneill Co., 
 Samarang, Java, 1889 — 1902, and later Head of Messrs. Dunlop 
 and Kolff, Batavia, Java, 1902—1909. 
 
 Albert Hendrik Wendelin de Kocz, bom at 
 Sourabaya, 20th March .... 
 
 2nd Ueutenant and adjutant commander-in-chief 
 
 1st lieutenant 
 
 Adjutant of Governor-General 
 
 Java war ...... 1825 
 
 Captain 
 
 Sumatra west coast 
 
 To Holland . 
 
 Returns to Java 
 
 Chief of stafif, Sumatra west coast 
 
 Major by staff 
 
 Lieutenant-Colonel and mihtary commandant of 
 
 Palembang whilst acting Resident 
 Resident of Bezoekie and Commissioner for Bali 
 Second expedition, Bali .... 
 
 1808 
 1824 
 1828 
 1830 
 -1830 
 1832 
 1833 
 1836 
 1838 
 1838 
 1838 
 
 1841 
 
 1848 
 1848
 
 JAVA UNDER DUTCH RULE FROM 1816 443 
 
 Albert Hendrik Wendelin de Kock — continued. 
 
 Resident of Jogjakarta ..... 1848 
 
 Java medal, 1831. Orders M.W.O., 1834. 
 Netherlands Lion, 1847. Star of " Eikenkroon," 1856. 
 
 Etienne Joseph Wagener, born at Luxemburg 
 Soldier by 108th Regiment infantry 
 Corporal 
 Fourier . 
 Sergeant 
 2nd lieutenant 
 1st lieutenant 
 
 Wounded at Waterloo in left arm 
 Transferred to army in Java 
 Arrived Batavia 
 Expedition to Palembang 
 Died at Buitenzorg 
 
 1790 
 
 1808 
 1809 
 1809 
 1810 
 1812 
 1813 
 1815 
 1818 
 1818 
 1821 
 1828 
 
 JoHAN Georg Otto Stuart von ScnairDT atjf Alten- 
 
 STADT, born Siut Oedenrode, 5th May . . 1806 
 
 Military School, Samarang .... 1820 
 
 2nd heutenant 1823 
 
 Java war . . . . . . 1825 — 1830 
 
 1st lieutenant ...... 1829 
 
 Adjutant to Governor-General .... 1832 
 
 Acting assistant Resident of Keboemen . . 1833 
 
 Definitely appointed Resident of Keboemen . 1837 
 Resident of Bagelen .... 1842 — 1849 
 
 Java medal. 
 
 Leonard Petrus Joseph du Bus de Gisignies, born 
 1st March in Castle Dottignies in East Flanders 
 
 Major of Doorink, by forced appointment from 
 Napoleon ....... 
 
 Member of Second House of Parliament . 1819- 
 
 Governor of Antwerp ..... 
 
 Governor of South Brabant .... 
 
 King William I. sent him as commissary-general 
 to Java, where he remained during whole war, 
 being strongly against redoubt system . 
 
 1780 
 
 1813 
 -1820 
 1820 
 1823 
 
 1825 
 
 In the front porch of the Roman Catholic cathedral at 
 Weltwreden a memorial stone has been placed in memoriam 
 to van du Bus as the man who estabhshed the first poor house 
 at Batavia.
 
 444 JAVA 
 
 The following is the reading on the stone : — 
 
 D. 0. M. 
 Et Piae Memoriae. 
 
 Praenobilis viri Leonardi Petri Josephi Vicecomitis 
 DU Bus, Domini De Gisignies D in Belleghem, Heyl- 
 Broeck, Oostmalle, Sawangen, etc. 
 
 In Patriis Finibus Statuum GeneraHum, secundae 
 camarae Legati Deinde Praesidio Provinciae Ant- 
 exinde Brabantiae meridionalis Guber- 
 
 verpiae 
 natoris. 
 
 Qui Anno M. Dccc. XXV. 
 
 Domi quinque per annos Summam administrarat 
 Rerum. Has suis sub auspiciis per annos exstrui 
 Christo Deo Curavit Aedes, Memorque ut esset 
 Gratae Hoc in imperio commemorationis. 
 
 Fundum sawangan Javanen sem in Praedia sua merito 
 adscripset Post navatam FeHciter Rempublicam 
 
 In Patria Redux. 
 
 Maximo ordinis Leonis Begici insigni ornatus supremum 
 obiit diem anno M. Dccc. XLIX. die XXXI M. A. 11. 
 
 Dominio suo in Oostmalle prope Antverpiam requiescit. 
 
 George Gardner, born in London, 5th December 
 2nd lieutenant, Paris, 9th August 
 2nd heutenant dragoons, 5th April . 
 1st lieutenant, 18th April 
 Attached East Indies Cavalry, 25th May 
 Embarked, 7th October . 
 Died at Mergaloenjoe, 1st July 
 Fought in Germany 
 Fought in France .... 
 Fought at Waterloo 
 
 Order M.W.O. 
 
 1790 
 1814 
 1815 
 1820 
 1824 
 1824 
 1827 
 1813 
 1814 
 1815 
 
 Johannes Nicolaas de Groot, born at Amsterdam, 
 
 26th October 1796 
 
 Soldier, 27th August 1817 
 
 Arrived at Batavia, 28th August . . . 1818 
 
 21st BattaHon infantry, 1st September . . 1818
 
 ■^^*i^ 
 
 PAXGERAN" HARIU POERSAXAGOKO. (COLONEL-COMMAXDAXT OF THE 
 ARMY OF THE SUSUHUXAX OF SOLO.)
 
 JAVA UNDER DUTCH RULE FROM 1816 445 
 
 Johannes Nicolaas de Groot — ccmtinued. 
 
 Corporal, 11th April 1819 
 
 Fourier, 6th April 1823 
 
 Sergeant-major, 11th October .... 1827 
 2nd lieutenant, 8th August . . . .1828 
 
 Pensioned, 18th April 1836 
 
 Fought at Cheribon .... 1818—1820 
 
 Fought at Banca 1821 — 1822 
 
 Fought in Java 1828 — 1830 
 
 Java medal. 
 A great number of de Groots still reside in Java, many being 
 
 in Government employ. 
 
 JoHAN Alphonse Victor DE Sturler, born at Thiel, 
 15th September .... 
 2nd lieutenant hussars, 19th April 
 1st lieutenant, 4th December . 
 Adjutant to Governor-General, 14th May 
 Captain, 31st July .... 
 Died at Buitenzorg, 5th July . 
 
 Java medal. 
 
 1804 
 1826 
 1830 
 1833 
 1833 
 1836 
 
 BENJAivnN BiscHOFr, bom at 's Gravenhage, 22nd 
 
 September ....... 1787 
 
 Cadet marines, 3rd October . . . .1801 
 
 2nd lieutenant army, 26th March . . . 1805 
 
 1st lieutenant on General Daendel's staff, 17th 
 
 February 1807 
 
 Captain of dragoons, Java, 16th May . . 1808 
 
 Lieutenant-Colonel, 24th June .... 1809 
 Arrived in Java, March . . . . .1816 
 
 Colonel 5th Regiment, 1st January . . . 1817 
 
 Inspector of army, East India, 20th July . , 1818 
 
 Governor of Macassar, 14th December . . 1824 
 
 Major-general and commander-in-chief of army, 
 
 nth September 1828 
 
 Arrived at Batavia, 13th May . . . .1829 
 
 Died at Tanjore, 7th July . . . .1829 
 
 At the Cape of Good Hope, 1802 to 1806, when taken by the 
 EngHsh, he returned to Holland. He fought here against the 
 English in General Janssen's corps. 
 
 Thoivias Jackson, born at Geldersheim, 20th 
 
 September 1797 
 
 Cadet, 6th June 1814 
 
 Corporal, 21st July 1815
 
 446 
 
 JAVA 
 
 Thomas Jackson — continued. 
 2nd lieutenant, 16th August 
 Transferred to East Indies ; arrived 
 
 March .... 
 
 Placed by 18th Division, 11th April 
 1st lieutenant, 28th August 
 Captain, 26th January 
 Major, 5th October 
 Pensioned in Java, 8th March . 
 Fought in France . 
 Java war .... 
 
 . 1817 
 there in 
 
 1829 
 1829 
 1829 
 1834 
 1839 
 1842 
 1815 
 1829—1830 
 
 JoNKHEER Jan Herman van der Wyck, 
 
 Zutphen, Ist February 
 Cadet, 1st February 
 2nd lieutenant with engineers, 7th May 
 Adjutant to commandant in field, H. J 
 
 Wyck, 4th May .... 
 Arrived Batavia, 14th May 
 Captain, 17th December . 
 At Storming of Palembang, June 
 At Banca affair 
 At Palembang 
 Major, 9th January 
 At Boni affair 
 Java war 
 
 Lieutenant-colonel, 17th July 
 Colonel, 29th January 
 Major-general, 29th June 
 
 bom at 
 
 . 1797 
 . 1814 
 . 1814 
 van der 
 
 . 1815 
 . 1816 
 . 1817 
 . 1819 
 . 1820 
 . 1821 
 . 1825 
 . 1825 
 . 1825—1830 
 . 1828 
 . 1834 
 . 1842 
 
 Commander-in-chief of Indian army, 17th Decem- 
 ber 1847 
 
 Commanded at expedition to Bali . . . 1848 
 
 Resigned, 2nd February ..... 1849 
 Thanked by H.M. the King for valuable services. 
 
 Orders, M.W.O., Netherlands Lion. Adjutant to H.M. 
 
 the King. Java Medal. Frequently mentioned in 
 
 despatches. 
 
 His sons, who all distinguished themselves, were Jonkheers 
 Carel Herman Aart van der Wyck, Governor-General of Nether- 
 lands India, 1893 — 1899 ; Otto van der Wyck, Vice-President of 
 Council ; Ivan der Wyck, commander-in-chief Netherlands 
 Indian^Army ; H. L. van der Wyck, the well-known sugar 
 planter. 
 
 The son of the Governor-General is H. C. van der Wyck, and 
 lives in Jogjokarta, He was born at Solo whilst his father was 
 Resident there. He began life in Government service in Holland,
 
 JAVA UNDER DUTCH RULE FROM 1816 447 
 
 but left this to become superintendent of the numerous tobacco 
 and sugar estates the family own in Java, viz., Klattensche 
 Culture Company, Wedi Birit Company, Lanvoe Company, 
 Delangoe Sugar Company, Japara Sugar Company, and Poen- 
 doeng sugar estate. 
 
 There was also Jonkheer J. C. W. D. A. van der Wyck, at 
 Tasik Malaja, 1810. 
 
 Jan Baptist Cleerens, born at Antwerp, 27th August 
 Employed with army in Spain, administration 
 
 department, 8th November . 
 Returned to Holland .... 
 
 Placed in service at Brussels with mobile army 
 Waterloo ...... 
 
 Employed at headquarters under Marshal Bliicher 
 
 in charge of commissariat of Prussian army 
 Arrived at Batavia, 30th August 
 Lieutenant-Colonel, A.D.C. to Governor-General 
 
 26th April 
 
 Commandant at Buitenzorg, 20th June 
 
 Java war 
 
 Chief of the staff 
 
 Returned to Holland 
 
 Formed a corps called 
 
 18th November . 
 Returned to Java . 
 Commandant of Sumatra 
 
 ruary 
 Pensioned, 31st October 
 
 Chamberlain to H.M 
 
 1785 
 
 1808 
 1814 
 1815 
 1815 
 
 1815 
 1817 
 
 1821 
 1821 
 1825—1830 
 1831 
 1831 
 
 Jagers van Cleerens, 
 
 1831 
 1835 
 
 west coast, 26th Feb- 
 
 1836 
 1837 
 the King, 1815. Orders, 
 M.W.O., 1828, Netherlands Lion, 1831, Java medal, 
 Metal cross. 
 
 DiEDRicH BoRNEMAN, born in Hanover, 25th June . 
 
 Hanover Hussars, 3rd April .... 
 
 Cornet, 8th September ..... 
 
 1st heutenant, 12th December .... 
 
 Field operations in Germany, Brabant, and France 
 
 1813- 
 
 Arrived at Batavia, 26th April 
 
 With cavalry ....... 
 
 With Bengal Lancers at Cheribon, 1st April, and 
 mentioned in despatches .... 
 
 Commandant of corps of Mounted Infantry 
 Volmiteers of Enghshmen formed at Samarang, 
 27th August 
 
 1794 
 1813 
 1813 
 1813 
 
 -1814 
 1816 
 [blank] 
 
 1818 
 
 1825
 
 448 
 
 JAVA 
 
 Died RICH Borneman — continued. 
 
 Sounded retreat for Englishmen to retire at 
 Demak, but seven of them killed, 4th Septem- 
 ber ........ 1823 
 
 Java war ...... 1825 — 1830 
 
 Died at Samarang and buried on Gregardji Hill, 
 
 24th July 1833 
 
 Order M.W.O. 
 
 Andreas Victor Michiels, born at Maastricht, 30th 
 
 April ..... 
 2nd lieutenant in French service 
 2nd lieutenant in Dutch service 
 Field operations, France . 
 1st lieutenant, 22nd May 
 Waterloo 
 
 Arrived at Batavia, 3rd July 
 Captain, 19th August 
 Cheribon affair, van Pahmanan 
 Major, 8th May 
 Java war 
 
 Sumatra west coast . 
 Lieutenant-colonel, 17th May 
 Expedition to Krawang . 
 Expedition to Djambi 
 Commandant, Sumatra west coast 
 Promoted colonel for capture of Bondjol, 
 
 October 
 Civil and military governor, Sumatra west 
 
 29th October .... 
 Major-General, 14th September 
 Field operations, Sumatra west coast 
 Commander-in-chief of army of Netherlands India 
 
 till arrival of Lieutenant-General the Duke 
 
 Bernhard van Saksen Weimar Eisenach, 20th 
 
 February ....... 
 
 Died from wounds in leg, received at Kasoemba 
 
 Bah, 25th May 
 
 Orders : M.W.O. , 1828 ; Netherlands Lion, 
 Adjutant G.G. Honourably mentioned in despatches 
 for Sumatra, 8th May, 1832, and Padang, 1841. Java 
 medal. Adjutant to H.M. the King. 
 
 List of Officers who distinguished themselves not other- 
 wise mentioned (1825 — 1830). 
 
 P. la Bordes J. A. Hoorn H. M. de Kock 
 
 H. E. A. Carteret A. F. Kihan G. A. van Leeuwen 
 
 1797 
 
 1814 
 
 1814 
 
 1814 
 
 1815 
 
 1815 
 
 1817 
 
 1818 
 
 1818 
 
 1827 
 
 1825—1830 
 
 1831—1832 
 
 . 1832 
 
 . 1832 
 
 . 1833 
 
 . 1837 
 
 3rd 
 
 . 1837 
 coast, 
 
 . 1837 
 
 . 1843 
 
 1844—1845 
 
 1849 
 
 1849 
 1832.
 
 JAVA UNDER DUTCH RULE FROM 1816 449 
 
 List of Officers — continued. 
 
 A. V. Michiels 
 J. W. J. Mossel 
 J. A. Phitzinger 
 
 B. SoUewyn 
 
 J. B. Theunissen 
 
 C. F. WilHch 
 
 J. P. de Montaign 
 J. J. A de Brabant 
 P. H. Barends 
 J. T. A. van der 
 
 Busch 
 H. V. van Ingen 
 W. Meulenhoff 
 L. van Meyer 
 C. de Munck 
 F. Beaufort 
 F. C. J. van Swicten 
 
 J. A. van der Spek 
 J. Moreau 
 
 — Wolf 
 
 H. J. J. Engelbert 
 Van Beevervoode 
 K. Rietveld 
 "H, de Bruin 
 J. Wentzel 
 P. van Dyk 
 S. P. du Moulin 
 J. P. Keyser 
 J. de Gelder 
 A. Paardekoper 
 F. Martin 
 J. A. Rombout 
 J. W. Muller 
 
 — Zaalberg 
 
 F. A. L. Jackson 
 J. Vermeer 
 A. V. Michiels 
 H. M. Lange 
 L. N. Blondeau 
 
 — CoUard 
 
 — Engelberts 
 C. F. Heine 
 T. de Jager 
 T. Lucassen 
 F. C. Nauman 
 K. C. Severyn 
 Taetsoon Amerangan 
 
 — Vogel 
 Van der Tak 
 Van der Veen 
 
 J. Le Bronde Vexela 
 
 Note. — These Usts were compiled from Major Louw's " History 
 of the Java War." 
 
 Note V. — Sarawak. 
 
 James Brooke was born at Benares on the 29th April, 1803, 
 where his father was a servant of the Enghsh East India Company. 
 Li 1815 he was sent to England for his education, but was back 
 in India in 1819 as lieutenant in the army, and took part in the 
 Burmah war of 1825, when he was wounded. In 1835 on his 
 father's death he began his cruises in the Eastern Archipelago. 
 
 The area of Sarawak is about 50,000 square miles, with a sea- 
 board of about 400 miles, and a population of some half a million. 
 Sago is its staple product. Pepper, gambler, tea and coffee are 
 also grown. The soil seems to be particularly adapted to rubber. 
 Land is almost free to the natives, so they are continually increas- 
 ing the area under cultivation. Pineapples and other fruits 
 flourish exceedingly, and gold, silver, antimony and coal are 
 worked successfully and exported in fair quantities. Sarawak 
 is a great country for woods, some of them being durable and 
 hard. Oil is being obtained daily, and is available for shipping. 
 
 The population, like all the trading centres in these seas, is a 
 
 mixed one. Its industries are many. It makes its own clothes 
 
 and weapons, the latter bemg often inlaid and of beautiful 
 
 design. The natives build their own boats, which can carry 
 
 J. — VOL. I. G «
 
 450 JAVA 
 
 crews of up to eighty men. They rarely if ever suffer for want of 
 food. They grow rice, maize, and other crops, and work jungle 
 products, such as gutta. Cultivation and trade have increased. 
 The revenue and trade reports are steadily progressing. 
 
 In 1890 the revenue was |413,113 ; in 1911 it was $420,420. 
 
 In 1890 the expenditure was $362,779 ; in 1911 it was 
 $1,341,761. 
 
 In 1896 the imports were £227,000; in 1911 they were over 
 £1,000,000. 
 
 In 1896 the exports were £242,000 ; in 1911 they were over 
 £1,300,000. 
 
 There is no pubUc debt. 
 
 Sarawak and British North Borneo have an immense future 
 before them. A larger permanent, or semi-permanent, European 
 population, as in Java, is, however, still required. The importa- 
 tion of the natives in considerable numbers into the latter country 
 should be a matter for consideration by the Council.
 
 CHAPTER XI 
 
 The Towns in Java and the Neighbouring Lands, with 
 A Note on the Batavia and Preanger Lands 
 
 Batavia — before the coming op the Dutch 
 
 CALLED JaCATRA. 
 
 The first English at Batavia. — The Englishman Sir Henry 
 Middleton paid a flying visit to Jacatra in 1604, which was 
 followed by a more formal call by William Keeling, of Cocos 
 Keeling fame, on the 8th January, 1609. This, according 
 to J. Hageman in his " De Engelschen of Java," was the 
 first time the English flag was shown here. Keeling appears 
 to have been well received by the Sultan, to whom he sold 
 some gunpowder, after which he left on the 10th January. 
 A year later David Middleton, the second of the three fear- 
 less brothers who spent their lives in Eastern Seas on behalf 
 of the Company, visited Jacatra. A factory was now estab- 
 lished here in order that a trade might be opened with the 
 inhabitants. It was quite a humble building, being built 
 of bamboo, with a thatched roof.^ 
 
 The Dutch came to Jacatra the year following, and also 
 built a factory and their first small fort.^ 
 
 There was a long struggle for supremacy at Jacatra 
 between the English and the Dutch, and as at Bantam, so 
 here, continual quarrels, everlasting bickerings, much 
 jealousy, and even bloody fights occurred. The English, 
 however, managed to hold their own, although with some 
 
 > I have seen it said that it was situated near where the Hong Kong and 
 Shanghai Bank now stands near the bridge of Passer Pisang. 
 
 2 It is said that this was built on the plain where now stands the premises 
 at present occupied by the British firm of John Pryce & Co. 
 
 G G 2
 
 452 JAVA 
 
 difficulty, until 1616, when the Dutch burnt their factory. 
 This, of course, ruined the English prestige in the eyes of the 
 natives, and, owing to their inability to punish this act by 
 reprisals, their position was never hereafter the same and 
 the factory gradually languished. 
 
 In 1619 the Dutch called their fort " Batavia," and here- 
 with opened a new era. 
 
 In 1677, by one of those famous treaties of theirs with the 
 Emperor of Java, they secured the monopoly for all trade 
 at Jacatra, and this gave the English Company their death- 
 blow.^ 
 
 In the chapter on " Travellers' Tales" (XII.) mention is 
 made from time to time of Batavia ; and the descriptions 
 given by Commodore Koggewein in 1722 and Captain Cook 
 in 1770 are so very complete that we may pass to the nine- 
 teenth century, to Batavia as it was found by Lord Minto 
 on his arrival here with Raffles in 1811. We learn from 
 this account a great deal about the Chinese, who were enor- 
 mously rich, and owned nearly the whole of the western 
 suburbs of Batavia. Every house was a shop ; the streets 
 were invariably crowded, exhibiting a constant scene of 
 noise and bustle. When it was known that Java had been 
 captured by the English, the Chinese increased their num- 
 bers immediately by five thousand adventurers, who 
 arrived in junks. The Chinese inhabitants gave great 
 feasts now and then, and many Europeans took part in 
 these festivities, enjoying the sumptuous tables, which 
 were filled with every luxury procurable. We are told that 
 the Dutch girls were fair, but had a sickly languor about 
 their countenances, and that at home they dressed in a 
 sarong and a loose, flowing gown called a " cabaya," their 
 black hair being plastered back and ornamented with dia- 
 mond pins, combs, and strong-scented flowers. 
 
 After the arrival, however, of the English officers these 
 
 ^ See the Chronological Tables at the end of this section.
 
 PANdKRAN ADIl'ATI SOERIODILOGO PKINS PAKOK-ALIM VII.
 
 THE TOWXS IN JAVA, ETC. 4.53 
 
 same young ladies mixed much in their society, adopting 
 the fashionable habihment of the EngHsh officers' wives. 
 
 The state of society has been described as very different 
 to what it was in Em'ope and British India. At a Dutch 
 party, for instance, it was the custom for the men to assemble 
 in one room and there to smoke and drink, whilst the lady 
 of the house entertained her female friends in another room 
 with betel, spices, and coffee. The gentlemen also assem- 
 bled at a meeting place called the " Society," where they 
 smoked, drank, and played cards or bilHards every evening 
 from 7 till 9 o'clock, when they returned home for a hot 
 dinner. For the use of the " Society " an elegant building 
 was completed in the time of Raffles at the corner of Rys- 
 Avick, which was inscribed over the front entrance with the 
 large letters " DE HARMONIE." Convivial parties were 
 frequently given amongst the higher classes, the guests 
 being entertained with " sprightly dances and elegant 
 suppers." Balls at " De Harmonic " and Government 
 House were also given now and again. Lord Minto 
 describes one of them at the latter as follows : — 
 
 " Of the ball at Batavia Government House, it is impossible 
 to give you anything Hke an adequate notion of the total absence 
 of beauty in so crowded a hall. There never is a dozen of women 
 assembled in Europe without a few attractions amongst them. 
 Here there was no difference, except in some varieties of ugliness or 
 ordinariness of dress and manners. The Dutch did not encourage 
 nor indeed allow freely European women to go out to their colonies. 
 The consequence has been that the men hved with native women, 
 whose daughters, gradually borrowing something from the 
 father's side, are now the wives and ladies of rank in Java. The 
 young ladies have learnt the European fashions of dress, and their 
 carriage and manners are something like our own of an ordinary 
 class. 
 
 " In dancing, the young beauties seemed lame in English 
 country dances, but in their own dance, which was to a very 
 slow valse tune, the figure much the same as ours with a valse 
 embrace instead of an allemande, they were at home, and not
 
 454 JAVA 
 
 without grace, while our English damsels and cavaliers were all 
 abroad. Mrs. Bunbury, the wife of an officer, a young pretty 
 Enghshwoman, stood up in the dance, but seemg when the first 
 couple reached her the Dutch gentleman take his arms and hug 
 her, it appeared to Jier as a bear does her prey, she fairly took to 
 her heels and could not be brought back again by any means 
 to see or share such horror." 
 
 In 1811 there were no places of public amusement in 
 Batavia, not even a single theatre of any kind. 
 
 The houses were mostly of brick, run up in a light, airy 
 manner with large windows. In style they were palatial, 
 and almost all built on one plan by Chinese. A description 
 of one is as follows. On entering the door there was a 
 narrow passage, and on one side a parlour ; then you came 
 into a large, long room, lighted from an inner court. This 
 was called the " gallery," and was the place where the 
 family ate. The floors were of large, square, dark red 
 stones ; the walls w^ere plastered and whitewashed. The 
 furniture consisted of armchairs, two or three bale-hales 
 (sofas), and many looking-glasses. Several chandeliers for 
 candles and some small open lamps for cocoanut oil along 
 the length of the gallery, and a few bric-a-brac from China, 
 almost completed the inventory. The crockery was all 
 kept in the dining gallery in cupboards especially made for 
 the purpose. The colour of the furniture was all black. 
 
 There were stairs leading to the upper rooms. Six or 
 seven stairs up was a room which stood over the storeroom, 
 or cellar, where the stock of wine, beer, butter, etc., was 
 kept. The bedrooms were poorly furnished, and contained 
 only absolute necessities.^ At the backs of the houses were 
 long corridors of small rooms running down each side of the 
 compound ; in these were the kitchens, bathrooms, stables 
 for horses, and the quarter for the slaves. Some of the 
 windows in the houses were closed with lattice work of 
 rattans, instead of being glazed, for the sake of air. 
 
 1 The less there was, the less trouble there was with mosquitoes.
 
 THE TOWNS IX JAVA, ETC. 455 
 
 The city of Batavia or Jacatra, and especially that por- 
 tion now called " Kali Besar," was in 1811 practically 
 deserted, most of the business houses having then.- offices in 
 Molenoliet or in Rj^swdck ; before, however, the British left 
 most of the firms had hired or bought the old dwelling- 
 houses round about " Kali Besar " and turned them into 
 offices, finding it more convenient to be nearer the wharves. 
 Thus we see the old Governor-General's palace, which in 
 the seventeenth century was used as a country house, being 
 nowadays used as ofi&ces by the Borneo Company, Messrs. 
 Burt, Myrtle & Co., Messrs. Campbell, Macoll & Co., and 
 the Chartered Bank of India, Australia and China, besides 
 one or two Dutch firms. The official palace at the time this 
 fine building was used as a country house was down at the 
 end of the " Oude Boom " (Old Wharf), a little to the right 
 of where now stands a small earthen fort, used as a powder 
 magazine. The fortifications round about the " Oude Boom '* 
 and the great wall, which surrounded the old town, were 
 mostly pulled down, just before the arrival of the British, by 
 General Daendels, which improved the health of the old city 
 very much owing to the freer circulation of ak. 
 
 Churches Old and New. — The great church of Batavia, 
 described by Cook, and built in 1760, to the west of the 
 present town house, as also two other very old churches, 
 were likewise pulled down at tliis time owing to their 
 foundations giving way. There was still a Lutheran 
 church ^ near the old castle, where the Protestant community 
 attended divine service. The old Portuguese church which 
 still stands at the corner of the Jacatra road, built in 1695, 
 was, however, also frequented by Portuguese Chiistians ; 
 and to this day some of the old Portuguese descendants, 
 w^ith sadly mingled blood and scarcely recognisable as 
 Europeans at all, attend here in long black coats on Sunday. 
 Before the arrival of the Dutch and English at the beginning 
 1 Pulled down about 1830.
 
 456 JAVA 
 
 of the seventeenth century another church stood where this 
 one now is, and the Portuguese pastor preached in Malay, 
 while trying in his spare time to drum into the Javan 
 *' Christians " (or such as he so called) a mixture of bastard 
 Portuguese which was thought suitable to them ; and there 
 can be no doubt, from the number of Portuguese words for 
 articles and things of general employ in daily use by the Malay 
 servants, that the Javans were very apt pupils. The first 
 very old church was, however, burnt down in 1628, and the 
 Dutch preacher Dr. Molineus, who preached in Portuguese 
 once in fourteen days, was then obliged to do this in a 
 bamboo shed. In 1652 the Dutch pastor had thirteen 
 teachers under him preaching the religion of Christ to the 
 natives, who proved willing proselytes. These teachers in 
 time, if they could pass their examinations, became preachers 
 in the church to the Europeans, and one of these thirteen 
 above mentioned became a local celebrity at that time, 
 despite the fact that he did not pass his examinations. 
 This was the Bandanees Cornells Seenen, who, buying a 
 piece of ground covered with forest on the river Tji Li Woeng, 
 cleared it and made a garden round the house he built. 
 This he called " Meester Cornells garden," and the long road 
 cut up to it was called " Seenen " ; here the natives later 
 held a weekly pasar or market.^ Where the old Java 
 Bank was built in 1828 stood in 1695 a large hospital, and 
 near by appears to have been another small church for the 
 sick, called the Hospital Church. When this church was 
 pulled down there is nothing to show, but it probably 
 occurred between 1812 and 1825. At the opening of the 
 Portuguese church in 1695 the Governor-General and his 
 lady, with his council and their wives, attended the service, 
 and the Dominie Jacobus preached in Portuguese, taking 
 as his text Psalm Ixxxiv., verses 2 and 3. The church, we 
 
 1 In 1706 there was a buffalo market with a few stalls at Cornells. In 
 1735 Paear Senen and Tanah-bang were oflQcial market places.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 457 
 
 learn, was full. When the first organ was placed in the 
 church is not clear, but the present one was presented by 
 the daughter of the then well-known Portuguese preacher, 
 Johan Maurits Mohr, in 1782, " as the old organ had given 
 out." Up till the year 1800 all Europeans of note were 
 buried round this church, but after that date at Tanah-bang 
 cemetery. Governor- General Swardecroon was buried here 
 on the 16th August, 1728.^ In 1713 there were four thousand 
 Portuguese who " on and off " attended the services, whilst 
 in 1749 the numbers reached five thousand. After this, 
 however, they fell off, until in 1766 there were not more 
 than sixty-two. 
 
 The present-day Europeans of the upper class attend the 
 cathedral which stands on the King's Plain at Weltevreden ; 
 but the English have a small church at Parapattau, where 
 an English service is held every Sunday. This church 
 was built about 1845.^ The first chaplain to the British 
 community was Mr. Drummond, a man who was highly 
 esteemed by both the Dutch and English, being highly 
 gifted. In those days half the expenses of the church and 
 chaplain were borne by the British Government, but when 
 Mr. Gladstone brought in his great retrenchment bill this 
 payment ceased, and the British community, a com- 
 paratively small one, had to look after itself. 
 
 Castle of Batavia. — The old Castle of Batavia in 1811 is 
 described as spacious ; it contained a number of buildings 
 and extensive warehouses, in the construction of which 
 prodigious labour and expense must have been incurred. 
 Some of these warehouses still exist. 
 
 Old Hospital.— The hospital between Newport and Diest- 
 poort, and nearly all the public buildings of old Batavia, in 
 the towns, in Great River Street (Kali Besar), as also on the 
 
 ^ His fine tombstone may still be seen. 
 
 2 John Leith Bonhote and Donald Maclaine had a great deal to do with 
 its erection.
 
 458 JAVA 
 
 Jacatra wharf (not to be confused with Oude Boom, or Old 
 Wharf, on the Great Kiver), not being required by the British 
 Government, they were sold, being built up mostly by mer- 
 chants. It is thus that the business houses of the present 
 generation happen to be the buildings formerly occupied 
 as dwelling-houses by the Dutch in the days of old Batavia. 
 
 Eiwirons oj Batavia, 1811. — In the early days of the nine- 
 teenth century there were two principal roads leading to the 
 environs and Weltevreden ; the one on the east was and 
 still is called the Jacatra road,^ and the other to the west 
 thi'ough MolenoHet was called " Milldrain," because part of 
 the water of the Great or Jacatra river was diverted into a 
 channel along this road for the purpose of turning a pow^der- 
 mill. This road led on to Eyswick, and from there to Tanah- 
 bang. The Jacatra road eventually led into a district called 
 Goenoeng Sari. On it is still to be seen the grave of the 
 first captain Chinaman at Batavia, So Bing Kong, who was 
 buried in 1631, and near it are several other Chinese graves 
 certainly as old, if not older. It is at Goenoeng Sari where 
 the old fort of Jacatra stood. Every evening in 1811, 
 between 5 and 7 o'clock, these main roads were filled with 
 carriages and riders. 
 
 The printing office was at Molenoliet, and a Masonic lodge 
 within the precincts of Jacatra, so also the old " Harmonie 
 Society " in Newpoort Street. 
 
 Governor-GeneraV s Palace. — Just before the present 
 Governor's palace in Noordwyck was built his Excellency's 
 residency was in Molenoliet (the tram passes it daily), and 
 before this it was at Goenoeng Sari. In the vestibule of the 
 palace at Molenoliet there were busts of all the Governor- 
 Generals, including even Lord Minto's. Baffles, however, 
 sent all these to grace the Government House at Calcutta. 
 
 Barracks. — At Eyswick there were good barracks, as 
 also on the road to Cornells at Pasar Senen. 
 
 ^ The Jacatra road must be nearly 300 years old.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 459 
 
 Present-day Batavia. — Batavia at the present day is a 
 magnificently built city, comparing more than well with 
 any town in the East. Its dwelling-houses, its macadamised 
 roads, its institutions and its clubs (" Harmonic " and 
 *' Concordia " are the two principal) are second to none ; 
 while its theatres, shops, public gardens, and social recrea- 
 tion clubs are equal to those found anywhere in the East. 
 The present principal theatre was built about 1875.^ 
 
 There is a Kace Club, started by the English in 1812, a 
 Society of Arts and Sciences, a museum, and a tram service 
 (electric and steam) all over the town and its environs. 
 
 The Dutch are to strangers an agreeable people, with 
 none of the faults so frequently and unjustly attributed to 
 them in Europe ; and it is the fact that all the Englishmen 
 in these countries marry into the high Dutch families 
 instead of marrying their own countrywomen. 
 
 The first Eesident here during the British period was 
 Thomas Macquoid, of whom more will be related in the 
 *' Commercial " chapter. His chief assistant was a Dutch- 
 man, van Heerdt.^ 
 
 As a relic of the English period, there is, just behind the 
 Dutch post office at Weltevreden, the grave-stone of a 
 distinguished officer who fell at the battle of Meester 
 Cornells in 1811. The inscription reads : — 
 Here lie the remains of 
 
 LlEUTENANT-COLONEL WeLLIAM CaMPBELL 
 
 of His Britannic Majesty's 78th Regiment 
 
 who died on the 
 
 28th August, 1811 
 
 of womids received on the 26th of the month, while 
 
 bravely leading on his Regiment to attack the 
 
 strongly fortified Lines of Cornelis defended by a 
 
 gallant enemy. 
 
 To him who living was beloved by all for his 
 
 1 "W. T. Fraser was chiefly responsible for its erection. 
 * Reference should be made to the lists of British Residents in Java from 
 1812 to 1816 (see Appendix),
 
 460 JAVA 
 
 gentle manners, and his many virtues — who 
 in Death received the applause of his country. 
 To him the Companion of many happy years and 
 the father of her children, this frail memor- 
 ial of imperishable regard is erected by his 
 afflicted widow. 
 
 Another relic is found on a window above one of the back 
 
 doors of the Borneo Company's office at Batavia (which, as 
 
 said, was once the Governor-General's country palace in the 
 
 days of the old East India Company). An inscription here 
 
 reads : — 
 
 Geo. Cunningham 
 May 4, 1798 
 was robbed of the Oreon 
 of Boston. 
 
 From this it would appear that George Cunningham, the 
 master of a ship called the Oreon, of Boston, and on the 
 4th May a prisoner, had for some reason or another had his 
 ship taken away from him by the Dutch East India Company 
 and been punished by imprisonment in the Governor- 
 General's palace. 
 
 List of the presidents of the English East India Company's 
 factory at Jacatra, or Batavia, as far as can be elicited from 
 old records : — 
 
 1604. Sir Henry Middleton. 
 
 1609. WiUiam Keeling. 
 
 1610. David Middleton (Hill, salesman). 
 
 1615 — 1619. John Jordan, or Jordayne^ (president). 
 
 1619. John Powell, President (Ufflet, salesman). 
 
 1620 — 1625. Thomas Brockedon,^^ president (Henry Hawley, 
 John Goning, Joseph Cockram, members of council ; Richard 
 Haselwood, secretary ; George Bray Hill, Hanson, Heyns, sales- 
 men). 
 
 1 Left Jacatra for Bantam, 26th January, 1619. 
 
 2 Left Batavia for Bantam en route for Europe, 10th February, 1625. 
 
 ' In July, 1622, the ship Abigail, belonging to the English East India 
 Company, sailed from London for Bantam and Jacatra. On board was an 
 invoice marked " Contents of a Chest of Chirurgery for Jaccatra House 
 laden upon the Abigail.'" Of this. Sir G. Birdwood says, " A very interest- 
 ing Ust of Materia Medica." The English had always their own chirurgeon, 
 not trusting the Dutch one, who, however, was probably the cleverer of 
 the two.
 
 THE TOWNS m JAVA, ETC. 461 
 
 1625 — 1628. Henry Hawley^^^ president (Joseph Cockram, 
 Richard Bicks, George Muschamps,* members of council ; Thomas 
 Robinson, secretary ; Richard Steele, John Short, John Cart- 
 wright, salesmen). 
 
 1628 — 1630. George Muschamps, president (Richard Bicks, 
 Richard Steele, members of council ; Thomas Robinson, secretary). 
 
 1630 — 1632. Thomas Burt,^ president (Barnaby,^ Richard 
 Steele, members of council ; Christopher Fleming,^ secretary and 
 salesman). 
 
 1 Took over charge on Monday, the 10th February, 1625. 
 
 ^ Shortly after his appointment as president, Heniy Hawley addressed 
 the following letter to the Dutch Governor-General : — 
 
 " To the Right Worshipful, my muche respected and worthie vriend 
 Pieter de Carpentier Generall. 
 
 " These derected : 
 
 " Sir — If yew wilbe pleased to accept this small remembrance (as from a 
 honourable imploiers) it shal be the acknowledgment of your kind reUevinge 
 us at Lagundy receivinge us in Batavia, at all times to obligie us in the lyke 
 bandes of cortesies, not to fayle God Willinge. 
 
 " Youre vere loving friend, 
 
 " Batavia, the 11th June. " Henry Hawlet. 
 
 " Anno 1625." 
 
 s The English presidents as early as 1625 waited upon the Dutch Gover- 
 nor-General over every incident and trifle, as is inconti'overtibly proved by 
 the records, thus showing that they acknowledged the Dutch sovereignty 
 over the country, which the latter claimed in 1619. The Dutch Governor- 
 General appears to have treated them with "businesslike" courtesy and 
 civility. 
 
 ■• For some time governor at the English factory at Amboyna. 
 
 ® From 1632 until 1677 it would appear that although the English East 
 India Company had a factory at Batavia, it was under the control of the 
 Company's factory at Batavia and no longer independent. This factory 
 at Batavia was looked after by one or two English salesmen, the senior of 
 whom held the title amongst themselves of agent. This agent had goods 
 sent to him from time to time as required from Batavia, but owing to the 
 competition from the Dutch, their monopolies, and the " gentle pressure " 
 of sovereignty, well veiled, which they exerted, his indents grew less and 
 less, so that it was really no great loss to the Company when it was forced 
 to close its doors here in 1677. 
 
 There do not appear to have been any presidents after T. Burt, only 
 salesmen from Bantam. A certain Englishman called Captain Gatrman 
 established himself at Bantam (after having failed to do so at Batavia) as 
 a merchant in 1648. Later he moved, however, again to Batavia and sold 
 goods for the English East India Company. At this time another English- 
 man, Thomas Pinston, settled at Macassar and took charge of the English 
 factory there. 
 
 ' These two men were sent in 1634 to the Enghsh factory at
 
 462 JAVA 
 
 SOURABAYA. 
 
 Sourabaya was peopled by a few families of Javans at a 
 very early date, although the principal places at this end of 
 the island were until, comparatively speaking, a recent date 
 Grissee and Yortan.^ 
 
 By Europeans the place was never apparently thought 
 much of, and in consequence it was not until late in the 
 eighteenth century that they went to live there. There 
 was never a Dutch governor here, as at Samarang, nor ever 
 a president, until quite late, but the chief man in the place 
 held the rank of " senior merchant " (opper koopman), and 
 the title of commander of the eastern district. In these 
 days the only export was rice. 
 
 No Englishmen were residing at Sourabaya before 1811, 
 when one of the British regiments was stationed there. 
 English vessels, however, under English commanders now 
 and again during the eighteenth century called in for water. 
 In 1796 a fairly strong military force was kept here, which 
 was commanded by Major Carol von Franquemont, a Ger- 
 man who arrived in Java in 1796, and a member of one of 
 those foreign families who became a few years later quite 
 a factor in Java, owning estates and business houses, and 
 even assisting the British Government in various offices. 
 Mention will be specially made of this family later on. The 
 troops under von Franquemont were one hundred Europeans 
 and a company of the old Wurtemberg Eegiment, besides 
 six companies of Maduran infantry and two of Maduran 
 artillery, under the command of European officers or of 
 Europeans born in Sourabaya. There was a military 
 hospital for one hundred and fifty sick, but " Surabaye," as 
 
 Jamby, Fleming becoming president there before the year was out. In 
 1632 wbilst at Batavia Fleming complained to the Dutch Governor- General 
 of having been beaten and hurt by Barnaby. The latter, when questioned, 
 promised to comport himself better in future, so he was let off with a 
 caution. 
 
 1 Yortan was the Chinese name for a town on the river Brantas, near 
 where BangU now is.
 
 THE TOWNS m JAVA, ETC. 463 
 
 it was then called, was a " very healthy spot, with a dry 
 climate, so that the hospital was never full." 
 
 The town was, and still is, cut in two by the river Caliemas 
 (Kali Mas, or Eiver of Gold). The banks were full of 
 villages, inhabited two-thirds by Malays and the remainder 
 by Chinese. The soldiers were quartered in a brick fort 
 containing a small arsenal,^ and there were batteries at the 
 mouth of the river, which was generally full of coasters, 
 vessels drawing ten to twelve feet and carrying rice. 
 English and Spanish vessels from Europe, bound for Canton 
 and the Philippines, during the west monsoon invariably 
 called here in those days to refresh, procuring all they 
 required except vegetables, which had to be got from 
 " Passourouang." The native products included candle- 
 sticks, plates and goblets, made from a hard stone pro- 
 curable in the mountains ; combs and brushes of buffalo's 
 horn were also made. 
 
 Three and a half miles from Sourabaya, on the left 
 bank of the river, was a saltpetre house, owned by a 
 Chinaman and built at a cost of 15,000 rix dollars; the 
 Government, however, made him close it, and he sold it 
 for 600. The godowns or warehouses of this establishment 
 were the refuge of hundreds of thousands of bats, whose 
 manure realised a good sum yearly to the purchaser. 
 The Europeans used to keep large barges or houseboats, 
 splendidly fitted up, and in these made frequent trips to 
 Grissee and Madura. An account of one such boat is as 
 follows : — 
 
 " A cabin occupied the whole length, except that at either end, 
 where space was left for the master and some rowers, and a small 
 sail to hoist when the weather permitted. The cabin was very 
 well furnished ; the seats, which went all round, were covered 
 with good cushions ; a table up the middle, with small lockers for 
 provisions ; and, lastly, latticed casements with silk curtains 
 
 ^ It still exists.
 
 464 JAVA 
 
 completed the floating saloon. From Sourabaya to Grissee the 
 journey was easily performed in five hours." 
 
 When the English arrived here in 1811 we learn that the 
 fort at the mouth of the river was called " Fort Calamaas " 
 and mounted forty guns, and that the barracks in the town 
 of Sourabaya, built of bamboo, plastered over and white- 
 washed, were capable of accommodating eight hundred men. 
 Not far away there was a powerful fort on the island of 
 Madura, called " Lodewyck," and Daendels seriously 
 thought at one time of making a bamboo bridge or a way 
 across. The town when Daendels came made considerable 
 headway. Vessels were built and equipped ; an arsenal 
 and other extensive works were soon turning out guns and 
 carriages, and a mint issued a new silver and copper coinage. 
 
 Daendels started building a Government House here on 
 the same model as at Weltevreden, but owing to the 
 foundations of the front giving way the building was 
 abandoned ; but that part which stood firm was turned 
 by the English into warehouses. 
 
 The Europeans were on one side of the river, the Chinese 
 and natives on the other. A bridge with draw-chains to 
 raise it for the passage of vessels connected the two quarters. 
 The European houses were very good and roomy, and some 
 in the suburbs — the country seats of private individuals — 
 quite handsome. The house at Simpang, where the first 
 British Resident, Colonel Gibbs, of His Majesty's 78th 
 Pv,egiment, resided, was a rather fine building. It was 
 situated on the banks of the river.^ Near to it, also on the 
 banks of the river, was the general hospital, built on a very- 
 liberal plan. At this time there was no hospital in Java 
 more commodious than this one, and, seeing it is still in use, 
 the true foresight is seen of building well once for all. 
 
 The roads and avenues round about Sourabaya, as 
 
 ^ It is still in use as the Resident's house.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 465 
 
 described by one of the English officers, were at this time 
 dehghtful, being shaded by trees on both sides ; and 
 mention is made that the De Noyo cantonment was the 
 quarters of the mihtary in the eastern division. In 1812 
 the land rental of Sourabaya exceeded that of any of the 
 other districts, for without reckoning the valuation of lands 
 provisionally assigned to native chiefs, which roughly 
 amounted to 73,302 rupees, the landed revenue under the 
 British Government was stated to be 667,178 rupees ; while 
 salt brought in 50,000 rupees, opium 100,000 rupees, and 
 town customs 50,000 rupees — making a grand total of 
 867,178 rupees. 
 
 It was not, however, until 1813 that the export and 
 mercantile business of the place took such proportions as to 
 attract English merchants. The first to come here were 
 two Englishmen, who at the beginning merely kept small 
 stores. This will, however, all be related in the " Com- 
 mercial " chapter. The first cemetery at Sourabaya was 
 at a place called Krambangan, but since 1848 at Penellay 
 (Peneleli). 
 
 Opposite to the British Eesident's house was the old 
 village of Tagassan, within a few yards of which place was 
 a huge figure called Djaka Dolok^ seated cross-legged. One 
 is naturally led at once to believe it to represent some 
 Buddhist deity, although the natives to this day insist that 
 it is the effigy of a Chinaman who suffered death for offending 
 one of the first Dutch commandants. Tliis, however, must 
 be wrong, for a close examination proves its Hindu origin. 
 
 It was placed where it now is in a.d. 1289, and is the life- 
 like ef&gy of the Hindu ruler of this district at that date, 
 called Kerta Nagara. 
 
 The tale of cruelty alluded to by the natives is of more 
 recent date ; it is worth relating. 
 
 The road from early days running before the Eesident's 
 
 1 Stm there. 
 J. — VOL. I. H H
 
 466 JAVA 
 
 house was called Cobang (now Goebeng), and that which 
 branches off it went by the name of Simpang. All this 
 country and land around once belonged to a very rich 
 Chinaman, who resided in the middle of his park with his 
 family, in a house luxuriously fitted up in Chinese style. 
 The Dutch commandant at this time was a man called 
 Chojius.^ Deciding that this park would be the most 
 desirable place for a residency and hospital, he sent word 
 to the Chinaman that he was prepared to make a consider- 
 able offer for the land as the Government wanted it. The 
 Chinaman, however, replied that as he intended to live 
 there during his lifetime, and after his death to leave it to 
 his children, he would not part with it for any money. 
 
 Chojius now sent for the Chinaman and, explaining the 
 
 situation, warned him of the consequences. The Chinaman, 
 
 however, proved obdurate, and Chojius, at last becoming 
 
 irritated, drew from his pocket two cents and threw them 
 
 on the table, saying, " There ! as you will not take what I 
 
 have offered you and refuse to name a price, in the name of 
 
 the Dutch Government I give you a coban [goeheng] and I 
 
 will simpang [simpang, the Malay word which means keep] 
 
 your estates." Mortified and overwhelmed, the Chinaman 
 
 withdrew. It was the custom in those days when the 
 
 " senior merchant " or commandant went out for a ride or 
 
 drive that the native population sat down on the side of the 
 
 road (this was an old Hindu custom when the emperor 
 
 passed) ; the day when Chojius was passing the Chinaman 
 
 whose estates had been taken away from him refused to 
 
 bend down, saying, quivering with rage when told to do so, 
 
 that the commandant would have to kill him first before he 
 
 would do it. " Very well," said Chojius when he heard 
 
 this, and ordering the man to be seized, he had him beheaded 
 
 next morning. Such is the tale of how the sunbunds of 
 
 * I have not been able to find this name, but it may have been what he 
 was called by the Chinese.
 
 THE TOWNS m JAVA, ETC. 467 
 
 Simpang and Goebeng came by their name. At a very 
 early date the hotel, or " heeren logement " as the Dutch 
 called it, was that which is now known as the Hotel des 
 Indes. It was considered a spacious building at the begin- 
 ning of the nineteenth century. 
 
 Sourabaya is now the most thriving town in Java, being 
 one of the centres of the sugar trade, and its export and 
 import trade has reached huge figures, as a reference to the 
 statistics will show. The restaurants, shops, and emporiums 
 vie with those of the capital ; one of the principal shops is 
 an English one known as " Hendersons." 
 
 There is also a splendid new club, which has replaced the 
 old one called the Simpang Club. 
 
 There is an old theatre that was built in 1851.^ A town 
 clock, erected by the British, headed by their vice-consul, 
 Mr. Warren, to commemorate the Queen of Holland's 
 coronation, stands as a prominent monument in the middle 
 of the town. A tramway runs through the town. There 
 are tennis, golf, cricket and football clubs, which are well 
 patronised by both the Dutch and English ; and for social 
 gaiety there is no town in Java equal to it. 
 
 Sourabaya is still expanding, and will go on expanding 
 for a long time yet to come. 
 
 In the old cemetery at Krambangan there is a stone to 
 the memory of Captain Edward Masquerier, of the " Country 
 Service," who died during the English period on the 30th 
 April, 1814, at the age of 42. 
 
 EUROPEAN SENIORS, CAPTAINS OR RESIDENTS OF 
 SOURABAYA, 1660—1912. 
 1. Dutch East India Company's Period. 
 
 1660. WiUem Bastinck, senior merchant.'^ 
 1680. Johannes van Mecheleri, senior merchant, appointed 
 19th January, 
 
 1 Donald McLacMan and Thomas Bonhote were chiefly interested in 
 its erection. 
 
 2 Before this the Kesident of Sourabaya hved at Japara. On the 9th 
 
 HH2
 
 468 JAVA 
 
 1683. Abraham Holscher, junior merchants, appointed 7th 
 September ; discharged in 1685 by Jeremias van Vhet when he 
 inspected the Sourabaya Settlement. 
 
 1685. On the 19th October the " Raad of India " considered 
 the question of transferring the headquarters of the Company 
 from Sourabaya to Grissee. 
 
 1686. Joan Struis. 
 
 1687. Jan Barvelt, captain-Ueutenant. 
 
 1690. Joan de Moor, captain. 
 
 1691. Jan Barvelt, captain. 
 
 1692. Michiel Ram, captain ; went 27th March, 1693, to Japara. 
 1698. Anthony Zas, captain-lieutenant, appointed 26th 
 
 August. 
 
 1700. Pieter Hogerhnde, captain, appointed 12th November ; 
 until he arrived Lieutenant Oelof Christiaanz was acting there. 
 
 1704. William Sergeant, captain, appointed 30th September. 
 
 1709. W. Boreel, captain, appointed 6th September. 
 
 1710. Jan van Westrenen, captain head of Sourabaya, 
 appointed 14th October. 
 
 1716. Stephanus van der Lely, heutenant, appointed captain 
 25th February, 1716 ; captain-heutenant of Sourabaya, 30th July, 
 1717 ; captain of Sourabaya, 22nd February, 1718. 
 
 1719. PhiHp Vogel, captain, appointed 28th April. In 1721 
 Van Alsem took over charge of the civil and commercial depart- 
 ments, which were now for the first time separated from the 
 mihtary. 
 
 1721. Thomas van Alsem, merchant, appointed 22nd July, 
 1721, for the prevention of the Company's interests receding 
 (under the mihtary captain in rank). 
 
 1725. Jan Sautijn, appointed 6th March. 
 
 1728. Rykloff Duyvens, merchant, appointed 27th February. 
 
 1732. Jacob Roman, appointed 8th July. 
 
 1733. Cornelis Anthony Lons, merchant, appointed 10th July. 
 1735. Bartholemeus Visscher, merchant, appointed 4th 
 
 October. 
 
 1739. Benjamin Blom, merchant, appointed 28th July. 
 
 1741. Vincent van Wingerden, merchant, appointed 14th July ; 
 died at Sourabaya. 
 
 1742. Reynier de Klerck, under merchant (provisional resi- 
 dent), appointed 30th July; on 11th November, 1743, by a 
 treaty, the Soesvehoenan ceded Sourabaya to the East India 
 Company under the article regarding " reconcihation," " peace," 
 "friendship," and " alliance." 
 
 1743. Gillis Keyser, upper head, appointed 1st August ; 
 promoted 7th August to merchant. 
 
 June, 1705, the garrison at Sourabaya consisted of one hundred men. 
 They lived in a fort.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 469 
 
 1746. Reynier de Klerck, senior merchant, upper head of 
 east coast, appointed 1st June, 1746 ; second of Java, 24th March, 
 1747 ; promoted Governor of Banda, 30th December, 1748. 
 
 1748. Dirk Willem van der Brugghen, merchant with the 
 rank of senior merchant, upper head of Sourabaya, appointed 
 31st December, 1748. 
 
 1751. Meester Petrus Schik, upper head, appointed 29th June, 
 1751. 
 
 1754. Christiaan Benjamin Rhener, major, later senior 
 merchant, captain of Sourabaya, appointed 13th September. 
 
 1755. Abraham Christoffel Coertz, upper head, appointed 
 27th June, 1755 ; received the title of " Senior merchant, captain 
 of the east coast," 2nd September, 1756. 
 
 1763. Hendrik Breton, captain of the east coast and Second of 
 the Government of Java's north-east coast, appointed 1st 
 February. 
 
 1765. Meester Johan Everhard Coop a Groen, senior merchant, 
 captain of the east coast, appointed 30th July. 
 
 1769. Meester Pieter Lusac, upper head of Sourabaya, captain 
 of the east coast, appointed 15th September. 
 
 1775. Rudolph Florentinus van der Niepoort, senior merchant, 
 captain of the east coast, appointed 15th December ; discharged 
 at his own request, 20th April, 1784. 
 
 1784. Barend Willem Fockens, captain of Java's north-east 
 coast, appointed 20th April ; died at Sourabaya. 
 
 1784. Anthony Barkey, senior merchant, captain of the east 
 coast, appointed 18th June. 
 
 1794. Dirk van Hogendorp, senior merchant, captain of the 
 east coast, appointed 12th February, 
 
 1798. Wonter Hendrik van Ysseldyk, commissioner over 
 Java east coast, appointed 1st January. 
 
 2. Java a Crown Colony of Holland. 
 
 1799. Frederik Jacob Rothen-buhler, senior merchant, captain 
 of the east coast, appointed 6th September. 
 
 1809. Ridder J. A. van Middelkoop, captain, later prefect 
 and landrost of Java east coast, appointed 18th April. 
 
 1810. Petrus Adrianus Goldbach, landrost, appointed 
 
 September. 
 
 3. English Occupation of Java. 
 
 1811. Colonel Gibbs, Resident. 
 
 1812. Colonel Alexander Adams, His Majesty's 78th Regiment, 
 appointed Resident 25th July.
 
 470 JAVA 
 
 1814. John Crawfurd,^ Resident of Sourabaya and Bangkalan, 
 appointed 27th October. 
 
 1815. Wilham Ainshe,^ Resident of Sourabaya and Bangkalan, 
 appointed 19th August. 
 
 4. Java again a Crown Colony of Holland, 
 
 1816. Pieter Overbeeck and Carel Rauws, appointed commis- 
 sioners to take over the Government of Sourabaya from the 
 EngUsh. 
 
 1816. Phihp Herbert, Baron van Lawick van Pabst, acting 
 Resident. 
 
 1817. Jonkheer Adriaan Maurits Theodorus, Baron de Sahs, 
 Resident, appointed 12th November. 
 
 1822. P. van der Poel, Resident, appointed in March. 
 
 1824. Meester Bernard Hendrik Alexander Besier, Resident, 
 appointed in January. 
 
 1827(?). Henry MacGillavry, Resident. 
 
 1827. B. W. Pinket van Hask, Resident, appointed in 
 September. 
 
 1830. Jonkheer Adriaan Maurits Theodorus, Baron de Sahs, 
 acting President, appointed 8th April. 
 
 1831. Hendrik Jacob Domis, Resident, appointed 5th March. 
 1834. Carel Jan Riesz, major-general, acting Resident, 
 
 appointed January. 
 
 1839. Meester Daniel Francois Willem Pietermaart,^ Resident, 
 appointed 9th March, 1839 ; died at Sourabaya, 30th November, 
 1848. 
 
 1848. Pierre Jean Baptiste de Perez, Resident, appointed 
 8th December. 
 
 1852(?). H. F. Buschkens, acting Resident. 
 
 1853. Gerardus CorneHs Schonck, acting Resident, appointed 
 5th January. 
 
 1853. Pieter Vreede Bik, Resident, appointed 4th April. 
 
 1857. Jean Jacques Modderman, acting Resident, appointed 
 1st December, 23rd March, 1858. 
 
 1858. Jonkheer Meester Herman Constantyn van der Wyck, 
 Resident, appointed 4th February. 
 
 1860. Otto van Rees, Resident, appointed 14th May. 
 
 1864. Carel Phihp Conrad Steinmetz, Resident, appointed 
 18th March. 
 
 1865. Henri Maximihaan Andree Wiltens, Resident, appointed 
 28th December. 
 
 > rormerly Resident of Djockja Karta, later Governor of Singapore. 
 "^ Brother of Dr. Ainalie, Resident of Djockja Karta, 1815. 
 ' Grandfather of A. K. W. Prins, a partner of Maclaine, Watson & Co., 
 and later head of the firm of Prins & Co., brokers, Samarang.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 471 
 
 1868. Salomon van Deventer, Resident, appointed 20th April. 
 1873. Philip Willem Abraham van Spall, Resident, appointed 
 3rd August. 
 
 1876. Frederick Beyerinck, Resident, appointed 11th 
 December. 
 
 1884. Jonkheer Carel Herman Aart van der Wyck, Resident, 
 appointed 29th May. 
 
 1888. Johan Cornelis Theodoras Kroesen, Resident, appointed 
 18th May. 
 
 1896. Hendrik Willem van Ravenswaay, Resident, appointed 
 20th July. 
 
 1901. L. C. A. F. Lange, Resident, appointed 16th September. 
 
 1905. R. H. Ebbinck, Resident, appointed 11th August. 
 
 1908 — 1912. J. Einthoven, Resident, appointed 29th May. 
 
 Samarang. 
 
 By an act or deed dated the 15th January, 1678, between 
 the Sultan of Mataram and the Dutch Admiral Speelman 
 the town of Samarang, together with all its neighbouring 
 villages and land, became the property of the East India 
 Company. From 1743 until the end of the Company's rule 
 this was the capital of Java's north coast, and from 1754 the 
 seat of a Governor. The first Governor was that splendid 
 statesman Nicolaas Hartingh, and the last was Nicolaas 
 Engelhard, who was such friends with the English and who 
 was later on the " Raad van Indie " (Viceroy's Council), and 
 still later owner of the estate " Poudok Gedeh." In 1816 
 Samarang was reduced to a Residency, after having already 
 been lowered in importance a few years before the great 
 Daendels. 
 
 Formerly the town of Japara was the capital of this part 
 of the island — a town which was inhabited in all probability 
 by Hindus two thousand years ago. The earliest mention 
 we have of Samarang is in 1719, when it appears to have 
 consisted of a small fort with a very insignificant number 
 of Europeans in it, and, outside, a few Chinese dealers. 
 
 Of this fort and its garrison all we know is that the former 
 had five sides, whilst the latter probably did not consist of
 
 472 JAVA 
 
 above thirty or forty men. In 1741, however, Samarang 
 had risen in importance, and when the war of 1746, known 
 as the third Java War of Succession, broke out it had done 
 so still more. Nicolaas Hartingh was known as the " Director 
 and Governor of Java's North Coast," with headquarters at 
 Samarang ; he came and arranged matters when the war 
 was ended and split (1754) the empire of Mataram in two, 
 thus weakening it to the advantage of the Dutch. 
 
 In these days Samarang was considered the most lucrative 
 port for the Company's servants, and the Governor, Nicolaas 
 Hartingh, in 1754, although " he never did any business 
 outside what he was entitled to ! " left to his children more 
 than £100,000 sterling, one third of which he had made while 
 in Samarang.^ It was one of Hartingh's successors that kept 
 up such tremendous style at Bodjong in 1787 and onwards. 
 
 By this time a wall had been built round Samarang, and 
 all the Europeans lived inside ; only the Governor lived 
 outside in a large house, which was built in Boeijang about 
 1770 or earlier. Boeijang, we are told, was more than half 
 an hour from the town ; here a company of dragoons was 
 stationed Avhich turned out in full dress spick and span 
 every morning at 7 a.m., and stood at attention in the 
 blazing sun until his Excellency had the goodness to come 
 out in his pyjamas and thank the officer in command and 
 give his orders for the day. If the Governor visited Sama- 
 rang the dragoons followed him as a " life guard," and on 
 entering the town he was received with a salute of twenty- 
 one guns, a similar honour being paid him when departing. 
 His sumptuous dinners and balls to the " fifty qualified rank 
 and fashion " of Samarang in those days are worthy of a 
 book to themselves. Everything this gentleman did was 
 carried out in a style far exceeding that ever assumed by 
 any European emperor or king ; a good deal of this show, 
 however, was required by the East India Company on 
 
 ^ See Chapter XX., " The Commercial History of Java."
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 473 
 
 account of the Governor's relations with the important 
 Javan princes, upon whom it was very necessary to impress 
 the great dignity of the Governor. In these early days 
 the chief export was rice and cotton-yarn. The principal 
 village then was Torabaya. 
 
 The old wall, bits of which can be still seen here and 
 there, began at Tawang, where the Government warehouses 
 still stand. Taking these all in and sweeping with a curve 
 up to Comedy Street (Comedie Straat), it ran down this 
 in a line from where the town hospital (Stadsverband) and 
 theatre are now situated, opposite a long line of very old 
 buildings still standing, which were the quarters of the 
 British officers and their wives in 1811. The wall continued 
 in a straight line, cutting through the place occupied by the 
 Samarang-Joana Steam Tram Company for a godown. 
 Here another sweep was taken to the right, and it continued 
 in a straight line until it came to the river, then turning 
 again sharp off to the right until it reached the warehouses 
 at Tawang, thus completing the square. There were four 
 openings of portways — one was at Tawang (this would lead 
 down to the sea), one at each end of the Heeren Straat, and 
 one at the end of the Kerk Straat (Church Street). The 
 part facing the sea was destroyed in 1809, the other three 
 parts in 1824. 
 
 Where the old church stood is not quite clear ; it has 
 been described, however, as " a small but fine church." At 
 the end of the eighteenth century the fashionable meeting- 
 place seems to have been Paradeplein. An old cemetery 
 was near where the office of Messrs. Mirandolle, Vonte & Co. 
 now^ stands, and one still older near the Weduwen Straat. 
 The centre of the town in early days was round about the 
 Paradeplein, and the breath of air to be here found must 
 have been welcome to the English officers in their cramped 
 houses with a high wall immediately opposite them prevent- 
 ing any circulation of air.
 
 474 JAVA 
 
 Where now the Hotel Jansen stands^ are some old walled- 
 in military buildings carrying the date 1775. Here there 
 formerly stood a special gallows for the soldiers, who appear 
 to have been of a particularly low class, as executions and 
 strangulations were of almost daily occurrence in those days. 
 At the beginning of the nineteenth century the " society " 
 or club was in a building occupied now by Barendse, who 
 uses it for a " garage " and a shop in which to keep motor 
 cars. 
 
 In 1811, when the English took possession of Samarang, 
 Captain Robert Garnham, the first British Resident, took 
 up his abode in the magnificent palace which was immedi- 
 ately built in the place of the old one at the very end of 
 Bodjong. The first old Government house, formerly the 
 residence of the Governor, from about 1720 was near to and 
 faced the river. It was planted with shady trees and railed 
 round ; inside were several fine apartments, furnished in 
 European style. It must have stood where the gasworks 
 now are. We are told that the town had a neat appearance, 
 with a number of good houses ; it has also a fine, large 
 church, built in 1794, a new town house (in Paradeplein), 
 and a variety of other buildings, both elegant and com- 
 modious, not only within, but also without the city. There 
 was also a mihtary school.* The EngHsh found that the 
 " Dutch here showed a pleasing sociabiHty of disposition 
 and hilarity of behaviour which compared favourably with 
 the gloomy indolence of the Batavian families." The 
 principal families lived in Tawang, but in the environs 
 (that is Bodjong way) there were numerous villas. 
 
 The Chinese and native population was already consider- 
 able. Under the new system of ground rental brought into 
 use by Raffles the territorial revenue for Samarang in 1814 
 was 508,830 rupees, exclusive of land assessments provi- 
 
 * One of the best hotels in Mid Java. 
 
 ' I believe the building which is now used as the hospital.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 475 
 
 sionally assigned to native chiefs. The salt revenue was 
 200,000, opium 24,080, and the town duties 200,000, making 
 a total of 1,032,910 rupees. 
 
 At the present day Samarang is a thriving town with an 
 increasing European population of eight thousand and nearly 
 twenty thousand Chinese, Arabs, and other varieties. The 
 present Government offices were built in 1854, the building 
 in use previously to this having been burnt down — it is said 
 on purpose — by some clerk to hide a deficiency in the cash. 
 On the hill below Djomblang some old Armenian graves are 
 to be seen, and in the Gegadjie Hills is the old private 
 cemetery of the families of Cranmer and Bornemann, who 
 were buried here early in the eighteenth century. There 
 are five pyramids ; one is to Lieutenant C. G. H. Bornemann, 
 the hero of the Demak fight in 1825, related in the last 
 chapter. On the road leading to Kendal is the private 
 graveyard of the Johannes family, an American family of 
 high standing, who came to Java at the time of the English 
 and did a large merchant's business at Samarang. 
 
 There is a very good club at Samarang called the "Har- 
 monic," built in 1909, some excellent shops (Meyer Hillers- 
 trom, Zikel Spiegel, etc.), and a restaurant or two (Sambers 
 Hoogvelt, etc.). There are two large churches, Protestant 
 and Koman Catholic, a handsome club or canteen for non- 
 commissioned officers, two or three good hotels, the 
 principal being called " Jansen's " and " Pavihon," and 
 a Protestant orphanage. This about completes the list of 
 important buildings. A tramway service runs through the 
 town into the suburbs, and the town is served, like every 
 other town in Java of any importance, with a local telephone, 
 as also a long land line communicating with Sourabaya, 
 Batavia, and other ports in Java. There is a race club here, 
 originally formed in 1826, but after a number of years of 
 inactivity re-formed and reconstituted in 1908. 
 
 All the British community, and some of the principal
 
 476 JAVA 
 
 Dutch families, live at a place called Tjandi, a hill 300 feet 
 above Samarang. Here are some excellent golf, cricket, 
 hockey, and football clubs ; there is also a social club here 
 called the Tjandi Club. 
 
 The town of Samarang is increasing in importance. 
 
 On the Kesident's staff at Samarang in 1813 were Lieu- 
 tenant Cotes, who later on, in 1821, became a part owner 
 of the estate of " Getas " with Gillian Maclaine, of Maclaine, 
 Watson & Co. ; there was also a J. A. Doormick, detached 
 to Japara and Joana for the collection of customs, whose 
 name is still known to the present day in Middle Java. 
 
 Later on Alexander London,^ of the frigate Huzzar, w^orked 
 in the custom house at Samarang as a senior clerk, and even- 
 tually became collector. 
 
 A relic of the part is the old fort called " Prince Orange," 
 still existing at Pontjol, near the race-course. 
 
 In the old cemetery at Samarang on the Padaplein there 
 were formerly the following grave-stones of well-known 
 Englishmen who died during the English period : — 
 
 Lieutenant J. H. Aspinwall, quartermaster of the 4th Bengal 
 Battalion ; died on the 11th July, 1814. 
 
 Lieutenant-Colonel Butler, His Majesty's Deputy- Adjutant- 
 General of the Forces of Java ; died on the 7th March, 1815. 
 
 Of later date there is one to James Crawfurd,^ a partner in 
 Deans, Scott & Co. (and brother to John Crawfurd, the Resident 
 of Djockjakarta and elsewhere, and later Governor of Singapore), 
 who died on the 22nd July, 1820. The grave-stones have now all 
 been removed. ^ 
 
 The register containing these deaths was burnt in the fire 
 at the Eesident's of&ce in 1850. There are also graves as 
 follows : — 
 
 Very old grave, EngHsh style ; name indeUble : Javans say 
 an Englishman buried here. 
 
 1 See material to be hereafter published. 
 
 "^ Hie history will be given in material to be published later. 
 
 » No one knows where they are I
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 
 
 477 
 
 Very old grave, English style ; name indelible : Javans say 
 an Englishman buried here. 
 
 Grabschryft 
 
 EQer ruhed in Gott 
 
 Clara Louisia Hoff 
 
 Geborne om Friede, 
 
 aus Vagingen an der 
 
 Ens geburthig, 
 
 Gebohrenden 19 Jany., 1764. 
 
 Gestorbernden 26 July, 1817 
 
 hi der Ehe gelebt 
 
 28 Jahren. 
 
 Grabschrift 
 
 Hier ruhet in 
 
 Gote Den Heer 
 
 JoHANN Jacob Hoff 
 
 im leben Chirugien 
 
 Major von het Regiment 
 
 von Wurtemberg Stads 
 
 docter und Geburtshelfer 
 
 auf Samarang Gebohren zie. 
 
 Gelnhaussen au der Kuntz 
 
 anno 1762 den 28 April. 
 Gestooben den 15 Mei 1831. 
 
 Hier Rust 
 
 Onze gehefde Vaden 
 
 C. G. Remeus. 
 
 Geboren 6 October 1830. 
 
 Overleden 10 Januari 1877. 
 
 Hier Rust 
 Laurens Nagel 
 geboren 22 October 1883. 
 Overleden 10 September 1904. 
 Ambtenaar N. I. S. 
 
 (Old cemetery at Seteran, in Samarang ; in use in the 
 time of the EngHsh occupation of Java.) 
 
 Hier Rust Hier Rust 
 
 AuGUSTiNA Elisabeth Cramer Carl Friedich Cramer : 
 Weduwe van Wylen geboren den 28 October 1769 ; 
 
 C. G. H. D. Bornemann : gestowen den 23 January 1824. 
 
 geb. 1 Mei 1802. Denkt aan hem, met 
 
 Overleden 18 July 1856. een aan U. 
 
 Hier Rust 
 
 Ajstna Ruisenaar 
 
 weduve van Wylen 
 
 Carl Friedich Cramer 
 
 geb 10 April 1784. 
 
 Gewyd 
 
 aan den nagedachtenis 
 
 van myn gehejden broeder 
 
 H. P. Ch. HUYGEN DE RaAT 
 
 geb te 's Gravenhage 19 Mei 1822 ; 
 
 Overleden 25 Mei 1856. overleden to Samarang 9 Januari 1843. 
 
 Hier Rust 
 
 JoHAN Friedrich Bornemann : 
 
 geb te Hanover 27 October 1804 ; 
 
 overleden to Samarang 25 Mei 1856. 
 
 Old private burial ground at Gegadjie Hill, Samarang 
 The tombs are in the form of pyramids.
 
 478 JAVA 
 
 Hier Rust 
 
 Johanna Petronella 
 
 VAN Son : 
 
 Gude niim 4 jaren ; 
 
 gestorven Mei 1836. 
 
 (Old grave of a daughter of Resident van Son behind 
 Sir Stamford Raffles's old palace at Bodjong, 
 Samarang.) 
 
 English Grave-stones in the Samarang Cemetery. 
 Grave-stone of the English Time still Standing. 
 
 1. Sacred to the memory of George Hofland, Esqr., Captain 
 of the Country Service ; departed this life 2nd December, 1818, 
 aged 54 years. 
 
 Grave-stones since the English Time. 
 
 2. Sacred to the memory of Joseph Bremner, who departed 
 this Ufe on the 14th May, 1830. 
 
 3. A la memoire du capitaine d'artillerie Jean Joseph Essers, 
 ne a Raadheim Limbourg le 2 Fevrier, 1794 ; decede a Oenarang 
 le 19 Avril, 1855. Sa femme et ses enfants, reconnaissants. 
 
 4. Sacred to the memory of James Craweord Gray, born 
 Sept. 6th, 1835 ; died Nov. 27th, 1865. 
 
 5. In memory of Eliza Symons, born in London 25th January, 
 1803 ; died at Samarang 17th December, 1872. " thou my 
 God save the servant, that trusted in thee." 
 
 6. Sacred to the memory of Mary Annie, infant daughter 
 of George and Annie Henderson, who departed this life 
 May 23rd, 1874. 
 
 7. Sacred to the memory of Robert, the beloved son of James 
 B. and Mary T. Clark, born at Batavia on the 17th January, 
 1875 ; died at Samarang on the 23rd August, 1876. 
 
 8. Richard Hutchinson, bom January 3rd, 1842 ; died 
 January 10th, 1876. 
 
 9. Sacred to the memory of Captain Salomon Nickerson, of 
 bark " Olustee," born September, 1813 ; died November 21st, 
 1877 ; native of Chatham, Mass., U.S. America. 
 
 10. Sacred to the memory of Henry Charles Do\vnie, born 
 9th Feb., 1847 ; died 25th Jan., 1886. 
 
 11. Sacred to the memory of Jane Young Smail, aged 28 years, 
 beloved wife of Captain William Smith, of the British ship
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 479 
 
 " Firth of Clyde," who departed this Ufe 13th August, 1887, on 
 the passage between Batavia and Samarang. Deeply regretted. 
 
 12. In loving memory of William Barlow, died 12th August, 
 1893, at Samarang, aged 65 years. Not lost but gone before. 
 
 13. In loving memory of James Munro Ryerell, R.N.R., 
 Commander B. I. S. N. Co., who died on board his steamer, the 
 " Satara," at Samarang, September 29th, 1908, aged 44 years. 
 Deeply regretted. Erected by his brother and sisters. 
 
 14. In memory of Ernest Crawford Smith, late third 
 engineer A. S. N. Co. s.s. " Pasha " ; died September 6th, 1910, 
 aged 24 years. Erected by his brother officers. 
 
 EUROPEAN SENIORS, CAPTAINS, RESIDENTS, OR 
 GOVERNORS OF SAMARANG, 1708—1911. 
 
 1. Dutch East India Company's Period. 
 
 1708. WUlem Drost, merchant. 
 
 1709. Pieter Metzu, senior merchant. 
 
 1714. Komelis Jongbloed, senior merchant. 
 
 1715. Georg Frederik Beihvits, senior merchant. 
 1715. Gaspar de Hartog, senior merchant. 
 
 17 17^ — 1721. Johan Frederik Gobius, captain-general. 
 
 1717 — 1719. Pieter Wybers, merchant. 
 
 1722. Jacob Willem Dubbeldekop, captain-general. 
 
 1725 — 1726. Pieter Gysbert Noodt, captain-general. 
 
 1726. Willem Tersmitten, captain. 
 
 1730. Frederik JuUus Coyett, captain-general. 
 
 1733. Ryklof Duyvensz, captain-general. 
 
 1737, Nicolras Crul, captain-general. 
 
 1739. Bartholomeus Vissner, captain-general. 
 
 1741. Abraham Roos. 
 
 1741 — 1744, Hugo Veryssel, commissioner. 
 
 1742 — 1744. Joan Herman Theling, captain-general. 
 
 1744. Elso Sterrenberg, captain-general. 
 
 1747. Joan Andries Baron von Hohendorff, Governor (captain- 
 general, 1747 ; Governor and Director, 1748). 
 
 1754, Nicolaas Hartingh, Governor. 
 
 1761. Willem Hendrik van Offenberch, Governor. 
 
 1765, Johannes Vos, Governor, 
 
 1771, Johannes Robbert van der Burgh, Governor. 
 
 1780, Johannes Siberg, Governor. 
 
 1787. Jan Greeve, Governor. 
 
 1791, Pieter Gerardus van Overstraten, Governor. 
 
 1796, Johan Fredrik, Baron van Reede tot de Parkeler, 
 Governor. 
 
 1 This year until 1719 the power was divided.
 
 480 JAVA 
 
 2. Java a Crown Colony of Holland. 
 
 1803. Nicolaas Engelhard, Governor. 
 
 1809. Veekens, acting Resident. 
 
 1810. P. A, Goldbach, Resident. 
 
 1811. J. H. Middel Koop, Resident. 
 
 3. English Occupation of Java. 
 
 1812. Captain R. C. Garnham, Resident. 
 
 1813. Colonel John Eales, Resident. 
 
 1814. William AinsUe, Resident and Magistrate. 
 
 1815. John Crawfurd, Resident and Magistrate. 
 
 4. Java again a Crown Colony of Holland. 
 
 1816. H. A. Parve, Appointed Commissioner to take over the 
 Government of Samarang from the EngUsh. 
 
 1816. J. de Bruin, Resident. 
 
 1819. M. N. Servatius, Resident. 
 
 1822. H. J. Dormis, Resident. 
 
 1826. P. H. Lawick van Pabst, Resident. 
 
 1830. P. le Clercq, Resident. 
 
 1834. H. J. van Son, Resident, 
 
 1838. G. L. Band, Resident. 
 
 1842. Mr. J. F. M. van Nes, Resident. 
 
 1842. Jonkheer J. W. H. Smissaert, Resident. 
 
 1846. A. A. Buylkes, Resident. 
 
 1850. H. D. Potter, Resident. 
 
 1857. Mr. D. C. A. Graaf van Hogendorp, Resident. 
 
 1862. Jonkheer Ch. van Capellen, Resident. 
 
 1864. A. A. M. N. Keuchenius, Resident. 
 
 1868. J. C. de Kock van Leeuwen, Resident. 
 
 1868. E. H. A. van de Poel, Resident. 
 
 1873. N. D. Lammers van Toorenburg, Resident. 
 
 1875. G. M. N. van der Kaa, Resident. 
 
 1877. N. H. van der Hell, Resident. 
 
 1881. P. F. Wegener, Resident. 
 
 1884. T. M. van Vlenten, Resident. 
 
 1885. P. F. Wegener, Resident. 
 1897. P. F. Sythoff, Resident. 
 
 1905. H. C. A. G. de Vogel, Resident. 
 
 Kendal. 
 
 Kendal is the so-called capital or head place of the 
 western division of the Residency of Samarang. 
 
 Round here are no less than three sugar fabricks and fifty-
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 481 
 
 two coffee, kina cocoa, or kopak estates,^ while there are also 
 rice, polowidjo, tobacco, and tea estates near. 
 
 In ancient days the Hindus had an establishment not far 
 from here, and during the old East India Company's time 
 it was always a place of fair importance, being on the main 
 road. 
 
 Marshal Daendels seems to have owned land in this part 
 of Java in 1810, which his family retained down to 1840. 
 
 Chbribon. 
 
 This port only came to be known after Demak had 
 become Mahometanised in 1477, and a " Sultan " of Cheri- 
 bon, a representative of the Sultan of Demak, came and 
 settled here. It is of course quite possible, and even prob- 
 able, that there was a small kampong or village here before 
 this dating from the Hindu period, as Cheribon was always 
 on the way from the Preanger to the Samarang and Japara 
 districts, which we know were peopled at a very early date. 
 Under the standard and protection of the sultan, however, 
 the place made headway and the population increased 
 rapidly. 
 
 The Dutch settled here in 1676 and built a fort. This the 
 English seized in 1811. Cheribon had by this time become 
 quite an important place, exporting rice, sugar, coffee, 
 pepper, cotton-yarn, edible birds' nests, etc. The splendour, 
 however, of its former sovereigns had already vanished. It 
 is true a sultan still ruled as a sort of honorary distinction, 
 but the Dutch had deprived him of all power and taken away 
 all liis possessions, merely giving him a pension. 
 
 The English after their conquest concluded an arrange- 
 ment \sith the sultan, who consented to the internal adminis- 
 tration of the country being exercised by the British Govern- 
 ment in consideration of his being secured in possession of 
 
 > Nearly all of wMch at one time belonged wholly or partly to the 
 Enghsh firm of McNeill & Co. 
 
 J. — VOL. I. II
 
 482 JAVA 
 
 certain tracts of land belonging to his ancestors, with a con- 
 tinuation of the annual pension in money which he had 
 previously enjoyed. Accordingly the capitation tax was 
 abolished and a land rent introduced, calculated according 
 to the produce of the soil in Heu of all arbitrary contributions 
 formerly delivered to Government. 
 
 The feudal services of the inhabitants were now abolished, 
 and the British Government agreed to pay an equitable 
 price for the produce of the land or the labours of the people 
 when they were required for public service. 
 
 Under this arrangement the territorial revenues of 
 Cheribon, including the duties on salt, opium and the town 
 customs, are given for 1814 as being 255,306 rupees, exclu- 
 sive of the lands provisionally assigned to native chiefs, the 
 value of which amounted to 34,270 rupees. As a matter 
 of fact, when the English arrived there were four Arab- 
 Javans at Cheribon calling themselves " sultan," whose 
 ancestors at one time they said held all the country to the 
 east as far as Samarang and far into the interior to the south 
 and west to Bandoeng. Their claims even included Buiten- 
 zorg (the seat of the old empire of Pajajaran). 
 
 At the present day the town is of considerable importance, 
 doing a large business in sugar, which is shipped off for the 
 most part by Van Putten & Co., which firm does a large 
 business at Tegal and Pekalongan ; also Burt, Myrtle & Co. 
 have an agency here under their own name, but with this 
 exception all the merchant houses here are Dutch. 
 
 The ancient mosque and mausoleum erected to Sheik 
 Melana still exists, although it is sadly decayed.^ 
 
 Cheribon, Tegal, and Pekalongan are joined, not only to 
 one another, but also to Samarang by rail. 
 
 From Cheribon to Samarang is eleven hours. 
 
 During the British occupation the first Kesident here was 
 Lieutenant-Colonel W. Eaban. 
 
 1 An account of it is given elsewhere.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 483 
 
 Copy of Deed of Assignivient issued by Sm Staiviford Raffles 
 
 TO THE SULTAJSr OP ChERIBON. 
 
 " Deed of Assignment to Sultan g^rj^oo Moohummed 
 Kummorood t-. i i • i • 
 
 Shemsood ^^^^^ ^^^ ^^'^ ^^''«- 
 
 " Whereas by an agreement between Sultan g^rjpoo ^^ 
 Cheribon and the Government of Java in the month of July, 1813 
 His Highness the said Sultan did voluntarily transfer the 
 immediate management of the Revenue and Judicial Administra- 
 tion of that country (as recorded in the Proceedings of Govern- 
 ment in the Separate and Revenue Departments in July 1813 
 Copy of which is deposited in the office of the Resident of Cheribon) 
 for and in consideration of an annual fixed payment in money 
 and the assignment of certain Lands of which the said Sultan 
 should enjoy the Revenues. This is to certify that the said 
 
 Sultan gurinoo ^^^ ^^^ heirs are duly entitled to receive on this 
 account the annual sum of eight thousand rupees payable from 
 the Revenues of the said District of Cheribon and further to 
 enjoy the Revenues of the land assigned to him (as per Schedule 
 here-unto annexed) so long as the arrangement then and therein 
 agreed to shall continue to be maintained by the Government, 
 of Java. 
 
 " Thos. Raffles, 
 *' M. Nightingale. 
 " W. J. Cranssen. 
 " By order of the Honble. 
 
 Lieutenant-Governor in 
 Council. 
 
 " C. AssEY (Sec. to Govt.) 
 " Council Chamber, Batavia, the 21st April, 1815. 
 " Assessed value of Lands per annum as per schedule 
 10096—29 
 
 Rs. 
 
 9710—14 . "Thos. Raffles." 
 
 Tegal. 
 
 When the English arrived this town, which went under 
 the name of " Taggal," was of little importance. There was 
 a Resident and a few of the old Company's servants, who 
 received into the Company's warehouse the produce delivered 
 
 ii2
 
 484 JAVA 
 
 under forced contract with the local pangeran or prince. 
 There were no military. A big kampong had, however, risen 
 at the foot of the mountain there, and a considerable number 
 of Chinamen, as elsewhere, had established themselves here. 
 Even, however, in those days there was a small church, and, 
 although there were no military, a fort, which still stands, 
 was there to retreat to in case of any rising by the natives. 
 
 The town was described as of neat appearance, the 
 Eesident's house being a handsome building and very com- 
 modious.^ Tegal was always a very fertile land, and was 
 looked upon as the granary for Batavia and the eastern 
 islands. 
 
 The net land rental when the new arrangement made by 
 KafEes came into force is given for the year 1814 as 245,653 
 rupees. 
 
 Since those days Tegal has grown, and the town is to-day 
 a busy and thriving one, the sugar shipped off reaching 
 large figures. 
 
 In 1811 the first British Eesident was Lieutenant- Colonel 
 J. R. Keasberry, the forerunner in Java of a well-known 
 family which later on had a great deal of influence in 
 Pasoeroean.^ 
 
 There is at Tegal a stone to the memory of this Resident, 
 who died whilst in office on the 29th April, 1814. 
 
 Pekalongan. 
 
 Pekalongan, or as it was called at the time of the English 
 *' Paccalongang," is 282 miles from Batavia and of compara- 
 tively recent growth. 
 
 In 1810 there was a Dutch Resident here, and a numerous 
 native and Chinese population, but not many Dutch 
 families. In earlier days Pekalongan was governed by a 
 
 1 It still stands just outside the fort. 
 
 2 A descendant is at this day in the firm of Fraser, Eaton & Co., Soura- 
 baya.
 
 kand.ien(i pangakax hark) adi soerio. 
 (son of the sultan by a secon- 
 dary WIFE.) 
 
 (iOESTI PANciAKAX HARlU TED.TO KOE- 
 SOEMO. (son of THE SULTAN AND 
 THE RATU,) 
 
 KANDJENG PANOARAN ARIO SOERIO DI 
 NIGRAT. (son of THE SULTAN.) 
 
 KANDJENG PANGARAN PAHOE NINGRAT. 
 (son OF THE SULTAN BY A SECON- 
 DARY WIFE.)
 
 THE TOWNS m JAVA, ETC. 485 
 
 ''junior merchant" (onder koopman), and produced rice 
 and sugar. The great miHtary road constructed by Daendels 
 with forced labour ran through Cheribon, Tegal and Peka- 
 longan, and near Batang. In the last-named province a 
 large number of natives are said to have perished whilst 
 making the road through the wild marshy forest. Daendels 
 insisted on its being carried through in a given time, and is 
 even said to have proceeded to the spot to hang the regent 
 if it was not ready. 
 
 Near Kendal is the river Bodri, which Daendels was able 
 to cross in his carriage, there not being much water in it ; 
 he, however, sent for the regent and threatened him with 
 dire consequences if there was not a bridge for him to cross 
 over on his return journey. The story goes that the regent, 
 being unable to carry this out, ordered several hundred 
 natives into the river when Daendels returned, and on their 
 heads placed broad and long planks, exhibiting a large even 
 surface of Avoodwork ; across this in his carriage and four 
 Daendels is said to have driven. The revenue in 1814 was 
 346,176 rupees. To-day Pekalongan is a fair-sized town, 
 with a large sugar export. 
 
 The first British Resident in 1811 was Mr. J. C. Lawrence. 
 
 Japara. 
 
 Japara is a place of great antiquity, having been inhabited 
 about two thousand years ago. It was the principal outlet 
 for the first and earliest empire of Mataram.^ It was also 
 one of the first Dutch and English establishments in the 
 Eastern Seas. 
 
 At the time of Raffles the town and the fort were on the 
 west side of the peninsula ; and there was an old Moorish 
 stone temple with some beautiful sculptures of images 
 and shrubs at least four hundred years old. The Chinese 
 
 1 Mendang Kamulan.
 
 486 JAVA 
 
 inhabitants here in 1811 were numerous, but the town has 
 decUned, being to-day of no importance whatever. 
 
 Governor Hartingh visited this place about 1790, sending 
 his dragoons (mentioned under the heading of " Samarang ") 
 ahead of him to cheer him on his arrival. He left Samarang 
 at midnight, the forts saluting him with one hundred and 
 one guns and all the musketeers letting off their muskets as 
 he embarked. Something, however, occurred to prevent 
 his sailing, so he returned to his palace at Bodjong next 
 morning, again to a salute of one hundred and one guns and 
 musket fire, and attended by all the high authorities and 
 qualified ladies and gentlemen, etc. The following day he 
 found he could go after all, and once more re-embarked after 
 much hand-shaking from the said high authorities, etc., and 
 the same salute of one hundred and one guns and musket 
 fire. 
 
 Srondol (Serondel). 
 
 At the present day a small village between Samarang and 
 Oenarang goes by the name of Srondol. When the English 
 were in the island, however, Serondel was a rather important 
 place, being the headquarters of the 78th Eegiment under 
 Major D. Forbes. As there were eight hundred men in this 
 regiment it seemed that the camp, which was defended with 
 seven cannon, must have been a considerable one. 
 
 There are seven guns lying at Serondel on the right-hand 
 side of the main road, a very little distance past the village, 
 which some say are the same. 
 
 The house in which Major Forbes, who was " commandant 
 of Serondel," lived is also still standing, but is in a dilapi- 
 dated condition. It is on the left-hand side of the main 
 road when travelling from Samarang, and until recently was 
 used as a country house by a merchant and shopkeeper of 
 Samarang called Akoewan. 
 
 The country was described by an English officer who had
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 487 
 
 been at Serondel as *' delightful, populous and well 
 cultivated, yielding provisions, vegetables and supplies of 
 all kind, cheap and in great abundance." 
 
 Obnarang. 
 
 CThis is merely a small inland town with a fort built in 
 1746, and called " De Outmoeting " because it was the meet- 
 ing place of the Governor-General van Imluff and the 
 Emperor Paku Buvana II. It is on the main road to the 
 native capitals of Soeracarta and Djockjacarta^ ; a company 
 of the 78th Regiment was stationed there in the English 
 time. The country all round is pleasing and very healthy, 
 the town having been in fact chosen as a suitable spot for a 
 military hospital. It is also a spot chosen by several 
 wealthy brokers from Samarang (which is only about 
 fifteen miles distant) in which to build country villas ; these 
 are called villas by courtesy — in actual size and form they 
 are elegant and large pavilions.^ J 
 
 There is a stone here to the memory of Captain Norman 
 McLeod, of the 78th Regiment, who died on the 17th 
 February, 1814, aged 27 years, while his regiment was 
 stationed at Serondel.^ 
 
 Salatiga. 
 
 [Salatiga* was the place chosen for the next fort after 
 Oenarang on the main road from Samarang to the courts of 
 
 ' The fort was rebuilt and strengthened in 1786. 
 
 2 Among them those of Messrs. A. K. W. Prins, Monod de Froideville, 
 and B. Companyen are conspicuous. 
 
 ^ Since writing the above I visited Serondel for the express purpose of 
 inspecting this stone. This I found to my regret had been stolen. The 
 place, however, where it stood was pointed out to me. It was in the garden 
 of the family Butin Bik. When this family came to the house a year or so 
 ago (1911) a mound was pointed out to them as the grave of an " English 
 general." There were bones sticking out of it. These the family collected 
 together, put into a box, and reverently sank deep into the ground, making 
 the ground flat. They know the place, however. 
 
 * A name derived from the Malay words sallah (a fault or crime) and
 
 488 JAVA 
 
 the native princes ; this fort was built in 1746. There is a 
 fairly large Dutch garrison here nowadays, consisting of 
 cavalry and artillery in the main. Being 1,600 feet high, 
 the town is one of the health resorts of Middle Java ; a 
 military hospital has therefore been erected here.J The place 
 is known as that from which Governor- General Janssens 
 sent his dispatch to General Samuel Auchmuty capitulating 
 the island to the English in 1811. [The population, excluding 
 the military force, consists of about 100 Europeans, 7,500 
 Javans, 1,500 Chinese, and about 50 Arabs and other 
 Asiatics.} 
 
 In 1811 the British had stationed here the Java Light 
 Cavalry and the Horse Artillery, the commandant being 
 Major L. E. O'Brien, 
 fin 1812 the British started the Salatiga Eacing Club/] 
 
 BOJOLALI. 
 
 Bojolah, or as the English called it in 1811 " BoyolalHe," 
 is another small inland to^vn which rose into significance in 
 1746 when the present fort called " De Veldwachter " was 
 built. It is on the main road to the native courts and 
 situated in a beautiful and fertile country. Not far off is 
 the volcano Merapi, which now- and again casts forth lava. 
 On some old lava is still to be seen the imprint of a human 
 foot and hand, probably of some unfortunate native who 
 was caught in a torrent during an eruption. The view from 
 the top of this mountain is sublime, and well repays the 
 fatigue of a troublesome journey. From here can be seen 
 the country for many miles around, and no one who has 
 not seen such a sight can imagine the beauty of the scene — 
 
 tiga (the numeral "three"), consequently meaning "third fault." This 
 pretty spot came by its name from three large stones outside the village 
 Tadjoeh on a side of the mountain Merbaboe, which lie in a smaU river. 
 The dates marked on these stones are 1360 and 1363 (probably the dates 
 are of the old Java chronology), and there is a legend wherein occurs a 
 curse by a high priest attached to them, too long, however, to relate here.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 489 
 
 forests, villages, the towns of Soeracarta and Djockjacarta, 
 even the sohtary mountains of Cheribon and Tegal, un- 
 rolling themselves one after the other to the naked eye as it 
 scans the landscape to the horizon. 
 
 Since 1878 this place, from a miUtary point of view, has 
 become of no importance Avhatever. 
 
 It is now connected with Soeracarta by rail, but as late 
 as 1908 the connection was only by a disgracefully dirty 
 and dilapidated and antiquated horse tram. 
 
 There is a good Dutch school here, and an apology for an 
 hotel. 
 
 Demak. 
 
 Demak is a large and populous towTi, having been the 
 capital of a kingdom that once existed of that name. There 
 is a canal running from Samarang to this place, navigable 
 for small vessels. It runs alongside the road, which is thus 
 sandwiched the whole way from Samarang, between the 
 river on the one side and the tramway on the other. 
 
 Since the time that the Prince of Demak turned Mahome- 
 tan in 1477 this place has been looked upon by the natives 
 as being more or less of a sacred city, and to visit at a 
 certain time of the year the celebrated Missigit or temple 
 built in 1478 by Raden Patah and rebuilt in 1845 is the 
 desire of all the people of mid Java, and to do this seven 
 times is supposed to be equal to a visit to Mecca. 
 
 Near the Missigit are the graves of the three well-known 
 princes of Demak — Panembahan Djimboen, PangeranI 
 Sabrang Lor, and Pangeran Trenggono. Of the original 
 palace there is nothing more to be seen. Demak is connected 
 by road with Japara on the one side and Serondel and 
 Oenarang on the other. This road, which runs from 
 Japara to Djockjacarta, is the oldest in the island, having 
 existed long before the Europeans appeared.^ 
 
 1 See below.
 
 490 JAVA 
 
 The road to the east passes through Koedoes and Pati, 
 both fairly large towns. At the former very fine wood- work 
 is cut by the natives, equal to anything to be found in 
 British India. 
 
 JOANA. 
 
 Joana is on the same road as Demak, this being in point 
 of fact the great military road which General Daendels was 
 mainly instrumental in constructing in 1808. 
 
 Joana is quite a pleasant little spot, and fairly healthy. 
 It is the shipping port of one or two sugar factories, but is 
 otherwise of no importance, having in fact only one business 
 house. There is a little fort here, which, however, is no 
 longer occupied. The river on the banks of which the town 
 has been built is here a very fine one, and fairly large vessels, 
 once they are over the bar, can sail up it for some distance. 
 
 It is spanned by a floating bridge fixed on boats, and is 
 sometimes very dangerous when in flood. There is a small 
 hotel, and, as is found everywhere else in Java where there 
 are one or two Europeans, there is a " society " or club. 
 
 During the time the English were in Java the territorial 
 revenue of Japara and Joana was 342,902 rupees. 
 
 In the eighteenth century Joana was under the control 
 of a " junior merchant," who looked after the export of rice, 
 timber, indigo, and cotton-yarn which this district supplied. 
 In these days (1750) Joana consisted of two rows of houses, 
 built along the river. The junior merchant first lived inside 
 the fort, but a special house was later on built for him by a 
 man called Haack, who was sent to Joana to rebuild the 
 fort, which was not considered strong enough. The descrip- 
 tion of this house in an old account is as follows. 
 
 The building consisted of two blocks opposite to each 
 other connected by a lofty dome fully 25 feet in diameter, 
 supported by four columns of the " Tuscan " order. Both
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 491 
 
 these blocks were of one storey only, and were 60 feet long 
 and 25 feet broad within the walls. One of them formed a 
 single hall of these dimensions, but the other was divided 
 into three apartments : the middle one, which was 25 feet 
 in depth and about 16 feet in breadth, was opposite to the 
 door of the " great hall " and to the " gi'eat dome," and was 
 fitted up as a chapel ; the entrance to it was through a 
 *' handsome arch " or portico ; on each side of it was a 
 large chamber of the same size. The walls of these apart- 
 ments were " beautifully stuccoed, adorned with sumptuous 
 gilt cornices, and the roofs were concave, wainscotted, and 
 curiously adorned with carved imagery." 
 
 Behind this pile stood a building of wood containing three 
 " handsome rooms," and above this was " one large apart- 
 ment for the unmarried female slaves, and which might 
 therefore be called the seraglio." 
 
 In front of this building stood a large saloon built close 
 to the river-side, with a balcony projecting towards the 
 river ; and we are told that the only inconvenience there 
 was in sitting here was the swarms of mosquitoes which 
 infested the place every evening. 
 
 The junior merchant used to make about 16,000 rix 
 dollars yearly in perquisites, say £3,500. This came from 
 over- weight in rice delivered by the native regents to the 
 Company and from the cheap rate at which this article was 
 purchased, not to mention what he bought up liimself and 
 resold to the natives at 100 per cent, profit. Shipbuilding 
 was also very profitable for the junior merchant or the 
 Resident, for the wood and labour cost him practically 
 nothing. In 1774 a vessel was built here on the model of 
 some Dutch vessel and was sold with a profit of 18,000 rix 
 dollars. But a chance like this was exceptional. 
 
 There w^ere also profits attached to the farming of the 
 duties which accrued nominally to the fanner, a Chinaman, 
 but these the Resident in olden days would seem to have
 
 492 JAVA 
 
 appropriated for himself. It was all quite legitimate and 
 regular, as the Company's servants were expected to make 
 all they could while " at it." A few days before the new 
 year the regents and patehs, and also all those who had any 
 connection with the Company, came to make presents to 
 the Kesident, consisting of poultry, eggs, sugar, fruit, etc. 
 The Chinese captain brought rolls of valuable silks. 
 
 On the 1st January, 1775, the usual salute of twenty-one 
 guns was fired at sunrise from some small cannon stationed 
 before the junior merchant's house. On this occasion a 
 European, a strong and corpulent man, who acted as gunner, 
 " met with a terrible accident." Just as he was passing 
 before the muzzle of one of the guns, the priming of which 
 had flashed without discharging the piece, it went off, and 
 blew him six feet into the air. The loading, it appeared, had 
 fortunately, however, been rammed down without a wad, 
 " so that he was picked up still very much alive, and beyond 
 being badly burnt on his arms and leg was otherwise all 
 right." 
 
 On the 3rd January the Eesident would return the call on 
 the regent, spending the evening there in eating and drinking 
 and watching the dancing girls. 
 
 The account of this return visit on the 3rd January, 1775, 
 may be interesting. 
 
 The Kesident, in making his visit, did so in state and was 
 received in state to the music of the gamelans and other 
 instruments. The regent's favourite wife, his mother, and 
 his son joined the party and drank tea with them. In the 
 evening after supper, the dancing girls being introduced, the 
 regent's sons *' tandacked " ^ with them. The regent's wives 
 were not present at this, but as soon as the dancing girls had 
 disappeared they came in. 
 
 At the present day these old customs are still adhered to 
 in Java. 
 
 ' Cut extravagant figures.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 493 
 
 Rembang. 
 
 Rembang is situated on the eastern part of the bay 
 formed by the Japara promontory. In former days the 
 Dutch built their principal vessels and gunboats here and 
 maintained a fairly considerable garrison. The old fort, 
 built originally about 1650, still exists in form, but a portion 
 of it was demolished when the house for the Resident was 
 built. 
 
 In olden days the sea washed the walls of the fort, but 
 since then it has receded, the fort being now some little 
 distance from the sea even at high tide. There is no doubt 
 from its general appearance and the fine houses which still 
 exist, although empt}^ that Rembang has seen better and 
 greater days. Even as late as the English time, when John 
 Davidson^ was the first Resident, it is described as large and 
 populous and with very good houses. It was also considered 
 then socially a cheerful and pleasant place to live in. To-day 
 it is one of the most miserable and doleful places in Java. 
 Formerly it was considered very healthy ; to-day it is just 
 the reverse. The result is that everything seems out of 
 place, the fine Resident's house and the large club appearing 
 incongi'uous in what is a veritable forgotten hole.^ The old 
 church here is about two hundred years old. In 1811 a con- 
 siderable quantity of sea salt was manufactm-ed here, and 
 the territorial revenue was 256,092 rupees. From here 
 there is a direct road to Solo. 
 
 Rembang is one of the oldest places in Java, and is where 
 the first Chinaman who visited Java (a.d. 413), F. A. Hien 
 by name, landed.^ 
 
 ^ See material to be hereafter published. A relation, another John 
 Davidson, was the founder of this firm. 
 
 2 Rembang has also seen two Residents who belonged to the w ell-known 
 Smissaert family, Jonkheer A. H. and J. W. H. ; and at the present time 
 there is Jonkheer J. "W. H. Smissaert, who is a pubhc notary there. 
 
 ^ An account of F. A. Hien is given in Chapter III.
 
 494 JAVA 
 
 Lassbm. 
 
 Nine miles from Rembang and 419 from Batavia we come 
 to Lassem, which is on the main road. For fifteen hundred 
 years Chinese have been residing in the stretch of coast land 
 reaching from Rembang to Gressie, and to-day the popula- 
 tion of Lassem is almost wholly Chinese. Formerly, that is 
 to say at the beginning of the nineteenth century, small 
 vessels from fifty to two hundred tons used to be constructed 
 here, wood being always procurable in any quantities from 
 the neighbouring teak forests, w^hich then, as now, are very 
 extensive. 
 
 Until quite recently a number of the Chinese here used to 
 go to Sourabaya, where plenty of work was always obtain- 
 able from the Chinese furniture-makers there. Of recent 
 years, however, they have ceased to do so, a good many of 
 them going in for local wood- work of a particularly fine kind. 
 
 TOEBAN. 
 
 The Hindu town of Tuban, or as now it is called Toeban 
 (called in the Enghsh time " Toubang "), is a large and 
 populous town with an ancient mosque. Chinese have been 
 residing here quite as long as at Lassem, but the place has 
 never become an important one. Extensive teak forests 
 stretch over these rocky and hilly tracts right up to Sedayoe, 
 which is situated at the entrance of the Sourabaya harbour. 
 Shipbuilding used formerly to be undertaken here. 
 
 Not far from Sedayoe is the Solo river, which was crossed 
 by a ferry in the days of Raffles and the passage defended 
 by a strong battery. This river, the largest in Java, is not 
 only very broad, but very deep, and in the rainy season, 
 once the bar is crossed, it is navigable for fairly large ships 
 right up to the town of Soeracarta. The Englishman 
 Captain Colebrooke, of the Royal Artillery, made a survey 
 of the river in 1813, and was of opinion that the impediments
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 495 
 
 which obstructed the passage in the dry season could with- 
 out much labour or expense be removed. The Dutch, how- 
 ever, have never much cared about improving the navigation 
 of this river. 
 
 Toeban has been known from time immemorial as the 
 " place of sweet waters " ; and it is quite true that there are 
 several fountains with water of a flavour not to be found 
 anywhere else. Special mention is made of them in a 
 Chinese work dated a.d. 1416. 
 
 Gressib (or Gresik). 
 
 Gressie during the period contemporaneous with the 
 empire of Majapahit was already a very important place, 
 having a large Chinese population, who sold the goods which 
 arrived yearly from China in nine junks. When the Portu- 
 guese arrived the head of the place was a Chinaman. A 
 want of good water and the general unhealthiness of the 
 place may be taken to be in a great measure the chief causes 
 of its decline ; but in proportion as Gressie fell into decay 
 so the comparatively new town of Sourabaya rose rapidly 
 in population and prosperity. It was at Gressie that the 
 founder of the Mahometan religion in Java (Sheik den Islam 
 Maulana Malik Ibrahim) landed, preached, and died. His 
 tomb is still to be seen, and is situated on the hills behind 
 Gressie. 
 
 The first and only Kesident here during the British occu- 
 pation was C. van Naerssen (a Dutchman) — this w^as in 
 1814 ; before then he had only carried the title of " collec- 
 tor " under the Resident of Sourabaya. 
 
 The families of de Graaf and Lotti had considerable 
 influence here towards the end of the eighteenth century, 
 and on reference to the list of Dutch Residents in 1818 it 
 will be seen that they were fairly numerous then. 
 
 In a translation of the Chinese book of Tung Hsi Yang
 
 496 JAVA 
 
 K'an of the year 1618 by W. Groeneveldt, the following 
 extract regarding Gressie is interesting : — 
 
 " Sukitan is a dependency of Java, and has many different 
 settlements, of which Grisse is the chief place. At Grisse there 
 is a king ^ more than a hundred years old and can predict future 
 events. The people of this country go to Yortan ^ in order to 
 trade with the Chinese. The anchorage of the Chinese ships is 
 at Yortan, which is a flat country with a fortress built of stones. 
 When the chief of this place goes out, he rides in a carriage 
 drawn by four or eight horses or by oxen, and is accompanied 
 by more than a hundred attendants, with arms and insignia of 
 his dignity. When the natives see their king they conceal 
 themselves ; only the women fold their hands, and squat down 
 at the side of the road ; for the rest their customs are similar 
 to those of Ha Kang [Bantam]. The neighbouring countries 
 are Sourabaya and Yuban. In Tuban there are many robbers, 
 and therefore the Chinese will not Uve there. They have there 
 the second son of the king, whose body weighed some hundreds 
 of catties when he was only about ten years old ; he was once 
 stolen by robbers, but they could not Uft him, and now he has 
 been made a Datu.^ Behind Yortan are the moim.tains Kim Ho 
 [Tengger], which are covered with Bamboo forests and where 
 the melati grows without cultivation. The inhabitants all go 
 naked, and only wear a piece of paper to cover the lower part of 
 their body ; they plant beans for food, and the able-bodied 
 amongst them are good hunters, chasing bucks, deer, apes, 
 monkeys, which they eat, after sHghtly roasting them ; when 
 thirsty they drink the blood, to which they take wine made from 
 a tree. They never come down from their mountains. 
 
 " Grisse is subject to Java, but rules over Yortan, Sourabaya, 
 and other countries. When our vessels [Chinese] arrive in these 
 parts, the different dependent places all come to Yortan to trade 
 with the Chinese, and though it is an out of the way place it still 
 is very prosperous. Formerly the transactions were made on 
 board the ships, but lately the number of traders having increased, 
 they have gradually made shops on shore." 
 
 1 An Arab. 
 
 2 A trading port on the river Brantas, near the present town of 
 Bangil. 
 
 Batu.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 497 
 
 Pasoeroean. 
 
 Pasoeroean, or as it was formerly spelt " Passarouang," 
 is an old town dating probably back to a.d. 1294. In the 
 Chapter (XII.) on travellers' accounts of Java we read the 
 description given by the Portuguese traveller Mendez Pinto 
 of the Prince of Demak attacking this town with the assist- 
 ance of the Sultan of Bantam. He also tells us of the strength 
 of the city then and the number of the population. It was, 
 however, only in 1707 that the Dutch East India Company 
 sent a representative here, De Wilde by name, who im- 
 mediately built a fort. Even, however, in the time of the 
 English the European population was very small, and what 
 there was of it were mostly pensioners and half-caste families. 
 
 An English officer described Pasoeroean as a delightful 
 place with a very healthy climate ; and this is true. 
 
 The Resident's house and several other buildings were 
 described in 1811 as quite handsome. 
 
 The Protestant church w^as rebuilt in 1857, and a Roman 
 Catholic one was erected in 1895. 
 
 In the fifties and sixties the principal hotel here was 
 *' Booth's Hotel," which was kept by an Englishman and 
 his wife, Captain and Mrs. Booth.^ 
 
 Probolingo.^ 
 
 Twenty-four miles from Pasoeroean is Probolingo, which 
 was the old capital of the whole of these two Residencies 
 and of Bezoeki. In 1812 it was administered by the British 
 Resident Dr. David Hopkins, in 1813 by Captain R. C. 
 
 ^ Captain Booth arrived in Java in the fifties in a sailing ship, and found 
 land employment with the well-known Etty family of Probolingo (his 
 father had probably been in their service), but falling out with one of them 
 he set up a hotel. He died in the nineties at a great age. 
 
 The first British Resident here was Lieutenant Henry George Jourdan in 
 1814 ; before this he had carried the title of " collector," and was under 
 the Resident of Probolingo. 
 
 - Sometimes spelt Probolinggo. 
 
 J. — VOL. I. K K
 
 498 JAVA 
 
 Garnham, and in 1814 by M. D. Ainslie, when the latter 
 went to Djockjacarta to replace Crawfurd. In 1815 the 
 Eesident was Mr. John Davidson, a daughter of whose 
 married Jonkheer Smissaert, a son of M. A. P. Smissaert, 
 who was Eesident at Palembang after the departure of the 
 English and later on at Probolingo. In 1790 the whole of 
 the Kesidencies of Probolingo and Panoeroekau, under which 
 were Pasoeroean, and Bezoekie as well, were hired to a 
 Chinaman, who held sovereign rights of every kind over the 
 country. In 1808, however, when Daendels arrived, he 
 required more money, and amongst the lands he sold were 
 the above-named to the same Chinaman for ten milhons of 
 rix dollars payable by instalments. In 1813, however, after 
 the trouble at Probolingo, Baffles bought back all these 
 lands ; when the Chinaman, who now received the title of 
 " major," took over the lands they were wild forests, but 
 so hard did he turn the natives on to the soil that in ten 
 years he cleared the purchase price and made this one of the 
 richest provinces in Java ; while such was the equity and 
 justness of his rule in the beginning that it became also 
 one oi the most populous. Later on his lieutenants ruled 
 more or less for him, and their conduct was altogether 
 different. 
 
 The major Chinaman was living in great splendour when 
 the English arrived, with a staff, pomp, and retinue fit for 
 any Eastern emperor, and being waited upon by the highest 
 natives with cringing servility. This person was almost as 
 sacred as that of the Emperor of Solo. With every enjoy- 
 ment that riches could afford, and with a sway over millions, 
 the clemency, restraint, and fairness of this Chinaman was 
 quite marvellous. He was unfortunately cut oiT in the 
 prime of his life, whilst on duty in his province. The story, 
 seeing that two valuable English officers lost their lives at 
 the same time, is a tragical one and is worth repeating. On 
 the 18th May, 1813, a small party consisting of Lieutenant-
 
 ^^H im 
 
 
 mm ^, 
 
 SM 
 
 k^K 
 
 ^ 
 
 ^HH^. ^^^K '[|Hv/'^ ' -.^fl^^l^ 1 
 
 * '1 
 
 \^-^_i?'^' ^^^^^^^' 
 
 ^^^^ 
 
 
 ■!^^^^** 
 
 •"> 
 
 
 \:>^1|^ ^^"^ 
 
 ^. 
 
 i{^ ■ 
 
 
 
 
 ^^^H 
 
 F 
 
 ^^K&£ 
 
 KANDJENG PANGARAN HARIO SOERIO 
 WIDJOJO. (son of the SULTAN 
 BY A SECONDARY WIFE.) 
 
 KANDJENG PANGARAN HARIO SOERIO 
 BRONTO. (son of THE SULTAN BY 
 A SECONDARY WIFE.) 
 
 GOESTI PANGA1>A.\ AUIO POEGER. 
 (brother TO THE SULT.\N. M.\.IOR 
 ON THE GENERAL ST.A.FF.) 
 
 GOESTI PANtiAKAX ARIO MANGKOE 
 KOESOMO. (son OF THE SULTAN.)
 
 THE TOWNS IX JAVA, ETC. 499 
 
 Colonel and Mrs. Fraser, Captains McPherson and Cameron, 
 and Lieutenants Robertson and Cameron, of the 78th Regi- 
 ment, had gone down to Probolingo for a change of air and 
 scene, and whilst there received a report that a band of 
 brigands had come down from the momitains and intended 
 robbing the town. Colonel Fraser went to the major China- 
 man and proceeded with him to the scene of the trouble 
 accompanied by all the officers above named, thinking it 
 was merely a gang of robbers, who on a little display of 
 force would decamp. In this, however, he was mistaken, 
 for the ruffians, seeing the Englishmen coming on horse- 
 back, hid themselves in ambush, rushing out and surround- 
 ing them when they came up. The English officers fought 
 desperately, firing off their pistols, and those that had them 
 their fowling-pieces. Exhausted with fatigue. Colonel Fraser 
 endeavoured to step into his carriage, but fell down, and 
 Captain McPherson, being also in a weak state of health, 
 was easily overtaken and seized and bound by the robbers. 
 The major Chinaman was also seized, and all of them were 
 basely murdered. The other officers succeeded in regaining 
 the major Chinaman's quarters, and roused the inmates to 
 defend the house (which had a large wall round it) and make 
 a stand, but during the night the place was gradually 
 deserted. 
 
 Mrs. Fraser was in an agonised state of mind, and, getting 
 into a boat lying on the sea-shore with the remaining 
 officers, stood out to sea as soon as it was daylight. They 
 had hardly left the shore when the insurgents appeared in 
 sight, rending the air with their shouts. The disconsolate 
 Mrs. Fraser lay exposed to the burning sun in the open boat 
 until they reached Pasoeroean. 
 
 As soon as the news of this catastrophe reached Sourabaya 
 Major Forbes, with a party of the 78th Regiment, setoff for 
 Probolingo, with his men mounted on any horses he could 
 borrow in the town, and was joined whilst passing Pasoeroean 
 
 kk2
 
 500 JAVA 
 
 by Captain Cameron and the other officers. On the 21st 
 June they fell in with the insurgents, who were marching 
 to Pasoeroean to destroy it, the small band having now been 
 swollen to thousands and being equipped with guns. They 
 flew a yellow flag, which was the standard of the Emperor 
 of Solo. 
 
 Major Forbes forced their advanced position, and then 
 drew up his men so as to bring a cross-fire into the main body 
 of the rebels ; while in the rear he placed a body of Diyang 
 Secars (provincial horsemen), who were armed with swords 
 and pistols, and a small party of irregulars (volunteers) from 
 Pasoeroean. He now awaited an attack, and when the 
 enemy was a few yards distant gave the orders to fire. The 
 fire being well directed, numbers fell, which threw the enemy 
 into confusion ; but the chief, furiously irritated and at the 
 head of a desperate party, rushed on through the lines to 
 the rear, where, wounded in four places, he was secured, 
 but very shortly afterwards breathed his last. Of the 
 robbers one hundred and fifty were killed, the rest being 
 dispersed and the guns taken. It was a very meritorious 
 Httle affair, and great credit was due to Major Forbes for 
 his management of it. 
 
 The bodies of Colonel Fraser and Captain McPherson were 
 found tied up in sacks, that of the latter much mangled and 
 pierced through and through with a number of wounds. 
 Their remains were buried with all honours in the Probolingo 
 cemetery, where the monuments erected to their memory 
 are still to be seen in a good state of preservation, being kept 
 up by the thoughtful Dutch Government. 
 
 Besides the chief who fell several others were discovered, 
 and steps were taken by the British authorities to find out 
 the cause of this rebellion. Probolingo, it was now found, 
 had been sacked by the insurgents. 
 
 The chief who was killed had proclaimed himself a repre- 
 sentative of Mahomet, who was ordained to make conquests
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 501 
 
 in his name (it is always the same old story) ; the band was 
 therefore merely one of rehgious fanatics. 
 
 The Chinese lieutenants here had, in consequence of their 
 exactions as their chief grew older, always been hated by 
 the Javans, and a new settlement of the land revenue was 
 therefore applied to suit this particular case. The family 
 of the deceased received compensation, while the Javans 
 were relieved of their accumulations of debt to the Chinese, 
 which it had always been the custon to hold over them as 
 an incentive to work harder for the benefit of the " major." 
 
 Naturally this system led to a perpetual oppression and 
 abuse of the Javans by the Chinese underlings, who had not 
 the same hberal and humane qualities as the " major." 
 The principle of his administration was a fairly good one, 
 but the methods employed in carrying it out were un- 
 doubtedly abominable. This the English put an end to, 
 and the Javans from being veritable slaves were once more 
 free men. 
 
 The newly regulated province, which included Pasoeroean, 
 Probolingo, Panoeroekau, Bezoekie, and Banjoewangie, gave 
 a revenue in 1814 of 1,246,000 rupees. The major Chinaman 
 out of his district alone probably made nearly ten times this 
 amount. To-day Pasoeroean and Probolingo are the centre 
 of about twenty-five sugar fabricks, and the exports are 
 considerable from both places. 
 
 With the town of Probolingo has been closely bound up 
 the Etty family, whose progenitor was a Captain Charles 
 Etty, an Englishman, who was cruising about in the English 
 time in a small sailing ship of his own trading from one 
 island to the other. In 1818 he settled on shore at Soura- 
 baya, but shortly after found his way to Probolingo, and 
 began grooving sugar and manufacturing it in the native way 
 with buffalos moving the crusher. From this small beginning 
 great things came, which wiH be related when certain 
 further material is published. About 1750 or a little later an
 
 502 JAVA 
 
 English traveller passed through Pasoeroean, and the 
 follomng is his account : — 
 
 " The escort reached Passarouang at noon and was well 
 received by the Dutch commandant Hesselaar, a captain of foot. 
 He was many years a lieutenant in the European cavahy which 
 acts as guard of honour to the Emperor of Solo, and the appoint- 
 ment of Passarouang was given to him to retire to. He has 
 with him two officers, some subalterns and European soldiers, 
 and some companies of Malays to guard a small fort of masonry, 
 rather intended against the natives in case of revolt than against 
 an external foe. He also has the management of several con- 
 siderable plantations of coffee and pepper belonging to the 
 Company, and which are in the environs ; likewise the direction 
 of a yard for building the coasting vessels necessary for the 
 transport of those productions. The hill and a mountain two 
 leagues inland are cultivated almost to the summit with all 
 kinds of European garden stuff, which never degenerate, whether 
 from the situation or from the soil in which they grow, and 
 which supply a great part of the civil and military administra- 
 tions of iSourabaya, whose environs produce httle produce in 
 this way. 
 
 " This appointment is very lucrative to Mr. Hesselaar, being 
 estimated to bring in 15,000 rix dollars a year. His household 
 consists of thirty Malay slaves from Baly and Macassar, ten of 
 whom are musicians. A Chinese belonging to the chief has 
 taught them music, having learnt it himself from a German in 
 the Company's service who lived many years at Passarouang. 
 He has also four elegantly gilt carriages, and a one-horse chaise, 
 with twenty-five horses richly caparisoned. His wife is a native, 
 by whom he has several children. 
 
 " He always keeps a most splendid table. He introduced us 
 to the prince, with whom we took tea, smoked and ate some 
 preserved fruits. The prince afterwards showed us in one of 
 his yards two immense tigers, in an enclosure of thick paUsades. 
 Three had been taken in traps by several of his subjects. They 
 are very common in Passourouang. We also visited the Chinese 
 company, and their chief set before us pipes and tea. 
 
 " Passourouang is crossed by a river which is navigable many 
 leagues. A fine wooden bridge communicates from one side 
 to the other. The commandant's house backs the fort on the
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 503 
 
 right bank facing the bridge. This is a very extensive and 
 commodious residence with many offices. 
 
 " Monsieur Gauffe, the surgeon-major, was there, but had 
 gone to Bangell ^ to propagate a vaccination among the natives. 
 The Prince of Bangell is 70 years old, and he abstains from wine. 
 The old prince is the elder brother of the Prince of Besouki, and 
 consequently originally from China. He speaks all the Oriental 
 languages, and has some knowledge of geography. His eldest 
 son, a fine man, is almost white, and speaks Dutch fluently, and 
 is well acquainted with civil architecture." 
 
 Inscriptions on English Tojebstones in the Probolingo 
 
 Cemetery. 
 
 Sacred 
 to the memory of 
 
 Lieutenant-Colonel James Fraser and Captain 
 
 James McPherson, of his Majesty's 78th 
 
 Highland Regiment, who were barbarously 
 
 murdered by a band of insurgents near 
 
 Probolingo on the night of the 18th of 
 
 May, 1813. This monument is erected over 
 
 their remains by their brother officers as 
 
 a mark of the high esteem in which they 
 
 held their worth and virtues. 
 
 M. S. 
 
 David HopkinsI, Medici Qui Aberstnithae in 
 
 comitatu Cardegariensi natus 1770 
 
 Obiit Probolingo Decembris 29 1813 vir doctus 
 
 sincerus acri judicio praeditus ob praeclara 
 
 officia ia his Insulis 
 
 OrientaUbus praestita 
 
 A praefectis merito landatus cum sui commodi 
 
 omnino immemor nimio Lahore vires comellarat 
 
 Animam ad altiora aspirantem placide 
 
 Efflavit 
 
 anno aetat 44 
 
 Hoc marmor in consobrini gratam 
 
 Memoriam 
 
 Et in Mocroris Testimonium ponere 
 
 curavit 
 
 T. Williams. 
 
 ^ Bangil.
 
 504 JAVA 
 
 The following names appear on the four sides of the tomb of 
 the EngUsh family Grant : — 
 
 Grant. 
 
 A. E. Grant. 
 
 T. Etty. 
 
 T. Grant. 
 
 E. Etty. 
 M. B. Etty. 
 
 A. Etty. 
 G. Hardey. 
 E. Hardey. 
 
 Underneath rest the remains of 
 
 Richard Symons, 
 
 born at St. Austell's 
 
 in the county of Cornwall, England 
 
 on the twelfth of June 1797 ; 
 
 died at Probolingo 
 
 on the twenty-fifth of April 1859. 
 
 This stone is erected by his sister 
 
 Eliza Symons 
 
 in affectionate remembrance. 
 
 " After life's fitful fever, he sleeps well.'* 
 
 Here rests 
 the remains of 
 
 Charles Etty, Esquire, 
 
 born at York, England, 
 
 on the 1st of May 1793 ; 
 
 died at Probolingo 
 
 on the 4th of December 1856 : 
 
 A kind husband 
 
 affectionate father 
 
 and a 
 
 faithful friend. 
 
 May he rest in peace. 
 
 This tablet 
 
 is erected to his memory 
 
 by his family. 
 
 To the memory of 
 
 Anna Maria Etty 
 
 wife of Charles Etty Junior. 
 
 Bom at Dassoon 15th November 1824 ; 
 
 died at Wonolangan 4th May 1867.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 505 
 
 Also Elizabeth Etty 
 
 relict of Charles Etty Senior 
 
 and mother of the above. 
 
 Bom in Calcutta 31st December 1782 ; 
 
 died at Wonolangan 8th September 1868. 
 
 Also Matthew Walter Etty 
 
 Son of the above Elizabeth Etty. 
 
 Bom in Calcutta 31st August 1815 ; 
 
 died on board the steamer Rangoon 
 
 in the Red Sea 11th July 1870 
 
 and was buried at sea. In the midst 
 
 of life we are in death. 
 
 Banjoewangie. 
 
 The Old East India Company had a station here early in 
 the seventeenth century, and about 1750 when an English- 
 man (the visitor to Pasoeroean just mentioned) visited the 
 place he found a fort called " Utrecht " with a little garrison 
 here. His account is interesting : — 
 
 " At the fort at Bagnouwangie an invahd introduced himself ; 
 he was a Frenchman from Amiens originally, was 65 years of 
 age, and had been thirty years in the Company's service. We 
 now examined the fort. The sergeant commandant is 85 years 
 old, though he did not seem 60, and the youngest of the detach- 
 ment is 55. The fort is unimportant ; it is square built with 
 palisades and planks which are falling down from age, mounts 
 four two pounders, and is surrounded by a wide ditch full of 
 water. It has two entrances with a good drawbridge ; the 
 principal entrance fronts the coast. It stands on a marshy plain 
 three quarters of a mile from the coast. The Dutch flag is planted 
 opposite the fort. Within is a small barrack house, the rooms 
 of which are tolerably comfortable. The sergeant's apartments 
 are at the entrance and isolated ; they consist of three compart- 
 ments and a kitchen on the side of the guardhouse. These old 
 soldiers, although their pay is but moderate, live tolerably well, 
 and make no complaints, as provisions are cheap, and their food 
 consists of fish, poultry and rice, with which the vicinity abounds. ". 
 
 During the English period we learn that Banjoewangie 
 had a numerous population of natives, and a few Dutch
 
 506 JAVA 
 
 half-caste families. Balambouang Bay, further south, was 
 visited by David Middleton early in the seventeenth century. 
 
 Formerly there was an estabHshment here of the East 
 India Company for the convenience of ships calling there, but 
 it had to be abandoned on account of its unhealthiness, six 
 European commandants dying here one after the other from 
 dropsy, owing to bad water. 
 
 Bound up with the early history of Banjoewangie are the 
 Trouerbach and VoU families, and a reference to the list of 
 Dutch residents of Banjoewangie in 1818 will show they 
 were still fairly numerous then. 
 
 This place is the station of the Eastern Extension Tele- 
 graph Company, which used to be worked in its first days 
 by Mr. Pownall. On his retirement from this company he 
 opened his own business house here. 
 
 The British Eesident in 1812 and 1813 was Lieutenant 
 Davies, and from 1814 to 1816 Lieutenant A. McLeod. 
 
 SUMENAP. 
 
 From Banjowangie to Sumenap is about a hundred-mile 
 sea journey. In the English time it is described as a large 
 and populous town and the residence of a prince. There 
 were very few European and Dutch settlers here in those 
 days. The bay was very much frequented by the merchant 
 vessels trading to the Eastern Archipelago and China. In 
 1811 the old Dutch fort was greatly out of repair. On the 
 other hand, the British Resident's house and a few others 
 have been described as " fine buildings." The British 
 Resident in 1814, 1815, and 1816 was Captain J. Clarke. 
 
 When the English arrived at Sumenap they found the 
 old panembahan worn out with age, and they made him 
 hand over the reins of his government to his son Nata 
 Koesoema, a young man with as mild a character as his 
 father's was harsh. The heinous character and ferocious
 
 THE TOWNS m JAVA, ETC. 507 
 
 temper of this old scoundrel was well known, and could be 
 read by a glance at his countenance. 
 
 The magnificent graves are still to be seen here of the 
 panembahans of Sumenap, also of this Nata Koesoema, who 
 assisted the English later on so materially at the battle of 
 Djockjacarta in 1812. This is the man that Baffles described 
 ** as not only distinguished among the Javans for his eminent 
 erudition and information, but who from the superior 
 endoTvments of his mind could command a high degree of 
 respect among the more civilised people of Europe." 
 
 Bangkalan. 
 
 Proceeding from Sumenap and taking a direct course 
 straight across the island of Madura through Pamekasan, 
 we came to Bangkalan. These towns of Madura used in 
 olden days to be much frequented by Arabs. The town at 
 quite an early date, therefore, was fairly well populated. 
 There is an old Dutch fort here ; the country is very pretty, 
 and the road which runs along the beach west of the town 
 and opposite the famous fort LudoT\yk (built by Daendels 
 "with forced labour at a cost, it is said, of fifteen thousand 
 lives) is a good one. 
 
 The inhabitants of Madura are an untrustworthy, revenge- 
 ful race. In the time of the English the Resident at 
 Sourabaya had Bangkalan under his jurisdiction. In these 
 days he used to cross the straits in the sultan's barge in two 
 hours. 
 
 Banjermassin (Borneo). 
 
 Banjermassin, in Borneo, was a place that the English 
 East India Company traded with as early as 1614. The 
 trade, however, was fitful, and it was not until 1703 that 
 they built a factory here, appointing Mr. Allen Catchpole as 
 the agent. In 1706 a fort was built to protect it. Banjer-
 
 508 JAVA 
 
 massin was at this time subject to the King of Cochin China, 
 and it is probable he objected to the English being here^ ; 
 in any case the Chinese rose in 1707, and Catchpole barely- 
 escaped with his life. This put an end temporarily to the 
 English Company's trade here. It was, however, started 
 again in 1737, and English ships called in here now and then 
 for a cargo of pepper. From 1733 to 1809 the Dutch had a 
 factory and a fort here called " Fort Tatar," but after a 
 great deal of trouble with the sultan and Chinese, who 
 found their ancient trade being interfered with and conse- 
 quently caused the Dutch all the annoyance they could, the 
 factory was sold to the sultan for 50,000 rupees.^ The 
 Chinese had been doing business at Banjermassin certainly 
 as early as 1368, if not in 618 during the Tang dynasty, for 
 their history of the latter date speaks of the coast of Borneo. 
 It is not, however, until the former date, which was during 
 the Ming dynasty, that the town of Banjermassin is actually 
 mentioned. A long account given by the Chinese chronicle 
 in 1368 of this place is as follows : — 
 
 " At Banjermassin they have a city with walls of wood, one 
 side of which lies against the mountain. The chief of this 
 country keeps several hundreds of finely dressed girls, and when 
 he goes out he rides on an elephant and is followed by these 
 girls carrying his clothes, shoes, knives, sword, and betel tray ; 
 if he goes in a boat, he sits cross-legged on a couch, and these 
 girls sit on both sides with their faces turned towards him, or 
 are employed in poHng the boat : his state is always very greats 
 
 " Many of the people make rafts of trees bound together, 
 and build houses on the water in which they Hve, just as is done 
 at Palembang. Men and women use a piece of cloth with many 
 colours for wrapping round their head ; their back and breast 
 are generally bare, but sometimes they have a jacket with short 
 sleeves, which they put on over their heads. The lower part of 
 their body is surrounded with a piece of cloth. Formerly they 
 used plantain leaves as plates, but since they trade with the 
 
 J See chronological tables. 
 
 2 It is said the Chinese gave the sultan the money to pay this.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 509 
 
 Chinese they have gradually begun to use earthenware. They 
 also like very much earthen jars with dragons outside ; when they 
 die they are put into such a jar, and buried in this way. 
 
 " Far in the interior there is a village called Wu-lung-li-tan, 
 where the people all have tails ; when they see other men, they 
 cover their face with their hands and run away : their country 
 is rich in gold dust, and when merchants carry goods there to 
 trade with them, they give a sign by beating a small copper 
 gong,i lay their goods down upon the ground, and step back 
 about ten feet. These people then come forward, and when they 
 see something which suits their fancy they put some gold at the 
 side of it : if the owner tells them from his distance that he is 
 prepared to sell it at that price they take up the article and go 
 away, if not, they collect their gold again, and go home, without 
 talking any further with each other. 
 
 " The products of the country are rhinoceros horn, peacocks, 
 parrots, gold dust, crane nests, wax, rattan mats, chillies, dragon's 
 blood, nutmegs, deer hides and so on. In the neighbourhood 
 are the Beadjoos,^ who are of a ferocious disposition, and go out 
 in the middle of the night to cut o£E people's heads, which they 
 carry away and adorn with gold ; therefore the traders fear 
 them very much, and at night carefully mount guard to await 
 them. The last King of Banjermassin was a good man who 
 treated the merchants very favourably ; he had thirty-one sons, 
 and fearing that they might molest the merchant vessels he did 
 not allow them to go out. His wife was a daughter of a Beadjoo 
 chieftain, and a son of hers succeeded his father. This man 
 listened to the words of his mother's relatives, began to oppress 
 the trade, and owed much money to the traders, which he did 
 never pay ; after this the number of those who visited the 
 country gradually diminished. The women of this country 
 come in small sampans to the ships in order to sell articles of 
 food, but the trade is carried on by the men." 
 
 When the English took Java in 1811 Eaffles sent Alexander 
 Hare, a man known for his great eccentricities, to Banjer- 
 massin as Resident. The country was then noted for its 
 gold, which is still to be found there in great quantities if 
 
 1 This is perhaps the origin of a gong being beaten at auctions in Java. 
 
 2 Dyaks.
 
 510 JAVA 
 
 only capital could be found for working the concessions. 
 Pearls were also discovered, while diamonds, it seems, in 
 those days abounded. The country round this part of 
 Borneo is still rich beyond the dreams of avarice, though 
 practically nothing is being done to develop it. 
 
 SOERAKARTA (of SoLO). 
 
 If reference is made to Chapter I. it will be seen that 
 whilst the present Emperor of Java or Solo is the scion of 
 the old and ancient family of Matarem, whose genealogical 
 table, although broken here and there, can be more or less 
 traced for two thousand years, it is a question how far the 
 present Emperor is not a parvenu, the princely rank of the 
 family being of a far more recent date. However old he 
 may be in his ancestry, the court at Soerakarta only counts 
 back to 1743, which is the date when the susuhunan was 
 obliged to find a new spot for his kraton, owing to the 
 Chinese destroying and sacking that at Kartasoera, parti- 
 culars of which event were given in a former chapter. 
 
 The present kraton is spacious and contains a number of 
 buildings within its walls, packed, so to say, full with the 
 fifteen thousand souls that are living there, of which number 
 two-thirds are women. The kraton has quite a feudal 
 aspect with its moat, thick high walls, battlements, and old 
 cannon ; two of the latter have the following inscription on 
 them : " Conraet Antoniz me fecit Hacoe 1599." Above 
 the trunnions are two eagles and a castle, and below these 
 figures the words " Middleburg " and " Jacob Beurel, 
 Burgomeister." 
 
 Despite all this outward show^ however, the inward 
 appearance of the Solo court gives one the idea of a gaudy, 
 noisy, and rather cheap vulgarity, which the jewelled gar- 
 ments, golden ornaments, and richly gilded furniture 
 increase rather than lessen. The court is, to modern ideas.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 511 
 
 a sordid one, with a monarch unfortunately trained in 
 Europe instead of in his own country. He entertains, 
 however, Hberally and royally, giving parties at his kraton, 
 to which several hundreds of Europeans usually come. On 
 these occasions he introduces the srivipis, or com't ballet-girls, 
 who go through a series of extravagant figures which are 
 highly interesting. When the Emperor drives out on an 
 official visit to the Kesident, who by a wise provision of the 
 Dutch Government is his " eldest brother," he sits in a 
 gold-painted coach, highly decorated ^vith a European 
 coachman in a gaudy suit of livery. He is attended on 
 these occasions by a large body of native horsemen, likewise 
 by his Dutch lifeguards, who watch him night and day. 
 
 The magnificent crowTi jewels and various heirlooms 
 handed down from the ancient court of Majapalut are also 
 sometimes taken. 
 
 The Emperor of Solo is allowed to have a small military 
 force of his own numbering some six hundred men, subject 
 more or less to a discipHne and equipment like that of the 
 Dutch army and with Dutch as well as native officers 
 attached. 
 
 The fort was begun in 1746, and completed in 1765, by 
 Frans Haack, and received the name of " De Groot moedig- 
 heid." It had a British garrison in it in 1811, and is quite 
 near the Kesident's house and the kraton. 
 
 The country around is rich and healthy, being in fact one 
 huge plain unrivalled even in Java. 
 
 During the whole of the British occupation of Java 
 Major J. M. Johnson was the British Eesident here. 
 
 Djoejakerta. 
 
 Jogyakerta, to give the early spelling of its name, is the 
 seat of the most ancient empire in Java, namely, that of 
 Mataram or Matarem : for when it was founded the reader
 
 512 JAVA 
 
 is referred to Chapter I. Here one can see the real aris- 
 tocracy of Java, and the difference to the educated observer 
 between the real Javans and the Malays is evident. 
 
 The present kraton is a fine building built within massive 
 and high walls ; the inside seems a honeycomb of passages 
 running intricately between walls of great thickness. 
 Citadel after citadel is passed before the actual holy of 
 hoHes is reached. The name of Djoejakerta will ever 
 remain in the minds of Englishmen associated with that 
 brave little band who, when the diplomacy of Raffles and 
 his Resident John Crawfurd had failed, attacked the kraton 
 with the utmost heroism and took it despite its strong line 
 of fortifications bristling with cannon, seizing the sultan and 
 crown prince, and overcoming the eight thousand men in 
 the kraton itself and nearly one hundred thousand in the 
 suburbs outside. 
 
 It was here that Lieutenant McLean, of His Majesty's 
 14th Rifle Company, whilst bravely leading his men in the 
 assault was so severely wounded, subsequently dying amidst 
 the shouts of the victorious British troops returning to 
 camp at the end of the day. 
 
 His tombstone lies in the kraton cemetery to-day, and has 
 been well cared for by the Dutch authorities. The inscrip- 
 tion is as follows : — 
 
 In memory 
 
 of Lieutenant Hector Maclean of His M.'s 14th 
 
 Regt. of foot, this column has been erected. 
 
 It is a votive emblem of esteem to military 
 
 ardour and early worth by officers who served 
 
 with him. He commanded the Rifle Company of 
 
 his corps in the successful assault of the 
 
 Cratton on the 20th June 1812 : toward the close 
 
 of that conflict he received a wound which 
 
 proved mortal. In his twentieth year thus 
 
 fell a youth. His memory survives in that 
 
 of his brother officers. 
 
 This kraton, like that at Solo, harbours fifteen thousand
 
 THE TOAVNS IX JAVA, ETC. 513 
 
 souls, and the show and gaudy paraphernaha from a great 
 past is allowed to the Sultan by the Dutch. The Sultan of 
 Djoekjakerta looks dow^n on his neighbour at Solo with 
 considerable contempt, counting him as a parvenu of 
 doubtful extraction.^ The result is that there is a con- 
 siderable amount of petty jealousy and animosity between 
 the two sovereigns. 
 
 The Dutch, from a political point of view, do, of course, 
 nothing to alleviate the tension between the two monarchs. 
 It must, however, be admitted that the general impression 
 one gets in the kraton at Djoekjakerta is quite different to 
 that which one has in the susuhunan's palace at Soera 
 Kerta. 
 
 There does not seem to be at the former the gaudy, 
 noisy, and vulgar show of a rich parvenu, but there is every- 
 triing suggestive of an ancient court with a highly educated 
 and aristocratic monarch, whose breeding and bearing is of 
 a higher kind, and whose personality is that of the man of 
 culture ; and this has undoubtedly a far-reaching effect on 
 his whole court. 
 
 The etiquette, moreover, at the kraton at Djoekjakerta is 
 stricter than at Soera Kerta, and it is clear to all that it is 
 not a thing of mushroom growth. The features of all the 
 vengarans or princes at Djoekja are clear, well cut, and 
 aristocratic-looking, and their gait and carriage, as also 
 those of their ratus or Tvives, is graceful and courtly ; these 
 are all marks of their common ancient ancestry and their 
 high-bred aristocratic stock. At Soera Kerta, although the 
 etiquette is rigid, there is a laxness in its use, while the class 
 of pengarans seems not to be so well bred, nor do their 
 appearance and gait seem to betoken such high birth. The 
 reason for all this, perhaps, is not far to seek ; it lies to a 
 certain degree in the personalities of the sovereigns. The 
 
 1 The compliment is, however, fully reciprocated by the Susuhunan of 
 Solo. 
 
 J. — VOL. I. L L
 
 514 JAVA 
 
 one at Djoekjakerta loathes and detests everything Western, 
 while his colleague or superior at Soera Kerta is just the 
 opposite, and has his palace filled with Western as well as 
 Eastern articles of furniture and so forth, and introduces 
 European ways which clash with the Javan. Furthermore, 
 the Sultan of Djoekjakerta has never been out of the country 
 and is a pure Javan, while the susuhunan was taken awaj^ 
 young from his unmanageable and brutal father and sent 
 to Europe by the Dutch Government, which has somewhat 
 spoilt him. In addition to this it is said he is not a pure 
 Javan but has Chinese blood in him, which there seems little 
 doubt is the case, even were it not for the fact that his 
 features show a strong Mongolian cast. 
 
 Of the fifteen thousand mentioned as living in the kraton 
 fully ten thousand are women. Their days are spent for 
 the greater part in idleness and pleasure. They are the 
 hereditary retainers and hangers-on of the court. Some 
 attend to the kitchen department, others attend to the 
 royal apartments, others to the training of the dancing 
 girls, who are all princesses ; others are players on the lute, 
 others again act as pipe, betel-box, foot-stool, fan or heir- 
 loom bearers, and so on. Each has her hereditary duties 
 to perform, however trifling these may appear to be. It is 
 all part of the patriarchal system of an ancient monarchy. 
 As it now is at the court of Djoekjakerta, so it was in the 
 days of " Majapahit," and so it was probably at the court 
 of Matarem (Mendang Kamulan) before Majapahit was ever 
 thought of. 
 
 The etiquette of this system is very respectful. It is an 
 etiquette of absolute politeness for one's seniors or superiors 
 in rank.^ There is, however, in it a good deal suggestive of 
 heartlessness, and a sHght tinge of barbarity, in the cringing 
 servility which is shown to a monarch whose ancestors, and 
 
 ^ See Miscellaneous Chapter ("Ceremonies of the Court").
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 516 
 
 that not so far back, were absolute despots — one might even 
 go further and say despotic and ferocious monsters — who 
 visited a sHght dereUction of duty or a trivial neglect in the 
 observance of some custom with the direst and cruellest of 
 punishments. 
 
 The sultan keeps up a great state, and when he goes out 
 is accompanied by cavalry both native and Dutch. The 
 fayung or umbrella is a token of superiority, and is always 
 carried. These are of different colours — yellow, green, blue, 
 white, red, pink, black, purple, etc. Some have a little 
 gold, increasing in amount according to the importance or 
 rank of the person. The payung shows immediately the 
 status of a person. The sultan's head is protected with a 
 jpayung that is all gold, the queen's with a yellow one, and 
 the crown prince's with a payung ornamented with a thick 
 gold border ^ ; the sultan's children have their heads pro- 
 tected with a white payung, and so on. There is thus a 
 complete system of heraldry.^ 
 
 The mendopo or throne-room in the kraton is decorated 
 entirely with gilt ; attached hereto is the dining-hall. 
 capable of accommodating one thousand guests. There is a 
 yellow house, the residence of the sultan ; opposite this 
 stand the house of his first lawful wife, the house of the 
 Eesident when he lives inside the kraton,^ the dwellings of 
 the concubines and of the bodyguard, and the stables of 
 the elephants and horses, which buildings completely fill 
 the grounds. 
 
 There is, it is said, a block of stone in the kraton which 
 was formerly the throne. It is credited with the age of 
 several hundreds of years, and there is a story connected 
 with it that it once belonged to one of the Hindu kings of 
 India. Two very old waringen trees, always a sign of 
 
 ' A later innovation. 
 
 2 See Miscellaneous Chapter ("Titles and Rank"). 
 
 ^ On the death of a sultan. 
 
 L L 2
 
 516 JAVA 
 
 majesty, stand in the big plain before the kraton, with their 
 drooping branches and colossal trunks. 
 
 Part of the regalia^ from Majapahit is here, including the 
 ancient gamelan,^ which is said to be as old as the stone 
 throne. 
 
 At the wedding of the crown prince in 1908 the author 
 had the opportunity of hearing it, when the hereditary 
 players played it for all they were worth, at a command 
 from the sultan, who was doing his best to show all honour 
 to the Dutch Eesident. Once having heard such a perform- 
 ance, and on such a gamelan, one remembers it for a lifetime. 
 The performance, to a lover of music, was majestic and 
 perfect, but the beauty and symmetry of it all is neither to 
 be imagined nor described. In Java one can, of course, 
 hear the gamelan played daily if one will, but not such a 
 gamelan as this, and never one played as this was on such 
 an occasion. It was in fact a full band, with the finest 
 hereditary performers. 
 
 The old kraton used to be at Parsar Gede, some little 
 distance away. Little now remains of tliis famous old 
 palace except the walls and the kohooran, or royal cemetery, 
 which consists of several courts surrounded by turreted 
 walls. The gateways leading to each of these courts still 
 bear some of their old carvings. In the third court is a large 
 house where most of the kraton princes have been interred. 
 From this the passage leads to a smaller court, where one 
 sees tombs rising on terraces like a series of steps. Descend- 
 ing from these you reach a square tank of crystal clear water 
 containing the sacred fisb,^ which have a venomous sting, 
 
 1 See Miscellaneous Chapter (" Regalia "). 
 
 2 Set of native instruments. 
 
 s One cannot help observing in Djoekjakertaand in various customs and 
 habits of the Javans a touch of old Babylon. For instance, the sacred fish. 
 Professor Pinches, in his work entitled " The Old Testament in a new Light," 
 on page 192 writes : " Pocock in his description of the East states that it 
 is the universal opinion of the Jews that Orfa, or Edessa, was the ancient 
 Ur of the Chaldees," and this is supported by local tradition, the chief place
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 517 
 
 and a sacred white turtle, for which the natives have a 
 wonderful veneration. There are about three hundred 
 royal personages interred here, and their faces are all turned 
 towards Mecca. 
 
 Under the shade of one of the large waringen trees, 
 planted four hundred and fifty years ago near where the 
 old kraton stood, is a slab of black stone, raised about a foot 
 from the ground and about a yard and a half long by one 
 broad. It has a faint inscription in European letters on 
 it. The natives say that a European sailor who was ship- 
 wrecked on the south coast several hundred years ago was 
 chained to tliis stone by order of the then Sultan of Pajang. 
 
 The reasons given for this poor man's punishments are 
 numerous ; but from the curious inscription in several 
 languages it would appear he was a linguist, and, therefore, 
 possibly some missionary whose religious zeal had excited 
 the hostihty and suspicion of the higher Javan authorities. 
 From the impression on the slab, the European, whoever he 
 was, must have found a sedentary position the most com- 
 fortable — or possibly this was the only one possible, as the 
 length of chain allowed him, according to all appearance, 
 must have been very short. Some of the stories related by 
 the natives about this victim, although vague and uncertain, 
 are worth repeating. One is to the effect that when the 
 sailor was brought before the sultan he refused to humble 
 himself by bending his knees and paying homage to him, an 
 act which so incensed the tyrannical monarch that he at once 
 ordered him to leave his presence and afterwards condemned 
 him to be chained for life to this stone. Another account 
 is that three hundred and fifty years ago a vessel was wrecked 
 off the coast of Djoekjakerta, and that the whole crew except 
 this one man, who was picked up by some fisherman half- 
 
 of worship there being called the " Mosque of Abraham," and the pond in 
 which the sacred fish are is called Bahr Ibrahim-el-Halil, the Lake of 
 Abraham the Beloved.
 
 518 JAVA 
 
 dead, were drowned. The fisherman restored him to Hfe, 
 and the story soon reached Mataram that a white man had 
 appeared, and the curiosity of the natives was aroused. The 
 sultan, however, being of a very suspicious nature, with 
 despotic and cruel ideas, and fearing the influence of the 
 stranger, had him hurried before him, and no sooner had 
 he seen him than he ordered him to be chained to the black 
 stone for life, giving out that he was a sea spirit of ill omen, 
 who had come to deceive them in the form of a white man. 
 The story says he was soon resigned to his fate, and that 
 after a long time, through the help of a native woman, 
 he managed to escape and reach Bantam, where the sultan 
 allowed him to live peaceably. Another record, however, 
 says he died on the very slab in question, which is probably 
 the truer tale of the two, if, indeed, any credence can be 
 given to the tale at all. The Dutch professor Dr. J. Grone- 
 man, whose knowledge of Djoekjakerta is second to none, 
 seems to believe that the European in question, although 
 possibly a shipwrecked sailor, was never actually chained 
 to the stone, but enjoyed the hospitality of the Javans and 
 spent his leisure time sitting on it. 
 
 Near the kraton is the " Water Kasteel," or Taman Sarie. 
 It was formerly a veritable garden of paradise, but now it 
 is scarcely worth a visit. The spacious grounds, however, 
 containing the ruins of a large palace with swimming baths, 
 orchards, pleasure grounds, flower gardens, and fountains, 
 give one some idea of what it was like in 1758 when it was 
 built. The whole stood formerly in the middle of a lake, 
 and the only entrance to this building was by an under- 
 water passage, of which nothing was seen above water except 
 the tops of some detached turrets with windows, by means 
 of which light was communicated to the vaults below. 
 Here the old Sultan Hamangku Buvano and his harem were 
 whiling away their hours when Daendels with his army was 
 thundering outside.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 519 
 
 The story, which is undoubtedly true, is that Daendels, 
 who had come to Djoekja (as has been related in another 
 chapter) to bring the sultan to reason, was kept waiting in 
 an outer court an hour beyond the time appointed for the 
 interview. Hearing the gamelan playing, and knowing that 
 the sounds which reverberated through the galleries betokened 
 merriment, and weary of waiting, he pushed through the 
 retainers to the mouth of the tunnel and appeared before 
 the sultan in the Water Castle without being announced or 
 any further ceremony. He seized the sultan unceremo- 
 niously by the arm and carried him back to the Dutch head- 
 quarters, where the interview took place. The earthquake 
 of 1867 made the castle uninhabitable. 
 
 At the present day the chief interest of Djoekjakerta is 
 that it is a centre from which the Buddhist temples of 
 Mendoet and Boro Boedoer^ and the superb Brahminical 
 ruins of the Brambanan temples can be visited. Near the 
 Kesident's house is a collection of old and ancient Hindu 
 carvings of great interest to the archaeologist. 
 
 Djoekja is a very healthy place, with a temperate climate, 
 broad roads, a fine club, and two or three good hotels — 
 " Mataram," " Toegoe," and the new one, the " Grand 
 Hotel." 
 
 The British Resident at Djoekjakerta in 1811 was for a 
 short time Captain Robinson, but he was merely a locum 
 tenens with the Dutch Resident Pieter Engelhard until the 
 arrival of John Crawfurd" on the 15th November, 1811. 
 Crawfurd was replaced by Captain R. C. Garnham in 1814, 
 who was in turn replaced by Dr. Ainslie, who remained at 
 this post until the evacuation. 
 
 Tjilatjap. 
 
 Tjilatjap is the largest port on the south coast, both from 
 a commercial and a military point of view. During the 
 
 ' Dutch, spelling. 
 
 2 John Crawfurd was the first civil Governor of Singapore in 1822.
 
 520 JAVA 
 
 Hindu period there was a settlement here, and a few remains 
 are still visible. Until, however, late in the nineteenth 
 century it remained, for Europeans, a port of small import- 
 ance. One of the first assistant Residents at Tjilatjap 
 conceived great ideas of the place, which it is very likely 
 will still be reahsed. He laid out the town in a very sym- 
 metrical maimer, with wide and shady avenues. Un- 
 fortunately the climate and the soil are both bad, and when 
 Europeans first went there the place became a graveyard. 
 
 Tjilatjap is laid on a partially dried-up swamp and the 
 coast is covered with rotting coral — all unhealthy elements. 
 Besides this, however, an unhealthy and poisonous exhala- 
 tion is conveyed across the Java inland sea (called Kinder 
 Zee) from the swamps behind it, which breed a deadly 
 malaria. The curious aspect of this malaria is that its 
 worst effects are only felt after the person leaves the place, 
 but the former resident's constitution having been under- 
 mined (although he has not known it), he soon succumbs to 
 his enemy when it attacks him openly. 
 
 The houses are built in the ordinary Java style, and there 
 is an excellent club here. 
 
 The harbour is fairly large and capacious, and the wharf, 
 alongside which the railway runs, can berth five or six 
 steamers at a time, and it is very seldom empty. 
 
 There are three very good hotels here, the "Belle Vue " 
 being about the best. 
 
 BuiTENZORG. 
 
 \While Batoetoelis (Batu Tulis), which is near to the 
 present town of Buitenzorg, was the capital of the empire 
 of Pajajaran, which went on existing after Majapahit had 
 fallen, Buitenzorg itself only came into existence in 1745, 
 when the Governor-General, van Imhoff, purchased the 
 whole of Bogoh for a song and built a house here which was 
 called the " Heerenhuis of Bogoh." This seat was passed
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 521 
 
 on from one Governor- General to the other, and the building 
 from being modest in style developed as time went on into a 
 palace, which Raffles made into the beautiful structure that 
 now stands. 
 
 Daendels, who had to fill a depleted treasury, is responsible 
 for having divided Bogoh up into lots and put them up to 
 auction, selling them with great profit. 
 
 Buitenzorg (the Dutch for " outside care ") stands about 
 700 feet high at the foot of the mountain Salak, and is 
 connected by rail with Batavia, only thirty-six miles away. 
 The climate is very healthy and cool, but it rains almost 
 every day. In the EngHsh time Raffles lived here per- 
 petually, and even in his time there was a large passar here, 
 and a number of well-built European houses ; while barracks 
 for the soldiers and numerous batteries built by the French 
 were visible everywhere. 
 
 Buitenzorg is a beautiful spot — more so now probably 
 than formerly, owing to the buildings lying hidden beneath a 
 mass of dark foliage — with broad avenues and great waringen 
 trees planted everywhere fifty or sixty years ago. There 
 is a Protestant church here, a club, a race-course, and an 
 entrancing bathing retreat at Soekadingin. 
 
 The jewel, however, of Buitenzorg is of course the 
 Botanical Gardens, which are world-renowned. They were 
 begim in quite a humble way in 1754, when special care was 
 taken of the gardens immediately surrounding the " Heeren- 
 huis." The gardens, however, were never taken properly 
 in hand until 1817^ when Reinwardt raised them from 
 ordinary gardens into scientific horticultural gardens of the 
 first order. The Dutch, as is well known, are the best 
 horticulturists the world has ever seen, and the late super- 
 intendent of these gardens, Professor Treub, a man of 
 extraordinary energj^ combined with exceptional ability, 
 brought the gardens to a state which makes them the 
 wonder of all horticultural scientists. A tropical sun,
 
 522 JAVA 
 
 daily showers, a century's hard work, clever professors, and 
 an interested Government have not only made these gardens 
 the first in the world, but have made the efforts of the 
 English at Hongkong, Singapore, Calcutta, and in the West 
 Indies, as also those of the French at Saigon, to sink into 
 insignificance beside them. There is a herbarium, museum 
 and library, and botanical, zoological, agricultural, chemical 
 and pharmacological laboratories, also the museum of the 
 Forest Department and the photozincographical studio, all 
 of which can be visited. 
 
 The plants are, as a rule, arranged according to the natural 
 system ; every species is represented by two specimens, one 
 of which bears a label. Entering the gardens through the 
 old stone gate by the Chinese passar, one comes to the 
 celebrated canary-tree avenue, which was laid out by the 
 well-known horticulturist Teysmann eighty years ago. To 
 the right behind the porter's house is the largest of all the 
 lianas represented in the gardens {entada monostachya) . 
 
 In this section is to be seen the monument erected to the 
 wife of Sir Stamford Raffles, who died at Buitenzorg on the 
 26th November, 1814, and was buried at Tanahbang. 
 
 The record of her death made at the time reads as follows : 
 
 " At Buitenzorg on the 26th November (1814) Olivia Marianne^ 
 the Lady of the Honourable Thomas Stamford Raffles, Esquire, 
 Lieutenant-Governor of this Colony. The numerous assemblage 
 of persons of both sexes to assist at the mournful ceremony of 
 paying the last duties and honours to the deceased, and the 
 general and marked expression of grief which was there evinced, 
 is the best proof of the respect and regard which her benevolence 
 and manners had acquired among a-ll classes of society in Java r 
 and her more immediate friends will justly say that possessed 
 in life of a heart glowing with the most generous affection.s, and 
 of a mind guided by the purest principles of friendship and 
 kindness, she lived beloved by all who knew her, and carries to 
 the grave the certainty of being ever remembered by them with 
 a fond, devoted and faithful attachment. Her remains were 
 interred at Batavia by the side of the late Dr. Leyden."
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 523 
 
 There is also the gi-ave here of Madame Rochussen, nee 
 Vincent, wife of the Governor-General of that name and 
 grand-aunt of the author. 
 
 Against the trunks of the canary trees are all sorts of 
 climbing plants, grown chiefly from the aroideal genus, and 
 their branches are covered with epiphytic plants. There is 
 also here that gigantic orchid Grammatophyllum speciosum, 
 which sometimes bears as many as three thousand flowers 
 at one time, and the Monstera deliciosa, with its perforated 
 leaves. Then you have the Amherstia nohilis, with its red 
 branches of blossom, and the Saracca, with its yellow 
 bouquet of flowers. There are also the yellow flowers of 
 the towering Pithecolohrium ; and plants of the shade tree 
 {Schizolobium excelsum). Then there is the XantJwphyllum 
 vitellinum, of the genus of the PolygalecB, to which in tem- 
 perate zones only herbs and plants belong. The Plu7niera 
 acutifolia of the Javanese churchyard is also to be seen 
 here ; it is peculiar for its finger-shaped fantastic branches 
 and the fact that there are very few leaves. It is continually 
 in bloom. On another side of the Djalan Besar (great way) 
 is the collection of palms — the lofty Oncosperma filamentosa, 
 the red pinang {Cyrtostachys rendali), the upright emperor 
 palm (Oreodoxa), indigenous to Brazil, different species of 
 phoenix, among which are the date palm {Phidactylifera) , a 
 number of varieties of the coconut-palm (Cocos Jiucifera), 
 the oil-palm {Elceis Guinensis) from New Guinea, the sago- 
 palm (Metroxylon) , and finally the cocoa de mer {Lodoicea 
 Seychellarum) , with its enormous and apparently double 
 fruit and its large fan-shaped leaves, the stems of which are 
 as hard as iron. To the left of the palm section, which is so 
 representative, one passes the resinous-smelling section of 
 the Gymnospermce, in which arauc arias and damonars grow 
 luxuriantly. Near here the botanist can also study the 
 Bhizophorce, or mangroves, which cover the mudbanks of 
 the waste everywhere in the archipelago. Here also is the
 
 524 JAVA 
 
 Sonneratia acida, a giant tree from the marshes ; and, if 
 one will, one can search out the Cyperus papyrus, the plant 
 from which the Egyptians collected papyrus. 
 
 There are strange ant plants {Myrmecodia) , whose 
 swollen, spongy, perforated stems swarm with ants. A 
 botanist, however, has discovered that these plants are not 
 designedly so made, although the ants take advantage of 
 the opportunity Nature gives them for a comfortable abode. 
 Crotons {Codiceuvi), sweet cassava (Manihot utilissima), and 
 the Ceara rubber tree, iron-wood trees, the Sterculiacece, 
 with its orange-red fruit leaves and velvet-black seeds, grow 
 wildly in a corner. Further on in the gardens, in another 
 department, flourish species of ElcBcarpus, the Para nut- 
 yielding hertholletia excelsa, elegant blooming barringtonias, 
 and the Melania, producing the famous kajonpoetih oil, the 
 cure for cold and relief for influenzas. There are also the 
 zuurzak, hoea nonna, and sirikaya, all well-known fruit trees 
 in Java of the family Anonacece ; there is also in this patch 
 the Magnoliacece. 
 
 The sweet-smelling Myristica Horsfieldii (Dr. Horsfield 
 was the English botanist here in Kaffles's time, 1811 to 1816) 
 shows its presence by casting its odour far abroad. The 
 Stelechocarpus hurahol finds also a place, bearing fruit and 
 flowers on its trunk. Mention must also be made of the 
 ebony, kaki fruit, styrax, benzoin and getah pertsja 
 trees, belonging to the Diospyros species. In a portion 
 of the gardens reserved for the Governor- General, which, 
 however, his Excellency is always willing to give per- 
 mission to important visitors to look at, is to be found 
 the Victoria regia floating on the small lake, also the 
 Urostigma rumphii and Kigelia pinnata, with its sausage- 
 shaped fruit. 
 
 Past here, between the Sapindacece and Sapindus rarak, 
 from which soap can be made with the help of water in a 
 minute or two, we perceive the Filicium decipiens, which is
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAV^A, ETC. 525 
 
 indigenous to Ceylon. Here is also the Ficus elastica, which, 
 according to the Dutch, is the best rubber tree for Java/ 
 Then there is a pond with its NymjpJima species ; the family 
 of the Meliacece, to w^hich belongs the mahogany-tree, the 
 coca-yielding Erythroxylon coca. In another division chahce- 
 bearing plants climb the trees, and here stands the Par- 
 mentiera cerifera, with its fruit like wax candles. 
 
 Along by the lotus at the end of the large lake are the 
 fan-shaped banana trees, called the " traveller's tree " 
 {Bavenala madagascariensis) , the ginger tree, cardamom, 
 and curcuma. There is a rose garden in which is a monu- 
 ment to Teysmann. The poisonous upas tree too is here, 
 of which more later on. The orchid house must also be 
 seen, as well as the conservatory, with Passiflora, Fuchsonia, 
 Maranta, Calaihea, the Bromeliacece, growing on coral, and a 
 group of Anthurium and Diffenhacliia. 
 
 From this cursory description it can be readily perceived 
 that the gardens are of a highly scientific order. However, 
 to give a full description needs greater knowledge than 
 mine. 
 
 At Batoetoelis is the stone which commemorates the 
 founding of the empire of Pajajarcm. 
 
 Near here are still a few Hindu remains. There are two 
 hotels at Buitenzorg, the " Chemin de Fer " and " Hotel 
 Belle Vue." From the mountain rooms in the latter a 
 magnificent view is obtainable over the face of the volcano 
 Salak and the valley beneath. Two hundred feet below 
 runs the river, through gi'oves of palms, here and there 
 broken by the toy houses of the Javans, who seem to spend 
 their day gambolling in the running water.^ 
 
 Thomas Macquoid was the British Resident of the 
 ** Buitenzorg and Batavia Regencies," as the district was 
 
 ^ The author does not agree. Eevea is probably the best. 
 » The " Guide to the Dutch East Indies," in EngUsh, by J. F. van 
 Bemmelen and G. B. Hooyer, should be procured.
 
 526 JAVA 
 
 called in 1812, and remained as such until 1814, when the 
 title became " Buitenzorg and Batavia-Preanger Regencies." 
 
 In 1815 F. E. Hardy was Resident of Buitenzorg and van 
 Doorninck assistant Resident, Macquoid being Resident of 
 the " Preanger Regencies." 
 
 These positions were retained until the Dutch reassumed 
 charge of the country again. 
 
 SOEKABOEMI. 
 
 The name Soekaboemi, which really sprang into existence 
 for Europeans during Raffles' time, means " the desire of 
 the world." The place lies in the district known as the 
 Preanger. It is on the railway and two hours beyond 
 Buitenzorg. Lying 1,600 feet high, it has an equable 
 temperature of 75 degrees Fahrenheit, and thus has a 
 dehghtful climate, and is one of the best places in Java in 
 which permanently to reside. An excellent club and some 
 first-rate hotels make it a place worth visiting in order to 
 get a glimpse of the surrounding country, which is beautiful 
 in the extreme. The hotels " Victoria," " Selabatoe," and 
 " Ploem " are the best. From here visits can be made to 
 Selabintana, or to some of the well-known tea estates 
 near here — Goalpara and Perbawatie, etc. 
 
 From one of the latter the Telaga Warna, or " the un- 
 fathomable lake," inside an old volcano, can be reached. 
 
 Soekaboemi was the land bought by Sir Stamford Raffles, 
 Thomas Macquoid (the old Governor of Java's east coast), 
 Nicolaus Engelhard, and A. de Wilde, a purchase which 
 caused such wide-spread dissatisfaction, the price having 
 been only 58,000 Spanish dollars. Long after Raffles had 
 left Java the land was sold for 800,000 rupees. To-day the 
 same land would fetch millions. 
 
 Bandoeng. 
 
 Bandoeng was founded by Sultan Agoeng of Cheribon in 
 1641, when he sent three hundred tjatjahs (families) here.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 527 
 
 His successor increased this number to one thousand. It 
 is now the fourth largest town in Java, and is still growing ; 
 it is in the Preanger district, in the centre of a plain fifty 
 miles each way and surrounded by mountains. During the 
 morning there is generally a mist, but by 7 o'clock this has 
 entirely disappeared, and the mountain air blows over the 
 place the whole day. There is a large missigit here, a park 
 around the Kesident's house, and a race-course. Beautiful 
 drives can be obtained in every direction. Near here 
 are many well-known tea estates, and not far off are 
 Tjiwangie, formerly managed by the well-known Preanger 
 Englishman Noel Bingley,^ and Goenoeng Malang, until 
 recently managed by a Dutchman named Halewyn. 
 
 There is a well-known bathing place near Bandoeng called 
 Tjiampelas Snidanglya, where there is a well-known sana- 
 torium 5,000 feet up, and Soemedang may also be reached 
 from here. Then there is the waterfall Penganten, the 
 crater of the Patoeha, the Telaga Patengah, 5,550 feet high, 
 and surrounded by Peruvian bark plantations. The volcano 
 Tangkoeban Prahoe near is a wonderful sight and is easily 
 visited. 
 
 Nowadays Bandoeng has nothing to complain of in the 
 way of hotels, the " Preanger " and " Homann's " being 
 quite first class, while the " Hotel Phoenix " is also well 
 patronised. 
 
 Near to Bandoeng is the mihtary station of Mid Java 
 called " Tjimahi." This is the place also where all the sick 
 soldiers of West Java are sent to recuperate. 
 
 Garoet. 
 
 Garoet is an ideal health resort, peaceful and quiet, clean 
 and pretty, amidst lofty mountains, whose cool breezes 
 soon restore the invalid seeking a renewal of health and 
 
 ^ This gentleman married Mejonkvrouwe Roell, a daughter of the dis- 
 tinguished Dutch admiral of that name.
 
 528 JAVA 
 
 strength. There are several interesting places near to visit. 
 There is Tjipanas, where there are five warm springs, each 
 of a different temperature, in which for a few cents a bath 
 can be taken. The Papandajan, a volcanic mountain 
 5,000 feet high, can be approached to the mouth and a peep 
 taken into the seething, snorting bottom of the crater, 
 which every now and then, as it were, shakes itself. A 
 guide is here to steer you through the mud springs, the 
 sulphur pillars, the deafening noise of the self-building 
 sulphur columns, the hot vapours, and the water-spouting 
 mud eruptions. From the top of the Papandayan an un- 
 paralleled view is procurable over the Preanger. Near also 
 is Tjisoeroepan (where there is an hotel), lying in a cup facing 
 three mountain tops. 
 
 At Garoet three first-class hotels provide for visitors ; the 
 *' Van Horck," the " Villa Dolce," and the " Hotel Rupert " 
 are all equally good. 
 
 Bantam. 
 
 Bantam was the first European capital of Java. 
 
 We have already told of Drake's visit here in 1579, of 
 Bobert Cavendish's in 1587, and of the first Dutchman's 
 (Cornelius Houtman) arrival in 1596. We saw also how the 
 English were worried by the Dutch East India Company, at 
 first mildly and latterly more severely, from 1635 until tha 
 seizure of their factory in 1663. We also know that by 
 1682 Bantam was entirely under the control of the Dutch. 
 There is no use pondering on the " might have been " if the- 
 English had only kept a larger force here from the beginning, 
 when Lancaster, who followed up Drake and Cavendish 
 with Queen Elizabeth's charter in his pocket, established a 
 factory here in 1602, placing a man named Starkie or 
 Starckey in charge as governor or factor. The Dutch 
 slowly but gradually increased their power here, until in 
 1767 they had the right to appoint a successor to the 
 deceased sultan. In 1776 their estabhshment consisted of
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 529 
 
 20 civil servants, 1 clergyman, 5 surgeons and assistants, 
 17 of the artillery, 30 seamen, 199 soldiers, and 10 mechanics 
 — in all 282 Europeans. Its population was considerable, 
 but the composition was bad ; madmen, slaves, criminal 
 deserters, Chinese bankrupts of low degree, and even 
 murderers took refuge here. The capital was built wholly 
 of bamboo near the sea-shore, at the mouth of the large 
 river which empties itself into the bay. The sultan resided 
 in a palace built in European style, within a ruinous old 
 fort containing eighty cannon of various descriptions. The 
 Dutch had a very powerful fort at this time which com- 
 manded that of the sultan. The sultan assumed European 
 costume on great public days ; otherwise he was dressed as 
 a Malay. His seraglio contained about four hundred women. 
 The kingdom of Bantam at the end of the eighteenth century 
 exported immense quantities of pepper and rice, besides tin. 
 
 From being, however, a town of very great importance it 
 has to-day sunk into comparative insignificance. 
 
 During the English period Major Yule was the British 
 Kesident. In 1814, on account of his meritorious services, 
 he was promoted to lieutenant-colonel. 
 
 It was at Bantam that the Kesident Dupuy was wantonly 
 killed after a visit to the sultan, a deed necessitating Daendels' 
 proceeding there in person and deposing the sultan. 
 
 The following old descriptions of Java and Bantam may 
 here be given : 
 
 " An Account of Java and the First Settlement of the 
 English at Bantam. With a Journal of Occurrences 
 there ; particularly in regard to what passed between 
 them and the Dutch, as well as the Natives, from 
 1602 TO 1605, inclusively." (From the Journal Department, 
 by Edmund Scot, Governor of the English Factory at 
 Bantam from 1602 to 1605.) 
 
 " Extent and Soil of Java. Chief Places of Trade. Bantam 
 Described. Chinese Town. King's Authority. Mamiers of the 
 J. — VOL. I. M M
 
 530 JAVA 
 
 Javans : Their Arms ; Dress ; Religion ; have no Genius for 
 Industry ; or Government. Chinese : Their Rehgion ; Sacri- 
 fices ; extreme Perfuming ; fond of Plays and Singing ; their 
 Soothsayers ; Habits. 
 
 " Extent and Soil. Java Major is an island, the middle part 
 of which lies in the ninth degree of latitude. It is about an 
 hundred and forty-six leagues long, from east to west ; and 
 ninety broad, from south to north. The middle part is mostly 
 all mountains ; which are not so steep, but that the natives 
 ascend them, both on horseback and on foot. Some people 
 dwell upon the hills which are next to the sea. But the very 
 middle of the land so far as ever the Author could learn is inhabited 
 by nothing but wild beasts. They are of divers sorts ; and often 
 descending into the valleys near the shore, devour many people. 
 The land towards the sea, for the most part, is low marshy 
 ground ; and there stand their principal towns of trade ; these 
 lie on the north and north east side of the Island as Chiringin, 
 Bantam, Jakkatra and Jortan or Greesy. 
 
 " Chief Places of Trade. These low lands are very 
 unliealthy, breeding many diseases (especially among strangers) 
 and yielding no merchandize worth speaking of, but pepper ; 
 which formerly was brought from all parts of the Island, to 
 Bantam as being the chief mart of the country. It was Uke- 
 wise imported from divers other countries ; but of late years 
 that custom has ceased, the Dutch having bought it up every- 
 where. 
 
 " Bantam Described. Bantam for trade far exceeds Achin 
 or any port in those parts. It is about three English miles in 
 length and very populous. There are three markets kept every 
 day, one in the forenoon and two in the afternoon, where the 
 throng is as great, especially to the first, as at fairs in England. 
 Yet Mr. Scot never saw any kind of cattle to sell, by reason there 
 are very few tame in the country. Their food is rice, with some 
 hens, and a little fish. The houses of the Javans are aU made of 
 great canes, and some small timber, being sHght buildings ; yet 
 in many of the principal men's houses, good workmanship is seen, 
 as carving etc. Some have a square brick room for the sole 
 use of securing their furniture in case of fire. Many small streams 
 run through the town, which hath also a good road for ships, 
 so that if they were people who had any genius, it might be made 
 a very handsome city. It is surrounded with a brick wall, and
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 531 
 
 well fortified with flankers and towers, scouring the country 
 every way. The Author was told, that it was first built by the 
 Chinese, but in many places it is fallen to decay for want of 
 repairing. 
 
 " Chinese Town. At one end of this city is the Chinese 
 town, a narrow river parting them, which runs from thence to 
 the King's palace, and so through the great town, to the middle 
 of which at high water, both galleys and junks, of great burthen, 
 may sail up. This Chinese town is for the most part built with 
 brick. The houses are square, and flat at top ; some of them 
 having boards and small pieces of timber, or spht canes laid 
 across, on which are placed bricks and sand, to defend them from 
 fire. Over these brick warehouses there is a shed, raised with 
 great canes, and thatched. Some are built with small timber 
 but the greatest number with canes only. Since the English 
 came hither many of the richer sort have built their houses to 
 the top, all fireproof, whereas before there was none of that sort 
 to be met with, except the Shah Bandar's and the rich China 
 Merchant's house ; which nevertheless by means of their windows 
 and the sheds that surround them, have been consumed. In 
 this town the EngHsh and Dutch have their houses, which are 
 built in the same manner only they are a great deal bigger, and 
 higher than ordinary houses. The Dutch have lately at great 
 expense and trouble built one of their houses of brick up to the 
 top, proof as they suppose against fire. 
 
 " King's Authority. The king of this place is absolute ; and 
 since the deposing and death of the late Emperor of Damak, is 
 held the principal king of all that Island. He punisheth offenders 
 always according to martial law. If any private man's wife 
 be convicted of adultery, she is presently put to death, as well as 
 the gallant. They may execute their slaves for any small fault. 
 The Javans are hmited to three wives, and for every wife a free- 
 man marries, he is obhged to keep ten women slaves, and some 
 purchase forty or more, whom they make use of at will. 
 
 " jManners of the Javans. The Javans are generally 
 exceeding proud, although extremely poor, by reason that not 
 one in a hundred will work. The gentlemen are reduced by the 
 number of slaves they keep, who eat faster than their pepper or 
 rice grows. The Chinese both plant dress and gather pepper 
 and also sow their rice, living as slaves under them, but they 
 gain by their masters laziness ; draining in effect all the wealth 
 
 M M 2
 
 532 JAVA 
 
 of the land to themselves. A Javan is so proud that he will not 
 endure an equal to sit an inch higher than himself. They are a 
 very blood-thirsty revengeful people, yet when they have a 
 quarrel against any one, either of their own, or another nation, 
 seldom decide it by fair fighting but murder the party cowardly, 
 although they are for the most part large-bodied men. Their 
 law for murder is to pay a fine to the king, which is but small, 
 so that the friends of the deceased will be sure to revenge his 
 death on the murderer, or his kindred ; while the King's revenue 
 increases the more assassinations there are committed. 
 
 " Their Arms. Their ordinary weapon is called a crise and 
 about two feet in length, the blade is scallopped (like a flaming 
 sword) and withal exceeding sharp. The metal of most of them, 
 is poisoned in the tempering ; so that not one in five hundred, 
 who is wounded with them, escapeth with his hfe. The handles 
 of these weapons, are either of horn, or wood curiously carved in 
 the likeness of a devil, which many of them worship. In their 
 wars they fight with pikes, darts and targets. Of late a few of 
 them have learned to use muskets, but they handle them very 
 awkwardly. 
 
 " Their Dress. The apparel of the better sort, is a turban 
 on their heads and about their loins, a fine piece of cahco, all 
 the rest of their body is naked. Now-and-then on extraordinary 
 occasions only they wear a close coat, somewhat hke a cassock 
 of velvet or other kind of silk. The common sort wear on their 
 head, a flat cap of velvet taffata or calico consisting of many 
 pieces neatly sewed together to make them fit tight. A piece 
 of two colours is tied about their waist, in manner of a girdle, 
 but at least one yard broad. This is a kind of cahco, made at 
 Clyn, from whence come many sorts ; which they dye, paint and 
 gild according to the fashion of that country. They hkewise may 
 have a kind of striped stuff made of either cotton or rinds of 
 trees, but they are so lazy, that there is very httle of it worn. 
 Most of the men have very thick curled hair, in which they take 
 great pride, often going bareheaded to show it. The women 
 also go with their heads and their hair tied up, like the tails of 
 horses in England. About their middles they wear the same 
 covering as the men ; always having a fair girdle, or pintado of 
 their country fashion, thrown over their shoulders which hangeth 
 down loose behind. 
 
 " Religion. The principal men among them are most religious.
 
 THE TOWNS m JAVA, ETC. 533 
 
 but they seldom go to church. They acknowledge Christ for a 
 Prophet, whom they call Nabi Ifa, and some of them keep 
 Mohamedan priests in their houses, but the common people have 
 very little notion of any rehgion only they say there is a God, 
 who made heaven and earth, and them also, that he is good and 
 will not hurt them, but that there is a devil who being of a 
 malevolent disposition, is incHned to afflict them, wherefore, 
 many pray to him, merely for fear. Both sexes are very lasci- 
 viously given. All those who are in authority are guilty of taking 
 bribes, and the Javans in general are bad paymasters, notwith- 
 standing their laws for debt are so strict, that the creditor may 
 take his debtor, his wives, children, slaves and all that he hath, 
 and sell them for his debt. 
 
 " No Genius for Industry. They are also much addicted to 
 steahng from the highest to the lowest, and without doubt 
 formerly they were man eaters, before the Chinese traded with 
 them, which as the Author was told, was not above one hundred 
 years thence. They delight much in ease and musick, and for 
 the most part, spend the day sitting cross-legged like a taylor, 
 whittling a stick, whereby many of them become very good 
 carvers, and indeed all the work that most of them covet to do is 
 to carve the handle of their crise. They are very great eaters, 
 but the gentlemen allow their slaves nothing but rice boiled in 
 water, with some roots and herbs. Among the latter is one 
 called bettaile, which they usually have carried with them in 
 boxes or wrapped up in a cloth, like a sugar loaf, also a nut called 
 pinango, these are both of a very hot quality and they eat them 
 continually to warm their stomachs and keep them from the 
 flux. They hkewise are great takers of tobacco and opium. 
 
 " Or Government. The Javans having no genius for govern- 
 ment or managing affairs of state, many of those who come from 
 the country of Clyn, to settle there, grow very rich and rise to 
 great offices and dignity amongst them, such as that of Shar 
 Bandar, Laytamougon, etc. But most of all the Chinese, who 
 like Jews live crouching under them, yet fleece them of their 
 wealth and send it to China. 
 
 " Chestese : — Their Religion. The Chinese are very crafty 
 in trading, using all kinds of couzening, and tricks that can be 
 devised. They have no pride in them nor will refuse any labour, 
 except they turn Javans (as many of them do, when they have 
 committed a murder or some other villainy) and then they become
 
 534 JAVA 
 
 every whit as proud, and as lazy. For their religion they are 
 of divers sects, but most of them are Atheists. Many of them 
 believe, that when they die, if they were good livers, they shall 
 be born agam to great riches, and be made governors ; but if 
 wicked men, they shall be turned into some vile animal, as a 
 frog or a toad. They burn sacrifices every new moon, mumbling 
 prayers over them with a kind of singing voice, and as they sing 
 they tinkle a little bell which at the end of every prayer they 
 ring out as loud as they can. This ceremony they also observe 
 when any amongst them of any account He a djdng. The manner 
 of their sacrifice is this ; they furnish their altars with goats, 
 hens, ducks, and divers sorts of fruits, which flesh is sometimes 
 ready dressed for eating and sometimes raw, but is afterwards 
 dressed and eaten. All that they burn is only papers painted, 
 and cut out in figures which are valued by them at a certain 
 price. The Author many times asked them, to whom they burned 
 their sacrifice ? and they answered to God ; but the Guzerats, 
 and Turks, who are there, said they burned it to the Devil ; if 
 they do so they are ashamed to confess it. 
 
 " Many of them are well skilled in astronomy, and keep an 
 exact account of time. They observe no Sabbath, nor one day 
 more than other, except when they lay the foundation of a house, 
 or begin some other great work ; which day they ever after keep 
 as a hohday. When any of the wealthy sort die in Bantam, their 
 bodies are burnt and the ashes carried in jars close stopped up, 
 to their friends in China. When some of them have lain a dymg, 
 Mr. Scot hath observed them to burn seven perfumes, four of 
 them being large and casting great light, were set upon a cane, 
 which rested upon two supports about six feet from the ground, 
 and the other three which were very small and burnt dim, were 
 placed on the ground directly under them. He often enquired 
 the meaning of this ceremony but could never get any other 
 answer than that it was the fashion of China, which is all the 
 grounds they have for many other customs. 
 
 " Fond of Plays and Singi7ig. They delight much in plays and 
 singing but have the worst voices in the world. These plays or 
 interludes a,re performed as service to their Gods, and often 
 introduced with a burnt sacrifice, the priests kneehng down 
 frequently and kissing the ground three times successively. 
 These plays are acted commonly when they think their junks 
 or shipping are set out from China, hkewise when they arrive
 
 THE TOWNS m JAVA, ETC. 535 
 
 at Bantam, and set out from thence towards China. They 
 sometimes begin at noon and do not end till next morning, being 
 for the general exhibited in the open street on stages set up for 
 the purpose. 
 
 " Their Soothsayers. These people have their soothsayers who 
 sometimes run raging up and down the streets like madmen, 
 with drawn swords in their hands, tearing their hair and throwing 
 themselves against the ground. They affirm that when they 
 are in these frantic fits, they can tell what shall come to pass. 
 Many Chinese believe this, and when they send a jmik to sea, 
 apply to them, to know whether they shall speed well or not, 
 and by their report, things have fallen out just as the diviner had 
 predicted. 
 
 " Their Habit. The Chinese wear long gowns with cassocks 
 under them, hanging something lower. Mr. Scot was persuaded 
 they were the most effeminate and cowardly people in the world. 
 On their heads they wear a caul, some made of silk and others 
 of hair. The hair of their heads is very long which they bind 
 up in a knot, just over the crown. Their nobility and governors 
 wear hoods of sundry fashions, some of them are of an odd make, 
 one half being like a hat, and the other like a french hood, others 
 again are of net-work with a high crown and no brims. These 
 people are tall and strong with very small black eyes, and generally 
 without any hair on their faces. They will steal and do any kind 
 of villainy to get wealth. Their manner at Bantam is to buy 
 women slaves (for they bring no women out of China), by whom, 
 they have many children, and when they go back to their own 
 country with an intention to return no more to Bantam, they 
 sell their women but carry their children with them. As for their 
 goods, they leave an order for some to be sent after them with 
 every fleet that sails, for if they die in Bantam, all the effects 
 they have there belong to the King, and if once they cut their 
 hair, tliey must never return to China, however their children 
 may, provided they do not cut their hair. 
 
 " Factory at Bantam. When the general departed from 
 Bantam the tweiity-first of February 1602, he left nine persons 
 to reside there, over whom he appointed Mr. William Starkey 
 to be chief commander, he likewise left his pinnace with thirteen 
 more to go for Banda, under the command of Thomas Tudde, 
 merchant, and for master one Thomas Keith. As his orders 
 were that the pinnace should be sent away with all speed, she
 
 536 JAVA 
 
 was forthwith laden with fifty six chests and packs of goods, and 
 on the sixth of March, at night set sail, but by reason of contrary 
 winds she was forced to return, after she had spent near two 
 months, beating up and down at sea. The general left the 
 English two houses full of goods (besides some which lay in the 
 house of the Dutch) but their number was too few to manage 
 one well. 
 
 " Quarrel with the Javans. Before the ships departed, a 
 quarrel arose betwixt the English and the Javans who fought 
 by all means they could to be revenged, in so much that presently 
 after the pinnace set sail, they attempted to fire their principal 
 house with darts and arrows in the night, and if in the day, they 
 brought out any goods to air, they were sure to have the town 
 fired not far to windward. Had not those fire-arrows been 
 discovered by some of them, in all probabiUty both house and 
 goods had been consumed, as plainly appeared by the top, 
 when they went to repair it. This mahce of the rascally sort 
 of people continued for the space of two years before it was 
 quashed. 
 
 " So soon as the pinnace was dispatched they began to lay 
 the foundation of their house, which was seventy-two foot long 
 and thirty-six broad, but just at that time a new protector 
 (of the king) happening to be chosen, they were put to some 
 trouble and cost, before they could be permitted to go through 
 with it. They Hkewise aired their prize goods, and ]Mr. Starkey 
 ■ caused the leathers of most of the packs to be stripped off, after 
 which these goods did not keep their colours any-thing so well as 
 the rest. 
 
 " The Town Fired. The twenty first of March, the town was 
 set on fire by a gun shot off by the Chinese captain, which con- 
 sumed many houses full of merchandize. Amongst others the 
 Dutch house was burnt to the ground where the English had 
 sixty five bales of goods besides some pepper. They had also 
 some pepper lying at a Chinese house, which for the most part was 
 burned and spoiled, so that they lost one hundred and ninety 
 sacks, besides the damage the rest received. Their loss by this 
 fire was great but it was well it proved no greater considering 
 how near the flame came to both their houses then in no condition 
 to withstand it, especially one of them which the fire approached 
 within three yards, insomuch that the jams of the windows were 
 so hot, that a man could hardly suffer his hand to touch them,
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 537 
 
 and yet the old and dry thatch took no fire to the great surprise 
 of people of several nations. 
 
 " English Factory est Danger. All the villains in the country 
 were gathered about this house, so that the English durst take 
 no rest that night, for fear they should throw some firebrands 
 upon it. In the evening as some of them stood at the door there 
 came Javans whom they knew to be notorious thieves and asked 
 what number of them lay in that house ? They were asked 
 again, what business was that of theirs ? And told, that if they 
 would know they should come at midnight and see. At this 
 answer they went away ver}'- much disgruntled, but they were so 
 very bold, that in the day time they would come and before the 
 faces of the English look to see how their doors were hung, and 
 what fastening they had within. They were often informed by 
 some, who wished them well, that if they did not keep good 
 watch there was a crew who designed to break in suddenly upon 
 them, and cut their throats, insomuch that there being but four 
 in that house (of whom the author was one) what with over- 
 watching and what with the flux, which reigneth much in that 
 country they were grown so very weak, that two of them never 
 recovered it. 
 
 " Van Warwick Arrives. The nineteenth of April 1603, 
 there came into the road nine sail of Hollanders under the com- 
 mand of Wyborne van Warwick who shortly after sent two of 
 them for China and two for the Molukkos, two landed at Bantam, 
 and one went to Jortan. He likewise dispatched a pinnace to 
 Achen to order certain ships (that went from thence by Captain 
 Spilberg's directions to Zeilon to take a small fort from the 
 Portugueze) to come to Bantam, he waiting there with one ship 
 for their arrival. The English were very much beholden to this 
 general, for wine and bread besides many other necessaries and 
 courtesies received at his hands. He would often tell tliem how 
 Sir Richard Luson reheved him at sea when he was likely to 
 perish, and that for the same reason he was bound to be kind 
 to the Englishmen, wherever he met with them. To speak the 
 truth says j\'Ir. Scot, there was not anything in his ships for the 
 relief of the sick men, but they might have commanded it as 
 freely as if it had been their own. He likewise expressed himself 
 with great respect always of the queen, but there were some of 
 the baser sort of his fleet who spoke very unbecoming things of 
 her in discourse with the Javans.
 
 538 JAVA 
 
 " The English Disturbed by the Court. The twenty fifth 
 of April Thomas Morgan their second factor died, who had been 
 sickly a long time, Mr. Starkey also began to grow very weak. 
 The twenty eighth the pinnace returned from Banda having lost 
 one of her factors Wilham Chase, and the rest were but weak and 
 sickly. About this time some of the king's officers came to forbid 
 them to go forward with their house, probably because the new 
 protector had not as yet received a present. The Shah Bandar 
 and he being at that time at varience they complained to Kay 
 Tomongone Gobay, the admiral ; who indeed was the father 
 of all strangers in that place. He presently made a great feast 
 and inviting all the principal persons of the court took an oppor- 
 tmiity to talk of this affair to the Enghsh, telling them what a 
 shame it was, that the king and they should not keep their words 
 to the general and merchants, and that rather than he would 
 break his word, he would go and dwell in a small cottage himself, 
 and let them have his house. After much ado he brought them 
 to consent, that they should go forward with their house, which 
 in a short time after, was finished. 
 
 " Their principal merchant fearing pepper would be dear, 
 by reason of the Flemish ships that were there or daily expected, 
 bought up as much as he could, and because the house was not 
 yet ready he dispursed his money before the goods were weighed. 
 Now the Flemmings not being curious about their pepper when 
 the Enghsh came to take theirs, they were forced to receive it as 
 the others did or else they should have had neither money nor 
 pepper so that they had in that parcel much sour and bad pepper. 
 
 " On the last of June Mr. Starkey ended his days whose burial 
 General Warwick caused to be honoured with a company of 
 shot and pikes the colours being trailed according to the order 
 of soldiers' burial. 
 
 " The Town Fired Twice. The fourth of July, the great 
 market on the east side of the river was set on fire by villainy of 
 certain Javans, in order to get some spoil out of the Chinese 
 effects. By this also the English were losers, some Chinese who 
 were indebted to them having lost all that they were M'orth in 
 the world. The seventeenth, Thomas Dobson one of the factors 
 for Banda, died ; the twenty seventh, the town was burnt again 
 on the east side of the river, 
 
 " The Protector's Threats. The fifth of August, at ten 
 o'clock at night, there came to the Enghsh house, Captain Spil-
 
 THE TOWNS IX JAVA, ETC. 539 
 
 berg, Captain John Powlson, and some other Dutch captains, 
 who told them they had been that day with the protector about 
 some business and that he asked them, if they would take the 
 parts of the EngUsh, in case he should do them any violence ? 
 to which they answered that the EngHsh and they were near 
 neighbours, and therefore they could not see them wronged ; 
 but yet had he strictly charged them not to be offended with him, 
 or aid them, whatsoever way he proceeded with them. Hereupon 
 IVIr. Scot went presently to the protector and gave him a small 
 present and also thanks for his men, whom, four or five days 
 before, he had sent to help the Enghsh in their building. He 
 received the present but his countenance showed he was angry ; 
 he told Scot that he was then going about business to the king, 
 but would send for him next morning ; for that he wanted to 
 speak to him. The same day the admiral sent his son to him, 
 to know what his meaning was to use such threatning speeches 
 against the English, but he denied them. 
 
 " Next morning he sent for Scot, and asked him who had 
 informed him, that he designed to hurt the Enghsh ? Upon his 
 answering the Hollanders, he asked whether they were slaves or 
 captains ? And being told they were captains, he bad Scot 
 shew his Scrivano those captains. He added that if any Javana 
 or Chinese had done it, he would have sent for him, and cut his 
 throat before the Enghsh, Then he began to find fault with 
 them, because they did not come to him when they had any suit 
 to make, but went to the Shah Bandar or the admiral. ]\Ir. Scot 
 by way of apology, answered that he was but newly come into 
 this place and that the Enghsh as yet were not acquainted with 
 him, but that for the future he would apply to his honour ; then 
 he promised to befriend them all in his power, but it was pure 
 dissimulation only to borrow money from them. About this 
 time the Flemmings spread a rumour through their own fleet, 
 that the king would force the English to lend him five thousand 
 rials of eight, or cause their house to be plucked down again, 
 but that report was false, for neither the king nor the protector 
 had at that time sent to them for any, nor did in four months 
 after. 
 
 "Danger from Fire. The seventeenth of August, Captain 
 Spilberg having sold all his commodities (which he shared in the 
 Enghsh prize) and laden his ships and pinnace with pepper, 
 departed thence with two ships more of Warwick's fleet in his
 
 540 JAVA 
 
 company. The nineteenth of August, having brought out 
 certain packs of goods to air, a Javan who was a slave to one of 
 the principals of the country, threw some fire-works upon a 
 thatched house, a little to windward of the factory ; the English 
 espying it, pursued, took him and carried him before Kay Tomon- 
 gone the admiral who put him in irons. Within an hour after, 
 there came several of his comrades who would have taken him 
 away by force ; hereupon the admiral's men and they fell together 
 by the ears, and many were hurt on both sides. The admiral, 
 so soon as his men had beaten the others off, sent him to the king, 
 but because his master was one of the king's favourites, he was 
 not put to death, although by the law of the country he should have 
 died, nor did the English greatly seek it, because his master was 
 their friend also. It may farther be observed that the Javans 
 are so wicked and bloody a people that although they commit 
 crimes, they take the punishment as injuries never to be put up, 
 but by the death of their masters ; so that if any slave offend, 
 he is either quite forgiven, or else put to death. But then they 
 are very obedient and seldom offend their masters, because they 
 are for the most part as wicked as themselves. 
 
 " Insults from the Javans. The twenty second of August 
 at night certain Javans having gotten into a great yard hard by 
 the English quarters, while they were singing a psalm (which 
 was their custom when they set their watch) threw stones at the 
 windows as if they would have beaten down the house, some of 
 which coming in, very narrowly missed them. However they 
 took some of the rogues whom yet upon submission they spared. 
 
 " Disorders of the Dutch. About this time a quarrel 
 arising between the Flemmings and the Chinese, some were hurt 
 and slain on both sides. This was owing to the misbehaviour 
 of the Flemmings ; who in that place carry themselves very 
 rude and disorderly, to such a degree that they are a scandal to 
 the name of Christians. This is to be understood only of the 
 vulgar sort over whom when they are ashore and in drink their 
 officers have no command. They came off with the worst 
 however at last ; not that they were chastised by the Chinese, 
 or vanquished by the manliood of the Javans, but some who were 
 slaves to certain turncoat Chinese, would steal behind the Flem- 
 mings in the evening and stab them unawares. 
 
 " They come off with the Worst. One day being very 
 clamourous about one of their men, who was slain, the protector
 
 M» t
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. .541 
 
 asked them whether when they came to any country to trade, 
 they brought laws with them or whether they were governed by 
 the laws of the country they were in ? To which they answered 
 that when they were aboard their ships, they were governed by 
 their own laws, but when they were ashore they were subject to 
 the laws of the country they were in. ' Well,' said the protector, 
 * I will tell you the law of the country which is this. If one kill 
 a slave, they must pay twenty rials of eight, if a freeman, fifty, 
 and if a gentleman, a hundred.' The Flemmings requested to 
 have that under his own hand, which was granted, and this was 
 all the amends they had for their man being killed, yet if they 
 would have taken fifty rials of eight they might have had it. 
 
 " Lampoxs AssASsms. About the fifth of September there 
 arrived a junk full of men from the island of Lampon, in the 
 streights of Sunda ; the natives are sworn enemies to all who 
 inhabit Bantam, as well as the Javans, from whom however they 
 are not to be distinguished, many Javans hkewise associate with 
 them. These Lampons being in all respects, so like the Javans, 
 would boldly come into the town not only in the evenings and 
 nights, but even at noon day, and entering peoples houses, cut 
 off their heads ; so that for a month the Enghsh could take Uttle 
 rest for the lamentations of the people. One day while they were 
 sitting at dimier these villauis came and took a woman who hved 
 in the next house to theirs ; and mussling her so with a sack, 
 that she could not cry out, carried her into a tuft of bushes in 
 the backside belonging to the factory, and there cut her throat 
 but had no time to cut off her head, for her husband missing her, 
 looked out and seeing them carry her away cried aloud. The 
 Enghsh hearing the noise, rose from dinner and pursued them ; 
 but it was too late to save her life. 
 
 " Not easily taken. They were so swift, that there was no 
 coming up with them and for any tiling the people of the factory 
 knew, they might be amongst those, who gathered on the occasion, 
 for it was thought by some, that they lay hid in the bushes till 
 the Javans came up, and then stealing out mixed with them. 
 There were some Java women, who cut off their husband's heads 
 in the night, and sold them to the Lampons. They hankered 
 much about the house, and I\Ir. Scot beheves that if they had not 
 kept good watch, they would have attempted to cut their throats 
 if not for their heads, yet for their goods. But after awhile 
 many of them being known, were taken and executed. They
 
 542 JAVA 
 
 were men of very goodly stature. Their reason for undertaking 
 these desperate adventures is, that the King gives them a woman 
 for every stranger's head they bring him, wherefore they would 
 often dig up such as were new buried, and so impose upon their 
 king. 
 
 " Designs of the Javans Defeated. At this time some 
 persons of note, who wished well to the English, of whom the 
 admiral was one, advised them to be constantly on their guard ; 
 for that some of the principal men of the land for birth, though 
 not for wealth or office, who had many slaves, and but little to 
 maintain them, had laid a plot to murder them in the night, in 
 order to plunder their goods (which they took to be ten times 
 more than they were) and after to have given out, that the 
 Lampons had done it. Whereupon they were forced to keep 
 lights burning all night round their house for otherwise being 
 so black, they might have come upon them in the dark 
 before they were aware ; for all the upper work of their houses, 
 by reason of the heat was open. They were also built with 
 canes ; the fence round them being of the same materials, was 
 but a weak building, which might have been easily beaten down. 
 The conspirators came two or three times, thinking to have 
 executed their bloody design ; but as soon as they came within 
 sight of their Hghts, and heard the drum beat at the end of every 
 watch, their hearts failed them ; concluding the Enghsh were 
 prepared to receive them with their muskets and blunderbusses, 
 as in reality they were. 
 
 " The Pltjndee, of Chinese. Having thus long waited for 
 an opportunity without ever findmg one, they at length fell out 
 among themselves and so were dispersed. Divers others made 
 bold attempts, but miscarrying hkewise, they next fell to work 
 with the Chinese ; whose houses at this time were full of English 
 goods, which they had bought from the factors ; insomuch that 
 every night, for a long time, they heard grievous outcries, and 
 expected every hour to have been assaulted, so that they durst 
 not sleep. Many of their Chinese neighbours were slain, and 
 many more would have suffered if they had not defended them 
 with their shot, but the whizzing of a bullet is as terrible to a 
 Javan, as the cry of hounds is to a hare ; for they cannot stand 
 the report of a gun. These continual alarms, and grievous 
 outcries of men, women, and children, had such an effect at last 
 upon the Enghsh, that they would often dream of pursuing the
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 543 
 
 Javans ; and suddenly leaping out of their beds, lay hold of their 
 weapons ; one man hearing the noise his next fellow made, would 
 start up likewise ; and thus scuffling together in their sleep, 
 have wounded one another, before those on the watch could 
 come to part them. This mischief might have been in good 
 measure prevented, by laying their arms farther from them, but 
 then they would not have been ready in case of an attack, 
 which they looked for every moment. Their number being but 
 few Mr. Scot took his turn to watch like the rest, in which post 
 he often stood more in fear of his own men, than the Javans, 
 and whenever he heard them bustling together, he used to catch 
 up a target, for fear they should fall upon him. 
 
 " On the Author. But all their fear on this account was 
 nothing in comparison of that which arose from the apprehension 
 of fire. O this word Fire ! (says the Author) had it been spoken 
 near me, either in English, Mallayan, Javanese or Chinese ; 
 although I had been found asleep, yet I should have leaped out 
 of my bed, as I have sometimes done, when our men on the watch 
 have but whispered one to another of fire ; insomuch that I 
 was forced to warn them, not to mention fire in the night, except 
 they had extraordinary occasion. 
 
 " And the other Factors. Not only ]\Ir. Scot himself but 
 the other factors, Thomas Tudd, and Gabriel Towerson, after 
 their watches had been out, and they were fallen so fast asleep 
 that the beating of a drum at their chamber doors could not 
 awaken them ; yet presently after, when they have but whispered 
 the word fire, they have all started up, and ran out of their rooms. 
 These panics however may be excused when it is considered that 
 then they were strangers ; but in two or three years, they got 
 several friends there, and the people were become more orderly, 
 and the government growing better, as the young king advanced 
 in age. In three months space, the town on the east side of 
 the river was burnt five times, but the wind always favoured the 
 English, and although the Javans often fired it on their side, 
 yet as there blew but little wind the flames were quenched before 
 they reached them. 
 
 " Dutch Pass for English. About the same juncture, great 
 disputes arose between the natives and the Flemmings on account 
 of the rude behaviour of the latter many of whom were stabbed 
 in the evenings. At that time the common people knew not the 
 Enghsh from the others, for both went by the name of English-
 
 544 JAVA 
 
 men, the Dutch having assumed it at their first coming thither 
 to trade, much to the injury of the true owners, for as they passed 
 along the street, they could hear the people in the market 
 exclaiming against the EngHsh, although they meant the 
 Hollanders ; wherefore fearmg some of their men might be slain 
 instead of them, they began to think how to make themselves 
 distinguished from the Flemmings. 
 
 " Method taken. The seventeenth of November drawing 
 near which they kept as coronation-day (for neither then nor the 
 year following they knew nothing to the contrary) they put on 
 new suits of silks and wore scarfs of white and red taffata ; 
 they also made a flag with a red cross in the middle ; and because 
 the merchants would be known from their servants they edged 
 their scarfs with deep gold fringe. The day being come, they 
 set up the banner of St. George on the top of their house ; and 
 marched up and down within their own ground with drums and 
 muskets. Being but fourteen in number they could march but 
 single one after another and so shot off their pieces casting 
 themselves in rings and esses. The Shah Bandar and several 
 other prime officers hearing the fire, came to see and to enquire 
 into the cause of their rejoicing ; they were told that being the 
 day on which their Queen was crowned seven and forty years 
 before, all Englishmen in what country soever they were, observed 
 it with marks of honour. The Shah Bandar greatly commended 
 them for having their prince in remembrance at such a distance. 
 
 " Undeceive the Javans. Many asked them why the 
 Enf^hshmen at the other house did not express the same zeal ? 
 Being answered that they were not Enghshmen but Hollanders ; 
 and their country was not governed by a king ; some rephed that 
 they called themselves Enghshmen at first, and therefore they 
 took them to be such. Those of the factory told them, that 
 thev were of another country near England, and spake another 
 language ; and that if they talked with them, they should find 
 they were of a different nation. The multitude admired to see 
 so many discharges made by such a small number of men for the 
 Javans and Chinese are no good shot. In the afternoon Mr. Scot 
 caused his men to walk about the town and the market for the 
 people to take notice of them. On this occasion their red and 
 white scarfs and hatbands made such a shew, that the inhabitants 
 of those parts had never seen the like before, so that ever after 
 they were known from the Hollanders, and often the children
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 545 
 
 in the streets would run after them, crying ' Oran Engrees bagh, 
 oran Hollanda jahad,' that is, the EngHshmen are good, the 
 Hollanders are naught. General Warwick went for Patania, and 
 from thence to China. 
 
 '" Carak taken by the Dutch. The sixth of December, there 
 came in two ships which six months before he had sent tliither. 
 At the island of Makau they fomid a Carak at anchor, laden with 
 raw silks, musk and divers other rich wares, ready to depart. 
 Most of her men happening to be on shore, they took her with 
 little or no resistance. Having laden their two ships, they 
 set the rest on fire, so that by their own report, twice as much 
 was burnt as they brought away. On their voyage back they 
 met with a great junk of Siam which they fought with and took, 
 killing three score and four men. Some of their own also were 
 slain and hurt, but when they found she belonged to Siam, they 
 let her go again ; because they either had sent, or shortly intended 
 to send factors there. The captain of the junk was slain, who 
 when hailed (as they alledged) would not tell them whence he 
 was, and when they bad him strike, answered that he would not 
 do it for any ship that ever sailed the ocean. The Flemmings 
 not knowing what musk was, sold a great quantity of it to certain 
 Japanese, whom they met with at sea, for little or nothing. 
 
 " Adventure of a Dutch Ship. They stayed about forty 
 days in Bantam, in which time the sailors had squandered all 
 their pillage, which was very great. On the seventeenth of 
 January they departed, with two more in company. One had 
 landed at Bantam, the other came from China two months before, 
 and had been four years from home ; of which time they had spent 
 fourteen months in Cochinchina, where at their arrival, they were 
 betrayed. Their captains being taken prisoners, were made to 
 kneel on their knees four and twenty hours, with their necks bare, 
 and one standing over them with a sword ready to strike ofE their 
 heads, when the order should be given. The Cochinchma would 
 not beheve but they were spies, and men of war, instead of 
 merchants. These Dutchmen happening to be papists, the 
 Portugueze friers at length saved their hves ; and afterwards 
 they were kindly used, but their ransom cost them dear. 
 
 " The Protector Sends to Borrow Money. About this 
 time the protector sent to the Author several times to lend him 
 two thousand pieces of eight, and if he could not spare so much, 
 one thousand ; but Mr. Scot put him off, telling him they were 
 
 J. VOL. I. N N
 
 546 JAVA 
 
 left there with goods, but no money, that the inhabitants owed 
 them much, which they could not get in ; and that as yet they 
 had bought but Httle pepper, towards the stock that was to be 
 provided against the arrival of their ships. The Flemming who 
 came in so rich from Makau, had so bribed him, that now he began 
 to hearken to his notion for building a handsome house. 
 
 " Effects of Pepper. The sixth of February the lost Robert 
 WalHs, and many more of the men were sick and lame ; which 
 was owing to the heat of the pepper in milhng and shooting 
 it, so that for the future they were forced to hire Chinese to do 
 that work, under the inspection of their servants. The sixteenth 
 there came in a great ship of Zeilan from Pattany. Five or six 
 days before her arrival, she sent in a small sloop or pinnace ; 
 ordering their factors to buy up all the pepper they could, which 
 made the EngHsh imagine, that General Warwick with his whole 
 fleet was coming to land there ; they bought up all that they 
 found to be good and merchantable, for the Chinese spoiled 
 abundance, by mixing water and dirt with it, because the Flem- 
 mings refused none. This is certain, that the Chinese bought 
 one of another and sold to the Flemmings again, at the same price 
 they bought, and yet gained ten rials of eight in a hundred sacks, 
 by increasing as above mentioned ; for was it ever so bad they 
 knew their chapmen, and let the wind blow which way it would, 
 they had shipping to come thither either from the East or from 
 the West, insomuch that one would have thought they intended 
 to carry away the pepper growing on the trees, mountains and 
 all. The Javans hearing, that the country inhabited by the 
 English was cold, asked them if they beat the pepper in a mortar 
 with which they plaistered the walls of their houses, to make them 
 warm. This ship had taken a great deal of rich plmider, but they 
 swore to the Enghsh they had with them, and charged them, 
 on pain of losing their wages, not to discover anything, which 
 their countrymen took very unkindly. 
 
 " The Flemmings at this time had three houses on account 
 of different merchants and each bought up as much pepper as 
 could be gotten. The fifth of March, the protector sent, in the 
 king's name, to borrow a thousand rials of eight of ]\Ir. Scot, 
 who to prevent their falhng out with him, which the Flemmings 
 would have been glad of, lent them five hundred. 
 
 " About this time there came in a junk from Jore, aboard which 
 were certain Flemmings, who stole away with their goods ;
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 547 
 
 because Jore had been for a long time very straitly besieged by 
 the Portugueze of Malalika, who (as they said) offered the king 
 peace, on condition he would dehver up or kill the Flemmings 
 who were in the city ; to which he answered that he would sooner 
 lose his kingdom. The beginning of this month there were two 
 great fires on the other side of the water, which did much mischief ; 
 but the wind still favoured the English. 
 
 " Dutch Officer Slai^. The year 1604 affords Httle else to 
 speak of but murder, theft, wars, fire and treason. To begin with 
 a tragedy. The English had in their house a Mulatto of Pegu, 
 brought by their ships from Achin, and m the great ship that 
 came lately from Pattania there was one of his countrymen, who 
 on Sunday the eighth of April having gotten a bottle of wine, 
 brought it ashore to make merry with the other. Walking 
 abroad in the afternoon, they met with the provost of the ship, 
 who bid the Mulatto get him aboard. The fellow answered 
 he would not go yet ; whereupon the provost struck him. The 
 companion seeing his countryman misused, and being somewhat 
 elevated with a liquor which he seldom used to drink, resolved 
 to revenge his quarrel. He presently returned home, and as 
 soon as it was evening took a rapier and a target, and with his 
 krise at his back, went forth. There being at that time much 
 dissension between the Javans and Flemmings, jVIr. Scot had 
 charged his men, that whenever they went out in the evening 
 about any business, they should take their weapons with them, 
 for fear any Javans, who did not know them, should do them a 
 mischief in the dark. The rest thinking the cook had sent the 
 peguan to market for herbs, or the Uke, mistrusted nothing. 
 There went out with him also a slave of the Shah Bandar who was 
 bom and brought up among the Spaniards at the Manillas. In 
 short, meeting the provost and the other Mulatto together, he 
 began a quarrel and presently drawing his krise stabbed him. 
 Then fearing his countryman would discover the murder, stabbed 
 him also, and would even have slain the slave who went with 
 him, had he not got away, by rimning through a ditch. After 
 this meeting with a poor Javan, he stabbed him likewise. 
 
 " Murderer Executed. When a Javan of any account is 
 put to death, although there be a common executioner, yet the 
 nearest of kin does the office ; and this is held the greatest favour 
 they can do them. The protector would have twenty rials of 
 eight for the Javan who was slain and the Hollanders the Ufe 
 
 N N 2
 
 548 JAVA 
 
 of the murderer. Accordingly they came with a guard of shot 
 the sixteenth of April to see his execution ; which was performed 
 with the quickest dispatch. 
 
 " Deaths op Englishmen. The same evening their vice 
 admiral with another ship in company, set sail for Holland. The 
 fourteenth Thomas Tudd, before-mentioned who had been long 
 sick, departed this life ; so that of seven factors left for this 
 place and Banda, there were now but two hving. The Enghsh 
 had lost in all since the departure of their ships, eight men, 
 besides the Mulatto who was executed ; there remaining now but 
 ten men and one boy. The twentieth, died Jasper Gensberg who 
 was admiral of the two ships that were betrayed at Cochinchina. 
 " State of Trade. The two and twentieth of April, there 
 arrived a great junk from China, which was thought to be cast 
 away, because she stayed so late, for they usually come in 
 February and March ; but her coming made cashis very cheap 
 all the years. This was a great hinderance to the Enghsh, in 
 the sale of their price goods ; for when cashis were cheap, and 
 rials dear, they could not sell a piece of stuff for half the value 
 they could at first ; besides the Chinese had sent all the rials 
 they could procure for China ; so that the factory was forced to 
 give them credit or else must have lost the principal time of the 
 year for their sales. As for pepper the Flemmings had left none, 
 but what was in the hands of Mr. Scot, and the Shah Bandar 
 who would not sell for any reasonable price. Moreover, their 
 goods began to grow old, and the colours to fade ; for the ware- 
 houses in that place are so hot and moist, that how much soever 
 pains is taken in airing and turning the wares, yet they will spoil 
 any sort of cloth that Hes long in them. 
 
 " Attempts of the Chinese. A Chinese who turned Javan, 
 was next neighbour to the factory. He kept a victualhng house, 
 and brewed arrack (a kind of hot hquor used in most of these parts 
 of the world instead of wine) ; he had two outhouses where his 
 guests used to sit, in one of them which joined to the pales on 
 the south side of the factory, he used to brew. But now he set 
 up another trade and became an engineer, having gotten eight 
 firebrands of Hell more, to assist him only in the work of setting 
 the Enghsh house on fire. These nine dug a well in one of the 
 victualler's houses from the bottom of which they carried a mine 
 quite under the foundation of the factory. But before they 
 could make this mine, they were forced to dig a very deep well
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 549 
 
 in their yard to drain off the water and to prevent suspicion 
 planted tobacco, and other herbs, near the well which they watered 
 every day. The English could hear them boiUng of water daily 
 but because they were brewers and had many tubs to wash and 
 to fill, they had no mistrust. 
 
 " To Rob the Factory. When they came to the planks of 
 the warehouse, they durst not cut them, for some of the factory 
 were continually walking over them both night and day. After 
 they had waited two months, without finding an opportunity to 
 cut the boards, they began to contrive some other method of 
 breaking through them ; but they went the wrong way to work, 
 for if they had continued their mine till they had gotten but cross 
 the warehouse, they had found thirty thousand rials of eight, 
 buried in jars, for fear of fire. Besides that room was not 
 boarded at all ; so that they might have come into the warehouse 
 without any difficulty and had what they sought for. Well, 
 one of these wicked instruments being a smith, and brought up 
 always to work with fire, told his associates, that he would take 
 out the planks so that the Enghsh should neither hear nor see 
 him. Accordingly on the twenty eighth of May, about ten at 
 night they put a candle, and burnt a round hole through the 
 boards. So soon as the fire had vent, it caught hold of the mats 
 that covered the packs and presently spread. 
 
 " They Set Fire to it. All this while the English had no 
 suspicion nor could perceive anything, by reason of the closeness 
 of the warehouse, for all the windows were plaistered up, for fear 
 of the fire overhead. The first watch being out, on which Mr. Scot 
 himself was, and the second set, they smelt a strong funk of fire, 
 which was by that time much increased ; but could not find 
 where it was, although they searched every room and corner. 
 At length one remembered a rat hole behind his trunk ; where 
 going to examine he could plainly perceive the smoke issuing 
 out. Upon this discovery, he hastened into Mr. Scot's chamber 
 and called out, that the cloth warehouse was on fire. That 
 piercing word, fire, was enough to awaken the factor, although 
 he was fast asleep. He presently started up, sHpped on his 
 cloaths in a trice and running down, opened the doors, out of 
 which there rushed such a violent smoak, that it had almost 
 choked them. For want of vent it was so thick, that they could 
 not perceive where the fire came from ; and at that time there 
 were two great jars of powder in the warehouse, which put them
 
 550 JAVA 
 
 in great fear of being blown up ; yet setting fear aside, they 
 plucked the things off the jars which felt very hot, and removed 
 them into the yard. 
 
 "It is Stopped with Difficulty. After this they went 
 boldly to search for the fire ; the thickness of the smoke having 
 put out their candles, they tied twelve great wax tapers together 
 which kept lighted. Then they plucked out packs as fast as 
 they could ; but being almost stifled with the heat and smoke, 
 and so few, they could do but little good, therefore they let in the 
 Chinese to help them ; with whom those who had done the 
 mischief came, hoping to get some plunder. When Mr. Scot saw, 
 that these damned Chinois (as he calls them) did them rather 
 harm than good, he was almost in despair, and having had in 
 his chest above stairs, a thousand pound in gold, which he received 
 of General Hymskerke, for pepper, he ran up with a design to 
 throw it into a pond behind the house, but when he was at the 
 chamber door his mind changed and he went down again to try 
 once more what might be done. As he passed through the hall, 
 he chanced to cast his eye into the dining room, which was right 
 over the place where the fire was ; and there he perceived 
 Chinois (among whom their unkind neighbour, the principal 
 actor was one) who had removed the table and were breaking up 
 the bricks of the ceihng. He bad them give over, and get down. 
 But they would do neither till he was forced to drive them down 
 before him. He then desired some merchants they dealt with, 
 who were standing by, to urge the rest of the Chinese to help out 
 packs, whereof sixteen were in a flame. Thus by their help 
 the fire was quenched, which they perceiving, would work no 
 more. Next day they were paid for their labour, besides what 
 they stole. 
 
 " A Discovery Made. The English wondered much how this 
 fire should happen suspecting the Portugueze had hired Maiayes 
 to kindle it ; but in the morning a Chinese bricklayer, who 
 wrought at the Dutch house, told a Flemming that some of his 
 own nation were the authors, and that they were since fled ; 
 but that if the room was well searched, it might be discovered 
 in what manner the thing was done. The Dutchman told an 
 English surgeon what he had heard, and desired him to go and 
 tell the factors, saying, that as he could speak the language he 
 would go himself and inquire after the fugitives. The surgeon 
 coming to Mr. Scot and desiring he might see the room where
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 551 
 
 the fire was, the other called for a candle and shewed him. Going 
 to one corner, he found a little round hole, which was burned 
 through the floor. Down the author thrust a long stick, but 
 could feel no ground. Then calling for an axe, they wrenched 
 up the planks as softly as they could and underneath found a 
 passage large enough to hold the greatest pack or chest in the 
 house. Upon this discovery, Mr. Scot called three of his men, 
 and went with them armed, as secretly as he could, to the house 
 from whence the mine came ; leaving one at the door, with a 
 charge to let none go out. He went in himself with the other 
 two, where in one room he found three men and in another two 
 more, who forthwith fled out at the back door, which he knew 
 not of before. Those three they brought away after giving them 
 two or three knocks. One was a lodger in the house, but the other 
 two they could prove nothing against. Mr. Scot having laid them 
 fast in irons, sent Mr. Towrson to the protector to inform him 
 how the case stood, and desire that the offenders might be sought 
 for, and having justice done upon them, which he promised should 
 be done, but was very slack in performance. 
 
 " One Confesses the Fact. The Dutch merchants hearing 
 they had taken some, and apprehending the Chinese would rise 
 against them, came very kindly with their weapons and sware 
 they would hve and die in their quarrel. After they had laid 
 out those goods, which had received some water, to air, they 
 examined the party who dwelt in the next house ; he told them 
 the names of six, who were fled ; but said, he knew not where, 
 and would not own that he was concerned with them, he likewise 
 said the other two were innocent. But threatening him with a 
 hot iron, he confessed the whole, and that he was an accomplice ; 
 he said those two out-houses were built for that very purpose 
 although they put them to other use, to take off suspicion ; and 
 that the mine had been made two months before ; in which time 
 they had been often very busy in it, striving to get into the house 
 but could not. After this they tortured him, because as soon as 
 they had laid down the iron, he denied all again ; but being 
 tortured made a second confession. Next morning Scot sent 
 him to execution. As he went out of the factory, the Javans 
 (who rejoice when they see a Chinese go to suffer, as the Chinese 
 do, when it is the Javans case) reviled him ; but he would reply, 
 the English were rich and the Chinese poor ; therefore, why should 
 not they steal from them if they could.
 
 552 JAVA 
 
 " Prodigious Cruel. Next day the admiral took another of 
 the gang, and sent him to the factor. He was found hidden in 
 a privy ; and this was he who fired the house. He was a gold- 
 smith by trade, and confessed to the admiral, that he had chpped 
 many ryals and also coined others. Some things he confessed 
 to him, concerning what he was charged with, although not 
 much, but he would tell the Enghsh nothing. Because of his 
 suUenness and that he was a principal offender, Scot ordered 
 sharp hot irons to be thrust under the nails of his thumbs, fingers 
 and toes, and the nails wrenched off ; yet he never flinched all 
 the while, which made them think that his hands and legs were 
 numbed with tying, wherefore they burned him in the hands, arms, 
 shoulders and neck ; but it was all the same with him. Then 
 they burned him quite through the hands, and with iron rasps 
 tore out the flesh and sinews. After that (says the Author) 
 I caused them to knock the edges of his shinbones with hot 
 searing irons, then I caused cold iron screws to be screwed into 
 the bones of his arms, and suddenly snatched off ; after that all 
 the bones of his fingers and toes to be broken with pincers ; yet 
 for all this he never so much as shed a tear, nor once turned his 
 head aside, or stirred either hand or foot ; but when we demanded 
 any question, he would put his tongue between his teeth and 
 strike his chin upon his knees to bite it off. 
 
 " Another Execution. When all the cruelty that could be 
 used was to no purpose the factor caused him to be put in irons 
 again ; where the emmets or ants which greatly abound there, 
 got into his wounds, and tormented him worse than the Enghsh 
 had done, as might be discovered by his cresture. The king's 
 officers desired of Scot, that he might be shot, he told them that 
 was too good a death for such a villain, adding that in his country 
 none but a gentleman, or soldier who committed a capital crime, 
 was shot, and then was befriended, but in Java it is looked upon 
 to be the most cruel and ignominious death that is. However 
 they being very importunate, in the evening those of the factory 
 led him into the fields, and binduig him to a stake, the first ball 
 carried away a piece of his arm, bone and all ; they next struck 
 him through the breast up near the shoulder, then holding down 
 his head, he looked upon the woimd. The third shot was made 
 with a bullet cut in three parts, which hitting him on the breast 
 triangle wise, he fell down as low as the stake would permit. 
 After which between them and the Elemmings he was shot
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 553 
 
 almost to pieces before they left him. On this occasion the admiral 
 and Shah Bandar sent them a guard of men every night for fear 
 the Chinese should rise against them, but although they were 
 in no fear, yet they kept four of their men to be witnesses, that in 
 case of such a rising they should do nothing but what was purely 
 in their own defence. 
 
 " Names of the Incendiaries. By a bribe Scot got hold of 
 Boyboy, another of them who confessed his associates, viz., 
 Uniete the chief ; Sawman his partner (who dwelt in the house 
 with him) ; Hinting, Omigpayo, Hewsamkow, Utee (who was 
 shortly after crised for lying with a woman), Irrow and Sakkow ; 
 these were fled to Jakkatra the two last of which he had never 
 heard of before. He used all the means in his power to get them 
 into his hands, but could not succeed, without being at excessive 
 charges. There were others also, who taking shelter in the houses 
 of some considerable Javans, could not be come at. However 
 some were offered to sale by their patrons, and the English beat 
 the price as one would do about an ox or a calf ; but they 
 held them so dear, that Scot durst not deal with them. He 
 proffered as much for each as would purchase another slave in 
 his room, and put something in their purses besides ; but the 
 criminals were such fit instruments for their purposes as being 
 practised in all kinds of villany that they would not part with 
 them under a great sum. For (the Author says) all the Javans 
 and Chinese from the highest to the lowest, are great villains 
 and have not one spark of virtue in them ; and that if it was 
 not for the Shah Bandar the admiral and one or two more, who 
 were natives of Clyn, there would have been no Hving for a Chris- 
 tian amongst them, without a fort, or very strong houses of brick 
 or stone. Boyboy above mentioned they tortured not, because 
 of his confession, but crised (or stabbed) him. 
 
 " Mandelikko's IVIalice. Sometime after a relation of the 
 king's called Pangran man Delike, a mere limb of the devil, who 
 kept one of those nine villains in his house, coming to the factory 
 to buy cloth, they desired he would dehver the fellow into their 
 hands, telhng him, their general should give him thanks ; and 
 representing how much it would conduce to the good of the 
 country, to root out such villains. His answer was that they 
 should tell those so, vv^ho had the good of the country at heart, 
 for that he had not. Three or four days after, he came again, 
 and was very earnest with Scot, to give him credit for six or seven
 
 554 JAVA 
 
 hundred ryals of eight in cloth ; but because he was not to be 
 trusted, the factor excused the matter : under pretence of 
 expecting the ships every day, and that he could dehver no goods, 
 without pepper for loading. When he saw he could not prevail, 
 he went out very angry and at the gate, looking back upon the 
 house, said it was pity but it should be burnt again. 
 
 " Discovered by a Chinese. This same person tampered 
 with a Chinese who had some deaUngs with the Enghsh, to help 
 him to some of his nation, dwelling near the factory, to undertake 
 firing it again ; but having been generally hated for all his 
 cruelties, the Chinese told them what he said. Scot upon this, 
 would have presently gone to court to complain of him, but many 
 advised him against it, sajdng that he was a desperate villain 
 and cared neither for king nor protector ; so that if they exposed 
 him, he would do them a mischief, whatsoever came of it ; Scot 
 was sensible of this ; for though both the king and governor had 
 sent to him often, to dehver to the EngHsh the fellow he harboured, 
 yet he never regarded them. Shortly after, many attempts were 
 made to burn their house ; for the town was fired in three places 
 at the same time, in one night, a httle to windward of it, and 
 twice another night. 
 
 " A Merry Accident. Now to season these melancholy 
 stories with a diverting one. During this interval it happened 
 that a Chinese who dwelt close to the factory, stole away the wife 
 of another ; and being hardly pursued by her husband, knew 
 not how to conceal her, but by lifting her over the pales : the 
 English having newly shot much pepper into their warehouses it 
 was at that time so extremely hot, that they were forced to keep 
 the door open continually day and night. This being a fit place 
 for her to hide in, she got within the door as far as she could for 
 the heat, and there was no danger of her husband coming there 
 to look for her. After the watch was set one of the company 
 returning from the yard, which they often visited both day and 
 night, saw the woman (it being a little starhght) standing at the 
 pepper-house door, she having come forth to take breath ; for 
 she had better have been in a hot bath so long. He presently 
 cried out, a woman, upon which Scot running down in haste, 
 caused her to be searched and examined. Her defence was, that 
 her husband would have beaten her ; and that therefore she was 
 forced to chmb over their pales, to hide herself. It is usual for 
 the Chinese to beat their wives, especially if they be of another
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 555 
 
 countrj^, and this woman was a Cochin Chinese, who had no 
 friends in Bantam ; for the Javans will rarely suffer them to 
 beat their women. Wherefore jVIt. Scot having searched and 
 secured every place, concluded this matter would prove some such 
 jest. Accordingly next morning her husband came and falling 
 down on his marrow-bones, desired he would be good to him ; for 
 having so lately tortured some Chinese (says Scot) he imagined 
 I would torture him also, but on my conscience he needed no 
 more plague or punishment than such a wife, wherefore I presently 
 dismissed them both. 
 
 " They Enlarge their Factory. The ninth of September 
 the protector sent out a proclamation that no Chinese should 
 weigh any pepper to the strangers, meaning the EngHsh and the 
 Hollanders ; which last had procured it. The same day they 
 dined with the Enghsh and told them, that the protector owed 
 them ten thousand sacks of pepper ; Scot replied that was not 
 so, for they would never be such fools to trust him so much. 
 Next morning he went to the old woman who commands the 
 protector and all the rest ; and indeed is called the queen of the 
 land, by the Shah Bandar, and divers others ; although she is 
 not of the royal blood ; but on account of her wisdom, is held in 
 such esteem by people of all ranks, that she rules as if she were 
 absolute queen of the country. As soon as the Enghsh had 
 acquainted her with the grievance, she sent for the protector 
 desiring them to talk with him before her. WTien he came, Scot 
 asked, for what reason he had forbidden them to trade ? His 
 answer was that he must buy ten thousand sacks of pepper for 
 the king ; the factor rephed, that the Elemmings themselves 
 had told him, that the pepper was for them, and that he owed 
 them so many sacks. The statesman had recourse to several 
 evasions, but the queen their constant friend, said she should 
 not hurt them. For the Hollanders when they saw they could 
 not get the people to trade for pepper, bribed the protector to act 
 as he did, and if the Enghsh had but been masters of ten thousand 
 ryals of eight, more than they were, the Flemmings should have 
 procured little pepper that year in Bantam. 
 
 " Their Early Power by Sea. It is most certain, they are 
 much hated there ; and whatever is done in their favour is for 
 fear of their shipping, which is very numerous all over those 
 parts. The twelfth of September, the protector sent ryals up 
 and down in the king's name, amongst the dealers in pepper
 
 556 JAVA 
 
 requiring some to furnish an hundred sacks, some fifty, some ten, 
 some five, as if he was begging ; and indeed he took it up at 
 the king's price, which was half a ryal in a sack less than the 
 Enghsh paid. The Chinese, with much grudging, served him. 
 A while after he set a tax upon them, to serve him with so much 
 more. Upon this they railed both at him, and the Hollanders. 
 Many of them would not receive their money, but the officers 
 would throw it down in their houses, and take their names. 
 
 " The Factory Fired again. The fifteenth of September by 
 means of an old trot who was making candles, the town was set 
 on fire ; by which all the upper work of the three houses of the 
 English was burned and the whole greatly endangered. The 
 Shah Bandar came to them in the tumult, and the admiral (who 
 had charge of the court, in the absence of king or governors, then 
 on a progress) sent them a great train of his principal men. 
 One of the king's uncles and the rich Chinese came to them like- 
 wise with a great number. All these came to see that no body 
 offered them any violence ; knowing that they had enemies of 
 great power, on account of their goods, and now lay exposed to 
 them all ; for their fence was almost burned to the ground, so 
 that they had not a place to dress their victials in. Yet by 
 good luck they had a httle shed in the middle of their yard, 
 which was their court of guard that escaped where they encamped 
 by night. The Dutch house escaped though but narrowly ; 
 wherefore the Enghsh borrowed some of their men. For it is 
 to be noted that though they were mortal enemies in point of 
 trade, yet in all other matters they were friends, and would have 
 lived and died one for the other. Also the admiral and Shah 
 Bandar sent them men every night, so that with their drum, 
 shot and pikes, they lived a soldiers' hfe, till their fence was made 
 up, and afterwards too ; for they looked every hour when it 
 should be burnt down again, or beat down by those who wanted 
 to have the cutting of their throats. 
 
 " Mandelikko's Rapeste. The Pangran Mandelikko, before 
 mentioned, in the end of September fell to robbing junks, one 
 of which was of Jore, laden with rice, men and women. Being 
 assisted with a great crew of villains, his slaves he seized on the 
 junli in the night, and carried away all the rice, with the men and 
 women, as his prisoners. This was the sure way to starve the 
 town, by banishing the junks, which used to furnish it with 
 provisions, the country not being able to supply one quarter of
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 557 
 
 the inhabitants. The king and his protector, sent to command 
 him to deUver the people and goods which he had taken ; but 
 he refused, and presently fortified himself. He was supported 
 by the rest of the Pangrans, who were the king's relations as well 
 as his ; yet being all traitors the king's officers durst not meddle 
 with him. The protector Shah Bandar, and admiral, sent to 
 them to be upon their guard. The rebels grew every day stronger, 
 so that both Javans and strangers began to be in great fear. 
 Scot borrowed some small ordnance of the Chinese merchants 
 his friends and fortified the factory with chains and bushes. 
 He caused also a great quantity of chain, langral and crossbar 
 shot to be made. A stop was put to all trade at this time, nobody 
 minding either to buy or sell anything. Every day the spies 
 of the rebels would come into the yard of the English factory 
 and be very inquisitive to know, what the men were so hard at 
 work upon. They plainly told them that they looked every 
 night for such a man's coming, and therefore made provision for 
 his entertainment. 
 
 " King of Jakatra's Quarrel. About the twentieth of 
 October, the King of Jakkatra came into Bantam, with fifteen 
 hundred fighting men, besides stragglers, and had a thousand 
 more following him. He challenged both the rebels and Pangrans 
 to fight ; but the former would not venture out of their fortifica- 
 tions. He had indeed a great quarrel against them all ; for 
 but a httle while before, they sought to drive him out of his 
 kingdom. 
 
 " The six and twentieth, the King of Jakkatra, and the admiral, 
 sent for the English, to know if means could not be found to 
 fire them at a distance out of the reach of their bases, of which 
 they had a great number. Scot told them if there had been a 
 ship in the road, it might easily have been done ; but that for 
 their parts, they wanted some of the most necessary materials 
 such as camphire, saltpetre and brimstone. The admiral said 
 he would help them to these things ; and had a long bow, and 
 arrows fit for such a purpose ; although a musket had been 
 better. 
 
 " Mandelikko Banished. The Enghsh intented to have had 
 the king's ordnance planted to advantage, and shot red hot 
 bullets, which would have made terrible havock among them and 
 their cane fortifications. The principal rebel had endeavoured 
 all he could to fire them ; now they resolved to see if they could
 
 558 JAVA 
 
 not fire him . But whether it was for fear of the King of Jakkatra 
 or that thej'' were apprised of the factor's design, the Pangrans 
 and rebels came to an agreement within two days after ; which 
 was this, that the principal rebel should within six days, depart 
 out of the King of Bantam's dominions, taking with him only 
 thirty of his domestics, which he accordingly did. For ten days 
 together the Enghsh expected every hour both night and day 
 that the king's forces and the Pangrans would come to a battle ; 
 for they were drawn up on both sides ; but the Javans are very 
 loth to fight if they can avoid it ; the reason it is said, is that 
 if their slaves be killed, wherein all their wealth lies, they will be 
 beggared. 
 
 " The seventeenth of November, which was the coronation 
 day, they invited the Flemmings to dinner ; in the middle of 
 which they drank the Queen's health and shot off all their 
 ordnance which had lain loaded ever since the late trouble. 
 
 ' ' English Adjured . There resort to Bantam people of various 
 nations, several of which have factories there. These foreigners 
 having heard of the Enghsh in times past long before they ever 
 saw any of them, were very curious to observe their carriage and 
 behaviour. It was the subject of their admiration that being so 
 few, they should yet render themselves so considerable ; never 
 putting up the least injury that was offered by either the Javans 
 or Chinese but always righting themselves ; and when the 
 protector wronged them, it was well known they did not spare to 
 tell him of it roundly, and to such purpose that he fell short of 
 having his will. It was no less notorious that when at the first 
 arrival of their ships, the Javans purloined their goods ; so 
 many as they took were either slain, wounded or soundly beaten 
 by them. They thought the Enghsh durst not do so, when their 
 ships were gone, and so made it their practice to steal from them 
 both by day and night ; but they found it all the same, which 
 they wondered at. And I have heard, says the Author, many 
 strangers declare, who happened to be present, when we have 
 been beating some Javans, that they never laiew or heard of any 
 nation, who were liegers there, but ours, that durst once strike a 
 Javan in Bantam ; and it was a common talk among strangers 
 as well as the natives, how we stood at defiance with those who 
 hated us for our goods, and how little we cared for them. Like- 
 wise how we never offered any wrong to the meanest in the town, 
 and were generally beloved by aU the better sort, they would
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 559 
 
 say it was not so with the Flemmings, nor with any other nation. 
 All the while I was there (continues he) I never heard that ever 
 the Flemmings gave a Javan so much as a box on the ear ; but 
 many times have fallen foul on the Chinese, who will very seldom 
 make any resistance ; yet for all this it is certain, that they are 
 mortally hated, as well by all sorts of Javans as the Chinese. 
 
 " English Loved, Dutch Hated. Now every day the 
 Hollanders looked for their shipping, and yet had but little 
 pepper, nor loiew where to buy any ; for the Chinese would sell 
 them none, so long as the English would give as much as they. 
 More than that, when they had laid out all their ryals, some of 
 those merchants sold them pepper, to be paid when their ships 
 came, although they could not tell themselves when they would 
 arrive. If they would have gone to the Flemmings, they might 
 have had ready money, and great thanks. The Dutch therefore 
 bought what they could by retail in the markets, sending it to a 
 Chinese house bj'' boat in the evening ; but the charge consumed 
 the gain. 
 
 " About this time the Emperor of Damak, who not many 
 years before, for tyranny had been deposed by the kings there- 
 abouts, going by sea from Bantam to another town upon the 
 coast, was stabbed in bed by one of his sons, when he was 
 asleep. 
 
 " Chinese Fraud. The Chinese would usually mix their 
 pepper in the night if it was left with them ; or else put in dust 
 or may be remove to another place. If the English disliked the 
 spice which they saw at one man's house to-day they would be 
 sure to find the same in another house a good distance off 
 to-morrow ; and the night after at a third house, that they 
 might pass for different parcels, and the warehouse where it 
 lay first should be shut, or a quantity of better pepper lodged 
 in room of the bad. 
 
 " In November and the beginning of December, the English 
 were busied not only in building but also in getting in, and 
 cleaning pepper. The fourteenth of December, they were informed 
 by a Dutch pinnace which arrived, that the Queen was dead and 
 that a great plague and sickness had afflicted all Christendom 
 (which more sensibly shocked them, than all their former troubles), 
 that the King of Scots was crowned and that England was in peace 
 within itself, and hkely to be so with Spain in a httle time. But 
 they could give them no account of their ships, nor of any letters
 
 560 JAVA 
 
 brought by the fleet. Wherefore IVIr. Scot hasted aboard the 
 Dutch admiral and found there were letters in the vice admiral. 
 
 " The Chief Incendiary Taken. The twenty second by 
 means of some of the friends of the Enghsh, Uniete, the chief of 
 the incendiares who had undermined their house, was discovered 
 and taken. He had been long in the mountains and for want of 
 food, was forced to repair to certain houses near the town, from 
 whence he was brought to the rich Chinese house. So soon as 
 Scot heard of him, he sent INIr. Towrson to the protector to inform 
 him of it ; and withal to let him know, that the Enghsh intended 
 shortly to execute him ; for since the time that this mischief 
 happened, he never went out of sight of the house but once, till 
 the Company's ships arrived ; and then his fear was so great, 
 that he thought all would be burnt before he got back again. 
 Besides three times every week he used to search all the Chinese 
 houses round about, for fear of more undermining. 
 
 " General Middleton Arrives. The same day, towards 
 evening the Enghsh descried their ships coming into the road ; 
 but their joy was allayed when they saw the weak condition they 
 were in ; especially as Bantam was not the place to recover men 
 that are sick, but rather to kill men that come thither in health. 
 IVIr. Scot, at his first going aboard the admiral found the General 
 Captain Henry Middleton, very sickly and weak ; to whom he 
 gave a brief account of the past troubles, letting him know 
 nevertheless that he had lading ready for two ships, which was 
 some pleasure to him, in his grief for the men. There were 
 scarce fifty sound in the four ships. Of the sick men a number 
 died ; and many of those who arrived in health, never went out 
 of the road. 
 
 " The Incendiary Executed. The twenty fourth the Vice 
 Admiral Captain Coulthurst came ashore with some other 
 merchants. The same day they executed the villain lately taken. 
 This was the fourth principal who had been put to death, besides 
 him who was killed for stealing a woman. At Scot's coming away, 
 there remauied four ahve, of which two were at Jakkatra, another 
 with Mandelikko the traitor and a third with Kay Sanapatly 
 Dama whom they could not as then come at. The same day the 
 vice admiral accompanied with those of the factory, and also 
 some of the new-come merchants, went to court to acquaint the 
 kmg, that the general had letters from the Kmg of England with 
 a present for him ; and that as soon as he was a little refreshed,
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 561 
 
 being weary after his long voyage, he would come himself to 
 wait on him, and dehver the letters and present. 
 
 " Sunday the twenty third a counsel was held, wherein (for 
 reasons needless to mention) it was thought fittest to send the 
 Dragon and the Ascension to the Molukkos ; and that the Hector 
 and Susan should lade pepper and be dispatched home. The 
 remainder of the week was employed in getting fresh victuals, 
 herbs, fruits and flowers for the recovering their men, who 
 were most grievously afflicted vnih. the scurvy. 
 
 " The General goes to Court. On Christmas-day those of 
 the factory dined on board the general, who the thirty first 
 went on shore ; and being accompanied with all the merchants 
 who were in health, and divers others repaired to court and 
 deUvered the King's letter and present, which were one beautiful 
 bason and ewre, two standing cups, all parcelgilt ; a gilt spoon 
 and six muskets, with their furniture ; these were kindly received. 
 The next day or two, the general spent in visiting the chief friends 
 of the English, as the Shah Bandar, the admiral and the rich 
 Chinese, and also made them presents, which were received very 
 thankfully. After this, they fell to work both ashore and aboard, 
 to pack up and take in goods for the Molukkos ; but as soon as 
 the men were a httle recovered of the scurvy, they were seized 
 with the flux ; insomuch that being still weak in mariners, it 
 seemed impossible with so few hands, to be able to accomphsh 
 their business at least in time. The seventh of January, the 
 Dutch fleet being nine tall ships, besides pinnaces and sloops set 
 sail for Amboyna and the Molukkos so that the Enghsh were a 
 long time doubtful, whether their ships (which could not go away 
 sooner, for the reason just mentioned) should get any lading in 
 those parts that year. 
 
 " The tenth, the ships that were bound homewards began to 
 take in pepper, but were so oppressed with sickness, that they 
 could make no dispatch. The eighteenth, those designed for 
 the islands of Banda, having taken in all their loading, set sail, 
 their men for the most part extreme weak and sick ; how they 
 spent their time, till their return to Bantam, the Author refers to 
 their own account. Presently after their departure the protector 
 sent to agree about custom, which they thought had been settled 
 when their first shipping returned. But he asked many new 
 duties ; and because j\Ir. Scot would not pay them, he commanded 
 the porters that they should carry no pepper. Wherefore to 
 J. — VOL. I.
 
 562 JAVA 
 
 prevent this being farther hindrance to them in loading their 
 ships, he was forced to agree to pay down according to the rate 
 the ships paid before, and leave the rest unsettled, till the return 
 of the general ; in which the protector would have them beUeve, 
 he did them a great favour. 
 
 " Death of Officers and Men. The two homeward bound 
 ships, which they were then lading, lost their masters, Samuel 
 Spencer of the Hector, and Habbakuk Pery of the Susan; also 
 William Smith, chief master's mate of the Hector, and soon after 
 Captain Styles, with many other of their principal men, as well 
 as of their ordinary sailors, died ; so that the factors were con- 
 strained not only to hire men to help them there but hkewise as 
 many Guzerats and Chinese as they could get to bring home the 
 ships, which was exceeding chargeable. With much fatigue they 
 had them laden by the fifteenth of February but it was the fourth 
 of March before they could be gotten in readiness to sail. They 
 departed that day for England ; the Hector had on board sixty 
 three persons of all sorts, but many of her own men were sick ; 
 her master was Wilham Crane. The Susan (whose master was 
 Richard Hacknesse) had forty seven, many of her Enghshmen 
 being likewise sick. 
 
 " Dutch Ships Arrive. The sixth of May there arrived a ship 
 from Holland which on the coast of Goa, along which she came, 
 met with two more, bound for Kambaya. These three had taken 
 four Portugueze ships, wherein they found great riches, only 
 one which was laden with horses, they set on fire, and consumed 
 both ship and cargo. This ship left Holland in June 1604, but 
 they brought no farther news than the Enghsh ships had done. 
 Their captain CorneUs Syverson, was a very proud Boor, and had 
 neither wit, manners, honesty nor humanity. Presently after 
 his arrival, the Flemmings . withdrew that f amiharity, which 
 before they held with the English ; as they judged by General 
 Warwick's orders. 
 
 " Great Carnival. The author comes now to speak some- 
 what of the manner of the King of Bantam's being circumcised ; 
 and of the public rejoicings for the space of a month and more, 
 before his going to church. In preparing for this all the better 
 sort of that country had been busied from the time of the arrival 
 of the China junks, which is in February and March till the 
 twenty fourth of June 1605. On this occasion a great pageant 
 was erected on a green before the court-gate, and railed about.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 563 
 
 On the front of it was a huge figure of a devil, and on it were set 
 three chairs of state ; the middlemost which was for the king 
 was placed highest by two feet ; the other two were for the sons 
 of Pangran Goban, who was to succeed in case the king died 
 without issue. 
 
 "It is a custom here for all people of ability to make every 
 new king a present on the day, either of his accession or circum- 
 cision. This must be done in public, with the greatest shew they 
 are able to make ; and those who cannot afford singly to do it, 
 join a company of them together, strangers as well as natives. 
 These shews began about the twenty fifth of June, and continued 
 all that month and the next except on certain rainy days. The 
 protector began the ceremony ; the rest both gentle and simple 
 performed their parts daily one after another ; not according 
 to their ranks or dignity but as each was in readiness, and some- 
 times two or three companies in a day. Because the Javans 
 are not good at fire-arms, the protector borrowed shot both of 
 the English and Flemmings between whom a strife arose, which 
 party should go foremost they contemning the fewness of the 
 English, and the EngHsh their dirtiness. The Enghsh were 
 neatly dressed with scarfs and coloured hatbands ; the Flemmings 
 went in greasy thrumbed caps and tarred coats, with their shirts 
 hanging betwixt their legs. The former therefore marched in 
 the rear, refusing to go next after such nasty fellows. 
 
 " Javan Discipline. Every morning the king's guard con- 
 sisting both of shot and pikes were placed without the rails 
 round the pageant. They were commonly about three hundred, 
 but on principal days, there were upwards of six hundred drawn 
 up in files, according to the English discipline. But in their 
 march they differ ; for instead of going three, five, seven or nine, 
 in a breast, they always go one by one following one another as 
 close as they can, with their pikes upright. As for fire-arms they 
 have not been used to them. Their drums are huge pans of a 
 metal called tambaga, which make a most hellish sound. They 
 have their colours, and companies hke the English but their 
 standards and ancients differ much ; their ancient staff is very 
 tall, and bends at the top like the end of a bow, from whence 
 the colours which are hardly a yard in breadth, hang down with 
 a long pendant. 
 
 " English and Dutch Quarrel. The first day|on which the 
 shew was greatest, certain forts made of canes, and other trash, were 
 
 o 2
 
 564 JAVA 
 
 set up before the pageant. These were defended by some Javans 
 against other companies, which assaulted and often fired them ; 
 but while the Javans were at it in jest with their pikes, the English 
 and Flemmings were at it in earnest with their muskets. The 
 protector perceiving it, sent to desire them to be quiet whereupon 
 they were quiet for that day. In the evening Mr. Scot asked 
 one of their merchants if he thought Holland was then able to 
 wage war with England, that there should be such strife between 
 their men and his about precedence ? He likewise put them in 
 mind that if it had not been for the English they must have 
 been the most contemptible nation in Europe. Their answer was 
 that times and seasons change ; and without doubt most of 
 them here think themselves able to withstand any nation in the 
 world ; but I can say nothing (says Scot) to the opinion of their 
 states and the wiser sort at home. 
 
 " Order of the Procession. Every day the king was brought 
 out of his palace upon a man's shoulder bestriding his neck and 
 the man held his legs before him. Many rich umbrellas were 
 carried over and about him. His principal guard who marched 
 before him, were placed within the rails, round the pageant. 
 The king was followed by a number of the principal men of the 
 country, who in their turns daily gave their attendance at court. 
 A while after the king was seated the shews came in the following 
 order : first a company of musketeers, led by some gentleman 
 slave ; next came the pikes, with their colours and music in the 
 midst of them. The music consisted of ten or twelve tombaga 
 pans, carried upon a coulstaff between two ; each was a note 
 higher than another, and two attended to play by striking on 
 them with sticks. They had also an inferior kind of music, which 
 went both before and after. After the pikes, followed a body of 
 targetteers with darts, then were brought in many sorts of trees, 
 with their fruit. These were succeeded by variety of beasts and 
 fowls both alive and artificial ; the latter were so curiously made, 
 that at a distance they were not to be distinguished from the 
 natural. 
 
 " The Players and Presents. After these came several 
 men and women attired like players who danced, vaulted, and 
 tumbled before the king, performing many surprising feats of 
 agihty ; then followed two or three hundred women carrying 
 presents, with an old matron to every ten to keep them in order. 
 These presents were of rice and cashes, they were laid in voiders
 
 THE TOWNS IX JAVA, ETC. 565 
 
 made of split canes, curiously set out for shew with painted 
 and gilded papers, but the present itself commonly was not 
 worth above twelve pence. Next came the rich presents which 
 were commonly a fair tuban and some fairer cloth of their own 
 manufacture curiously wrought and gilded or imbroidered with 
 gold for the king's own use ; these also were carried by women, 
 ha^-ing two pikes borne upright before them, and every royal 
 present had a rich umbrella borne over it. The procession was 
 closed by the heirs to the parties who sent the presents which 
 are their youngest sons if they have any. They are very richly 
 attired and adorned with jewels of gold, diamonds, rubies, and 
 other precious stones about their arms and middles, they have 
 also rich umbrellas held over them, and a number of men and 
 women attending them. After they have made their obeisance 
 to the king, they sit down on mats laid upon the ground. The 
 presents are all carried into the court, where officers are appomted 
 to receive them. 
 
 " Javans Good Pikemex. After all are past by one with 
 the pageant speaks out of the devil's mouth, and commands 
 silence in the king's name. Then the revels begin and the music 
 strikes up ; and now and then a volley of shot is fired off. The 
 pikemen and targetteers with darts shew aU their feats of arms ; 
 these are very expert at their weapons although their musketeers 
 be bad. When they charge their enemy, they always advance 
 dancing that he might not take aim to throw his dart, or make a 
 thrust. Amongst some of the shews there were junks laden 
 with cashes and rice, which sailed by clock-work. There were 
 likewise historical representations of matters that had past in 
 former times taken both from the Old Testament and the 
 chronicles of Java. All the inventions above mentioned, at least 
 the major part of them, were taught long ago by the Chinese 
 and some they learned from the Guzurats, Turks, and other 
 nations, which come thither to trade ; for they are but blockheads 
 themselves. 
 
 " English Shew an'd Present. The Enghsh brought a very 
 fair pomegranate tree fuU of fruit, both ripe and half ripe, some 
 young and others m bud. They had set it in a frame (made of 
 ratans, or carrick rushes) somewhat like a bird's cage, but very 
 wide, with earth about the root, and upon the green turfs so that 
 it stood as if it had been stiU growing. Upon the turfs they 
 put three white rabbits which the vice admiral gave the Author
 
 566 JAVA 
 
 and with thread tied to the boughs several little birds which were 
 continually chirping. They had hkewise four furious serpents, 
 which the Chinese make very artificially. Upon these they 
 hung five pieces of cloth, curiously wrought and gilded after their 
 fashion which were for the king's use ; besides some other pieces 
 of stuff for him to bestow upon his followers. To these was 
 added a fine petronel and a case of pistols, all demasked each in 
 a beautiful case with silk strings and tassels of gold. As they had 
 no women to carry these things, they borrowed thirty of the 
 prettiest boys they could get and two tall Javans to bear pikes 
 before them. Mr. Towrson had a very pretty Chinese boy, whose 
 father a Httle before was slain by thieves. This youth dressed 
 as fine as the king himself, they sent to present the things and 
 make a speech to his majesty ; importing that if their number 
 had been equal to their wishes their shew would have made a 
 far better figure. 
 
 " The king and those about him took great dehght in the 
 conies as well as in beholding some fire-works they carried, which 
 were matters of great curiosity to the young king, and his play- 
 fellows ; but the women cried out for fear the palace should be 
 set on fire. 
 
 " Dutch Present Insignificant. The Flemmings boasted 
 of their present, being accustomed to brag of small matters. 
 They boasted exceedingly of their king, meaning Grave Maurice, 
 whom they upon all occasions stile Raia Hollanda. Great strife 
 arose betwixt the English and them ; the Flemmings still begin- 
 ning the quarrel in their drink ; and after all their gostering 
 usually coming off with the worst. But Mr. Scot considering 
 the great charge of goods which lay upon him, and that the 
 Enghsh who were but thirteen in a straw house, had no chance 
 in case the Dutch who were an hundred in all, on shore and a 
 ship-board, should fall upon them, made it his business to restrain 
 his men, though with much ado he effected it. 
 
 " King of Jakkatra Arrives. The eighteenth of July, the 
 King of Jakkatra came to exhibit his shew, and make his present ; 
 and at the same time do his homage, which was performed the 
 twenty-third, in this manner. In the morning early, the King 
 of Bantam's guard (which was on this day a more than ordinary 
 number) were placed in files, their pikes sat upright in the ground, 
 their muskets lying in order, and every man sitting by his arms, 
 clothed in red coats. About eight o'clock Mr. Scot with others
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 567 
 
 of the factory went to see this shew, and taking up their standing 
 near the king's pageant, the officers of the guard would often 
 bid them sit down. The EngHsh would answer they must first 
 bring them a form ; for indeed the people of no nation is suffered 
 to stand in the presence either of the king, or any great man, if 
 near them. The Dutch were as stiff as the English, but for other 
 nations, the guard would strike them, if they refused, although 
 the ground and place where they should sit, were never so dirty. 
 But the Javans, who cannot endure that any body should stand 
 over them, would remove a good distance from them ; many of 
 the guard themselves forsook their weapons, and went and sat 
 elsewhere. Neither can these people bear, that one should lay 
 his hand on their head, which is not through any point of rehgion, 
 as some affirm, but merely out of pride. Many times when 
 Mr. Scot has gone into a Chinese house, where Javans have sat 
 on the floor, and sat down on a chest, as their manner was, they 
 have all started up and ran out of doors ; the Chinese would tell 
 them, that if any other nation should do so, but their or the 
 Hollanders, the Javans would stab them. 
 
 " Attends the Ceremony. But to return. About nine 
 o'clock the king was brought out in the manner before mentioned ; 
 two hours after the King of Jakkatra came with a guard of about 
 two hundred. So soon as he appeared in sight, the king's guards 
 all rose up, and proved their weapons, which the English had 
 never observed at any former shew. This was done not for fear 
 of any violence being offered by the King of Jakkatra, but to 
 be ready to defend him ; in case the other petty kings, who had 
 great troops of men, and were his mortal enemies, should rise 
 against him. When he came near the inmost file of the king's 
 guard, he found he could not pass to the pageant, without going 
 through a rank of these petty kings ; wherefore fearing the 
 cowardly stab, which is used among that nation, he began to 
 look aghast, and much confounded although he was as brave a 
 man as any in all those parts ; pass them he would not, but sat 
 down upon a leather laid upon the ground, which every gentleman 
 hath carried after him for that purpose. So soon as he was 
 seated he sent to the king, to know if it were his pleasure he 
 should come to him, whereupon the king sent two of his principal 
 noblemen to conduct him to his presence ; the King of Jakkatra 
 having made his obeisance, the young king embraced him, and 
 welcomes him ; after this, the former sat down in a place
 
 568 JAVA 
 
 appointed for him. During this interval, some other petty shews 
 were presented. 
 
 " His Pageants and Presents. About twelve o'clock came 
 the King of Jakkatra's shew and presents. After the three 
 hundred soldiers, came the like number of women with cashes, 
 and strange fowl, both ahve and artificial ; also many strange 
 beasts ; amongst these was one furious animal, called by them a 
 Machan. This creature is somewhat bigger than a Hon, and has 
 a stately gait when at liberty ; his skin is full of white and red 
 spots, intermixed with black streaks, which run down from the 
 back quite under his belly. Mr. Scot saw one of them leap more 
 than eighteen feet at a single bound, after his prey. They 
 destroy many people near Bantam ; and often the king attended 
 by all the country goes out to hunt them ; sometimes in the night 
 as well as the day. This beast was inclosed in a great wooden 
 cage, which being placed upon trucks of old carriages, and drawn 
 by bufEalos, lay like a traitor upon a hurdle. In the same manner 
 was brought up the figure of a giant thirty feet high ; and another 
 of a devil. 
 
 " Beautiful Garden. These were followed by a garden, full 
 of herbs and flowers, and in the middle was a fish-pond, with 
 divers sorts of small fishes ; besides this all sorts of fishes which 
 are known in those parts, were brought in either ahve or made by 
 art. While these pageants were in procession they were enter- 
 tained by players, vaulters and tumblers, all dressed after a 
 very odd and extravagant manner. There was drawn in likewise, 
 a very beautiful bedstead, and quilted bed ; also eleven boulsters 
 and pillows of sill?, embroided with gold at the ends. The posts 
 of the bedstead were very curiously carved and gilded ; with a 
 fair canopy overhead, wrought with gold. A number of other 
 petty toys were brought and presented. Last of all came the 
 king's youngest son, riding in a chariot drawn by buffalos, which 
 the Author thought very unseemly. He allows however that 
 they have but few horses, which are small nags ; and that he 
 never saw any of them put to draw, or employed otherwise than 
 to ride on, and run at tilt, after the Barbary fashion ; as he 
 heard some Barbary merchants say. This exercise they use at 
 Bantam every Saturday towards evening ; except in their time 
 of Lent, which is a little before ours. 
 
 " The King Circumcised. Two days after this carnival was 
 over, being Friday and their Sabbath, the king was carried on
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 569 
 
 his pageant to church, where he was circumcised. It was borne 
 up by a great number of men, but the Author could not think 
 there were four hundred, as the king's nurse told him ; because 
 in his opmion so many could not stand under it. 
 
 " The General Returns from Ternata. The twenty fourth 
 of July the Dragon returned from Ternata. Mr. Scot immediately 
 took a praw and going aboard, the general gave him an accomit 
 of the dangers they had run, and the unkuid dealings of the 
 Hollanders, although he saved some of their lives. Nevertheless 
 he had (though with great difficulty and fatigue) gotten a great 
 quantity of cloves towards his lading. The twenty eighth the 
 great Encusen of Holland arrived from Ternata ; and the King 
 of Jakkatra came to see the general. 
 
 " A Fray with the Dutch. The first of August, in the after- 
 noon, the general and merchants being very busy in the ware- 
 house, taking an inventory of the remainder of prize and other 
 goods, two of the men came bleeding in, having been wounded 
 by the Flemmings. Hereupon the general commanded every 
 man to take his weapons and to lay them over the pates soundly, 
 which was presently performed ; finding no better arms ready, 
 he came into the street only with a small cudgel. The Flemmings 
 were drubbed home to their very gates. One was run quite 
 through the body, yet some said he did not die of it, two more 
 lost their arms. The Flemish merchants applied to the general, 
 but finding that their men began the fray, they said they had but 
 their deserts, and having drank a cup of wine, kindly took leave 
 of him and the merchants. 
 
 " Who come off Worst. News being presently carried to 
 court, how the Dutch and English had quarrelled, and that two 
 were slain, some about the king asked of which party ? and 
 being told they were Flemmings, they said it was no matter if 
 they were all slain. In this broil none of the English were hurt, 
 but the two who were wounded before the complaint came, 
 and that but slightly ; one having a slash over the hand, the 
 other a stab under the side with a knife. This was the first time 
 they came to blows ; but it was not long before they were at it 
 pell-mell again ; when the Flemmings sped no better then they 
 did then. 
 
 " Ship News. The eleventh of August two ships arrived from 
 Kambaya, which had taken much rich plunder from the Portu- 
 gueze. The same day came in one ship from Ternata, and on
 
 570 JAVA 
 
 the sixteenth the Ascension from Banda. The eighth of September 
 the Dutch merchants invited the general and all the Enghsh 
 merchants and masters, to a feast ; where there was great cheer, 
 and much friendship passed between them. The fifteenth two 
 Dutch ships set sail for Holland, one a small vessel, which had 
 laden pepper at Bantam, the other was freighted with some 
 cloves taken in at Temata, and prize goods out of the ships from 
 Kambaya, The twenty first, the Dutch Admiral from Banda 
 arrived ; and next day the general sent some of his merchants 
 to the Dutch house to bid him welcome. The same morning a 
 drunken Flemming caused a new fray, with the surgeon of the 
 factory ; and more joining them on each side, some of the Dutch 
 were wounded. 
 
 " New Broils by the Dutch. Again about one o'clock as the 
 general sat on a bench at the gate, talking with a Portugueze, 
 there came one of their drunken swads, and sat down between 
 them. The general offended at the rudeness of the fellow, gave 
 him a box on the ear, and thrust him away. Presently several 
 of his consorts came about the gate, vapouring with their knives 
 and sabres. The Enghsh with sticks and the butt ends of their 
 pikes, drove them into a rack-house ; the door being shut against 
 them they broke it open and knocked some of the swaggerers 
 down, bringing them away as prisoners to the general. So many 
 of the riemmings as came by peaceably, the general caused to 
 go into the yard, where they were in safety ; and those who would 
 not turn in, were well drubbed about the head and shoulders. 
 So soon as this party was defeated, there came another to take 
 their parts. From sparring words they came to blows, which the 
 Enghsh laid on so heavy, that the Dutch were forced to take to 
 their heels. Some of them were knocked down in the streets, 
 and many had their heads pitifully broken ; others were glad 
 to run through a broad filthy ditch to get away, being chased into 
 their houses. 
 
 " Ordered to Kill the English. The master of their 
 admiral had occasioned this fray, having gone from ship to ship, 
 to bid the men go armed on shore, and kill what English they met 
 with. Likewise when some of the latter were going aboard the 
 Dutch ships about business, certain Englishmen belonging to 
 their fleet, with weeping eyes called to them, to keep off ; for 
 that strict order was given to kill them, either aboard or on shore ; 
 and desired them to acquaint the general thereof. The Flemmings
 
 THE TOWNS IX JAVA, ETC. 571 
 
 therefore, instead of having cause to complain, as they alleged, 
 had reason to think they were dealt kindly •with since the Enghsh 
 might that day have slain a great number of them ; and would 
 have done so, if the general had but given the word. It was a 
 matter of wonder to the people of all nations at Bantam, that 
 they should dare to come to blows with the Flemmings, they 
 having seven very large ships in the road and the Enghsh but 
 two. Not one of them received any hurt, excepting IMr. Sarys, 
 a merchant who had a cut on the fore-finger with a sabre. 
 
 " A Reconciliation Made. At the end of this fray, the 
 Dutch general came to the English house, with a large train of 
 captains, merchants and others ; whom Captain Middleton m 
 like manner accompanied, met in the street and conducted in. 
 After the matter had been talked of a httle the Dutch admiral 
 approved of what the English had done ; and some of the 
 captains saying, we complained but their men bore away the 
 blows, the admiral answered it was no matter, for he saw plainly 
 the fault was in their men, and therefore would take care for the 
 future, that so many of them should not be on shore at a time. 
 After much discourse they were treated with sweetmeats and then 
 took leave in a very friendly mamier, both parties shaking hands 
 together. 
 
 " Two Javan THIE^^:s Taken. Certain Javans, who belonged 
 to two of the principal men of that land, next the king, having 
 stolen nine muskets and calHvers out of the gumier of the 
 Ascension's room, shortly after two of them came to steal more, and 
 were taken in the fact. IVIr. Scot was sent aboard by the general 
 to examine and bring them ashore. The first told him they 
 belonged to great men, who were very good friend of the Enghsh, 
 but he suspected, bid them confess the truth, and they should 
 find some favour ; then they told whose slaves they were, and 
 said the pieces were forthcoming. Being brought ashore, the 
 general sent to acquaint the king and protector with this matter 
 and desired he might have his fi-re-arms again. The protector 
 sent them to the masters of the slaves, who setting more value 
 on the guns than their men, said they had none, but what they 
 bought. Yet they sent to desire the general to defer their 
 execution for a day or two, which was granted, but because 
 their masters were somewhat disaiBEected, the protector in the 
 king's name sent the executioner with a guard of pikes, to put 
 them to death.
 
 572 JAVA 
 
 " And Executed. When they came to the place of execution 
 the general taking pity of them, would have given them their 
 lives ; but the hangman said their hves were not in his power 
 but the king's, who havmg ordered him to execute them he would 
 do his office. The two thieves very patiently suffered, as the 
 people of Java always do ; for they reckon it the greatest glory 
 imaginable to die resolutely, without any shew of fear ; and the 
 Author, who had seen several both men and women put to death, 
 assures us, that they go to execution in as careless or unconcerned 
 a manner as it is possible for flesh and blood to do. One would 
 think from hence, that these men should be good soldiers ; but 
 it is quite otherwise, this valour appearing in them only when 
 there is no remedy. 
 
 " Dutch Factory Fired. The twenty sixth of September by 
 a Javan shooting off a gun the town was set on fire. Many of 
 the English seamen happening at that time to be ashore their 
 house was preserved ; but the Dutch settlement being to leeward, 
 could not escape although they should have had ever so much 
 help. The upper work of one of their principal houses, contiguous 
 to the great one, was burnt with all their outhouses and the goods 
 that were in them ; as cables, hawsers, pickled pork and divers 
 other things ; whereby they sustained great damage. Some 
 who had served there five years, lost all that they had acquired 
 in that time. Not long after the town was twice fired in the night 
 by the Javans, on the side the Enghsh were of ; which put them 
 to great trouble in moving their goods backwards and forwards ; 
 but by help of their seamen and the Chinese it was quenched. 
 The third of October, the general made a feast, which was for his 
 farewell, inviting the Dutch admiral and captains, with the 
 masters and merchants, where the whole passed with mii*th and 
 great friendship. 
 
 " The General Returns Homewards. The fourth of 
 October the general accompanied by several merchants and 
 others went to court to take his leave of the king and his nobles. 
 The sixth, about ten o'clock he went aboard calling by the way 
 at the Dutch house to take his leave of the admiral and merchants. 
 Besides those who were to return for England (among whom the 
 Author, Mr. Scot, was one) there went aboard with him 
 Mr. Towrson (who was to stay for agent there) and other mer- 
 chants ; some of whom after dinner went ashore ; the rest 
 stayed till next day. About three o'clock they weighed anchor,
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 573 
 
 and with some ordnance bid the town and Dutch ships farewell. 
 About eleven or twelve at night, they came to anchor under an 
 island, where next day, they took in wood which the general 
 had sent men before-hand to cut down. The seventh towards 
 evening they set sail again and then Mr. Towrson with some 
 others of the merchants taking their leave, went ashore and the 
 ships continued their course directly for England." 
 
 " Occurrences at Bantam and other Parts of the East 
 Indies from October, 1605, till October, 1609 : With an 
 Account of the Marts and Commodities of those Parts." 
 (From the Journal kept by Captain John Saris, Deputy- 
 Governor and Governor of the English Factory at Bantam 
 from 1605 until 1609.) 
 
 " The seventh of October, 1605, the General Henry Middleton 
 and Captain Christopher Coulthurst departed from Bantam road 
 for England. The eighth they killed one of the Keygus Varows 
 slaves, who attempted to fire their house. 
 
 " Junk Taken by Michelborne. The twenty third here 
 arrived a junk of the Flemmings from Priaman, by who they had 
 intelhgence of Sir Edward IVIichelborne and Captain Davis, being 
 upon the coast, and that they had taken a Guzerat junk in the 
 streights of Sunda, bound from Bantam to Priaman. 
 
 " Saris Examined thereupon. The twenty fifth upon a 
 report which the Flemmings had made of Sir Edward, they were 
 sent for to court where it was demanded whether they knew him ? 
 And why he should o£Eer violence to the king's friends who had 
 done him no wrong ? It was answered that they knew a knight 
 so called, but that whether he was upon the coast or that the 
 Guzerat ship was taken, they knew not but by report of the 
 Flemmings, which they deemed to be false, and that upon farther 
 inquiry it might prove rather to be one of the Flemming's ships 
 which set sail two days before the departure of the said Guzerat 
 from Bantam, whereupon they were dismissed till farther proof 
 could be made. 
 
 " The twenty sixth Admiral van Hangen of Utrecht departed 
 for Holland with two ships more, by whom the EngHsh advised 
 the company of all matters at large. The twenty ninth Sir 
 Edward Michelborne arriving at Bantam. Mr. Towrson and 
 the author went aboard him. There he mentioned the taking
 
 574 JAVA 
 
 of the Guzerat, whereupon they begged him not to meddle with 
 any more of the Chinese junks, and he promised he would not. 
 The second of November he set sail for the streights of Pallingban. 
 
 " The thirteenth there arrived a small ship of the Flemmings 
 from the Molukkas called the Little Sun. 
 
 " Dutch Discover New Guinea. The eighteenth a small 
 pinnace of the Flemmings departed for the discovery of the 
 island called Nova Guinea, which was said to yield great plenty 
 of gold. And the twenty fourth Vansoult set sail for Koromandel. 
 
 " The second of December three junks arrived from Pattanny 
 which brought news of the great loss the Flemmings had sustained 
 by fire there. 
 
 " The seventeenth General Warwick arrived from Pattanny 
 where he had taken a very rich carak bound from Makau, the 
 greatest part of her lading raw silk. 
 
 " The second of January, 1606, a junk of this town set sail 
 for Timor, freighted by the Chinese for that island with broad 
 plates of silver, beaten very thin, of a hand's bredth, Enghsh 
 iron, coarse porcelain, tafEaties, china pans and bells. 
 
 " The twentieth there came in a Chinese junk, which Sir 
 Edward Michelborne had rifled and restitution was demanded 
 of the factory, the governor and principal courtiers being very 
 much offended, but they were pacified by the admiral and the 
 Shah Bandar. The Nakhada alledged that many rich parcels 
 were taken out of her. 
 
 " The twenty third of May, a small frigat of the Flemmings 
 arrived from Ternata and brought away their merchants who 
 had been left there by Bastianson. The Spaniards stripped them 
 of all their effects but gave the men their liberty. They carried 
 the King of Ternata for the Manillas and (as it was reported) 
 intended to send him for Spain. About ten leagues from Jakkatra 
 this Flemmish frigat chanced to meet with the Kmg of Bantam's 
 fleet, which pillaged them of all they had saved from the Spaniards. 
 The Flemmings endeavoured to get restitution, but could obtain 
 none of the Javans. 
 
 " The twenty ninth the king's fleet returned havmg done 
 very Uttle against their enemies the Pallingbans. The fifteenth 
 of June here arrived Nakhada Tmgall, a Ching-man from Banda 
 in a Javan junk, laden with mace and nutmegs which he sold 
 here to the Guzerats for an hmidred and fifty ryals of eight the 
 Bahar of Bantam, which is four hundred and fifty kattis. He
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 575 
 
 told the Author that the Flemmings' pinnace, which went upon 
 discovery for Nova Guinea, was returned to Banda, having found the 
 island, but sending their men ashore to desire trade, nine of them 
 were killed by the natives, who are heathens and men-eaters, 
 so that they were constrained to return without doing anything. 
 
 " Eclipse of the Moon. The sixth of August the moon was 
 eclipsed about eight o'clock in the evening for two hours, the 
 Chinese and Javanese beating mortars and pans all the while, 
 and crying out the moon was dead, which made a most hideous 
 noise. The fourth of October, the China quarter was all burnt 
 down, but that of the English was saved. The same night the 
 carak of the Flemmings set sail for Holland, laden with fifteen 
 thousand sacks of pepper, some raw silk, and a great quantity 
 of China sugar. The fifth the West Fr island arrived from Ternata, 
 whence she was driven by the Spaniards ; she was not above half 
 laden with mace, cloves and cotton yarn. 
 
 " The ninth here arrived a small frigat from Sukadanna, the 
 merchant Claes Simonson ; his lading was wax, Kaulakka and 
 great store of diamonds. The thirteenth about midnight they 
 had an earthquake which continued not long, but for the time was 
 very dreadful. 
 
 " The thirteenth of December two junks of the Flemmings 
 arrived from Jor, by whom they understood that there was a 
 Flemish fleet of eleven ships before Malakka. The Orangia, 
 admiral, commanded by Matteleeze the younger, Amsterdam, 
 vice admiral, the Middleburgh, Mauritius, Erasmus, Great Sun, 
 Little Sun, Nassow, Provincies, White Lion and the Black Lion. 
 
 " Dutch Attack Malakka. May the twenty second they cast 
 anchor before Malakka with nine ships only, for their admiral 
 had sent the Provincies and the Erasmus to Achen. The fifth 
 of June they landed their men, but a httle before the Portugueze 
 set fire to one carak and four junks that were in the road. In 
 July the Provincies and Erasmus joined the rest of the fleet. 
 The twenty fiith of August, the vice roy, with great sixteen 
 ships, was discovered by the Little Sun, that was appointed to 
 keep watch at an island, called Cape Rochado, which immediately 
 came, and the captain gave notice of it to the admiral, who was 
 very much unprepared, his ordnance and men being ashore, but 
 the Portugueze calling a council, gave the Flemmings twenty four 
 hours time to get his men and guns aboard and prepare himself 
 before he came to them. The Flemmings weighed as soon as
 
 576 JAVA 
 
 they were ready, and stood out of the harbour to them, where 
 began a brisk engagement, which held two nights and one day. 
 The Middleburg, the Nassow and three Portugueze ships were 
 burnt. The Orangia having sprung a great leak, was obhged to 
 put into Jor (that king being their great friend and assistant), the 
 fleet following him. There he remained a month, and then set sail 
 for Malakka again, where he met with six ships of the Portugueze, 
 of which the Flemmings burnt three, and the Portugueze them- 
 selves the three others. From thence they departed for the 
 Nikubars, where they found the vice roy, with seven ships, but 
 so close hauled ashore, that they durst not meddle with them. 
 The twentieth the admiral arrived at Bantam with six ships and 
 the twenty ninth departed for the Molukkas. 
 
 " The fourteenth of May, 1607, a Malayan junk came in from 
 Grese, by whom they were informed that one JuHus a Flemming 
 and five more, who left Bantam road the thirteenth of November, 
 1606, for Sukadanna, were put to death at Bemermassin, and all 
 their goods seized by the king of that place, for having uttered 
 certain contumelious speeches of the king, which coming to his 
 knowledge he sent for the merchant and master to come before 
 him, and gave orders to kill them by the way. 
 
 " The seventeenth of August here arrived the Great Su7i from 
 Koromandel, the captain Peter Isaacson, who informed them, 
 that upon the island of Seylan they took a great Portugueze 
 ship bound for Malakka, out of which they had eighty packs 
 of several sorts of cloth and eight hundred bades of sugar, likewise 
 that in the road of Masulipatan where their factory Hes, they 
 took another Portugueze ship very richly laden with all sorts 
 of commodities fit for that coast, which made it more valuable 
 as they were ignorant what commodities were most in request 
 there. Her lading was cloves, mace, nutmegs, China taffaties, 
 velvets and damasks of the brightest colours, but no white China 
 porcelain fine and coarse, of which your great basons with brims 
 are the best. Lastly that the Flemmings had factories in three 
 several towns upon that coast but not far asunder, viz., at 
 Masuhpatan, Pettapoli, and Balligat. Masulipatan lieth in 
 the latitude of seventeen degrees. It is a place of great plenty 
 of provisions, thirty two hens being sold for a ryal, two 
 sheep for a ryal and an ox for a ryal, but in May when the wuid 
 is at west it is so extreme hot there, that the breeze is ready 
 to make one faint away, yet you cannot sweat by any
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 577 
 
 means till the sun be down, and then you shall sweat very much, 
 wherefore in this month they go not abroad in day-time but in 
 the night, for many have been suffocated by the heat. 
 
 " Lucia Island. The seventh there arrived a small pinnace 
 from an island called St. Lucia, in the latitude of twenty four 
 degrees and a half south about a mile from the island of Mada- 
 gaskar, where they were forced in on account of the carak which 
 departed from hence the fourth of October, 1606, which having 
 sprung a leak they were obliged to throw over board three 
 thousand sacks of pepper, besides other commodities to a great 
 value. They told the Enghsh that St. Lucia was a very good 
 place to refresh in, that the people have no laiowledge of money, 
 that they bought a fat ox for a tin spoon and a sheep for a small 
 piece of brass, that it is hard ground, and very good riding in 
 seven and eight fathom. 
 
 " The fourteenth of November Captain David Middleton 
 arrived here in the Consent of London. 
 
 " Affairs of the Dutch. The seventeenth the Flemmish 
 admiral Mateleeze arrived here from the coast of China, where 
 he hoped to have gotten trade but could not ; he offered them 
 at Kanton an hundred thousand ryals of eight for a gift only, 
 but they would not accept it. He was in great danger of being 
 taken there by six caraks which came out of Makau on purpose ; 
 they made him cast off his pinnace which the Portugueze took. 
 He touched at Kamboya and Pabang but bought nothing besides 
 victuals. 
 
 " The seventeenth of December arrived the Gelderland from 
 Holland. They came between St. Laurence and the coast of 
 Africa. Their first place of refreshment was at Maoytta, one 
 of the islands of Komora, where they set up a fine pimiace. 
 It is a good harbour but there are few cattle. From thence 
 sailing to Kalekut in their way, they took a small boat of Mekka 
 laden with rice, having passengers in her of divers nations. 
 The town of Kalekut lies by the sea-side, and is thought to be 
 five Enghsh miles long. The Sambarin, which is their king, 
 came down to them, very richly clad ; he had a crown of gold 
 over his turban and a naked sword in his hand, which is their 
 manner. He gave the Flemmings good words, offermg to let 
 them leave a factory there, but they durst not trust him, the 
 Portugueze being so much in his favour. 
 
 " The twenty seventh Admiral Paulus van Carle arrived at 
 J. — VOL. I. P P
 
 578 JAVA 
 
 Bantam, with seven very good ships, and one Portugueze frigat. 
 They refreshed at Cape de Lope Consaluo upon the coast of 
 Guinea, where they found very good water and fish. They 
 stayed here six weeks, having the wind at south east by east, 
 and from hence sailed to an island called Annabon upon the same 
 coast. 
 
 " They Attack Mosambik. A brief account of their voyage 
 according to their own report is as follows : — The thirteenth of 
 March they came to an anchor in the road of Mosambik, in 
 eighteen fathoms, the castle firing very hotly at them, but instead 
 of answering them for the present, they made haste to board two 
 great Guzerat ships and a frigat which rid hard by them, laden 
 with calicos, coarse blue cloth with white spots, and some with 
 red, the greatest part of which they carried off, and set the great 
 ships on fire, but the frigat they kept. Having mustered their 
 men, next day they found them nine hundred and ninety five, 
 in perfect health. Hereupon the first of April they landed seven 
 hundred men and seven pieces of artillery, viz., eight demi- 
 cannons of brass, and two demi-culverins of iron, and battered 
 the castle, but with Httle success, wherefore they brought their 
 trenches so near the enemy's that they could heave stones into 
 them, and the same night began to work upon their mine, but 
 there fell so much rain, that they were constrained to give it 
 over. The besieged also threw firepots from the walls upon the 
 Flemmings, which annoyed them exceedingly, and making use 
 of this advantage saUied out and did much execution. Thus 
 after six weeks leaguer the Flemmmgs having lost forty men, 
 and many more being sick and wounded, retired with their 
 ordnance aboard, and set sail out of the road, the castle firing 
 very hotly upon them all the while, so that they sunk the stern- 
 most of the fleet, which was a very tall ship, the gunner an 
 Enghshman and other of the ships, had thirty shot through their 
 sails and hull. 
 
 " From hence they went for Mayotta, one of the islands of 
 Komora, to refresh. Here they bought six hundred and twenty 
 oxen and thirty five sheep and goats with which the men were 
 greatly recruited. These people are acquainted with money, 
 and would deal with them for no commodity but ryals. The 
 king made a decree that no man should sell them any cattle till 
 his own were all sold, which he would not part with under three 
 ryals of eight the piece, whereas they bought an ox of his people
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 579 
 
 for a ryal of eight and goats cheaper. After they had been here 
 six weeks, they mustered their men again and found them nine 
 hundred and forty strong. Wherefore it was determined to 
 return to Mosambik and attack the castle once more ; but going 
 to enter the road they found three caraks riding there newly 
 come from Portugal, upon which it was held best, to keep back 
 and ply off and on to see if the caraks would come out, but being 
 disappointed they stood away along the shore, about thirty 
 leagues off Goa, where at a town called Seperdown they landed 
 all the Guzerats which they had out of the ships at Mosambik. 
 At this place there is good refreshing and cheap, twenty hens 
 for a ryal, a hundred and fifty eggs for a shilling, and as much 
 fresh fish as would serve all the ship's company a day, for a ryal 
 of eight. It hes in eighteen degrees north and is not far from 
 Chaul ; they ride in seven fathoms, clay ground. The people 
 are Moors and great enemies to the Portugueze. It affords no 
 merchandize but a Httle pepper. 
 
 " From hence hard by the islands of Kommodo seven leagues 
 to the north of Goa they took a carak bound from Lisbon. Most 
 of her lading was ryals of eight, all which they took out, and set 
 her on fire, but carried Jeronymus Telbalditto along with them. 
 At Goa they stayed a month in hopes of meeting with the caraks, 
 which they had seen at Mosambik, but to no purpose, wherefore 
 they set sail and went for Kalekut, purposing to have spoken 
 with the Sambarin, but by reason of ten galleys which were come 
 from Goa, and lay there, they went not ashore for fear of some 
 treachery. However, they made him a present, which was two 
 piece of brass, sending their cask at the same time for water, in 
 which they were disappointed finding none they durst drink. 
 From hence they shaped their course for Cape Komorin, to look 
 for some, and meeting with none there, directed their course for 
 the Streights of Malakka, but the winds and currents proving 
 contrary they made directly for Bantam, having been out of 
 Holland twenty one months and an half. 
 
 " The thirty first of December Admiral van Carle departed 
 this road, with seven ships and one frigat, to spend some time in 
 the Streights of Malakka in hopes of meeting with the Makau 
 ships, but without success. Aid the fourth of January, 1608, 
 returned to Bantam leaving his ships at Pulo Tindu. The fifth 
 he departed for the Molukkas. 
 
 " The eighteenth Mateleese the Younger sailed for Holland ; 
 
 PP 2
 
 580 JAVA 
 
 his lading was twelve thousand sacks of pepper, four hundred 
 sacks of nutmegs, sugar, ebony-wood and some raw silk. 
 
 " This year 1608, there arrived many junks from China and 
 other places. The nineteenth of August a Flemmish ship called 
 the Erasmus came from Amboyna having in her seven hundred 
 bahars of cloves, which she laded at Hitto. The first of September 
 a small pinnace of the Flemmings arrived from Machian, which 
 brought them advice that the China and the Dove were cast 
 away riding at anchor before that place with very little wind at 
 west, which wind makes such a sea there, that it is not possible 
 for ships to ride, the ground being foul and the water seventy 
 and eighty fathoms deep, also that they had taken Machain 
 and Taffasal without the loss of a man, and had left in each 
 place a hundred and twenty Flemmings, and that in like manner 
 they had strengthened the castle at Malayo. 
 
 " The tenth a pinnace of the Flemmings departed for Sukadanna 
 to fetch away the merchants, who they heard were very sickly 
 and could get in no part of their debts, left there by Claes 
 Simonson. 
 
 " The twenty third the Zeland arrived from Banda, half laden 
 with mace and nutmegs, her burthen an hundred and fifty lasts. 
 The twenty fifth arrived the Hay from Koromandel, her lading 
 was divers of Mallayo cloth, and cloth Cheara Java. 
 
 " The second of October the Dragon came in from Priaman, 
 
 Wilham Keehng, general, who on the seventh went up to court and 
 
 dehvered the King of England's letter, with a present which was 
 
 five pieces of ordnance, a bason and ewer and a barrel of powder. 
 
 " The thirteenth in the morning very early the governor and 
 
 his Jerotoohes were killed by the Pungavas, the Shah Bandar, 
 
 the Admiral Key Depatti, Utennagarra, etc., who all assembled 
 
 over night at Keymas Patties house, and beset the court, first 
 
 securing the king and his mother. Then they ran into the 
 
 governor's court, thinking to have caught him in bed, but he 
 
 had just time enough to get behind it, where they found him. 
 
 Having wounded him on the head he fled to the priest called Key 
 
 Finkkey, who came forth and entreated them for his hfe, but in 
 
 vain, for they forced in and dispatched him. 
 
 " The eighteenth the Flemmings' pinnace from Sukadanna, 
 arrived with their merchants brought from thence, leaving the 
 country much indebted to them. 
 
 " Van Carle Returns Home. The sixth of November, the
 
 THE TOWXS IX JAVA, ETC. 581 
 
 vice admiral of Paulus van Carle set sail for Holland, with five 
 ships laden with cloves, mace, nutmegs, pepper and diamonds. 
 The eighth there arrived a small pinnace of the Flemmings from 
 Malakka, by which they had advice of thirteen sail of ships riding 
 there, which in their voyage had taken two caraks. The ninth 
 Samuel Plummer departed for Sukadanna to remain there. 
 
 " The fourth of December in the afternoon General Keeling 
 set sail for England in the Dragon, but the sixth was forced back 
 by foul weather and westerly winds. The tenth he departed from 
 the west point, and the thirteenth returned agam, having met 
 with the Hector in the Streights of Sonda, most of whose men were 
 infected with scurvy. The Portugueze of Daman had seized their 
 boats at Surat, taken nineteen of their men and nine thousand 
 ryals in cloth as it cost there. In their way from Bantam, they 
 met with a small frigat from Kollumba, out of which they took 
 eleven packs of cloth containing in all eighty three cloths, thirteen 
 pieces pouhngs which were sent for the islands of Banda. 
 
 " The sixteenth of December a small ship arrived from Holland 
 which met with two ships a httle to the north of the Cape of Good 
 Hope ; they took them to be Enghsh ships, the lesser of them 
 bearing the flag in the main-top. This ship had been on her 
 voyage eight months and ten days. They refreshed at Pulo 
 Lamone, one of the islands of Komora, where they had great 
 store of beeves and goats for old knives and tin spoons. 
 
 " The twenty second she set sail for Malakka, to their fleet 
 which lay there, with orders to them to break up the siege. 
 
 " The twenty third the Dragon departed for England, Gabriel 
 Towrson, captain. The first of January, 1609, their general 
 Wilham Keehng set sail in the Hector for the islands of Banda. 
 
 " The seventh arrived two ships, and a pinnace of the 
 Flemmings from Koromandel laden with cloth, some part of 
 which they had taken and the rest bought. They had also taken 
 five prizes, one a carak at Mozambik. 
 
 " The fifteenth of January, 1609, departed the Great Sun and 
 the two ships which came from Koromandel. 
 
 " The third of Febmary arrived Admiral WiUiamson Verhoofe 
 with twelve sail of good ships from Malakka, and the fourteenth 
 departed with seven ships for the Molukkos. 
 
 " Artifice of the Dutch. The ninth of March the Flemmings 
 procured a meeting at court of all the Pungavas, acquainting 
 them, that having received letters from their king, the King of
 
 582 JAVA 
 
 Holland, which made mention of a peace concluded between 
 them and the Portugueze, they thought it fit to inform them 
 thereof, because thenceforward if the Portugueze, under colour 
 of trading with them, should come and invade their country, 
 they could no longer take the part of the Javans, as they had 
 hitherto done. The Pungavas having heard this speech burst 
 into a loud laughter, perceiving their drift was, by this method, 
 to raise fears and jealousies in them of the Portugueze, in order 
 to prevent their granting them licence to trade, which might 
 prejudice the Flemmings. The governor gave no other answer 
 but this, that they might take their course. The twentieth a 
 Chinese house next to the Enghsh warehouse, took fire and was 
 burnt down, but theirs luckily escaped. 
 
 " Saris Called to Accottnt. The twenty first Mr. Saris being 
 sent for to court by Pangran Areaumgalla the then governor, 
 went and carried with him a present, viz., a piece of Mallee 
 Goobear, another of Morey, a piece of Mallayo Pintado, one 
 Bandaleer and a roll of Match, which was accepted very kindly. 
 The governor told him, he had sent for him, hearing that there 
 were two men in chains in their house for debt, and he wanted to 
 know by whose order they were kept there. Saris told him he 
 had the king's order for taking them up, and hoped that he would 
 not discharge them, before he had received satisfaction, at least 
 for some part, shewing him their bills to prove the debt. He 
 said he supposed they were indebted, but that for the king 
 giving the English licence, to chain them up, he knew to the 
 contrary, and therefore insisted on having them released. At 
 last with much entreaty Saris got leave to keep them till 
 Tanyomges, who owed four hundred twenty ryals and a half, 
 should pay one hundred, and Bungune, whose debt was five 
 hundred ryals, and a hundred sacks of pepper, should pay twenty 
 bags of pepper and one hundred ryals in money, for which he had 
 given his note. Accordingly the governor sent one of his slaves 
 home with Saris, to let the prisoners know on what conditions 
 they were to be freed. 
 
 " Dutch Undermine the English. The twenty fourth the 
 Author being summoned again to court, when the governor 
 demanded of the Flemmings, who had also been sent for, whether 
 it was their country maimer to take up a man for debt, without 
 acquainting the king ? They answered No ! Whereupon he 
 gave order presently to have them let out. Saris reminded him
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 583 
 
 of his promise but three days before, but it availed nothing, for 
 he sent one of the king's slaves and took them out of the house. 
 This was done as the Author supposed at the instance of the 
 Flemmings, instigated thereto by Lak-Moy, in order to undeceive 
 the English, since they, finding no justice to be had, would hardly 
 venture to trust the Chinese, who therefore must necessarily come 
 to him, by which means he should get all the trade to himself, and 
 this equally served the purpose of the Flemmings, who furnished 
 him with all sorts of commodities. 
 
 " The twenty third of April, 1609, here arrived a small pinnace 
 of the Flemmings, from Sukadanna and Ternata, by whom they 
 understood, that Paulus van Kerle was taken at Ternata. 
 
 " Design to Discover Borneo. The twenty first of May a 
 pinnace of the Flemmings set sail for Bemermassin pursuant 
 to a resolution they came to among theniselves, to search out 
 every creek and corner of the island, since they were told it 
 abounded with gold, and bezoars that might be traded for with 
 beads and other haberdashery ware. 
 
 " The twenty sixth of August Captain Keeling arrived from 
 Banda, with twelve thousand four hundred and eighty four 
 kattis, one half quarter of mace, and fifty nine thousand eight 
 hundred and forty six kattis of nutmegs, which stood him in 
 nine, ten, and eleven ryals, the bahar, the katti there, weighing 
 thirteen and a half Enghsh ounces. The small bahar of mace is 
 ten kattis or a hundred of nutmegs, and the great bahar is a 
 hundred kattis mace, or a thousand nutmegs, so that if a man 
 be indebted to you ten kattis mace, and wiU give you a hundred 
 kattis of nutmegs, you cannot refuse them. 
 
 " The fourth of October Captain Keehng having taken in the 
 rest of his lading, which was four thousand nine hundred bags, 
 and three kattis of pepper, set sail from Bantam in the Hector, 
 the Author coming for England in the same ship, having been in 
 Java four years, nine months and eleven days. 
 
 " Lignum Aloes. A wood so called by the English is named 
 by the Malloyans, Garru. The best sort comes from Malakka, 
 Siam and Kamboya. Choose that which is in large round sticks, 
 and very massy, being black marbled with ash coloured veins, 
 somewhat bitter in taste, and is Hkewise of an odoriferous scent, 
 and that burns Uke pitch in bubbles, a spHnter being laid upon 
 a fire-coal, for if it be good, it will not leave frying, till it be quite 
 consumed, jnelding a most grateful odour.
 
 584 JAVA 
 
 " Benjamin is a gum called by the Mallayans minnion. The 
 best sort comes from Siam, which is very pure, clear and white, 
 with httle streaks of amber colour. Another sort which is not 
 altogether so white, though very good, is brought from Sumatra. 
 A third sort which comes from Priaman and Burrowse is very 
 coarse, hke horse bread and not saleable in England, but well 
 esteemed in Bantam. 
 
 " Civet. The best is of a deep yellow colour somewhat Uke 
 gold, not whitish, for that is usually adulterated with grease, 
 yet it is naturally whitish when fresh taken, and will in time 
 become yellow. 
 
 " Musk. There are three sorts, black, brown and yellow, the 
 first is bad, the second good, and the last best. This ought to 
 be of a deep amber colour, like the best spikenard, and inclosed 
 with a single, not a double skin, as it often is, nor should it be 
 over-moist which makes it heavy, but in a medium. It ought 
 to have some hairs like bristles, but not very many, to be clear 
 of stones, lead or other trash, and of a strong and fragrant smell, 
 which to many is offensive. Being tasted, the scent pierceth 
 the brain. It ought neither to melt too soon in the mouth, nor 
 yet to remain very long undissolved in the hand. It must not 
 be kept near any sort of spice, lest it will lose the scent. 
 
 " Bezoar. There are hereof two kinds, one comes from the 
 West, the other from the East Indies, which last is worth double 
 the price of the other. The stones of each sort have different 
 shapes ; some are round, others long, like date-stones, others hke 
 pigeons' eggs, some like the kidneys of a young goat, and others 
 in form of a chestnut, but all for the most part are blunt at the 
 ends, not piked ; their colour is no less various, for some are of a 
 hght red, others the colour of honey, many of a dark ash colour, 
 like the civet-cat, but for the most part of a very pale-green. 
 
 " The East India bezoars consist of many peelings or coats 
 like an onion bright and resplendent, as if pohshed by art. One 
 coat being peeled off, the next is more resplendent, or brighter 
 than the former. These peelings are some thin, some thick, 
 according to the largeness of the stones, and the larger the stone 
 is, the better for sale. This is a certain way to make trial of 
 bezoars : — ^take the exact weight of the stone, then put it into 
 water, and let it stand four hours . Then see if it be not cracked 
 wipe it dry and weight it again, if it weigh never so small a matter 
 more than it did at first, depend upon it, it is not good. In this
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 585 
 
 manner the Author found several turn to chalk, with a Uttle 
 stick in the middle, that hath weighed a Tael Java, or two ounces. 
 Most of the counterfeits come from Sukadanna in Borneo, they 
 are to be had at Pattanney, Bemermassin, Sukadanna, Makkassar 
 and Insula das Vacas, which is at the entrance of Kambaya. 
 
 " Amber. This is of several colours, as black, white, brown 
 and grey. The black is usually the basest and the grey the best, 
 of which choose what is clearest of filth and dross, pure of itself, 
 inclining to white, and of an ash colour, intermixed with veins, 
 some ash colour, others whitish. It ought to float above the 
 surface of water, which though some, that is sophisticated, may 
 do, yet this is certain, that none, which is pure, will suik in water. 
 The greatest quantity comes from Mosambik and Sofala. 
 
 " Bantam : A Great Mart. Bantam, a town situate in the 
 island of Java Major, stands in six degrees south, and hath three 
 degrees, variation west. This place is the great mart of divers 
 nations for sundry kinds of commodities, but itself affordeth 
 little besides victuals, cotton, wool and pepper, whereof the 
 quantity at harvest (which is in October) may be thirty or 
 thirty-two thousand sacks, each sack containing forty nine kattis 
 and an half china, at twenty one ryals and an half English the 
 katti. A sack is called a timbang, and two timbangs is one pikul, 
 three pikuls is a small bahar, and four and a half a great bahar, 
 which is four hundred and forty five kattis and an half. Like- 
 wise there is a kulak, by which the Javans most commonly deal 
 because they are not very perfect in the use of the beam. It 
 contains seven kattis and a quarter, and seven kulaks make a 
 timbang (Hquid measure) which is a katti, and a quarter more 
 than the beam. There should indeed be no difference between 
 them, but the weigher, who is always a Chinese, gives his country- 
 men an advantage, for he can fit them with a great or small 
 measure at his pleasure. 
 
 " There came in December and January to this place many 
 junks and praws laden with pepper from Cherringin and Jauby, 
 so that in the end of January there is always pepper sufficient 
 to lade three good ships. The king hath no money but what 
 cometh from China which is called kashes, and made of the dross 
 of lead. These pieces are round and thin, with holes to string 
 them on. A thousand kashes thus stringed are called a peku, 
 which is of divers values, according as kashes rise or fall, whereof 
 they know how to make their advantage. Ten pekus make a
 
 586 JAVA 
 
 laxsau, ten laxsaus a katti, ten kattis an uta and ten utas a 
 bahar. 
 
 " There are two ways of stringing kashes, the one called 
 Chucbuck China, the other Chucbuck Java, of which the Java is 
 the best, for there should be two hundred kashes upon a tack, 
 but for the China tacks, you shall find but an hundred and sixty 
 or an hundred and seventy. Five tacks should make a peku, 
 so that you lose two hundred kasbes or an hundred and fifty 
 upon every peku, which will rise to a great sum, if you deal 
 largely, but by the law of the country there must be a thousand 
 kasbes upon a string, or else basse, that is allowance given. 
 When the junks are about to depart, you shall buy thirty four 
 and thirty five pekus for a ryal, which before the next year you 
 may sell for twenty two and twenty the ryal, so that there is 
 great profit to be made, but the danger of fire is also great. 
 
 " Weights. The weight for bezoar, civet and gold is called 
 a tael, which is two ryals of eight and a quarter or two ounces 
 EngHsh. A Mallayan tael is one ryal of eight and an half or 
 an ounce and a third EngHsh. A Chinese tael is one ryal of eight 
 and seven twentieths, or an ounce and a fifth Enghsh, so that 
 ten taels of China are precisely six taels of Java. 
 
 " Goods for Importing. The Enghsh commodities vendible 
 here are — 
 
 Irrni, long and thin bars, six ryals the pikul. 
 Lead in small pigs, for twenty five or twenty six pieces, five 
 ryals and an half the pikul. 
 
 Powder, fine round corned, twenty five ryals a barrel. 
 Pieces, square sanguined, the piece, ten ryals of six foot long. 
 Pieces, square damasked all over, fifteen ryals of six feet long 
 and an half. 
 
 Broad cloth, of ten pound the piece of a Venice red, three 
 ryals of eight the casse, which is three quarters of a yard. 
 Opium mesri, which is the best, eight ryals the katti. 
 Aniber, in great beads, a wang and an half tael of Mallaya, 
 six ryals of eight. 
 
 Coral, in large branches, five and six ryals the Mallaya tael. 
 
 Ryals of eight are the best commodity you can carry. 
 
 Saris. In February and March three or four junks came 
 
 from China very richly laden with silks raw and wrought, China 
 
 kashes, porcelain, cotton-cloth of divers sorts and prices, viz. 
 
 raw silk of Nanking, which is the best, an hundred and ninety
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 587 
 
 ryals the pikul, that of Kanton, which is coarser, eighty ryals 
 the pikul. 
 
 Taffata in boults, an hundred and twelve yards the piece, 
 forty six ryals of eight the gorj, or twenty pieces. 
 
 Velvets of all colours twelve ryals the piece, of thirteen yards. 
 Damask of all colours, twelve yards six ryals the piece. 
 White sattins, twelve yards the piece, eight ryals. 
 Burgones, ten yards the piece, forty five ryals the gorj. 
 Sleeve silk, the best, made colours, three ryals the katti. 
 Musk, the best, twenty two ryals the katti. 
 Gold thread, the best fifteen knots every knot thirty strings, 
 one ryal. 
 
 Velvet hangings embroidered with gold eighteen ryals, upon 
 sattins fourteen ryals. 
 
 White curtain stuffs, nine yards the piece, fifty ryals the gorj. 
 White damask, flat, nine yards the piece, four ryals. 
 White sugar, the pikul, three ryals and an half very dry. 
 Sugar candy, very dry, five ryals the pikul. 
 Porcelain basons two ryals a piece, very broad and fine. 
 Calico, coarse, white and brown, fifteen ryals the gorj. 
 The junks bring hkewise coarse porcelain, drugs, and divers 
 other commodities, but because they are not for the Enghsh 
 trade, the Author omits them. 
 
 Drugs. Benjamin, very good and white, thirty five and 
 thirty ryals the pikul. 
 
 Lignum aloes, the pikul eighty ryals. 
 
 Allum from China as good as the Enghsh two ryals and an 
 half the pikul. 
 
 " Koro:mandel. Cloth is a principal commodity here ; the 
 most saleable sorts are called Gubars, pintados of four or five 
 covets, fine tappies of St. Thomas, ballachos, Java girdles, 
 otherwise caine-goolong, cahco lawns, book-cahcos, and cahcos 
 made up in rowls, white. A gubar is double, and containeth 
 twelve yards, or six hastas single, ballachos, coarse and fine, 
 contain thirty two and thirty four hastas, but the finest are 
 always longest. The fine tappies of St. Thomas six hastas. 
 Muris is a fine sort of cloth, but not very much used here, for it 
 is dear and short, containing sixteen hastas at two ryals and 
 a quarter. Book cahcoes if they be not corded are thirty two 
 hastas. All sorts of Mallayan cloth are generally eight hastas 
 long, wherefore it is called cherra mallaya, and generally all
 
 588 JAVA 
 
 sorts of cotton cloth, which is broad and of good length, is in 
 good request here. CaUco lawns white and red are thirty two 
 hastas. A hasta is half a yard, measured from your elbow to 
 the top of your middle finger. 
 
 " The King's Customs. The king's customs here are as 
 followeth : — ^the custom called chukey is eight bags upon the 
 hundred bags, rating pepper at four ryals of eight the sack, what 
 price soever it bears. Billa-Bilhan is this : — if any ship arrive 
 in the road, laden with cloth and such like, the king is to be 
 acquainted with the sorts, quantity and price thereof, before you 
 can land any part, then sending his officers for such sorts as he 
 likes, he will have them at half price, or little more as you can 
 agree, for if you price your cloth at twenty ryals a gorj, he will 
 give you but fifteen or sixteen. The Flemmmgs' way hath been 
 to give him seven or eight hundred ryals at a time for a ship's 
 lading to clear them of the duty and trouble, but by the custom 
 of the country this duty is six hundred and sixty five ryals upon 
 six thousand sacks of pepper, if you lade therewith, otherwise 
 you are to take so many thousand sacks of the king at half or 
 three quarters of a ryal upon a sack more than the market price. 
 If you have provided before-hand sufficient lading to dispatch 
 your ships, yet you are to pay for this duty as aforesaid, or else 
 they will not permit you to lade. 
 
 " Rtjba-Rtjba is a duty for anchorage and is upon six thousand 
 sacks, five hundred ryals of eight. The Shah Bandar's duty is 
 upon the same quantity two hundred and fifty ryals, that of the 
 weighers is one ryal upon an hundred sacks. Jerotulis liltewise 
 or weighers belonging to the custom-house have a duty of one 
 ryal for an hundred sacks. 
 
 " JoRTAN lies to the eastwards of Jakatra ; it is called Serebaya, 
 affording victuals, great store of cotton, wool and spun yarn. 
 Many junks come from Fauby, laden with pepper ; the town 
 likewise send some small praws to Banda, so that a few nuts and 
 mace is to be had there. 
 
 " Makkassar is an island not far from the Celebes. It 
 affordeth great store of benzoar stones, which may be had 
 reasonable, also rice and other victuals in great plenty. Junks 
 trade from thence to Banda so that a small quantity of mace and 
 nuts is likewise there to be had. 
 
 " Bali is an island to the eastwards of Makkassar in eight 
 degrees and an half south. It yields great store of rice, cotton
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 589 
 
 yam, slaves, and coarse white cloth, which is in good request 
 at Bantam. The commodities for this place are the smallest sort 
 of blue and white beads, iron and coarse porcelain. 
 
 " Timor hes to the eastward of Bali, in the latitude of ten 
 degrees forty minutes south. This island affordeth abundance 
 of chindanna, called by the English white sanders, the greatest 
 logs are accounted best. It is worth at Bantam (when the junks 
 come in) twenty ryals of eight the pikul, also wax in great cakes 
 worth at Bantam eighteen, nineteen, twenty and thirty ryals of 
 eight the pikul as the time serves. As there is great deceit in 
 this commodity, you must be wary in choosing it and break it 
 to see whether it be mixed or not. The goods carried thither 
 are chopping knives, small bugles, porcelain coloured tafEatas, 
 but none black, Chma frying pans, china bells and plates of 
 silver beaten flat, and as thin as a wafer, of the breadth of a 
 hand. This is a very advantageous trade, for the Chinese have 
 given the Enghsh, who went with them thither, at the rate of 
 four hundred per cent, profit. 
 
 " Banda, in the latitude of five degrees south, affords great 
 plenty of mace and nutmegs, with oil of both sorts. It hath no 
 king, but is governed by a Shah Bandar, who is in league with 
 the Shah Bandar of Nero, Lentor, Puloway, Pulorin and Laba- 
 takka, islands near adjoining, which formerly were under the 
 government of the King of Ternata, but at present have their 
 own governor. In these islands they have three harvests in the 
 year, viz., in July, October and February, but that in July, called 
 the Monsoon Areputi, is the greatest. The manner of dealing is 
 as foUoweth : — a small bahar is ten kattis of mace, and an hundred 
 of nuts, and a great bahar is an hundred kattis mace and a 
 thousand kattis nuts, a katti being five pounds thirteen ounces 
 and an half Enghsh, the prices variable. 
 
 " The commodities fit for these islands are Choromandel 
 cloth, cheremallow, viz., sarrasses, pintados of five covets, fine 
 ballachos, black girdles, chellis, white cahcos, broad cloth stammel, 
 gold in coin, viz., rose nobles of England, and the low comitries, 
 ryals of eight, but you shall have that there for seventy ryals in 
 gold, which will cost you ninety in ryals of eight. China basons, 
 fine and large without brims, damasks of hght colours, taffatas, 
 velvets, china boxes or counters, gilt-gold chains, plate cups 
 gilt, head pieces bright and damasked, muskets, but not many 
 sword-blades, brand and backed to the point. Kambaya cloth,
 
 590 JAVA 
 
 calicos black and red, calico lawns etc. Rice is likewise a very- 
 good commodity for these islands. 
 
 " The Molukko Islands. The islands of the Molukkos are 
 five, viz., Molukko, Ternata, Tydor, Gelolo and Machian. They 
 are all under the equinoctial hne ; they afiord great store of 
 cloves, not every year, but every third year. The katti there 
 is three pound five ounces English, the bahar two hundred kattis, 
 also nineteen kattis of Ternata make fifty of Bantam. 
 
 " The commodities vendible for these places are Choromandel 
 cloth, cheremaUow, but fine, and Siam girdles, salolos ; fine 
 ballachos and chelHs are most in request, also china, taffata, 
 velvets, damask, great basons, varnished counters, crimson broad 
 cloth, opium and benjamin etc. 
 
 " Siam Kingdom. Siam lieth in the latitude of fourteen 
 degrees and an half south. It affords great store of very good 
 benjamin, and many rich stones, which are brought thither from 
 Pegu. A tael here is two ryals of eight and a quarter. Here 
 is much silver in bullion, which comes from Japan, but ryals of 
 eight are more in request, for two and a quarter in coin, will yield 
 two and an half bulhon. Broad cloth stammel colour, iron and 
 fair looking glasses are in good esteem. All manner of china 
 commodities are cheaper here than at Bantam. The Guzerat 
 junks come to Siam in the months of June and July, touching 
 first at the Maldives, and then at Tenassere, where there is always 
 five and an half and six fathom water, from whence they may 
 go over land to Siam in twenty days. 
 
 " The Island Borneo. Borneo lies in the latitude of three 
 degrees south. It affordeth great store of gold, bezoar stones, 
 wax rotans, kayulakka and sanguis draconis, the principal trade 
 for which is at the town of Bemermassin. The commodities 
 requested here are as foUoweth : — Choromandel cloth of all 
 sorts, china silks, damasks, taffatas, velvets, all colours but black, 
 broad-cloth stammel, and ryals of eight. Bezoar stones are 
 there bought for five or six ryals the tael, which is the weight 
 of a ryal and an half of eight, or an ounce and one third 
 Enghsh. 
 
 " Sukadanna is another town of Borneo in one degree and an 
 half south and north east from Bantam an hundred and sixty 
 leagues. In the entrance of the harbour five fathoms, and at 
 low water three fathoms, a faulcon shot off the shore, oozy 
 ground.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 591 
 
 " Best Diamonds. A great trade is carried on by the junks and 
 praws at this place for diamonds, which it affords in abundance 
 and are accounted the best in the world. There is plenty at 
 all times, especially in January, April, July, and October, but 
 the greatest quantity is to be met with in the first two months, 
 at which time they are brought in praws dowTi the river Lave, 
 where they are found by diving, as they do for pearls. The reason 
 why there are not so many gotten in July and October, is because 
 that being their rainy season, the river rises to nine fathoms with 
 such a stream that they can hardly dive, whereas in the other 
 months, the depth is but four or four and an half fathom, which 
 is reckoned best for the purpose. 
 
 " Imports. Commodities vendible and in request here are, 
 Malaldia pintados, very fine sarrassa, gubares, poulings, chara 
 Java, cahco lawns, China silk, light colours, gold, sleeve silk, 
 broad cloth stammel, all sorts of small bugles, blue bugles, 
 which are made in Bantam, shaped hke a tun, but about the 
 size of a bean ; you have at Bantam four hundred for a ryal of 
 eight, and here an hundred for a mas, which is three quarters of 
 a ryal of eight, China kashes ryals of eight, but principally gold, 
 without which you can do httle, for you shall have a stone for one 
 ryal in gold, which you cannot get for a ryal and an half, or a 
 ryal and three quarters in silver. 
 
 " When you are bound for this place, the best way is to go 
 for Bemermassin first, where you may barter the commodities 
 aforesaid for gold, which you shall have for three kattis kashes 
 the Malakka tael, which was worth then nine ryals of eight, as 
 the Author had been credibly informed, and you shall barter it 
 here for diamonds, at four kattis kashes the tael, which is one 
 ryal three quarters and an half in weight, so that you shall gain 
 three quarters of a ryal of eight upon a tael, but the chief gains 
 arise from diamonds, whereof there are four kinds, distinguished 
 by their water, which is called Verna, viz., Verna Ambou, Verna 
 Loud, Verna Sakkar, Verna Bessi, that is white, green, yellow 
 and a colour between green and yellow, but the white water is 
 the best. 
 
 " Weights in Use. Their weights are called sa mas, sa 
 kupang, sa busuk, sa pead. Four hupang is a mas, two busuks 
 one kupang, and one pead and an half is a busuk. There is 
 Ukewise a pahaw, which is four mas, and sixteen mas make 
 one tael ; by this weight they weigh both diamonds and gold.
 
 592 JAVA 
 
 " The Commodities of China are : — 
 
 Raw silk ; the best is made at Nan-King and is called how-sa, 
 worth there eighty ryals the pikul. 
 
 Taffata, called tue ; the best made at a small town called 
 Hok-chu, worth thirty ryals the gorj. 
 
 Damask, called towne, the best made at Kanton, worth fifty 
 ryals the gorj. 
 
 Sewing silk, called kou-swa, worth one hundred ryals the 
 pikul. 
 
 Imbroidered hangings, called poey, the best ten ryals the 
 piece. 
 
 Sewing gold, called kim-swa, is sold by the chip-pau, which 
 is bundle, each chip-pau containing ten papers and each paper 
 five knots, sold for three pa-wes two ryals of eight, and the 
 best hath thirty six threads in a knot. 
 
 Sattins, called lin, the best one ryal the piece. 
 
 Great basons, call cho-pau, three for a ryal. 
 
 White sugar, called pe-tong, the best one half ryal the pikul. 
 
 Porcelain of the same sorts, called poa, the best one ryal the 
 katti. 
 
 Pearl boxes, called cha-nab, the best five ryals each. 
 
 Velvets, called tan-go jounks, of nine yards long, five ryals 
 the piece. 
 
 Sleeve silk, called jounks, the best an hundred and fifty ryals 
 the pikul. 
 
 Musk, called sa-hu, seven ryals the katti. 
 
 Kashes, sixty pekus the ryal. 
 
 Broad cloth, called to-lo-ney, sa-soke, which is three quarters 
 of a yard, worth seven ryals of eight. 
 
 Looking glass, very large, called kea, worth ten ryals the 
 piece. 
 
 Tin, called sea, worth there fifteen ryals the pikul. 
 
 Wax, called la, fifteen ryals the pikul. 
 
 Muskets, called kau-ching, the barrel twenty ryals. 
 
 Japan sables, called samto, worth eight ryals the piece. 
 
 Elephants' teeth, the biggest and best, two hundred ryals 
 the pikul. The small (or screuelias) a hundred ryals the pikul, 
 called ga. 
 
 White Sanders, called twa-whi, the best in great logs, forty 
 ryals the pikul. 
 " Customs. The custom of pepper inwards is one tael upon
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 593 
 
 a pikul and. nothing outwards. Strict care is taken to hinder 
 the exportation of ammunition of all sorts. In the month of 
 March, the junks that are bound for the Manillas depart from 
 Chau-chu in companies. There go no fewer than forty in a 
 year, sometimes four, five, ten or more together, as they are 
 ready. Their lading is raw and wrought silks, but far better 
 than those which they carry to Bantam. Between Kanton and 
 the Manillas is ten days sail. In the beginning of June they 
 return, laden with ryals of eight. They are of no force, so that 
 you may take them mth your ship's boat. 
 
 " In 1608 pepper was worth in China, six tades and an half 
 the pikul, and at the same time, sold in Bantam for two and an 
 half ryals the Timbang." 
 
 List of the governors, presidents, residents and agents of 
 the English East India Company's factory at Bantam, 
 compiled from old records : — 
 
 1602—1603. Master WiUiam Starkey,!^ governor (Master 
 Edmund Scott, chief factor ; Thomas Morgan,^ Thomas Tudd, 
 and eight English clerks). 
 
 1603—1605. Master Edmund Scott,* governor (Thomas Tudd,^ 
 Gabriel Towerson, nine EngUsh clerks, and a chirurgeon). 
 
 1605 — 1609. John Saris,*' governor (Gabriel Towerson,'^ deputy 
 governor ; John Herne,^ Richard Savage ; Brown and Sidall, 
 factors ; nine clerks). 
 
 ^ The first factors of the English factory at Adreen in November, 1602 
 were William Starkie, or Starkey or Starckey, and Eoger Styles. 
 
 2 Died at Bantam, 30th June, 1603. Burial honoured by the Dutch 
 general Wy borne van Warwyck " with a company of shot and pikes, the 
 colours being trailed." 
 
 3 Died at Bantam, 27th April, 1603. 
 
 ^ E. Scott left Bantam for England on the 4th October, 1605. 
 
 ' Died at Bantam, 14th April, 1604. 
 
 6 Handed over charge of factory on the 30th September and sailed on 
 the 4th October, 1609, on the ship Hector (Captain WiUiam Keeling in 
 command), having been four years, nine months, and eleven days in Java. 
 The sultan promised Saris and KeeUng to protect the EngUsh factory. 
 
 ' Left Bantam on the 23rd December, 1608, for England on ship Dragon, 
 which he commanded himseU. He returned in 1614 to Bantam, shortly 
 afterwards going to Amboyna as governor of the EngUsh factory there. 
 Here he and his staff were tortured and executed by the Dutch for aUeged 
 conspiracy. 
 
 8 Keturned to England. 
 
 J. — VOL. I. Q Q
 
 594 JAVA 
 
 1609. Augustine Spalding/ ^ governor (Francis KeUy, surgeon ; 
 John Parsons, Robert Neal, Augustine Ad well, Ethelred Lampre, 
 William Lamwell, William Driver, William Wilson, Philp Badnedg 
 (Bandanese), Francisco Domingo, Juan Seraon, Adrian (Mr. Tower- 
 son's boy) ). 
 
 1609 — 1610. Hen worth, governor (Edward Neetles). 
 
 1610. Edward Neetles,^ governor. 
 
 1610 — 1614. Richard Woodies/ governor. 
 
 1614 — 1615. John Jordan,^ governor. 
 
 1615 — 1617. Barclay,^ governor. 
 
 1617. Ball,* governor. 
 
 1617 — 1619. John Jackson,^ ^ president. 
 
 1619. John Powell , * ^ president . 
 
 1619 — 1622. Gabriel Towerson,^ president. 
 
 1624—1636 (2nd August). George Willoughby,^ president 
 (George Christian, Frederick Power ; Thomas Robertson, sales- 
 man). 
 
 1636 — 1639. (2nd August). Robert Coulson, president. 
 
 1639 — 1641. Aaron Backer,^ president (Thomas Ivie, vice- 
 president and member of council ; Richard Whotton, salesman 
 and member of council ; M. Montfort, salesman). 
 
 1 The pay of the factory staff was as foUows : — Augustine Spalding, £50 
 sterling per annum ; Francis KeUy, 45s. per month ; John Parsons, 30s. 
 per month ; Robert Neal, 29s. per month ; Augustine AdweU, 24s. per 
 month ; Ethelred Lampre, 20s. per month ; WiUiam Driver, 20s. per 
 month ; William Wilson, 22s. per month ; William LamweU, 15s. per 
 month ; Phdp Badnedg, 15s. per month ; Francisco Domingo, 12s. per 
 month ; Juan Seraon, 10s. per month, and Adrian (Mr. Towerson's 
 boy). 
 
 2 When David Middleton arrived at Bantam on the 7th December, 1609, 
 he decided, on hearing the news there of Dutch activity, to sail for the 
 Moluccas, and took Augustine Spalding with him as an expert, leaving 
 Henworth in charge with Neetles to assist him, with three others of his 
 Company, besides, of course, the staff there. 
 
 ^ When David Middleton returned to Bantam on the 9th October, 1610, 
 he found that both Henworth and Neetles had died in the meanwhile and 
 that the business of the factory stood stUl. 
 
 ^ Sailed for England. 
 
 5 Died at Bantam. 
 
 ^ First Admiral Thomas Dale and then, when he died. Admiral Martin 
 Pring were in supreme command of the English factory during 1619. 
 
 '' Went to Amboyna, where, as related in the note above, he was 
 executed. 
 
 8 From 1624 — 1632 there was a WOloughby at Bantam as president, and 
 from 1632 to 1636 a George Willoughby ; whether they are one and the 
 same person is not certain, but presumably they are. 
 
 ^ There was great friendship between the Dutch Governor-General at
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 595 
 
 1641 — 1646. Ralph Cartwright, president (Thomas Ivie, vice- 
 president and member of council ; Christopher Willoughby, 
 salesman and member of council ; Thomas Winter, salesman ; 
 John Carter, Bouman). 
 
 1646 — 1649. Aaron Backer, president (Thomas Ivie, vice- 
 president and member of council ; Henry Greenhil, member of 
 council; — Noel, salesman: died 18th December, 1647, at 
 Bantam). 
 
 1649 1 — 1658. Frederick Skinner,^ resident (John RawUns, 
 James Bostock, members of council ; John Edwards, Robert 
 Cock, Thomas Skinner ^ ; Captain Robert Skinner,^ captain of 
 company's ship attached to station). 
 
 1658 4—1661 (25th July). John Edwards,^ resident (Henry 
 Page, Robert Streeter, William Mainstone, members of council ; 
 WilHam Bastingh, Thomas Clough, Peter Cooke, ^ Richard Mohnne, 
 Henry Pearle, Wilham GifEord,^ Thomas Leaver, and Thomas 
 Street «). - 
 
 Batavia and tlie Englisli president, Aaron Backer, of Bantam, so much so 
 that on the 4th April, 1641, when the former knew the latter was leaving, 
 he sent to the president by the galley de Brae to Bantam, under the care of 
 the Dutch " onder koopman " (under salesman) Pieter Sowry, a dispatch 
 worded in friendly terms, besides a vat of French wine, a cask of butter, 
 some cheese and dried fish (stockvis), for which the president was " verre 
 muche obhged." 
 
 ' On the 24th July, 1657, Dr. Abraham, an EngHshman and town doctor, 
 died at Batavia. 
 
 In 1657 an English captain called Eoger Andrews, in command of a ship 
 called the Marigold, was trading in the East Indies with Bantam as head- 
 quarters. Other EngUshmen in the East Indian waters at this time in 
 command of the English East India Company's vessels were Jons Dettrick, 
 Samuel Staunton, Jacob Beerblock, Robert May (captain of ship Advice), 
 John Hayward, John Jeffrey, JuUus WUdey, Richard Kein, William 
 Beauchamp, John Hemmerton, Henry Dacres, Alexander Preswit (both 
 latter were styled admirals), Robert Graves, John Russell, Sam Wright, 
 WiUiam Stevens, Roland Dimsdale, Richard Seaward, Thomas Broockes, 
 and Thomas Morley. 
 
 ^ Went later with his two brothers to Jamby. 
 
 ^ Brothers of Frederick Skinner, the resident. 
 
 * In May, 1659, at Jamby, the EngHsh factory was managed by Thomas 
 Leaver, Robert Street, Howelke Middleton, Sowelke Middleton, Fowelke 
 Middleton (possibly sons of David Middleton, the first governor of the East 
 EngUsh Company's factory at Batavia), Wilham AspinaU, Thomas Street, 
 Thomas Skinner, Charles Seller, Nicholas Baddiford (who commanded the 
 ship Dragon, belonging to the Company, and was born at Reddriff, in 
 Surrey) and Josiah Derby. 
 
 ' Died at Bantam, 25th July, 1661. 
 
 6 Died or left Bantam before 1659. 
 
 Q Q 2
 
 596 JAVA 
 
 1661 (July 9th to October 20th). Henry Page,^ acting resi- 
 dent. 
 
 1661 — 1664. Captain John Hunter,^ resident (Henry Page, 
 John Dutton, Humphrey Weston, Thomas Stevenson, members 
 of council ; Francis Foster, Peter Cooke, Josias Shute, John 
 Rawlins, Joseph Sayer, William Turner, John Knott, William 
 Mains tone, William Broadbent, Vincent Retty, Thomas Mead, 
 Richard Mohnne, John Benn, Fowelke Middleton, William 
 Clough, Henry Pearle, Israel Emerson, Robert Hopper, Ezra 
 Sherley, Hammond Gibbon, Israel Markland, Thomas Hunter, ^ 
 George Smallwood, John Hunter, jun.,^ Robert Jennings, and 
 James Bale"*). 
 
 1664 (June)— 1665 (October 25th). Charles Browne,^ agent 
 (Philip Trevors, Thomas Stevenson, William Turner, Thomas 
 Harrison, members of council ; Humphrey Weston, Robert 
 Rawlins, Lieutenant Willoughby, James Browne, and Robert 
 Hopper^). 
 
 1665—1669 (October 25th). Wilham Turner, "^ agent (Thomas 
 Stevenson, James Browne, Robert Hopper, Thomas Harrington, 
 (members of council ; Lawrence Chambers, William Mainstone,^ 
 Roger Lorimer, Hammon Gibbon, and John Scott ^). 
 
 1669 (February 20th to October 19th). Lawrence Chambers, 
 acting agent. 
 
 1 John Edwards, the resident, was ill in bed with a violent fever from 
 July 9th until July 25th, 1661, when he died. 
 
 2 Captain John Hunter was 64 years of age. 
 ^ Sons of the resident. 
 
 ^ Many of these, no doubt, were doing service in the factories under 
 Bantam. 
 
 * He arrived at Bantam from Jamby with his Enghsh wife and three 
 other unmarried Enghsh ladies. The following year he died at his post on 
 the 25th October, 1665. 
 
 ^ David Luton, of English parentage, who had been book-keeper in the 
 Dutch Company at Batavia since 1660, was sent in 1661 to Bantam as 
 resident in the place of van Meerwyck, but he asked to be reheved in less 
 than a year, as he complained of being affronted. 
 
 ■^ Died at Batavia, February 22nd, 1669, where he had gone, very ill, for 
 doctor's assistance ; his body was sent back to Bantam by the ship Hilver' 
 sum to be buried there by his colleagues. 
 
 ^ After being some years at Jamby, returned to Bantam on the 15th 
 February, 1669. On the 17th March, 1664, the English agent at Jamby 
 was this very WiUiam Mainstone, but the Pangeran of Jamby wrote the 
 Enghsh resident of Bantam begging him to appoint someone else in his 
 place, as he could not get on with him and they were always quarrelling. 
 Mainstone decHned to leave or resign unless made agent at Bantam. He 
 was therefore suspended and a successor appointed. 
 
 « There was a man called John Scott estabUshed at Japara from 1662 
 to 1667. He originally came from Banda.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 597 
 
 1669 (October 19th)— 1676 (September 13th). Henry Dacres,i 
 agent (William Mainstone, Richard Hale and Joseph Ward,^ 
 members of council ; Albinus Willoughby, Robert Marshall, 
 William Limberry, John English, and Abel Payne). 
 
 1676 (September 13th)— 1677 (May 21st). Arnold White,^ 
 agent (Albinus Willoughby * ; Abel Payne, Francis Bowyear, 
 Ralph Cooke, members of council ; Robert Marshall,^ Cap- 
 tain John Dacres,^ William Hodges, and Captain William 
 Wildy'). 
 
 1677 (May 21st)— 1678 (June 8th). Abel Payne, acting 
 agent. 
 
 1678 (June 8th)— 1682 (April 1st). Robert Parker,^ agent 
 (Francis Bowyear ; Ralf Cooke and Abel Payne, members of 
 council ; Christopher Browne, Samuel Tartan, and William 
 Murray). 
 
 Sambas (Borneo). 
 
 In 1610 Captain David Middleton visited Sambas and 
 erected a factory here for the English Company, but owing 
 to trouble with the Chinese this had to be given up four 
 years later, the agent only escaping with his life ; the other 
 
 1 Left Bantam by the ship Lancaster on the 19th December, 1676. 
 
 2 Cousin of Henry Dacres. 
 
 8 Arrived at Bantam by the ship Lancaster from England on the 8th 
 August, and took over from Henry Dacres on the 13th September, 1676. 
 He was murdered at Bantam by the Javans, with eight of his council and 
 staff, on the 21st May, 1677. 
 
 ^ Died at Rembang on the 16th June, 1677. His widow married on 
 the 7th February, 1678, the Danish agent at Bantam, John Joachim 
 Pauly. 
 
 5 Visited Batavia on the 23rd January, 1675, with his wife, for a few 
 days. 
 
 ^ Commander of a Company's ship. 
 
 7 Was crmsing in East Indian waters from 1670 to 1680. 
 
 ^ Arrived by the ship Phoenix. After, as usual, informing the Dutch 
 Governor- General of his arrival, he received a cordial letter " as usual " in 
 reply, and van Goens presented his wife with one lacquer Chinese box, one 
 Tonkinese tea-box, one pair Japanese screens, and two rare and curious 
 Masuhpatam tables. 
 
 On the 1st AprO, 1682, the EngHsh East India Company were igno- 
 miniously driven out of Bantam by the Dutch Governor-General. Owing 
 to the loss of Bantam the Company were obUged to abandon its factories 
 dependent on it in Siam, Tonkin and at Amoy, and other places in the 
 farthest Indies.
 
 598 JAVA 
 
 members of the factory were killed by the natives, described 
 as a wild and turbulent lot. 
 
 The Sambas river has a very broad entrance, and the 
 town is forty miles up on the south branch. In 1811 the 
 houses were built of timber and bamboos raised on wooden 
 stakes or piles on low swamp}^ morasses. The sultan was a 
 powerful prince, but when the English captured the place 
 in 1812 he retired into the interior. 
 
 The cause of an expedition being sent is not far to seek, 
 for Sambas had been a piratical stronghold for two hundred 
 years and more. In the creeks and mouths of rivers or 
 rivulets armed prows full of wild natives were daily on watch 
 to dart Avith remorseless swiftness upon unprepared and 
 defenceless merchant ships, seizing them, and putting to 
 death the Europeans on board under circumstances of 
 horrible barbarity. The native crews were spared, but only 
 to drag out an aimless existence as slaves to their cruel 
 captors. 
 
 Early in 1812 a large Portuguese ship with a particularly 
 valuable cargo happened to pass within sight of Sambas on 
 her way to Macao. The ship was seized and the crew 
 murdered. This was too much, and Baffles determined to 
 put a stop to such doings. He sent an expedition to 
 the spot under command of Captain Bowen, of H.M.S. 
 Phoenix, in October, 1812, which was followed up by 
 another under command of Colonel Watson. The follow- 
 ing official statement gives an interesting account of the 
 facts : — 
 
 " To the Honourable the Lieutenant-Governor in Council, etc., etc. 
 
 " Honourable Sir, — I have the honour to inform you that I 
 arrived off the Sambas river on the 22nd ulto. with the force under 
 my command, after touching at Pontiana^ to procure boats, etc. 
 On my arrival I found Captain Sayer commanding a squadron 
 
 ^ Pontianak.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 599 
 
 of His Majesty's ships, and the following morning we commenced 
 getting the ordnance and stores into the boats, and on the 25th 
 the troops entered the river. Previous to our advance a letter 
 signed by Captain Sayer and myself was despatched to the Sultan 
 by Lieutenant Bayley, of the Madras Native Infantry, requiring 
 him to surrender the defences of Sambas, also the Pangerang Anam 
 and his piratical adherents. 
 
 " This letter it appears was received by the Pangerang, the 
 Sultan having previously withdrawn to the interior, but no answer 
 was returned. We then moved up the river and anchored on 
 the night of the 26th o£E the branch leading to Sambas. From 
 all the information I could obtain the access to the batteries was 
 so difficult that I determined to employ our whole force divided 
 into different attacks, one of which I hoped at least would be 
 able to penetrate to the batteries. I accordingly sent a detach- 
 ment of His Majesty's 14th Regiment with Captain Morris's 
 party to land from the main river and penetrate in that direction, 
 which Captain Morris was confident was practicable. This 
 officer was obhged however by severe illness to rehnquish the 
 command to Lieutenant Bolton, the next senior officer. Another 
 party composed of the Royal Marines from His Majesty's ships 
 with one hundred sepoys of the 3rd Volunteer BattaUon under 
 the command of Captain Brookes of the 3rd Bengal Volunteer 
 BattaUon had to pass through a cut higher up, leading into the 
 Sambas river, down which they were to come in rear of the town. 
 This party, if not in time for the attack, I hoped might intercept 
 the retreat of the enemy. Each of these divisions was also 
 accompanied by a party of armed seamen to assist in carrying 
 ladders and making a way through the jungle. 
 
 " With the remainder of the force, I proceeded up the Sambas 
 river, and anchored on the night of the 27th instant, out of reach 
 of gunshot from the batteries. As a Uttle ahead of our anchorage 
 the ground appeared rather firm from the report of Captain 
 Bayley whom I sent to reconnoitre the place, I determined on 
 landing there another party consisting of one hundred of His 
 Majesty's 14th Regiment, eighty Sepoys of the third Bengal 
 Volunteer BattaUon and a detachment of artillery with a party 
 of the seamen. 
 
 " This column was commanded by Captain Watson of His 
 Majesty's 14th Regiment. Captain Watson immediately com- 
 menced the attack, and in a Uttle more than haU an hour carried
 
 600 JAVA 
 
 by assault the two principal batteries and three redoubts in their 
 rear ; although resolutely defended a battery and five redoubts on 
 the opposite side of the river were then evacuated by the enemy. 
 
 " On the commencement of the firing I pushed up the river 
 with a party as a reserve, in men of war's boats, to second which- 
 ever column began the attack. The front battery fired at the 
 boats advancing, although Captain Watson was at that time in 
 its rear, endeavouring to force an entrance. It is difiicult to 
 ascertain the loss of the enemy, as many were killed endeavouring 
 to escape in boats and across the boom. From the best informa- 
 tion I can obtain, it amounts to about one hundred and fifty 
 men, including a brother of the Sultan's, the eldest son of 
 Pangerang Anam and twelve others. Pangerang Anam made 
 his escape in a small quick sailing boat. 
 
 " Captain Brookes found the cut through which he had to 
 pass much smaller than had been represented and rendered 
 impassable by trees felled across it. A little beyond this cut he 
 found a boom across the main river defended by two forts which 
 opened on a reconnoitering party and killed the boatswain of 
 H.M.S. Leda. Being late in the evening Captain Brookes 
 determined to attack them early the following morning : when 
 as he was moving for this purpose, a canoe brought a letter 
 from the chief, the purport of it was : ' That his batteries had 
 fired by mistake, that he was the friend of the Europeans.' At 
 this moment arrived H.M.S. Procris, which had been sent up the 
 Main River. Captain Norton sent to inform the chief that he 
 wished to anchor off the battery, and desired the boom might be 
 opened. This request not being comphed with, a party of 
 seamen were sent to cut it. Just as they had succeeded the 
 batteries commenced firing, which was returned by the Procris. 
 Captain Brookes then landed this party to attack them ; but the 
 enemy immediately evacuated their forts, and fled into the 
 jungle. In this affair two Sepoys were killed and a ship Lascar 
 wounded. 
 
 " Lieutenant Bolton's party, it appears, took a wrong direction 
 at first, and from the difficulties they had to encounter, did not 
 arrive in time for the attack. 
 
 " I have the honour to transmit a return of our killed and 
 wounded during the operations ; also of the ordnance found 
 in the enemy's works. Considering the number and difficulty 
 of access to the batteries which prevented the possibihty
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 601 
 
 of exactly timing a combined attack, or of moving a large force 
 in any one direction, our loss is perhaps less than might be 
 expected. 
 
 " It is with much regret I have further to relate the death of 
 Captain Morris on the 1st instant. This zealous officer, although 
 very ill, persisted in accompanying me. He fell a victim to his 
 unbounded zeal for the service. 
 
 " The pleasing part of my duty now remains to bear testimony 
 to the general good conduct of the whole of the troops, and to 
 the cordial co-operation of Captain Sayer. commanding His 
 Majesty's squadron, who placed under my orders the Marines 
 and also a body of disposable seamen. 
 
 " From the Honourable Captain Elliot, with whom Captain 
 Sayer entrusted the immediate arrangement and command of the 
 armed boats of the squadron, I experienced every assistance 
 and readiness in complying with any of my suggestions. My 
 thanks are due to the whole of the officers, seamen and marines, 
 that landed from His Majesty's ships to second our operations, 
 particularly to Captain Leslie, and the party under his orders, 
 which accompanied Captain Watson's column. To Captain 
 Watson and his division every praise is due ; the result of 
 their attack fully corroborates the report made by him, that 
 nothing could exceed the coolness and intrepidity of the men 
 comprising it. 
 
 " I am much indebted to Lieutenant Bay ley of the Madras 
 Native Infantry for his assistance. This officer landed with Captain 
 Watson's column, which he volunteered to lead ; and after much 
 perseverance, succeeded in cutting a passage through the jungle. 
 
 " From Captain Dyson, His Majesty's 14th Regiment, major 
 of brigade, and Lieutenant Gunn of the Bengal Light Infantry 
 volunteer battalion, quartermaster of the troops, I also derived 
 every assistance in the previous arrangements, and during the 
 operations of the Service. 
 
 " I have the honour to be. Honourable Sir, 
 " Your most obedient servant, 
 
 " James Watson 
 " (Lieutenant Colonel of the 14th Regiment Commanding 
 the Troops). 
 "Sambas, July 3, 1813." 
 
 Return of Killed and Wounded during the operations against
 
 602 
 
 JAVA 
 
 Sambas, including that of Captain Brookes' detachment up the 
 Main River, July 3rd, 1813 :— 
 
 
 Killed 
 
 and 
 
 Wounded. 
 
 Officers. 
 
 Uncommissioned 
 
 Officers and Rank 
 
 and File. 
 
 Seamen 
 
 on 
 Shore. 
 
 Grand Total. 
 
 Regiment or Corps and 
 
 Ships' Names. 
 
 
 El 
 c3 
 
 3 
 
 
 a 
 
 CS 
 
 u > 
 
 s 
 
 6 
 
 s 
 
 o 
 
 ■d 
 i 
 
 a 
 
 o 
 
 c 
 
 3 
 
 .1 
 '5 
 
 o 
 
 n 
 
 a 
 
 i 
 
 i 
 
 e 
 o 
 
 Uncommissioned 
 Officers, Rank and 
 File, and Sea- 
 men. 
 
 His Majesty's 14th 
 
 Regiment. 
 
 ditto ditto 
 3rd Bengal Volunteer 
 
 Battalion. 
 
 ditto ditto 
 Bengal ArtUlery 
 
 ditto ditto 
 H.M.S. Leda . 
 H.M.S. Hussar . 
 
 Killed 
 
 Wounded 
 Killed 
 
 Wounded 
 
 Killed 
 
 Wounded 
 
 KiUed 
 
 Wounded 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
 — 
 
 1 
 
 — 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 3 
 
 13 
 
 1 
 
 6 
 
 1 
 
 16 
 
 
 
 O 
 
 4 
 
 1=1 
 
 7 
 
 T3 
 
 13 
 
 o 
 55 
 
 Names of officers corresponding : — 
 
 Captain Watson, His Majesty's 14th Regiment, sHghtly. 
 Lieutenant Jennings, His Majesty's 14th Regiment, shghtly. 
 Lieutenant Trist, 3rd Bengal Volunteer Battahon, wounded 
 
 severely and dangerously. 
 Lieutenant Hoghton, H.M.S. Hussar, severely. 
 
 J. Dyson (Major of Brigade). 
 
 Return of Ordnance Stores captured in the different Batteries 
 at Sambas : — 
 
 Guns. 
 Pounders 32 24 18 12 8 6 4 3 2 1 i Total. 
 Brass Ordnance .----1--- 2 20 7 30 
 Iron ditto . 1628-243 10 -- 36 
 
 Total . 
 
 16281243 12 20 7 
 
 66 
 
 Round Shot, different sizes ..... 6,000 
 
 Bar ditto ditto 30 
 
 Gunpowder barrels ...... 26 
 
 A. Cameron 
 (Lieut. Com. Detach. Bengal Artillery). 
 A True Copy, 
 
 J. Dyson (Major of Brigade),
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 603 
 
 Macassar (Celebes). 
 
 Macassar town, or Fort Eotterdam as it was formerly 
 called, dates from far back. The English were here in 1615, 
 trading under a treaty made with the king. Their factory, 
 however, was seized a year or two later by the Dutch, whose 
 superiority in numbers in those days was always as ten to 
 one. In 1667 the Dutch made an exclusive treaty with the 
 king, which ended any trading here by other nations ; and, 
 indeed, the Dutch cannot be blamed for taking all the steps 
 necessary to consolidate their trade. In those days the old 
 fort was impregnable. Towards the sea was a strong 
 battery ; ships could anchor under the walls. Two hundred 
 years after their first coming — that is to say, in 1811 — the 
 English returned once more to Macassar, and a British 
 garrison of regulars and some colonial troops w^as stationed 
 in the Dutch fort, still called " Fort Rotterdam." The town 
 was then surrounded by a stone wall sufficiently low to 
 admit a defence from the houses, and yet high enough to 
 prevent a sudden surprise from a night escalade or a surprise 
 attack. 
 
 The conquest of this country after they had finally 
 disposed of the Portuguese had cost the Dutch much blood 
 and treasure. It was a fine race of fighting men that 
 peopled the island ; so strong were they that in 1420 their 
 king sailed in command of a fleet of two hundred ships to 
 reduce Malacca, the so-called ancient capital of the East. 
 The inhabitants of Celebes are Buginese, a race trained from 
 childhood to martial exercises. The British Residents here 
 were, in 1811 — 1813 Captain R. Philhps, in 1814 Captain 
 W. H. Wood, and in 1815 Major Dalton. 
 
 Bonthain, situated to the south-east of Macassar, as also 
 a small settlement further eastw^ard (in 1811 called Booloe- 
 comba), were subject to the Resident of Macassar. 
 
 The fort of Booloecomba was attacked and taken on the
 
 604 JAVA 
 
 12th January, 1810, by a party of one hundred men landed 
 from H.M.S. Cornwallis and commanded by Captain 
 Montague, Tvdth Captain Forbes and Lieutenant Duncan 
 Stewart of the Madras Service. This small party, after 
 capturing the fort from the Dutch, seems to have had to 
 sustain on the day following a furious attack from the 
 natives. It repulsed them, however, owing to the bravery 
 of Captain Montague, w^ell supported by his men. A special 
 instance of bravery occurred this day, w^hen Lieutenant 
 Stewart, at imminent risk of his own life, stepped out of the 
 lines to help a soldier of the Madras European Kegiment, 
 w^ho had received a shot through his leg and been disabled. 
 The enemy were nearly upon him when Lieutenant Stewart 
 threw him on his back and carried him to the rear in 
 safety. 
 
 Boni also gave the English trouble during their occupation 
 of Java, and in April, 1814, Major-General Nightingale 
 received orders from Raffles to prepare an expeditionary 
 force, as Raffles could no longer bear with the rajah's 
 conduct, which he described as " equally hostile and 
 insulting." The force arrived on the 7th June at Macassar, 
 and as the rajah declined to offer the reparation demanded 
 of him, or to surrender the " somdang " or regaHa of Goa, 
 which he had forcibly seized. Lieutenant McLeod carried 
 the town of Boni by assault within an hour from the com- 
 mencement of the attack. The rajah escaped, but his 
 palace, a large quantity of gunpowder, as well as five cannons, 
 several stands of colours, and arms of all descriptions fell 
 into the hands of the English. The English commander set 
 fire to the palace as a lesson to the rajah. The enemy lost 
 about one thousand, but the EngHsh loss was also severe. 
 
 As a reUc of the British occupation of Macassar there is a 
 stone in the cemetery there to the memory of the first 
 British Resident, Captain Philhps, who died in December, 
 1814.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 605 
 
 Bencoolen, Sumatra (Fort Marlborough). 
 
 When the English factory was turned out of Bantam in 
 1682 some of the members went to Bencoolen to try and 
 secure a foothold here for the Company, and on the 25th June, 
 1685, erected a factory, the first governor being Ralph Ord, 
 one of the East India Company's " trusted servants." The 
 following year branches were opened at Indrapoera and 
 Marijuta, and a fair amount of pepper, the cliief export, 
 was brought in by the natives. The following year a disaster 
 happened, the governor being poisoned ; some said, but 
 apparently v^dthout proof, that it was at the instigation of 
 the Dutch. As other troubles and much sickness also 
 occurred among the Company's servants, it was half-decided 
 to withdraw from Bencoolen ; but the Governor- General in 
 Bengal would not hear of it, and in 1690 Fort York was 
 built by a certain Benjamin Bloom, who had come from 
 Bantam. In 1693 further troubles occurred, and heavy 
 fever broke out among the Englishmen on account of the 
 to^^•n having been built on a malarial morass, the result 
 being that the new governor and his whole council, besides 
 nearly all the staff, died. 
 
 By 1694 the affairs of the new settlement began to 
 improve once more, and a considerable and increasing trade 
 was done in pepper. A new station was shortly after 
 established at Silleber, the rajah there having granted a 
 concession to the Enghsh, hoping thereby effectually to keep 
 out his enemies the Dutch. Between 1697 and 1700 continual 
 tribal wars, into which the Company were unfortunately 
 drawn, were occurring in Sumatra, which disturbed the 
 peace of the settlement and interfered with its prosperity, 
 and the garrison of soldiers in Fort York had to be brought 
 up to two hundred men. Another epidemic of fever broke 
 out in 1705, and the governor, three civil servants, and 
 forty-one slaves died. In this year, on account of a con-
 
 606 JAVA 
 
 tinuance of the native wars and other reasons, all the men 
 on the outlying stations were called in. Jeremiah Harrison 
 (one of the seniors of the Company's servants at Fort St. 
 George, Madras) visited Bencoolen in 1708 and was very 
 much impressed by the unprosperous state of afTairs which 
 he found, and, putting this down to the fact that in 1703 
 this settlement had been made independent of Fort St. 
 George, recommended its inclusion once more under the 
 control of this Government, an advice which was followed in 
 1710. Eventually, after much parleying and the expending 
 of somewhat large sums of money by the Company, peace 
 was once more established in 1721. The settlement now 
 once more revived and trade began to make headway again. 
 In 1760 a French fleet visited the east coast of Sumatra 
 under Admiral Count D'Estang and bombarded and 
 destroyed all the English settlements. As soon, however, 
 as the fleet had disappeared, the English, with spirits 
 undaunted, now set about repairing matters and restoring 
 their trade by rebuilding the factories. Three years later 
 Bencoolen, being considered strong enough and being in a 
 more or less flourishing condition, was again by decree made 
 an independent presidency. After this, however, the settle- 
 ment went back and gradually sank into insignificance. It 
 is to be seen from the " Court of Directors' " letter dated 
 the 18th April, 1805, to the Government of Penang that 
 Bencoolen from a political and commercial point of view 
 had become of no importance whatever, and that pepper, 
 the only produce exported, was an unprofitable concern. 
 It remained for Sir Stamford Baffles, who arrived here on 
 the 22nd March, 1818, as Lieutenant-Governor, to revive 
 the place and to try and bring order out of chaos ; this he 
 succeeded in doing. The place had become a den of 
 iniquity. 
 
 At this time only five hundred piculs of pepper were being 
 exported, while the expenses of the establishment amounted
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 607 
 
 to no less than £100,000 per annum. In the chapter on the 
 Life of Kaffles in the present work, and also in the Memoirs 
 of his life by Lady Raffles, it is seen how Raffles, with his 
 great nervous energy and his keen interest in his work, 
 cleaned the Augean stable — how he furthered his country's 
 interests here and consolidated her power. Raffles sailed 
 for England on the 1st March, 1824, when Bencoolen 
 (Padang, Nias, and all the other stations had already been 
 returned in 1819) was given back to the Dutch. During 
 Raffles' time trade at Bencoolen had received a great 
 impetus, and had made such strides that very good profits 
 were earned, which caused capital to flow more freely 
 into the country. Coffee now was also grown, and experi- 
 ments were successfully made with small fields of sugar cane 
 and nutmegs. 
 
 Among the principal English or American families whose 
 names constantly appear betw^een 1820 and 1835 and until 
 Bencoolen ceased to exist were those of Lems, Palmer, 
 Leicester, Green, Barrett, Watson, Bond, Wyatt, Bogle, 
 and Gibson. In these days the settlement was a British 
 colony full of life. The reasons why Bencoolen never could 
 have succeeded are many ; but firstly it needed a man like 
 Raffles to nurse it to prosperity, and to encom^age it with 
 broad views and ideas, and secondly it needed a better 
 climate. Both these needs being wanting, and moreover 
 there being no apparent desire on the part of the Dutch to 
 assist the English merchants there, but rather a determina- 
 tion to concentrate trade as much as possible on the east 
 coast of Sumatra at Padang, the entire trade of Bencoolen 
 was gradually transferred to the latter place, and where 
 later we have continual glimpses of such English-speaking 
 families as the Maidmans, Purvises, Stew^arts, Boyles, 
 Townsends and Wards. The one Enghsh churchyard there 
 contains many of their graves, and this is all that now 
 remains of them. At the present day not one English
 
 608 JAVA 
 
 family exists in these parts, always excepting those working 
 in the gold mines near. 
 
 List of English Grave-stones at the Old English Colony 
 
 OF Bencoolen. 
 Grave-stones in the Churchyard. 
 
 (1) 
 
 Here Lie the Remains 
 
 of the Late 
 
 Ma JR. Chas. Porteous, 
 
 2nd Bn. Regt. Bl. N. I. 
 
 Who departed this life 
 
 the 8th April 1816 
 
 Aged 39 Years. 
 
 This Monument is erected as a Small 
 
 Tribute of respect to his Memory 
 
 By the officers of his Corps. 
 
 (2) 
 
 Here Lie Interred 
 
 The Remains of 
 
 Alexander Monteath 
 
 Surgeon 
 
 In the Honourable Company's 
 
 Civil Service 
 
 Who died 9th July 1798. 
 
 Sincerely Regretted. 
 
 (3) 
 
 Sacred 
 
 To the Memorij 
 
 of 
 
 Robert Bogle, Esquire 
 
 Who departed this hfe on the 26th of 
 
 September, in the ijear of our Lord 
 
 one thousand eight hundred and fourtij eight 
 
 deephj regretted bij his afflicted daughter 
 
 Susan Zaharah Romswinckel. 
 
 No sculp tur'd marble here nor pompous laij, 
 No storied urn, nor animated bust ! 
 
 This simple stone directs a daughter's waij 
 To pour her sorrows o'er her father's dust.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 609 
 
 (4) 
 
 Sacred 
 
 to the Memory 
 
 of 
 
 J. V. L. Bogle Esqr. 
 
 Who departed this hfe 
 
 on the 9th Dec. 1814. 
 
 Sincerely regretted. 
 
 (5) 
 Sacred 
 To The Memory of 
 Agnes Harriet, 
 The beloved wife of Charles Hay, Esqre. 
 and eldest daughter of 
 Robert Bogle, Esqre. of this Place 
 (And of Her Infant). 
 She was Born 16th April 1810. 
 And Departed this Life 27th Dec. 1836. 
 Aged 26 Years and 8 Months : 
 Sincerely and Deservedly Regretted. 
 This Monument is erected by 
 Her afflicted Husband, 
 As a tribute to her many virtues. 
 Called not away when time had loosed each hold, 
 On the fond heart and each desire grew cold, 
 But when to all that knit Us to our kind. 
 She felt fast bound as love alone can bind. 
 
 (6) 
 
 Here lie the Remains of 
 
 Charles Richard Ramus 
 
 Who departed this Life 
 
 March 14th Anno Domini 1808 
 
 Aged one Year, eleven Months, 
 
 and seven Days. 
 
 (7) 
 
 Sacred 
 
 to the Memory 
 
 of 
 
 Edward Arktns Esqre. 
 
 Who died on the 28th of March 1812, 
 
 Aged 46 Years. 
 
 J. ^VOL. I. RR
 
 610 ' JAVA 
 
 (8) 
 
 Sacred 
 
 To the Memory of 
 
 Mr. Thomas Whittenberry 
 
 Who departed this Life 
 
 The 28th of August 1802. 
 
 Aged 18 Years. 
 
 (9) 
 
 Sacred to the Memory of 
 
 William Holloway, 
 
 Who having served in the Civil Service 
 
 of the Hon"* United EngUsh East India Company, 
 
 On the Island of Sumatra 
 
 With Honor, Zeal and Integrity. 
 
 After twenty two Years service 
 
 Departed this Life 
 
 At the Age of forty. 
 
 The Moral qualities that graced his Mind 
 Proved him an ornament to Human kind, 
 Society his manners so adorned. 
 He lived respected died sincerely mourned 
 Oh pass not by, stop youthful pilgrim here 
 Read this, and O'er his ashes drop a tear. 
 In memory of those Virtues Mankind praise 
 This Tombstone did his Sorrowing Brother raise. 
 
 (10) 
 
 Sacred 
 to the Memory of 
 Henry J. Watson 
 
 Lieut*- of the Fort Marlbro Local Corps 
 
 and formerly Lieut^- H.M. 87th Regt. 
 
 Who departed this hfe at Bencoolen 
 
 on the 1st of February 1824 
 
 Aged 35 Years. 
 
 (11) 
 
 To the Memory 
 
 of 
 
 Stokeham Donston Esqr. 
 
 Who departed this 
 
 Life at Marlbro, 
 
 the 2nd April 1775 
 
 Aged 41.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC, 611 
 
 (12) 
 
 Beneath this tomb 
 
 are deposited the remains 
 
 of 
 
 Edward Crisp, 
 
 Writer in the service 
 
 of the 
 
 East India Company 
 
 Who died the 24th day of December 
 
 1796 
 
 Aged , . Years. 
 
 (13) 
 
 Here Lies 
 
 Miss Frances Maclane 
 
 Who departed this Life 
 
 on the 18 October 1858. 
 
 Aged 58 Years. 
 
 (14) 
 
 Sacred 
 
 To the Memory of 
 
 Captain Thomas Tapso 
 
 Obiit 15th July, 1816. 
 Aged 51 Years 11th Mths. 
 
 This humble Monument 
 
 Was erected to his Memory 
 
 By his much afflicted friend 
 
 Nonah Jessmina. 
 
 (15) 
 
 Sacred 
 
 To the Memory 
 
 of 
 
 Jane wife of P. Devine 
 
 Subconductor of Ordnance 
 
 Who departed this Life 
 
 at Fort Marlbro on the 
 
 9th March 1825 
 
 Aged 33 Years. 
 
 She was possessed of those Virtues 
 
 Which adorn the sex, and whose 
 
 Loss will ever be lamented by an 
 
 Affectionate Husband. 
 
 B B 2
 
 612 JAVA 
 
 (16) 
 
 To the Memory 
 
 of 
 
 Mary Anne 
 
 The wife of 
 
 W. R. Jennings Esqr. 
 
 Who departed this Ufe 
 
 The 22nd Day of April 
 
 1818. 
 
 Aged 28. 
 
 This Monument 
 Is erected to her memory 
 By her affectionate 
 Husband. 
 
 (17) 
 (o) 
 
 Sacred 
 To the Memory of 
 William Baillie 
 
 Who departed this hfe 
 The 31st August 1810 
 Aged 10 days. 
 
 Sacred 
 
 To the Memory of 
 
 Jane Lewis 
 
 Obit 19th Feb. Y 1823. 
 ^. 22. 
 
 Farewell, my best belov'd, whose heavenly mind 
 Genius and virtue, strength with softness join'd ; 
 Unblam'd unequall'd in each sphere of Life, 
 The tenderest daughter, Sister, Parent, Wife. 
 Could I express but ah ! can words my loss declare 
 Or paint the extremes of transport and despair ? 
 O, thou beyond what verse or speech can tell, 
 My Guide my friend, my best belov'd, farewell. 
 
 W. T. L.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 613 
 
 (c) 
 
 Sacred 
 To the Memory of 
 
 John Lancaster 
 
 Assistant Surgeon 
 
 of the Bengal EstabUshment 
 
 Aged 33, 
 
 Who departed this life 
 
 16th Sept. 1821. 
 
 (d) 
 
 Sacred 
 
 to the Memory 
 
 of 
 
 Mrs. E. M. Baillie 
 
 Who departed this Life 
 
 on the 23rd May 1815 
 
 Aged 25 Years and Months. 
 
 As a small mark of their 
 
 Unimpaired affection 
 and an humble memorial 
 
 of her many Virtues, 
 
 This Monument is erected 
 
 by her afflicted Brothers 
 
 H. R. and W. T. Lewis. 
 
 (18) 
 
 Sacred 
 
 To the Memory of 
 
 Captain Robert HM. . . . 
 
 of the Bengal Service 
 
 \^Tio departed this life 
 
 At Fort Marlborough 
 
 In the year 
 
 1820 
 
 Aged 30 Years.
 
 614 JAVA 
 
 (19) 
 
 (a) 
 
 Sacred 
 
 to the Memory 
 
 of 
 
 Frai^cis Inglis Esqr. 
 
 of the Civil Service 
 
 At Fort Marlborough 
 
 Who died on the 17th June 1814 
 
 Aged 39 Jears. 
 
 Beloved and Lamented bij a numerous 
 
 Family and many Friends. 
 
 (b) 
 
 In 
 
 Memory of 
 
 AiTN Herries Johnstone 
 
 Christened April 17th 1790 
 
 and 
 
 Departed this Life 
 
 on the 
 
 9th June 
 
 1795. 
 
 (c) 
 
 Sacred 
 
 To the Memory of 
 
 William Cox 
 
 Born 10th December 1802 ; 
 
 Died on the 9th October 1804. 
 
 id) 
 
 Sacred 
 
 To the memory of 
 
 Phillip Cox 
 
 Born 
 27th May 1804 
 
 Died 
 16th Juli 1804.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 615 
 
 On the monument of Parr : — 
 
 (20) 
 
 Richard Watts Esqr. 
 
 Some time of Council for the 
 
 R* Hon^''" Comp. affairs - • 
 
 in Fort S*' George 
 
 and in the Year 1699 came 
 
 over Deputy Govern' 
 
 of this Place 
 
 and in ab' three Years after 
 
 made by Commission from 
 
 the Company the First 
 
 President of this Coast 
 
 In v^^ Station he departed 
 
 this life Decemb"^ 17 1705 and 
 
 in the 44th Year of his age. 
 
 (21) 
 
 Underneath this obelisk are interred 
 the Remains of 
 
 Captain Robert Hamilton 
 
 Who died on the 15th of Dec' 1793 
 
 at the Age of 38 Years 
 
 in the command of the Troops 
 
 and 
 
 Second Member of the Government. 
 
 Grave-stone in Fort Marlborough. 
 
 (22) 
 
 Here 
 Are deposited the Remains of 
 
 Charles Murray Esqr. 
 
 Assistent to the Residency (?) of Fort Marlborough. 
 
 His a Progress 
 
 of the Band of Assassins - 
 
 on the Night of the . . . December 1807 
 
 when Thomas Parr Esq' 
 
 Resident at Bencoolen . . . 
 
 Representative of Government 
 
 fell by their misguided Duty (?).
 
 616 JAVA 
 
 His humane care preserved the Life of 
 The widow of ... his ... nd 
 
 Wounded in com her husband 
 
 from the Daggers of the Assassins 
 
 Dis I -, i induced by anxious and unceasing Execution 
 in the zealous Discharge of his public Duty 
 (dimine) a Season of Danger and Alarm 
 ^ removed (?) this Life 
 
 on the 7th of January 1808 
 Aged 21 Years. 
 
 In Memory 
 of his brave and humane Conduct 
 
 and of his public Services 
 The Right Honourable Lord Minto 
 
 Governor General in Council 
 caused this Monument to be erected. 
 
 To the Memory of 
 Charles Murray Esquire. 
 
 (23) 
 
 Here are Deposited 
 
 The Remains 
 
 of 
 
 Thomas Parr Esquire 
 
 in life 
 
 the representative 
 
 assassins 
 
 in' the night .... of December. 
 
 and advantage to 
 
 His Employers 
 
 The Right Honourable Gilbert Lord Minto 
 
 Governor General in Council 
 
 has ordered 
 that this marble be erected 
 to his Memory. 
 
 Lindeman, Sot.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 617 
 
 This Stone 
 Is added ad . . the . . . 
 The of 
 
 Thomas Parr Esquire 
 
 Widow 
 
 Will 
 
 Time shall be no more. 
 
 Lindeman, Set. 
 
 Notes. 
 
 (1) This list was prepared from the grave-stones by W. Bakker 
 in 1912. 
 
 (2) According to the Memoir of the Life and Public Services of 
 Sir T. S. Raffles by his widow, page 298, Vol. II., nearly all the 
 stones came from Calcutta. 
 
 (3) Grave-stone No. 3 was probably not cut by an Englishman, 
 as U in the word " daughter " is each time given as N. 
 
 (4) On grave-stone No. 18 it is not clear whether Hull or Hall 
 is intended. From page 16, Vol. I., of the Memoir the name 
 appears, however, to be Hull. 
 
 (5) Grave-stone No. 19 is really a four-sided tomb, as commonly 
 in vogue a century ago for distinguished persons. 
 
 (6) No. 20 is a grave-stone placed incorrectly on the monument 
 of Parr. 
 
 (7) In Fort Marlborough there are other English graves, but 
 the inscriptions on two of them are apparently illegible. 
 
 (8) For grave-stone No. 9 see page 332 of Memoir. 
 
 (9) The names in the corners of the stones seem to be those of 
 the sculptors. 
 
 Singapore (Malay Peninsula). 
 
 As the history of Java in the nineteenth century has been 
 a good deal bound up with the name of Raffles, it seems 
 scarcely appropriate in giving this small account of the 
 different places of importance in the Dutch East Indies to 
 leave out the neighbouring British settlement of Singapore, 
 the acquisition of which was due to Raffles, and was indeed
 
 618 
 
 JAVA 
 
 the greatest achievement of his life. A few notes are 
 therefore here given. 
 
 The population of Singapore in 1819, when the British 
 flag was first hoisted, consisted of only 300 Malays. In a 
 few years it had grown to 20,000, made up as follows : — 
 
 Classes. 
 
 Male. 
 
 Female. 
 
 Total. 
 
 Europeans ...... 
 
 91 
 
 28 
 
 119 
 
 Indo-Britons ...... 
 
 56 
 
 40 
 
 96 
 
 Native Christians . . . . 
 
 167 
 
 133 
 
 300 
 
 Armenians ...... 
 
 27 
 
 8 
 
 35 
 
 Jews ....... 
 
 2 
 
 — 
 
 2 
 
 Arabs ....... 
 
 96 
 
 — 
 
 96 
 
 Chinese ....... 
 
 7,650 
 
 867 
 
 8,517 
 
 Malays ....... 
 
 3,673 
 
 3,368 
 
 7,131 
 
 Natives of Coromandel and Malabar coasts . 
 
 1,762 
 
 57 
 
 1,819 
 
 Bengalis ....... 
 
 389 
 
 11 
 
 400 
 
 Natives of Celebes, Bugis and Balinese 
 
 794 
 
 932 
 
 1,726 
 
 Javanese ...... 
 
 361 
 
 234 
 
 595 
 
 Siamese ....... 
 
 5 
 
 2 
 
 7 
 
 Negroes ....... 
 
 23 
 
 14 
 
 37 
 
 The names of most of the principal Englishmen living 
 here in 1822 are given at the end of this section.^ 
 
 Inl824there were twelve mercantile houses, all connected 
 with Batavia or Calcutta. In 1832 there were twenty 
 European mercantile houses in Singapore, namely, seventeen 
 British, one Portuguese, one German, and one American ; 
 while there were also three large Armenian mercantile 
 establishments. Of all these houses only that of Guthrie 
 & Co., which opened in 1821, exists to-day. 
 
 When a European merchant in those days wished to make 
 a shipment of produce to England he visited the bazaar and 
 purchased the articles he required from the Chinese in 
 exchange for others that had been consigned to him. In 
 1832 there were no Government buildings of any importance 
 except the gaol, a square white building erected in a swamp 
 
 ^ Also some other interesting particulars of a later date, and some notes 
 on Penang and Malacca.
 
 THE TOWNS IX JAVA, ETC. 619 
 
 at the back of the town, and a small stone hospital situated 
 near the Circular Road. The court-house was built as a 
 dwelHng by an English merchant, from whom it was rented 
 by the Government. Government House was on a hill at 
 the back of the town and was built by Raffles in a fort- 
 night, and was therefore not very substantial. At this 
 period Malay pirates swarmed in the neighbourhood 6f 
 Singapore. 
 
 The numerous islands around, the intersecting channels 
 of which were kno^vn only to themselves, afforded them a 
 safe retreat, whence they could pounce down upon the 
 defenceless trading craft and drag them into their lairs to 
 plunder at their leisure. Their organisation was highly 
 perfected, more so even than that which formerly obtained 
 among the buccaneers of America. Some petty chief of one 
 of the Malay states who had either been ruined by gambling 
 or was desirous of improving his fortunes would collect under 
 his banner as many restless spirits as he could and sail for 
 one of the most retired islands near Singapore. Here he 
 erected a village as a depot for slaves and plunder, and then 
 lay in wait with his armed praams near frequented waters 
 for the native trader passing to and fro from Singapore. If 
 the chief was successful his village soon became a town, 
 while his fleet of praams became so numerous as to be sub- 
 divided into squadrons which took long cruises. They 
 sailed in fleets of from three to twenty, which were armed 
 with guns, large and small, and each praam carried fifteen 
 to forty men. The vessels that were captured were brought 
 to their settlement, plundered and burnt, the goods being 
 taken to Singapore for sale. The unfortunate natives who 
 were captured were carried to Lingen and sold to the Malays 
 to cultivate the Sumatra pepper plantations. A glance at 
 the old Singapore papers will show to what an extent the 
 system prevailed, and for every case recorded probably 
 there were ten unrecorded, as it rarely happened that
 
 620 JAVA 
 
 anyone returned to tell the tale. These pirates existed 
 until Admiral Keppel cleared them out. One of the cases 
 that created a great sensation at the time occurred off 
 Indramayoc, Java, when an English merchant named 
 Stephen Timewell was killed while he was leaving Pama- 
 noekan for Batavia in August, 1828, with a large sum of 
 money for the purchase of sundry produce and articles. 
 The news of the passage of this money had reached a famous 
 piratical chief, Eajah Raga, who with a sufficient number of 
 praams, cruised about in the neighbourhood of Indramayoc 
 several days beforehand on the look-out for the small brig 
 owned by Timewell. The crew of this vessel consisted of 
 two Englishmen, the captain and the chief officer, and about 
 thirty Javan seamen, who together with the owner defended 
 the vessel for some time until all their ammunition was 
 exhausted. Towards the evening, however, Timewell was 
 killed by a spear fired from a musket, and the pirates, taking 
 advantage of the resulting confusion, immediately boarded 
 the brig. The two remaining Englishmen, knowing full 
 well that certain death awaited them, threw themselves 
 overboard, and succeeded in reaching a bamboo fishing 
 buoy, a number of which are always moored near this spot. 
 The pirates, too busily employed plundering their prize to 
 think of anything else, did not perceive their place of refuge, 
 and the vessels soon drifted out of sight. The two men had 
 now an opportunity of considering their position, which was 
 now very little better. They were immersed to their necks, and 
 dreaded every moment the attack of sharks, which swarm 
 on the coasts of Java ; nor had either of them during the 
 whole night the comfort of knowing whether liis companion 
 was still alive. Shortly after daylight appeared fishermen 
 were perceived, but instead of rescuing them immediately 
 the Javans first consulted together and then demanded who 
 they were. Finding they were Englishmen whose vessel 
 had been attacked by pirates and captured, they were taken
 
 MARKKT AT T.IILAT.TAU. 
 
 sTUKKT l.\ .^A.MAUANU. SHOWING CHUKCH.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 621 
 
 on board and kindly treated, being eventually brought by 
 the fishermen to Indramayoc. 
 
 As a reminiscence of this we find in the Java Government 
 Gazette of the 8th March, 1830, the following notice : — 
 
 " The undersigned trustees of the estate of Stephen Timewell, 
 who was captured by pirates on his passage from Pamanoekan 
 to Batavia in the month of August, 1828, request that all persons 
 having claims upon his estate may make immediate application 
 towards liquidating the same. 
 
 " Alexander London, 
 " Wm. Baxter. 
 " Batavia, 8th March, 1830." 
 
 This Rajah Raga w^as looked for for years by English 
 men-of-war, and on one occasion while cruising with three 
 large praams he was attacked by one, two of the praams 
 being destroyed with their crews ; but the third escaped, 
 and on this was the rajah. On another occasion his own 
 praam, which carried upwards of one hundred and fifty men 
 and mounted several very large guns, was quietly sailing 
 near Macassar in charge of his favourite panglima, or captain, 
 when a ship was sighted, which was fired upon, and the 
 panglima prepared, as customary, to come to close quarters, 
 since no ship could withstand such a large praam. To the 
 panglima's surprise and dismay, however, a long line of 
 ports opened in the side of the vessel, and he found himself 
 under the rows of guns of a British man-of-war. 
 
 The panglima hailed the man-of-war and endeavoured to 
 make it appear that he had acted under a misapprehension 
 and in self-defence, but a subterfuge was useless ; the 
 British man-of-war knew the praam and was after her, and 
 a broadside sank her in one minute, with her whole crew 
 except two men, who clung to a piece of wreck and were 
 picked up by a native praam. 
 
 Shortly after the introduction of steam in 1827 a well- 
 armed steam vessel plying between Singapore and Batavia
 
 622 JAVA 
 
 was attacked by a large armed praam, the pirates fancying 
 she was a brig on fire. They soon found out their mistake 
 and were to their astonishment pursued and sunk. 
 
 Singapore to-day is one of the centres of the commercial 
 world, with huge docks worth about four million pounds 
 sterling and affording wharfage for a large number of 
 vessels at one time ; there are commodious godowns and 
 coal-sheds along the wharf, the latter with a capacity for 
 storing 50,000 tons of coal. There are two graving docks— 
 the Victoria Dock, 450 feet long and 65 feet broad at the 
 entrance, and the Albert Dock, 485 feet long and 60 feet 
 broad at the entrance. There is a population, still growing, 
 of 2,000,000. The port, if reckoned by its tonnage, is now 
 the seventh in the world. In the last thirty years the trade 
 has grown from 5,000,000 dollars to 20,000,000 dollars. 
 There are a number of churches of all creeds and denomina- 
 tions, many clubs, and several scientific institutions. In 
 fact, the place has proved Sir Stamford Eafiles' wonderful 
 foresight and his excellent choice of a position. 
 
 1, List of British Residents in Singapore about 1822. 
 
 Robert Morrison, D.D. 
 
 Alexander Laurie Johnstone, founder of the house of A. L. 
 Johnstone & Co. in 1820.i 
 
 Hiigh Syme, founder of Syme & Co., of Singapore, 1822, Pit- 
 cairn Syme & Co., Java, 1825, but doing business in Java as early 
 as 1822 with an army officer, Captain Campbell, his agent, a 
 partner, who died there in 1822. 
 
 D. S. Napier, of the firm of Napier and Scott. 
 
 John Argyle Maxwell, agent for G. Maclaine & Co., Java, from 
 1822 to 1828. 
 
 Nathaniel Wallich. 
 
 Lieutenant-Colonel Mclnnes. 
 
 Captain Flint,^ R.N., Sir T. S. Raffles' aide-de-camp. 
 
 Captain Davies, Rev. R. Morrison, Rev. J. Humphreys, Rev. D, 
 Collie, Rev. R. S. Hutchin^s, Rev. O. H. Thompson, Rev. J. Milton. 
 
 William Montgomery, M.D. 
 
 ^ TMs house failed in 1890, thus lasting seventy years. 
 2 Formerly of Java, buyer of the land Serondol.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 623 
 
 O. Finlayson. 
 
 Samuel Roberts, printer. 
 
 Hon. E. Phillips, member of Council (brother of the former 
 Resident of Macassar, 1811). 
 
 Hon. J. Erskine, member of CounoU. 
 
 Rev. G. Burder. 
 
 W. A. Hankey. 
 
 G. W. Grommelin. 
 
 G. A. Bonham, son of Governor of Penang. 
 
 Lieutenant L. N. Hull. 
 
 Lieutenant P. Jackson. 
 
 David Alexander Eraser, formerly partner in Skelton & Co., 
 of Batavia, which ceased on the 31st December, 1821 ; afterwards 
 partner in Macquoid, Davidson & Co., Batavia, and now managing 
 partner for that firm here. 
 
 G. Mackenzie. 
 
 Thomas Howard. 
 
 F. J. Bernard. 
 
 Charles Scott, of Napier and Scott, probably a relative of 
 Robert Scott, of Deans, Scott & Co. 
 
 G. Gordon. 
 
 John Morgan, brother of A. Morgan, both partners in Paton, 
 Morgan & Co., Batavia, 1822—1828. 
 
 G. R. Read, partner in A. L. Johnstone & Co. 
 
 John Purvis (brother of W. Purvis, captain of a ship trading 
 in the archipelago). 
 
 A. Guthrie, founder of Guthrie & Co., 1819. 
 
 Alexander Morgan, merchant of Sourabaya, 1819, and a brother 
 of John Morgan (founder of Paton, Morgan & Co., 1822—1828, 
 and Morgan, King & Co., Batavia, 1829, and Morgan, Melbourne 
 & Co., Batavia, 1833—1884). 
 
 Alexander Hay, brother of Colin Mackenzie Hay, partner in 
 the house of Maclaine & Co., Batavia, 1822. 
 
 2. From the Day-book, Singapore. 
 
 1819, May 29th. In laying out the town six building lots 
 were reserved by Raffles — one for Carnegy & Co., Penang, one 
 for F. Ferrao, one for Thomas Macquoid, one for Captain Flint, 
 and two to be disposed of by Raffles himself. 
 
 3. List of Occupiers of Lands, Singapore, July, 1821. 
 
 Claude Querros. A. L. Johnstone. 
 
 J. Carnegy. J. Morgan. 
 
 Scott and Napier. A. Guthrie. 
 
 Christie. G. Mackenzie.
 
 624 
 
 JAVA 
 
 List of Occupiers of Land, Singapore — {continued). 
 
 Williamson. 
 Lackersteen. 
 Hay Mackenzie. 
 F. Ferrao. 
 J. Almeida. 
 Baron Jamearie. 
 F. J. Bernard. 
 Dunn. 
 
 Captain Flint. 
 Lieutenant Crossley. 
 Captain Methven. 
 Lieutenant Davis. 
 Colonel Farquhar. 
 George Armstrong. 
 Thomas Owen Crane. 
 
 John Dalton. 
 A. Guthrie. 
 Hugh Syme. 
 Graham Mackenzie. 
 J. A. Maxwell. 
 A. L. Johnstone. 
 John ConnoUy. 
 William Spottiswoode. 
 H. F. Hansen. 
 T. H. Bell. 
 Francis Cox. 
 Daniel Hawthorn. 
 H. Gilbert. 
 R. Macquire. 
 
 4. List of Magistrates of Singapore, 1st February, 1823. 
 
 Alexander L. Johnstone. 
 James Argyle Maxwell. 
 David S. Napier.^ 
 A. Read.i 
 Claude Queiros. 
 Charles Scott. 
 John Purvis. 
 Alexander Morgan. 
 
 D. Clark. 
 John Morgan. 
 Alexander Hay. 
 A. Guthrie. 
 A. Farquhar. 
 J. King. 
 G. Mackenzie. 
 
 In 1823. 
 
 C. R. Read ; Hon. Company : James Lumsdaine, Nathaniel 
 Wallich, and Captain Francis Salmond. 
 
 5. List of Merchants of Singapore, 1824. 
 
 Alexander Laurie Johnstone & 
 Co, (for self and J. Crawford). 
 C. Thomas. 
 G. Mackenzie. 
 Hugh Syme. 
 Isaiah Zacheriah. 
 Spottiswoode and Conolly. 
 
 Charles Scott (for self and D. S. 
 
 Napier). 
 Guthrie and Clarke. 
 John A. Maxwell. 
 Morgan, Hunter & Co. 
 Andrew Farquhar. 
 
 In 1819 a writer in the Company's service, Bencoolen.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 625 
 
 6. Owners of Land in Singapore, January, 1824. 
 
 John Palmer, of Calcutta. ^ John Morgan.^ 
 
 G. D. H. Larpent, of Calcutta.^ Hon. J. J. Erskine, member of 
 
 Captain Murray, commanding CouncO, Penang.^ 
 
 officer. 2 J. A. Maxwell. ^ 
 
 A. Hay.3 Pearl.3 
 
 Colonel Farquhar.2 Carnegy, of Penang.^ 
 
 A. Farquhar.3 Baretto & Co., of Calcutta. ^ 
 
 F. J. Bernard.2 T. King.^ 
 
 Captain Davies.^ C. R. Read.^ 
 
 Captain Flint. ^ Captain Howard. ^ 
 
 Lieutenant P. Jackson. ^ Captam Methven.^ 
 
 S. G. Bonham.2 Captain Salmond, of Ben- 
 Asst. Surgeon Montgomery. ^ coolen.^ 
 
 Queiros.3 Captain Harrington.^ 
 
 Mackenzie. 3 J. Clark. ^ 
 
 Napier." F. G. Maclaine.^ 
 
 Hay.3 Fletcher.3 
 
 Scott. 3 Ryan. 2 
 
 A. Guthrie. 3 Rev. Morrison.^ 
 
 J. Purvis. 3 Rev. Milton.^ 
 
 A. L. Johnston. 3 Rev. Thomsen.* 
 Captain Almeida. ^ 
 
 7. Principal Merchants of Singapore, 1826. 
 
 Charles Chester. John Argyle Maxwell. 
 
 Thomas Davis. William Paton. 
 
 James Innes. William Scott. 
 
 Alexander Laurie Johnston. John Spottiswoode. 
 
 Alexander Kyd Lindsay. Hugh Syme. 
 
 William Gordon Mackenzie. William Vincent. 
 
 (All commissioners of the peace.) 
 
 8. List of Public Servants and European Inhabitants 
 Residing at Singapore, March, 1827. 
 
 Honourable John Prince, Esq., Resident Councillor. 
 
 Edward Presgrave, Esq., deputy Resident. 
 
 S. G. Bonham, Esq., assistant Resident. 
 
 Rev. R. Burn, chaplain. 
 
 Captain W. Flint, R.N., master attendant and port-master. 
 
 ^ Non-resident merchant. 
 
 2 Government ofl&cer. 
 
 3 Resident mercliant. 
 * Missionaries. 
 
 J. — ^VOL I. S S
 
 626 
 
 JAVA 
 
 Captain C. E. Davis, garrison staff. 
 
 Lieutenant P. Jackson, executive officer. 
 
 W. Montgomerie, M.D., residing assistant surgeon. 
 
 Extra covenanted servant for Bencoolen : R. G. Perreau. 
 
 Assistants attached to Resident's and Secretary's office : 
 J. F. Burrows, W. Herwetson, J. D. Remedios. 
 
 Accountant's and pay office : R. Winter, T. H. Bell. 
 
 Police office and Convict Department : W, Campbell, J. 
 Salmon, W. Holloway, Henry Gilbert (constable), Francis Cox 
 (constable), Robert Macquire (constable), Hilton (overseer of 
 convicts). 
 
 Master attendant's office : Edward Coles, John Leyden 
 Siamee. 
 
 Post Office : Edward Coles. 
 
 Commissioner's Court of Requests : Edward Presgrave and 
 S. G. Bonham (commissioners), W. Holloway (clerk), Francis Cox 
 (bailiff). 
 
 9. Merchants and Houses of Agency at Singapore, 1827. 
 
 Almeida & Co. 
 Armstrong, Crane & Co. 
 J. Dalton. 
 A. Farquhar. 
 Guthrie and Clark. 
 A. L. Johnstone & Co. 
 Mackenzie & Co. 
 
 Maxwell & Co. 
 
 Morgans, Hunter & Co. 
 
 Napier, Scott & Co. 
 
 J. Purvis. 
 
 Spottiswoode, Connolly & Co. 
 
 Syme & Co. 
 
 Thomas & Co. 
 
 10. Armenian Merchants and Armenians in their Employ, 
 
 1827. 
 
 Isaiah Zechariah. 
 Satoor and Stephen. 
 Aristakus Sarkis 
 
 Manook. 
 Carapit Phanoos. 
 Johannes Simon. 
 
 Sarkis Aratoon Sarkis. 
 Seth Avieth Seth, Andrew 
 and J. Zechariah, and C. P. Zechariah 
 
 (in the employ of Isaiah 
 
 Zechariah). 
 
 11. European Inhabitants, 1827. 
 
 F. J. Bernard (agent to Lloyd's and notary public), J. Brown 
 (employ of Messrs. Mackenzie & Co.), Jas. R. Bruce (employ of 
 Messrs. Armstrong & Co.), George D. Coleman (civil architect), 
 W. Dunman, Martinus de SUva (employ of Lieutenant Jackson), 
 P. F. Douwe, John Ellis (employ of Johnstone & Co.), J. Francis 
 (tavern-keeper), Frederick Freeze, James Eraser (employ of 
 Maxwell & Co.), James Gordon, W. R. George (employ of Thomas 
 & Co.), John Gummer, H. F. Hansen, D. Hawthorn (ship's
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 627 
 
 carpenter), A. Hay (of the firm of Johnston & Co.), Stephen 
 Hallpike, C. HoUoway, Robert Hunter (of Morgans, Hunter & Co.), 
 Thomas Lardner (in Mr. Temperton's employ), Thomas Laby 
 (punch-house keeper), James Loch (editor of the Singapore 
 Chronicle), J. Macintosh (employ of Connolly & Co.), W. Merry- 
 weather (employ of Syme & Co.), F. de SUva Pinto Maia (Roman 
 Catholic priest), Miguel Matti( watchmaker), S. Milton (missionary), 
 WUliam Macdonald (employ of Morgans, Hunter & Co.), A. 
 Martin (surgeon), R. Moore (employ of Maxwell & Co.), W. Napier, 
 R. Napier, W. Page (employ of Morgans, Hunter & Co.), W. P. 
 Paton (of the firm of Morgans, Hunter & Co.), R. E. Pelling 
 (employ of Guthrie and Clark), Claud Queiros (agent for Palmer 
 & Co.), C. R. Read (of the firm of Johnston & Co.), C. Ryan 
 (employ of Napier, Scott & Co.), W. D. Shaw (of the firm of 
 Mackenzie & Co.), S. Sweeting (employ of Syme & Co.), Swinton 
 (shipwright), W. Steward (employ of Thomas & Co.), G. Solomon 
 (employ of Johnston & Co.), W. Temperton (shipwright), Charles 
 Thomas, C. S. Thomas, Josiah Thomas, C. H. Thomsen (mis- 
 sionary), Westerborgh (punch-house keeper), John Wright. 
 
 12. The Singapore Chamber of Commerce : Rfles, 1837, and 
 Copy of the First Chairman's Circular Letter. 
 
 " Singapore, 10th March, 1837. 
 " The Committee of the Chamber of Commerce, which has been 
 recently established at this place under the designation of the 
 * Singapore Chamber of Commerce,' beg to wait upon you with 
 the annexed copy of the Rules of the Institution. WhUe tender- 
 ing you their services in this quarter, in whatever department 
 they are likely to be useful, the Committee solicit at the same time, 
 the communication of any intelligence of a mercantile nature 
 which it may be in your power to afford, whether bearing upon 
 the general interests of commerce, or calculated in particular to 
 affect those of this Settlement ; as well as your assistance in 
 promoting in any other way the object of the Chamber. The 
 Committee will be gratified also by the receipt of any printed 
 statements of Trade, or official documents of the like description, 
 which may be published for general information, or are procurable, 
 in your quarter, and which it may be in your power to transmit. 
 
 " I am. Gentlemen, 
 
 " Your most obedient Servant, 
 " Alex. L. Johnston, 
 " Chairman." 
 ss2
 
 628 JAVA 
 
 PROCEEDINGS AT THE ESTABLISHMENT OF THE SINGAPORE 
 CHAMBER OF COMMERCE. 
 
 " At a Meeting of the Merchants, Agents, and others interested 
 m the trade of Singapore, convened by circular, and held at 
 the Reading-Room on Wednesday the 8th February, 1837, for 
 the purpose of taking into consideration the propriety of establish- 
 ing a Chamber of Commerce at this Settlement, 
 
 "A. L. Johnston, Esqre., in the Chair, 
 " It was proposed by Ellis James Oilman, Esqre,, seconded by 
 R. C. Healey, Esqre., and Unanimously Resolved, — 
 " 1st. That an Association be formed under the designation of 
 * The Singapore Chamber of Commerce,' for the purpose 
 of watching over the commercial interests of the Settle- 
 ment. 
 " Proposed by Edward Boustead, Esqre., seconded by W. S. 
 Lorrain, Esqre., and Unanimously Resolved, — 
 " 2nd. That all Merchants, Agents, Ship-owners, and others 
 interested in the trade of the place, be eligible to become 
 Members of this Association. 
 " Proposed by Thos. Scott, Esqre., seconded by J. S. Clark, 
 Esqre., and Unanimously Resolved, — 
 
 " 3rd. That a Provisional Committee be now appointed to draw 
 up Rules and Regulations for the government of the 
 Chamber, and to report thereon to a general Meeting 
 to be convened as soon as the same are prepared. 
 " Proposed by W. S. Duncan, Esqre., seconded by Lewis 
 Eraser, Esqre., and Unanimously Resolved, — 
 " 4th. That the said Provisional Committee consist of the 
 following five gentlemen : — 
 Edward Boustead, Esqre. 
 Thomas McMicking, Esqre. 
 Alexander Guthrie, Esqre. 
 Ellis James Oilman, Esqre. 
 William Renshaw George, Esqre. 
 
 " (Signed) A. L. Johnston, 
 
 " Chairman. 
 " (Signed) E. J. Oilman, 
 
 " (Secy, {pro tern.).'' 
 
 " At a General Meeting of the Commercial Community of
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 629 
 
 Singapore, convened by public Advertisement, and held at the 
 Reading-Room, this day, 20th February, 1837, 
 
 "A. L. Johnston, Esqre., in the Chair, 
 
 " The following Regulations for the government of the Chamber 
 of Commerce of Singapore, prepared by the Provisional Committee, 
 appointed on the 8th instant, were unanimously adopted : — 
 
 " I, That the Singapore Chamber of Commerce is formed for 
 the protection of the general interests of the Trade of the Settle- 
 ment, for collecting and classifying mercantile information, for 
 establishing a Court of Arbitration to adjust commercial differ- 
 ences which may be referred to it, and for communicating with 
 the public authorities on all subjects affecting the common 
 good. 
 
 " II. That all Merchants, Agents, Traders, Ship-owners, 
 Commanders of Vessels, and others interested in the Trade of 
 Singapore, be eligible to become members. 
 
 " Candidates (subsequent to the general meeting) to be admitted 
 on being proposed by one member of the Committee and seconded 
 by another. 
 
 " III. That the entrance Fee shall be — 
 
 For each firm .... Sp. Drs. 15 
 For each individual . . . ,, ,, 10 
 
 and that the annual subscription (payable in advance) shall be— 
 For each firm . . . . Sp. Drs. 12 
 
 For each individual . . . ,, ,, 9 
 
 " IV. That all visitors to Singapore interested in trade, may 
 become honorary members for 3 months, on being proposed by 
 one of the committee and seconded by another ; honorary 
 members to have no vote. 
 
 " V. That the affairs of the Chamber be managed by a Com- 
 mittee of 11 members, six of whom shall form a quorum — that 
 all questions before the Committee shall be decided by a majority, 
 the Chairman, Deputy Chairman, or President (where the votes 
 are equal) having a casting vote : that no two members of the 
 same firm shall belong to the Committee. 
 
 "VI. That the members of the Committee be chosen by ballot 
 at the first general meeting to be holden the first Wednesday in 
 February ; each firm to have two votes, and each individual 
 one vote on this and all other matters submitted to a General 
 Meeting ; five members to go out annually by lot, but to be 
 eligible to be re-elected. A Chairman and Deputy Chairman
 
 mo JAVA 
 
 shall be chosen by ballot by the Committee from amongst their 
 own number, and in the absence of the Chairman or Deputy 
 Chairman, a President for that meeting shall be chosen from 
 among the members present. 
 
 " VII. That members shall not be allowed to vote by proxy ; 
 nor if their subscriptions, fines, etc. are in arrear. 
 
 " VIII. That it shall be imperative on parties elected to serve 
 on the Committee under a penalty of Sp. Drs. 50 in case of refusal. 
 
 " IX. That the affairs and funds of the Chamber be under the 
 direction of the General Committee, which shall meet at 11 o'clock 
 a.m. on the first and third Tuesday of every month, and at such 
 other times as occasion may require. The Chairman or Deputy 
 shall have the power of calling a meeting of the Committee, and 
 it shall be imperative on him to do so, on a requisition being 
 made by any two members of the Committee, who shall intimate 
 in writing three days previously (except in cases of emergency) 
 the business to be brought before the meeting. 
 
 " X. That all orders for payments out of the Chamber be 
 countersigned by the Chairman or Deputy, or by three members 
 of the Committee, .and that all accounts shall be audited and 
 submitted to the inspection of the members of the Chamber. 
 
 " XI. That the Committee be authorised to provide a con- 
 venient place for the meetings of the Chamber, appoint a Secretary 
 and determine the amount of his salary ; appoint a Treasurer, 
 pay all the expenses of the establishment, and control the manage- 
 ment generally of the Chamber. 
 
 " XII. That it shall be imperative on the members of the 
 Committee in rotation to meet (or provide a substitute) in order 
 to constitute a quorum, under a penalty of Sp. Drs. 5 for each 
 case of non-attendance, 
 
 " XIII. That on all occasions a minority on a division in 
 Committee shall have the right to state their reason of dissent 
 in the records of the day's proceedings, provided the same be 
 done within 48 hours of the closing of the meeting, and a certified 
 copy of the proceedings of such meeting shall be granted the 
 dissentients if required. 
 
 " XIV. That in case of vacancy in the Committee it shall be 
 filled up pro tempore by the Committee until the next general 
 meeting, and that they have the power to appoint a sub- 
 Committee from their own number for any purpose whatever. 
 
 "XV. That the office be opened daily from 11 to 1 o'clock,
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 631 
 
 where the Secretary or his clerk shall attend ; that he keep a 
 Journal of all proceedings, and be ready to communicate with 
 any member requiring information or access to the records of 
 the office ; and that he attend to such other duties as may be 
 required by the Committee. 
 
 " XVI. That other commercial associations, together with the 
 houses of business at places where no associations are established, 
 be invited to correspond with, and communicate information to 
 the Chamber. 
 
 " XVII. That the Chairman or Deputy, or any three members 
 of the Committee, or any six members of the Chamber, shall 
 be empowered to convene a General Meeting, on notifying in 
 writing to the Secretary the purpose for which such meeting is 
 called, three days previously. 
 
 " XVIII. That the Committee appoint by ballot monthly, 
 three from their own number, to decide on all cases submitted 
 for the arbitration of the Chamber ; that their power shall con- 
 tinue so long as any business brought before them during 
 their period of service is undecided. They shall not proceed in 
 any case until an Arbitration Bond has been signed by both 
 parties, binding themselves to abide by and fulfil their decision. 
 
 " XIX. That Funds to provide a suitable establishment, and to 
 defray requisite expenses shall be raised in the following manner : — 
 
 " By entrance fees and subscriptions ; by fees on arbitrations 
 and references as the Committee may hereafter determine ; by 
 voluntary gifts and contributions either in money, maps, books, 
 or anything which may be useful to the Institution, and by fees 
 for certified copies of the records and other documents of the 
 Chamber, granted by the Secretary. 
 
 " XX. That in special cases the Chamber reserves to itself the 
 power of expelling any of its members, by a majority of two- 
 thirds at any General Meeting convened for the purpose, fourteen 
 days previous notice being given by the Secretary of the object 
 of the meeting. 
 
 " XXI. That the General Committee shall make such bye-laws 
 and rules as they may deem expedient. 
 
 " XXII. That these Regulations may be altered by a majority 
 of two-thirds at any General Meeting convened for the purpose, 
 fourteen days previous notice being given by the Secretary of the 
 alteration intended to be proposed. 
 
 " XXIII. That in the event of any question arising as to the
 
 632 JAVA 
 
 construction or application of the foregoing Regulations, the 
 Committee shall be empowered to decide the same." 
 
 " The General Committee for the ensuing year was then chosen, 
 consisting of the following Gentlemen, who were b allotted for 
 separately : — 
 
 A. L. Johnston, Chairman. T. Macmicking, 
 
 A. Guthrie, Deputy Chairman. J. Balestier, 
 R. C, Healey, Seyd Abubaker, 
 
 E. J. GiLMAN, KiMGWAN, and 
 
 I. Zechareah, Gwanchuan. 
 
 E. BOTTSTEAD, 
 
 " The objects of the Meeting having been carried into effect, 
 thanks were voted to the Chairman, and the Meeting closed. 
 
 "A. L. Johnston, 
 
 " Chairman. 
 
 " E. J. GiLMAN, 
 
 " Secy, (pro tern.). 
 " Singapore, 20th Feby., 1837. 
 
 " printed at THE SINGAPORE FREE PRESS OFFICE." 
 
 Prices Current at Singapore, 11th April, 1833. 
 
 " The currency in which commercial transactions are circulated 
 is the Spanish dollar divided into cents. The common weight is 
 the picul, of 133| lbs. avoirdupoise, divided into 100 catties. 
 Salt and rice are commonly sold by the koyan, of 40 piculs ; 
 Java tobacco by the corge, of 40 baskets ; and gold dust by the 
 bunkal, which weighs two dollars, or is equal to about 832 grains 
 troy. Bengal rice, wheat, and dhoU are sold by the bag, contain- 
 ing two Bengal maunds, and Indian piece goods by the corge, of 
 20 pieces. 
 
 " Owing to the deficiency of the circulating medium, very few 
 cash transactions take place in this market, and it being therefore 
 impossible to give the cash price of almost any article, it must be 
 observed that the quotations in this Price Current are made on 
 the principle that sales are effected on a credit of two or three 
 months, for paj^ment in produce. Opium is generally sold for 
 payment in gold dust and tin ; Indian piece goods for gold dust, 
 tin and pepper, in two or three months ; and European piece 
 goods for coffee, sugar, tin, tortoiseshell, etc., etc., in three or four 
 months, but occasionally in immediate barter.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 633 
 
 Prices Current at Singapore — continued. 
 
 Eastern Articles. 
 
 Per. 
 
 Price. 
 
 Remarks. 
 
 Eastern Articles. 
 
 
 Spanish Dollar.s. 
 
 
 Bees' Wax . . ... 
 
 Picul 
 
 28 
 
 30 
 
 
 Beclie de Mer : 
 
 
 
 
 
 Isle of France 
 
 >> 
 
 40 
 
 SO 
 
 
 1st sort 
 
 
 
 
 20 
 
 25 
 
 
 Inferior 
 
 
 
 »» 
 
 6 
 
 10 
 
 
 Benjamin . 
 
 
 
 
 10 
 
 50 
 
 
 Betel-nut . 
 
 
 
 >> 
 
 H 
 
 2 
 
 
 Birds' Nests : 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 White 
 
 
 
 Catty 
 
 30 
 
 45 
 
 
 Black. 
 
 
 
 Picul 
 
 30 
 
 200 
 
 
 Camphor : 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Bams 
 
 
 
 Catty 
 
 10 
 
 30 
 
 
 China. 
 
 
 
 Picul 
 
 30 
 
 35 
 
 
 Canvas, Bengal . 
 
 
 
 Bolt 
 
 4 
 
 6 
 
 
 Cassia Lignea . 
 
 
 
 Picul 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 
 Coffee: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Java 
 
 
 
 >» 
 
 9 
 
 10 
 
 
 Sumatra 
 
 
 
 >> 
 
 9 
 
 n 
 
 
 Other Descriptions 
 
 
 
 >> 
 
 9 
 
 n 
 
 
 Copper : 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Japan 
 
 
 
 >» 
 
 28 
 
 30 
 
 
 Peruvian . 
 
 
 
 tt 
 
 23 
 
 25 
 
 
 Cordage, Coir 
 
 
 
 „ 
 
 H 
 
 5 
 
 
 Cotton 
 
 
 
 Bale 
 
 20 
 
 25 
 
 
 Dammar, Raw . 
 
 
 
 Picul 
 
 1 
 
 li 
 
 
 Dholl 
 
 
 
 Bag 
 
 2i 
 
 3 
 
 
 Dragon's blood : 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1st sort 
 
 
 
 Picul 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 
 inferior 
 
 
 
 „ 
 
 10 
 
 30 
 
 
 Ebony : 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Isle of France 
 
 
 
 Picul 
 
 3 
 
 H 
 
 
 Of other parts 
 
 
 
 „ 
 
 2 
 
 n 
 
 
 Elephants' Teeth : 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1st sort 
 
 
 
 »> 
 
 100 
 
 120 
 
 
 2nd „ 
 
 
 
 ,, 
 
 90 
 
 100 
 
 
 3rd „ 
 
 
 
 >» 
 
 60 
 
 80 
 
 
 Gambler : 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Rhio and Singapore 
 
 
 
 >> 
 
 3^ 
 
 4 
 
 
 Slack 
 
 
 
 >» 
 
 6 
 
 — 
 
 
 Gamboge . 
 
 
 
 »» 
 
 20 
 
 50 
 
 
 Ghee: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Cow . 
 
 
 
 „ 
 
 14 
 
 16 
 
 
 Buffaloe . , . 
 
 
 
 »> 
 
 12 
 
 14 
 
 
 Grain : 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Rice : White 
 
 
 
 Koyan 
 
 80 
 
 85 
 
 
 Cargo — 1st sort . 
 
 
 
 „ 
 
 70 
 
 75 
 
 
 Inferior . 
 
 
 
 ,, 
 
 60 
 
 65 
 
 
 Bengal . 
 
 
 
 Bag 
 
 2i 
 
 2i 
 
 
 Wheat 
 
 
 
 ,, 
 
 3i 
 
 3i 
 
 
 Gram 
 
 
 
 ,, 
 
 60 
 
 62 
 
 
 Gold Dust of Pahang and Si 
 
 ack 
 
 
 Bunkal 
 
 30 
 
 30J 

 
 634 JAVA 
 
 Prices Current at Singapore — continued. 
 
 Eastern Articles. 
 
 Price. 
 
 Remarks. 
 
 Gold Dust of other parts 
 
 Gunnies 
 
 Mother of Pearl Shells 
 
 Nankeens : 
 
 Long Junk . 
 
 Short „ 
 Oil, Cocoanut 
 Opium : 
 
 Patna 
 
 Benares 
 
 Malwa 
 Pepper : 
 
 Black. 
 
 \Aniit€ 
 
 Long . 
 
 PIECE GOODS : 
 
 Bengal Sannahs 
 
 Mahmoodies 
 Gurrahs : 
 Large 
 SmaU 
 Bengal Baftas 
 
 Chintzes of 12 cubits 
 of 10 cubits 
 Kurwahs 
 Madras Moories : 
 
 White . 
 Blue 
 „ Salempores : 
 Blue 
 Brown 
 „ Handkerchiefs 
 „ Kolamkories 
 „ Kambayas . 
 Bugis Sarungs 
 Bali Cloths . 
 Battick Handkfs. . 
 Rattans, Banjanmading 
 Sago, Pearl, in cases . 
 Salt: 
 
 Siam . 
 
 Cochin China 
 Saltpetre . 
 Sapan Wood : 
 Manila 
 Siam . 
 Silk: 
 
 Raw, China Junk 
 Canton No. 3 
 Macao 
 
 Bunkal 
 Hundred i 
 Picul 
 
 100 ps. 
 Gorge 
 Picul 
 
 Picul 
 
 Gorge 
 
 Picul 
 
 Coyan 
 Picul 
 
 72 Ctys. 
 100 „ 
 95 „ 
 
 Spanish Dollars. 
 
 26 29 
 8 10 
 
 20 22 
 
 35 
 
 5* 
 
 40 
 
 Chest I 720 730 
 ! 720 730 
 ! 600 — 
 
 37 
 30 
 
 22 
 14 
 
 16 
 
 38 
 33 
 
 24 
 15 
 
 18 
 
 40 
 
 60 
 
 30 
 
 80 
 
 14 
 
 24 
 
 6 
 
 8 
 
 6 
 
 16 
 
 2f 
 
 3 
 
 2* 
 
 3 
 
 20 
 
 24 
 
 18 
 
 20 
 
 9 
 
 — 
 
 H 
 
 310 320 
 
 300 —
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 
 
 Prices Current at Singapore — continued. 
 
 635 
 
 Eastern Articles. 
 
 Per. 
 
 Price. 
 
 Remarks. 
 
 Spices : 
 
 
 Spanish Dollars. 
 
 
 Nutmeg, 1st & 2nd 
 
 Picul 
 
 75 90 
 
 
 Cloves .... 
 
 >5 
 
 20 25 
 
 
 Mace ..... 
 
 »» 
 
 125 130 
 
 
 Stick Lac ..... 
 
 99 
 
 12 13 
 
 
 Segars, Manila .... 
 
 1,000 
 
 5^ 6 
 
 
 Sugar : 
 
 
 
 
 Java .... 
 
 Picul 
 
 5 54 
 
 
 Siam, 1st sort 
 
 j» 
 
 5| 6 
 
 
 Manila .... 
 
 
 5 5J 
 
 
 Cochin China 
 
 j> 
 
 3 4 
 
 
 Sugar-Candy .... 
 
 5» 
 
 — — 
 
 
 Tin : Banca .... 
 
 J> 
 
 14i 15 
 
 
 Straits .... 
 
 >> 
 
 14 14^ 
 
 
 Tobacco : 
 
 
 
 
 Java .... 
 
 40Baskets 
 
 150 200 
 
 
 China. .... 
 
 Picul 
 
 — — 
 
 
 Tortoiseshell .... 
 
 >> 
 
 1,000 1,400 
 
 
 Turmeric : 
 
 
 
 
 Java .... 
 
 >> 
 
 — — 
 
 
 China. .... 
 
 >> 
 
 — — 
 
 
 European Articles. 
 
 
 
 
 Ale : Allsop's . . . . 
 
 Hhd. 
 
 38 40 
 
 
 Bass's .... 
 
 ?> 
 
 38 40 
 
 
 Hodgson's. 
 
 >> 
 
 35 40 
 
 
 Barclay's 
 
 
 25 30 
 
 
 Anchors ..... 
 
 Picul 
 
 11 12 
 
 
 Bottles, English. 
 
 100 
 
 4 4^ 
 
 
 Canvas ..... 
 
 Bolt 
 
 lOJ 12 
 
 
 Copper, Nails and Sheathing 
 
 Picul 
 
 38 40 
 
 
 Cordage ..... 
 
 >> 
 
 10 14 
 
 
 Cotton Twist : 
 
 
 
 
 No. 16 to 36 . . . 
 
 >5 
 
 40 45 
 
 
 „ 38 „ 70 
 
 J> 
 
 50 60 
 
 
 „ 40 „ 80 
 
 5> 
 
 60 65 
 
 
 Earthenware .... 
 
 
 — — 
 
 
 Glassware .... 
 
 
 
 — — 
 
 
 Gunpowder . . . | 
 
 Canister 
 (100 lbs.) 
 
 } 20 60 
 
 
 Grapnels ..... 
 
 Gal. 
 
 — — 
 
 
 Flints 
 
 Picul 
 
 — — 
 
 
 Hardware, Assorted . 
 
 — 
 
 — — 
 
 
 Iron : 
 
 
 
 
 Swedish Bar 
 
 Picul 
 
 5 5i 
 
 
 English Bar 
 
 „ 
 
 2i 2f 
 
 
 Nail-rod .... 
 
 >> 
 
 2J 3 
 
 
 Lead : Pig .... 
 
 j> 
 
 5 6 
 
 
 Sheet .... 
 
 ,, 
 
 6 7 
 
 
 Oilman's Stores 
 
 — 
 
 — — 
 
 
 Patent Shot .... 
 
 Bag 
 
 — — 
 
 
 Paints : White .... 
 
 Cwt. 
 
 — — 

 
 636 JAVA 
 
 Prices Current at ^mG^^on^-continued. 
 
 European Articles 
 
 Paints: Black . 
 Green . 
 Paint Oil . 
 Provisions : 
 
 American Beef 
 do. Pork 
 English Beef 
 do. Pork 
 Biscuits 
 Flour 
 Eosin 
 Spelter 
 Steel: Swedish. 
 
 English 
 Tar : Stockholm 
 Coal. 
 
 PIECE GOODS : 
 
 Madapolams, 25 yds. by 32 ins 
 Imitation Irishes, 25 yds 
 36 ins. . . . ' 
 
 Long Cloths : 
 
 Yards. Inches. 
 
 38 a 40 by 36 to 37 
 
 Prints 
 
 7—: 
 
 38 
 
 44. 
 
 50 
 
 64 
 
 60 
 
 40 
 
 i Lt. 
 
 colours 
 9—8 do. 
 7—8 Dark 
 9—8 do. 
 
 Grounds, 
 
 * do. 
 do. 
 do. 
 
 7—8 & 9—8, 2 clrs. 
 9—8 Turkey-red gd., 24 yds. 
 7 — 8 Furniture, 28 yds. 
 9—8 do. 24 yds. 
 Cambrics : 
 
 12 yds. 42 a 44 ins. . 
 12 yds. 45 do. 
 Jaconets, 20 do. by 44 a 46 do 
 Lappets, 10 do. by 40 a 44 do. 
 Handkerchiefs : 
 Imitation Battick 
 Pulicat 
 
 WOOLLENS : 
 
 Long Ells, all Scarlet 
 Camblets do. 
 
 Striped Lists, 17 a 18 yds. by 
 60 mches, all Scarlet.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 637 
 
 Prices Current at Singapore — continued. 
 
 European Articles. 
 
 Per. 
 
 Price. 
 
 Remarks. 
 
 
 
 
 Spanish Dollars. 
 
 
 WINES AND SPIRITS : 
 
 
 
 
 
 Sherry ..... 
 
 Dozen 
 
 6 8 
 
 
 Madeira (unsaleable) 
 
 
 
 — — 
 
 
 Port 
 
 j» 
 
 
 7 9 
 
 
 Claret : Frencli 
 
 j> 
 
 
 4 6 
 
 
 English 
 
 
 
 8 10 
 
 
 Arrack : 
 
 
 
 
 
 Ist sort, Batavia 
 
 Gallon 
 
 — — 
 
 
 2nd sort, Batavia 
 
 >> 
 
 
 14 16 
 
 
 Brandy, Cognac 
 
 
 
 1 4i 
 
 
 Kiim ..... 
 
 ,, 
 
 
 
 
 Gin 
 
 Case 
 
 
 5 5\ 
 
 
 Fri 
 
 :iGHTS. 
 
 
 To London, Sugar . 
 
 
 £3 to £3 10s. per 20 Cwt. 
 
 Tin . . 
 
 
 £1 7s. to £1 10s. per 20 Cwt. 
 
 „ Coffee . 
 
 
 £4 to £4 10s. per 18 Cwt. 
 
 Pepper 
 
 
 £4 10s. to £5 per 16 Cwt. 
 
 „ Measurement good 
 
 Is 
 
 £4 to £6 per 50 cubic feet. 
 
 „ Treasure 
 
 
 IJ per cent. 
 
 To Calcutta . 
 
 
 Rs. ^ to 1 per Picul, 
 
 To Batavia 
 
 
 Guilders per Picul. 
 
 To China 
 
 
 Sp 
 
 . Drs. 1 to 1 per Picul. 
 
 From Your Most Obedient Servant, 
 
 " Edward Boustead. 
 
 Statement of Nutmeg Plantations at Singapore, 
 Total Number of Trees in 1848. 
 
 SHOWING 
 
 Proprietors. 
 
 Districts. 
 
 Total Number of 
 Trees. 
 
 A. Guthrie i . . . 
 
 Tanjong Pagar 
 
 2,250 
 
 W. Montgomerie 
 
 
 
 do. 
 
 1,800 
 
 Joaq Almeida . 
 
 
 
 do. 
 
 700 
 
 Government 
 
 
 
 
 Claymore 
 
 765 
 
 D. T. Oxley 
 
 
 
 
 do. 
 
 4,050 
 
 C. R. Prinsep 
 
 
 
 
 do. 
 
 6,700 
 
 T. Hewetson 
 
 
 
 
 do. 
 
 1,515 
 
 C. Carnie 
 
 
 
 
 do. 
 
 3,500 
 
 W. Cuppage 
 
 
 
 
 do. 
 
 1,250 
 
 * Founder of Guthrie & Co.
 
 638 JAVA 
 
 Statement of Nutmeg Plantations at Singapore — continued. 
 
 
 
 Total Number of 
 
 Proprietors. 
 
 Districts. 
 
 Trees. 
 
 W. Scott 
 
 Claymore 
 
 5,200 
 
 C. Carnie 
 
 
 do. 
 
 870 
 
 Jose Almeida . 
 
 
 do. 
 
 1,023 
 
 D. M. J. Martin 
 
 
 do. 
 
 1,530 
 
 W. W. Willans 
 
 
 Tangling 
 
 1,600 
 
 E. B. Leicester ^ 
 
 
 do. 
 
 800 
 
 E. Leicester i 
 
 
 do. 
 
 400 
 
 W. Leicester ^ 
 
 
 do. 
 
 250 
 
 W. Montgomerie 
 
 
 Kalang 
 
 510 
 
 F. Sorabjee 
 
 
 Eochor 
 
 12 
 
 Syed Allie 
 
 
 do. 
 
 600 
 
 Sir J. d' Almeida 
 
 
 Sirangong 
 
 4,000 
 
 T. Dunman 
 
 
 do. 
 
 1,000 
 
 J. I. Woodford 
 
 
 Bur kit Timor 
 
 600 
 
 Chinese . 
 
 
 — 
 
 7,000 
 
 C. Nicol . 
 
 
 Total . 
 
 8,000 
 
 
 
 55,925 
 
 Singapore, 24th Jidy, 1848. 
 
 13. List showing the Number of Spice Plants imported in 
 Penang from the Moluccas during 1800 — 1801. 
 
 
 
 
 Cloves. 
 
 Nutmegs. 
 
 
 
 Corn- 
 
 
 
 Date. 
 
 Ships. 
 
 English- 
 
 d 
 
 ^ 
 
 uS 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 men). 
 
 
 a 
 
 % 
 
 C4 
 
 o 
 
 a 
 
 •a 
 
 o 
 
 
 
 
 >J 
 
 02 
 
 m 
 
 H 
 
 ^ 
 
 m 
 
 H 
 
 1800. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 March 30 
 
 — 
 
 George 
 
 
 
 
 
 3,647 
 
 3,647 
 
 
 
 
 May 
 
 Thomas 
 
 Young 
 
 1,286 
 
 7,265 
 
 — 
 
 8,851 
 
 
 
 3,587 
 
 3,587 
 
 June 18. 
 
 Bangalore 
 
 Lynch 
 
 1,108 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 1,108 
 
 
 
 3,497 
 
 3,497 
 
 Aug. 23 . 
 
 Unicorn 
 
 Langland 
 
 826 
 
 1,253 
 
 — 
 
 2,079 
 
 421 
 
 2,623 
 
 3,044 
 
 
 Ruby 
 
 Sinclair 
 
 163 
 
 364 
 
 — 
 
 527 
 
 100 
 
 — 
 
 100 
 
 I80I. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 July 11 . 
 
 Bangalore 
 
 Lynch 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 — 
 
 504 
 
 — 
 
 504 
 
 Sept. 1 . 
 
 Expedition 
 
 Peterson 
 
 46 
 
 ~~ 
 
 ""• 
 
 46 
 
 305 
 
 13,783 
 
 14,088 
 
 
 3,429 
 
 8,882 
 
 3,647 
 
 15,958 
 
 1,330 
 
 23,490 
 
 24,820 
 
 
 
 Nutmegs . 
 
 24,820 
 
 
 
 
 
 Cloves 
 
 15,958 
 
 
 
 
 Gra 
 
 ndTot 
 
 al 
 
 • 
 
 40,778 
 
 Came from Bencoolen.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 639 
 
 14. Lists of Civil Servants at Penang in 1805. 
 
 Pay. 
 
 Philip Dundas (Government House) (rent S 
 
 S4,000 32,000 
 
 John Hope Oliphant (second in Council) . 18,000 
 
 Alexander Gray (third in Council) . . 18,000 
 
 Colonel Norman Macalister (4th in Council) . 18,000 
 
 Rev. Atwill Lake (chaplain) . . . 6,400 
 
 Henry Shepherd Pearson (secretary) . , 8,000 
 
 Thomas Stamford Raffles (assistant secretary) 6,000 
 
 James Phillip Hob son (accountant) . . 8,000 
 William Robinson (assistant : accompanied 
 
 Raffles to Java) ..... 6,000 
 
 Quinton Dick Thomson (warehouse keeper) . 6,000 
 W. E. Phillips (collector of customs and 
 
 revenue) ...... 6,000 
 
 John Erskine (assistant to the superintendent) 6,000 
 W. William Dick (surgeon) . . . .10,720 
 
 Henry Waring (assistant surgeon) . . 3,000 
 
 James Derrot (assistant surgeon) . . 3,000 
 
 Nine writers at : — ■ ..... 1,440 
 
 Arthur Tegart, William Bennet, John Curson 
 Lawrence, Robert Ibbetson, John Thomas 
 le Mesurier Sherwood, William Club ley, 
 John Lyon Phipps, John McAlister, Alex- 
 ander Ballantyne Dick. 
 
 Thomas CuUum (schoolmaster) . . . 900 
 
 15. List of some of the Merchants at Penang, 1806. 
 
 W. E. Phillips. James Carnegy. 
 
 James Scott. George Seton. 
 
 J. P. Hob son. John Scott. 
 
 16. Coinage of Poelo Pinang, or Penang. 
 
 Very soon after the occupation of Penang by the English, 
 special money was coined in Bengal in silver and copper for the 
 island. In a letter from Captain Light dated the 20th June, 
 1788, to the Governor-General of Bengal a report was made of 
 the arrival of the silver money for Poelo Pinang, and Light 
 remarks at the same time that sUver money of from ten dollars 
 to one is the most practical. 
 
 It is not certain when the first copper was sent to Penang, but 
 it was somewhere about the same date as the silver. The first
 
 640 JAVA 
 
 official mention, however, is on the 10th May, 1800,i when the 
 Governor of Penang, George Leith, mentions that the Resident 
 of Bencoolen had sent him copper money to the value of 500 
 Spanish Dollars. 
 
 17. Coinage of Malacca. 
 
 The earliest introduction of European money into the East 
 Indies was in the sixteenth century, and was termed the coinage 
 of Tanah Malaloe, 
 
 In the "Malayan Peninsula "^ it is noted of Albuquerque that 
 " He also introduced a coinage which he declared current by 
 proclamation, and scattered a few handfuls amongst the crowd 
 in order to reconcile them to the change of dynasty." 
 
 Cocos Keeling Islands. 
 
 This group of islands, consisting of thrity-three (Lieutenant 
 van der Jagt, of the Dutch navy, in his memoir to the 
 Netherlands India Government dated December, 1829, says 
 only thirty- two), and lying in the Indian Ocean some 700 
 miles west of Sumatra and 525 from Christmas Island (their 
 nearest neighbour), was discovered, it is generally thought, 
 in 1689 by Captain Keeling. 
 
 This can hardly be the Captain William Keeling who came 
 to the East first as a boy with Captain William Hawkins, and 
 later in command of the Consent, a vessel of 105 tons, to 
 Bantam in 1607. On one of the said Keeling's voyages in 
 Java waters he came across these islands which bear his 
 name, but later were called by the natives Cocos Islands on 
 account of the great supply of cocoanuts always to be 
 procured here. 
 
 In 1769, in an old record from Stockdale's " Java," we 
 read of " the Klapper or Coco Islands, which lie on the 
 south coast of Java near the Straits of Sunda, are un- 
 inhabited, and are only occasionally resorted to for the sake 
 of the edible nests which are found there, but they are said 
 
 ' See " Journal Indian Archipelago," Vol. V., page 161. 
 Page 35.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 641 
 
 to be greatly infested with enormous snakes." This, how- 
 ever, I fancy refers to some islands at the mouth of the 
 Straits of Sunda called Cocos Islands, and not Cocos Keeling 
 Islands. 
 
 Before the English occupation of Java two brothers, 
 Lieutenant John Eoss^ and Captain George Ross, both 
 officers in the English East India Company's marine service, 
 "were roaming about the archipelago. George, who com- 
 manded the ship Malacca, was cut off by pirates in 1811 
 near the island of Banca, who murdered him and all his 
 crew. John, however, came to Java with the English and 
 carried dispatches and troops to the dependencies. In 1816 
 he built himself a ship, it has been said, at Tandjing Priok, 
 but it was really at Rembang. He worked night and day 
 at it to get it finished before the Dutch returned. In one 
 of his early cruises he had discovered the Cocos or Keeling 
 Islands in the Indian Ocean. It seems he had heard from 
 some Malays of their existence. When the English left 
 Java he refused to return to Calcutta and threw up the 
 service. One day he arrived at Benkoelen and demanded 
 of Raffles some back pay. This Raffles could not give him as 
 his exchequer was empty, but he gave him employment, and 
 Ross made Benkoelen his headquarters for a year or two. 
 
 In 1817, however, he left Benkoelen wath a number of 
 Malays, men and women, after a dispute with Raffles, and 
 sailed for the Cocos Keeling Islands. His intention was to 
 colonise the islands and proclaim himself king. On his 
 arrival, however, he found Alexander Hare, the late British 
 Resident of Banjermassin, in possession of one of the islands, 
 called Rice Island,, where he had quite a little colony of 
 Malays. Ross therefore took up his abode on Poeloe Tikoes 
 Island, a harbour by Port Albion. Hare, after a dispute 
 with Ross, left for Padang in his ship called the Johanna 
 
 ^ John appears to have assumed the name Clunis about 1830 ; at this 
 time there happened to be a Joseph Clunis living at Batavia. 
 
 J. — VOL. I. T T
 
 642 JAVA 
 
 Maria Wilhelmina, but the latter remained, and was 
 succeeded by his son, and so the islands have descended in 
 the family. 
 
 John Ross returned frequently to Java and undertook 
 numerous cruises for Gillian Maclaine, always returning at 
 the end to his islands, having used his earned money in 
 buying all the necessaries he required there. 
 
 In this way he got to know Gilhan Maclaine, and offered 
 to take his ship the Regina home in 1840 when Maclaine was 
 leaving Java for good. 
 
 This ship was never heard of again. 
 
 It is interesting to learn that soon after John Ross had 
 settled down in the Cocos Islands in 1817, the Dutch 
 Government, hearing of it, sent two men-of-war to lay claim 
 to them. After cruising about for a fortnight, it is said, 
 they returned with the news that the islands did not exist, 
 or if they did were too small to be of any importance. 
 
 In 1832 the settlement was reported as highly prosperous, 
 and had been the means of saving many lives and much 
 valuable property several times, having afforded refuge to 
 vessels in distress. British men-of-war passing between 
 New South Wales and India generally touched there for 
 refreshment. 
 
 In April, 1857, Captain Granvelle Freemantle annexed 
 these islands to the British Crown. To-day they are of 
 considerable importance, the Eastern Extension Telegraph 
 Company having a cable station here, and ships calling 
 regularly for the shipment of oil, which is exported in large 
 quantities to Singapore for transhipment to England. The 
 islands have been always known for providing the most 
 delicious bananas in the Indies. 
 
 The grandson of the original John Clunie Ross, by 
 name George,^ died on the 7th July, 1910, and is now 
 
 ' George Clunie Ross married a Javan lady, wliom lie called, or who was 
 called, Ayeslia ; by her he had nine children — John Sydney, Wilfred,
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 643 
 
 succeeded by his son, who rules the islands as Governor 
 or " king."i 
 
 Currency. 
 
 There is no currency in the island except parchment notes 
 issued by Mr. Ross : these notes are issued for sums of a 
 quarter, half, and one, two, and five rupees (the rupee being 
 equivalent to Is. M.). 
 
 The following is a specimen of one of these notes, which 
 are all alike in size : — 
 
 KEELING COCOS 
 
 1 ^ 1823 
 
 ISLANDS 
 
 2 Exchange for the sum of ;^ 
 
 **^ One Rupee "^ 
 
 Keeling Cocos Islands 
 
 Currency 
 
 1897. G. Clunies Ross. 
 
 As the natives cannot read the quarter rupee has the four 
 corners cut, the half rupee two corners, and the one rupee 
 one corner ; the two and five rupees are uncut. On the 
 7th April there were notes to the value of 1,500 rupees in 
 circulation. 
 
 The so-called cheques which have been referred to in 
 previous reports are in the following form : — 
 
 No 
 
 KEELING COCOS 
 
 ISLANDS 
 
 For working Days @ cents 
 
 per 
 
 C 190.. 
 
 Edwin Koland, George Dymoke, Adelaide, Mildred, Florence, Mabel 
 Kempthorne, and Gertrude Blom. 
 
 ' I have a more or less complete history of the Ross family, and especially 
 of the sons, that came to the East Indies, but there is no space for it here. 
 
 T T 2
 
 644 JAVA 
 
 These cheques or vouchers are kept by the labourers until 
 the amount for which they are available has been debited 
 against them for goods obtained from the stores. 
 
 Bat A VI A AND Pre ANGER Lands. 
 
 Apart entirely from the estates bought from the Sultan 
 of Djoejakerta and the Emperor of Soerakarta, there are 
 434 estates in Java held in absolute free ownership. The 
 history of some of these freehold estates is worth relating. 
 
 When the Dutch came first to Jacatra in 1596 they 
 immediately perceived the advantages that would accrue 
 through strengthening themselves at this place, and when 
 the English appeared in 1604 under Sir Henry Middleton, in 
 his ship the Red Dragon, the Dutch accordingly strengthened 
 themselves here with an additional force. 
 
 When Captain David Middleton, a brother of Sir Henry, 
 built the factory here in 1610, the Dutch garrison had taken 
 such proportions that the Emperor of Java was fighting a 
 losing battle, despite the thousands of men he sent to 
 Jacatra to maintain his hold on the place. After the final 
 taking of Jacatra in 1619, and when the Dutch power had 
 become paramount, part of the neighbouring country which 
 had become deserted by the natives before an implacable foe 
 was given out, first under lease, but later in freehold, to 
 genuine colonists whose presence and improvements it was 
 intended should ensure the safety of the new settlement 
 which Jan Pieterzoon Coen declared was to be called 
 Batavia in future.^ 
 
 This action of the Government did not, however, prevent 
 outlaws of all descriptions terrorising the country outside 
 the gates of Batavia, and it was really not until the dawn of 
 the eighteenth century that it was safe for the owners to Hve 
 on their estates. 
 
 ^ The first act of ownership is dated the 8th April, 1639.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 645 
 
 The estate of Cornells Seenen, so called after the Bandanese 
 to whom it was sold in 1652, was one of the earliest sold. 
 In those days it was far out in the country and was looked 
 upon as quite a long day's journey away, there being at 
 first no road there and thick forests intervening ; the easiest 
 way was by water up the Tjilewong river. The first sale on 
 a large scale, how^ever, did not take place until 1705, when 
 Depok and Seringsing were bought by Chastelein, one of the 
 " raads " of India,^ who eventually transferred all liis 
 property to his emancipated slaves on the condition of their 
 embracing Christianity. We see here the reason why so 
 many of the natives of Depok are said to be Christians. 
 
 On the 10th August, 1745, the large estate of Bogoli was 
 bought ex officio by the Governor- General van Imhoff for a 
 mere nothing. The estate of Kampoeng Malayo, which is 
 immediately beyond Meester CorneHs (Batavia), was in 1777 
 owned by W. A. Alting. It is described as a large estate 
 (groote landgoed Kampoeng Malajo) one and a half hour's 
 journey from the house of the Cornelis estate. Alting, who 
 died in 1800, was also o^^Tier in 1797 of the estate of 
 Goenoeng Sari,^ which had been bought by Chinese in 1762 
 at the Governor- General Mossel's auction after his death. 
 The old land-house of Goenoeng Sari is still to be seen, 
 and is well worth a visit. Governor-General van Imhoff 
 is supposed to have resided here for some time. In 1772 
 Slingerland, near Tandjing Priok, was owned by Willem 
 Vincent Helvetius van Eiemsdyk, who was an upper 
 merchant (" opper koopman ") and Government repre- 
 sentative for native affairs (" gewezen Gecommitteerden 
 tot en over de Zaken van den Inlander "). The remains of 
 his old house are still visible.* 
 
 ' Member of Viceroy's Council. 
 ^ Now part of Batavia. 
 
 ■^ Long before this, about 1625 perhaps, the family van Slingerlandt 
 owned it.
 
 646 JAVA 
 
 The well-known lands of Poudok Gedeh and Tjisereuh 
 (in old charts called " Tjiseroewa " and by Raffles " Cice- 
 roewa ") were owned in 1775 by the Governor- General 
 Jeremias van Riemsdyk, whose family owned estates shortly 
 after this on a great scale. This was due to the forethought 
 and generosity of their worthy senior and Governor- General. 
 Acts were duly made up for these lands by the public notary 
 Blomhert at Batavia. 
 
 When Daendels arrived he no longer sold estates of a few 
 thousands of acres, but sold when he could whole Provinces 
 or Residencies ; it was thus that Probolingo and Besoeki 
 were handed over to Chinese. We know, however, that 
 owing to constant troubles Raffles was obliged to buy these 
 Residencies back again, but he disposed of a number of 
 estates to EngHsh and Dutch colonists to help an empty 
 treasury. Since 1816^ no more freehold estates have been 
 sold, although in 1849 such sales were again strongly advo- 
 cated. These freehold estates are designated as " particuliere 
 landerijen "^ by the Dutch Government. 
 
 The following notes were made about different estates 
 during the British occupation ; the date is 1811 : — 
 
 " After proceeding about thirty miles through jungle and 
 crossing numerous ravines and the two considerable rivers 
 Oonderandy and Tjicandee, you come to the better cultivated 
 country of Tjisingha [Jasinga], Here is a very jBne Dutch farm 
 belonging to Mr. Reintz^ [Reynst]. It is agreeably situated on 
 the river Tjidorean, which in the rains is very rapid and scarcely 
 passable." 
 
 Another portion of the account goes on to say : — 
 
 " At a distance of about ten miles the road turns last to Sading, 
 another Dutch farm belonging to Mr. Motman,* which is situated 
 
 * There is au exception to this in the estates of Tjikandie. They were 
 really sold before 1816, but the conditions cotdd not be settled. 
 
 "^ Private lands. 
 " P. Reynst. 
 
 * W. G. C. van Motman.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 647 
 
 on a fine river, and nearly surrounded by hills, some of which 
 produce the edible birds' nests. Continuing on to Tjiampion, 
 about seven miles further, we had to cross the rivers Tjikanakee 
 and Tjiantan and passed through a country high and more open 
 with better cultivation. Here is another Dutch farm the property 
 of j\Ir. Rymsdyck^ with a large bazaar [passer or market] and 
 several hills belonging to it containing also the edible birds' nests. 
 It is astonishing what an immense revenue is produced by a single 
 rock, the caverns of which are frequented by the little grey 
 swallows, for the nests in some of them clear from twenty to 
 forty thousand Spanish dollars annually. 
 
 " The Dutch farmers who possess rocks of this kind on their 
 estates are therefore very careful of them, and watch them closely 
 to prevent the Chinese or others from privately stealing the 
 nests." 
 
 At Tjimangies there was also a Dutch ** farm." This 
 estate was sold early in the eighteenth century. The account, 
 which is that of an English traveller, goes on to say : — 
 
 " Leaving Tjimangies the road passes by Tjibinong, which is 
 another of iVIr. Rymsdyck's farms, and by Tjiloar, distant 
 thirty miles from Batavia. This last is a very pretty place, 
 and was for some time the country residence of Major- 
 General Gillespie. It was built by the late IVir. Tantzie,^ who 
 had another very pleasant villa and farm at Soucarajah 
 [Soekaradja]. Tjiloar had a large sized brig full rigged and 
 mounting guns, sailing on an elevated tank, or lake made by 
 IVIr. Tantzie, and being seen a long way off the traveller is very 
 agreeably surprised on first beholding this vessel under sail 
 apparently moving through the surrounding rice fields. The 
 house at Soucourajah, which is situated in the midst of a large 
 tank on stone pillars, is a very beautiful place ; on the north 
 side is the entrance, over a long passage of pillars with a draw- 
 bridge, and on the south side a beautiful avenue is presented 
 laved by a crystal stream, which, covering the whole breadth 
 of the avenue like a mirror, glides gently down on the banks of 
 the tanks, and flows into the lake close to the house. Half-way 
 
 ' J. J. H. van Riemsdyk — see list of inhabitants. 
 * Tan Sie, a Chinaman.
 
 648 JAVA 
 
 between Tjiloar and Buitenzorg the road leads over the great 
 river. A bamboo raft is used for crossing the carriage and horses 
 over, without the necessity of quitting the carriage or taking out 
 the horses, the float being fastened to the sides of the river by 
 a strong bamboo twist, one man, by pulling towards the one or the 
 other end, easily moves it across, and the carriage and horses pass 
 on without delay or trouble. 
 
 " From Buitenzorg the road passes through hilly but finely 
 cultivated country, and passes several very agreeable country- 
 residences and farms. At Pondok Gede is one, beautifully 
 situated, belonging to ]\Ir. Egelhardt,^ formerly Governor of 
 Samarang, and opposite to it is another farm of Mr. Rymsdyck. 
 Close to this, on the top of a high hill, is a new farm of the late 
 Mr. Tantzie, which overlooks the entire plain of the kingdom of 
 Jacatra. At Tjiceroa, the last of Mr. Rymsdyck's farms, a steep 
 ascent of the road commences." 
 
 The land of " Kampong Mangis," beyond Meester Cornells 
 at Batavia, was bought about 1813 by Alexander Hare, the 
 English Resident of Banjermassin (see chapter on Industries : 
 Tea, paragraph on Meester Cornelis). 
 
 The land was managed by Alexander Hare's son, also 
 called Alexander, until he died at Batavia. 
 
 Below are given accounts of the original owners of the 
 lands sold by the British Government from 1812 to 1815, 
 also the Dutch and foreign owners of estates in the native 
 provinces before 1825. 
 
 From this latter it will be seen that the only Englishmen 
 who held lands were Stavers (formerly an Ensign of Hussars 
 1813 in Java, mentioned honourably in Java War, 1825), 
 who owned Singosarie, and Gillian Maclaine, John Argyle 
 Maxwell, and William Cotes (late Lieutenant in the English 
 Army of occupation 1811 — 1816), who owned Getas next to 
 the estate of Melambong, which is now owned by Mr. C. W. 
 Baron van Heeckeren and Mr. Enger.^ 
 
 ' Nicolaus Engelhard. 
 
 " Melambong, which was owned in 1820 by Medard Louis, a well-known 
 Frenchman, was sold bv him on the 22nd March, 1821, to Gillian Maclaine»
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 649 
 
 Owners of Estates of Pamanoekan and Tjiassem, 1812 — 
 
 1817. 
 
 Sir Charles Forbes, ^ Colonel John Skelton. 
 
 Messrs. Forbes & Co., Bombay. James Young. 
 
 Messrs. Shrapnell & Co., Batavia. Thomas Fox. 
 Philip Skelton. 
 
 Notes. 
 
 (1) Most of the shares were held by Sir Charles Forbes and 
 Forbes & Co., Bombay, who had an interest also in Shrapnell & 
 Co., 1812 ; Shrapnell, Skelton & Co., 1814 ; and Skelton & Co., 
 1815 to 1821, which firms acted as directors in Java under instruc- 
 tions from Bombay. 
 
 (2) In the Batavia Courant of the 28th September, 1816, 
 appears the following advertisement : — 
 
 " For sale the Estates of ' Pamanoekan ' and Tjiassem,' 
 lying in the district of Crawang ; for particulars enquire of 
 Messrs. Skelton & Co." 
 In the Batavia Courant of the 24th May, 1817, the estates were 
 
 again advertised for sale as follows : — 
 
 " Advertisement. — On or about the 20th June the Estates 
 of Pamanoekan and Tjassem, in the district of Crawang, wUl 
 be sold at Public Auction. The exact day of the auction will be 
 made public later on. Batavia, 23rd May, 1817. Skelton & Co." 
 The new shareholders were, as far as can be traced — 
 
 Sir Charles Forbes. PhUip Skelton. 
 
 Messrs. Forbes & Co., Bombay. Thomas Miln. 
 
 Messrs. Skelton & Co., Batavia. Thomas Fox. 
 
 Messrs Inglis, Forbes & Co., James Young. 
 
 London. 2 
 
 General John Skelton. Thomas Macquoid. 
 
 William Menzies (of the firm of Menzies and Anderson), and the above 
 William Cotes. 
 
 Medard Louis remained, as administrator, responsible, although Gillian 
 Maclaine was the leading spirit until April, 1822, when he left the interior 
 for Batavia to found the firm of Maclaine, Watson & Co. Getas was 
 eventually sold by GUlian Maclaine to J. A. Dezentje, of Ampel. 
 
 1 The head of Forbes & Co. 
 
 ' Inglis, Forbes & Co. (later on Smith Inglis) were the financial agents 
 in London. In 1820 George Haswell probably also became interested in 
 the estate for a small share. In August, 1822, Messrs. Stewart Turing 
 & Co. opened at Batavia and became managing directors of the estates at 
 the end of the year. 
 
 From want of local knowledge and of general experience, and from a
 
 650 JAVA 
 
 Estate of Jasinga. 
 
 (formerly belonging to the owner of Buitenzorg). 
 
 1812. Sir Charles Forbes, James Shrapnell, Philip Skelton. 
 1822. Sir Charles Forbes, David Alexander Fraser, Simon 
 Fraser, 
 
 1831. Robert Addison. 
 1853. Jonathan Rigg. 
 
 Note. 
 
 James Newland, the English administrator, who had previously 
 been at Tjikandie Slier, died at Jasinga on the 10th May, 1844, 
 He arrived in Java in 1829, and was immediately engaged by 
 Gillian Maclaine. He had probably come from Benkoelen or 
 Padang. His father was a lieutenant in the Royal Indian Navy. 
 
 Estate of Soekaboemi.^ 
 
 1812—1814. Sir Stamford Raffles, three sixths; Thomas 
 Macquoid, one sixth ; Andries de Wilde (see note) one sixth ; 
 Nicolaus Engelhard, one sixth. 
 
 1814. Andries de Wilde, two sixths ; Nicolaus Engelhard, 
 three sixths ; Thomas Macquoid, one sixth. 
 
 1814 — 1823. Andries de Wilde, five sixths ; Thomas Macquoid, 
 one sixth. 
 
 desire to make money too quickly and reckless speculations, Stewart 
 Turing & Co. failed disastrously in 1825, leaving the affairs of the estates 
 in a hopeless muddle, and with heavy loss. 
 
 James Young and Thomas Fox returned to Java bankrupt. The 
 former had just lost his wife before sailing. At this juncture the affairs 
 of the estate were placed in the hands of Alexander London, who became 
 administrator. In 1828 Miln, Haswell & Co. became directors. London 
 remained at the estate until the end of August, 1828. John Pitcairn was 
 employed here 1824 — 1827, and Ed\\ard Campbell (late lieutenant K.N.) 
 1826—1828. 
 
 In 1826 there was again a shuffle in the shares, but in 1831 Sir Charles 
 Forbes was still the largest shareholder, and probably remained so till 
 1841, when T. B. Hofland bought them. In 1838 Wilson, Smith & Co. 
 were financial agents at Batavia, probably also directors, until their 
 failure. Both had been in the British Government's service. 
 
 According to a prospectus dated London the 18th April, 1910, the 
 estates were bought by the Anglo-Dutch Plantation of Java Company for 
 eighteen million gilders. 
 
 * The original price for which this land was bought in at auction was 
 58,000 Spanish matten. It was bought back by the Dutch Government 
 in 1823 for £800,000.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 651 
 
 Note on Andries de Wilde. 
 
 Andries de Wilde was born at Amsterdam on the 2l8t November, 
 1781, a son of Cornells de Wilde and Marretje Harsnis. He began 
 life on the sea, and was present at the battle of Camperdown on 
 the 11th October, 1797, and captured by the English fleet on 
 board the flagship of Admiral de Winter, He had a bad time as 
 prisoner in England, but he learnt good English, which was to be 
 very useful to him later on. De Wilde came to Java about 1800 
 to his stepfather Steitz, a doctor, who, after practising at Buiten- 
 zorg in 1804, went to Soerabaj^a in 1805, where he died on the 
 13th February, 1810. In 1811 de Wilde joined the Government 
 service, and under Raffles was appointed " opziener," first (on 
 the 28th March, 1812) at Trogong, and again by a proclamation 
 of the 2nd April. By a proclamation of the 10th August, 1812, 
 he was appointed assistant to the Resident at Bandoeng on a 
 salary of 100 Spanish matten. This appointment was again 
 confirmed by a proclamation of the 28th May, 1813. On the 
 10th March, 1814, Resident Thomas Macquoid informed the 
 Government that de WUde had asked for his discharge " as my 
 assistant cofifee overseer of Bandong." In a letter dated the 
 12th May, 1814 (to be found in a proclamation of the 30th May, 
 1814), Macquoid speaks of " his late resignation of these situations." 
 By a letter from Raffles, which by a proclamation of the 13th May, 
 1815, was confirmed, de Wilde was appointed " superintendent 
 of vaccination " in the Preanger. In this capacity he did well, 
 and boasts of once having vaccinated 40,000 children in the 
 Cheribon district with success, but this probably is an exaggera- 
 tion. 
 
 The exact extent of the district, however, which he had to 
 control is not certain, owing to the carelessness of the young 
 Englishman responsible for the keeping of the books at the time. 
 In any case, Macquoid speaks full of praise of him, and in a letter 
 dated the 12th May, 1814, says : "I am happy to avail myself 
 of this opportunity of bearing my testimony to the uniform zeal, 
 activity and good conduct of Mr. de WUde as a Government 
 servant, and I feel very sensibly the loss I have sustained ; " 
 while Raffles in his proclamation of the 13th May, 1815, makes a 
 great deal of his " extensive local knowledge " of the Preanger. 
 
 With regard to de Wilde's position as a landowner, in a letter 
 to Macquoid (which Raffles made use of when defending himself
 
 652 JAVA 
 
 against Gillespie's charges) he says : " During the administration 
 of H. E. General Daendels I applied for the purchase of the estate 
 in Bandong which is now my property. H. E. did actually 
 promise to grant my request [Dr. de Haan, the author of 
 " Priangan," hereon remarks " zeer zonderling ; primo omdat 
 Daendels in zyn Staat p. Ill zegt dat ' in de Bataviasche Regent- 
 schappen het verkoopen van landerijen geen plaats kon hebben 
 zonder aan de kofEy cultuur onherstelbaar nadeel toe te brengen ' 
 secundo omdat hy een dood vijand van uitstellen was "] and 
 animated me to cultivate the land and appropriate a portion of 
 it for the improvement of the breed of cattle. A short time after, 
 on the arrival of H. E. General Janssens, I repeated my application 
 and received the same assurance." Later on he made the same 
 request to the English Government, but receivmg no reply, he 
 called on Gillespie and asked his help. The latter, he says, 
 " encouraged me to go on meanwhile with the improvements 
 already began. I laid out the whole of my capital in consequence, 
 so far that the expenses incurred for clearing the ground, pur- 
 chasing cattle, etc., exceeded the sum of 6,000 Sp. dollars before 
 I was the proprietor of the soil. This considerable outlay 
 rendered me naturally anxious to see my request admitted, as the 
 contrary would have occasioned my total ruin, and the promises 
 of Major-General GUlespie and afterwards those of the Honourable 
 the Lieutenant-Governor induced me to persevere in my applica- 
 tion until the lands were finally sold to me." The proof that de 
 Wilde did persevere in the direction indicated in his above letter 
 is given by his request, published in the form of an ordinance, 
 dated the 25th November, 1811, in which he desires a piece of 
 ground in the wilds near Bandong to the extent of one thousand 
 morgens (acres). This request was placed in the hands of a 
 " commission," of which a Government employee called Bauer 
 was apparently the president. On the 31st December, 1811, the 
 commission advised that the estate should be hired for a period 
 of twenty -five years, although Tency, a member of the commission, 
 was for selling it for 6,000 Spanish matten, the sum asked for the 
 hire only. This brought forth a second request from de Wilde 
 in October, 1812, in which he says : " I had since long ago the 
 desire of being owner of an estate, the more having succeeded in 
 the time of two years remarkably well by a stud and in the 
 cultivation of European grains, and it is only from want of land 
 I have not given to the latter cultivation that extent to which it
 
 THE TOWNS IX JAVA, ETC. 653 
 
 can be brought. The regency of Bandong having several pieces 
 of land which never have been cultivated, nor never will be by the 
 natives, from which Government has no revenue whatever, I 
 should choose to be o^vner of such a piece of land. Being placed 
 at Bandong as overseer of the coffee plantations, I could at the 
 same time administer my estate, from which Government has 
 always a right to call for the first of its produce." He asks, 
 therefore, for another estate not clearly indicated, " promising to 
 cultivate it as far as lays in my power and that I shall take no 
 assistance from the regent for the stud of horses, bullocks, and 
 buffalos, which I mean to erect there, and that I shall cultivate 
 my estate by my own slaves or hired natives." In a letter dated 
 the 22nd December, 1812, to the secretary to the Government 
 about the sale of this estate to de WUde, Macquoid says : " I 
 conceive he has every title to consideration and encouragement 
 in consequence of having already cleared away and cultivated a 
 considerable part of the lot he now proposes to purchase, and 
 having embarked a large sum in improving the breed of horses 
 and other cattle upon it." Raffles seems to have been of the same 
 opinion, for he says : " 'Mr. de Wilde was then informed in reply 
 to his repeated solicitations, that when the sale of lands took place 
 generally he might offer a fair and reasonable sum for the lot he 
 required." At last de Wilde, as a result of his continual perse- 
 verance, eventually secured the estate of " Oedjoeng Broeng " 
 for 40,000 ryksdaalders, calculated at six and a half to the 
 Spanish matten (the ordinance is dated the 22nd January, 1813. 
 Dr. de Haan remarks, just before the public auctions). 
 
 For most people, however, the particulars of the purchase 
 of Soekaboemi, in which Raffles, de Wilde, N. Engelhard, and 
 Thomas Macquoid all shared, is even more interesting. From 
 east to west this enormous estate included the lots Goenoeng 
 Parang, Tjimahi, Tjiheulang, and Tjitjoeroeg. The purchase 
 price of these lots in the same order was 30,500, 15,200, 6,100, 
 and 6,200 Spanish matten, or altogether 58,000, for land that 
 stretched from the Tjikoepa in the east to the Tjimandiri in the 
 south, to the present boundaries of Batavia and Bantam, and 
 to those of Wynkoops Bay. There were undoubtedly irregu- 
 larities in this sale, but whether the fault was de Wilde's, 
 Macquoid's and Engelhard's (all members of the " board of 
 commission " for the auctions), or Macquoid's only will never be 
 cleared up ; but this much is certain, that it was Raffles' intention
 
 654> JAVA 
 
 to become a large landowner in Java, and his choice fell on the 
 best country in the island ; and had it not been for Gillespie's 
 poisoned complaints to the Indian Viceroy, Raffles would never 
 have sold his half-share in the estate, and Singapore, as Dr. de 
 Haan remarks, might never have fallen under the British flag. 
 Raffles when Java was returned to the Dutch would have 
 remained in the island to manage the huge tract of country of 
 which he was the owner with sovereign rights. The sale of 
 Soekaboemi took place on the 25th January, 1813. De Wilde 
 became the administrator of the country, and went to live at 
 Tjicolle (the present town) as soon as Raffles and Engelhard 
 sold their shares in a hurry to him. He then changed the name 
 to Soekaboemi. This appears from his letter to Engelhard 
 dated the 13th Januaiy, 1815 : " Ik mag U. E. G. Achtbare niet 
 onkundig laten dat ik opverzoek van de Inlandsche Hoofden 
 den naam van Tjicolle in die van Soeka Boemi veranderd heb." 
 He built himself a fine house, which is said to have stood where 
 the late Hotel Ploem was. There was a billiard table in it ; 
 he had a party of slave minstrels ; and kept, according to the 
 custom of those times, a harem of twenty-five concubines. For 
 various reasons the country was sold back again to the Govern- 
 ment for £800,000 on the 12th January, 1823. Andries died at 
 84 years of age in April, 1865, at Utrecht, in Holland. 
 
 Estate of Get as. 
 
 1820 — 1822. Gillian Maclaine, John Argyle Maxwell, William 
 Cotes. 
 
 1823. Johannes Augustinus Dezentje. 
 
 Estate of Melambong (near Salatiga). 
 
 1821 (22nd March). Gillian Maclaine, William Menzies, Firm 
 of Menzies and Anderson, William Cotes^ (each for a quarter). 
 
 1822—1824. Maclaine & Co., Macquoid, Davidson & Co., Gillian 
 Maclaine, William Cotes (each for a quarter). 
 
 1825—1828. Maclaine & Co., G. Maclaine, W. Cotes, H. Burnaby 
 (each for a quarter). 
 
 1828 — 1830. G. Maclaine, P. MacLachlan, D. Maclntyre, John 
 Argyle Maxwell (first for one sixth, second and third for two sixths, 
 fourth for one sixth). 
 
 1831. G. Maclaine, D. Maclntyre (each for one half). 
 
 ^ Cotes secured this estate for Menzies and Anderson under the influence 
 of J. A. Dezentje.
 
 THE TOWNS IN JAVA, ETC. 655 
 
 Notes. 
 
 (1) Medard Louis was administrator from 1821 to 1823 ; he 
 was followed by William Browne, the brother of an unsuccessful 
 Samarang merchant. 
 
 (2) Gillian Maclaine sold his half -share in 1831 for £3,500 
 (45,000 florins). 
 
 (3) During 1825 Macquoid, Davidson & Co. liquidated. 
 
 (4) H. Burnaby left Java, 1828. 
 
 (5) After 1831 the estate still remained for several years in 
 connection with Maclaine, Watson & Co.'s agent at Samarang, 
 J. Macneill. 
 
 Estate of Koeripan 
 (on the main road between Batavia and Buitenzorg). 
 
 1822—1824. Gillian Maclaine, William Menzies,i William 
 Thompson. 2 
 
 1824—1825. G. Maclaine & Co., Addison & Co., Thompson, 
 Whiteman & Co., Macquoid, Davidson & Co. (each for one quarter). 
 
 1826 — 1828. G. Maclaine, J. A. Maxwell, P. McLachlan, 
 D. Mclntyre, D. McLachlan (first two for four twenty-fourths, 
 third and fourth for seven twenty -fourths, last for two twenty- 
 fourths). 
 
 1829—1833. G. Maclaine, E. Watson, D. Mclntyre (each for 
 one-third). 
 
 Notes. 
 
 (!) In 1821 Government lent G. Maclaine 40,000 florins to work 
 this estate. 
 
 (2) In 1825 G. Maclaine bought Addison & Co.'s share. 
 
 (3) In 1833 the estate was sold to William Menzies and W. 
 Coates, an old sea captain, who arrived at Batavia in command 
 of the brig Virginia for Madras, on the 28th March, 1814, and 
 stayed in the archipelago, his first ship being Admiral Drury in 
 1814. 
 
 (4) Menzies and Thompson continued to have a share in 
 Gillian Maclaine's share from 1826 to 1829 or 1833. 
 
 (5) From the Dutch Government's financial report, 1833 (see 
 Javasche Courant of the 31st August, 1833), it is to be seen that 
 the estate was worked on the contract system, Government 
 supplying the capital. 
 
 1 Firm of Menzies and Anderson. 
 
 2 Firm of Thompaou. Whiteman & Co. ; later Thompson, Roberts & Co.
 
 656 JAVA 
 
 (6) Gillian Maclaine, who seems always to have been prompt 
 with his obligations to Government, gained an exceptionally 
 good character with the Dutch officials, who placed him above 
 all the other British, and quite in a class by himself. 
 
 Dedekkan Lands. 
 1827. Gillian Maclaine. 1 
 
 Estates owned by Englishmen in Java, 1830. 
 
 Pamanoekan and Tjiassem (1,200 square miles) : Sir Charles 
 Forbes and others. 
 
 Tjikandie Iher (130 square miles) : John Palmer (Palmer & Co., 
 Calcutta) and Cockerell ; managing directors in Java, Maclaine, 
 Watson & Co. 
 
 Tjikandie Oedik (90 square miles) : Trail and Young. 
 
 Jasinga (80 square miles) : Robert Addison. 
 
 Bolan (90 square miles) : J. Drury. 
 
 Koeripan (70 square miles) : Gillian Maclaine, William Menzies, 
 and Thompson. 
 
 {Note. — Gillian Maclaine had an interest in this land in 
 1821, having bought it from the Hollander Tency. It had 
 been a rice land for nearly a hundred years, and was bought 
 originally by a Dutch colonist). 
 
 Tegal Waroe (100 square miles) : D. A. Eraser (late of Skelton 
 & Co.) and others. 
 Bekassie (60 square miles) : J. Trail and James Young (coffee). 
 Singosarie : William Stavers. 
 
 This is a " piagem " or deed of contract given by the 
 Susuhanan or Emperor of Soerakarta, Paku Buvana Senopati 
 Ingabaga Ngabdoer Rachman Sayidin Panatagama, to Johannes 
 AugustinusDezentje on behalf of Pierre Hamar de la Brethoniere 
 for the estate of " Assinan," consisting of 24 tjatjas, or six 
 djoongs, on the 31st December, 1827. 
 
 1 By contract with the Sultan of Djojakerta G. Maclaine bought the 
 ownership for thirteen years at 1,000 florins (gilders or rupees) per annum ; 
 this was later increased to 1,400 florins a year for nineteen years. 
 
 END OF VOL. I. 
 
 BRADBURY AGNBW, & CO. LD. PBINTBRS, LOJTOON AND TONBRIDGE.
 
 UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY 
 
 Los Angeles 
 This book is DUE on the last date stamped below. 
 
 
 DEC 12 1990 
 
 
 AM MAR 4 200a 
 
 4Vj^ 
 
 MAY 
 
 2 ' 
 
 I 
 
 JlJiVERSITY OF CAUFOiaS| 
 
 AT 
 U)S ANGELES
 
 University ol Calilorma. Los Ang. 
 
 L 006 313 329 2 
 
 UC SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 
 
 I I MM llll I I ll 
 
 D 000 972 923 7 
 
 / 
 
 A